DERR-2025-001110

Analysis of Brownfield
Cleanup Alternatives (ABCA)
Schovaers Electronics
22 South Jeremy Street
Salt Lake City, Utah
EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96835701
EPA ACRES Property ID #199723
December 31, 2018
Terracon Project No. 61177082 Task P
Prepared for:
Salt Lake County
Salt Lake County, Utah
Prepared by:
Terracon Consultants, Inc.
Salt Lake City, Utah
Terracon Consultants, Inc. 6949 So. High Tech Drive Midvale, Utah 84047
P [phone] F [phone] terracon.com
December 31, 2018
Salt Lake County
2001 S. State St., Suite S2-100
P.O. Box 144575
Salt Lake City, Utah 84114-4575
Attn: Mr. Ruedigar Matthes
P: [phone]
E:[e-mail]
Re: Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives (ABCA)
Schovaers Electronics
22 South Jeremy Street
Salt Lake City, Utah
Terracon Project No. 61177082 Task P
Dear Mr. Matthes:
Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon) presents to Salt Lake County this Analysis of Brownfield
Cleanup Alternatives (ABCA) as part of cleanup design for the above-referenced Site. This
cleanup design activity was performed consistent with Terracon’s Bid Proposal, Qualified
Environmental Professional (QEP), Salt Lake County Community-wide Brownfields Assessment
Grant, Spy Hop, Schovaers Electronics, and Heritage Forge, dated December 1, 2017 (Terracon
Proposal # P61177654), which was approved via electronic mail by Salt Lake County on
December 5, 2017.
In the event a Brownfields Cleanup Grant is sought to assist with cleanup of the Site, funding
guidance requires the applicant to provide the community with notice of its intent to apply for an
EPA brownfields cleanup grant and allow the community an opportunity to comment on the draft
proposal. In addition, the EPA Brownfield Cleanup funding proposal must include, as an
attachment, a draft ABCA that summarizes information about the Site and contamination issues,
cleanup standards, applicable laws, cleanup alternatives considered, and the proposed cleanup.
The ABCA must include information on the effectiveness, the ability of the grantee to implement
each alternative, the cost of each proposed cleanup alternative and an analysis of the
reasonableness of the various cleanup alternatives considered, including the one chosen. The
ABCA is intended as a brief preliminary document summarizing the larger and more detailed
technical and financial evaluations performed in addressing each of these areas. The ABCA may
be modified technically and financially or in more depth relative to each of these areas upon award
of funding and in response to community interaction.
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND...................................................................................... 1
1.1 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment – August 31, 2015 ............................................ 3
1.2 Phase II Environmental Site Assessment – February 8, 2016.......................................... 3
1.3 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment – February 14, 2018 ......................................... 5
1.4 Phase II Environmental Site Assessment – August 2018 ................................................ 6
1.5 Summary of Investigations Conducted to Date ................................................................ 7
1.6 Project Goal ................................................................................................................... 8
2.0 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS AND CLEANUP STANDARDS .................................................. 9
2.1 Cleanup Oversight Responsibility ................................................................................... 9
2.2 Cleanup Standards ....................................................................................................... 10
2.3 Laws & Regulations Applicable to the Cleanup ............................................................. 10
2.4 Climate Change Considerations.................................................................................... 11
2.4.1 General Considerations.................................................................................... 12
2.4.2 Site-Specific Considerations ............................................................................. 12
3.0 ANALYSIS OF BROWNFIELD CLEANUP ALTERNATIVES .................................................... 13
3.1 Cleanup Objectives ...................................................................................................... 13
3.2 Cleanup Alternatives Considered .................................................................................. 14
3.2.1 Alternative 1: No Action .................................................................................... 15
3.2.2 Alternative 2: Surficial Soil Removal, Outside Building Perimeter ...................... 15
3.2.3 Alternative 3: Vapor Mitigation System (VMS) .................................................. 15
3.2.4 Alternative 4: Sump, Impacted Soil and Sewer Lateral Removal ....................... 16
3.2.5 Alternative 5: Soil Vapor Extraction (SVE) ........................................................ 17
3.2.6 Alternative 6: In-Situ Chemical Oxidation .......................................................... 18
3.3 Recommended Cleanup Alternative .............................................................................. 19
4.0 REFERENCES ......................................................................................................................... 20
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A – Tables
Table 1 – Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives Balancing Factor Evaluation
Table 2 – Estimated Comparative Costs for Cleanup Alternatives
APPENDIX B – Reference Documents
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 1
1.0 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon) has prepared this Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup
Alternatives (ABCA) on behalf of Salt Lake County for the Schovaers Electronics Facility, which
comprises a single parcel addressed as 22 South Jeremy Street (0.34 acres; Salt Lake County
Parcel No. 15-02-204-007) and owned by Party of Six, LLC (the “Site”). An approximately 6,000-
square-foot industrial building occupies the Site, and an approximately 672-square-foot garage is
present on the northwest side of the Site.
The Site was residential from 1898 (or before) until the mid-1940s. The residences were
demolished by the late 1940s and the current commercial building was constructed in 1956. The
site building was originally occupied by an electrical supply company and then a wholesale
upholstery business before Schovaers occupied the building in 1977. The Site operated as
Schovaers until April 2017, and now the site is vacant.Figure 1 below shows the Site parcel
boundaries, Site layout, and surrounding properties with an aerial photograph.
The property to the north was undeveloped in 1898. By 1911 the property was residential and
remained until the 1960s. Crown Plating has occupied the property since 1965 to the current day.
To the east was Jeremy Street, followed by undeveloped land from at least 1898 to the 1950s.
By 1958 the current building was visible to the northeast and used by Greater Mountain Chemical
Company of Utah from at least 1962 to 1972, a soap company in 1977, Creed Laboratories in
1982, Chembrite in the 1990s, and Heritage Forge from at least 2009 to present. The properties
to the south were residential from at least 1898. By 1911 a railroad line was present, followed by
residences. In 1962 a janitorial supply company was listed, a laundry parts repair was listed in
the 1970s to 1990s, and then the property appears to have been used as auto repair since the
1990s. The west adjoining property was residential from at least 1898 to 1911. By 1937 the
residences were demolished, and the property was vacant until the current structure was built in
1969. The building has been occupied by Continental Industries of Utah carpet, Indico
Distributing, floor coverings, Utah Paperbox Company, Uinta Urethane Recyclers, and most
recently EPC International/Uinta Urethane Recyclers.
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 2
Figure 1:Site Map (Salt Lake County Assessor’s website:https://slco.org/assessor/)
The Site is adjoined by the following:
Direction Adjoining Properties
North Crown Plating Company (Salt Lake Parcel No. 15-02-204-006) a facility specializing in
decorative plating of chrome, copper, nickel, gold, and brass. The facility is listed as a RCRA
Generator of Hazardous Waste.
East Jeremy Street and Heritage Forge (Salt Lake County Parcel No. 15-02-226-002).
South Vacant commercial property (Salt Lake County Parcel No. 15-02-226-008).
West EPC International Warehouse adjoins the Site to the west with Salt Lake County Parcel No.
15-02-204-004.
This ABCA has been prepared to support redevelopment of the site by prospective developers
by providing preliminary cleanup planning information. It is Terracon’s understanding a
prospective developer intends to redevelop the Site for commercial use, with the possibility of
residential use in the future.
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 3
1.1 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment – August 31, 2015
In August 2015, Terracon performed a Phase I Environmental Site Assessment (ESA; Reference
2015a in Section 4.0) on the Site for the Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City under their
Hazardous Substance Grant (EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96809201). The Phase I ESA
identified the following Recognized Environmental Condition (RECs) associated with the Site.
n Impacts from adjoining properties: The north adjacent property has
documented improper disposal of TCA very near or on the property line. This
identified release represents a REC to the subject property.
n Long-term industrial use:The site has been an electroplating shop for
approximately 38 years. Evidences of releases from these industrial operations
were widespread and included leaking and spilling.
The Phase I ESA recommended a subsurface investigation be conducted at the Site to determine
if the identified RECs had impacted the soils or groundwater.
1.2 Phase II Environmental Site Assessment – February 8, 2016
Terracon performed a Phase II ESA (Reference 2016a in Section 4.0) on the Site for the
Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City under their Hazardous Substance Grant (EPA
Cooperative Agreement No. 96809601). The Phase II ESA was performed to investigate the REC
identified in the Phase I ESA (see Section 1.1) and to perform a Building Materials Survey to
identify asbestos-containing materials (ACM) and other regulated hazardous materials that would
require removal prior to building renovation or demolition. These activities were conducted in
accordance with the Site-specific Sampling and Analysis Plan (Reference 2018a in Section 4.0)
and Quality Assurance Project Plan (Reference 2014a in Section 4.0) that were prepared for and
approved by the EPA for this Site.
The Phase II ESA scope of work included advancement of investigation borings for collection of
soil and groundwater samples near the following features of concern.
n the Plate Shop;
n the north loading dock;
n the northern portion of the property and along the property boundary where
improper disposal of wastes at the adjacent property (to the north) has been
documented; and,
n the eastern property boundary to evaluate whether potential up-gradient, off-site
impacts have migrated to the site.
The sampling strategy was also designed to evaluate the overall extent of contamination, if
present, on the site and in the presumed down-gradient direction from the features of concern.
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 4
This involved sampling near the western property boundary, west and southwest of the features
of concern. The sampling design also included the completion of three of the borings as
temporary piezometers to allow evaluation of the local groundwater flow conditions.
Laboratory analyses of soil and groundwater, samples were focused primarily on volatile organic
compounds (VOCs) and metals.
The Phase II ESA report concluded the following.
Soil Results
n The primary soil contaminant identified in this investigation was hexavalent
chromium. Hexavalent chromium concentrations in soil were reported across the
Site in shallow soils at concentrations exceeding one or more screening levels.
The highest concentrations (above the industrial EPA RSL) were reported at soil
borings SE-SB-03, SE-SB-04, and SD-SB-13 which are located along the western
property boundary (undeveloped open ground) and at the northeast corner (under
pavement).
n As reported in the 2015 investigation and again identified during this investigation,
arsenic concentrations in soil samples collected throughout the site are higher
than the industrial RSL of 3 mg/kg. However, such exceedances are common
throughout the Salt Lake Valley area where background values reportedly range
from non-detect to 97 mg/kg (U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1270;
1984). The arsenic concentrations reported in Site soil samples ranged from 4.62
to 17.5 mg/kg in the 2015 investigation, and from 1.6 to 52.9 mg/kg in the 2018
investigation. Based on these results, the reported arsenic concentrations in soil
appear to be representative of natural background levels.
Groundwater Results
n Groundwater was typically encountered at depths of approximately 9 feet below
the ground surface.
n Groundwater flow direction was to the west-southwest, with a relatively low
gradient of approximately 0.0025 feet per foot.
n The primary contaminants identified in groundwater are trichloroethene (TCE)
and hexavalent chromium. Dissolved TCE concentrations were reported above
the EPA Tapwater RSL, EPA MCL and the Target Groundwater Vapor Intrusion
Screening Level (VISL) in the western area of the Site (SE-SB-03, SE-SB-04, SE-
SB-05, SE-SB-06, and SE-SB-07) and above the EPA Tapwater RSL along the
northern property boundary (SE-SB-10, and SE-SB-11). The highest
concentration (0.0255 mg/l) was reported at location SE-SB-6 which is adjacent
to the building near the northwest corner of the Plate Shop inside the building.
These results suggest that chemical seepage from the Plate Shop may be a
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 5
source of TCE contamination at the Site, and that off-site activities (from the
northern adjacent property) may also be impacting groundwater at the Site.
n Hexavalent chromium was detected in groundwater samples from the western
portion of the Site (SW-SB-02, SE-SB-04, SE-SB-05, SE-SB-06, SE-SB-07) and
at the northern property boundary (SE-SB-12). In the samples from these
borings, the detected (estimated J-flagged) concentrations of hexavalent
chromium ranged from 0.0002 to 0.0004 mg/l, which is below the EPA MCL of
0.10 mg/l (for total chromium including the hexavalent form) but above the
Tapwater RSL of 0.000035 mg/l. The highest detected concentration (0.0004
mg/l) was at boring SE-SB-05 located near the southwest corner of the Plate
Shop. These results also suggest that seepage from the Plate Shop may have
impacted groundwater at the Site, but that off-site impacts to groundwater may
also be migrating onto the Site.
n Concentrations of dissolved arsenic in groundwater are below the arsenic
MCL/UGWQPS of 0.01 mg/l, although dissolved arsenic concentrations are
locally higher than the tapwater RSL of 0.000052 mg/l.
n Slightly acidic conditions in groundwater were observed at several locations
across the Site, with field-measured pH values ranging from 6.13 (near the
southeast corner of the Site) to 6.68 (in the north-central portion of the Site).
1.3 Phase I Environmental Site Assessment – February 14, 2018
In February 2018, Terracon performed a Phase I ESA (Reference 2018c in Section 4.0) on the
Site for Salt Lake County under its Hazardous Substance Grant (EPA Cooperative Agreement
No. 96835701). The Phase I ESA identified the following Recognized Environmental Conditions
(RECs) associated with the Site.
n Impacts from north-adjoining property: The north-adjoining property has
documented improper disposal of TCA very near or on the property line. This
identified release represents a REC to the Site.
n Long-term industrial use:The site has been an electroplating shop for
approximately 40 years. Evidences of releases from these industrial operations
were widespread and included leaking and spilling. Historical solvent uses,
RCRA hazardous waste storage and disposal, the wastewater discharge system,
and staining are considered part of the long-term industrial use REC at the Site.
n Soil and Groundwater impacts at the Site : Based on Terracon’s Phase II ESA,
dated February 8, 2016, sampling at the site identified soil impacts of hexavalent
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 6
chromium concentrations above industrial and/or residential Regional Screening
Levels (RSLs) in shallow soils across the Site. Groundwater has been impacted
by TCE above Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) and/or Target Groundwater
Vapor Intrusion Screening Levels (VISLs), and hexavalent chromium below MCL
and above the tapwater RSL.
The Phase I ESA recommended an additional Phase II ESA be conducted at the Site to assess
the vertical and horizontal extent of impacts to soils or groundwater to develop cleanup planning
documents for the site.
1.4 Phase II Environmental Site Assessment – August 2018
Terracon performed a subsequent site investigation (Reference 2018d in Section 4.0) for the
property with the purpose of gathering additional data to bridge the gaps identified in the Terracon
2016 Phase II ESA, the Terracon 2018 Phase I ESA, and to aid with providing the information
needed to develop an Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives (ABCA) for the Site. These
activities were conducted in accordance with a Site-specific Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP,
Terracon 2018a) that was prepared and approved by EPA for this Site. The SAP established
specific Site objectives, sampling process design, and details regarding Site-specific sampling
and analyses, and was used in conjunction with the EPA-approved Quality Assurance Project
Plan (QAPP, Terracon 2018b).
The investigation included advancing nine (9) soil borings (SE-SB-16 to 24) using direct-push
drilling equipment to allow for the collection of subsurface soil and groundwater samples. Soil
and groundwater samples were collected from these borings for analysis of metals, VOCs and
hexavalent chromium.
The investigation also included the collection and analyses of sub-slab vapor samples from four
distinct portions of the building: 1) northwest part of building (Drill/Router Room, SE-VP-1); 2)
northeast part of building (Washout Booth, SE-VP-2); 3) adjacent to a sample collection point and
sewer lateral (SE-VP-3); and 4) Plating Room (SE-VP-4).
The following is an overview of the identified contaminants in soil, groundwater, and sub-slab soil
vapor during the August 2018 Phase II ESA.
Soil Results
The presence of hexavalent chromium in soils both outside and underneath the building was
confirmed at depths ranging from 1 to 10 feet below grade surface (bgs). The concentrations
reported in this investigation exceeded the Residential RSL but did not exceed the Industrial RSL.
TCE was identified in soils at 7 feet bgs (SE-SB-21) near a sump located in the Plating Room at
concentrations that exceeded the Residential and Industrial RSLs. Bromodichloromethane and
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 7
lead were also identified in boring SE-SB-21 at a depth of 7 feet at levels exceeding the residential
RSL.
Naphthalene was detected in soil samples from borings located in the Plating Room at a depth of
7 feet. The detections were below State of Utah and EPA screening levels.
As reported in the 2015 investigation and identified during this investigation, arsenic
concentrations in soil samples collected throughout the site are higher than the industrial RSL of
3 mg/kg. However, such exceedances are common throughout the Salt Lake Valley area where
background values reportedly range from non-detect to 97 mg/kg (U.S. Geological Survey
Professional Paper 1270; 1984). The arsenic concentrations reported in site soil samples ranged
from 4.62 to 17.5 mg/kg in the 2015 investigation, and from 1.6 to 52.9 mg/kg in the 2018
investigation. Based on these results, the reported arsenic concentrations in soil appear to be
representative of natural background levels.
Groundwater Results
Based on the results of this additional investigation, the presence of TCE in groundwater was
confirmed at concentrations that exceed the MCL and the Target Groundwater Commercial VISL.
The presence of dissolved hexavalent chromium in groundwater was confirmed at concentrations
that exceeded the RSL for Tapwater but below the MCL.
Sub-Slab Vapor Results
The results of the sub-slab soil gas samples collected from the building interior reported
naphthalene and TCE were present at concentrations that exceeded the Target Sub-Slab Soil
Gas Commercial VISL. It appears there is a potential for vapor intrusion at this site.
1.5 Summary of Investigations Conducted to Date
Identified soil impacts include hexavalent chromium, TCE. and Bromodichloromethane
concentrations above industrial and/or residential RSLs. The highest concentrations of
hexavalent chromium (exceeding the industrial EPA RSL) were reported from samples collected
along the western property boundary and at the northeast corner of the Site (beneath pavement).
The highest concentration of TCE in soil (exceeding the industrial EPA RSL) was encountered
adjacent to a sump connected to a sewer lateral in the Plate Shop. Bromodichloromethane was
found next to the sump at a depth of 7 feet bgs at a concentration above the EPA residential RSL.
Naphthalene was found in soils at 7 feet bgs in several locations but at concentrations below EPA
RSLs.
Groundwater has been impacted by TCE in the western and northwest portion of the site and
from the most recent investigation below the building footprint. The highest concentrations of
dissolved TCE (above MCLs and/or Target Groundwater VISLs) have been identified below the
southwest corner of the building (Plate Shop), adjacent to a sump and sewer lateral.
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 8
Dissolved hexavalent chromium is also present in groundwater at concentrations below the MCL
but above the Tapwater RSL. Concentrations of dissolved hexavalent chromium were reported
from samples collected along the western property boundary and at the northeast corner of the
site. The highest detected concentrations are from the southwest corner of the Plate Shop,
suggesting that seepage from the Plate Shop may have impacted groundwater at the site, but
that off-site impacts to groundwater may also be migrating onto the site from the property to the
north.
Sub-slab soil gas samples showed detections of TCE above the Target Sub-Slab Soil Gas
Commercial VISL at three locations in the building, and at one other location above the residential
VISL. The highest concentrations of TCE were found next to a sample collection point adjacent
to the sewer lateral labeled as VP-3. Naphthalene was also detected in two of the soil gas
samples with one sample above the Target Sub-Slab Soil Gas Commercial VISL and one above
the Residential VISL. The source of TCE may be from Schovaer’s documented use of the
chemical. The origin of the naphthalene is unknown. There is no documented use of chemicals
that contained naphthalene. Based on Terracon’s experience, trichloroethene (in soil,
groundwater, and Sub-slab soil gas) and hexavalent chromium (in soil) represent the greatest risk
to human health and would likely be the drivers for corrective action at the Site. Listed below are
the Contaminants of Concern (COC).
Contaminants of Concern
Analyte Matrix Exposure Scenario Screening tool
Hexavalent chromium Soil Residential/Industrial EPA RSL
Bromodichloromethane Soil Residential EPA RSL
Trichloroethene (TCE)Soil, soil gas and
groundwater
Residential/
Commercial &
Industrial
EPA RSL, MCL,
VISL
Naphthalene Soil gas Residential/Commercial EPA VISL
1.6 Project Goal
The Redevelopment Agency (RDA) of Salt Lake City designated a 319-acre area between
Interstate 15 to Redwood Road along North Temple Street as a blighted redevelopment area.
According to the RDA’s website, “The North Temple Project Area (NT) is a major entryway to Salt
Lake City. Served by the TRAX airport light rail line, or “Green Line,” the North Temple Corridor
connects Downtown to the Salt Lake City International Airport, making the area an opportune site
for new transit-oriented development. The RDA is working to attract catalytic and infill
development to the area by promoting and utilizing its construction loan programs, environmental
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 9
assessment grants, and community outreach partnerships. The area’s form-based zoning and
significant street improvements are transforming it into a vibrant, walkable, transit-oriented
corridor.”
The Site is in the Folsom Corridor of the North Temple Project Area, and per the statement above,
environmental assessment grants have been used to assess the Site and nearby properties within
the Folsom Corridor. According to the RDA’s North Temple Project Area 2015-2019 Strategic
Plan, the RDA’s priorities for the Folsom Corridor are to “Engage in pre-development activities for
the rehabilitation of the Folsom Avenue corridor as a public space and development corridor.”
Salt Lake City, and subsequently Salt Lake County, have both used Brownfields Assessment
Grant funds to assess and investigate the Schovaers Electronics Site for environmental impacts.
The objective of the assessments and investigations is to provide information to prospective
developers to assist with redevelopment of the property.
Terracon understands a developer intends to acquire the property for redevelopment for
commercial use, with the possibility of residential use in the future, which aligns with the RDA’s
objective to attract catalytic and infill development to the area. This redevelopment prospect
within the Folsom Corridor, if successful, will serve as a catalyst for future redevelopment efforts.
Remediation of documented impacts to soil, impacts to soil vapor, and groundwater may be
required to support this redevelopment strategy.
2.0 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS AND CLEANUP STANDARDS
2.1 Cleanup Oversight Responsibility
Terracon believes the two most appropriate regulatory programs to oversee remediation of the
Site are the Utah Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ) - Voluntary Cleanup Program
(VCP) or the Utah DEQ, Division of Waste Management and Radiation Control (DWMRC),
Corrective Action Program. Either program may be appropriate if cleanup is funded privately, but
the VCP will likely be required if Brownfield funds are used.
The goal of both regulatory programs is to promote the investigation and cleanup of contaminated
sites under a cooperative, regulatory-friendly framework. The purpose of the programs is to
encourage the investigation and cleanup of sites where there has been a suspected or confirmed
contaminant release threatening public health and the environment. A successful VCP cleanup
results in the issuance of a Certificate of Completion, which provides a limited release of liability
to qualified applicants as specified in the statute. The liability release is transferable to subsequent
property owners. A successful DWMRC Corrective Action Program cleanup results in two
possible designations depending on the level of residual risk as determined in accordance with
DWMRC requirements: (a) Corrective Action Complete without Controls (CACWOCs), or (b)
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 10
Corrective Action Complete with Controls (CACWCs), with controls provided by an Environmental
Covenant recorded on the title of the property and a Site Management Plan (SMP).
All work plans, including sampling and analysis plans and quality assurance project plans, and
reports related to environmental investigations and remediation activities conducted at the Site
will be submitted to the selected agency for review and approval.
2.2 Cleanup Standards
Terracon understand that a developer intends to redevelop the property for commercial use with
the possibility of residential development in the future. With this anticipated exposure scenario,
Terracon anticipates the following screening levels will be used as the Cleanup Standards for the
Site.
n Soil: EPA’s most recent RSLs for residential soil (current version is May 2018)
with a target cancer risk of 1x10-6 and a hazard quotient of 1.
n Groundwater: EPA’s most recent Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) for
drinking water (current version is May 2018) or EPA’s most recent Target
Groundwater Concentration Vapor Intrusion Screening Levels for residential
exposure scenarios (current version is May 2018) with a target cancer risk of
1x10-6 and a hazard quotient of 1.
n Soil Vapor: EPA’s most recent Target Sub-slab and Near-source Soil Gas
Concentration Vapor Intrusion Screening Levels for residential exposure
scenarios (current version is May 2018) with a target cancer risk of 1x10-6 and a
hazard quotient of 1.
n Site-specific Risk-based Standards: It is possible that site-specific risk-based
cleanup standards for soil, groundwater, or soil vapor may be applied in
accordance with state and federal regulations.
2.3 Laws & Regulations Applicable to the Cleanup
Laws and regulations that are applicable to this cleanup include:
n Occupational Safety and Health Act, Hazardous Waste Operations and
Emergency Response Standard (40CFR1910.120) and applicable Safety and
Health Regulations for Construction (29CFR1926).
n National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) (40CFR61
– Subpart M: National Emission Standard for Asbestos).
n Department of Transportation, Hazardous Materials Regulations (49CFR Subtitle
B, Chapter 1, Subchapter C).
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 11
n Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. § 6901, et. seq.).
n National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, Section 106.
n Utah Code Ann. 19-6-401 et. seq. (Underground Storage Tank Act and rules
promulgated there under (Utah Admin Code, R311)) and the Corrective Action
Cleanup Standards Policy Per UST and CERCLA Acts, Utah Admin. Code, R311-
211.
n Utah Code Ann. 19-6-101 et. seq. (Solid and Hazardous Waste Act and rules
promulgated there under (Utah Admin Code, R315)).
n Utah Code Ann. 19-5-101 et. seq. (Water Quality Act and rules promulgated there
under (Utah Admin Code, R317)).
n Utah Code Ann. 19-2-101 et. seq. (Air Conservation Act and rules promulgated
there under (Utah Admin Code, R307)).
n Utah Code Ann. 57-25-101 et. seq. (Uniform Environmental Covenants Act).
n Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County, and State building codes and construction
requirements.
n Utah Code Ann. Title 19, Chapter 6, Part 3 et seq. (Hazardous Substances
Mitigation Act).
n Utah Code Ann. Title 19, Chapter 8 et seq. (Voluntary Cleanup Program), if the
Site cleanup is conducted under the VCP.
n Federal Small Business Liability Relief and Brownfields Revitalization Act, if
Brownfields or other Federal funding is used.
n Federal Davis-Bacon Act, if Brownfields or other Federal funding is used.
In addition, all appropriate permits and notifications (e.g., Blue Stakes of Utah Utility Notification
Center, soil disposal acceptance notification, soil transport/disposal manifests, etc.) will be
obtained prior to the cleanup activities commencing.
2.4 Climate Change Considerations
Executive Order 13514, Federal Leadership in Environmental, Energy, and Economic
Performance, establishes an integrated strategy for sustainability within the Federal Government.
Under the Executive Order, each agency is required to evaluate their climate change risks and
vulnerabilities to manage the effects of climate change on the agency's mission and operations
in both the short and long-term as part of the formal Strategic Sustainability Performance Planning
process.
Effective with Fiscal Year 2013, EPA’s Brownfields Program initiated a change to cooperative
agreements for Cleanup and Revolving Loan Fund awards. It requires cooperative agreement
recipients to evaluate the resilience of remedial options funded by the award in light of reasonably
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 12
foreseeable changing climate conditions. As directed under EPA’s Climate Change Adaptation
Plan, the ABCA must include a discussion of observed and forecasted climate change conditions
for the area of the project and the associated site-specific risk factors. Specifically, this is to be
presented as part of the ABCA. As the possibility exists that Cleanup grant funds or Revolving
Loan Fund grand funds may be utilized for cleanup actions at the Site, climate change has been
considered in this ABCA.
2.4.1 General Considerations
In considering remedy resiliency Terracon consulted the following resources as authoritative
sources:
n Climate Resources on Data.gov
n U.S. Global Change Research Program (USGCRP)
n EPA Climate Change on EPA.gov
2.4.2 Site-Specific Considerations
The Site and Utah are in EPA’s climate designation of Southwest (Reference 2016b in Section
4.0). The Southwest is the hottest and driest region in the nation (Reference 2014b in Section
4.0). Extending from the Pacific Ocean east to the Rocky Mountains and south to the Mexican
border, this region is home to about 56 million people, about 90% of whom live in cities, including
Albuquerque, Phoenix, Las Vegas, Salt Lake City, Denver, San Diego, Los Angeles, Sacramento,
and San Francisco. The population of the Southwest is expected to increase by nearly 70% by
mid-century (Reference 2014b in Section 4.0). The Southwest encompasses a wide range in
elevations, spanning valleys that are below sea level to mountain ranges that contain some of the
highest peaks in the contiguous United States. The region’s southern portion includes deserts,
like the Mojave. In contrast, northern California, the Rocky Mountains, and the Sierra Nevada
mountain range tend to get more precipitation and snow. The Central Valley in California is one
of the most productive agricultural regions in the country.
Climate change is affecting the Southwest. Temperatures have increased by almost 2°F in the
last century, with the 2001-2010 decade being the warmest since records began 110 years ago
(Reference 2014b in Section 4.0). The length of the frost-free season has increased by 19 days
in recent decades (Reference 2014c in Section 4.0). Average annual temperatures are projected
to rise an additional 3.5°F to 9.5°F by the end of this century, with the greatest temperature
increases expected in the summer and fall (Reference 2014b in Section 4.0). Drought conditions
are already common in the Southwest and drought periods are expected to become more
frequent, intense, and longer. Drought will affect important water sources, including the Colorado
River Basin (Reference 2014b in Section 4.0). Combined with expected population growth,
climate change will exacerbate existing stresses.
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 13
Higher temperatures lead to greater evaporation and surface water losses, more heat stress, and
increased energy demand for cooling. Over the last 50 years, there has been less precipitation
falling as snow late in the winter and snow melt has occurred earlier (Reference 2014b in Section
4.0). Maximum streamflow has also occurred earlier in the year and total yearly streamflow has
decreased in the last decade. Increasing temperatures will also increase evaporation, causing
river-flow reductions and dwindling reservoirs.
These considerations do not identify property-specific risks in considering resiliency of remedy at
this property as part of feasibility and implementability.
3.0 ANALYSIS OF BROWNFIELD CLEANUP ALTERNATIVES
A discussion of the cleanup objectives and an evaluation of remedial alternatives for the Site are
provided below.
3.1 Cleanup Objectives
n Hexavalent chromium (exceeding the industrial EPA RSL) was reported from
samples collected along the western property boundary and at the northeast
corner of the site (beneath pavement). A remedial goal would be to reduce
exposure potential to the hexavalent chromium in shallow soils.
n Trichloroethene has been detected in soil, groundwater and soil gas. The highest
concentrations were found in the Plating Shop and adjacent sewer lateral in the
building. Additionally, TCE was encountered in groundwater in the southwest
portion of the property. An objective is to mitigate vapors in the subsurface to
reduce the vapor intrusion potential.
n Naphthalene was encountered in soil gas at levels above the EPA Target Sub-
Slab Soil Gas Commercial VISL. An objective is to mitigate vapors in the
subsurface to reduce the vapor intrusion potential.
n Bromodichloromethane was detected in soil at a depth of 7 feet bgs adjacent to
the sump in the Plating Shop. The level of detection was above the EPA residential
RSL. An objective is to reduce exposure potential to this compound in soils.
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 14
3.2 Cleanup Alternatives Considered
Terracon has discussed proposed redevelopment scenarios with the future developer and has
incorporated information from those conversations into this ABCA. The assumptions behind the
cleanup alternatives discussions include the following.
n The Site will be redeveloped for commercial/industrial use and may incorporate
residential development in the future;
n TCE has been detected in soil and groundwater. It is unknown whether the TCE
plume in groundwater extends beyond the property boundaries. Depending on
which of the DEQ regulatory programs (VCP or DWMRC) will be providing
assistance and oversight, additional investigative efforts may be required to
determine if off-site impacts have occurred;
n Hexavalent chromium in shallow soils was detected in the northeast and western
parts of the property;
n it is undetermined whether the existing on-site building will be razed as part of the
Site’s redevelopment;
n if the current building remains, a vapor mitigation system could be installed to
address sub-slab vapor concerns (e.g., sub-slab depressurization system);
n if the current building is razed, a vapor mitigation system could be included in the
future building’s design;
n The Target Sub-Slab Soil Gas Commercial VISL for TCE was exceeded at three
sub-slab sampling locations in the existing building; the fourth location (northeast
corner) was above the residential VISL;
n The Target Sub-Slab Soil Gas Commercial VISL for naphthalene was exceeded
in one location near the sewer lateral, and naphthalene exceeded the Target Sub-
Slab Soil Gas Residential VISL in the northeast corner of the building; and
n An Environmental Covenant will likely need to be recorded on the title of the
property by its Owner(s) to place institutional controls and/or engineering control
requirements on the property. The Environmental Covenant will likely restrict
groundwater uses (i.e., no potable use of groundwater) and may incorporate
additional measures to address possible exposure to the contaminants of
concern.
In addition, ACMs were identified along with mercury containing fluorescent lights and
thermostats, PCB containing ballasts and transformers, and refrigeration units containing
chlorofluorocarbons. Costs associated with removal of the ACMs or items containing hazardous
materials are not included in the cleanup alternatives considered.
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 15
Table 1 presents cleanup alternatives with respect to: effectiveness, long-term reliability,
implementability, and cost. Also presented are advantages and disadvantages of the proposed
technology. The final solution may involve multiple technologies to achieve remedial goals. More
detailed comparison of potential costs to implement is provided in Table 2. The tables can be
found attached to this report in Appendix A.
3.2.1 Alternative 1: No Action
The No Action alternative is included as a baseline comparison to other remedial alternatives and
assumes no action is taken.
3.2.2 Alternative 2: Surficial Soil Removal, Outside Building Perimeter
This alternative is a stand-alone solution for remedial action for surficial soils impacted by
hexavalent chromium but does not address the other COCs. The necessity of this alternative
depends on the future development of the site. Exposure to soils impacted by hexavalent
chromium could be managed in-place through engineering controls to remove potential exposure
pathways. This alternative would generally include the following components:
n Excavate 12 to 24 inches of surface soils impacted with hexavalent chromium and
replace with non-impacted “clean” imported fill to reduce future exposure from
hexavalent chromium. As an alternative, hardscaping or equivalent could be used
to eliminate exposure routes. For contamination left onsite, activity and use
limitations would need to be applied to ensure exposure routes remain
incomplete.
n Area of excavation is along the west property boundary and in the northeast
corner of the property.
n Dispose of the soil an appropriately-permitted facility.
Soil may require waste characterization to identify an appropriate disposal facility and to generate
a waste profile for the facility. If any of the impacted soil is characterized as a RCRA regulated
hazardous waste, the wastes will be segregated, and the hazardous waste portions will be sent
to an approved hazardous waste landfill. For the purpose of this ABCA, it is assumed the material
can be disposed of as a non-hazardous waste. In addition, a cleanup completion report will be
prepared to document the cleanup activities, the final condition of the Site, and that the Project
Goal and Cleanup Standards were met.
3.2.3 Alternative 3: Vapor Mitigation System (VMS)
The alternative would provide vapor mitigation from accumulating sub-slab soil gas associated
with impacted soil and groundwater. The alternative does not address the hexavalent chromium
in soils. Trichloroethene and naphthalene were both identified at concentrations that exceed the
EPA commercial target sub slab soil gas VISL. Additionally, TCE was also found in groundwater
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 16
at concentrations that exceed the EPA commercial Target Groundwater VISL. Both contaminants
pose a vapor intrusion hazard. The purpose of the VMS is to protect building occupants from
potentially harmful accumulating vapors. The approach would depend on whether the building is
to be left or razed and reconstructed and could act as a standalone solution, if the goal is to solely
mitigate sub-slab soil gas.
Building to remain
If the building is to remain, the most practical approach will be to install a sub-slab
depressurization system under the existing floor slabs. The system uses a small vacuum blower
to induce a negative pressure below the floor slab. For this type of system to be effective, there
needs to be a coarse or permeable layer supporting the floor slab to allow for air flow. Collected
soil gas is then exhausted to the atmosphere. To design the system, pilot testing will be required
to determine vacuum and air flow requirements to achieve a minimum 0.01 inches of H2O negative
pressure below the floor slab. In the event pilot testing determines that a negative pressure will
not be achieved with the existing slab design, the slab may need to be removed and replaced,
modified or a multiple zone system may need to be employed.
Building razed
If the building is to be razed and replaced by a new building, consideration should be given to
design a passive type system that could include a passive vent system and vapor intrusion barrier.
This type of system would offer more confidence due to the engineered approach, integrating the
VMS with building materials and components, installation by a certified installer, construction
oversight by a certified inspector providing an entire building solution.
3.2.4 Alternative 4: Sump, Impacted Soil and Sewer Lateral Removal
Alternative 4 targets impacted soil in the Plating Shop and sewer lateral. Soils in the Plating Shop
exhibited impacts from TCE and bromodichloromethane. The TCE is also a contributor to the
vapor intrusion hazard. The impacted soil also contains naphthalene but at concentrations below
the EPA residential and industrial RSLs. This alternative specifically addresses VOCs found in
soil that may have been introduced into the subsurface through the sewer. This alternative does
not address the hexavalent chromium in shallow soils. The treatment may be implemented
regardless of whether the current building is razed. The building would affect excavation logistics
and with the building in-place, would be costlier. If the building were razed, implementation would
be prior to construction of a new building. This alternative would generally include the following
components:
n removal of the floor drain, sump structure and sewer lateral;
n excavation of 10 to 20 cubic yards of impacted soils from the vadose zone and
beneath or around the sump and sewer lateral;
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 17
n disposal of the sump, soil and sewer lateral at an appropriately-permitted facility;
n waste characterization of the sump contents, floor drain residuals, and impacted
soils beneath the sump to determine appropriate disposal facilities; and
n replacement of sump structure, floor drains and sewer lateral as needed for future
Site use, and prior to backfilling, collection of confirmation samples to document
soil impacts have been removed.
If any of the impacted soil is characterized as a RCRA regulated hazardous waste, the wastes
will be segregated and the hazardous waste portions will be sent to an approved hazardous waste
landfill. For the purpose of this ABCA, it is assumed the material can be disposed of as a non-
hazardous waste. This alternative does not directly address impacted groundwater, although it
will remove an ongoing source of TCE impact to groundwater. The method may reduce or
eliminate the vapor intrusion potential by soil removal.
3.2.5 Alternative 5: Soil Vapor Extraction (SVE)
Alternative 5 is Soil Vapor Extraction (SVE), a remediation technology with an objective to
substantially reduce the concentration of volatile contaminants in the source media (e.g.,
subsurface soil) to levels that will permanently reduce sub slab vapor concentrations to levels
below the EPA’s Target Sub-Slab Soil Gas Concentration VISL, specifically for TCE and
naphthalene. SVE is not an appropriate technology for direct remediation of groundwater
(although by remediating soils it will indirectly reduce ongoing impacts to groundwater), nor is the
technology appropriate for remediation of the hexavalent chromium in soils. The technology uses
a blower coupled to vapor extraction wells installed in the source area. The blower induces a
vacuum for removing soil gas and accelerating volatilization of contaminants from soil. The
difference between SVE and VMS is that SVE removes source and VMS removes or prevents
soil gas accumulating below the floor slab. Both SVE and VMS methods may require a Notice of
Intent and reporting to the Utah Department of Air Quality. Extracted vapors may require
treatment prior to discharge to the atmosphere to reduce Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAPs).
The SVE system may be installed regardless of whether the current building is razed. If the
current building remains, the SVE system may include vapor extraction wells located in the
building and in locations outside the building’s footprint. If the building is razed, the SVE system’s
vapor extraction wells will be in remaining contaminant source areas, if any, and areas where soil
vapors exceeding residential or commercial VISLs, as applicable, have been identified, but the
exact locations may need to be tailored to fit within future development plans.
Pilot testing would be required to determine the feasibility of using SVE and to determine site
parameters for design. SVE systems can take months to years to achieve cleanup and require
ongoing operations and maintenance (O&M) and sampling to determine system effectiveness.
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 18
3.2.6 Alternative 6: In-Situ Chemical Oxidation
Alternative 6 targets the organic contaminants in groundwater and, to a lesser degree, impacted
soils. This alternative proposes to use a chemical oxidant to transform/degrade the TCE to levels
that would be more protective of the EPA Target Groundwater Concentration VISL and to mitigate
potential off-site impacts. The technology may also be appropriate for destruction of other volatile
organics that may be present in groundwater and to a lesser degree in soils. The technology
would not be appropriate for use to remediate the hexavalent chromium in soils.
This alternative is intended as an additional amendment implemented at the time of soil removal
as outlined in Alternative 4. Activated persulfate would be mixed above grade and added as a
solution to the open excavation. Additional persulfate would be injected through direct push
methods down gradient of the sump to reduce TCE concentrations near the property boundary.
Several companies manufacture products that could be used. Further research and vendor
coordination would be required to determine competing oxidant demands, suitable product,
volumes and dosages to be applied, method of delivery, and concentration needed to achieve
remedial goals.
The treatment may be applied regardless of whether the current building is razed or not, as the
target area is not affected by the presence of the building. The building would affect the method
of delivery and with the building in-place would be more-costly. If the building were razed,
implementation would be prior to construction of a new building.
Chemical oxidation can be an effective system to remediate chlorinated hydrocarbons in the
subsurface. Many factors play a role in the success of the proposed treatment. Some of these
factors are listed below:
n Demand for the oxidant from target compounds and nontarget compounds
n Remedial goals
n Site geology
n Mass of oxidant
n Contact times
n Groundwater velocity
Additional subsurface information may be required to properly design treatment specifications
and provide an appropriate delivery system to distribute the chemical in the target zones. The
biggest challenge for chemical oxidation at the Site is the native, fine-grained soils observed in
investigation borings, which typically included silts and clays in the impacted zones.
The applicable remedial alternatives for the analytes exceeding screening levels are summarized
below.
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 19
Analyte Remedial
Alternative
Screening
tool
Exposure
Scenario Matrix
Hexavalent chromium 2 EPA RSL Residential
Industrial Soil
Bromodichloromethane 4, 5 EPA RSL Residential Soil
Trichloroethene 3, 4, 5, 6
EPA RSL,
MCL, VISL
Residential
Industrial
Commercial
Soil, water, soil gas
Naphthalene 3, 4, 5, 6 EPA VISL Residential
Commercial Soil gas
3.3 Recommended Cleanup Alternative
To achieve the Cleanup Objectives listed in Section 3.1, a multiple-component approach is
recommended as discussed below.
The “No Action” option (Alternative 1) is not considered a viable option since it does meet the
redevelopment objectives or protect from future exposure to site contaminants. The SVE option
(Alternative 5) is a suitable alternative for the remediation of TCE-impacted soil and mitigation of
vapor intrusion. However, the option does not address hexavalent chromium in soil, does not
directly address groundwater contamination, and is considered the most expensive option
requiring engineering, capital costs, installation, and long-term O&M and monitoring.
A multiple-component approach involving Alternatives 2 and 3 are recommended as a minimum.
Alternatives 4 and 6 could be implemented to specifically address soil and groundwater impacts:
n Alternative 2 (hexavalent chromium impacted soil removal) eliminates exposure
to near surface soils contaminated with hexavalent chromium. Depending on
future development and resulting exposure scenarios, this alternative could be
modified (for example, by re-location of the impacted soils below clean cover
and/or hardscape) and removal may not be required. Contamination left onsite
will pose use limitations and require site management for future uses to ensure
exposure routes remain incomplete.
n Alternative 3 (VMS) addresses vapor intrusion, which is the main exposure
pathway within the building interior.
n Alternative 4 (VOC impacted soil removal) reduces vapor intrusion and ongoing
impacts to groundwater by source removal of impacted soils in the Plating Shop,
sump and sewer lateral.
Alternative 6 (chemical oxidation) targets groundwater in the Plating Shop and southwest property
corner where TCE was found in groundwater at levels above MCLs and within the building, above
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 20
the Target Sub-Slab Soil Gas commercial VISL. This alternative is intended to complement
Alternative 4.
Following implementation of a remedial strategy, a cleanup completion report would be generated
to document that the cleanup activities were completed, along with the final condition of the Site
based on cleanup confirmation sampling. Depending on which DEQ regulatory program provides
oversight, a post-remediation risk assessment may also be required to calculate the level of
residual human health risk, along with a Site Management Plan (SMP) specifying controls to
manage the residual risks and the possibility of an Environmental Covenant to manage future Site
use with remaining environmental impacts.
4.0 REFERENCES
2014a Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2014.Quality Assurance Project Plan, Version 5, North
Temple Brownfields Assessment, North Temple Street Corridor, Salt Lake City, Utah.
Terracon Project No. AL127481. Dated February 18, 2014. (included in Appendix B)
2014b Garfin, G., G. Franco, H. Blanco, A. Comrie, P. Gonzalez, T. Piechota, R. Smyth, and
R. Waskom, 2014: Ch. 20:Southwest. Climate Change Impacts in the United States:
The Third National Climate Assessment, J. M. Melillo, Terese (T.C.) Richmond, and
G. W. Yohe, Eds., U.S. Global Change Research Program, 462-486.
doi:10.7930/J08G8HMN.
2014c Walsh, J., D. Wuebbles, K. Hayhoe, J. Kossin, K. Kunkel, G. Stephens, P. Thorne, R.
Vose, M. Wehner, J. Willis, D. Anderson, S. Doney, R. Feely, P. Hennon, V. Kharin,
T. Knutson, F. Landerer, T. Lenton, J. Kennedy, and R. Somerville, 2014:Ch. 2: Our
Changing Climate. Climate Change Impacts in the United States: The Third National
Climate Assessment, J. M. Melillo, Terese (T.C.) Richmond, and G. W. Yohe, Eds.,
U.S. Global Change Research Program, 19-67. doi:10.7930/J0KW5CXT.
2015a Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2015. Phase I Environmental Site Assessment,
Schovaers Electronics, 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County,
Utah, EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96809201, Hazardous Substance Grant for
Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City. Terracon Project No. AL157312. Dated
August 31, 2015. (included in Appendix B)
2015b Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City, 2015.North Temple Project Area 2015-
2019 Strategic Plan (Project Area Expires 2037).http://www.slcrda.com/wp-
content/uploads/2016/08/NTStrategicPlan041415Final.pdf
2016a Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2016.Phase II Environmental Site Assessment, North
Temple Brownfields Assessment, EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96809601,
Analysis of Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives
Schovaers Electronics ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723■ Terracon Project 61177082 ■December 31, 2018
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 21
Hazardous Substance Grant for Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City – Schovaers
Electronics Facility, 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah, ACRES ID #199723,
Terracon Project No. AL127481. Dated February 8, 2016. (included in Appendix B)
2016b Climate Change Indicators, A Closer Look: Temperature and Drought in the Southwest
(Web update: August 2016).https://www.epa.gov/climate-indicators/southwest
2018a Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2018. Sampling and Analyses Plan, Salt Lake County
Brownfields Assessment, EPA Cooperative Agreement No.96835701, Hazardous
Substance Grant for Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake County – Schoavaers
Electronics, 22 South Jeremy Street, ACRES ID #199723, Terracon Project No.
61177082.Dated May 1, 2018. (included in Appendix B)
2018b Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2018.Community-Wide Quality Assurance Project Plan,
Revision 2, Salt Lake County Brownfields Assessment, EPA Cooperative Agreement
No. 96835701, Salt Lake County, Utah. Terracon Project No. 6177082. Dated May
24, 2018. (included in Appendix B)
2018c Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2018. Phase I Environmental Site Assessment,
Schovaers Electronics, 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County,
Utah, EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96835701, Hazardous Substance Grant for
Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City. Terracon Project No. 61177082. Dated
February 14, 2018. (included in Appendix B)
2018d Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2018.Phase II Environmental Site Assessment (DRAFT),
Salt Lake County Brownfields Assessment, EPA Cooperative Agreement No.
96835701, Hazardous Materials and Petroleum Grant for Salt Lake County –
Schovaers Electronics Facility, 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah, ACRES
ID #199723, Terracon Project No. 61177082. Dated November 1, 2018. (included in
Appendix B)
U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1270; Element Concentrations in Soils and Other
Surficial Materials of the Conterminous United States 199
APPENDIX A
Tables
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable
Table 1 – Brownfield Cleanup Alternatives Balancing Factor Evaluation
Remedial
Alternative Effectiveness Long-term reliability Implementability Cost Implications
1. No Action Does not address
potential risks.
Does not address
potential risks.
Not applicable for No Action.No cost to implement.
Potential cost implications on property
value and future liabilities associated with
contaminant exposure.
2. Surficial soil
removal, outside
building perimeter
Limited shallow soil
removal in areas where
hexavalent chromium
was detected at above
EPA RSLs to reduce
exposure to soil. Does
not address other
COCs.
Addresses exposure to
near surface soils
contaminated with
hexavalent chromium.
Environmental
covenants required to
limit future uses and
activities.
Minor implementation risks associated
with excavation and transportation to
appropriate disposal facility. Minor risk
to community due to transportation.
Requires the Owner to impose land use
and activity restrictions to eliminate
exposures to the hexavalent chromium
impacted soils, if any remain at site.
Low to moderate costs for excavation,
transportation, and disposal fees.
Additional costs for backfill and compaction
of excavation.
3. Vapor Mitigation
System (VMS)
Addresses vapor
intrusion from VOCs in
groundwater and soils.
VMS is not recognized
as a remediation
technology.
Does not address
impacts to soil or
groundwater. Requires
the operation of a
passive or active
system fitted with alarm
indicators in the event
of system failure.
Can be implemented into the existing
building or incorporated in the design of
any future development. Properly
maintained, the system would operate
for the expected life of the building.
VMS: Moderate costs associated with
vapor mitigation (either sub-slab
depressurization for the existing building or
a vapor mitigation system for new
buildings).
4. Sump, impacted
soil and sewer
lateral removal
Effectively manages
VOC soil impacts
around the Plating
Shop sump and sewer
lateral. Reduces vapor
intrusion from TCE and
naphthalene by source
removal of impacted
soils. Does not address
hexavalent chromium
impacted soils.
Limited excavation,
does not address soils
in other areas. May
improve groundwater
quality in southwest
corner of Building.
Minor implementation risks associated
with excavation and transportation to
appropriate disposal facility. Minor risk
to community due to transportation.
Can be implemented in the existing
building or incorporated as part of any
future development.
Excavation: Low to moderate costs for
excavation, transportation, and disposal
fees. Additional costs for backfill and
compaction of excavation.
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable
Remedial
Alternative Effectiveness Long-term reliability Implementability Cost Implications
5. Soil Vapor
Extraction (SVE)
Reduces source zone
of VOC contaminant
levels in soil to
eliminate the need for a
VMS.Technology could
be employed to replace
soil excavation in the
Plating Shop and sewer
lateral.
Does not address
hexavalent chromium
impacted soils.
Targets the unsaturated
zone with minimal
benefits to the
saturated zone. Semi-
volatile contaminants
may not be adequately
addressed or require a
longer remedial period.
Requires pilot testing to
determine feasibility of
technology, equipment
design and placement.
Design of a SVE system is based on
building design, subsurface lithology
and expected performance. Costs will
be higher than a VMS as the goal is to
eliminate or reduce the contaminant.
source and eliminate the need for a
VMS. After achieving remedial goals,
the system could be decommissioned
and removed.
SVE: High implementation cost to include
engineering costs, pilot testing, capital
equipment, installation/construction,
permitting, and O&M.
6. In-Situ
Chemical
Oxidation
Reduces source zone
contaminant levels of
VOCs in groundwater
and lesser degree soils.
Does not remediate the
hexavalent chromium in
soils.
Reduces the
concentration of
chlorinated compounds
through chemical
oxidation. Reduces
vapor intrusion potential
and reduces off-site
migration of chlorinated
compounds.
Chemical injection in source area for
degradation of chlorinated compounds
(TCE), primarily in the saturated zone.
Would require different mechanisms for
delivery to groundwater versus vadose
zone soils.
Difficult to implement after development
construction.
Chemical Oxidation: Low to moderate
costs to procure injection chemical,
methods for application and labor. May
require multiple treatments.
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable
Table 2 – Estimated Comparative Costs for Cleanup Alternatives
Cleanup Alternative Estimated Costs Notes
1. No Action $0 Not a viable option.
2. Surficial soil removal,
outside building
perimeter
Hexavalent chromium
removal exterior of
building
$40,000 - $45,000 Removal of hexavalent chromium impacted soils to a depth of 12 inches below finish grades.
Impacted area is the exterior northeast quadrant of the property. Assumes a 2,800 ft2 area.
$20,000 Remove, transport, and dispose of impacted soils. Contractor rough estimate
based on similar projects. Includes all labor and equipment necessary. Assumes
non-hazardous waste disposal at a RCRA Subtitle D landfill.
$10,000 Import backfill and compact.
$10,000 - $15,000 Cleanup planning document preparation, public notification of proposed cleanup,
Terracon oversight during remediation, completion report.
3. Vapor Mitigation
System (VMS)
VOC removal from soil
gas and indoor air
$95,000 - $115,000 Building to Remain
$10,000 Pilot testing for active sub-slab depressurization system.
$15,000 Engineered design of system.
$40,000 to $60,000 Installation of system. Costs vary due to unknowns for sizing of system, sub-slab
component design and factors governing installation.
$15,000 Operations and Maintenance for the life of the building.
Building Razed and Replaced:
$25,000 Engineering Design.
$20,000 - $40,000 Installation of system. Costs vary due to unknowns for sizing of system, sub-slab
component design and factors governing installation.
$15,000 Operations and Maintenance for the life of the building.
Oversight and Reporting:
$20,000 Cleanup planning document preparation, public notification of proposed cleanup,
Terracon oversight during installation, completion report.
4.Sump, impacted soil
and sewer lateral
removal
Source zone removal
from Plating Shop and
sewer lateral
$30,000 - $40,000 Removal of sump, disposal of sump contents, sewer lateral, and contaminated soils:
$15,000 to $25,000 Remove, transport, and disposal of sump contents, sewer lateral and
contaminated soils (10 to 20 cubic yards). Contractor rough estimate based on
similar projects. Includes all labor and equipment necessary. Assumes non-
hazardous waste disposal at a RCRA Subtitle D landfill.
$10,000 Import backfill, compact and restoration.
$10,000 Cleanup planning document preparation, public notification of proposed cleanup,
Terracon oversight during installation, completion report.
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable
Cleanup Alternative Estimated Costs Notes
5. Soil Vapor Extraction
(SVE)
Source zone removal of
volatile compounds
$265,000 - $310,000 Soil Vapor Extraction
$20,000 - $25,000 Pilot testing.
$15,000 System design.
$150,000 Capital costs and installation.
$20,000 Terracon installation oversight.
$40,000 to $60,000 Operations and maintenance for 2 years.
Oversight and Reporting:
$20,000 - $40,000 Cleanup planning document preparation; air emissions permitting and reporting;
meetings with the selected regulatory agency; public notification of proposed
cleanup; and cleanup completion report.
6. Groundwater
Treatment, In-Situ
Chemical Oxidation
Chemical oxidation of
organic compounds,
targeting groundwater
and lesser degree
vadose zone soils
$65,000 Reductive Dechlorination Injection:
$10,000 System design based on manufacturers recommendation.
$40,000 Cost for chemical, mixing, and delivery.
$5,000 Soil confirmation sampling and oversight.
Oversight and Reporting:
$10,000 Cleanup planning document preparation; meetings with the selected regulatory
agency; public notification of proposed cleanup; and cleanup completion report.
Estimated costs do not include regulatory oversight by either the VCP or the DWMRC.
APPENDIX B
Referenced Documents
List of Included Documents
2014a Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2014.Quality Assurance Project Plan, Version 5, North
Temple Brownfields Assessment, North Temple Street Corridor, Salt Lake City, Utah.
Terracon Project No. AL127481. Dated February 18, 2014.
2015a Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2015. Phase I Environmental Site Assessment,
Schovaers Electronics, 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County,
Utah, EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96809201, Hazardous Substance Grant for
Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City. Terracon Project No. AL157312. Dated
August 31, 2015.
2016a Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2016.Phase II Environmental Site Assessment, North
Temple Brownfields Assessment, EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96809601,
Hazardous Substance Grant for Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City – Schovaers
Electronics Facility, 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah, ACRES ID #199723,
Terracon Project No. AL127481. Dated February 8, 2016.
2018a Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2018. Sampling and Analyses Plan, Salt Lake County
Brownfields Assessment, EPA Cooperative Agreement No.96835701, Hazardous
Substance Grant for Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake County – Schoavaers
Electronics, 22 South Jeremy Street, ACRES ID #199723, Terracon Project No.
61177082.Dated May 1, 2018.
2018b Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2018.Community-Wide Quality Assurance Project Plan,
Revision 2, Salt Lake County Brownfields Assessment, EPA Cooperative Agreement
No. 96835701, Salt Lake County, Utah. Terracon Project No. 6177082. Dated May
24, 2018.
2018c Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2018. Phase I Environmental Site Assessment,
Schovaers Electronics, 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County,
Utah, EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96835701, Hazardous Substance Grant for
Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City. Terracon Project No. 61177082. Dated
February 14, 2018. (included in Appendix B)
2018d Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2018.Phase II Environmental Site Assessment (DRAFT),
Salt Lake County Brownfields Assessment, EPA Cooperative Agreement No.
96835701, Hazardous Materials and Petroleum Grant for Salt Lake County –
Schovaers Electronics Facility, 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah, ACRES
ID #199723, Terracon Project No. 61177082. Dated November 1, 2018. (included in
Appendix B)
2014a Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2014.Quality Assurance Project Plan, Version 5, North
Temple Brownfields Assessment, North Temple Street Corridor, Salt Lake City, Utah.
Terracon Project No. AL127481. Dated February 18, 2014.

RDA - NTBA 2 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
A2 Table of Contents
GROUP A PROJECT MANAGEMENT ....................................................................... 1
A1 Title and Approval Sheet ................................................................................ 1
A2 Table of Contents ........................................................................................... 2
A2.1 Acronym List ...................................................................................... 4
A3 Distribution List ............................................................................................. 5
A4 Project/Task Organization .............................................................................. 5
A5 Problem Definition/Background ..................................................................... 8
A5.1 Purpose /Background .......................................................................... 8
A6 Project Task/Description and Schedule ........................................................... 9
A7 Quality Objectives and Criteria for Measurement Data ................................... 9
A7.1 Data Quality Objectives ...................................................................... 9
A7.2 Measurement Performance Criteria ..................................................... 9
A8 Special Training Requirements ..................................................................... 11
A9 Documentation and Records ......................................................................... 11
GROUP B MEASUREMENT/DATA ACQUISITION ............................................... 13
B1 Sampling Process Design ............................................................................. 13
B2 Sampling Methods Requirements ................................................................. 13
B3 Sample Handling, Preservation and Custody Requirements .......................... 13
B4 Analytical Methods Requirements ................................................................ 14
B5 Quality Control Requirements ...................................................................... 14
B5.1 Definitive Data ................................................................................. 14
B5.2 Non-definitive data ........................................................................... 17
B6 Equipment Testing, Inspection, and Maintenance Requirements ................... 17
B7 Instrument Calibration and Frequency .......................................................... 18
B7.1 Field Instruments .............................................................................. 18
B7.2 Laboratory Instruments ..................................................................... 18
B8 Acceptance Requirements for Supplies and Consumables ............................ 18
B9 Data Acquisition of Non-direct Measurements ............................................. 19
B10 Data Management ........................................................................................ 19
GROUP C ASSESSMENT/OVERSIGHT ................................................................... 20
C1 Assessment Activities................................................................................... 20
C2 Reports to Management ................................................................................ 21
GROUP D DATA VALIDATION AND USABILITY ................................................. 21
D1 Data Review ................................................................................................. 21
D2 Validation and Verification Methods ............................................................ 22
D3 Reconciliation with User Requirements ........................................................ 22
GROUP E REFERENCES ........................................................................................... 23

RDA - NTBA 3 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481

FIGURE
Figure 1: Project Organizational Chart

TABLES
Table 1: Measurement Performance Criteria in Terms of Data Quality Indicators
Table 2: Data Validation and Verification Methods

APPENDIX A: ESC Laboratories Quality Assurance Manual
APPENDIX B: Standard Operating Procedures and Field Forms

RDA - NTBA 4 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
A2.1 Acronym List
CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, as
Amended
DERR Division of Environmental Response and Remediation
DL laboratory reporting limit a.k.a. practicable quantification limit
DQI Data Quality Indicators
DQO Data Quality Objectives
ESC ESC Laboratories
HASP Health and Safety Plan
IHI IHI Environmental
LCS Laboratory Control Sample
LFB Laboratory Fortified Blank
MCL Maximum Contaminant Level
mg/kg milligrams per kilogram (or parts per million)
mg/L milligrams per liter (or parts per million)
µg/kg micrograms per kilogram (or parts per billion)
µg/L micrograms per liter (or parts per billion)
MS Matrix Spike
MSD Matrix Spike Duplicate
NELAP National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act
PARCCS precision, accuracy, representativeness, completeness, comparability, and
sensitivity
ppb parts per billion (in µg/kg or µg/L)
ppm parts per million (in mg/kg or mg/L)
PQL Practical Quantitation Limit
PR Percent Recovery
PS Performance Standard
QA Quality Assurance
QAPP Quality Assurance Project Plan
QC Quality Control
RDA Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City
RSL Regional Screening Level
SAP Sampling and Analysis Plan
TOC Table of Contents
UDEQ Utah Department of Environmental Quality
US EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency

RDA - NTBA 5 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
A3 Distribution List
Christina Wilson
Brownfields Project Manager
U.S. EPA Region 8
Mail Code: 8EPR-SR
1595 Wynkoop Street
Denver, CO 80202-1129
[phone]

Jill Wilkerson-Smith
Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City
City and County Building
451 South State Street, Room 418
Salt Lake City, UT 84114
[phone]

David Bird
Utah Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Environmental Response and Remediation
Project Manager for the North Temple Brownfields Assessment
P.O. Box 144840
Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4840
[phone]
A4 Project/Task Organization
This Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) provides guidelines for the acquisition,
analysis, and validation of data collected as part of the North Temple Brownfields
Assessment. Following is a brief description and identification of key personnel involved in
the North Temple Brownfields Assessment Grant project. An organizational chart indicating
the roles of these individuals is included as Figure 1.
The RDA Project Manager is the central point of contact for problem resolution and is the
primary point of contact with the Consultant Project Manager regarding technical issues
associated with this project. The RDA Project Manager is responsible for updating,
maintaining, and distributing the QAPP and also acts as the Project QA Leader, conducting

RDA - NTBA 6 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
QA activities and providing oversight during the field activities with routine visits to the
jobsite. The RDA Project Manager for this project is:
Ms. Jill Wilkerson-Smith
Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City
City and County Building
451 South State, Room 418
Salt Lake City, Utah 84114
Phone: [phone]
Email: [e-mail]

The Consultant Project Manager will have responsibility for overseeing the activities
associated with the Phase II ESAs. This person will be responsible for the preparation and
maintenance of the QAPP, for distribution of the most current version of the QAPP to the
individuals identified in A3, and for overall management of the field investigation portion of
the project. The Consultant Project Manager will be the primary technical point of contact
for communication with the RDA. Additional responsibilities include scheduling,
subcontractor procurement, cost accounting and reporting, identification of potential
problems and development of contingency plans to respond to the identified problems. The
Consultant Project Manager for this project is:
Mr. Andy King, P.G.
Terracon Consultants, Inc.
640 Wilmington Avenue
Salt Lake City, UT 84106
Phone: [phone]
Email: [e-mail]

The Consultant QA/QC Officer for this project will act as an independent advisor to the
Consultant Project Manager and will oversee project activities as necessary. This role will
include reviewing any changes to the scope of the project and conducting final QA/QC
reviews of all data included in final Phase II reports for properties that are assessed as part of
this project. The Consultant QA/QC Officer for this project is:

RDA - NTBA 7 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481

Mr. Wynn John, PE, PG
IHI Environmental (A Terracon Company)
640 Wilmington Avenue
Salt Lake City, UT 84106
Phone: [phone]
Email: [e-mail]

Regulatory oversight will be provided by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
Region 8 and the Utah Department of Environmental Quality (UDEQ). The EPA and UDEQ
will collectively be referred to as the Agencies. The EPA Project Officer has overall
approving authority for the project and also serves as the EPA Region 8 QA Officer and will
review and approve the QAPP and SAPs and revisions in terms of quality-assurance aspects.
The EPA Project Officer is:
Christina Wilson
1595 Wynkoop Street
Denver, Colorado 80202
Phone: [phone]
Email: [e-mail]

The RDA has involved the UDEQ because of their specific knowledge and experience. If
impacts to the subsurface are identified during the sampling activities, the UDEQ will be the
agency providing oversight for any subsequent cleanup activities that may be undertaken
(which are beyond the scope of the current assessment grant). The UDEQ reviewed the draft
QAPP and provided suggestions before the draft QAPP was submitted to EPA for comment.
The UDEQ will remain a technical resource for the field activities and reporting throughout
the course of the project. The UDEQ Project Manager for this project is:

RDA - NTBA 8 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481

Mr. David Bird
Utah Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Environmental Response and Remediation
P.O. Box 144840
Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4840
[phone]
Email: [e-mail]

A5 Problem Definition/Background
A5.1 Purpose /Background
The Salt Lake City Corporation received a Brownfields Assessment Grant to support long-
term urban renewal along the North Temple Corridor. The purpose of the North Temple
Brownfield Assessment is to identify environmentally compromised sites along the North
Temple Corridor and develop a strategy for assessing potential impacts, evaluating
redevelopment potential, cleanup objectives, and mitigation strategies.
Twenty-four Phase I Environmental Site Assessments (ESAs) were conducted throughout the
corridor in 2010. Although Phase I ESAs are valid for a period of 180 days and the previous
Phase I ESAs are currently expired, the previous Phase I ESAs identified multiple sites with
known and potential environmental impacts.
The Brownfields Assessment includes developing a comprehensive web-based database
detailing environmental information, identifying any data gaps hampering marketing or
development, conducting Phase II assessments to resolve data gaps, developing corrective
action plans, and preparing new Phase I ESAs on select properties in support of future
redevelopment.

RDA - NTBA 9 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
A6 Project Task/Description and Schedule
The results of the previous Phase I ESAs, along with additional environmental information
compiled in the web-based database, will be used to screen properties for potential
environmental impacts. Potential contaminants of concern include, but are not limited to,
petroleum hydrocarbons, oil and grease, solvents, and heavy metals. Site-specific SAPs will
be developed for the Phase II assessments to be conducted on each selected property that will
detail the contaminants of concern, sampling locations, and sampling rationale. The Phase II
reports will be consistent with standards at ASTM E1903-11.
A7 Quality Objectives and Criteria for Measurement Data
A7.1 Data Quality Objectives
Data Quality Objectives (DQOs) are quantitative and qualitative statements that specify the
quality of data required to support the objectives of an investigation. DQOs are generated
through the DQO Process, as shown in Guidance on Systematic Planning Using the Data
Quality Objectives Process (QA/G-4) (EPA; February, 2006).
A7.2 Measurement Performance Criteria
Table 1 provides measurement performance criteria for the Data Quality Indicators (DQIs),
as expressed in terms of precision, accuracy, representativeness, comparability,
completeness, and sensitivity (PARCCS). The DQIs provide verifiable measurement criteria
to determine if the data needs have been met. A brief definition of the PARCCS, including
bias, are below.
Precision The measure of agreement among repeated measurements of the same
property under identical, or substantially similar conditions; calculated as either the range or
as the standard deviation. Precision may also be expressed as a percentage of the mean of the
measurements, such as relative range or relative standard deviation (coefficient of variation).
Bias The systematic or persistent distortion of a measurement process that causes
errors in one direction. Use reference materials or analyze spiked matrix samples.

RDA - NTBA 10 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
Accuracy A measure of the overall agreement of a measurement to a known value;
includes a combination of random error (precision) and systematic error (bias) components of
both sampling and analytical operations.
Representativeness A qualitative term that expresses “the degree to which data accurately
and precisely represent a characteristic of a population, parameter variations at a sampling
point, a process condition, or an environmental condition.” (ANSI/ASQC 1995)
Comparability A qualitative term that expresses the measure of confidence that one
data set can be compared to another and can be combined for the decision(s) to be made.
Completeness A measure of the amount of valid data needed to be obtained from a
measurement system.
Sensitivity The capability of a method or instrument to discriminate between
measurement responses representing different levels of the variable of interest.
Soil and groundwater samples submitted for laboratory analyses will be considered
definitive, consistent with EPA Superfund Data Categories (EPA; September 1993).
Analytical results will be evaluated using current EPA Regional Screening Levels (RSLs)
and Utah’s Groundwater Quality Standards and the US EPA’s Maximum Contaminant
Levels. Petroleum hydrocarbon impacts suspected to originate from an underground storage
tank will be evaluated using Utah’s Department of Environmental Quality, Division of
Environmental Response and Remediation’s Leaking Underground Storage Tank Program
Cleanup Levels. As such, the level of data sensitivity is required to result in laboratory
reporting limits (practical quantitation limits or PQLs) that are below the regulatory
screening levels listed above.
Certification and validation requirements apply to the laboratory. Regularly scheduled
analyses of known duplicates, standards, and spiked samples are a routine aspect of data
reduction, validation, and reporting procedures for the laboratory. The laboratory, which is
associated with the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (NELAP),
will verify the reliability and credibility of the analytical results. Additionally, the laboratory

RDA - NTBA 11 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
reporting limits need to be lower than the screening levels for each of the analytes analyzed.
A copy of the Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual with the laboratory reporting levels is
provided in Appendix A.
A8 Special Training Requirements
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 40-hour Hazardous Waste
Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER) training, including an up-to-date 8-
hour refresher course as required by OSHA, is required for field personnel. Initial 40-hour
HAZWOPER “live” training is provided by reputable training providers in the local
community, and annual refreshers are provided either by “live” training or via online courses
approved by Terracon’s Corporate Safety and Health Manager. Documentation (training
certificates) of HAZWOPER and refresher training is maintained by Terracon’s Corporate
Safety and Health Manager in employees’ confidential medical surveillance/environmental
training files. In addition, Terracon’s environmental project managers (or designees) are
responsible for conducting site-specific safety briefings prior to beginning all Terracon
hazardous waste site projects. IHI/Terracon will prepare a site-specific Health and Safety
Plan (HASP) prior to mobilizing to the site to identify specific hazards that may be
encountered during all phases of the field work.
A9 Documentation and Records
The data collected during the assessments will be summarized in Phase II reports
documenting the investigation procedures and results, along with supporting maps, figures,
and data summary tables. Appendices will include appended data for all analyses, including
laboratory QA/QC evaluation, chain of custody documentation, and field forms. Phase I
reports, where prepared, will follow ASTM E1527-13 and Phase II reports will be prepared
following guidance at ASTM E1905-11.
Field personnel will maintain a field log to record all pertinent activities associated with all
sampling activities. Any photographic documentation will also be recorded in the field log,

RDA - NTBA 12 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
as will documentation of any field problems and corrective measures taken. Additional field
documents will include sketch maps, borehole logs, and chain of custody records (COCs).
Labels generated by the laboratory will be affixed to sample containers and completed by
field personnel. The labels will identify sample numbers, dates and times collected, and
requested analyses. Chain of custody records will be maintained for all samples from the
time of collection through the time of submittal to the laboratory for analysis.
Electronic project documents (including but not limited to word processing files,
spreadsheets, laboratory analytical reports, project photographs, and CAD/GIS files) will be
stored for a minimum of five years in an electronic project folder on a local server in the
IHI/Terracon office that is backed up automatically on a daily basis to a mainframe at
Terracon’s corporate office in Olathe, Kansas. In addition, all analytical reports and chain-
of-custody records will be maintained indefinitely on the analytical laboratory’s LIMS
database, and made available via the laboratory’s secured online data access system.
Samples will be submitted to the laboratory, using standard turnaround times unless alternate
turnaround times are requested on chain of custody records for individual sample sets. It is
anticipated that ESC Laboratories (ESC) will be used for all analyses; ESC is certified with
the State of Utah. If another laboratory performs analyses, it must meet the following criteria
and submit all QA/QC documentation to the EPA for approval as described above:
x Demonstrated ability to achieve the required detection limits;
x Certified by the State of Utah for the specific analyses;
x Ability to meet the project’s analytical QC requirements, which includes a laboratory
method blank, laboratory control sample, matrix spike and matrix spike duplicate
performed on one of the project’s samples, chromatograms, and narrative report of
QC results and any corrective actions required; and
x Follows an internal QA/QC Program.
Details of the laboratory QA/QC Program are presented in Appendix A.

RDA - NTBA 13 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
GROUP B MEASUREMENT/DATA ACQUISITION
B1 Sampling Process Design
Site-specific SAPs will be developed to include each site selected for Phase II investigation.
Regulatory and historical data collected during the Phase I ESA, a visual inspection of the
property, and any change in use since the Phase I ESA was conducted will be used to develop
the SAPs. Each SAP will be reviewed and approved by the Agencies prior to
implementation.
B2 Sampling Methods Requirements
All samples will be collected following IHI Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) included
in Appendix B. The SOPs include lists of equipment needed for each SOP, and were
developed in general accordance with Guidance for Preparing Standard Operating
Procedures (SOPs) (QA/G-6) (U.S. EPA, April 2007). If problems develop in the field
during implementation of an SOP, field personnel will contact the QA/QC leader for
information on appropriate corrective action, and the problem and corrective action will be
documented in the field log book.
B3 Sample Handling, Preservation and Custody Requirements
Samples will be identified, labeled, preserved, and handled following SOP 20, which
includes chain of custody and documentation procedures. An example sample label and
chain of custody form are included as attachments to SOP 20.
Required sample containers, sample volumes, sample holding times, and sample preservation
methods for a variety of analytical parameters including those that are likely to be used in the
assessments are summarized in Table 14.6 of Appendix III to the ESC Quality Assurance
manual (Appendix A of this QAPP). The primary analytical parameters anticipated for the
assessments include, but are not limited to, the following: volatile organic compounds
(Method 8260); semivolatile organic compounds (Method 8270); total petroleum
hydrocarbons – gasoline and diesel range organics (Method 8015); oil & grease (Method
1664); and metals (Methods 6010/7470/7471).

RDA - NTBA 14 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
Samples will be placed into the appropriate laboratory-provided container immediately after
collection. The container will remain in the sight of the sampler or will be locked in a
secured area until the samples are transported under chain of custody protocols for delivery
to the laboratory.
B4 Analytical Methods Requirements
All analytical methods will follow standard EPA procedures as outlined in Test Methods for
Evaluating Solid Wastes - Physical/Chemical Methods (SW-846) as updated. Please refer to
SW-846 and the ESC Quality Assurance Manual (Appendix A of this QAPP) for analytical
SOPs and information regarding analytical equipment, instrumentation, performance criteria,
corrective action procedures and documentation, sample disposal, and method validation
information and procedures for nonstandard methods. Laboratory turnaround times needed
will be specified on chain of custody records for each sample set, and will typically be the
standard ESC turnaround time of 7 working days.
B5 Quality Control Requirements
B5.1 Definitive Data
To ensure that high quality, reliable data are consistently collected, and that data are
comparable to previous investigations, QA procedures will be followed throughout the
investigation. Quality assurance procedures include using the data quality objectives,
following SOPs, and collecting and analyzing field and laboratory quality control (QC)
samples.
All QC samples collected in the field will be preserved, handled, and transported in an
identical manner as the environmental samples.
Quality control samples will include the following:
x Field duplicates
x Field/Equipment blanks
x Matrix spikes and matrix spike duplicates (MS/MSDs)

RDA - NTBA 15 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
x Laboratory method blanks
x Laboratory control samples (LCS)

Quality control samples are briefly described below.
Field Duplicate Samples. To evaluate sampling and laboratory precision, field duplicate
samples may be collected, as specified in the site-specific SAP. One sample set will be
labeled with the correct sample identification, while the other will be labeled with a false or
“blind” sample identification. When required, the relative percent difference (RPD) between
detected analytes in the field sample and its duplicate are calculated, using the following
equation.
RPD = ௑భି௑మቀ೉భశ೉మమቁ ݔ100 Where X1 and X2 are the reported concentrations of the samples
being evaluated.
The target RPD for samples and their duplicates will be ±20%, assuming that the reported
concentrations are greater than approximately 5 times the practical quantitation limit (PQL).
If samples exceed ±20% RPD, the data will be flagged and evaluated by the QA/QC Officer.
The samples may be used if the reported concentrations are less than 5 times the PQL, and
may be used on a conditional basis if sample heterogeneity or matrix interference appears to
be the cause of the high RPD value.
Field/Equipment Blank. Field equipment blanks may be collected, as specified in the site-
specific SAP. Acceptance criteria will be less than the laboratory reporting limit (LRL). If
above the LRL, the QA/QC Officer will evaluate the data in the sampling set and the data
will be flagged for the contaminant. The QA/QC Officer will review the sampling
procedures and equipment to determine if contaminants could have been introduced by the
sampling methodology. When necessary, the results will be discussed with the Agencies,
laboratory personnel, and/or appropriate regulatory officials to determine if the data are
acceptable or should be rejected.
Matrix Spike (MS) and Matrix Spike Duplicate (MSD) Samples. Samples for MS/MSD
analysis will be selected by the laboratory from the sample set at random and split in the

RDA - NTBA 16 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
laboratory. The MS/MSD samples will be spiked in the laboratory with target analytes prior
to extraction or analysis, according to the laboratory’s SOPs, and then analyzed for the same
compounds as the environmental samples. Each MS/MSD will be evaluated for Percent
Recovery (PR). If the data meets the PR criteria, the MS/MSD will be evaluated for RPD
according to the equation and standards presented above.
Percent Recovery = ௑ೞି௑೔ௌ஼ ݔ100 Where Xs = concentration measured in spiked sample
Xi = concentration measured prior to spiking, and
SC = spike concentration
The PR acceptance criteria are 70 - 130% for MS/MSD samples and ±20% RPD. If data fail
to meet the acceptance criteria, the QA/QC Officer will evaluate the data with the laboratory
to determine potential causes of failure, such as matrix interference or sample heterogeneity.
Data may be flagged or invalidated based on discussions with the laboratory.
Laboratory Method Blanks. Method blank samples will be prepared by the laboratory and
analyzed with each analytical batch for each method. A method blank consists of laboratory-
grade deionized water or solid that is processed through all of the analytical steps required by
a method, including sample extraction, preparation, and spiking. Laboratory method blank
samples are used to identify contamination originating in the laboratory, such as laboratory
water, reagents, sample preparation steps, and instrument contamination. Method blank
samples aid in distinguishing low-level field contamination from laboratory contamination.
Method blank samples will be run with each batch of samples (20 or fewer samples per
batch). If analytes are detected in the method blank, the laboratory will correct problems as
per their standard operating procedure.
Laboratory Control Samples (LCS). Laboratory control samples are used to evaluate
laboratory accuracy in the absence of matrix interference. A laboratory control sample is
composed of laboratory-grade deionized water or clean solid that is spiked with target
analytes according to the laboratory’s SOPs prior to extraction or analysis. The percent
recovery of the spiked compounds is calculated and compared to established QC limits using
the following formula.

RDA - NTBA 17 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
Percent Recovery = ௑ೞௌ஼ ݔ100 Where Xs = concentration measured in spiked sample, and
SC = spike concentration
Acceptance criteria for the LCS are 85 - 115%. If the LCS is out of control, the laboratory
will correct problems as per their standard operating procedures.
Holding Times. Holding times are used to evaluate the representativeness of the
environmental samples. Holding time is the period following sample collection when a
sample is considered representative of the environmental conditions. The holding time for
each analysis will be compared to the method-specific holding times. Samples held beyond
their holding time prior to analysis will be rejected.
B5.2 Non-definitive data
Non-definitive data will be collected following Standard Operating Procedures. The QC
documentation is not as rigorous as requirements for definitive data, as the data may be used
for site characterization.
B6 Equipment Testing, Inspection, and Maintenance Requirements
Testing, inspection, and maintenance of all sampling equipment and field instrumentation
will be performed by IHI/Terracon field personnel prior to each day’s field use and in
accordance with the procedures and schedules in the manufacturers’ specifications. A supply
of appropriate spare parts and batteries will be maintained with each instrument in its hard-
shell transport case, along with instrument calibration supplies. Any identified deficiencies
will be documented in the field log book, along with any corrective actions (e.g., spare parts
replacement and instrument re-testing).
ESC conducts its own equipment testings, inspections, maintenance, and record keeping of
the laboratory equipment as detailed in the laboratory’s Quality Assurance Manual provided
in Appendix A.

RDA - NTBA 18 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
B7 Instrument Calibration and Frequency
B7.1 Field Instruments
Field instruments will be calibrated daily or in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications
by IHI/Terracon field personnel, using National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) standards or equivalent. Calibration deficiencies, if any, will be documented in the
field log book along with their resolution (e.g., spare parts replacement and re-calibration).
B7.2 Laboratory Instruments
ESC’s Quality Assurance Manual (QAM) and Standard Operating Procedures meet all State
of Utah, The NELAC Institute, and EPA method protocols necessary to produce legally and
defensible analytical data, as indicated in the Utah Environmental Laboratory Certification
Program (ELCP) document. Certification also applies to instrument calibration, reference
material, standards traceability, data validation, and all other aspects of the ESC’s QAM.
In the event of a negative audit finding or any other circumstance, which raises doubt
concerning the laboratory’s competence or compliance with required procedures, the
laboratory ensures that those areas of concern are quickly investigated. A resolution of the
situation is promptly sought and, where necessary, recalibration and retesting is conducted.
Records of events and corrective actions taken by the laboratory to resolve issues and to
prevent further occurrences are maintained. Additional information on laboratory corrective
actions is described in Section 4.11 of their QAM.
B8 Acceptance Requirements for Supplies and Consumables
All sample containers and other dedicated consumables will meet EPA criteria for cleaning
procedures required for low-level chemical analysis. Sample containers will have Level II
certification provided by the manufacturer, in accordance with pre-cleaning criteria
established by EPA in “Specifications and Guidelines for Obtaining Contaminant-Free
Sample Containers.” The certificates of cleanliness are maintained by the container
suppliers, and can be obtained upon request using the container batch and lot numbers. All
sample containers and sample preservatives (where applicable) will be provided by the

RDA - NTBA 19 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
laboratory. The containers shall be pre-preserved by the laboratory, if required. In addition,
the laboratory will supply the laboratory-grade deionized water for the field and equipment
blanks. The laboratory-grade deionized water may be prepared by the laboratory in-house,
but the laboratory must have a routine procedure in place to analyze the water to ensure the
deionized water’s quality. New disposable nitrile sampling gloves will be used during
collection of all media samples, and will be discarded after collection of each sample. New
disposable water filters (if required), bailers, and/or tubing will be used to collect
groundwater samples and will be discarded after use. Prior to use, the materials provided by
the laboratory or other suppliers will be inspected visually for signs of tampering or
contamination. No evidence of tampering or contamination will be acceptable. The field
team leader will be responsible for the inspection. Reserves of all field supplies and
consumables are stored and maintained in IHI’s secured storage warehouse and used as
needed by field personnel for each day’s field activities, and the reserves of consumables are
re-ordered/replenished as needed by the IHI/Terracon Environmental Department Managers.
B9 Data Acquisition of Non-direct Measurements
Additional data may be collected and used for site characterization following SOPs. QA
procedures will be followed throughout the investigation. External sources of existing data
may also be used (for example, computer databases or regulatory files of previously
investigated sites); such information will be used only for reference in selecting individual
sites for investigation. Because the validity of such data cannot be verified, this type of data
will not be considered as definitive for the purpose of assessing selected sites.
B10 Data Management
The results of each investigation will be compiled and detailed in a report. Please refer to
Section A9 for information pertaining to documentation that will be generated during the
course of the project, and storage requirements for these records.
Data will be processed using commercially available word processing, spreadsheet, and/or
database programs. During transcription of field measurements, each entry will be double-

RDA - NTBA 20 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
checked immediately after each transcription from field log books and forms. Example
forms for typical field data collection are included in Appendix B. To minimize potential
errors in laboratory data transcription, the use of electronic data deliverables (EDDs) will be
maximized during data entry to summary tables and databases. The control mechanism to
detect and correct possible errors in data transcription, reduction, reporting, and data entry to
forms, reports, and databases will be the senior peer review of documents by the Consultant
Project Manager and QA/QC leader. Data will be stored electronically, both on a local
server (subject to daily backup at a mainframe at Terracon’s corporate office) and on the
laboratory’s LIMS database system, and can be retrieved via the local server and via the
laboratory’s secured online data access system. Please refer to Appendix A (ESC Quality
Assurance Manual) for information relating to procedures used and individuals responsible
for laboratory data processing, transmittal, storage/archival, and hardware/software
configurations.
GROUP C ASSESSMENT/OVERSIGHT
C1 Assessment Activities
Assessment and oversight activities will be conducted by IHI’s QA/QC Officer. There will
be three primary activities conducted by the QA/QC Officer:
1) Surveillance Level Oversight
The Consultant Project Manager will coordinate the investigation, with independent
oversight by the QA/QC Officer. Both of these individuals will have authority to stop work
in the event of unsafe work conditions or deviation from SOPs. In the event of unsafe work
conditions, field personnel will also have authority to stop work and will immediately contact
the Consultant Project Manager for resolution. Any deviations from the QAPP will be
addressed immediately to ensure the quality of the data. Surveillance level oversight will be
conducted throughout the duration of field activities.
2) Performance Evaluations

RDA - NTBA 21 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
The QA/QC Officer will verify that the laboratory certifications and methods are current and
approved by the NELAP, prior to the initiation of field sampling.
3) Data Quality Validation Summary
Reviews of all data collected during the investigation will be conducted by the QA/QC
Officer to determine whether DQOs were met and evaluate the overall usability of the data.
These reviews will be conducted within approximately one week of receipt of analytical data
sets from the laboratory. The results of these reviews will be documented in the form of QA
status reports to the Consultant Project Manager, who will immediately notify the laboratory
if any need for corrective actions is identified. In this case, the laboratory will be required to
perform, verify any corrective actions taken, which will then be documented with an updated
QA status report by the Consultant Project Manager.
C2 Reports to Management
QA status reports (see C1-3 above) will be provided by the QA/QC Officer to the Consultant
Project Manager, who will provide copies to the RDA if corrective actions are needed or if
requested by RDA. Copies of all QA status reports will be included with the final reports
detailing the investigations. Copies of the final reports detailing the investigations will be
sent to all parties listed in Section A3 Distribution List.
GROUP D DATA VALIDATION AND USABILITY
D1 Data Review
Upon receipt of the laboratory analytical results, the data will be forwarded to the QA/QC
Officer for review which will include initial screening to evaluate whether any of the data is
flagged or if laboratory control limits were not met. Upon acceptance of the data from the
laboratory, the data will be validated. The data validation process evaluates whether the
specific requirements for an intended use have been fulfilled and ensures that the results
conform to the users’ needs.

RDA - NTBA 22 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
D2 Validation and Verification Methods
All laboratory data will be subject to internal reduction and validation by the laboratory prior
to external release of the data, as detailed in Sections 5.11 and 5.12 of the laboratory’s QAM.
Upon receipt of data released by the laboratory, additional data validation and verification
will be conducted by the QA/QC Officer, using the criteria described in Section B5.1 and
Table 2, and including review of chain of custody and laboratory log-in records. Data will
be reviewed as it is received throughout the project. Each laboratory data set will be
provided by the laboratory as a Level III data package which will include the final analytical
report with qualifiers where necessary; chain of custody (COC) forms; method blanks; matrix
spike/matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) summary with control limits; laboratory control
sample (LCS) summary with control limits; reporting limits listed on all reports; surrogate
recoveries for GC and GC/MS analyses; initial and continuing calibration information; and
instrument blank performance.
Laboratory QC issues will be addressed by communication between the QA/QC Officer and
laboratory personnel. Problems identified in sample collection, handling, preservation, and
documentation will be addressed with the Project Manager and field staff.
Any deviations from the QA goals will be evaluated in terms of their effect on data usability.
The degree of sample deviation beyond the acceptance limit will be evaluated for its potential
effect on data usability, contribution to the quality of the reduced and analyzed data, and on
decision-making for the project. The completeness goal for the project is 90 percent valid
data.
D3 Reconciliation with User Requirements
Following the validation of field and laboratory data, all data and information will be
reconciled with the project objectives to assess the overall success of sampling activities.
Qualitative DQOs will be reviewed through a narrative discussion of the results to including
limitations, if any, on data use due to uncertainties posed by any flagged data or elevated
laboratory reporting limits.

RDA - NTBA 23 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481

GROUP E REFERENCES
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Guidance for Preparing Standard Operating
Procedures (SOPs) (QA/G-6). EPA/600/B-07/001, April, 2007
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Data Quality Assessment: A Reviewer’s Guide
(QA/G-9R). EPA/240/B-06/003, February, 2006.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Data Quality Assessment: Statistical Tools for
Practitioners (QA/G-9S). EPA/240/B-06/002, February, 2006.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Guidance for Quality Assurance Project Plans
(QA/G-5). EPA/240/R-02/009, December, 2002.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Guidance on Systematic Planning Using the Data
Quality Objectives Process (QA/G-4). EPA/240/B-06/001, February, 2006.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. The Interim Final Guidance on Data Quality
Objectives. Pub. No. 9355-9-01, September, 1993.
Project No:
Project Mngr:
Drawn By:
Date:
AL127481
ARK
ARK
02/12/2014
PROJECT ORGANIZATION CHART
North Temple Brownfields Assessment
North Temple Street Corridor
Salt Lake City, Utah
The Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City
FIGURE
1
640 East Wilmington Avenue
Salt Lake City, Utah 84106
EPA PROJECT
OFFICER
Christina
Wilson
ESC ENVIRONMENTAL
LABORATORIES
SALT LAKE CITY
REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY
Jill Wilkerson-Smith
UTAH DEPARTMENT
OF ENVIRONMENTAL
QUALITY
David Bird
CONSULTANT PROJECT
MANAGER
Andy King (Terracon)
CONSULTANT
QA/QC OFFICER
Wynne John
(IHI/Terracon)
IHI/TERRACON FIELD
STAFF

RDA - NTBA 24 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
Table 1
Data Quality Indicators (DQIs)

Parameter QC Program Evaluation Criteria Summary of QA/QC Goals
Precision Field Duplicate Pairs RPDa
RPDs for soil and groundwater samples will be less than ±
20% when detected concentrations are • 5x the LRL. When
detected concentrations are < 5x the LRL, the RPD limit will
be ± the LRL
Bias
Laboratory Control Sample Percent Recoveryb LCS percent recoveries will be between 85-115%
Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike
Duplicate (MS/MSD)
Percent Recoveryb
RPDa
MS/MSD percent recoveries will be between 70-130%
RPDs for MS/MSDs will be ± 20%

Accuracyc Method Blanks LRL Less than LRL
Equipment Blanks LRL Less than LRL
Representativeness
Standard Operating Procedures
(SOPs)
Qualitative determination of SOP
adherence All samples collected following SOPs
Holding Times Holding Times All samples analyzed within holding times
Field/Equipment Blanks LRL Less than LRL

Comparability
Units of Measure Metric Units 100% of sample results reported in same units
Analytical Methods Approved Methods 100% of samples analyzed using approved methods
Standardized Sampling Qualitative determination of SOP
adherence All samples collected following SOPs
QC Samples
10% Field Duplicates
10% Field Blanks
Lab QA

Verify
Verify
Verify

100% compliance
100% compliance
100% compliance
Completeness Complete Sampling Percent Valid Data 90% valid data
Sensitivity Sample analyses LRL 100% of LRLs are less than Performance Standards
a: RPD = ௑భି௑మቀ೉భశ೉మమቁ ݔ100; where X1 and X2 are the reported concentrations of the samples being evaluated.
b: Percent Recovery = ௑ೞି௑೔ௌ஼ ݔ100; where Xs = concentration measured in spiked sample, Xi = concentration measured prior to spiking, and SC = spike concentration.
c: Instrument calibration, reference material, standards traceability, and data validation will follow ESC’s Standard Operating Procedures.

LRL - Laboratory Reporting Limit
RPD - Relative Percent Difference
SOP - Standard Operating Procedure

Table 2
Data Validation and Verification Methods

Data Validation and Verification Requirements Data Validation and Verification Methods
x Samples were collected as per scheduled locations
and frequency.
x Comparison with Site Monitoring Plan.
x Sample collection and handling followed specific
procedures (i.e., relevant SOPs and chain of
custody procedures).
x Review of field notes, sampling logs and COCs.
x Surveillance-level oversight of field procedures to
maximize consistency in field.
x Appropriate analytical methods were used, and
internal laboratory calibration checks were
performed according to the method-specified
protocol.
x Review of analytical methods and case narratives
provided with laboratory reports.
x Maintain documentation of communications with
laboratory regarding problems or corrective
actions.
x Required holding times and laboratory reporting
limits were met.
x Comparison with specified holding times and
LRLs.
x Recovery acceptance limits for field and
laboratory QC samples (MS/MSD, LCS, and
method blanks) were met.
x Comparison with specified acceptance limits.
x Comparison with Data Quality Indicators.
x Appropriate steps were taken to ensure the
accuracy of data reduction, including reducing
data transfer errors in the preparation of summary
data tables and maps.
x Maintaining a permanent file of hard copies of
laboratory analytical reports.
x Minimizing retyping of data.
x Double-checking values entered into database,
tables, and maps against laboratory reports.

APPENDIX A

ESC Laboratories Quality Assurance Manual

Quality Assurance
Manual

Version 11.0 4/15/13
12065 LEBANON RD. | MT. JULIET, TN 37122 | [phone] | WWW.ESCLABSCIENCES.COM
Disclaimer

The ESC Lab Sciences Quality Assurance Manual is a living
document. It is reviewed at least annually and revised when needed.
The information stated herein is subject to change at any time due to
updates to QC Limits, methods, operations, equipment, staff, etc. At
the time of distribution the requestor will receive the most recent
version of the manual and will be assigned a control number. The
control number will help ESC to track what version is sent. The
revision number is stated on the cover page of the manual.

Expiration

This manual expires 1 year from the date listed at the front of the
manual on the “Approvals” page. If you have a copy that is not dated
within this time period, please contact the laboratory and obtain the
most recent version.
ESC Lab Sciences Section TOC, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Table of Contents Page: 1 of 8

Quality Manual: Table of Contents

ESC/ISO
Number
NELAC
Ref.
TNI
Standard
(Vol 1)
Section & SOP references where applicable Page Total
Pages
SOP
Ref
Section 1 1
1.0 5.0 General 1
1.1 Index and revision status 1
1.2 5.1 Purpose 1
Section 2 3
2.0 Laboratory Background 1
2.1 Activities 1
2.1.1 Analytical Support and Service Areas 1
2.1.2 Regulatory Compliance and Quality
Standards 1
2.1.3 5.4.2.3h Analytical Capabilities 1
2.2 History 3
Section 3 83
3.0 5.3 Introduction, Scope, and Definitions 1
3.1 Scope of Capabilities 1
3.2 Table Of Contents, References And
Appendices 1
3.3 Definitions and Terminology 1
3.4 Abbreviations and Acronyms 82
Section 4 29
4.0 5.4 M2 4.0 Management Requirements 1
4.1 5.4.1 M2 4.1 ORGANIZATION 1
4.1.1 5.4.1.4a M2 4.1.1 Legal Identity 1
4.1.2 5.4.1.2 M2 4.1.2 Organization 1
4.1.3 5.4.1.3 M2 4.1.3 Facilities Under Management System 1
4.1.4 5.4.1.4b M2 4.1.4 Independence 1
4.1.5 5.4.1.5 M2 4.1.5 Management Responsibilities and
Policies 1
4.1.6 M2 4.1.6 Management System Effectiveness 3
4.2 5.4.2 M2 4.2 MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 5
4.2.1 M2 4.2.1 Management Documentation 5
4.2.2 5.4.1.5h,
5.4.2.2 M2 4.2.2 Quality Management Policy 5
4.2.3 5.4.2.6,
5.4.1.5c M2 4.2.3 Management Commitment 6 Y
4.2.4 5.4.2.2 M2 4.2.4 Commitment to the QAM and Related
Procedures 7
4.2.4.1 5.4.2.2,
5.4.2.3 M2 4.2.8.3 Quality Manual 7
4.2.4.2 M2
4.2.8.3h
Commitment to the QAM and Related
Procedures 7
4.2.5 M2 4.2.5; Procedure List 7
ESC Lab Sciences Section TOC, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Table of Contents Page: 2 of 8

ESC/ISO
Number
NELAC
Ref.
TNI
Standard
(Vol 1)
Section & SOP references where applicable Page Total
Pages
SOP
Ref
4.2.8.5
4.2.6 5.4.2.3a M2 4.2.6 Management Commitment 7
4.2.6.1 Programs 7
4.2.6.2 5.4.2.4 ESC Policy Manual 8
4.2.7 M2 4.2.7 Management Of System Changes 8
4.3 5.4.3 M2 4.3 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 8
4.3.1
Required Documents (SOP #010103
Document Control and Distribution
Procedure)
8 Y
4.3.2 5.4.2.3d,
5.4.3.2.1 M2 4.3 Document Control 9
4.3.2.1 5.4.3.2.2b M2 4.3.2.1 Document Review and Approval 9
4.3.2.2 5.4.3.2.3 M2
4.3.2.2a Document Distribution 9
4.3.3 5.4.3.3 M2 4.3.3 Changes to Controlled Documents 10
4.3.3.1 5.4.3.3.1 M2 4.3.3.1 Review and Approval of Changes 10
4.3.3.2 5.4.3.3.2 M2 4.3.3.2 Identification of New or Altered Text 10
4.3.3.3 5.4.3.3.3 M2 4.3.3.3 Procedures for Document Revision 10
4.3.3.4 5.4.3.3.4 M2 4.3.3.4 Changes in Electronic Documents 10
4.3.3.5
5.5.4.1.1
5.5.4.1.1a,
5.5.4.1.1b,
5.5.4.1.1c
5.5.4.5.2
5.5.4.1,
5.5.4.4
M2 4.3.3.5 Standard Operating Procedures 11
4.4
5.4.4
5.4.4.1,
5.4.4.1b,
5.4.4.2,
5.4.4.5,
5.4.2.3i
M2 4.4
REVIEW OF REQUESTS, TENDERS
AND CONTRACTS (SOP # 020303,
Contract Review)
12 Y
4.5
5.4.5.1,
5.4.5.2,
5.4.5.4
M2 4.5 SUBCONTRACTING (SOP #030209,
Subcontracting) 13 Y
4.6
5.4.6
5.4.6.1,
5.4.6.3,
5.4.6.4
M2 4.6
PURCHASING SERVICES AND
SUPPLIES (SOP # 030210 Materials
Procurement for Analytical Processes)
14 Y
4.7 5.4.7 M2 4.7
SERVICE TO THE CLIENT (SOP
010102, Ethics, Data Integrity, and
Confidentiality & SOP 020301, TSR
Project Management)
15 Y
4.8 5.4.8,
5.4.2.3q M2 4.8 COMPLAINTS (SOP # 020302, Client
Complaint Resolution Procedure)16 Y
4.9 5.4.9,
5.4.9.1a M2 4.9 CONTROL OF NON-CONFORMING
WORK (SOP 030208, Corrective and 17 Y
ESC Lab Sciences Section TOC, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Table of Contents Page: 3 of 8

ESC/ISO
Number
NELAC
Ref.
TNI
Standard
(Vol 1)
Section & SOP references where applicable Page Total
Pages
SOP
Ref
Preventive Action)
4.10 M2 4.10 IMPROVEMENT 18
4.11
5.4.9.1d,
5.4.10,
5.4.10.2,
5.4.10.3,
5.4.10.4,
5.4.10.6a2
M2 4.11 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS (SOP# 030208
Corrective and Preventive Action) 18 Y
4.12 5.4.11 M2 4.12 PREVENTIVE ACTIONS (SOP# 030208
Corrective and Preventive Action) 20 Y
4.13
5.4.12
5.4.12.2.4a-
5.4.12.2.4f
M2 4.13
CONTROL OF RECORDS (SOP #010103,
Document Control and Distribution
Procedure)
22 Y
4.14 5.4.13 AUDITS (SOP # 010104, Internal Audits) 24 Y
4.14.1
5.4.10.4
5.4.13.1
5.4.13.2
5.4.13.3
5.4.13.4
5.4.15
M2 4.14 Internal Audits 24
4.14.2 Performance Audits 26
4.14.3
2.4, 2.4.1,
2.5, 2.7,
2.7.3.1,
2.5.1, 2.7.4,
5.4.10.5
M1 5.0 Proficiency Testing 26
4.14.4 External Audits 27
4.15 5.4.14.1,
5.4.14.2 M2 4.15 MANAGEMENT REVIEW (SOP #
010105, Management Review) 28 Y
Section 5 74
5.0 5.5 M2 5.0 Technical requirements 1
5.1 5.5.1 M2 5.1 General 1
5.2 5.5.2 M2 5.2 Personnel 1
5.2.1
5.4.2.3e,
5.4.2.3f,
5.5.2.4,
5.5.2.5
M2 5.2.1 General Personnel Management 1
5.2.2 5.4.2.3t,
5.5.2.1 M2 5.2.2 Training (SOP# 030205 Technical Training
and Personnel Qualifications)1 Y
5.2.2.1 5.5.2.6c1,
5.4.12, 2.5.4 Corporate Documents 1
5.2.2.2 5.4.12, 2.5.4 Specific Documents 2
5.2.2.3 5.5.2 Routine Training 2
5.2.2.4 Special Training 2
5.2.2.5 Annual Training 2
5.2.3 5.4.2.4 General Responsibilities (Description of
technical positions) 3
ESC Lab Sciences Section TOC, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Table of Contents Page: 4 of 8

ESC/ISO
Number
NELAC
Ref.
TNI
Standard
(Vol 1)
Section & SOP references where applicable Page Total
Pages
SOP
Ref
5.2.4 5.4.2.3e M2 5.2.4 Job Descriptions 5
5.2.5 5.4.12, 2.5.4 Training Records 5
5.3 5.5.3
5.4.2.3i & l M2 5.3 Accommodation & Facility Design 5
5.3.1 5.5.3.1 M2 5.3.1 Laboratory Facilities 5
5.3.2 5.5.3.2 M2 5.3.2 Environmental Conditions 5
5.3.3 5.5.3.2 M2 5.3.3 Separation of Incompatible Activities 6
5.3.4 5.5.3.2 M2 5.3.4 Facilities Access Management 6
5.3.5
5.5.3.3,
5.5.3.4,
5.5.3.5
M2 5.3.5 Good Housekeeping 7
5.4 5.5.4 M2 5.4 TEST METHODS AND VALIDATION 7
5.4.1 5.5.4.1 M2 5.4.1 General 7
5.4.2 5.5.4.2 M2 5.4.2 Selection of Methods 7
5.4.3 5.5.4.3 M2 5.4.3 Laboratory Developed Methods 8
5.4.4 5.5.4.4 M2 5.4.4 Non-Standard Methods 8
5.4.5 5.5.4.5 M2 5.4.5
M4 1.5
Validation of Methods (SOP #030211,
Method Validation) 9 Y
5.4.5.1 5.5.4.5.1 Validation description 9
5.4.5.2 5.5.4.5.2 M4 1.5.1 Validation summary 9
5.4.5.3 5.5.4.5.3 Validation for client need 9
5.4.5.4 M4 1.5.2 Limits – MDL, RL, PQL, PDL See SOP
030206, Method Detection Limits 9 Y
5.4.5.5 5.5.4.2.2
M4 1.6
M4 1.6.1
M4 1.6.2
M4 1.6.3
Demonstration of Capability – IDOC,
CDOC (SOP 030205: Technical
Training and Personnel Qualifications)
11
5.4.6 5.5.4.6 M4 1.5.3 Measurement Uncertainty (SOP 030221,
Measurement of Uncertainty) 13 Y
5.4.7 5.5.4.7 M2 5.4.7 Control of Data 14
5.4.7.1 5.5.4.7.1 M2 5.4.7.1 Transfer checks 14
5.4.7.2 5.5.4.7.2,
5.5.5.12 M2 5.4.7.2 Automated acquisition 15
5.4.7.3 5.5.4.7.2d M4 5.4.7.2 Commercial software 15
5.4.7.4 5.5.5.12 ESC Software Systems (LIMS &
Auxiliary) 15
5.5 5.5.5 M2 5.5 EQUIPMENT 17
5.5.1 M2 5.5.1 Usability 17
5.5.2 M4 1.7.1 Calibration of Equipment 17
5.5.3
5.5.5.7,
5.5.5.8,
5.5.5.9
Equipment Operation and Maintenance 18
5.5.4 5.5.5.9 M2 5.5.4 Identification of Equipment 21
5.5.5 5.5.5.11 M2 5.5.5 Records of Equipment 21
ESC Lab Sciences Section TOC, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Table of Contents Page: 5 of 8

ESC/ISO
Number
NELAC
Ref.
TNI
Standard
(Vol 1)
Section & SOP references where applicable Page Total
Pages
SOP
Ref
5.5.6 5.5.5.6 M2 5.5.6 Equipment Handling, Storage, Use, and
Maintenance 21
5.5.7 5.5.5.7 M2 5.5.7 Equipment Out of Service 23
5.5.8 5.5.5.8 M2 5.5.8 Status of Calibration 23
5.5.9 5.5.5.9 M2 5.5.9 Equipment Returning to Service 23
5.5.10 5.5.5.10 M2 5.5.10 Calibration Checks
23
5.5.11 5.5.5.11 M2 5.5.11 Calibration Factors 23
5.5.12 5.5.5.12 M2 5.5.12 Safeguarding of Equipment Integrity 23
5.6 5.5.6 M2 5.6 MEASUREMENT TRACEABILITY 24
5.6.1 5.5.6.1,
5.5.6.4
Policy (See SOP 030202 Receipt and
Records of Stock, Intermediate, and
Working Standards)
24 Y
5.6.2 5.5.6.2.2 Measurement Traceability (SOP 030212 PT
Program) 24 Y
5.6.3 5.5.6.3.1 M4 1.7.1 Calibration/Verification 24
5.6.3.1 5.5.6.3.2 M4 1.7.1.1 Standards (calibration) 24
5.6.3.2 5.5.6.3.2 M4 1.7.2 Standards (verification) (SOP 030207
Quality Control Charting and Tracking) 25 Y
5.6.3.3 5.5.6 Measuring and Test Equipment 25
5.6.3.4 5.5.6.4
5.5.6.3.4 M4 1.7.3.5
Standard/Reagent Sources, Records, &
Preparation (SOP 030210 Materials
Procurement for Analytical Processes)
25 Y
5.7 5.5.7 M2 5.7 SAMPLING 26
5.7.1 5.5.7.1 M2 5.7.1 Sampling Plan 26
5.7.2 5.5.7.2 M2 5.7.2 Client Requirements 26
5.7.3 5.5.7.3 M2 5.7.3 Sampling Records 27
5.7.4 Field Sampling - General Summary 27
5.7.5 Field Quality Control Checks 29
5.8 5.5.8 M2 5.8 SAMPLE MANAGEMENT (SOP 030605
Sample Receiving) 31 Y
5.8.1 5.5.8.1 M2 5.8.1
Sample Management Instructions (SOP
030220, Sample Homogenization and Sub-
Sampling)
31 Y
5.8.2 5.5.8.2a,
5.5.7.3 M2 5.8.2 Sample Information and Labeling 35
5.8.3
5.5.8.3
5.5.8.3.1,
5.5.8.3.2,
5.5.8.4
M2 5.8.3
M4 1.7.5 Sample Inspection and Receipt 35
5.8.3.1 M2 5.8.4 Sample Objectives 36
5.8.3.2 5.5.8.3.1c M2 5.8.6 Sample Rejection Criteria 36
5.8.3.3 5.5.8.3.1,
5.5.8.3.2 M2 5.8.7.2 Nonconformance Issues 37
ESC Lab Sciences Section TOC, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Table of Contents Page: 6 of 8

ESC/ISO
Number
NELAC
Ref.
TNI
Standard
(Vol 1)
Section & SOP references where applicable Page Total
Pages
SOP
Ref
5.8.3.4 M2 5.8.7.3 Login Confirmation 37
5.8.4 5.5.8.4 M2 5.8.9 Sample Storage and Handling 37
5.8.5 Special Requirements 38
5.8.6 5.5.8.1 Sample Transportation 38
5.8.7 5.5.8.3.1 M2 5.8.7.5 Sample Custody 39
5.9 5.5.9 M2 5.9 QUALITY CONTROL 49
5.9.1 5.5.9.1 M2 5.9.3
M4 1.7.3 Quality Control Procedures 49
5.9.2 5.5.9.2 Quality Control Activities 49
5.9.2.1 5.5.9.1 General discussion 49
5.9.2.2 5.5.9.2 Laboratory Checks 50
5.9.2.3 5.5.9.2 Batch QC Criteria 51
5.9.2.4 5.5.9.1b Inter-Laboratory Quality Control 53
5.9.2.5 Procedures for Assessing Data Precision,
Accuracy and Completeness 53
5.9.2.6 5.5.9.2 Use and Preparation of QC Samples 53
5.9.2.7 QC Charts 54
5.9.2.8 5.5.9.2 M4 1.5.3 Accuracy 55
5.9.2.9 5.5.9.2 M4 1.5.3 Precision 56
5.9.2.10 5.5.9.2 M4 1.7.4.2 Marginal Exceedance Limits 57
5.10 5.5.10
5.5.10.4 M2 5.10 FINAL REPORTS / CERTIFICATES 60
5.10.1 5.5.10.1 M2 5.10.1 General 60
5.10.2 5.5.10.2 M2 5.10.2 Test Reports 60
5.10.3 5.5.10.3 M2 5.10..3 Optional Test Report Items 67
5.10.4 M2 5.10.4 Calibration Certificates 67
5.10.5 5.5.10.3
5.5.10.4 M2 5.10.5 Opinions and Interpretations (SOP
030223 Report Revision) 68
5.10.6 5.5.0.5 M2 5.10.6 Results from Subcontractors 68
5.10.7 5.5.10.6 M2 5.10.7 Electronic Transmission of Results 68
5.10.8 5.5.10.7 M2 5.10.8 Format of Reports 68
5.10.9 5.5.10.8 M2 5.10.9 Amendments to Reports 70
5.11 5.4.12.2.5.3
5.5.4.7 M4 1.7.3.4 LABORATORY DATA REDUCTION
(SOP 030201 Data Handling & Reporting) 70 Y
5.11.1 Manual Calculations 70
5.11.2 M2 5.4.7.2 Computer Processing 70
5.11.3 M2 5.4.7.2 Data Acquisition 70
5.11.4 Analytical Data Records 71
5.12 DATA VALIDATION PROCESS 72
5.12.1 Chain of Custody Review 72
5.12.2 Field Data 72
5.12.3 5.5.10.3 Laboratory Analysis, QC, and Data Review 73
ESC Lab Sciences Section TOC, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Table of Contents Page: 7 of 8

ESC/ISO
Number
NELAC
Ref.
TNI
Standard
(Vol 1)
Section & SOP references where applicable Page Total
Pages
SOP
Ref
Section 6 7
6.0 WASTE MINIMIZATION/DISPOSAL 1
6.1 Soil Samples 1
6.2 Mold/Biohazard Sample Disposal 1
6.3 Reagents, Storage & Waste Disposal 2
6.4 Contamination Control 3
APPENDICES
I Site Plan 2
II Certifications
III Field Sampling
IV Inorganic - Wet Lab
V Inorganic – Metals & TCLP Lab
VI Volatile Organic Laboratory
VII Semi-Volatile Organic Laboratory
VIII Air Lab
IX Aquatic Toxicity
X Microbiology Lab
XI Mold Lab
XII Protozoan Lab

ESC Lab Sciences Section TOC, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Table of Contents Page: 8 of 8

Tables and Figures

Type # Section Page Pages
Table 3.3a 3.0 Definitions 1 41
Table 3.3b 3.0 Analytical Capabilities 9 41
Figure 4.1 4.0 Corporate Organizational Chart 5 30
Table 5.4.7.4a 5.0 LIMS 15 74
Table 5.4.7.4b 5.0 Auxiliary Software 16 74
Table 5.5.3.3a 5.0 General Equipment Calibration 19 74
Table 5.5.3.3b 5.0 Class 1 Weight Tolerance 21 74
Table 5.5.6 5.0 General Preventive Maintenance 22 74
Table 5.7.5.2 5.0 Equipment Blank Collection Procedure For
Each Type Of Sampling Equipment 30 74
Figure 5.8.7a 5.0 Chain of Custody Process 40 74
Figure 5.8.7b 5.0 Individual Container Log Example 41 74
Figure 5.8.7c 5.0 Chain of Custody 42 74
Figure 5.8.7d 5.0 Sample Container Label 43 74
Figure 5.8.7e 5.0 Sample Container Custody Seal 44 74
Figure 5.8.7f 5.0 Sample Login Label 45 74
Figure 5.8.7g 5.0 Example Lab Preparation Sheet 46 74
Figure 5.8.7h 5.0 Example Lab Assignment/Worksheet 47 74
Figure 5.8.7i 5.0 Example Sample Confirmation Report 48 74
Table 5.9.2.2 5.0 Basic Laboratory QC Checks 50 74
Table 5.9.2.6 5.0 Methods Used to Generate Precision and
Accuracy Targets 54 74
Table 5.9.2.10 5.0 Precision and Accuracy Charts 59 74
Figure 5.10.2 5.0 Example Final Client Report 62 74
Table 5.10.2 5.0 Data Qualifier Codes 65 74
Table 5.10.8 5.0 Data Package Contents 69 74
Table 5.12.3 5.0 Data Reduction and Validation Slow 75 74
Table 6.1 6.0 Waste Disposal 5 7
Figure 6.1 6.0 40 CFR Part 261 excerpt 7 7

ESC Lab Sciences Section 1.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Revision Status Page: 1 of 1

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 INDEX AND REVISION STATUS

The numbering of this quality manual corresponds directly to the numbering of ISO
17025:2005 with cross-references to the 2003 National Environmental Laboratory
Accreditation Conference (NELAC) Standard and the 2009 standard of The NELAC
Institute (TNI).

This quality manual is only valid if all pages are at the same issue level as shown in the
index of the quality manual.

Updates to this manual are made by re-issuing the relevant section of this manual and
adapting the issue level in the index. New version numbers are assigned upon revision.

NOTE: This manual expires 1 year from the date listed at the beginning of the
manual on the “Approvals” page.

1.2 PURPOSE

This quality manual documents the laboratory’s management system and demonstrates
the ability to execute the indicated tests and/or procedures and to meet regulatory
requirements.

This manual establishes compliance with ISO (International Organization for
Standardization) 17025, NELAC, Department of Defense Quality Systems Manual (DOD
QAM), and the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA).

ESC Lab Sciences Section 2.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Laboratory Background and Capabilities Page: 1 of 3

2.0 LABORATORY BACKGROUND

2.1 ACTIVITIES

2.1.1 Analytical Support and Service Areas

ESC Lab Sciences is an environmental analytical firm providing technical and
support services to clients nationwide. Specific service areas include the following:

· drinking water analysis
· industrial wastewater analysis
· hazardous waste characterization and identification
· groundwater analysis
· air analysis
· regulatory document guidance
· biological assessments
· mold identification
· solid/soil analysis and characterization
· industrial hygiene/environmental lead

2.1.2 Regulatory Compliance and Quality Standards

ESC is devoted to providing reliable and accurate data recognizing the necessity
to establish sound, objective, and legally defensible positions or opinions for
clients regarding compliance with governing regulations. ESC maintains quality
systems that are compliant with the following Quality Standards: AIHA LQAP,
A2LA, ANSI/ISO 17025, NELAC, DOD QSM. The effectiveness of the quality
system is measured by internal and external audits, management review meetings,
internal error logs and an active preventive and corrective action system.

2.1.3 Analytical Capabilities:

Where mandated, only approved EPA procedures are used for environmental
analyses. ESC utilizes a number of method sources to accomplish project
requirements. For NPDES and SDWA, methodologies are taken directly from 40
CFR parts 136 and 141.

For industrial hygiene analytical procedures, ESC utilizes guidance from NIOSH
and OSHA published methods.

The following list is an example of the methodology ESC routinely performs:
ESC Lab Sciences Section 2.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Laboratory Background and Capabilities Page: 2 of 3

Routine Methodology and Programs
PROGRAM METHOD SOURCE
NPDES
EPA 821/R-93-010-A
Methods for the Determination of Nonconventional Pesticides in Municipal
and Industrial Wastewater, Volume I. Revision 1, August 1993.

EPA 821/R-02-019
Method 1631, Revision E: Mercury in Water by Oxidation, Purge and Trap,
and Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry. August 2002.
40 CFR part 136
Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes (March 1983)
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater (18th, 19th,
20th editions)
AQUATIC
TOXICITY
7-Day Fathead Minnow (Pimephales promelas) Larval Survival and
Growth Test; Test Method 1000.0 from "Short Term Methods for
Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to
Freshwater Organisms" (EPA 821-R-02-013).

3-Brood Ceriodaphnia dubia Survival and Reproduction Test; Test Method
1002.0 from "Short Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of
Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater Organisms" (EPA 821-R-02-
013).

Fathead Minnow (Pimephales promelas) Acute Toxicity Test (24, 48 or 96
hour duration); referenced in "Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of
Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater and Marine Organisms"
(EPA 821-R-02-012, 10-02).

Ceriodaphnia dubia Acute Toxicity Test (24, 48 or 96 hour duration);
referenced in "Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and
Receiving Waters to Freshwater and Marine Organisms" (EPA 821-R-02-
012, 10-02).
SDWA 40 CFR parts 141
Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes (March 1983)
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater (18th, 19th,
20th editions)
Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water -
EPA/600/4-88/039 - December 1988 (Revised July 1991)
Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water
Supplement I, EPA/600/4-90/020 - July 1990
Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water
Supplement II, EPA/600/R-92/129 - August 1992
EPA. Method 1623: Cryptosporidium and Giardia in Water by
Filtration/IMS/FA, December 2005.
RCRA SW-846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes (3rd, 4th and online
editions)
IH NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods (4th edition) & OSHA Sampling and
Analytical Methods (online)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 2.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Laboratory Background and Capabilities Page: 3 of 3

Routine Methodology and Programs
PROGRAM METHOD SOURCE
AIR Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Toxic Organic
Compounds in Ambient Air
Emission Measurement Center (Air Emissions Methods)
NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods (4th edition)
Journal of Chromatographic Science, Vol. 36, May 1998.
CLP
USEPA CONTRACT LABORATORY PROGRAM - STATEMENT OF
WORK
FOR ORGANICS ANALYSIS Multi-Media, Multi-Concentration
OLM04.3

USEPA CONTRACT LABORATORY PROGRAM - STATEMENT OF
WORK FOR INORGANIC ANALYSIS Multi-Media, Multi-Concentration
ILM05.3
MOLD American Industrial Hygiene Association
NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods (4th edition)
Miscellaneous American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

State Specific Methodologies from the following: Florida, Oregon, Iowa,
Washington, Texas, Arizona, Massachusetts, North Carolina, Louisiana,
Missouri, Kansas, Wisconsin, Ohio
Miscellaneous
Analytical Methods for the Determination of Pollutants in Pharmaceutical
Manufacturing Industry Wastewater, Revision A EPA-821-B-98-016 - July
1998 (Approved at 40 CFR Part 136, Not Approved at Part 141)

2.2 HISTORY

ESC Lab Sciences was founded in 1970 by Dr. Arthur Schulert, a professor of
Biochemistry at Vanderbilt University Medical School. The laboratory’s first location
was a 2,000 square foot building located in Mt. Juliet, TN.

ESC initially conducted several research contracts for the National Science Foundation.
EPA Clean Water and Safe Drinking Water legislation of the early 1970s provided an
additional market of Tennessee utilities and industries. ESC grew slowly for several
years by increasing the share of the drinking and wastewater markets in Tennessee. In
the late 1980s, ESC expanded its capabilities to include Underground Storage Tank
testing and Biomonitoring/Toxicity testing.

Strategic expansion of the laboratory allowed ESC to provide support to large RCRA
sites and add capabilities to offer analytical support for air and mold analyses. ESC is
currently the nation’s largest, single-location environmental laboratory and is the only
laboratory facility certified/approved to operate in all US states. Our staff of over 250
employees works out of our 87,000 square feet, nine-building facility approximately 20
minutes east of Nashville International Airport.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 1 of 83

3.0 INTRODUCTION, SCOPE, AND DEFINITIONS

3.1 SCOPE OF CAPABILITIES

A list of approved and certified analytical capabilities can be found at the end of this
section in Table 3.3b.

3.2 TABLE OF CONTENTS, REFERENCES AND APPENDICES

The table of contents is found at the beginning of this Manual. This Quality Manual uses
the references from the 2003 NELAC Standard, Chapter 5, Appendix A.

3.3 DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY

The quality department is responsible for establishing and maintaining a list of definitions
and conventions.

Table 3.3a Definitions
TERM DEFINITION
Acceptance Criteria
(Analytical QC Limits)
Specified limits placed on characteristics of an analytical process as defined in
analytical methodology or guidance.
Accuracy The amount of agreement between an observed value and an accepted
reference value. Accuracy is represented as percent recovery.
Analytical Reagent
Grade
Designation for the high purity of certain chemical reagents and solvents
assigned by the American Chemical Society.
Analytical Sensitivity
The lowest concentration that can be detected by the method. (e.g., for
methods involving a count = 1 raw count calculated to the reporting units).
Analytical sensitivity is commonly used in Mold analysis.
Batch Analysis
Analysis of 1 – 10 or 20 samples, depending on the published method
requirements, including all required QC. When there are 21 or more samples
to be analyzed, the QC criteria for the next 20 samples is the same as it is with
a single batch.
Batch 1 – 10 or 20 samples, depending on the published method requirements. A
group of samples that behave similarly and are analyzed as a unit.
Bias
The systematic or persistent distortion of a measurement process, which
causes errors in one direction (i.e., the expected sample measurement is
different from the sample’s true value).
Blank See FIELD, TRIP, METHOD, EQUIPMENT
Blind Sample
A sample submitted for analysis with a composition known only to the
individual requesting the analysis. The analyst/laboratory may know the
identity of the sample, but not its composition. It is used to verify the analyst
or laboratory’s proficiency in the execution of the analytical measurement
process.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 2 of 83

Table 3.3a Definitions
Calibration
To determine, by measurement or comparison with a known standard, the
correct value of each scale reading on a meter or other device, or the correct
value for each setting of an instrument control. The levels of the applied
calibration standard should bracket the range of planned or expected sample
measurements.
Calibration Curve The graphic representation of the relationship between the known values, such
as concentrations of a series of calibration standards and instrument responses.
Calibration Factor
The ratio of the detector response (peak areas or peak heights) to the amount
(mass) of analyte in the calibration standard.

s
s
C
A = CF

where: As - Average Peak Area over the number of peaks used for quantitation
Cs – Concentration of the analyte in the standard.
Continuing
Calibration Blank
(CCB)
The CCB is used to confirm the absence of contaminants within the analytical
system prior to and during the analysis of field samples. The CCB must be <½
RL, concentrations of common laboratory contaminants cannot exceed the
reporting limit. The CCB is analyzed at regular intervals within a batch and is
typically utilized in Metals analyses.
Continuing
Calibration
Verification (CCV)
A standard, usually near the mid-point of the calibration curve, made from the
primary stock used for the calibration curve. The CCV is used to verify the
calibration stability of the instrument and must perform within method stated
criteria, which is usually +10 to 15%. The CCV must be analyzed at regular
intervals within a batch.
Continuing
Demonstration of
Capability (CDOC)
Continuing Demonstration of Capability – Annual* verification of analyst
skill.
*unless required more frequently by program or method
Chain of Custody
A record that documents the possession of the samples from the time of
collection to receipt by the laboratory. This record generally includes: the
number and types of containers, the mode of collection; collector ID; time of
collection; preservation; and requested analysis.
Corrective Action An action taken to eliminate the causes of an existing nonconformity, defect or
other undesirable situation in order to prevent recurrence.
Data Quality Objective
(DQO)
A statement of the overall level of uncertainty that a data user is willing to
accept in results derived from analytical data.
Duplicate
Second aliquots of field samples carried through the entire preparation and
analytical process that are used as an indication of sample precision or
consistency in the field sample matrix.
Equipment Blank
A sample of analyte free water (usually laboratory deionized water ) which has
been used to rinse the sampling equipment. It is collected after
decontamination procedures but prior to sampling. The purpose is to
demonstrate complete decontamination of the equipment.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 3 of 83

Table 3.3a Definitions
External Calibration
Model
Comparison of instrument responses from the sample to the responses from
the target compounds in the calibration standards. Sample peak areas (or peak
heights) are compared to peak areas (or heights) of the corresponding analytes
in calibration standards.
Field Blank
A sample of analyte free water (usually laboratory DI) is poured into the
appropriate collection vessel and preserved according to method guidelines.
The purpose of the field blank is to serve as a check on reagent and
environmental contamination.
Initial Calibration
Verification (ICV)
See also SSCV
An independently prepared standard used to verify the accuracy of the initial
calibration (for ongoing calibration). The ICV is used to represent the
calibration efficiency of the instrument and must perform within method stated
criteria, which is usually +10 to 15%. An initial calibration curve is verified
using a secondary source if one is available.
Initial Demonstration
of Capability (IDOC)
See also CDOC
A demonstration of capability (DOC) must be made prior to using any
analytical method and any time there is a change in instrument type, personnel
or testing method. Such performance must be documented and the four
preparation batches following the change in personnel must not result in the
failure of any batch acceptance criteria, e.g., method blank and laboratory
control sample, or the demonstration of capability must be repeated.
Instrument Detection
Limit (IDL)
IDL is the smallest signal above background noise that an instrument can
reliably detect.
Interference Check
Sample (ICS)
A series of two solutions, used in ICP and ICPMS analysis, to verify that inter -
element interferences are compensated for correctly. This standard is referred
to as the Spectra Interference Check (SIC) in EPA Method 200.7

ICSA – A solution containing only the interfering analytes at high
concentrations.

ICSAB – A solution containing interferents plus other method analytes at the
level of concern, which corresponds to the project specific action limits.

ICSA and ICSAB provide and adequate test of inter-element correction (IEC)
factors.
Internal Calibration
Model
Internal standard calibration involves the comparison of instrument responses
from the target compounds in the sample to the responses of specific internal
standard analytes added to the sample or sample extract prior to injection.
Internal Standards
Analytes not expected to occur naturally in field samples that are spiked to
provide a consistent basis for comparison with target analytes. ISTDs are used
in internal calibration models.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 4 of 83

Table 3.3a Definitions
Laboratory Control
Sample (LCS) -
2ND Source
A known matrix is spiked with known amounts of the analyte(s) of interest
used to verify the efficiency of the analytical system without interference from
the sample matrix. The LCS provides the best estimate of analytical system
accuracy and may also be used to verify the validity of the on-going
calibration. The LCS is a secondary source if one is available. The LCS
matrix must closely represent the matrix of the sample batch and undergo all
preparations required by the method prior to analysis. The following list are
acceptable matrices for the LCS:

Batch Matrix
Water

Soil

Paint Chips

Filters/Sorbent
Media/Dust
Wipes

LCS Matrix
Laboratory DI water

Spiked Ottawa sand or Glass beads or commercially
prepared LCS in a soil matrix

Laboratory prepared paint chip/lead mixture
Commercially prepared & certified paint chip LCS

Unused Industrial Hygiene sampling media that represents
the substrate submitted by the client. Where possible, the
media should be the same lot as that of the field samples.
Limit Of Detection
(LOD)

The lowest concentration that can be determined by a single analysis to be
statistically different from a blank, within a defined level of confidence. This
concentration is recommended to be three standard deviations above the
measured average difference between the sample and blank signals, which
corresponds to the 99% confidence level. In practice, detection of an analyte
by an instrument is often based on the extent to which the analyte signal
exceeds peak-to-peak noise (Keith et al. 1983). Samples that
do not bear residues at or above the LOD are referred to as non-detects (ND).
Limit of Quantitation
(LOQ)
The minimum levels, concentrations, or quantities of a target variable (e.g.,
target analyte) that can be reported with a specified degree of confidence. The
LOQ may be equal to the RL, MRL, or PQL. Routinely the PQL/LOQ is at
least 3-5 times the statistically derived MDL/LOD.
Linear Dynamic
Range (LDR)

In Inorganic analyses, the LDR is defined as the concentration range where
absorbance and concentration remain directly proportional to each other. A
wide linear dynamic range permits the analysis of a wide range of sample
concentrations (optical densities) and reduces sample preparation (dilution)
requirements.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 5 of 83

Table 3.3a Definitions
Matrix
The component, or substrate, which contains the analyte of interest. For
purposes of batch determination, the following matrix types are used:

· Aqueous: Any aqueous sample excluded from the definition of a drinking
water matrix or saline/estuarine source. Includes surface water,
groundwater, and effluents.
· Drinking Water: Any aqueous sample that has been designated as a
potable or potentially potable water source.
· Saline/Estuarine: Any aqueous sample from an ocean or estuary, or other
saltwater source, such as the Great Salt Lake.
· Non-aqueous Liquid: Any organic liquid with <15% settleable solids.
· Biological Tissue: Any sample of a biological origin such as fish tissue,
shellfish or plant material. Such samples are grouped according to origin.
· Solids: Includes soils, sediments, sludge and other matrices with >15%
settleable solids.
· Chemical Waste: A product or by-product of an industrial process that
results in a matrix not previously defined.
· Air Samples: Media used to retain the analyte of interest from an air
sample such as sorbent tubes or summa canisters. Each medium is
considered as a distinct matrix.
· Solids (Other than defined above): Includes filters, dust wipes, sorbent
tubes, paint chips.
Matrix Spike (MS)
A separate aliquot of field sample spiked with a known amount of the target
analyte. Accuracy is determined by comparing the recovery of the spike
added to the known concentration in the sample divided by the expected
analyte concentration.
100 X
T
O O =ery Re SpikePercent
i
si-cov

Oi = observed sample concentration with the spike added
Os = the observed value for the sample without the spike

)(ml in Spikeof Volume + (ml) in Sampleof Volume
(ml) Volume X (mg/L)ionConcentrat Spike = T i
in Spike of in

Ti = True value of the spike added
Matrix Spike
Duplicate (MSD)
The second aliquot of the field sample spiked as the matrix spike and carried
through all sample preparation/analytical steps. The MS/MSD pair are spiked
with identical amounts of the target analyte and precision is calculated based
on the results.
Method Detection
Limit (MDL)
The minimum concentration of a substance that can be analyzed with 99%
confidence that the analyte concentration is greater than zero. MDLs are
performed in conjunction with 40CFR 136, Appendix B. The MDL is the
absolute minimum level of reporting that is allowed. Values reported between
the MDL and RL are flagged with a “J” qualifier.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 6 of 83

Table 3.3a Definitions
Method Blank
A laboratory produced blank is carried through each step of the analytical
procedure for each batch of samples. Method blanks are prepared for each
preparation method and matrix (i.e., solids assay, dissolved metals, TCLP
extraction, etc.) and are used to confirm the absence of contaminants within
the preparation and/or analytical system prior to and during the analysis of
field samples.
Negative Control Measures taken to ensure that an analytical process, its components, or the
environment do not cause adverse effects or lead to incorrect quantitation.
Percent Recovery
A comparison between the observed value and the true value of a known
spiked concentration, represented as a percentage. This evaluation applies to
the calculation of ICV, CCV, LCS, MS/MSD, Surrogates, etc. and is
calculated as follows:
100 X Value True
Value ObservedRecovery %úû
ùêë
é=

Positive Control Measures taken to ensure that an analysis and/or its components are working
properly and producing correct or expected results.
Post Digestion Spike
In metals analysis, a standard prepared from a previously analyzed spiked
sample digestate that yielded reduced recovery for the target analyte due to a
suspected matrix interferent.
Practical Detection
Limit (PDL)
An in-house protocol that is used to determine a practical and real number for
method detection. This is not a statistically derived number. It is a verified
number that is validated using a 20% coefficient of variation.
Practical Quantitation
Limit (PQL)
See also Reporting
Limit (RL)
Generally, the lowest standard of the calibration curve. The PQL, or RL, is
defined as the lowest level that can be reliably achieved within the established
limits of precision and accuracy during routine laboratory operating
conditions. The PQL is the default reporting limit (RL) when no other limits
are required by the project. The PQL is usually a factor of 3-10 times greater
than the determined MDL. The value of the PQL changes with subsequent
sample dilutions and final volumes. The multiplier (dilution) of the sample is
applied to the PQL for reporting. Values reported between the MDL and PQL
are flagged with a “J” qualifier.
Precision
The agreement between 2 or more duplicate measurements. There is no
assumption of the true value of the sample. Precision is expressed as RPD
(Relative Percent Difference).
Proficiency Testing
The action of providing controlled and standardized environmental samples to
a laboratory for analysis, reporting of results, statistical evaluation of the
results in comparison to peer laboratories and the collective demographics and
results summary of all participating laboratories.
Qualifier
A general explanation associated with deviations from established method
criteria for a given analyte. The qualifiers are alpha-numeric designations that
are related to specific comments. (i.e. J1 - "Surrogate recovery limits have
been exceeded, values are outside of upper control limits.")
Quality Assurance A plan for laboratory operation that specifies the measures used to produce
data of known precision and bias.
Quality Control A set of measures within a sample analysis methodology to assure that the
process is operating from a controlled analytical system.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 7 of 83

Table 3.3a Definitions
Reference Material
A material or substance in which one or more properties are sufficiently well
established to be used for the calibration of an apparatus, the assessment of a
measurement method, or for assigning values to materials.
Reference Toxicant
The toxicant used in aquatic toxicity analyses to indicate the sensitivity of a
test organism and to demonstrate the laboratory’s ability to perform the
procedure correctly and obtain consistent results.
Replicate Sample
The analytical measurement of a sample that has been split after it has been
processed through the preparation stage. A replicate can also originate from a
single sample that has been sub-sampled two or more times during the same
analytical process time.
Reporting Limit (RL)
See also PQL
The RL is equal to the PQL unless project specific limits are supplied/required
by the client.
Relative Percent
Difference (RPD)
100 X
2
2) Dup + 1 (Dup
2 Dup - 1 Dup = RPD
úû
ùêë
é

The comparison of two values based on the mean of the two values. It is
always reported as a positive number. The result is an assessment of
precision. For sample duplication, the RPD is calculated using the actual
analytical results of the field sample. LCS & MS calculations are also based
on the actual sample result of spiked samples.
Response Factor (RF)
A measure of the relative response area of an analyte compared to its internal
standard. The response factor is determined by the equation below, and if the
calculated value meets the method guidelines it can be used to determine
concentration for organic analyses.
RF = (Conc . )(Area )
(Conc .)(Area )
IStd Analyte
analyte IStd

where:
As = Response for analyte to be measured
Ais = Response for the internal standard
C is = Conc. of the internal std.in ug/L
Cs = Conc. of the analyte to be measured in ug/L.
Sample Blank
The purpose of a sample blank is to account for spectrophotometric
interferences such as sample color, cloudiness, viscosity, etc. The sample
blank must be analyzed at the same dilution as the sample. The sample blank
is analyzed without any addition of reagents.
Selectivity The capability of an analytical method or instrument to respond to a target
substance or constituent in the presence of non-target substances.
Sensitivity
The capability of an analytical method or instrument to discriminate between
measurement responses representing different levels (e.g., concentrations) of a
property of interest.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 8 of 83

Table 3.3a Definitions
Secondary Source
Calibration
Verification (SSCV)
A mid-point or low standard made from the secondary source (lot or
manufacturer) that is not used to construct the calibration curve. The SSCV is
used to represent the calibration accuracy of the instrument and must perform
within method stated guidelines. This sample is used to document calibration
accuracy. The SSCV can be the same solution as the LCS, but is analyzed as
an instrument standard, rather than a method prepared standard.
Serial Dilution
A subsequent dilution of a high concentration field sample that should agree
within 10% of the original undiluted analysis. In metals analysis, a serial
dilution is included in each preparation batch if target analyte concentration is
at least fifty times the IDL. This is generally used as a test for matrix
interferents or matrix effects.
Standard Operating
Procedure (SOP)
A written document which details the method of an operation, analysis or
action whose techniques and procedures are thoroughly prescribed and which
is accepted as the method for performing certain routine or repetitive tasks.
Standard Reference
Material
A certified reference material produced by the U.S. National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST) and characterized for absolute content
independent of analytical method.
Standards Addition
The process of spiking a known amount of analyte into an extract/digestate to
observe the increase in concentration of the analyte in question. This process
can be used to confirm analyte identification or suspected matrix interferences.
Surrogate
A compound that is similar to the target analytes in chemical composition and
behavior and not expected to occur naturally in field samples. Surrogates are
spiked by preparation/analytical personnel to assess sample preparation and
analytical efficiency in each individual field sample.
Tentatively
Identified
Compound (TIC)
Compou nds detected in samples that are not target compounds, internal
standards, system monitoring compounds, or surrogates. TICs can be
tentatively identified using mass spectrometers in spectral comparisons with
NBS library searches. Quantitation of TICs provides a rough approximation
of the concentration of these non-target analytes.
Trip Blank
A sample of analyte-free media (usually laboratory DI) that is taken from the
laboratory to the sampling site and then returned unopened to the laboratory.
The trip blank is used to ensure that cross contamination does not occur during
shipment/storage and is used mainly for VOC analyses.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 9 of 83

Table 3.3b
Analytical Capabilities
AE=Air Emissions, DW=Drinking Water, NPW=Non-potable Water, SCM=Solid Chemical Materials

The information listed is subject to change.
Always check with the laboratory for the most updated information.

Matrix Method Parameter
AE EPA 0040 Hazardous organics
AE EPA 0040 Hazardous organics
AE EPA 3C Carbon Dioxide
AE EPA 3C Methane
AE EPA 3C Nitrogen
AE EPA 3C Oxygen
AE EPA 3C Carbon Dioxide
AE EPA 3C Methane
AE EPA 3C Nitrogen
AE EPA 3C Oxygen
AE EPA TO-15 Ethanol
AE EPA TO-15 Gasoline range organic
AE EPA TO-15 Naphthalene
AE EPA TO-15 Allyl chloride
AE EPA TO-15 Chlorotoluene (2-)
AE EPA TO-15 Isopropylbenzene
AE EPA TO-15 Methyl methacrylate
AE EPA TO-15 Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)
AE EPA TO-15 Tert-butyl alcohol
AE EPA TO-15 Tetrahydrofuran
AE EPA TO-15 Vinyl bromide
AE EPA TO-15 Dibromoethane (1,2-) (EDB)
AE EPA TO-15 Dichloroethene (1,1-)
AE EPA TO-15 Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
AE EPA TO-15 Hexanone (2-)
AE EPA TO-15 Acetone
AE EPA TO-15 Chloromethane
AE EPA TO-15 Dibromochloromethane
AE EPA TO-15 Dichlorodifluoromethane
AE EPA TO-15 Dichloroethene (cis-1,2-)
AE EPA TO-15 Dichloroethene (trans-1,2-)
AE EPA TO-15 Dichloropropene (trans-1,3-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 10 of 83

AE EPA TO-15 Dichlorotetrafluoroethane (1,2-)
AE EPA TO-15 Ethylbenzene
AE EPA TO-15 Ethyltoluene (4-)
AE EPA TO-15 Isopropanol
AE EPA TO-15 Propylene
AE EPA TO-15 Trichlorofluoromethane
AE EPA TO-15 Vinyl chloride
AE EPA TO-15 Acetaldehyde
AE EPA TO-15 Acetonitrile
AE EPA TO-15 Benzene
AE EPA TO-15 Benzyl chloride
AE EPA TO-15 Bromodichloromethane
AE EPA TO-15 Bromoform
AE EPA TO-15 Bromomethane
AE EPA TO-15 Butadiene (1,3-)
AE EPA TO-15 Carbon disulfide
AE EPA TO-15 Carbon tetrachloride
AE EPA TO-15 Chlorobenzene
AE EPA TO-15 Chloroethane
AE EPA TO-15 Chloroform
AE EPA TO-15 Cyclohexane
AE EPA TO-15 Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
AE EPA TO-15 Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
AE EPA TO-15 Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
AE EPA TO-15 Dichloroethane (1,1-)
AE EPA TO-15 Dichloroethane (1,2-)
AE EPA TO-15 Dichloropropane (1,2-)
AE EPA TO-15 Dichloropropene (cis-1,3-)
AE EPA TO-15 Dioxane (1,4-)
AE EPA TO-15 Heptane (n-)
AE EPA TO-15 Hexane (n-)
AE EPA TO-15 Methyl alcohol (Methanol)
AE EPA TO-15 Methyl ethyl ketone
AE EPA TO-15 Methyl iodide
AE EPA TO-15 Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK)
AE EPA TO-15 Methyl tert-butyl ether
AE EPA TO-15 Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)
AE EPA TO-15 Styrene
AE EPA TO-15 Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
AE EPA TO-15 Trimethylbenzene (1,3,5-)
AE EPA TO-15 Trimethylbenzene (1,2,4-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 11 of 83

AE EPA TO-15 Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)
AE EPA TO-15 Tetrachloroethene
AE EPA TO-15 Toluene
AE EPA TO-15 Trichloroethane (1,1,1-)
AE EPA TO-15 Trichloroethane (1,1,2-)
AE EPA TO-15 Trichloroethene
AE EPA TO-15 Trichloro (1,1,2-) trifluoroethane (1,2,2-)
AE EPA TO-15 Vinyl acetate
AE EPA TO-15 Xylene (m-)
AE EPA TO-15 Xylene (o-)
AE EPA TO-15 Xylene (p-)
AE EPA TO-15 Xylenes (total)
DW EPA 150.1 pH
DW EPA 1622 Cryptosporidium
DW EPA 1623 Cryptosporidium
DW EPA 180.1 Turbidity
DW EPA 200.7 Silica
DW EPA 200.7 Arsenic
DW EPA 200.7 Cadmium
DW EPA 200.7 Chromium
DW EPA 200.7 Copper
DW EPA 200.7 Calcium-hardness
DW EPA 200.7 Total hardness
DW EPA 200.7 Magnesium
DW EPA 200.7 Sodium
DW EPA 200.7 Calcium
DW EPA 200.7 Aluminum
DW EPA 200.7 Barium
DW EPA 200.7 Beryllium
DW EPA 200.7 Iron
DW EPA 200.7 Manganese
DW EPA 200.7 Nickel
DW EPA 200.7 Silver
DW EPA 200.7 Zinc
DW EPA 200.8 Barium
DW EPA 200.8 Manganese
DW EPA 200.8 Beryllium
DW EPA 200.8 Nickel
DW EPA 200.8 Zinc
DW EPA 200.8 Silver
DW EPA 200.8 Antimony
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 12 of 83

DW EPA 200.8 Arsenic
DW EPA 200.8 Cadmium
DW EPA 200.8 Chromium
DW EPA 200.8 Copper
DW EPA 200.8 Lead
DW EPA 200.8 Selenium
DW EPA 200.8 Thallium
DW EPA 218.6 Chromium (VI)
DW EPA 218.6 Chromium (VI)
DW EPA 245.1 Mercury
DW EPA 300.0 Nitrite
DW EPA 300.0 Chlorate
DW EPA 300.0 Chlorite (monthly)
DW EPA 300.0 Nitrate
DW EPA 300.0 Fluoride
DW EPA 300.0 Sulfate
DW EPA 300.0 Bromide
DW EPA 300.0 Chloride
DW EPA 300.1 Nitrite
DW EPA 300.1 Chlorite (monthly)
DW EPA 300.1 Nitrate
DW EPA 300.1 Fluoride
DW EPA 300.1 Chloride
DW EPA 314.0 Perchlorate
DW EPA 335.4 Cyanide
DW EPA 350.1 Ammonia
DW EPA 353.2 Nitrate
DW EPA 353.2 Nitrite
DW EPA 504.1 Trichloropropane (1,2,3-)
DW EPA 504.1 Dibromoethane (1,2-) (EDB)
DW EPA 504.1 Dibromo-3-chloropropane (1,2-)
DW EPA 507 Alachlor
DW EPA 507 Butachlor
DW EPA 507 Metolachlor
DW EPA 507 Metribuzin
DW EPA 507 Atrazine
DW EPA 507 Simazine
DW EPA 508 Chlordane (alpha)
DW EPA 508 Chlordane (gamma)
DW EPA 508 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
DW EPA 508 Endrin
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 13 of 83

DW EPA 508 Heptachlor
DW EPA 508 Heptachlor epoxide
DW EPA 508 Hexachlorobenzene
DW EPA 508 Lindane (gamma BHC)
DW EPA 508 Methoxychlor
DW EPA 508 Chlordane (technical)
DW EPA 508 Toxaphene
DW EPA 508 Aldrin
DW EPA 508 Alpha BHC
DW EPA 508 Beta BHC
DW EPA 508 Delta BHC
DW EPA 508 DDD (4,4'-)
DW EPA 508 DDE (4,4'-)
DW EPA 508 DDT (4,4'-)
DW EPA 508 Dieldrin
DW EPA 508 Endosulfan I
DW EPA 508 Endosulfan II
DW EPA 508 Endosulfan sulfate
DW EPA 508 Endrin aldehyde
DW EPA 508 Endrin ketone
DW EPA 515.1 D (2,4-)
DW EPA 515.1 Dalapon
DW EPA 515.1 Dinoseb
DW EPA 515.1 TP (2,4,5-) (Silvex)
DW EPA 515.1 DB (2,4-)
DW EPA 515.1 Dicamba
DW EPA 515.1 Dichlorprop
DW EPA 515.1 T (2,4,5-)
DW EPA 524.2 Tetrahydrofuran
DW EPA 524.2 Dichloro-2-butene (trans-1,4-)
DW EPA 524.2 Hexachloroethane
DW EPA 524.2 Acetone
DW EPA 524.2 Butanone (2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Carbon disulfide
DW EPA 524.2 Hexanone (2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Methyl iodide
DW EPA 524.2 Pentanone (4-methyl-2-) (MIBK)
DW EPA 524.2 Trichlorobenzene (1,3,5-)
DW EPA 524.2 Bromochloromethane
DW EPA 524.2 Bromoform
DW EPA 524.2 Chloroform
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 14 of 83

DW EPA 524.2 Dibromochloromethane
DW EPA 524.2 Bromodichloromethane
DW EPA 524.2 Benzene
DW EPA 524.2 Carbon tetrachloride
DW EPA 524.2 Chlorobenzene
DW EPA 524.2 Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichloroethane (1,1-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichloroethane (1,2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichloroethene (cis-1,2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichloroethene (trans-1,2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichloropropane (1,2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Ethylbenzene
DW EPA 524.2 Methyl tert-butyl ether
DW EPA 524.2 Naphthalene
DW EPA 524.2 Styrene
DW EPA 524.2 Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Tetrachloroethene
DW EPA 524.2 Trichloroethane (1,1,1-)
DW EPA 524.2 Trichloroethene
DW EPA 524.2 Toluene
DW EPA 524.2 Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichloroethene (1,1-)
DW EPA 524.2 Trichloroethane (1,1,2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Vinyl chloride
DW EPA 524.2 Xylenes (total)
DW EPA 524.2 Bromobenzene
DW EPA 524.2 Bromomethane
DW EPA 524.2 Butyl benzene (n-)
DW EPA 524.2 Sec-butylbenzene
DW EPA 524.2 Tert-butylbenzene
DW EPA 524.2 Chloroethane
DW EPA 524.2 Chloromethane
DW EPA 524.2 Chlorotoluene (2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Chlorotoluene (4-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dibromo-3-chloropropane (1,2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dibromoethane (1,2-) (EDB)
DW EPA 524.2 Dibromomethane
DW EPA 524.2 Dichlorodifluoromethane
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 15 of 83

DW EPA 524.2 Dichloropropane (1,3-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichloropropane (2,2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichloropropene (1,1-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichloropropene (cis-1,3-)
DW EPA 524.2 Dichloropropene (trans-1,3-)
DW EPA 524.2 Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
DW EPA 524.2 Isopropylbenzene
DW EPA 524.2 Isopropyltoluene (4-)
DW EPA 524.2 Propylbenzene (n-)
DW EPA 524.2 Tetrachloroethane (1,1,1,2-)
DW EPA 524.2 Trichlorobenzene (1,2,3-)
DW EPA 524.2 Trichlorofluoromethane
DW EPA 524.2 Trichloropropane (1,2,3-)
DW EPA 524.2 Trimethylbenzene (1,2,4-)
DW EPA 524.2 Trimethylbenzene (1,3,5-)
DW EPA 552.2 Bromochloroacetic acid
DW EPA 552.2 Dibromoacetic acid
DW EPA 552.2 Dichloroacetic acid
DW EPA 552.2 Monobromoacetic acid (MBAA)
DW EPA 552.2 Monochloroacetic acid (MCAA)
DW EPA 552.2 Trichloroacetic acid
DW Other Hach Company Total coliform / E. coli
DW Other Kelada-01 Cyanide
DW SM 2120 B Color
DW SM 2130 B Turbidity
DW SM 2150 B Odor
DW SM 2320 B Alkalinity
DW SM 2340 B Total hardness
DW SM 2340 C Total hardness
DW SM 2510 B Conductivity
DW SM 2540 C Total dissolved solids (TDS)
DW SM 3120 B-11 Total hardness
DW SM 3500-Ca B (20th ed) Calcium-hardness
DW SM 3500-Ca D (18/19th ed) Calcium-hardness
DW SM 4110 B Bromide
DW SM 4110 B Nitrite
DW SM 4110 B Nitrate
DW SM 4110 B Fluoride
DW SM 4110 B Sulfate
DW SM 4110 B Chloride
DW SM 4500-Cl G Chlorine - residual
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 16 of 83

DW SM 4500-CN C, E Cyanide
DW SM 4500-CN C, G Cyanide
DW SM 4500-H B pH
DW SM 4500-NH3 G Ammonia
DW SM 4500-NO3 F Nitrate
DW SM 4500-NO3 F Nitrite
DW SM 4500-P E Orthophosphate
DW SM 5310 B Total organic carbon (TOC)
DW SM 5310 C Dissolved organic carbon (DOC)
DW SM 5310 C Total organic carbon (TOC)
DW SM 5320 B Total organic halides (TOX)
DW SM 5540 C Foaming agents
DW SM 5910 B UV-absorbing compounds
DW SM 9223 B Total coliform / E. coli
DW User Defined 524.2 Diisopropyl Ether [DIPE]
NPW Perchlorate
NPW ASTM D1067 Acidity as CaCO3
NPW ASTM D6503 Enterococci
NPW ASTM F1647-02A Total organic carbon (TOC)
NPW EPA 1000.0 Toxicity - chronic, FW organism
NPW EPA 1002.0 Toxicity - chronic, FW organism
NPW EPA 120.1 Specific conductance
NPW EPA 130.1 Hardness - total as CaCO3
NPW EPA 160.4 Residue - volatile
NPW EPA 1657 Phorate
NPW EPA 1657 Bolstar
NPW EPA 1657 Chlorpyrifos
NPW EPA 1657 Coumaphos
NPW EPA 1657 Dichlorvos
NPW EPA 1657 Dimethoate
NPW EPA 1657 EPN
NPW EPA 1657 Fensulfothion
NPW EPA 1657 Fenthion
NPW EPA 1657 Naled
NPW EPA 1657 Parathion ethyl
NPW EPA 1657 Parathion methyl
NPW EPA 1657 Ronnel
NPW EPA 1657 Stirofos
NPW EPA 1657 Sulfotepp
NPW EPA 1657 TEPP
NPW EPA 1657 Tokuthion [Protothiofos]
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 17 of 83

NPW EPA 1657 Trichloronate
NPW EPA 1658 D (2,4-)
NPW EPA 1658 Dalapon
NPW EPA 1658 Dichlorprop
NPW EPA 1664A and B Oil & grease - hem-SPE
NPW EPA 1664A and B Oil & grease - non polar
NPW EPA 1664A and B Oil & grease - hem-LL
NPW EPA 1664A and B Oil & grease - sgt-non polar
NPW EPA 180.1 Turbidity
NPW EPA 200.7 Silica - dissolved
NPW EPA 200.7 Titanium
NPW EPA 200.7 Hardness - total as CaCO3
NPW EPA 200.7 Cobalt
NPW EPA 200.7 Aluminum
NPW EPA 200.7 Antimony
NPW EPA 200.7 Arsenic
NPW EPA 200.7 Barium
NPW EPA 200.7 Beryllium
NPW EPA 200.7 Cadmium
NPW EPA 200.7 Chromium
NPW EPA 200.7 Copper
NPW EPA 200.7 Iron
NPW EPA 200.7 Lead
NPW EPA 200.7 Manganese
NPW EPA 200.7 Molybdenum
NPW EPA 200.7 Nickel
NPW EPA 200.7 Selenium
NPW EPA 200.7 Silver
NPW EPA 200.7 Thallium
NPW EPA 200.7 Tin
NPW EPA 200.7 Vanadium
NPW EPA 200.7 Zinc
NPW EPA 200.7 Boron
NPW EPA 200.7 Calcium
NPW EPA 200.7 Magnesium
NPW EPA 200.7 Potassium
NPW EPA 200.7 Sodium
NPW EPA 200.8 Antimony
NPW EPA 200.8 Arsenic
NPW EPA 200.8 Barium
NPW EPA 200.8 Beryllium
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 18 of 83

NPW EPA 200.8 Cadmium
NPW EPA 200.8 Chromium
NPW EPA 200.8 Copper
NPW EPA 200.8 Lead
NPW EPA 200.8 Manganese
NPW EPA 200.8 Molybdenum
NPW EPA 200.8 Nickel
NPW EPA 200.8 Selenium
NPW EPA 200.8 Silver
NPW EPA 200.8 Thallium
NPW EPA 200.8 Tin
NPW EPA 200.8 Vanadium
NPW EPA 200.8 Zinc
NPW EPA 2000.0 Toxicity - acute, FW organism
NPW EPA 2002.0 Toxicity - acute, FW organism
NPW EPA 218.6 Chromium (VI)
NPW EPA 245.1 Mercury
NPW EPA 300.0 Guanidine nitrate
NPW EPA 300.0 Bromide
NPW EPA 300.0 Chloride
NPW EPA 300.0 Fluoride
NPW EPA 300.0 Nitrate
NPW EPA 300.0 Nitrite
NPW EPA 300.0 Sulfate
NPW EPA 300.0 Nitrate - nitrite
NPW EPA 300.1 Nitrate - nitrite
NPW EPA 300.1 Bromide
NPW EPA 300.1 Chloride
NPW EPA 300.1 Fluoride
NPW EPA 300.1 Nitrate
NPW EPA 300.1 Nitrite
NPW EPA 300.1 Sulfate
NPW EPA 310.2 Alkalinity as CaCO3
NPW EPA 335.4 Cyanide
NPW EPA 350.1 Ammonia
NPW EPA 351.1, .2 - 350.1 Organic nitrogen
NPW EPA 351.2 Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
NPW EPA 353.2 Nitrate - nitrite
NPW EPA 410.4 Chemical oxygen demand
NPW EPA 420.4 Phenols
NPW EPA 507 Alachlor
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 19 of 83

NPW EPA 507 Metribuzin
NPW EPA 507 Ethoprop
NPW EPA 507 Merphos
NPW EPA 507 Mevinphos
NPW EPA 515.1 DB (2,4-)
NPW EPA 515.1 Dinoseb
NPW EPA 555 MCPA
NPW EPA 555 MCPP
NPW EPA 602 Benzene
NPW EPA 602 Ethylbenzene
NPW EPA 602 Methyl tert-butyl ether
NPW EPA 602 Tert-butyl alcohol
NPW EPA 602 Toluene
NPW EPA 602 Xylenes (total)
NPW EPA 608 Chloroneb
NPW EPA 608 Chlorothalonil
NPW EPA 608 Chlordane (alpha)
NPW EPA 608 Chlordane (gamma)
NPW EPA 608 Hexachlorobenzene
NPW EPA 608 PCB 1016
NPW EPA 608 PCB 1221
NPW EPA 608 PCB 1232
NPW EPA 608 PCB 1242
NPW EPA 608 PCB 1248
NPW EPA 608 PCB 1254
NPW EPA 608 PCB 1260
NPW EPA 608 Aldrin
NPW EPA 608 Alpha BHC
NPW EPA 608 Beta BHC
NPW EPA 608 Delta BHC
NPW EPA 608 Lindane (gamma BHC)
NPW EPA 608 Chlordane
NPW EPA 608 DDD (4,4'-)
NPW EPA 608 DDE (4,4'-)
NPW EPA 608 DDT (4,4'-)
NPW EPA 608 Dieldrin
NPW EPA 608 Endosulfan I
NPW EPA 608 Endosulfan II
NPW EPA 608 Endosulfan sulfate
NPW EPA 608 Endrin
NPW EPA 608 Endrin aldehyde
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 20 of 83

NPW EPA 608 Endrin ketone
NPW EPA 608 Heptachlor
NPW EPA 608 Heptachlor epoxide
NPW EPA 608 Methoxychlor
NPW EPA 608 Toxaphene
NPW EPA 610 Acenaphthene
NPW EPA 610 Acenaphthylene
NPW EPA 610 Anthracene
NPW EPA 610 Benzo(a)anthracene
NPW EPA 610 Benzo(a)pyrene
NPW EPA 610 Benzo(b)fluoranthene
NPW EPA 610 Benzo(ghi)perylene
NPW EPA 610 Benzo(k)fluoranthene
NPW EPA 610 Chrysene
NPW EPA 610 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
NPW EPA 610 Fluoranthene
NPW EPA 610 Fluorene
NPW EPA 610 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
NPW EPA 610 Naphthalene
NPW EPA 610 Phenanthrene
NPW EPA 610 Pyrene
NPW EPA 615 Dicamba
NPW EPA 622 Coumaphos
NPW EPA 622 Demeton (o-)
NPW EPA 622 Demeton (s-)
NPW EPA 622 Dimethoate
NPW EPA 622 Parathion ethyl
NPW EPA 622 Parathion methyl
NPW EPA 622 Stirofos
NPW EPA 622 Sulfotepp
NPW EPA 622 TEPP
NPW EPA 622 Tokuthion [Protothiofos]
NPW EPA 622 Trichloronate
NPW EPA 624 Amyl alcohol (n-)
NPW EPA 624 Propionitrile
NPW EPA 624 Trimethylbenzene (1,2,3-)
NPW EPA 624 Allyl chloride
NPW EPA 624 Bromoethane
NPW EPA 624 Butanone (2-)
NPW EPA 624 Butadiene (2-chloro-1,3-)
NPW EPA 624 Carbon disulfide
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 21 of 83

NPW EPA 624 Cyclohexanone
NPW EPA 624 Dichloro-2-butene (cis-1,4-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichloro-2-butene (trans-1,4-)
NPW EPA 624 Diethyl ether (Ethyl ether)
NPW EPA 624 Isopropanol
NPW EPA 624 Trichloro (1,1,2-) trifluoroethane (1,2,2-)
NPW EPA 624 Vinyl acetate
NPW EPA 624 Acetonitrile
NPW EPA 624 Cyclohexane
NPW EPA 624 Hexanone (2-)
NPW EPA 624 Methyl acetate
NPW EPA 624 Methylcyclohexane
NPW EPA 624 Methyl iodide
NPW EPA 624 Ethyl-tert-butyl Ether [ETBE]
NPW EPA 624 Diisopropyl Ether [DIPE]
NPW EPA 624 Dioxane (1,4-)
NPW EPA 624 Butanol (1-)
NPW EPA 624 Ethanol
NPW EPA 624 Ethyl methacrylate
NPW EPA 624 Iso-butyl alcohol
NPW EPA 624 Methacrylonitrile
NPW EPA 624 Methyl methacrylate
NPW EPA 624 Octane (-n)
NPW EPA 624 Nitropropane (2-)
NPW EPA 624 Pentachloroethane
NPW EPA 624 tert-Amylmethyl ether [TAME]
NPW EPA 624 Acrolein
NPW EPA 624 Acrylonitrile
NPW EPA 624 Bromobenzene
NPW EPA 624 Bromochloromethane
NPW EPA 624 Butyl benzene (n-)
NPW EPA 624 Chlorotoluene (2-)
NPW EPA 624 Chlorotoluene (4-)
NPW EPA 624 Dibromo-3-chloropropane (1,2-)
NPW EPA 624 Dibromoethane (1,2-) (EDB)
NPW EPA 624 Dibromomethane
NPW EPA 624 Dichlorodifluoromethane
NPW EPA 624 Dichloroethene (cis-1,2-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichloropropane (1,3-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichloropropane (2,2-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichloropropene (1,1-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 22 of 83

NPW EPA 624 Hexane (n-)
NPW EPA 624 Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK)
NPW EPA 624 Tetrahydrofuran
NPW EPA 624 Styrene
NPW EPA 624 Tetrachloroethane (1,1,1,2-)
NPW EPA 624 Xylene (m-)
NPW EPA 624 Xylene (o-)
NPW EPA 624 Xylene (p-)
NPW EPA 624 Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
NPW EPA 624 Isopropylbenzene
NPW EPA 624 Isopropyltoluene (4-)
NPW EPA 624 Naphthalene
NPW EPA 624 Propylbenzene (n-)
NPW EPA 624 Sec-butylbenzene
NPW EPA 624 Tert-butylbenzene
NPW EPA 624 Trichlorobenzene (1,2,3-)
NPW EPA 624 Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW EPA 624 Trichloropropane (1,2,3-)
NPW EPA 624 Trimethylbenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW EPA 624 Trimethylbenzene (1,3,5-)
NPW EPA 624 Acetone
NPW EPA 624 Ethyl acetate
NPW EPA 624 Methyl tert-butyl ether
NPW EPA 624 Tert-butyl alcohol
NPW EPA 624 Xylenes (total)
NPW EPA 624 Benzene
NPW EPA 624 Bromodichloromethane
NPW EPA 624 Bromoform
NPW EPA 624 Bromomethane
NPW EPA 624 Carbon tetrachloride
NPW EPA 624 Chlorobenzene
NPW EPA 624 Chloroethane
NPW EPA 624 Chloroethyl vinyl ether (2-)
NPW EPA 624 Chloroform
NPW EPA 624 Chloromethane
NPW EPA 624 Dibromochloromethane
NPW EPA 624 Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichloroethane (1,1-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichloroethane (1,2-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 23 of 83

NPW EPA 624 Dichloroethene (1,1-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichloroethene (trans-1,2-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichloropropane (1,2-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichloropropene (cis-1,3-)
NPW EPA 624 Dichloropropene (trans-1,3-)
NPW EPA 624 Ethylbenzene
NPW EPA 624 Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)
NPW EPA 624 Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)
NPW EPA 624 Tetrachloroethene
NPW EPA 624 Toluene
NPW EPA 624 Trichloroethane (1,1,1-)
NPW EPA 624 Trichloroethane (1,1,2-)
NPW EPA 624 Trichloroethene
NPW EPA 624 Trichlorofluoromethane
NPW EPA 624 Vinyl chloride
NPW EPA 625 Tetrachlorophenol (2,3,4,6-)
NPW EPA 625 Hexachlorophene
NPW EPA 625 Decane (n-)
NPW EPA 625 Octadecane (n-)
NPW EPA 625 Biphenylamine (4-)
NPW EPA 625 Chloronaphthalene (1-)
NPW EPA 625 Famphur
NPW EPA 625 Hexachloropropene
NPW EPA 625 Kepone
NPW EPA 625 Napththylamine (1-)
NPW EPA 625 Napththylamine (2-)
NPW EPA 625 Pentachloroethane
NPW EPA 625 Napthoquinone (1,4-)
NPW EPA 625 Methylnaphthalene (2-)
NPW EPA 625 Chloroaniline (4-)
NPW EPA 625 Nitroaniline (2-)
NPW EPA 625 Nitroaniline (3-)
NPW EPA 625 Nitroaniline (4-)
NPW EPA 625 Pentachlorobenzene
NPW EPA 625 Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,4,5-)
NPW EPA 625 Methylphenol (4-)
NPW EPA 625 Acetophenone
NPW EPA 625 Alpha - terpineol
NPW EPA 625 Aniline
NPW EPA 625 Dichloroaniline (2,3-)
NPW EPA 625 Diphenylhydrazine (1,2-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 24 of 83

NPW EPA 625 Methylphenol (2-)
NPW EPA 625 N-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine
NPW EPA 625 N-Nitrosodiethylamine
NPW EPA 625 N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
NPW EPA 625 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
NPW EPA 625 N-Nitrosodimethylamine
NPW EPA 625 N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
NPW EPA 625 Dibenzofuran
NPW EPA 625 Methylphenol (2-)
NPW EPA 625 Methylphenol (4-)
NPW EPA 625 Trichlorophenol (2,4,5-)
NPW EPA 625 Benzoic acid
NPW EPA 625 Benzidine
NPW EPA 625 Carbazole
NPW EPA 625 Pyridine
NPW EPA 625 Acenaphthene
NPW EPA 625 Acenaphthylene
NPW EPA 625 Anthracene
NPW EPA 625 Benzo(a)anthracene
NPW EPA 625 Benzo(b)fluoranthene
NPW EPA 625 Benzo(k)fluoranthene
NPW EPA 625 Benzo(a)pyrene
NPW EPA 625 Benzo(ghi)perylene
NPW EPA 625 Butyl benzyl phthalate
NPW EPA 625 Bis (2-chloroethyl) ether
NPW EPA 625 Bis (2-chloroethoxy) methane
NPW EPA 625 Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
NPW EPA 625 Bis (2-chloroisopropyl) ether
NPW EPA 625 Bromophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
NPW EPA 625 Chloronaphthalene (2-)
NPW EPA 625 Chlorophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
NPW EPA 625 Chrysene
NPW EPA 625 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
NPW EPA 625 Di-n-butyl phthalate
NPW EPA 625 Dichlorobenzidine (3,3'-)
NPW EPA 625 Diethyl phthalate
NPW EPA 625 Dimethyl phthalate
NPW EPA 625 Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)
NPW EPA 625 Dinitrotoluene (2,6-)
NPW EPA 625 Di-n-octyl phthalate
NPW EPA 625 Fluoranthene
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 25 of 83

NPW EPA 625 Fluorene
NPW EPA 625 Hexachlorobenzene
NPW EPA 625 Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
NPW EPA 625 Hexachloroethane
NPW EPA 625 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
NPW EPA 625 Isophorone
NPW EPA 625 Naphthalene
NPW EPA 625 Nitrobenzene
NPW EPA 625 N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
NPW EPA 625 Phenanthrene
NPW EPA 625 Pyrene
NPW EPA 625 Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW EPA 625 Methyl phenol (4-chloro-3-)
NPW EPA 625 Chlorophenol (2-)
NPW EPA 625 Dichlorophenol (2,4-)
NPW EPA 625 Dimethylphenol (2,4-)
NPW EPA 625 Dinitrophenol (2,4-)
NPW EPA 625 Dinitrophenol (2-methyl-4,6-)
NPW EPA 625 Nitrophenol (2-)
NPW EPA 625 Nitrophenol (4-)
NPW EPA 625 Pentachlorophenol
NPW EPA 625 Phenol
NPW EPA 625 Trichlorophenol (2,4,6-)
NPW Other FL - PRO Petroleum Organics
NPW Other IA - OA-1 Petroleum Organics
NPW Other IA - OA-2 Petroleum Organics
NPW Other J. Chrom. Sci. RSK-175 Propane
NPW Other J. Chrom. Sci. RSK-175 Ethane
NPW Other J. Chrom. Sci. RSK-175 Ethene
NPW Other J. Chrom. Sci. RSK-175 Methane
NPW Other Kelada-01 Cyanide
NPW Other Kelada-01 Cyanide - amenable to Cl2
NPW Other NJ-OQA-QAM-025 Petroleum Organics
NPW Other NJ-OQA-QAM-025, Rev. 7 Petroleum Organics
NPW Other NJ-OQA-QAM-025, Rev. 7 Petroleum Organics
NPW Other USDA-LOI (Loss on ignition) Total organic carbon (TOC)
NPW Other Walkley Black Total organic carbon (TOC)
NPW SM 2120 B-11 Color
NPW SM 2130 B-01 Turbidity
NPW SM 2310 B-11 Acidity as CaCO3
NPW SM 2320 B-11 Alkalinity as CaCO3
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 26 of 83

NPW SM 2340 B-11 Hardness - total as CaCO3
NPW SM 2340 C-11 Hardness - total as CaCO3
NPW SM 2510 B-11 Specific conductance
NPW SM 2540 B-11 Residue - total
NPW SM 2540 C-11 Residue - filterable (TDS)
NPW SM 2540 D-11 Residue - nonfilterable (TSS)
NPW SM 2540 F-11 Residue - settleable
NPW SM 2540 G SM 18th Ed. Total, fixed, and volatile solids (SQAR)
NPW SM 2550 B-00 Temperature
NPW SM 3500-Cr B-11 Chromium (VI)
NPW SM 3500-Cr C-11 Chromium (VI)
NPW SM 3500-Cr D (18/19th ed) Chromium (VI)
NPW SM 3500-Cr E (18/19th ed) Chromium (VI)
NPW SM 3500-Fe B-11 Iron, Ferrous
NPW SM 4110 B or C-11 Nitrate - nitrite
NPW SM 4110 B or C-11 Chloride
NPW SM 4110 B or C-11 Fluoride
NPW SM 4110 B or C-11 Nitrate
NPW SM 4110 B or C-11 Nitrite
NPW SM 4110 B or C-11 Sulfate
NPW SM 4500-Cl G-11 Chlorine
NPW SM 4500-Cl G-11 Chlorine
NPW SM 4500-CN B or C-11 plus E-11 Cyanide
NPW SM 4500-CN B or C-11 and G-11 Cyanide - amenable to Cl2
NPW SM 4500-H B-11 pH
NPW SM 4500-N Org B or C-11 plus
NH3 B-11 plus NH3 C-11 Kjeldahl nitrogen - total
NPW SM 4500-NH3 B plus G-11 Ammonia
NPW SM 4500-NH3 B, C, D, E, F, G, H-11 Organic nitrogen
NPW SM 4500-NO3 F-11 Nitrate - nitrite
NPW SM 4500-O C-11 Oxygen (dissolved)
NPW SM 4500-O G-11 Oxygen (dissolved)
NPW SM 4500-P B5-11 plus E-11 Phosphorus (total)
NPW SM 4500-P E-11 Orthophosphate
NPW SM 4500-S B, C plus D-11 Sulfides
NPW SM 4500-SO3 B-11 Sulfite - SO3
NPW SM 5210 B-11 Carbonaceous BOD (CBOD)
NPW SM 5210 B-11 Biochemical oxygen demand
NPW SM 5220 D-11 Chemical oxygen demand
NPW SM 5310 B, C or D Dissolved organic carbon (DOC)
NPW SM 5310 B-11 Total organic carbon (TOC)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 27 of 83

NPW SM 5320 B Total organic halides (TOX)
NPW SM 5520 B Oil & grease - total recov
NPW SM 5520 B-11 Oil & grease - hem-LL
NPW SM 5540 C-11 Surfactants
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Propionitrile
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Trimethylbenzene (1,2,3-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Allyl chloride
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Bromoethane
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Butadiene (2-chloro-1,3-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Cyclohexanone
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloro-2-butene (cis-1,4-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloro-2-butene (trans-1,4-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Diethyl ether (Ethyl ether)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Isopropanol
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Ethyl-tert-butyl Ether [ETBE]
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Diisopropyl Ether [DIPE]
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dioxane (1,4-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Ethanol
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Ethyl methacrylate
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Iso-butyl alcohol
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Methacrylonitrile
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Methyl methacrylate
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Pentachloroethane
NPW SM 6200 B-11 tert-Amylmethyl ether [TAME]
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Acrolein
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Acrylonitrile
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Bromobenzene
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Bromochloromethane
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Butyl benzene (n-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Chlorotoluene (2-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Chlorotoluene (4-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dibromo-3-chloropropane (1,2-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dibromomethane
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichlorodifluoromethane
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloropropane (1,3-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloropropane (2,2-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloropropene (1,1-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Hexane (n-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Tetrahydrofuran
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Tetrachloroethane (1,1,1,2-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 28 of 83

NPW SM 6200 B-11 Xylene (m-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Xylene (p-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Isopropylbenzene
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Isopropyltoluene (4-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Propylbenzene (n-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Sec-butylbenzene
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Tert-butylbenzene
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Trichlorobenzene (1,2,3-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Trichloropropane (1,2,3-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Trimethylbenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Trimethylbenzene (1,3,5-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Acetone
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Ethyl acetate
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Methyl tert-butyl ether
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Tert-butyl alcohol
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Benzene
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Bromodichloromethane
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Bromoform
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Bromomethane
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Carbon tetrachloride
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Chlorobenzene
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Chloroethane
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Chloroform
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Chloromethane
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dibromochloromethane
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloroethane (1,1-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloroethane (1,2-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloroethene (1,1-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloroethene (trans-1,2-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloropropane (1,2-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloropropene (cis-1,3-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Dichloropropene (trans-1,3-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Ethylbenzene
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Tetrachloroethene
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Toluene
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 29 of 83

NPW SM 6200 B-11 Trichloroethane (1,1,1-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Trichloroethane (1,1,2-)
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Trichloroethene
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Trichlorofluoromethane
NPW SM 6200 B-11 Vinyl chloride
NPW SM 6200 B-97 Naphthalene
NPW SM 6200 B-97 Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Tetrachlorophenol (2,3,4,6-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Hexachlorophene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Decane (n-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Octadecane (n-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Biphenylamine (4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Chloronaphthalene (1-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Famphur
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Hexachloropropene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Kepone
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Napththylamine (1-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Napththylamine (2-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Pentachloroethane
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Napthoquinone (1,4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Methylphenol (4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Acetophenone
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Alpha - terpineol
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Aniline
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Dichloroaniline (2,3-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Methylphenol (2-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 N-Nitrosodimethylamine
NPW SM 6410 B-00 N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Benzoic acid
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Benzidine
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Carbazole
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Pyridine
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Acenaphthene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Acenaphthylene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Anthracene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Benzo(a)anthracene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Benzo(b)fluoranthene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Benzo(k)fluoranthene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Benzo(a)pyrene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Benzo(ghi)perylene
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 30 of 83

NPW SM 6410 B-00 Butyl benzyl phthalate
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Bis (2-chloroethyl) ether
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Bis (2-chloroethoxy) methane
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Bis (2-chloroisopropyl) ether
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Bromophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Chloronaphthalene (2-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Chlorophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Chrysene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Di-n-butyl phthalate
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Dichlorobenzidine (3,3'-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Diethyl phthalate
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Dimethyl phthalate
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Dinitrotoluene (2,6-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Di-n-octyl phthalate
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Fluoranthene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Fluorene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Hexachlorobenzene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Hexachloroethane
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Isophorone
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Naphthalene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Nitrobenzene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Phenanthrene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Pyrene
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Methyl phenol (4-chloro-3-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Chlorophenol (2-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Dichlorophenol (2,4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Dimethylphenol (2,4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Dinitrophenol (2,4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Dinitrophenol (2-methyl-4,6-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Nitrophenol (2-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Nitrophenol (4-)
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Pentachlorophenol
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Phenol
NPW SM 6410 B-00 Trichlorophenol (2,4,6-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 31 of 83

NPW SM 6440 B-00 Acenaphthene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Acenaphthylene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Anthracene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Benzo(a)anthracene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Benzo(a)pyrene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Benzo(b)fluoranthene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Benzo(ghi)perylene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Benzo(k)fluoranthene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Chrysene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Fluoranthene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Fluorene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Naphthalene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Phenanthrene
NPW SM 6440 B-00 Pyrene
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Trifluralin
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Aldrin
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Alpha BHC
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Lindane (gamma BHC)
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Chlordane
NPW SM 6630 B-00 DDD (4,4'-)
NPW SM 6630 B-00 DDE (4,4'-)
NPW SM 6630 B-00 DDT (4,4'-)
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Dieldrin
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Endosulfan I
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Endosulfan II
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Endrin
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Heptachlor
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Heptachlor epoxide
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Methoxychlor
NPW SM 6630 B-00 Toxaphene
NPW SM 6630C-00 Etridiazole
NPW SM 6630C-00 Aldrin
NPW SM 6630C-00 Alpha BHC
NPW SM 6630C-00 Beta BHC
NPW SM 6630C-00 Delta BHC
NPW SM 6630C-00 Lindane (gamma BHC)
NPW SM 6630C-00 Chlordane
NPW SM 6630C-00 DDD (4,4'-)
NPW SM 6630C-00 DDE (4,4'-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 32 of 83

NPW SM 6630C-00 DDT (4,4'-)
NPW SM 6630C-00 Dieldrin
NPW SM 6630C-00 Endosulfan I
NPW SM 6630C-00 Endosulfan II
NPW SM 6630C-00 Endosulfan sulfate
NPW SM 6630C-00 Endrin
NPW SM 6630C-00 Heptachlor
NPW SM 6630C-00 Heptachlor epoxide
NPW SM 6630C-00 Methoxychlor
NPW SM 6630C-00 Toxaphene
NPW SM 6640 B-01 D (2,4-)
NPW SM 6640 B-01 Dalapon
NPW SM 6640 B-01 T (2,4,5-)
NPW SM 6640 B-01 TP (2,4,5-) (Silvex)
NPW SM 9215 B Heterotrophic plate count
NPW SM 9222 B-97 Total coliform
NPW SM 9222 D-97 Fecal coliform
NPW SM 9222D-97 (Class B only) plus
EPA 625/R-92/013 App. F Fecal coliform
NPW SM 9260 D plus EPA 625/R-92/013
Appendix F Salmonella sp. Bacteria
NPW SW-846 1010 Ignitability
NPW SW-846 1010A Ignitability
NPW SW-846 1110 Corrosivity toward steel
NPW SW-846 1110A Corrosivity toward steel
NPW SW-846 1310A Metals - organics
NPW SW-846 1310B Metals - organics
NPW SW-846 1311 Volatile organics
NPW SW-846 1311 Semivolatile organics
NPW SW-846 1311 Metals
NPW SW-846 1312 Metals - organics
NPW SW-846 1320 Metals - organics
NPW SW-846 3005A Metals, Total Rec and Dissolved
NPW SW-846 3010A Metals, Total
NPW SW-846 3015 Metals
NPW SW-846 3015A Metals
NPW SW-846 3020A Metals
NPW SW-846 3510C Semivolatile organics
NPW SW-846 3511 Semivolatile organics
NPW SW-846 3520C Semivolatile organics
NPW SW-846 5030B Volatile organics
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 33 of 83

NPW SW-846 6010B Lithium
NPW SW-846 6010B Strontium
NPW SW-846 6010B Titanium
NPW SW-846 6010B Silver
NPW SW-846 6010B Tin
NPW SW-846 6010B Aluminum
NPW SW-846 6010B Antimony
NPW SW-846 6010B Arsenic
NPW SW-846 6010B Barium
NPW SW-846 6010B Beryllium
NPW SW-846 6010B Boron
NPW SW-846 6010B Cadmium
NPW SW-846 6010B Calcium
NPW SW-846 6010B Chromium
NPW SW-846 6010B Cobalt
NPW SW-846 6010B Copper
NPW SW-846 6010B Iron
NPW SW-846 6010B Lead
NPW SW-846 6010B Magnesium
NPW SW-846 6010B Manganese
NPW SW-846 6010B Molybdenum
NPW SW-846 6010B Nickel
NPW SW-846 6010B Potassium
NPW SW-846 6010B Selenium
NPW SW-846 6010B Sodium
NPW SW-846 6010B Thallium
NPW SW-846 6010B Vanadium
NPW SW-846 6010B Zinc
NPW SW-846 6010C Lithium
NPW SW-846 6010C Strontium
NPW SW-846 6010C Titanium
NPW SW-846 6010C Silver
NPW SW-846 6010C Tin
NPW SW-846 6010C Aluminum
NPW SW-846 6010C Antimony
NPW SW-846 6010C Arsenic
NPW SW-846 6010C Barium
NPW SW-846 6010C Beryllium
NPW SW-846 6010C Boron
NPW SW-846 6010C Cadmium
NPW SW-846 6010C Calcium
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 34 of 83

NPW SW-846 6010C Chromium
NPW SW-846 6010C Cobalt
NPW SW-846 6010C Copper
NPW SW-846 6010C Iron
NPW SW-846 6010C Lead
NPW SW-846 6010C Magnesium
NPW SW-846 6010C Manganese
NPW SW-846 6010C Molybdenum
NPW SW-846 6010C Nickel
NPW SW-846 6010C Potassium
NPW SW-846 6010C Selenium
NPW SW-846 6010C Sodium
NPW SW-846 6010C Thallium
NPW SW-846 6010C Vanadium
NPW SW-846 6010C Zinc
NPW SW-846 6020 Tin
NPW SW-846 6020 Barium
NPW SW-846 6020 Manganese
NPW SW-846 6020 Molybdenum
NPW SW-846 6020 Vanadium
NPW SW-846 6020 Zinc
NPW SW-846 6020 Beryllium
NPW SW-846 6020 Nickel
NPW SW-846 6020 Selenium
NPW SW-846 6020 Antimony
NPW SW-846 6020 Arsenic
NPW SW-846 6020 Cadmium
NPW SW-846 6020 Chromium
NPW SW-846 6020 Copper
NPW SW-846 6020 Lead
NPW SW-846 6020 Silver
NPW SW-846 6020 Thallium
NPW SW-846 6020A Tin
NPW SW-846 6020A Barium
NPW SW-846 6020A Manganese
NPW SW-846 6020A Molybdenum
NPW SW-846 6020A Vanadium
NPW SW-846 6020A Zinc
NPW SW-846 6020A Beryllium
NPW SW-846 6020A Nickel
NPW SW-846 6020A Selenium
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 35 of 83

NPW SW-846 6020A Antimony
NPW SW-846 6020A Arsenic
NPW SW-846 6020A Cadmium
NPW SW-846 6020A Chromium
NPW SW-846 6020A Copper
NPW SW-846 6020A Lead
NPW SW-846 6020A Silver
NPW SW-846 6020A Thallium
NPW SW-846 7196A Chromium (VI)
NPW SW-846 7199 Chromium (VI)
NPW SW-846 7470A Mercury - liquid waste
NPW SW-846 8011 Dibromoethane (1,2-) (EDB)
NPW SW-846 8011 Dibromo-3-chloropropane (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8015B Ethylene glycol
NPW SW-846 8015B Propylene glycol
NPW SW-846 8015B Methyl alcohol (Methanol)
NPW SW-846 8015B Ethyl alcohol
NPW SW-846 8015B Gasoline range organic
NPW SW-846 8015B Diesel range organic
NPW SW-846 8015C Ethylene glycol
NPW SW-846 8015C Propylene glycol
NPW SW-846 8015D Ethylene glycol
NPW SW-846 8015D Propylene glycol
NPW SW-846 8015D Methyl alcohol (Methanol)
NPW SW-846 8015D Ethyl alcohol
NPW SW-846 8015D Gasoline range organic
NPW SW-846 8015D Diesel range organic
NPW SW-846 8021B Xylenes (total)
NPW SW-846 8021B Methyl tert-butyl ether
NPW SW-846 8021B Benzene
NPW SW-846 8021B Ethylbenzene
NPW SW-846 8021B Toluene
NPW SW-846 8021B Xylene (o-)
NPW SW-846 8021B Xylene (m-)
NPW SW-846 8021B Xylene (p-)
NPW SW-846 8081A Alachlor
NPW SW-846 8081A Chlordane (alpha)
NPW SW-846 8081A Chlordane (gamma)
NPW SW-846 8081A Chloroneb
NPW SW-846 8081A Chlorothalonil
NPW SW-846 8081A Etridiazole
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 36 of 83

NPW SW-846 8081A Hexachlorobenzene
NPW SW-846 8081A Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
NPW SW-846 8081A Permethrin
NPW SW-846 8081A Propachlor
NPW SW-846 8081A Trifluralin
NPW SW-846 8081A Aldrin
NPW SW-846 8081A Alpha BHC
NPW SW-846 8081A Beta BHC
NPW SW-846 8081A Delta BHC
NPW SW-846 8081A Lindane (gamma BHC)
NPW SW-846 8081A Chlordane (technical)
NPW SW-846 8081A DDD (4,4'-)
NPW SW-846 8081A DDE (4,4'-)
NPW SW-846 8081A DDT (4,4'-)
NPW SW-846 8081A Dieldrin
NPW SW-846 8081A Endosulfan I
NPW SW-846 8081A Endosulfan II
NPW SW-846 8081A Endosulfan sulfate
NPW SW-846 8081A Endrin
NPW SW-846 8081A Endrin aldehyde
NPW SW-846 8081A Endrin ketone
NPW SW-846 8081A Heptachlor
NPW SW-846 8081A Heptachlor epoxide
NPW SW-846 8081A Methoxychlor
NPW SW-846 8081A Toxaphene
NPW SW-846 8081B Alachlor
NPW SW-846 8081B Chlordane (alpha)
NPW SW-846 8081B Chlordane (gamma)
NPW SW-846 8081B Chloroneb
NPW SW-846 8081B Chlorothalonil
NPW SW-846 8081B Etridiazole
NPW SW-846 8081B Hexachlorobenzene
NPW SW-846 8081B Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
NPW SW-846 8081B Permethrin
NPW SW-846 8081B Propachlor
NPW SW-846 8081B Trifluralin
NPW SW-846 8081B Aldrin
NPW SW-846 8081B Alpha BHC
NPW SW-846 8081B Beta BHC
NPW SW-846 8081B Delta BHC
NPW SW-846 8081B Lindane (gamma BHC)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 37 of 83

NPW SW-846 8081B Chlordane (technical)
NPW SW-846 8081B DDD (4,4'-)
NPW SW-846 8081B DDE (4,4'-)
NPW SW-846 8081B DDT (4,4'-)
NPW SW-846 8081B Dieldrin
NPW SW-846 8081B Endosulfan I
NPW SW-846 8081B Endosulfan II
NPW SW-846 8081B Endosulfan sulfate
NPW SW-846 8081B Endrin
NPW SW-846 8081B Endrin aldehyde
NPW SW-846 8081B Endrin ketone
NPW SW-846 8081B Heptachlor
NPW SW-846 8081B Heptachlor epoxide
NPW SW-846 8081B Methoxychlor
NPW SW-846 8081B Toxaphene
NPW SW-846 8082 PCB 1016
NPW SW-846 8082 PCB 1221
NPW SW-846 8082 PCB 1232
NPW SW-846 8082 PCB 1242
NPW SW-846 8082 PCB 1248
NPW SW-846 8082 PCB 1254
NPW SW-846 8082 PCB 1260
NPW SW-846 8082A PCB 1016
NPW SW-846 8082A PCB 1221
NPW SW-846 8082A PCB 1232
NPW SW-846 8082A PCB 1242
NPW SW-846 8082A PCB 1248
NPW SW-846 8082A PCB 1254
NPW SW-846 8082A PCB 1260
NPW SW-846 8141A Azinphos methyl
NPW SW-846 8141A Chlorpyrifos
NPW SW-846 8141A Demeton (o-)
NPW SW-846 8141A Demeton (s-)
NPW SW-846 8141A Disulfoton
NPW SW-846 8141A Bolstar
NPW SW-846 8141A Coumaphos
NPW SW-846 8141A Dichlorvos
NPW SW-846 8141A Dimethoate
NPW SW-846 8141A EPN
NPW SW-846 8141A Ethoprop
NPW SW-846 8141A Fensulfothion
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 38 of 83

NPW SW-846 8141A Fenthion
NPW SW-846 8141A Merphos
NPW SW-846 8141A Mevinphos
NPW SW-846 8141A Naled
NPW SW-846 8141A Parathion
NPW SW-846 8141A Parathion methyl
NPW SW-846 8141A Phorate
NPW SW-846 8141A Ronnel
NPW SW-846 8141A Stirofos
NPW SW-846 8141A Sulfotepp
NPW SW-846 8141A TEPP
NPW SW-846 8141A Tokuthion [Protothiofos]
NPW SW-846 8141A Trichloronate
NPW SW-846 8141A Diazinon
NPW SW-846 8141A Malathion
NPW SW-846 8141B Azinphos methyl
NPW SW-846 8141B Chlorpyrifos
NPW SW-846 8141B Demeton (o-)
NPW SW-846 8141B Demeton (s-)
NPW SW-846 8141B Disulfoton
NPW SW-846 8141B Bolstar
NPW SW-846 8141B Coumaphos
NPW SW-846 8141B Dichlorvos
NPW SW-846 8141B Dimethoate
NPW SW-846 8141B EPN
NPW SW-846 8141B Ethoprop
NPW SW-846 8141B Fensulfothion
NPW SW-846 8141B Fenthion
NPW SW-846 8141B Merphos
NPW SW-846 8141B Mevinphos
NPW SW-846 8141B Naled
NPW SW-846 8141B Parathion
NPW SW-846 8141B Parathion methyl
NPW SW-846 8141B Phorate
NPW SW-846 8141B Ronnel
NPW SW-846 8141B Stirofos
NPW SW-846 8141B Sulfotepp
NPW SW-846 8141B TEPP
NPW SW-846 8141B Tokuthion [Protothiofos]
NPW SW-846 8141B Trichloronate
NPW SW-846 8141B Diazinon
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 39 of 83

NPW SW-846 8141B Malathion
NPW SW-846 8151A Dicamba
NPW SW-846 8151A DB (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8151A Dinoseb
NPW SW-846 8151A Dalapon
NPW SW-846 8151A Dichlorprop
NPW SW-846 8151A D (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8151A T (2,4,5-)
NPW SW-846 8151A TP (2,4,5-) (Silvex)
NPW SW-846 8151A MCPA
NPW SW-846 8151A MCPP
NPW SW-846 8260B Hexane (n-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Methylnaphthalene (1-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Methylnaphthalene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Butanol (3,3-Dimethyl-1-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Trimethylbenzene (1,2,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Cyclohexane
NPW SW-846 8260B Butanol (1-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Nitropropane (2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Butyl formate (t-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Methyl acetate
NPW SW-846 8260B Pentanol (2-Methyl-2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Amyl alcohol (t-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Methylcyclohexane
NPW SW-846 8260B Octane (-n)
NPW SW-846 8260B tert-Amylmethyl ether [TAME]
NPW SW-846 8260B Bromoethane
NPW SW-846 8260B Cyclohexanone
NPW SW-846 8260B Diisopropyl Ether [DIPE]
NPW SW-846 8260B Tetrahydrofuran
NPW SW-846 8260B Ethyl-tert-butyl Ether [ETBE]
NPW SW-846 8260B Safrole
NPW SW-846 8260B Xylene (m-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Xylene (o-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Xylene (p-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloro-2-butene (cis-1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Diethyl ether (Ethyl ether)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloro-2-butene (trans-1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Ethanol
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 40 of 83

NPW SW-846 8260B Trichloro (1,1,2-) trifluoroethane (1,2,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Vinyl acetate
NPW SW-846 8260B Pentachloroethane
NPW SW-846 8260B Tert-butyl alcohol
NPW SW-846 8260B Dioxane (1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Bromobenzene
NPW SW-846 8260B Butyl benzene (n-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Sec-butylbenzene
NPW SW-846 8260B Tert-butylbenzene
NPW SW-846 8260B Chlorotoluene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Chlorotoluene (4-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Isopropylbenzene
NPW SW-846 8260B Propylbenzene (n-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Isopropyltoluene (4-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Trichlorobenzene (1,2,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Trimethylbenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Trimethylbenzene (1,3,5-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Allyl chloride
NPW SW-846 8260B Bromochloromethane
NPW SW-846 8260B Butadiene (2-chloro-1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dibromoethane (1,2-) (EDB)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dibromomethane
NPW SW-846 8260B Dibromo-3-chloropropane (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloropropane (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloropropane (2,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloropropene (1,1-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Trichloropropane (1,2,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Ethyl acetate
NPW SW-846 8260B Ethyl methacrylate
NPW SW-846 8260B Methacrylonitrile
NPW SW-846 8260B Methyl acrylate
NPW SW-846 8260B Methyl methacrylate
NPW SW-846 8260B Methyl iodide
NPW SW-846 8260B Iso-butyl alcohol
NPW SW-846 8260B Isopropanol
NPW SW-846 8260B N-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine
NPW SW-846 8260B Propionitrile
NPW SW-846 8260B Acetonitrile
NPW SW-846 8260B Benzene
NPW SW-846 8260B Chlorobenzene
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 41 of 83

NPW SW-846 8260B Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Ethylbenzene
NPW SW-846 8260B Toluene
NPW SW-846 8260B Xylenes (total)
NPW SW-846 8260B Bromodichloromethane
NPW SW-846 8260B Bromoform
NPW SW-846 8260B Bromomethane
NPW SW-846 8260B Carbon tetrachloride
NPW SW-846 8260B Chloroethane
NPW SW-846 8260B Chloroethyl vinyl ether (2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Chloroform
NPW SW-846 8260B Chloromethane
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloropropene (trans-1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dibromochloromethane
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichlorodifluoromethane
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloroethane (1,1-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloroethane (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloroethene (1,1-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloroethene (trans-1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloroethene (cis-1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloropropane (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Dichloropropene (cis-1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)
NPW SW-846 8260B Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Tetrachloroethene
NPW SW-846 8260B Trichloroethane (1,1,1-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Trichloroethane (1,1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Trichloroethene
NPW SW-846 8260B Trichlorofluoromethane
NPW SW-846 8260B Vinyl chloride
NPW SW-846 8260B Acetone
NPW SW-846 8260B Carbon disulfide
NPW SW-846 8260B Butanone (2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Hexanone (2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Pentanone (4-methyl-2-) (MIBK)
NPW SW-846 8260B Methyl tert-butyl ether
NPW SW-846 8260B Acrolein
NPW SW-846 8260B Acrylonitrile
NPW SW-846 8260B Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Hexachloroethane
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 42 of 83

NPW SW-846 8260B Naphthalene
NPW SW-846 8260B Styrene
NPW SW-846 8260B Tetrachloroethane (1,1,1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260B Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Methylnaphthalene (1-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Methylnaphthalene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Butanol (3,3-Dimethyl-1-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Trimethylbenzene (1,2,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Cyclohexane
NPW SW-846 8260C Butanol (1-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Nitropropane (2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Butyl formate (t-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Methyl acetate
NPW SW-846 8260C Pentanol (2-Methyl-2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Amyl alcohol (t-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Methylcyclohexane
NPW SW-846 8260C Octane (-n)
NPW SW-846 8260C tert-Amylmethyl ether [TAME]
NPW SW-846 8260C Bromoethane
NPW SW-846 8260C Cyclohexanone
NPW SW-846 8260C Diisopropyl Ether [DIPE]
NPW SW-846 8260C Tetrahydrofuran
NPW SW-846 8260C Ethyl-tert-butyl Ether [ETBE]
NPW SW-846 8260C Xylene (m-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Xylene (o-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Xylene (p-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloro-2-butene (cis-1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Diethyl ether (Ethyl ether)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloro-2-butene (trans-1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Ethanol
NPW SW-846 8260C Trichloro (1,1,2-) trifluoroethane (1,2,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Vinyl acetate
NPW SW-846 8260C Pentachloroethane
NPW SW-846 8260C Tert-butyl alcohol
NPW SW-846 8260C Dioxane (1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Bromobenzene
NPW SW-846 8260C Butyl benzene (n-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Sec-butylbenzene
NPW SW-846 8260C Tert-butylbenzene
NPW SW-846 8260C Chlorotoluene (2-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 43 of 83

NPW SW-846 8260C Chlorotoluene (4-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Isopropylbenzene
NPW SW-846 8260C Propylbenzene (n-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Isopropyltoluene (4-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Trichlorobenzene (1,2,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Trimethylbenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Trimethylbenzene (1,3,5-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Allyl chloride
NPW SW-846 8260C Bromochloromethane
NPW SW-846 8260C Butadiene (2-chloro-1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dibromoethane (1,2-) (EDB)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dibromomethane
NPW SW-846 8260C Dibromo-3-chloropropane (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloropropane (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloropropane (2,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloropropene (1,1-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Trichloropropane (1,2,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Ethyl acetate
NPW SW-846 8260C Ethyl methacrylate
NPW SW-846 8260C Methacrylonitrile
NPW SW-846 8260C Methyl acrylate
NPW SW-846 8260C Methyl methacrylate
NPW SW-846 8260C Methyl iodide
NPW SW-846 8260C Iso-butyl alcohol
NPW SW-846 8260C Isopropanol
NPW SW-846 8260C N-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine
NPW SW-846 8260C Propionitrile
NPW SW-846 8260C Acetonitrile
NPW SW-846 8260C Benzene
NPW SW-846 8260C Chlorobenzene
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Ethylbenzene
NPW SW-846 8260C Toluene
NPW SW-846 8260C Xylenes (total)
NPW SW-846 8260C Bromodichloromethane
NPW SW-846 8260C Bromoform
NPW SW-846 8260C Bromomethane
NPW SW-846 8260C Carbon tetrachloride
NPW SW-846 8260C Chloroethane
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 44 of 83

NPW SW-846 8260C Chloroethyl vinyl ether (2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Chloroform
NPW SW-846 8260C Chloromethane
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloropropene (trans-1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dibromochloromethane
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichlorodifluoromethane
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloroethane (1,1-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloroethane (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloroethene (1,1-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloroethene (trans-1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloroethene (cis-1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloropropane (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Dichloropropene (cis-1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)
NPW SW-846 8260C Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Tetrachloroethene
NPW SW-846 8260C Trichloroethane (1,1,1-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Trichloroethane (1,1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Trichloroethene
NPW SW-846 8260C Trichlorofluoromethane
NPW SW-846 8260C Vinyl chloride
NPW SW-846 8260C Acetone
NPW SW-846 8260C Carbon disulfide
NPW SW-846 8260C Butanone (2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Hexanone (2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Pentanone (4-methyl-2-) (MIBK)
NPW SW-846 8260C Methyl tert-butyl ether
NPW SW-846 8260C Acrolein
NPW SW-846 8260C Acrylonitrile
NPW SW-846 8260C Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Hexachloroethane
NPW SW-846 8260C Naphthalene
NPW SW-846 8260C Styrene
NPW SW-846 8260C Tetrachloroethane (1,1,1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8260C Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Biphenyl (1,1'-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzaldehyde
NPW SW-846 8270C Caprolactam
NPW SW-846 8270C Atrazine
NPW SW-846 8270C Phenanthrene
NPW SW-846 8270C Pyrene
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 45 of 83

NPW SW-846 8270C Acenaphthene
NPW SW-846 8270C Acenaphthylene
NPW SW-846 8270C Anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzo(ghi)perylene
NPW SW-846 8270C Chrysene
NPW SW-846 8270C Methylnaphthalene (1-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Methylnaphthalene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Naphthalene
NPW SW-846 8270C Fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270C Fluorene
NPW SW-846 8270C Methylnaphthalene (1-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Nitrodiphenylamine (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Nitrodiphenylamine (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Hexachlorophene
NPW SW-846 8270C Diphenylhydrazine (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Decane (n-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Octadecane (n-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzo(a)anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzo(a)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzo(b)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzo(k)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270C Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzal chloride
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzo(j)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzotrichloride
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzyl chloride
NPW SW-846 8270C Chlorobenzilate
NPW SW-846 8270C Dibenz(a,h)acridine
NPW SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole (7H-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Pentachloroethane
NPW SW-846 8270C Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,3,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,3,5-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzyl alcohol
NPW SW-846 8270C Acetophenone
NPW SW-846 8270C Acetylaminofluorene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Aminobiphenyl (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Aramite
NPW SW-846 8270C Chloronaphthalene (1-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 46 of 83

NPW SW-846 8270C Diallate (cis)
NPW SW-846 8270C Diallate (trans)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270C Dibenz(a,j)acridine
NPW SW-846 8270C Dichlorophenol (2,6-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dimethoate
NPW SW-846 8270C Dimethylaminoazobenzene
NPW SW-846 8270C Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene (7,12-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dimethyl benzidine (3,3-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dinitrobenzene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dinoseb
NPW SW-846 8270C Disulfoton
NPW SW-846 8270C Famphur
NPW SW-846 8270C Hexachloropropene
NPW SW-846 8270C Isodrin
NPW SW-846 8270C Isosafrole (cis-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Isosafrole (trans-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Kepone
NPW SW-846 8270C Methanesulfonate (Ethyl-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Methanesulfonate (Methyl-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Methapyrilene
NPW SW-846 8270C Methylcholanthrene (3-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Napthoquinone (1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Napththylamine (1-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Napththylamine (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C N-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine
NPW SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosomorpholine
NPW SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosopiperidine
NPW SW-846 8270C Parathion
NPW SW-846 8270C Parathion methyl
NPW SW-846 8270C Pentachlorobenzene
NPW SW-846 8270C Pentachloronitrobenzene
NPW SW-846 8270C Phenacetin
NPW SW-846 8270C Phenylenediamine (1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Phenylethylamine (alpha, alpha-Dimethyl)
NPW SW-846 8270C Phorate
NPW SW-846 8270C Phosphorothioate (O,O,O-triethyl)
NPW SW-846 8270C Phosphorothioate (O,O-diethyl-O-2-
pyrazinyl) [Thionazin]
NPW SW-846 8270C Picoline (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Pronamide
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 47 of 83

NPW SW-846 8270C Quinoline -1-Oxide (4-Nitro)
NPW SW-846 8270C Safrole
NPW SW-846 8270C Sulfotepp
NPW SW-846 8270C Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,4,5-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Tetrachlorophenol (2,3,4,6-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Toluidine (2-) (2-Methylaniline)
NPW SW-846 8270C Toluidine (5-nitro-2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-)
NPW SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosodiethylamine
NPW SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
NPW SW-846 8270C Diphenylamine
NPW SW-846 8270C Carbazole
NPW SW-846 8270C Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosodimethylamine
NPW SW-846 8270C N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
NPW SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosomethylethylamine
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzidine
NPW SW-846 8270C Aniline
NPW SW-846 8270C Hexachloropropene
NPW SW-846 8270C Dibenzofuran
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzoic acid
NPW SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
NPW SW-846 8270C Dichlorobenzidine (3,3'-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Chloroaniline (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Nitroaniline (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Nitroaniline (3-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Nitroaniline (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Chloronaphthalene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Hexachlorobenzene
NPW SW-846 8270C Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
NPW SW-846 8270C Hexachloroethane
NPW SW-846 8270C Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Bis (2-chloroethoxy) methane
NPW SW-846 8270C Bis (2-chloroethyl) ether
NPW SW-846 8270C Bis (2-chloroisopropyl) ether
NPW SW-846 8270C Chlorophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Bromophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dinitrotoluene (2,6-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 48 of 83

NPW SW-846 8270C Isophorone
NPW SW-846 8270C Nitrobenzene
NPW SW-846 8270C Butyl benzyl phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270C Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270C Diethyl phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270C Dimethyl phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270C Di-n-butyl phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270C Di-n-octyl phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270C Acenaphthene
NPW SW-846 8270C Anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270C Acenaphthylene
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzo(a)anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzo(a)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzo(b)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzo(ghi)perylene
NPW SW-846 8270C Benzo(k)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270C Chrysene
NPW SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270C Fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270C Fluorene
NPW SW-846 8270C Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270C Methylnaphthalene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Naphthalene
NPW SW-846 8270C Phenanthrene
NPW SW-846 8270C Pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270C Methyl phenol (4-chloro-3-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Chlorophenol (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dichlorophenol (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dimethylphenol (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dinitrophenol (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dinitrophenol (2-methyl-4,6-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Methylphenol (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Methylphenol (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Nitrophenol (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Nitrophenol (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Pentachlorophenol
NPW SW-846 8270C Phenol
NPW SW-846 8270C Trichlorophenol (2,4,5-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Trichlorophenol (2,4,6-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270C Pyridine
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 49 of 83

NPW SW-846 8270D Biphenyl (1,1'-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzaldehyde
NPW SW-846 8270D Caprolactam
NPW SW-846 8270D Atrazine
NPW SW-846 8270D Phenanthrene
NPW SW-846 8270D Pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270D Acenaphthene
NPW SW-846 8270D Acenaphthylene
NPW SW-846 8270D Anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzo(ghi)perylene
NPW SW-846 8270D Chrysene
NPW SW-846 8270D Methylnaphthalene (1-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Methylnaphthalene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Naphthalene
NPW SW-846 8270D Fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270D Fluorene
NPW SW-846 8270D Methylnaphthalene (1-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Nitrodiphenylamine (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Hexachlorophene
NPW SW-846 8270D Diphenylhydrazine (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Decane (n-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Octadecane (n-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzo(a)anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzo(a)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzo(b)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzo(k)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270D Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzal chloride
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzo(j)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzotrichloride
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzyl chloride
NPW SW-846 8270D Chlorobenzilate
NPW SW-846 8270D Dibenz(a,h)acridine
NPW SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole (7H-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Pentachloroethane
NPW SW-846 8270D Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,3,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,3,5-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzyl alcohol
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 50 of 83

NPW SW-846 8270D Acetophenone
NPW SW-846 8270D Acetylaminofluorene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Aminobiphenyl (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Aramite
NPW SW-846 8270D Chloronaphthalene (1-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Diallate (cis)
NPW SW-846 8270D Diallate (trans)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270D Dibenz(a,j)acridine
NPW SW-846 8270D Dichlorophenol (2,6-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dimethoate
NPW SW-846 8270D Dimethylaminoazobenzene
NPW SW-846 8270D Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene (7,12-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dimethyl benzidine (3,3-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dinitrobenzene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dinoseb
NPW SW-846 8270D Disulfoton
NPW SW-846 8270D Famphur
NPW SW-846 8270D Isodrin
NPW SW-846 8270D Isosafrole (cis-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Isosafrole (trans-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Kepone
NPW SW-846 8270D Methanesulfonate (Ethyl-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Methanesulfonate (Methyl-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Methapyrilene
NPW SW-846 8270D Methylcholanthrene (3-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Napthoquinone (1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Napththylamine (1-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Napththylamine (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D N-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine
NPW SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosomorpholine
NPW SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosopiperidine
NPW SW-846 8270D Parathion
NPW SW-846 8270D Parathion methyl
NPW SW-846 8270D Pentachlorobenzene
NPW SW-846 8270D Pentachloronitrobenzene
NPW SW-846 8270D Phenacetin
NPW SW-846 8270D Phenylenediamine (1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Phenylethylamine (alpha, alpha-Dimethyl)
NPW SW-846 8270D Phorate
NPW SW-846 8270D Phosphorothioate (O,O,O-triethyl)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 51 of 83

NPW SW-846 8270D Phosphorothioate (O,O-diethyl-O-2-
pyrazinyl) [Thionazin]
NPW SW-846 8270D Picoline (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Pronamide
NPW SW-846 8270D Quinoline -1-Oxide (4-Nitro)
NPW SW-846 8270D Safrole
NPW SW-846 8270D Sulfotepp
NPW SW-846 8270D Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,4,5-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Tetrachlorophenol (2,3,4,6-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Toluidine (2-) (2-Methylaniline)
NPW SW-846 8270D Toluidine (5-nitro-2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-)
NPW SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosodiethylamine
NPW SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
NPW SW-846 8270D Diphenylamine
NPW SW-846 8270D Carbazole
NPW SW-846 8270D Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosodimethylamine
NPW SW-846 8270D N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
NPW SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosomethylethylamine
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzidine
NPW SW-846 8270D Aniline
NPW SW-846 8270D Hexachloropropene
NPW SW-846 8270D Dibenzofuran
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzoic acid
NPW SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
NPW SW-846 8270D Dichlorobenzidine (3,3'-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Chloroaniline (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Nitroaniline (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Nitroaniline (3-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Nitroaniline (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Chloronaphthalene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Hexachlorobenzene
NPW SW-846 8270D Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
NPW SW-846 8270D Hexachloroethane
NPW SW-846 8270D Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Bis (2-chloroethoxy) methane
NPW SW-846 8270D Bis (2-chloroethyl) ether
NPW SW-846 8270D Bis (2-chloroisopropyl) ether
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 52 of 83

NPW SW-846 8270D Chlorophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Bromophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dinitrotoluene (2,6-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Isophorone
NPW SW-846 8270D Nitrobenzene
NPW SW-846 8270D Butyl benzyl phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270D Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270D Diethyl phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270D Dimethyl phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270D Di-n-butyl phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270D Di-n-octyl phthalate
NPW SW-846 8270D Acenaphthene
NPW SW-846 8270D Anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270D Acenaphthylene
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzo(a)anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzo(a)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzo(b)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzo(ghi)perylene
NPW SW-846 8270D Benzo(k)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270D Chrysene
NPW SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
NPW SW-846 8270D Fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8270D Fluorene
NPW SW-846 8270D Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270D Methylnaphthalene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Naphthalene
NPW SW-846 8270D Phenanthrene
NPW SW-846 8270D Pyrene
NPW SW-846 8270D Methyl phenol (4-chloro-3-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Chlorophenol (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dichlorophenol (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dimethylphenol (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dinitrophenol (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dinitrophenol (2-methyl-4,6-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Methylphenol (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Methylphenol (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Nitrophenol (2-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Nitrophenol (4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Pentachlorophenol
NPW SW-846 8270D Phenol
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 53 of 83

NPW SW-846 8270D Trichlorophenol (2,4,5-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Trichlorophenol (2,4,6-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
NPW SW-846 8270D Pyridine
NPW SW-846 8310 Acenaphthene
NPW SW-846 8310 Acenaphthylene
NPW SW-846 8310 Anthracene
NPW SW-846 8310 Benzo(a)anthracene
NPW SW-846 8310 Benzo(a)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8310 Benzo(b)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8310 Benzo(ghi)perylene
NPW SW-846 8310 Benzo(k)fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8310 Chrysene
NPW SW-846 8310 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
NPW SW-846 8310 Fluoranthene
NPW SW-846 8310 Fluorene
NPW SW-846 8310 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
NPW SW-846 8310 Naphthalene
NPW SW-846 8310 Phenanthrene
NPW SW-846 8310 Pyrene
NPW SW-846 8330 Nitroglycerine
NPW SW-846 8330 Guanidine nitrate
NPW SW-846 8330 PETN
NPW SW-846 8330 HMX
NPW SW-846 8330 RDX
NPW SW-846 8330 Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-)
NPW SW-846 8330 Dinitrobenzene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8330 Tetryl
NPW SW-846 8330 Nitrobenzene
NPW SW-846 8330 Trinitrotoluene (2,4,6-)
NPW SW-846 8330 Dinitrotoluene (4-amino-2,6-)
NPW SW-846 8330 Dinitrotoluene (2-amino-4,6-)
NPW SW-846 8330 Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8330 Dinitrotoluene (2,6-)
NPW SW-846 8330 Nitrotoluene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8330 Nitrotoluene (3-)
NPW SW-846 8330 Nitrotoluene (4-)
NPW SW-846 8330A Nitroglycerine
NPW SW-846 8330A PETN
NPW SW-846 8330A HMX
NPW SW-846 8330A RDX
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 54 of 83

NPW SW-846 8330A Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-)
NPW SW-846 8330A Dinitrobenzene (1,3-)
NPW SW-846 8330A Tetryl
NPW SW-846 8330A Nitrobenzene
NPW SW-846 8330A Trinitrotoluene (2,4,6-)
NPW SW-846 8330A Dinitrotoluene (4-amino-2,6-)
NPW SW-846 8330A Dinitrotoluene (2-amino-4,6-)
NPW SW-846 8330A Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)
NPW SW-846 8330A Dinitrotoluene (2,6-)
NPW SW-846 8330A Nitrotoluene (2-)
NPW SW-846 8330A Nitrotoluene (3-)
NPW SW-846 8330A Nitrotoluene (4-)
NPW SW-846 9010C Cyanide - amenable to Cl2
NPW SW-846 9010C Cyanide
NPW SW-846 9012B Cyanide
NPW SW-846 9020B Total organic halides (TOX)
NPW SW-846 9030B Sulfides, acid sol. & insol.
NPW SW-846 9034 Sulfides, acid sol. & insol.
NPW SW-846 9040B Corrosivity - pH waste, >20% water
NPW SW-846 9040B pH
NPW SW-846 9040C Corrosivity - pH waste, >20% water
NPW SW-846 9040C pH
NPW SW-846 9040C pH - waste, >20% water
NPW SW-846 9050A Specific conductance
NPW SW-846 9056 Bromide
NPW SW-846 9056 Nitrite
NPW SW-846 9056 Sulfate
NPW SW-846 9056 Nitrate
NPW SW-846 9056 Chloride
NPW SW-846 9056 Fluoride
NPW SW-846 9056A Bromide
NPW SW-846 9056A Nitrite
NPW SW-846 9056A Sulfate
NPW SW-846 9056A Nitrate
NPW SW-846 9056A Chloride
NPW SW-846 9056A Fluoride
NPW SW-846 9060 Total organic carbon (TOC)
NPW SW-846 9060A Total organic carbon (TOC)
NPW SW-846 9066 Phenols
NPW User Defined 5030C Volatile organics
NPW User Defined 8260C Hexane (n-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 55 of 83

NPW User Defined 9010B Cyanide - amenable to Cl2
NPW User Defined 9010B Cyanide
NPW User Defined 9012A Cyanide
NPW User Defined ASTM D93 Ignitability
NPW User Defined CA LUFT - diesel Petroleum Organics
NPW User Defined CA LUFT - diesel Petroleum Organics
NPW User Defined EPA 1657 Parathion ethyl
NPW User Defined EPA 1657 Azinphos methyl
NPW User Defined EPA 1657 Demeton (o-)
NPW User Defined EPA 1657 Demeton (s-)
NPW User Defined EPA 1657 Diazinon
NPW User Defined EPA 1657 Disulfoton
NPW User Defined EPA 1657 Malathion
NPW User Defined EPA 1657 Parathion methyl
NPW User Defined EPA 353.2 Modified Nitrocellulose
NPW User Defined EPA 624 Dichlorodifluoromethane
NPW User Defined LUFT Xylene (m-)
NPW User Defined LUFT Xylene (o-)
NPW User Defined LUFT Xylene (p-)
NPW User Defined LUFT Benzene
NPW User Defined LUFT Ethylbenzene
NPW User Defined LUFT Toluene
NPW User Defined LUFT Xylenes (total)
NPW User Defined LUFT Methyl tert-butyl ether
NPW User Defined MA-DEP-EPH, TN-
EPH, WI DRO, NW TPH Dx Diesel range organic
NPW User Defined MA-DEP-VPH, WI
GRO, NW TPH Gx Gasoline range organic
NPW User Defined NWTPH-Dx, NWTPH-
Gx, NWTPHID Petroleum Organics
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Butanone (2-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Carbon disulfide
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Isopropanol
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Trichloro (1,1,2-) trifluoroethane (1,2,2-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Vinyl acetate
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Acetonitrile
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Hexanone (2-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Methyl iodide
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dibromoethane (1,2-) (EDB)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichlorodifluoromethane
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichloroethene (cis-1,2-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 56 of 83

NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Hexane (n-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Tetrahydrofuran
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Styrene
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Xylene (o-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Acetone
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Ethyl acetate
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Methyl tert-butyl ether
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Tert-butyl alcohol
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Xylenes (total)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Benzene
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Bromodichloromethane
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Bromoform
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Bromomethane
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Carbon tetrachloride
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Chlorobenzene
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Chloroethane
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Chloroethyl vinyl ether (2-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Chloroform
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Chloromethane
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dibromochloromethane
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichloroethane (1,1-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichloroethane (1,2-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichloroethene (1,1-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichloroethene (trans-1,2-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichloropropane (1,2-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichloropropene (cis-1,3-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Dichloropropene (trans-1,3-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Ethylbenzene
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Tetrachloroethene
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Toluene
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Trichloroethane (1,1,1-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Trichloroethane (1,1,2-)
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Trichloroethene
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Trichlorofluoromethane
NPW User Defined SM 6200 B Vinyl chloride
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 57 of 83

NPW User Defined SM 6200C 20th ED Benzene
NPW User Defined SM 6200C 20th ED Ethylbenzene
NPW User Defined SM 6200C 20th ED Methyl tert-butyl ether
NPW User Defined SM 6200C 20th ED Tert-butyl alcohol
NPW User Defined SM 6200C 20th ED Toluene
NPW User Defined SM 6200C 20th ED Xylenes (total)
NPW User Defined SM 6630C Chlordane (alpha)
NPW User Defined SM 6630C Chlordane (gamma)
NPW User Defined SM 6630C Hexachlorobenzene
NPW User Defined SM 6630C Endrin aldehyde
NPW User Defined SM 6630C Endrin ketone
NPW User Defined SM 6640B Dinoseb
NPW User Defined SM 6640B 18/19th ED Dicamba
NPW User Defined SW846 8260B &
8260C Gasoline range organic
NPW User Defined SW-846 8330 Nitroguanidine
NPW User Defined TX 1005, TX 1006, CT
ETPH, NW TPH ID Petroleum Organics
SCM Perchlorate
SCM ASTM D240 Heat of combustion (BTU)
SCM ASTM D5468 and D482 % ash
SCM ASTM F1647-02A Total organic carbon (TOC)
SCM EPA 300.0 Guanidine nitrate
SCM Other FL - PRO Petroleum Organics
SCM Other IA - OA-1 Petroleum Organics
SCM Other IA - OA-2 Petroleum Organics
SCM Other NJDEP EPH 10/08, Rev. 3 Extractable Petroleum Hydrocarbons
SCM Other NJDEP EPH 10/08, Rev. 3 Extractable Petroleum Hydrocarbons
SCM Other NJ-OQA-QAM-025, Rev. 7 Petroleum Organics
SCM Other USDA-LOI (Loss on ignition) Total organic carbon (TOC)
SCM Other Walkley Black Total organic carbon (TOC)
SCM SM 2540 G SM 18th Ed. Total, fixed, and volatile solids (SQAR)
SCM SM 9222D-97 (Class B only) plus
EPA 625/R-92/013 App. F Fecal coliform
SCM SM 9260 D plus EPA 625/R-92/013
Appendix F Salmonella sp. Bacteria
SCM SW-846 1010 Ignitability
SCM SW-846 1010A Ignitability
SCM SW-846 1030 Ignitability of solids
SCM SW-846 1110 Corrosivity toward steel
SCM SW-846 1110A Corrosivity toward steel
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 58 of 83

SCM SW-846 1310A Metals - organics
SCM SW-846 1310B Metals - organics
SCM SW-846 1311 Volatile organics
SCM SW-846 1311 Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 1311 Metals
SCM SW-846 1312 Metals - organics
SCM SW-846 1320 Metals - organics
SCM SW-846 3031 Metals
SCM SW-846 3040A Metals
SCM SW-846 3050B Metals
SCM SW-846 3051 Metals
SCM SW-846 3051A Metals
SCM SW-846 3052 Metals
SCM SW-846 3060A Metals
SCM SW-846 3540C Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 3546 Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 3550B Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 3550C Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 3580A Organics
SCM SW-846 3585 Organics
SCM SW-846 3610B Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 3611B Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 3620B Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 3620C Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 3630C Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 3660B Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 3665A Semivolatile organics
SCM SW-846 5035A-H Volatile organics - high conc.
SCM SW-846 5035A-L Volatile organics - low conc.
SCM SW-846 5035H Volatile organics - high conc.
SCM SW-846 5035L Volatile organics - low conc.
SCM SW-846 6010B Lithium
SCM SW-846 6010B Strontium
SCM SW-846 6010B Titanium
SCM SW-846 6010B Silver
SCM SW-846 6010B Tin
SCM SW-846 6010B Aluminum
SCM SW-846 6010B Antimony
SCM SW-846 6010B Arsenic
SCM SW-846 6010B Barium
SCM SW-846 6010B Beryllium
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 59 of 83

SCM SW-846 6010B Boron
SCM SW-846 6010B Cadmium
SCM SW-846 6010B Calcium
SCM SW-846 6010B Chromium
SCM SW-846 6010B Cobalt
SCM SW-846 6010B Copper
SCM SW-846 6010B Iron
SCM SW-846 6010B Lead
SCM SW-846 6010B Magnesium
SCM SW-846 6010B Manganese
SCM SW-846 6010B Molybdenum
SCM SW-846 6010B Nickel
SCM SW-846 6010B Potassium
SCM SW-846 6010B Selenium
SCM SW-846 6010B Sodium
SCM SW-846 6010B Thallium
SCM SW-846 6010B Vanadium
SCM SW-846 6010B Zinc
SCM SW-846 6010C Lithium
SCM SW-846 6010C Strontium
SCM SW-846 6010C Titanium
SCM SW-846 6010C Silver
SCM SW-846 6010C Tin
SCM SW-846 6010C Aluminum
SCM SW-846 6010C Antimony
SCM SW-846 6010C Arsenic
SCM SW-846 6010C Barium
SCM SW-846 6010C Beryllium
SCM SW-846 6010C Boron
SCM SW-846 6010C Cadmium
SCM SW-846 6010C Calcium
SCM SW-846 6010C Chromium
SCM SW-846 6010C Cobalt
SCM SW-846 6010C Copper
SCM SW-846 6010C Iron
SCM SW-846 6010C Lead
SCM SW-846 6010C Magnesium
SCM SW-846 6010C Manganese
SCM SW-846 6010C Molybdenum
SCM SW-846 6010C Nickel
SCM SW-846 6010C Potassium
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 60 of 83

SCM SW-846 6010C Selenium
SCM SW-846 6010C Sodium
SCM SW-846 6010C Thallium
SCM SW-846 6010C Vanadium
SCM SW-846 6010C Zinc
SCM SW-846 6020 Tin
SCM SW-846 6020 Barium
SCM SW-846 6020 Manganese
SCM SW-846 6020 Molybdenum
SCM SW-846 6020 Vanadium
SCM SW-846 6020 Zinc
SCM SW-846 6020 Beryllium
SCM SW-846 6020 Nickel
SCM SW-846 6020 Selenium
SCM SW-846 6020 Antimony
SCM SW-846 6020 Arsenic
SCM SW-846 6020 Cadmium
SCM SW-846 6020 Chromium
SCM SW-846 6020 Copper
SCM SW-846 6020 Lead
SCM SW-846 6020 Silver
SCM SW-846 6020 Thallium
SCM SW-846 6020A Tin
SCM SW-846 6020A Barium
SCM SW-846 6020A Manganese
SCM SW-846 6020A Molybdenum
SCM SW-846 6020A Vanadium
SCM SW-846 6020A Zinc
SCM SW-846 6020A Beryllium
SCM SW-846 6020A Nickel
SCM SW-846 6020A Selenium
SCM SW-846 6020A Antimony
SCM SW-846 6020A Arsenic
SCM SW-846 6020A Cadmium
SCM SW-846 6020A Chromium
SCM SW-846 6020A Copper
SCM SW-846 6020A Lead
SCM SW-846 6020A Silver
SCM SW-846 6020A Thallium
SCM SW-846 7.3.3.2 Reactivity
SCM SW-846 7.3.4.2 Reactivity
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 61 of 83

SCM SW-846 7196A Chromium (VI)
SCM SW-846 7199 Chromium (VI)
SCM SW-846 7470A Mercury - liquid waste
SCM SW-846 7471A Mercury - solid waste
SCM SW-846 7471B Mercury - solid waste
SCM SW-846 8011 Dibromoethane (1,2-) (EDB)
SCM SW-846 8011 Dibromo-3-chloropropane (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8015B Ethylene glycol
SCM SW-846 8015B Propylene glycol
SCM SW-846 8015B Methyl alcohol (Methanol)
SCM SW-846 8015B Ethyl alcohol
SCM SW-846 8015B Gasoline range organic
SCM SW-846 8015B Diesel range organic
SCM SW-846 8015C Ethylene glycol
SCM SW-846 8015C Propylene glycol
SCM SW-846 8015D Ethylene glycol
SCM SW-846 8015D Propylene glycol
SCM SW-846 8015D Methyl alcohol (Methanol)
SCM SW-846 8015D Ethyl alcohol
SCM SW-846 8015D Gasoline range organic
SCM SW-846 8015D Diesel range organic
SCM SW-846 8021B Xylenes (total)
SCM SW-846 8021B Methyl tert-butyl ether
SCM SW-846 8021B Benzene
SCM SW-846 8021B Ethylbenzene
SCM SW-846 8021B Toluene
SCM SW-846 8021B Xylene (o-)
SCM SW-846 8021B Xylene (m-)
SCM SW-846 8021B Xylene (p-)
SCM SW-846 8081A Alachlor
SCM SW-846 8081A Chlordane (alpha)
SCM SW-846 8081A Chlordane (gamma)
SCM SW-846 8081A Chloroneb
SCM SW-846 8081A Chlorothalonil
SCM SW-846 8081A Etridiazole
SCM SW-846 8081A Hexachlorobenzene
SCM SW-846 8081A Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
SCM SW-846 8081A Permethrin
SCM SW-846 8081A Propachlor
SCM SW-846 8081A Trifluralin
SCM SW-846 8081A Aldrin
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 62 of 83

SCM SW-846 8081A Alpha BHC
SCM SW-846 8081A Beta BHC
SCM SW-846 8081A Delta BHC
SCM SW-846 8081A Lindane (gamma BHC)
SCM SW-846 8081A Chlordane (technical)
SCM SW-846 8081A DDD (4,4'-)
SCM SW-846 8081A DDE (4,4'-)
SCM SW-846 8081A DDT (4,4'-)
SCM SW-846 8081A Dieldrin
SCM SW-846 8081A Endosulfan I
SCM SW-846 8081A Endosulfan II
SCM SW-846 8081A Endosulfan sulfate
SCM SW-846 8081A Endrin
SCM SW-846 8081A Endrin aldehyde
SCM SW-846 8081A Endrin ketone
SCM SW-846 8081A Heptachlor
SCM SW-846 8081A Heptachlor epoxide
SCM SW-846 8081A Methoxychlor
SCM SW-846 8081A Toxaphene
SCM SW-846 8081B Alachlor
SCM SW-846 8081B Chlordane (alpha)
SCM SW-846 8081B Chlordane (gamma)
SCM SW-846 8081B Chloroneb
SCM SW-846 8081B Chlorothalonil
SCM SW-846 8081B Etridiazole
SCM SW-846 8081B Hexachlorobenzene
SCM SW-846 8081B Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
SCM SW-846 8081B Permethrin
SCM SW-846 8081B Propachlor
SCM SW-846 8081B Trifluralin
SCM SW-846 8081B Aldrin
SCM SW-846 8081B Alpha BHC
SCM SW-846 8081B Beta BHC
SCM SW-846 8081B Delta BHC
SCM SW-846 8081B Lindane (gamma BHC)
SCM SW-846 8081B Chlordane (technical)
SCM SW-846 8081B DDD (4,4'-)
SCM SW-846 8081B DDE (4,4'-)
SCM SW-846 8081B DDT (4,4'-)
SCM SW-846 8081B Dieldrin
SCM SW-846 8081B Endosulfan I
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 63 of 83

SCM SW-846 8081B Endosulfan II
SCM SW-846 8081B Endosulfan sulfate
SCM SW-846 8081B Endrin
SCM SW-846 8081B Endrin aldehyde
SCM SW-846 8081B Endrin ketone
SCM SW-846 8081B Heptachlor
SCM SW-846 8081B Heptachlor epoxide
SCM SW-846 8081B Methoxychlor
SCM SW-846 8081B Toxaphene
SCM SW-846 8082 PCB 1016
SCM SW-846 8082 PCB 1221
SCM SW-846 8082 PCB 1232
SCM SW-846 8082 PCB 1242
SCM SW-846 8082 PCB 1248
SCM SW-846 8082 PCB 1254
SCM SW-846 8082 PCB 1260
SCM SW-846 8082A PCB 1016
SCM SW-846 8082A PCB 1221
SCM SW-846 8082A PCB 1232
SCM SW-846 8082A PCB 1242
SCM SW-846 8082A PCB 1248
SCM SW-846 8082A PCB 1254
SCM SW-846 8082A PCB 1260
SCM SW-846 8141A Azinphos methyl
SCM SW-846 8141A Chlorpyrifos
SCM SW-846 8141A Demeton (o-)
SCM SW-846 8141A Demeton (s-)
SCM SW-846 8141A Disulfoton
SCM SW-846 8141A Bolstar
SCM SW-846 8141A Coumaphos
SCM SW-846 8141A Dichlorvos
SCM SW-846 8141A Dimethoate
SCM SW-846 8141A EPN
SCM SW-846 8141A Ethoprop
SCM SW-846 8141A Fensulfothion
SCM SW-846 8141A Fenthion
SCM SW-846 8141A Merphos
SCM SW-846 8141A Mevinphos
SCM SW-846 8141A Naled
SCM SW-846 8141A Parathion
SCM SW-846 8141A Parathion methyl
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 64 of 83

SCM SW-846 8141A Phorate
SCM SW-846 8141A Ronnel
SCM SW-846 8141A Stirofos
SCM SW-846 8141A Sulfotepp
SCM SW-846 8141A TEPP
SCM SW-846 8141A Tokuthion [Protothiofos]
SCM SW-846 8141A Trichloronate
SCM SW-846 8141A Diazinon
SCM SW-846 8141A Malathion
SCM SW-846 8141B Azinphos methyl
SCM SW-846 8141B Chlorpyrifos
SCM SW-846 8141B Demeton (o-)
SCM SW-846 8141B Demeton (s-)
SCM SW-846 8141B Disulfoton
SCM SW-846 8141B Bolstar
SCM SW-846 8141B Coumaphos
SCM SW-846 8141B Dichlorvos
SCM SW-846 8141B Dimethoate
SCM SW-846 8141B EPN
SCM SW-846 8141B Ethoprop
SCM SW-846 8141B Fensulfothion
SCM SW-846 8141B Fenthion
SCM SW-846 8141B Merphos
SCM SW-846 8141B Mevinphos
SCM SW-846 8141B Naled
SCM SW-846 8141B Parathion
SCM SW-846 8141B Parathion methyl
SCM SW-846 8141B Phorate
SCM SW-846 8141B Ronnel
SCM SW-846 8141B Stirofos
SCM SW-846 8141B Sulfotepp
SCM SW-846 8141B TEPP
SCM SW-846 8141B Tokuthion [Protothiofos]
SCM SW-846 8141B Trichloronate
SCM SW-846 8141B Diazinon
SCM SW-846 8141B Malathion
SCM SW-846 8151A Dicamba
SCM SW-846 8151A DB (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8151A Dinoseb
SCM SW-846 8151A Dalapon
SCM SW-846 8151A Dichlorprop
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 65 of 83

SCM SW-846 8151A D (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8151A T (2,4,5-)
SCM SW-846 8151A TP (2,4,5-) (Silvex)
SCM SW-846 8151A MCPA
SCM SW-846 8151A MCPP
SCM SW-846 8260B Hexane (n-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Methylnaphthalene (1-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Methylnaphthalene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Butanol (3,3-Dimethyl-1-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Trimethylbenzene (1,2,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Cyclohexane
SCM SW-846 8260B Butanol (1-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Nitropropane (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Butyl formate (t-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Methyl acetate
SCM SW-846 8260B Pentanol (2-Methyl-2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Amyl alcohol (t-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Methylcyclohexane
SCM SW-846 8260B Octane (-n)
SCM SW-846 8260B tert-Amylmethyl ether [TAME]
SCM SW-846 8260B Bromoethane
SCM SW-846 8260B Cyclohexanone
SCM SW-846 8260B Diisopropyl Ether [DIPE]
SCM SW-846 8260B Tetrahydrofuran
SCM SW-846 8260B Ethyl-tert-butyl Ether [ETBE]
SCM SW-846 8260B Safrole
SCM SW-846 8260B Xylene (m-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Xylene (o-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Xylene (p-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloro-2-butene (cis-1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Diethyl ether (Ethyl ether)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloro-2-butene (trans-1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Ethanol
SCM SW-846 8260B Trichloro (1,1,2-) trifluoroethane (1,2,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Vinyl acetate
SCM SW-846 8260B Pentachloroethane
SCM SW-846 8260B Tert-butyl alcohol
SCM SW-846 8260B Dioxane (1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Bromobenzene
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 66 of 83

SCM SW-846 8260B Butyl benzene (n-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Sec-butylbenzene
SCM SW-846 8260B Tert-butylbenzene
SCM SW-846 8260B Chlorotoluene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Chlorotoluene (4-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Isopropylbenzene
SCM SW-846 8260B Propylbenzene (n-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Isopropyltoluene (4-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Trichlorobenzene (1,2,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Trimethylbenzene (1,2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Trimethylbenzene (1,3,5-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Allyl chloride
SCM SW-846 8260B Bromochloromethane
SCM SW-846 8260B Butadiene (2-chloro-1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dibromoethane (1,2-) (EDB)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dibromomethane
SCM SW-846 8260B Dibromo-3-chloropropane (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloropropane (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloropropane (2,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloropropene (1,1-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Trichloropropane (1,2,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Ethyl acetate
SCM SW-846 8260B Ethyl methacrylate
SCM SW-846 8260B Methacrylonitrile
SCM SW-846 8260B Methyl acrylate
SCM SW-846 8260B Methyl methacrylate
SCM SW-846 8260B Methyl iodide
SCM SW-846 8260B Iso-butyl alcohol
SCM SW-846 8260B Isopropanol
SCM SW-846 8260B N-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine
SCM SW-846 8260B Propionitrile
SCM SW-846 8260B Acetonitrile
SCM SW-846 8260B Benzene
SCM SW-846 8260B Chlorobenzene
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Ethylbenzene
SCM SW-846 8260B Toluene
SCM SW-846 8260B Xylenes (total)
SCM SW-846 8260B Bromodichloromethane
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 67 of 83

SCM SW-846 8260B Bromoform
SCM SW-846 8260B Bromomethane
SCM SW-846 8260B Carbon tetrachloride
SCM SW-846 8260B Chloroethane
SCM SW-846 8260B Chloroethyl vinyl ether (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Chloroform
SCM SW-846 8260B Chloromethane
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloropropene (trans-1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dibromochloromethane
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichlorodifluoromethane
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloroethane (1,1-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloroethane (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloroethene (1,1-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloroethene (trans-1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloroethene (cis-1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloropropane (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Dichloropropene (cis-1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)
SCM SW-846 8260B Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Tetrachloroethene
SCM SW-846 8260B Trichloroethane (1,1,1-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Trichloroethane (1,1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Trichloroethene
SCM SW-846 8260B Trichlorofluoromethane
SCM SW-846 8260B Vinyl chloride
SCM SW-846 8260B Acetone
SCM SW-846 8260B Carbon disulfide
SCM SW-846 8260B Butanone (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Hexanone (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Pentanone (4-methyl-2-) (MIBK)
SCM SW-846 8260B Methyl tert-butyl ether
SCM SW-846 8260B Acrolein
SCM SW-846 8260B Acrylonitrile
SCM SW-846 8260B Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Hexachloroethane
SCM SW-846 8260B Naphthalene
SCM SW-846 8260B Styrene
SCM SW-846 8260B Tetrachloroethane (1,1,1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260B Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Trimethylpentane (2,2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Methylnaphthalene (1-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 68 of 83

SCM SW-846 8260C Methylnaphthalene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Butanol (3,3-Dimethyl-1-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Trimethylbenzene (1,2,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Cyclohexane
SCM SW-846 8260C Butanol (1-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Nitropropane (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Butyl formate (t-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Methyl acetate
SCM SW-846 8260C Pentanol (2-Methyl-2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Amyl alcohol (t-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Methylcyclohexane
SCM SW-846 8260C Octane (-n)
SCM SW-846 8260C tert-Amylmethyl ether [TAME]
SCM SW-846 8260C Bromoethane
SCM SW-846 8260C Cyclohexanone
SCM SW-846 8260C Diisopropyl Ether [DIPE]
SCM SW-846 8260C Tetrahydrofuran
SCM SW-846 8260C Ethyl-tert-butyl Ether [ETBE]
SCM SW-846 8260C Xylene (m-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Xylene (o-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Xylene (p-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloro-2-butene (cis-1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Diethyl ether (Ethyl ether)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloro-2-butene (trans-1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Ethanol
SCM SW-846 8260C Trichloro (1,1,2-) trifluoroethane (1,2,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Vinyl acetate
SCM SW-846 8260C Pentachloroethane
SCM SW-846 8260C Tert-butyl alcohol
SCM SW-846 8260C Dioxane (1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Bromobenzene
SCM SW-846 8260C Butyl benzene (n-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Sec-butylbenzene
SCM SW-846 8260C Tert-butylbenzene
SCM SW-846 8260C Chlorotoluene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Chlorotoluene (4-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Isopropylbenzene
SCM SW-846 8260C Propylbenzene (n-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Isopropyltoluene (4-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Trichlorobenzene (1,2,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Trimethylbenzene (1,2,4-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 69 of 83

SCM SW-846 8260C Trimethylbenzene (1,3,5-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Allyl chloride
SCM SW-846 8260C Bromochloromethane
SCM SW-846 8260C Butadiene (2-chloro-1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dibromoethane (1,2-) (EDB)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dibromomethane
SCM SW-846 8260C Dibromo-3-chloropropane (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloropropane (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloropropane (2,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloropropene (1,1-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Trichloropropane (1,2,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Ethyl acetate
SCM SW-846 8260C Ethyl methacrylate
SCM SW-846 8260C Methacrylonitrile
SCM SW-846 8260C Methyl acrylate
SCM SW-846 8260C Methyl methacrylate
SCM SW-846 8260C Methyl iodide
SCM SW-846 8260C Iso-butyl alcohol
SCM SW-846 8260C Isopropanol
SCM SW-846 8260C N-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine
SCM SW-846 8260C Propionitrile
SCM SW-846 8260C Acetonitrile
SCM SW-846 8260C Benzene
SCM SW-846 8260C Chlorobenzene
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Ethylbenzene
SCM SW-846 8260C Toluene
SCM SW-846 8260C Xylenes (total)
SCM SW-846 8260C Bromodichloromethane
SCM SW-846 8260C Bromoform
SCM SW-846 8260C Bromomethane
SCM SW-846 8260C Carbon tetrachloride
SCM SW-846 8260C Chloroethane
SCM SW-846 8260C Chloroethyl vinyl ether (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Chloroform
SCM SW-846 8260C Chloromethane
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloropropene (trans-1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dibromochloromethane
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichlorodifluoromethane
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 70 of 83

SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloroethane (1,1-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloroethane (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloroethene (1,1-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloroethene (trans-1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloroethene (cis-1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloropropane (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Dichloropropene (cis-1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Methylene chloride (Dichloromethane)
SCM SW-846 8260C Tetrachloroethane (1,1,2,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Tetrachloroethene
SCM SW-846 8260C Trichloroethane (1,1,1-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Trichloroethane (1,1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Trichloroethene
SCM SW-846 8260C Trichlorofluoromethane
SCM SW-846 8260C Vinyl chloride
SCM SW-846 8260C Acetone
SCM SW-846 8260C Carbon disulfide
SCM SW-846 8260C Butanone (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Hexanone (2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Pentanone (4-methyl-2-) (MIBK)
SCM SW-846 8260C Methyl tert-butyl ether
SCM SW-846 8260C Acrolein
SCM SW-846 8260C Acrylonitrile
SCM SW-846 8260C Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Hexachloroethane
SCM SW-846 8260C Naphthalene
SCM SW-846 8260C Styrene
SCM SW-846 8260C Tetrachloroethane (1,1,1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8260C Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Biphenyl (1,1'-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzaldehyde
SCM SW-846 8270C Caprolactam
SCM SW-846 8270C Atrazine
SCM SW-846 8270C Phenanthrene
SCM SW-846 8270C Pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270C Acenaphthene
SCM SW-846 8270C Acenaphthylene
SCM SW-846 8270C Anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzo(ghi)perylene
SCM SW-846 8270C Chrysene
SCM SW-846 8270C Methylnaphthalene (1-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 71 of 83

SCM SW-846 8270C Methylnaphthalene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Naphthalene
SCM SW-846 8270C Fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270C Fluorene
SCM SW-846 8270C Methylnaphthalene (1-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Nitrodiphenylamine (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Nitrodiphenylamine (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Hexachlorophene
SCM SW-846 8270C Diphenylhydrazine (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Decane (n-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Octadecane (n-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzo(a)anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzo(a)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzo(b)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzo(k)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270C Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzal chloride
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzo(j)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzotrichloride
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzyl chloride
SCM SW-846 8270C Chlorobenzilate
SCM SW-846 8270C Dibenz(a,h)acridine
SCM SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole (7H-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Pentachloroethane
SCM SW-846 8270C Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,3,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,3,5-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzyl alcohol
SCM SW-846 8270C Acetophenone
SCM SW-846 8270C Acetylaminofluorene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Aminobiphenyl (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Aramite
SCM SW-846 8270C Chloronaphthalene (1-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Diallate (cis)
SCM SW-846 8270C Diallate (trans)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270C Dibenz(a,j)acridine
SCM SW-846 8270C Dichlorophenol (2,6-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dimethoate
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 72 of 83

SCM SW-846 8270C Dimethylaminoazobenzene
SCM SW-846 8270C Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene (7,12-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dimethyl benzidine (3,3-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dinitrobenzene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dinoseb
SCM SW-846 8270C Disulfoton
SCM SW-846 8270C Famphur
SCM SW-846 8270C Hexachloropropene
SCM SW-846 8270C Isodrin
SCM SW-846 8270C Isosafrole (cis-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Isosafrole (trans-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Kepone
SCM SW-846 8270C Methanesulfonate (Ethyl-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Methanesulfonate (Methyl-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Methapyrilene
SCM SW-846 8270C Methylcholanthrene (3-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Napthoquinone (1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Napththylamine (1-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Napththylamine (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C N-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine
SCM SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosomorpholine
SCM SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosopiperidine
SCM SW-846 8270C Parathion
SCM SW-846 8270C Parathion methyl
SCM SW-846 8270C Pentachlorobenzene
SCM SW-846 8270C Pentachloronitrobenzene
SCM SW-846 8270C Phenacetin
SCM SW-846 8270C Phenylenediamine (1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Phenylethylamine (alpha, alpha-Dimethyl)
SCM SW-846 8270C Phorate
SCM SW-846 8270C Phosphorothioate (O,O,O-triethyl)
SCM SW-846 8270C Phosphorothioate (O,O-diethyl-O-2-
pyrazinyl) [Thionazin]
SCM SW-846 8270C Picoline (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Pronamide
SCM SW-846 8270C Quinoline -1-Oxide (4-Nitro)
SCM SW-846 8270C Safrole
SCM SW-846 8270C Sulfotepp
SCM SW-846 8270C Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,4,5-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Tetrachlorophenol (2,3,4,6-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Toluidine (2-) (2-Methylaniline)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 73 of 83

SCM SW-846 8270C Toluidine (5-nitro-2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-)
SCM SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosodiethylamine
SCM SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
SCM SW-846 8270C Diphenylamine
SCM SW-846 8270C Carbazole
SCM SW-846 8270C Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosodimethylamine
SCM SW-846 8270C N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
SCM SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosomethylethylamine
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzidine
SCM SW-846 8270C Aniline
SCM SW-846 8270C Hexachloropropene
SCM SW-846 8270C Dibenzofuran
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzoic acid
SCM SW-846 8270C N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
SCM SW-846 8270C Dichlorobenzidine (3,3'-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Chloroaniline (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Nitroaniline (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Nitroaniline (3-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Nitroaniline (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Chloronaphthalene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Hexachlorobenzene
SCM SW-846 8270C Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
SCM SW-846 8270C Hexachloroethane
SCM SW-846 8270C Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Bis (2-chloroethoxy) methane
SCM SW-846 8270C Bis (2-chloroethyl) ether
SCM SW-846 8270C Bis (2-chloroisopropyl) ether
SCM SW-846 8270C Chlorophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Bromophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dinitrotoluene (2,6-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Isophorone
SCM SW-846 8270C Nitrobenzene
SCM SW-846 8270C Butyl benzyl phthalate
SCM SW-846 8270C Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
SCM SW-846 8270C Diethyl phthalate
SCM SW-846 8270C Dimethyl phthalate
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 74 of 83

SCM SW-846 8270C Di-n-butyl phthalate
SCM SW-846 8270C Di-n-octyl phthalate
SCM SW-846 8270C Acenaphthene
SCM SW-846 8270C Anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270C Acenaphthylene
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzo(a)anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzo(a)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzo(b)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzo(ghi)perylene
SCM SW-846 8270C Benzo(k)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270C Chrysene
SCM SW-846 8270C Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270C Fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270C Fluorene
SCM SW-846 8270C Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270C Methylnaphthalene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Naphthalene
SCM SW-846 8270C Phenanthrene
SCM SW-846 8270C Pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270C Methyl phenol (4-chloro-3-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Chlorophenol (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dichlorophenol (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dimethylphenol (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dinitrophenol (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dinitrophenol (2-methyl-4,6-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Methylphenol (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Methylphenol (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Nitrophenol (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Nitrophenol (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Pentachlorophenol
SCM SW-846 8270C Phenol
SCM SW-846 8270C Trichlorophenol (2,4,5-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Trichlorophenol (2,4,6-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270C Pyridine
SCM SW-846 8270D Biphenyl (1,1'-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzaldehyde
SCM SW-846 8270D Caprolactam
SCM SW-846 8270D Atrazine
SCM SW-846 8270D Phenanthrene
SCM SW-846 8270D Pyrene
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 75 of 83

SCM SW-846 8270D Acenaphthene
SCM SW-846 8270D Acenaphthylene
SCM SW-846 8270D Anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzo(ghi)perylene
SCM SW-846 8270D Chrysene
SCM SW-846 8270D Methylnaphthalene (1-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Methylnaphthalene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Naphthalene
SCM SW-846 8270D Fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270D Fluorene
SCM SW-846 8270D Methylnaphthalene (1-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Nitrodiphenylamine (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Hexachlorophene
SCM SW-846 8270D Diphenylhydrazine (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Decane (n-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Octadecane (n-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzo(a)anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzo(a)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzo(b)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzo(k)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270D Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzal chloride
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzo(j)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzotrichloride
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzyl chloride
SCM SW-846 8270D Chlorobenzilate
SCM SW-846 8270D Dibenz(a,h)acridine
SCM SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(a,h)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(a,i)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(c,g)carbazole (7H-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Pentachloroethane
SCM SW-846 8270D Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,3,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,3,5-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzyl alcohol
SCM SW-846 8270D Acetophenone
SCM SW-846 8270D Acetylaminofluorene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Aminobiphenyl (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Aramite
SCM SW-846 8270D Chloronaphthalene (1-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Diallate (cis)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 76 of 83

SCM SW-846 8270D Diallate (trans)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(a,e)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270D Dibenz(a,j)acridine
SCM SW-846 8270D Dichlorophenol (2,6-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dimethoate
SCM SW-846 8270D Dimethylaminoazobenzene
SCM SW-846 8270D Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene (7,12-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dimethyl benzidine (3,3-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dinitrobenzene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dinoseb
SCM SW-846 8270D Disulfoton
SCM SW-846 8270D Famphur
SCM SW-846 8270D Isodrin
SCM SW-846 8270D Isosafrole (cis-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Isosafrole (trans-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Kepone
SCM SW-846 8270D Methanesulfonate (Ethyl-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Methanesulfonate (Methyl-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Methapyrilene
SCM SW-846 8270D Methylcholanthrene (3-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Napthoquinone (1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Napththylamine (1-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Napththylamine (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D N-Nitroso-di-n-butylamine
SCM SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosomorpholine
SCM SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosopiperidine
SCM SW-846 8270D Parathion
SCM SW-846 8270D Parathion methyl
SCM SW-846 8270D Pentachlorobenzene
SCM SW-846 8270D Pentachloronitrobenzene
SCM SW-846 8270D Phenacetin
SCM SW-846 8270D Phenylenediamine (1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Phenylethylamine (alpha, alpha-Dimethyl)
SCM SW-846 8270D Phorate
SCM SW-846 8270D Phosphorothioate (O,O,O-triethyl)
SCM SW-846 8270D Phosphorothioate (O,O-diethyl-O-2-
pyrazinyl) [Thionazin]
SCM SW-846 8270D Picoline (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Pronamide
SCM SW-846 8270D Quinoline -1-Oxide (4-Nitro)
SCM SW-846 8270D Safrole
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 77 of 83

SCM SW-846 8270D Sulfotepp
SCM SW-846 8270D Tetrachlorobenzene (1,2,4,5-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Tetrachlorophenol (2,3,4,6-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Toluidine (2-) (2-Methylaniline)
SCM SW-846 8270D Toluidine (5-nitro-2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-)
SCM SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosodiethylamine
SCM SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
SCM SW-846 8270D Diphenylamine
SCM SW-846 8270D Carbazole
SCM SW-846 8270D Dichlorobenzene (1,2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dichlorobenzene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosodimethylamine
SCM SW-846 8270D N-Nitroso-di-n-propylamine
SCM SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosomethylethylamine
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzidine
SCM SW-846 8270D Aniline
SCM SW-846 8270D Hexachloropropene
SCM SW-846 8270D Dibenzofuran
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzoic acid
SCM SW-846 8270D N-Nitrosodiphenylamine
SCM SW-846 8270D Dichlorobenzidine (3,3'-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Chloroaniline (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Nitroaniline (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Nitroaniline (3-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Nitroaniline (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Chloronaphthalene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Hexachlorobenzene
SCM SW-846 8270D Hexachlorobutadiene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
SCM SW-846 8270D Hexachloroethane
SCM SW-846 8270D Trichlorobenzene (1,2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Bis (2-chloroethoxy) methane
SCM SW-846 8270D Bis (2-chloroethyl) ether
SCM SW-846 8270D Bis (2-chloroisopropyl) ether
SCM SW-846 8270D Chlorophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Bromophenyl-phenyl ether (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dinitrotoluene (2,6-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Isophorone
SCM SW-846 8270D Nitrobenzene
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 78 of 83

SCM SW-846 8270D Butyl benzyl phthalate
SCM SW-846 8270D Bis (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate
SCM SW-846 8270D Diethyl phthalate
SCM SW-846 8270D Dimethyl phthalate
SCM SW-846 8270D Di-n-butyl phthalate
SCM SW-846 8270D Di-n-octyl phthalate
SCM SW-846 8270D Acenaphthene
SCM SW-846 8270D Anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270D Acenaphthylene
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzo(a)anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzo(a)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzo(b)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzo(ghi)perylene
SCM SW-846 8270D Benzo(k)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270D Chrysene
SCM SW-846 8270D Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
SCM SW-846 8270D Fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8270D Fluorene
SCM SW-846 8270D Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270D Methylnaphthalene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Naphthalene
SCM SW-846 8270D Phenanthrene
SCM SW-846 8270D Pyrene
SCM SW-846 8270D Methyl phenol (4-chloro-3-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Chlorophenol (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dichlorophenol (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dimethylphenol (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dinitrophenol (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dinitrophenol (2-methyl-4,6-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Methylphenol (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Methylphenol (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Nitrophenol (2-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Nitrophenol (4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Pentachlorophenol
SCM SW-846 8270D Phenol
SCM SW-846 8270D Trichlorophenol (2,4,5-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Trichlorophenol (2,4,6-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Dichlorobenzene (1,4-)
SCM SW-846 8270D Pyridine
SCM SW-846 8310 Acenaphthene
SCM SW-846 8310 Acenaphthylene
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 79 of 83

SCM SW-846 8310 Anthracene
SCM SW-846 8310 Benzo(a)anthracene
SCM SW-846 8310 Benzo(a)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8310 Benzo(b)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8310 Benzo(ghi)perylene
SCM SW-846 8310 Benzo(k)fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8310 Chrysene
SCM SW-846 8310 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
SCM SW-846 8310 Fluoranthene
SCM SW-846 8310 Fluorene
SCM SW-846 8310 Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
SCM SW-846 8310 Naphthalene
SCM SW-846 8310 Phenanthrene
SCM SW-846 8310 Pyrene
SCM SW-846 8330 Nitroglycerine
SCM SW-846 8330 Guanidine nitrate
SCM SW-846 8330 PETN
SCM SW-846 8330 HMX
SCM SW-846 8330 RDX
SCM SW-846 8330 Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-)
SCM SW-846 8330 Dinitrobenzene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8330 Tetryl
SCM SW-846 8330 Nitrobenzene
SCM SW-846 8330 Trinitrotoluene (2,4,6-)
SCM SW-846 8330 Dinitrotoluene (4-amino-2,6-)
SCM SW-846 8330 Dinitrotoluene (2-amino-4,6-)
SCM SW-846 8330 Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8330 Dinitrotoluene (2,6-)
SCM SW-846 8330 Nitrotoluene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8330 Nitrotoluene (3-)
SCM SW-846 8330 Nitrotoluene (4-)
SCM SW-846 8330A Nitroglycerine
SCM SW-846 8330A PETN
SCM SW-846 8330A HMX
SCM SW-846 8330A RDX
SCM SW-846 8330A Trinitrobenzene (1,3,5-)
SCM SW-846 8330A Dinitrobenzene (1,3-)
SCM SW-846 8330A Tetryl
SCM SW-846 8330A Nitrobenzene
SCM SW-846 8330A Trinitrotoluene (2,4,6-)
SCM SW-846 8330A Dinitrotoluene (4-amino-2,6-)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 80 of 83

SCM SW-846 8330A Dinitrotoluene (2-amino-4,6-)
SCM SW-846 8330A Dinitrotoluene (2,4-)
SCM SW-846 8330A Dinitrotoluene (2,6-)
SCM SW-846 8330A Nitrotoluene (2-)
SCM SW-846 8330A Nitrotoluene (3-)
SCM SW-846 8330A Nitrotoluene (4-)
SCM SW-846 8440 Total rec. petroleum hydrocarbons
SCM SW-846 9010C Cyanide - amenable to Cl2
SCM SW-846 9010C Cyanide
SCM SW-846 9012B Cyanide
SCM SW-846 9013 Cyanide
SCM SW-846 9023 Extractable organic halides (EOX)
SCM SW-846 9030B Sulfides, acid sol. & insol.
SCM SW-846 9034 Sulfides, acid sol. & insol.
SCM SW-846 9040B Corrosivity - pH waste, >20% water
SCM SW-846 9040C Corrosivity - pH waste, >20% water
SCM SW-846 9040C pH - waste, >20% water
SCM SW-846 9045C pH - soil and waste
SCM SW-846 9045D pH - soil and waste
SCM SW-846 9056 Bromide
SCM SW-846 9056 Nitrite
SCM SW-846 9056 Sulfate
SCM SW-846 9056 Nitrate
SCM SW-846 9056 Chloride
SCM SW-846 9056 Fluoride
SCM SW-846 9056 Orthophosphate
SCM SW-846 9056A Bromide
SCM SW-846 9056A Nitrite
SCM SW-846 9056A Sulfate
SCM SW-846 9056A Nitrate
SCM SW-846 9056A Chloride
SCM SW-846 9056A Fluoride
SCM SW-846 9056A Orthophosphate
SCM SW-846 9060 Total organic carbon (TOC)
SCM SW-846 9060A Total organic carbon (TOC)
SCM SW-846 9071B Oil & grease - sludge-hem-npm
SCM SW-846 9071B Oil & grease - sludge-hem
SCM SW-846 9095 Free liquid
SCM SW-846 9095B Free liquid
SCM User Defined 8260C Hexane (n-)
SCM User Defined 9010B Cyanide - amenable to Cl2
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 81 of 83

SCM User Defined 9010B Cyanide
SCM User Defined 9012A Cyanide
SCM User Defined 9013A Cyanide
SCM User Defined 9095A Free liquid
SCM User Defined ASTM D93 Ignitability
SCM User Defined CA LUFT - diesel Petroleum Organics
SCM User Defined CA LUFT - diesel Petroleum Organics
SCM User Defined LUFT Xylene (m-)
SCM User Defined LUFT Xylene (o-)
SCM User Defined LUFT Xylene (p-)
SCM User Defined LUFT Benzene
SCM User Defined LUFT Ethylbenzene
SCM User Defined LUFT Toluene
SCM User Defined LUFT Xylenes (total)
SCM User Defined LUFT Methyl tert-butyl ether
SCM User Defined MA-DEP-EPH, TN-
EPH, WI DRO, NW TPH Dx Diesel range organic
SCM User Defined MA-DEP-VPH, WI
GRO, NW TPH Gx Gasoline range organic
SCM User Defined NWTPH-Dx, NWTPH-
Gx, NWTPHID Petroleum Organics
SCM User Defined SW846 8260B &
8260C Gasoline range organic
SCM User Defined SW-846 8330 Nitroguanidine
SCM User Defined TX 1005, TX 1006, CT
ETPH, NW TPH ID Petroleum Organics

ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 82 of 83

3.4 ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS

The quality department is responsible for setting up and maintaining a list of
abbreviations used in the quality manual.

ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
A2LA AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR LABORATORY ACCREDITATION
AIHA AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE ASSOCIATION
BLANK See FIELD, TRIP, METHOD, EQUIPMENT
CAL CALIBRATION
CCB CONTINUING CALIBRATION BLANK
CCV CONTINUING CALIBRATION VERIFICATION
CDOC CONTINUING DEMONSTRATION OF CAPABILITY
COC CHAIN OF CUSTODY
CA CORRECTIVE ACTION
DQO DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES
DUP DUPLICATE
EB EQUIPMENT BLANK
FB FIELD BLANK
GC GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY
GCMS GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY MASS SPECTROMETRY
HPLC HIGH PRESSURE LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY
IC ION CHROMATOGRAPHY
ICP INDUCTIVELY COUPLED PLASMA
ICPMS INDUCTIVELY COUPLED PLASMA MASS SPECTROMETRY
ICS INTERFERENCE CHECK SAMPLE
ICV – See SSCV INITIAL CALIBRATION VERIFICATION
IDOC INITIAL DEMONSTRATION OF CAPABILITY (SEE ALSO CDOC)
IDL INSTRUMENT DETECTION LIMIT
IS INTERNAL STANDARD
LCS LABORATORY CONTROL SAMPLE (Typically 2ND Source)
LOD LIMIT OF DETECTION
LDR LINEAR DYNAMIC RANGE
MAT MATRIX
MS MATRIX SPIKE
MSD MATRIX SPIKE DUPLICATE
MDL METHOD DETECTION LIMIT
MB METHOD BLANK
NC NEGATIVE CONTROL
NELAP NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY ACCREDITATION
PROGRAM % Rec PERCENT RECOVERY
ESC Lab Sciences Section 3.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Scope and Definitions Page: 83 of 83

ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
PC POSITIVE CONTROL
PDL PRACTICAL DETECTION LIMIT
PQL PRACTICAL QUANTITATION LIMIT also See Reporting Limit (RL)
PT PROFICIENCY TEST SAMPLE
QUAL QUALIFIER
QA QUALITY ASSURANCE
QAM QUALITY ASSURANCE MANUAL
QAO QUALITY ASSURANCE OFFICER
QC QUALITY CONTROL
RL REPORTING LIMIT
RPD RELATIVE PERCENT DIFFERENCE
RF RESPONSE FACTOR
SSCV SECONDARY SOURCE CALIBRATION VERIFICAION
SOP STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
SRM STANDARD REFERENCE MATERIAL
SURR SURROGATE
UV ULTRAVIOLET
VOC VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 1 of 29

4.0 MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS

4.1 ORGANIZATION

4.1.1 Legal identity

The laboratory is authorized under Title 62 of the Tennessee Code Annotated and
is identified as Environmental Science Corporation (d.b.a. ESC Lab Sciences)
located at 12065 Lebanon Road, Mount Juliet, TN 37122

4.1.2 Organization

The laboratory is a public entity and is structured to provide environmental
support services in compliance with numerous federal, state, and local regulations
as well as to meet the analytical needs of the client.

4.1.3 Facilities Under Management System

The scope of the ESC management system is comprehensive and covers all
technical and supporting work conducted at all facilities at the primary Lebanon
Road location as well as customer support and shipping operations across the US.

4.1.4 Independence

ESC Lab Sciences is an independent analytical facility and therefore remains
uninfluenced by external factors, such as financial or political considerations.

4.1.5 Management Responsibilities and Policies

The assignment of responsibilities, authorities, and interrelationships of the
personnel who manage, perform, or verify work affecting analytical quality is
documented in the job descriptions maintain by the Human Resources
department. Management bears specific responsibility for maintenance of the
Quality System. This includes defining roles and responsibilities of personnel,
approving documents, providing required training, providing a procedure for
confidential reporting of data and ensuring data integrity, along with periodically
reviewing data, procedures, and documentation. Management ensures that audit
findings and corrective actions are completed within required time frames.
Alternates are appointed by management during the absence of the Laboratory
Manager, Technical Director or the Quality Manager. The organizational structure
indicated in this section is designed to minimize the potential for conflicting or
undue stresses that might influence the technical judgment of analytical
personnel. Additionally, it provides adequate management for consistent
supervision of laboratory practices and procedures.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 2 of 29

Operations Management is responsible for defining the minimal level of
education, qualifications, experience, and skills necessary for all analytical
positions in the laboratory and assuring that technical staff has demonstrated
capabilities in their tasks. Training is kept up-to-date by periodic review of
training records and through employee performance reviews. A brief description
of the operations management positions is given below.

4.1.5.1 Chief Executive Officer

Peter Schulert, Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, is the laboratory’s Chief
Executive Officer (CEO). He joined ESC in 1987 after the completion of his
service with the United States Naval Submarine Service. In his five years of
nuclear submarine experience in the Navy, Mr. Schulert qualified as an officer.
This qualification included supervision of nuclear reactors and power
plant operations. His vision for automation and client services has been a key
component of ESC’s rise to the top ranks of the industry. Mr. Schulert is
responsible for developing and executing ESC’s strategic plan. Under his
leadership, ESC has become a large single location laboratory, with a
comprehensive national certification program and industry leading data
management tools. In his absence, all operational responsibilities are delegated to
the Chief Financial Officer, Laboratory Director, Director of Technical &
Regulatory Affairs, and the Chief Information Officer.

4.1.5.2 Chief Regulatory Officer

Judith R. Morgan, Master of Science in Analytical Chemistry and Registered
Environmental Manager, is the Chief Regulatory Officer (CRO) and serves as the
laboratory Quality Assurance Officer (QAO). She has been serving the
environmental industry since 1986 and is a respected expert witness. The
majority of her experience is specific to quality and regulatory matters; however,
she does have previous experience as an analyst in both organic and inorganic
methods. In matters of laboratory QA/QC, she reports directly to Peter Schulert,
CEO, thus making her QAO functions separate from laboratory operations. Her
primary responsibility is the oversight of administrative and technical operations
of the laboratory. She specifies and/or approves all methodologies used in the
laboratory and ensures continued accreditation of the laboratory. She is
responsible for maintaining the laboratory QA manual, initiating and overseeing
audits, activating corrective measures (when necessary), implementing numerous
international quality standards and preparing internal QA/QC reports.
Additionally, she oversees the Technical Specialist group, which includes
personnel who are considered to be experts in one or more facets of the
laboratory. The Technical group maintains specific regulatory information that
impacts quality, client relations, and strategic marketing. Dixie Marlin assumes
responsibility for all QA functions, in the absence of the director.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 3 of 29

4.1.5.3 Chief Operating Officer

Eric Johnson, B.S. in Chemistry, is the Chief Operating Officer (COO) and is
responsible for the supervision of each laboratory division and the overall
compliance of the laboratory to this Quality Manual. Mr. Johnson provides ESC
with necessary experience for all aspects of sample handling from sample
shipping and receiving through sample disposal. He has been involved in many
aspects of environmental analyses since 1991. He coordinates all production
areas and is responsible for operational scheduling, process specifications, and
implementation of quality standards. He focuses his background and experience
on the improvement of existing systems in order to maximize efficiency and
improve quality. He reports directly to the CEO. In his absence, all operations
responsibilities are delegated to Ken Buckley and then to individual department
managers.

4.1.5.4 Quality Control Manager

Dixie Marlin, B.S. in Biology, is the laboratory Quality Control Manager. She
has more than 20 years of combined laboratory experience in research, regulatory,
and production lab environments. This experience has spanned the environmental
lab in both privately owned, university facilities, and Federal Superfund sectors,
with additional experience gained in state regulatory agencies. Her primary
function is to assist production chemists/technicians regarding quality
assurance/control measures, ensure compliance with method requirements and
procedures, and perform audits of internal laboratory functions. Where necessary,
she identifies, develops, and implements improvement of the laboratory
measurement capability to meet the requirements of governing authorities,
department programs, and laboratory clients. She is responsible for the
supervision of the laboratory QC group and technical specialists. Judith Morgan
assumes responsibility for these functions in her absence.

4.1.6 Management System Effectiveness

Senior management ensures that appropriate communication processes are
established within the laboratory for implementation of the management system
and that communication takes place regarding the effectiveness of the
management system.

Figure 4.1 is the corporate organizational chart, which lists key individuals and
relevant departmental structure.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 4 of 29

Figure 4.1 Corporate Organizational Chart (Subject to change)

Laboratory Department Managers

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 5 of 29

4.2 MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

4.2.1 Management Documentation

Management system documentation consists of different levels:

· Documented statements of the quality policy (issued under the authority of
the chief executive officer) and the quality objectives of this manual
· Documented procedures required by all applicable standards that detail the
implementation of requirements and operation guidelines.
· Instructions: details of quality or inspection information and specific
instructions for performance of individual tasks.
· Documents needed by the organization to ensure the effective planning,
operation and management of its processes
· Records required by all applicable standards per the records procedure.

When the term “documented procedure” appears within this quality manual, the
procedure is established, documented, implemented and maintained.

The laboratory maintains its documents in various formats including paper and
various electronic formats.

4.2.2 Quality Management Policy

The management of ESC is committed to maintaining a quality assurance/quality
control program that allows data generated by ESC, or any subcontractors under
ESC's supervision, to meet both required and stated accuracy goals. The most
important aspect of the program is to ensure that all activities whether involving
sampling, analytical, or engineering activities, are congruent with EPA laboratory
practices and regulatory guidelines. Issues relating to the quality program are
reviewed during weekly operations meetings with upper management and in
quarterly management reviews. ESC personnel who have direct responsibility for
overseeing the quality assurance program report to ESC's president.

ESC has a diverse accreditation/certification program, which requires continuous
monitoring of changes and modifications within a variety of state and federal
organizations. The certification program represents greater than 48 separate state
and national certifications. ISO 17025 is maintained as the minimum foundation to
meet each program requirement. This requires an extreme dedication to the overall
quality system and analytical testing.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 6 of 29

4.2.3 Management System Implementation and Improvement

ESC management is committed to the development, implementation, and
continual improvement of the laboratory’s management system as well as
compliance with all statutory and regulatory requirements. These commitments,
along with the importance of meeting client requirements, are continually
communicated to all levels within the laboratory.

4.2.4 Commitment to Client and Regulatory Requirements

Data Integrity is the result of the processes that work together to assure the
production of data of known and documented quality.

The ESC Policy Manual requires a strict adherence to ethics and confidentiality.
This policy covers all aspects of the laboratory function from client contact to
sample analysis and analytical reporting, invoicing, and archive. Each staff
member must maintain a professional attitude towards all colleagues, regulators,
auditors, and laboratory clients while continuously striving to improve technical
knowledge and professional competence.

ESC supports individual authority and provides the necessary resources for each
staff member to carry out their duties. Each staff member is responsible for the
identification of departures, from the quality system and/or established analytical
procedures, within their area of concern, and for the initiation of actions to
prevent or minimize such departures. In addition, ESC strives to ensure that its
management and personnel are free from any undue internal and external
commercial, financial, and other pressures and influences that may adversely
affect the quality of their work.

All ESC personnel, including contract and temporary, are required to sign an
“Attestation of Ethics and Confidentiality” at the time of employment and during
annual refresher training. This document clearly identifies inappropriate and
questionable behavior. Violations of this document result in serious
consequences, including prosecution and termination, if necessary. The ESC
Policy Manual addresses this subject in detail. See SOP# 010102, Ethics, Data
Integrity, and Confidentiality.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 7 of 29

4.2.4.1 Quality Manual (QAM)

ESC has established and maintains a quality manual that:

· Defines the structure of the management system.
· Makes reference to the quality policy, the supporting procedures (also
technical) and instructions.
· Defines the roles and responsibilities of technical and quality staff

The management system documentation is communicated to each laboratory staff
member. All employees sign a document, kept in their personnel file, which
states that they have read and understood the Quality Manual, including the
quality policy.

4.2.4.2 Commitment to the QAM and Related Procedures

This Quality Assurance Manual outlines the procedures that have been developed to
implement laboratory policies and to fulfill the laboratory’s commitment to the
client. These procedures are further defined and integrated into ESC's standard
operating procedures. The policies are stated such that this manual serves as a QA
handbook of responsibilities for all laboratory personnel. The manual is reviewed
and approved under the authority of the highest level of laboratory management.
Where the Quality Manual documents laboratory requirements, a separate SOP or
policy is not required. This document is also used as a supplement for project
planning, client reference, and personnel training.

4.2.5 Procedure List

A list of the procedures, the instructions and the quality records, which are
included in the management system, is maintained by the Quality Department and
is available via the ESC intranet.

4.2.6 Management Roles and Responsibilities

4.2.6.1 Programs

The management of ESC is the main support of the quality program. Each
manager is aware of the requirements of each external auditing agency and is
responsible to ensure that their respective departments meet the requirements of
each agency. ESC maintains full compliance and agreement with the following
organizations/regulations: A2LA, ISO 17025, AIHA, EPA, GALP/GLP, NELAP,
and individual states who carry primacy concerning certification and regulation.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 8 of 29

4.2.6.2 ESC Policy Manual

ESC has policies and procedures, in the ESC Policy Manual, to insure that there is
no employee involvement in any activities that would diminish confidence in their
competence, impartiality, judgment or operational integrity.

All staff members employed by ESC are issued a Company Policy Manual that
covers a wide array of topics and defines the expectations and policies of ESC.
The Manual addresses both corporate and professional conduct, including
confidentiality, professional ethics, and discipline. No deviations from the
company policy are permitted without the approval of the CEO.

4.2.7 Management of System Changes

Top management ensures that the integrity of the management system is
maintained when changes to the management system are planned and
implemented.

4.3 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT

This Section describes procedures for document management, which includes
controlling, distributing, reviewing, and accepting modifications. The purpose of
document management is to ensure that adequate instruction is readily available for
laboratory employees and to preclude the use of invalid and/or obsolete documents.

The laboratory manages three types of documents: 1) controlled, 2) approved, and 3)
obsolete.

A CONTROLLED DOCUMENT is one that is uniquely identified, issued, tracked, and kept
current as part of the quality system. Controlled documents may be internal documents
or external documents.

APPROVED means reviewed, and either signed and dated, or acknowledged in writing or
secure electronic means by the issuing authority(ies).

OBSOLETE DOCUMENTS are documents that have been superseded by more recent versions.

4.3.1 Required Documents

Documents required by the management system, as well as analytical records are
managed per the SOP #010103, Document Control and Distribution Procedure.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 9 of 29

4.3.2 Document Control

The documentation management procedure is established to define the means
needed to:
· Approve documents for adequacy prior to issue
· Review, update and re-approve existing documents as necessary
· Ensure that changes and the current revision status of documents are
identified
· Ensure that relevant versions of applicable documents are available at
points of use
· Ensure that documents remain legible and readily identifiable
· Ensure that documents of external origin are identified and their
distribution managed using the documentation master list
· Prevent the unintended use of obsolete documents and to apply suitable
identification to them if they are retained for any purpose.

4.3.2.1 Document Review and Approval

Documents are reviewed and approved for use by the individual department
managers and QAO, or designee, prior to issue.

Documents are reviewed at least annually or sooner, as deemed necessary to ensure
their contents are suitable, comply with the current quality systems requirements
and accurately describe current operations.

Approved copies of documents are available at all locations where operations are
essential to the effective functions of the laboratory.

4.3.2.2 Document Distribution

Controlled internal documents are uniquely identified with:

1) date of issue
2) revision identification
3) page number
4) total number of pages or a mark to indicate the end of the document
5) the signatures of the issuing authority (i.e. management).

A master list of controlled internal documents is maintained that includes
distribution, location, and revision dates. A master list of controlled external
documents is also maintained that includes title, version or copyright date, and
location. The controlled document list is maintained by the QA Department and
is continually updated. All invalid or obsolete documents are removed from
circulation and clearly marked to prevent use. Obsolete documents retained for
ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 10 of 29

legal use or historical knowledge preservation are appropriately marked and
retained.

4.3.3 Changes to Controlled Documents

4.3.3.1 Review and Approval of Changes

Document changes are re-approved by the original approving authority.

4.3.3.2 Identification of New or Altered Text

Where practicable, the altered text or new text in the draft is identified during the
revision or review process to provide for easy identification of the modifications.
Pending changes in each revision are indicated in the ESC SOP/Minor Revision
Form that is attached to the SOP. Historical changes are described in the SOP
Attachment I, Revision History.

4.3.3.3 Procedure for Document Revision

Document revision is controlled under SOP# 010103, Document Control.
Suggested revisions to electronic documents are presented to management for
review and approval. Changes to electronic documents can only be made by the
QAO, or designee. The document management process allows for “minor
revisions” or amendments to documents where changes are not sufficient to cause
a full procedure change. Minor revisions may take the form of handwritten notes
on an approved SOP Minor Revision form. Document changes are approved with
signature and date by management. The modified document is then copied and
distributed, and obsolete documents are removed. Minor revisions to documents
are incorporated into the next full revision as soon as practicable.

4.3.3.4 Changes in Electronic Documents

The QA Manual, SOPs, Safety Plan, and other controlled documents are
maintained electronically on a protected directory. Access rights are restricted to
QA personnel and the IT Director. Electronic copies of current and previous
versions of all controlled documents are maintained on the computer network
system. They are stored with the same security settings as the most recent
version; however previous versions of documents are access controlled to prevent
employee use of outdated material. The documents are archived to tape storage
with regular back up of the entire network system
ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 11 of 29

4.3.3.5 Standard Operating Procedures

Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) are written procedures that describe in
detail how to accurately and consistently reproduce laboratory processes or
provide additional direction for laboratory personnel. Copies of all SOPs are
accessible to all personnel. SOPs consist of three types:

· Technical SOPs, pertaining to a laboratory process which have specifically
required details
· Administrative SOPs which document the more general organizational
procedures.
· Quality SOPs that provide background and process for quality policy.

SOPs do not have to be formal documents with pre-defined section headings and
contents. They can be less formal descriptions of procedures described in the
Quality Manual or other documents.

4.3.3.5.1 Format

Each SOP indicates the effective date, the revision number, and the
signature(s) of the QA Department and Department Manager/Laboratory
Director. Department Manager approval is also required on technical
procedures. Detailed information can be found in SOP# 010100,
Writing, Revising, and Maintaining Standard Operating Procedures

All Standard Operating Procedures, QA Manuals, and Safety Plans are
written in a format that incorporates the document name, date revised,
pages included, and section.

Deviations from SOPs and Quality documents are not allowed without
the permission of the QAO, or designee. In the event that a deviation is
requested, the circumstance is considered and the procedure is evaluated
for necessary change and allowance.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 12 of 29

Determinative Method SOPs

The laboratory has SOPs for all analytical methods within its scope,
which is listed in Table 3.1. Where equipment manuals or published
methods accurately reflect laboratory procedures in detail, a separate
SOP is not required. Any deviation from a method is documented in the
method modifications section of the respective SOP, including both a
description of the change made and a technical justification. The
deviation is reported to the client. Evidence of bias that is detected in an
analytical result is reported to the client along with a defined qualifier
that explains the bias. Each determinative method SOP includes or
references (as applicable) the following:

· Scope and Application;
· Method Summary and Definitions;
· Health and Safety;
· Sample Preservation, Containers, Handling and Storage;
· Interferences;
· Equipment and Supplies;
· Reagents and Standards;
· Procedure;
· Data Analysis and Calculations;
· Quality Control and Method Performance;
· Data Validation and Corrective Action;
· Pollution Prevention and Waste Management;
· Method Modifications/Clarifications;
· References;
· Procedure Revision/Review History;

4.4 REVIEW OF REQUESTS, TENDERS, AND CONTRACTS

4.4.1 Procedure for Contract Review

When ESC enters into a contract to provide laboratory services, it follows SOP#
020303, Contract Review. On receipt of a request or invitation to tender, the
clients' requirements are examined by the contract review personnel to establish
that the necessary details are adequately outlined and that the laboratory is able
and willing to meet them.

4.4.2 Records of Reviews

Records of reviews of requests, tenders and contracts (including significant
changes) are maintained. Records are also maintained of pertinent discussions
ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 13 of 29

with the client relating to the client's requirements and the results of the work
during the period of execution of the contract.

4.4.3 Subcontracted Work

Clients' requirements for custom analyses and for work subcontracted to other
laboratories are reviewed by the appropriate technical staff for logistics and
feasibility.

4.4.4 Deviations from the Contract

The client and the affected personnel are informed of any deviation from the
contract.

4.4.5 Contract Amendments

If a contract requires amendment after work has commenced, the same contract
review process is repeated and any amendments are communicated to all affected
parties.

4.5 SUBCONTRACTING

A subcontract laboratory is defined as a laboratory external to ESC, or at a different
location than the address indicated on the front cover of this manual, that performs
analyses for this laboratory.

4.5.1 Subcontractor Competence

ESC only performs analytical techniques that are within its documented
capability, when this is not possible, the laboratory follows SOP# 030209,
Subcontracting. Subcontracting occurs in the special circumstances where
technical, safety, or efficiency issues dictate need. When subcontracting
analytical services, the laboratory assures work requiring specific
accreditation is placed with an accredited laboratory or one that meets
applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

4.5.2 Client Notification

ESC notifies the client of the intent to subcontract the work in writing. The
laboratory typically gains the approval of the client to subcontract their work prior
to implementation, preferably in writing.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 14 of 29

4.5.3 ESC Responsibility

ESC assumes responsibility for the qualifications of the subcontractor (except
when the client or an authority specifies a subcontractor) and the client is advised.

All reports, which contain data from subcontracted laboratories, include a
statement on the final report, which references the subcontractor
laboratory/service. As part of the initial subcontractor approval process, a copy of
the applicable certificates and scopes for subcontractor’s
accreditation/certifications is maintained as evidence of compliance.

4.5.4 Subcontractor List

ESC maintains a list of all approved subcontract laboratories.

4.6 PURCHASING SERVICES AND SUPPLIES

4.6.1 Purchasing Policies and Procedures

ESC maintains SOP# 030210, Materials Procurement for Analytical Processes,
which describes the purchasing process, including vendor selection and
acceptance criteria, for the purchase, storage, and evaluation of supplies and
services. Where specifications of outside services and supplies are relevant to the
measurement integrity of analyses, ESC uses services and supplies of adequate
quality. The various department managers are responsible for ordering
supplies/chemicals that meet the method stated requirements.

4.6.2 Quality of Purchased Items

Where assurance of the quality of outside support services or supplies is
unavailable, the laboratory uses these items only after they have been inspected or
otherwise verified for adequate quality. Records of inspections, verifications, and
suppliers are maintained in the laboratory.

4.6.3 Purchasing Documents

Purchasing documents contain data clearly describing the product and/or services.

4.6.4 Approved Supplier List

An approved list of material/service suppliers is maintained where
products/services purchased affect the quality of analyses produced by the
laboratory.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 15 of 29

4.7 SERVICE TO THE CLIENT

The ESC Technical Service Department provides specific project service through the use
of Technical Service Representatives (TSRs). The TSR is responsible for all contract
requirements and laboratory/client communication, including information concerning
schedules, delays, and major deviations in the testing process.

4.7.1 Meeting Client Expectations

The TSR works closely with the client to clarify the client's requests and to
monitor the laboratory’s performance in relation to the work requested, while
ensuring confidentiality to other clients. The laboratory confidentiality policy
prohibits divulging or releasing any information to a third party without proper
authorization. See SOP# 010102, Ethics, Data Integrity, and Confidentiality. All
electronic data (storage or transmissions) are kept confidential, based on
technology and laboratory limits, as required by client or regulation. All
electronic transmissions contain a confidentiality notice that represents the
following: Notice: This communication and any attached files may contain
privileged or other confidential information. If you have received this in error,
please contact the sender immediately via reply email and immediately delete the
message and any attachments without copying or disclosing the contents. Thank
you.

For additional information see SOP# 020301, TSR (Project Management).

4.7.2 Client Feedback

Service related feedback is obtained from clients by surveys. This feedback is
used to improve the management system, quality system, testing and calibration
activities and client services. The feedback is discussed in management reviews.

4.7.3 Client Access

ESC provides reasonable access, as needed by outside parties, to relevant areas of
the lab for witnessing tests.

4.7.4 Client Project Information

Clients may be provided supplementary documents, as needed, to further
strengthen the project information. This may include: preparation documents,
packaging information, verification of calibrations, and certification information.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 16 of 29

4.7.5 Communication with the Client

ESC’s Technical Service Representatives maintain good communication with
outside parties and are able to provide sound advice/guidance in technical matters
and opinions/interpretations based on results. Communication with the client,
especially in large assignments, is maintained throughout the work. The client is
informed of any delays or deviations in the performance of the tests and/or
calibrations.

4.8 COMPLAINTS

The purpose of this section is to ensure that customer complaints are addressed and
corrected. This includes requests to verify results or analytical data. All client concerns are
initially addressed by the Technical Service Representatives. If further resolution is
required, the QAO (or designee) and other pertinent personnel, as deemed necessary by the
depth of the problem, conduct needed investigations and provide client support. See SOP#
020302, Client Complaint Resolution Procedure.

4.8.1 Investigation of Complaints

In the event of a complaint, negative audit finding, or any other circumstance,
which raises doubt concerning the laboratory's competence or compliance with
required procedures, the laboratory ensures that those areas of activity are
promptly investigated. A resolution of the situation is promptly sought and,
where necessary, retesting is conducted.

4.8.2 Causes and Corrective Actions

The personnel in the quality department examine all documents and records
associated with complaints and the department manager investigates audit
findings and other circumstances. This investigation seeks to identify specific
root causes and initiate any necessary corrective action.

4.8.3 Documentation

Records of events and the actions taken by the laboratory to resolve issues and to
prevent future occurrences are maintained (see Section 4.11).

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 17 of 29

4.9 CONTROL OF NON-CONFORMING WORK

4.9.1 Policies and Procedures

A nonconformance is an event that does not meet the requirements of the
governing documents. Nonconformances can include unacceptable quality
control results (See SOP# 030208, Corrective Action) or departures from standard
operating procedures or test methods. Requests for departures from laboratory
procedures are approved by the QAO, or designee, and documented.

Types of non-conformances are:

§ Deviations from written procedures that were not pre-approved by QA.
§ Changes to an existing SOP that is not included in the current revision
§ A single and/or continuous trend of inappropriate habits
§ A single and/or continuous trend of bias in the QC results
§ Unusual changes in detection limit
§ Deficiencies identified during an internal/external audit
§ Unacceptable results on performance testing samples
§ Valid issues reported by clients, data reviewers, or auditors
§ General activities that demonstrate the possibility of a negative impact to the
quality of the data

A policy has been established to ensure the use of analytical techniques that do
that do not conform to specified requirements are prevented. This control
provides for identification, documentation, evaluation, segregation (when
practical) and disposition of nonconforming tests/calibrations. The control also
calls for notification to the appropriate laboratory divisions. Any non-conforming
tests/calibrations are reported to the supervisor of the affected laboratory division
who is responsible for corrective actions. Records are documented on corrective
action requests.

4.9.2 Correcting Non-conforming Work

The correction action system is used to identify nonconforming tests and/or
calibrations. See SOP 030208, Corrective and Preventive Action.

4.9.3 Review and Disposition of Nonconforming Tests/Calibrations

Since the laboratory has adopted a continuous improvement philosophy, it has
established a procedure for reviewing and disposing of nonconforming
tests/calibrations. This procedure includes:

· Reworking the test/calibration to meet the requirements
· Rejecting the test/calibration
ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 18 of 29

· Informing the client (if necessary)

4.10 IMPROVEMENT

The laboratory continually improves the effectiveness of its management system through
the use of the quality policy, quality objectives, audit results, analysis of data, corrective
and preventive actions and management review.

4.11 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

ESC strives for the continual improvement of its organization and its services. Corrective
Action is the process used to eliminate the causes of an existing nonconformity, defect, or
other undesirable situation in order to prevent recurrence.

ESC recognizes that the data supplied by the professional staff must be legally and
technically defendable. The Regulatory Affairs personnel continually monitor the quality
assurance program to ensure that this goal is achieved. Each analyst is responsible for
initiating corrective actions in their areas of expertise. The QAO, or designee, and
Department Managers administer corrective action approval. It is the Manager’s
responsibility to evaluate the Corrective Action, appoint the appropriate person within the
department to be responsible for completion of the CAR and submit it to the QA
Department for processing.

4.11.1 General

The initiation, management, tracking, and closure of corrective actions is
described in SOP# 030208, Corrective and Preventive Action.

4.11.2 Investigation of Corrective Actions

Each lab division is encouraged to take any corrective action to determine and
eliminate the causes of actual nonconformances to the degree appropriate to the
magnitude of problems and commensurate with the risks encountered.

4.11.3 Selection and Implementation of Corrective Actions

In addition to SOP# 030208, Corrective and Preventive Action, more specific
guidance can be found in each determinative method.

In general, the corrective action procedure includes:
· The effective handling of client complaints and reports of nonconformities
· Investigation of the root cause of nonconformities relating to process,
service, and management systems, and recording of results
· Determination of the corrective action needed to eliminate the cause of
nonconformities
ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 19 of 29

· Application of controls to ensure that corrective action is taken and that it
is effective.

4.11.4 Monitoring of Corrective Actions

The closure and follow-up activities of corrective actions are approved and
documented in ESC’s tracking system to ensure that the actions have been
effective in addressing and correcting the problem.

4.11.5 Additional Audits

When the identification of non-conformities or the corrective action investigation
casts doubt on compliance with policies and procedures or the management
system, laboratory management ensures that appropriate areas of activity are
audited in accordance with Section 4.14.1. The results of corrective action are
submitted for laboratory management review.

4.11.6 Cessation and Restarting of Work

All technical personnel are capable of invoking a “stop work” order, in the event that
a situation impacts data validity or safety. It is the responsibility of the following
personnel to (1) evaluate a “stop work” order whenever a severe non-conformance
warrants a cessation of analysis and (2) ensure that the cause of the stop work order
has been satisfactorily resolved and approve the restarting of work:

· Laboratory Manager/Director
· QA Department
· Technical Director/Supervisor
· Technical Service Representative

Technical directors review corrective action reports and suggest improvements,
alternative approaches, and amended/revised procedures, where needed. If the
data reported are affected adversely by the nonconformance, the client is notified
in writing. The discovery of a nonconformance for results that have already been
reported to the client must be immediately evaluated for significance of the issue,
its acceptability to the client, and determination of the appropriate corrective
action.

4.11.7 Release of Non-conforming Work

The laboratory allows the release of nonconforming data only with approval on a
case-by-case basis by the appropriate Technical Director, or their designee.
Planned departures from procedures or policies do not require audits or
investigations. Permitted departures for nonconformances, such as QC failures,
are fully documented and include the reason for the deviation and the impact of
ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 20 of 29

the departure on the data. Any bias indicated in non-conforming work is indicated
by the presence of data qualifiers that alert the client to the possible bias.

4.11.8 Other Sources That May Initiate Corrective Action

Deficiencies cited in external assessments, internal quality audits, data reviews,
complaints, or managerial reviews are documented and require corrective action.
Corrective actions taken are appropriate for the magnitude of the problem and the
degree of risk.

Appendix II lists the current federal and state agencies that perform audits of ESC.
This table also lists the required performance evaluations that may initiate corrective
actions. ESC implements any reasonable corrective action deemed necessary by the
regulatory QA/Certification Officers. In addition, the following types of samples
may also initiate corrective action: split samples sent to another qualified laboratory,
monthly blind field duplicates, quarterly purchased round robin samples, client
submitted QC samples and periodic internal blind samples.

4.11.9 Corrective Action Documents

In general, corrective action documents are maintained by the Regulatory Affairs
Department. These documents include the following: corrective action resulting
from both internal and external audits, corrective action resulting from
performance evaluation testing, corrective action as deemed necessary by the QA
Department.

Corrective action resulting from analytical failure is kept with the analytical data
and is recorded on the bench sheet or raw data. The Department Manager is
responsible for making sure that suitable measures have been taken to ensure that
the problem is identified and corrected.

Corrective action involving sample receiving is recorded on a Nonconformance
form and is then filed with the original Chain of Custody.

4.12 PREVENTIVE ACTIONS

Preventive Action, rather than corrective action, aims at minimizing or eliminating
inferior data quality or other nonconformance through scheduled maintenance and
review, before the actual nonconformance occurs.

4.12.1 Management of Preventive Actions

ESC Management encourages preventive action measures. Each staff member is
empowered to make suggestions for improving or fool-proofing processes
throughout ESC. Where process areas show potential for nonconformance,
ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 21 of 29

measures are taken to identify the problem and formulate a plan to implement the
defined change needed. The QAO, or designee, reviews any recommended changes
before implementation to ensure the effectiveness of the modification.

4.12.2 SOP# 030208, Corrective and Preventive Action, is also employed for preventive
actions.

In general, the procedure for preventive action includes:

· The use of appropriate sources of information, such as processes and work
operations, which affect product or service quality, concessions, audit results,
quality records, service reports, and client complaints to detect, analyze, and
eliminate potential causes of non-conformities.
· Determination of the steps needed to deal with any problems requiring
preventive action
· Initiation of preventive action and application of controls to ensure that it is
effective.

Preventive action includes, but is not limited to, review of QC data to identify
quality trends, regularly scheduled staff quality meetings, annual budget reviews,
annual managerial reviews, scheduled column trimming, running a new LIMS
system in tandem with the old system to assure at least one working system, and
other actions taken to prevent potential problems.

4.12.3 Trend Analysis

A trend analysis is an investigation that involves the collection of data in a manner
that reveals deviations over time. Examples of laboratory processes that can be
analyzed for trend analysis are:

· Sample receipt or chain of custody discrepancies
· Sample storage or preservation errors
· Holding time violations
· Instrument calibration
· Control Charts – Charts that are generated from historical data that plot percent
recovery vs. time
· Method QC failures and problems

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 22 of 29

4.13 CONTROL OF RECORDS

Records are a subset of documents, usually data recordings that include annotations, such as
daily refrigerator temperatures, posted to laboratory forms, lists, spreadsheets, or analyst
notes on a chromatogram. Records may be on any form of media, including electronic and
hardcopy. Records allow for the historical reconstruction of laboratory activities related to
sample handling and analysis.

4.13.1 General

Technical and quality assurance records are established and maintained to provide
evidence of conformity to requirements and of the effective operation of the quality
system. Mechanisms are established for records to remain legible, readily
identifiable and retrievable. The laboratory maintains a record system appropriate to
its needs, records all laboratory activities, and complies with applicable standards or
regulations as required.

The laboratory has defined the length of time various records, pertaining to the
management system and examination results, are to be retained. Retention time is
defined by the nature of examination or specifically for each record. The laboratory
retains all original observations, calculations and derived data, calibration records,
chain of custody and a copy of the test report for a minimum of ten years, unless
otherwise required by regulatory authority.

A documented records procedure SOP# 010103, Document Control and
Distribution Procedure, and SOP# 020304, Protection and Transfer of Records,
is established to define the means needed for the identification, storage,
protection, retrieval, retention time, transfer, and/or disposition of records.

4.13.2 Technical and Quality Records

NOTE: ALL records/data are stored for a minimum of 10 years, unless
otherwise noted.

All hardcopy department logbooks, such as temperature, maintenance, and
preparation logs are placed into storage boxes and archived via a unique numbering
system, to the ESC storage facility. Additional information regarding
reagents/standards can be found in the Standards Logger (Tree) digital archive
system. This digital system is backed up according to the ESC IT backup procedure.

Archived information and access logs are protected against fire, theft, loss,
environmental deterioration, vermin, and in the case of electronic records, electronic
or magnetic sources.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 23 of 29

Data Storage Criteria
Data Type Storage Criteria
Manual Data
Wet Chemistry
All manually generated data are stored in specific laboratory analysis workbooks. Each
individual analysis is located in a separate notebook which contains all data relating to the
test including, calibration curves/data, QC charts/limits, SOP, and completed analysis sheets.
These notebooks are centrally located and contain completed data that is filed by analysis
and date analyzed. Monthly – Data is removed from the notebook and placed in a dedicated
filing cabinet. Semi-annually – Data is removed from the filing cabinet, placed in storage
boxes and archived, via a unique numbering system, in the ESC storage facility
Manual Data
Prep Labs
All logbooks utilized in manually recording sample preparation information are placed into
storage boxes and archived, via a unique numbering system, in the ESC storage facility.
This includes organic prep, metals prep, and TCLP.
Manual Data
Env. Micro,
Mold
All manually generated data is stored in specific laboratory files and notebooks. These files
are centrally located and contain completed data that is filed by analysis and date analyzed.
Data is placed into storage boxes and (when full) archived, via a unique numbering system,
in the ESC storage facility.
All Data
Aquatic
Toxicity
All manually generated data is stored in specific laboratory files and notebooks. These files
are centrally located and contain completed data that is filed by analysis and date analyzed.
Data is placed into storage boxes and (when full) archived, via a unique numbering system,
in the ESC storage facility. Final reports and Reference Toxicant results are also scanned
into ESC's electronic document management system. The data storage device on which this
data resides is backed up daily. Data files are archived on to magnetic tape and retained per
laboratory policy.
Computerized
Data - Organic
Dept.
Injection logs are printed and kept in a notebook with the instrument. The instrument data
is printed to a secure server and remains in a format that cannot be changed after printed.
Upon printing, the data in the original file is generated. This storage system is backed up
nightly utilizing a seven-day rotation cycle. The data is immediately available for up to two
years. After two years, raw instrument data files are archived onto a separate secure server
and kept a minimum of ten years. Original raw data files cannot be edited.
Computerized
Data –
Inorganic
Metals Dept.
All data pr oduced by metals instrumentation is backed up to a secure drive, nightly, utilizing
a seven-day rotation cycle. Hard copies are printed and filed by date and instrument. All
data is archived on a network attached storage device and is immediately available for up to
two years. After two years, raw instrument data files are archived on to a separate secure
server and kept a minimum of ten years. Original raw data files cannot be edited.
Final Report
Storage - LIMS
The LIMS facilitates access to any finished data and sample information by client code, sample
number, and parameter run number. Furthermore, any data pertaining to a sample or client can
be obtained. The LIMS also contains the information from the COC such as sample description,
time and date collected, sampler ID, container type, preservative, sample receipt data,
finished/approved analytical data, analyst, etc. The LIMS Oracle Database is backed up daily
on tape. The back up tape is kept in secure storage. While all LIMS data are accessible, data
older than six months is moved from the active production database and is available in an
archive database.
Final Report
Storage - PDF
Copies of all reports are stored according to client code in PDF format on a network attached
storage device and are immediately available for up to ten years. After ten years data files are
archived onto magnetic tape and kept an additional ten years. These reports include chain of
custody forms, login confirmation reports, the final approved printed report, invoices and any
other associated documents. Samples that require subcontract work also have a copy of the final
report in the client file.
Misc. Data
Storage
Company records that are not stored on a secure electronic device are placed in storage
boxes and archived, via a unique numbering system, in the ESC storage facility. This
includes quality records, such as audits, state certifications, PT results, internal audits,
corrective actions, training files, logbooks, etc.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 24 of 29

4.13.3 Records Disposal

Records that have exceeded the required storage requirement are disposed of
through the use of professional records destruction firm. ESC retains the
manifest of documents destroyed and files the verification receipt that is
generated at the time of destruction. Additional guidance for records
disposal is provided in the SOP, Protection and Transfer of records.

4.13.4 Records Transfer

In the event that corporate ownership is transferred or that laboratory activities are
terminated for any reason, all records become property of the transferee in
accordance with ESC SOP# 020304, Protection and Transfer of Laboratory
Records.

4.13.5 Legal Chain of Custody Records

Evidentiary Sample Data are used as legal evidence. Procedures for evidentiary
samples are documented in a separate SOP.

4.14 AUDITS

4.14.1 Internal Audits

SOP# 010104, Internal Audits, addresses the implementation and maintenance
procedure for a comprehensive system of annual internal audits to verify the on-
going effectiveness of the management system.

4.14.1.1 The QA Department is responsible for administering the internal audit
system per the documented procedures. The department develops a
schedule for internal audits according to management system
requirements and conducts unscheduled audits (internal and external)
when reasons for such audits exist.

4.14.1.2 Audits are conducted utilizing documented checklists and/or audit plans.
Audit results are documented in audit reports per established procedures.
Copies of all audit reports including completed corrective action
requests are forwarded to management of the audited area and
maintained by the quality assurance department.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 25 of 29

4.14.1.3 Audit plans are structured according to the following:

State/Certifying Agencies - Internal audits are conducted according to the
various requirements set forth by the state and international agencies that
accredit ESC. In addition, work procured from non-certifying states, also
determine other requirements set forth by the state of origin. The audits
are conducted to maintain compliance with the following Quality
Standards: AIHA LQAP, A2LA, ANSI/ISO 17025, NELAC, and DOD
QSM.

Method Specific Criteria – Good Laboratory technique, technical
compliance with analytical methods and standard operating procedures,
and effectiveness are reviewed during the internal audit. ESC maintains
compliance with methods as listed in section 2.1.3.

Data Integrity and Analyst Ethics - In addition to established standard and
method related criteria; the internal audit is designed to review the
analytical data for integrity and defensibility. Any suspicion of ethics
violations result in a confidential investigation involving only the QAO, or
designee, Director of Technical & Regulatory Affairs, and any specialist
personnel necessary to conduct a complete and thorough investigation.
Investigations, of this type, are conducted in a timely manner and all
details and supporting documentation are recorded and maintained for a
period of at least 10 years. All investigations that result in findings of
inappropriate activity are documented and include any disciplinary actions
involved, corrective actions taken, and all appropriate notifications to
clients. Clients are notified promptly when audit findings cast doubt on the
validity of the data.

Support Systems – The internal audit process is also designed to assess
support systems that are not a direct part of analytical activities. This
includes, but is not limited to, the following:

· Contract Review
· Procurement and Vendor Approval
· Inventory Control
· Document Control
· Subcontracting
· Environmental, Safety, Security, and Health (ESSH)

4.14.1.4 Audit personnel are qualified per documented procedures and do not
have direct responsibility for or control over the area being audited.

4.14.1.5 Management personnel responsible for the audited area determine and
implement timely corrective actions for any reported nonconformance.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 26 of 29

Follow-up audit activities include verification of the corrective actions
taken and reporting of the results.

4.14.2 Performance Audits

Performance audits require evaluation of control and blind results. On a quarterly
basis, documentation of results and corrective actions are evaluated as part of the
management review process.

4.14.3 Proficiency Testing

The laboratory participates in various proficiency testing samples (PT) as required
by each accreditation, and obtains test samples from approved providers. Corrective
action procedures are initiated for all failed PT samples. All studies are conducted
independently and no attempts are made to compare or obtain results from other labs
or the provider. Proficiency Testing (PT) or Proficiency Evaluation (PE) samples
are treated as typical samples in the normal production process where possible,
including the same preparation, calibration, quality control and acceptance criteria,
sequence of analytical steps, number of replicates, and sample log-in. PT samples
are not analyzed multiple times unless routine environmental samples are analyzed
multiple times.

· Annual Studies

Study Frequency Vendor
WP (Water Pollution) Semi-annually Environmental Resource Associates
WS (Water Supply) Semi-annually Environmental Resource Associates
Matrix – Soil RCRA Semi-annually Environmental Resource Associates
Matrix – UST Soil/Water Semi-annually Environmental Resource Associates
Matrix – Air Canisters Semi-annually Environmental Resource Associates
DMRQA – Chemistry Annually Environmental Resource Associates
DMRQA – Aquatic Tox. Annually Environmental Resource Associates
ELLAP Quarter ly AIHA
IHLAP Quarterly AIHA
EMLAP Quarterly AIHA
EMLAP – Direct Exam Quarterly AIHA
EMLAP – Fungal /
Bacterial
Triannually AIHA
Cryptosporidium /
Giardia
Quarterly US EPA
Aquatic Toxicity
Performance Evaluation
Annually North Carolina

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 27 of 29

· Blind Field Duplicates – ESC collects blind duplicates periodically to
evaluate field collection and laboratory precision. ESC routinely receives
unmarked field duplicates from clients to evaluate sample batches.

· Split Samples – ESC periodically participates in split samples with outside
laboratories to confirm analytical results. This is performed on a project
specific basis.

4.14.4 External Audits

ESC agrees to host on-site system audits from external organizations and currently
participates in various system and performance audits. It is the laboratory’s policy
to cooperate and assist with all external audits, whether performed by clients or an
accrediting authority. All external audits are fully documented and tracked to
closure.

Management ensures that all areas of the laboratory are accessible to auditors as
applicable and that appropriate personnel are available to assist in conducting the
audit. Any findings related to an external audit follow corrective action
procedures. Management ensures that corrective actions are carried out within the
timeframe specified by the auditor(s).

SDWA

The ESC laboratory (EPA No. TN00003) is certified by the State of Tennessee
under the Safe Drinking Water Act. The State of Tennessee routinely audits the
ESC laboratory procedures, quality control and methods and has found the
laboratory practices to be consistent with EPA requirements. ESC is also audited
under the Safe Drinking Water Act by Arizona, Iowa, North Carolina, New Jersey
- NELAP, and the A2LA. ESC maintains several other DW certifications, which
have been granted in reciprocity. ESC participates in WS PE studies in support of
drinking water certifications.

CWA/RCRA

ESC is certified for wastewater and solid waste through audits by the following
states/organizations: A2LA, Arizona, Iowa, Minnesota, New Jersey (NELAP),
North Carolina, OHIO VAP, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and USACE. In addition
to Water Pollution or Non-Potable water studies, ESC is required to analyze
additional blind samples for West Virginia. The laboratory is also periodically
audited by the Metropolitan Government of Nashville and Davidson County and
certified for wastewater sampling and analysis. ESC participates in WP Studies,
DMR QA program, and Solid Matrix PE studies.

INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE
ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 28 of 29

The American Industrial Hygiene Association routinely audits ESC to maintain
certification for analytical support of organic chemical exposure monitoring,
microbiological testing and metals exposure activities. ESC currently participates
in the required performance testing studies and maintains the quality systems to
satisfy the requirements necessary for certification in the following:
Environmental Lead (air, soil, paint and wipes), Industrial Hygiene (air filters,
diffusive samplers, and sorbent tubes), Environmental Microbiology
(fungal/bacterial testing and identification)

CLIENT AUDITS

Due to participation in a number of national contracts, ESC is audited by several
clients; who are also ISO certified and are required to assess their suppliers.

ESC is subject to several external audits on an annual basis. The audits cover all
disciplines, SDWA, CWA, CAA and RCRA/UST. In addition, the laboratory
also participates in additional performance testing, where required by individual
clients and for new method development purposes.

4.15 MANAGEMENT REVIEW

4.15.1 Items in Management Review

Regular management review meetings take place quarterly during the months of
January, April, July and October and cover the events from the preceding quarter.
The Quality Assurance Officer (QAO), the Laboratory Director, and all
Department Managers are responsible for attending each meeting. Guidance,
including agenda items, is given in ESC SOP# 010105, Management Review.

4.15.2 Records of Management Review

The Director of Technical & Regulatory Affairs and QA Department collects
objective evidence on the effectiveness of the management system. This includes
audit results, client feedback, contract performance data, nonconformance data,
problem reports, changes affecting the management system and previous
management review reports.

4.15.3 Evaluation

On the basis of this input, the management system is tested for its effectiveness,
for its relevance, and for its implementation. In particular, quality objectives and
the objectives set within the management system are examined. Adjustments are
considered due to changes in the conduct or scope of business.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 4.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Organization And Responsibility Page: 29 of 29

4.15.4 Improvement

Decisions are made regarding actions needed to improve the effectiveness of the
quality management system.

4.15.5 Procedure

Details of this review, how it is be performed and recorded and the associated
responsibilities can be found in the procedure for ESC SOP# 010105,
Management Review.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 1 of 75

5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 

5.1 GENERAL

5.1.1 ESC recognizes that many factors determine the correctness and reliability of the
analyses performed by a laboratory. These factors include contributions from:
human factors (5.2), accommodations and environmental conditions (5.3),
analytical/calibration methods and method validation (5.4), equipment (5.5),
measurement traceability (5.6), and sample management - handling of
test/calibration items (5.8).

5.1.2 The extent to which the factors contribute to the total uncertainty of
measurement differs considerably between types of analyses. ESC takes into
account these factors in developing analytical procedures, in the training and
qualifications of personnel, and in the selection and calibration of the equipment
utilized.

5.2 PERSONNEL

5.2.1 General Personnel Management

ESC management ensures the competency of all who operate specific equipment,
who perform analyses, and who evaluate results and approve data reports.
Approved signatories for support documents and final reports are kept by the
Regulatory Affairs Department and, likewise, documents are maintained within
each analytical department for the analysts. Personnel performing specific tasks
are qualified on the basis of appropriate education, training, experience, and/or
demonstrated skills, as required.

5.2.2 Training

All training and education requirements are outlined in SOP# 030205, Technical
Training and Personnel Qualifications. Training requirements for safety and
health are listed in the Chemical Hygiene and Laboratory Safety Plan. When
staff members undergo training, adequate and appropriate supervision by fully
trained analysts is provided.

5.2.2.1 Corporate Documents

All employees are required to read relevant corporate documents. At a minimum
this includes:
• ESC Policy Manual
• ESC QA Manual
• Chemical Hygiene and Laboratory Safety Plan
• SOPs (As specified/required for work area)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 2 of 75

Records of verification are required for each individual and are retained on file
for a minimum of 10 years.

5.2.2.2 Specific Documents

Analysts are also required to undergo training specific to their position. This
includes the following:
• Documented review & acknowledgement of Method Specific SOPs
• Documented review & acknowledgement of published methods related to
the specific SOP
• Documented review & acknowledgement of other supporting methods
related to the specific determinative SOP
• Certification Statement of acceptable performance of an Initial
Demonstration of Capability (according to method criteria)
• Continuous acceptable performance on daily/batch control samples
• Performance Testing, where required, is reviewed as continued
verification of analyst proficiency.
• Educational/training courses are provided where required by the position.
• Certification Statement of acceptable performance of a Continuing
Demonstration of Capability (according to method criteria)
Records of verification are required for each individual and are retained on file
for a minimum of 10 years.

5.2.2.3 Routine Training

Any routine training and re-training necessary for a person to perform a
particular job effectively is specified in job descriptions, process procedures,
maintenance procedures, etc., as appropriate.

5.2.2.4 Special Training

Special training required as a result of new technologies, contracts, expanding
markets, company-wide improvement programs, new method development, etc.
is conducted as the need arises.

5.2.2.5 Annual Training

An annual training plan is established by management and in conjunction with
regulatory requirements. The plan is maintained by the Regulatory Affairs
Department, which specifies details of the training to be carried out in each
department to permit effective implementation of the management system.
Managers ensure that the plan is implemented within their areas of
responsibility.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 3 of 75

5.2.3 General Responsibilities

See Organization Chart in Section 4.0 for more detailed information regarding
company organizational structure.

Chemist/Analyst:

• Performs sample analyses
• Verifies detail and accuracy
• Records pertinent information in laboratory notebooks
• Stores all data (files and discs)
• Updates QC charts – where applicable
• Prepares and completes benchsheets/raw data for review

Laboratory Director:

The Laboratory Director is responsible for all operational laboratory activities.
The Laboratory Director must approve the Quality Manual.

Laboratory Group Leader, Department Manager:

Day to day supervision of technical laboratory operations is the responsibility of
these leaders who are full-time members of the staff and who assure reliable data
through the following activities: monitoring quality control, corroborating the
analysis performed, and approving demonstrations of capability. Additionally
they certify that personnel with appropriate educational and/or technical
background perform all analyses for which the laboratory is accredited. The
laboratory group leader or supervisor oversees analytical raw data, ensures
calculation/calibration correctness, and reviews instrument and sample
preparation logs.

Laboratory QA Officer (Also called QA Manager)

The QAO has the authority and responsibility for ensuring that the quality
system is implemented and followed. The QAO has direct access to the
Laboratory Director and is independent of operations.

The QAO routinely reviews QA/QC policies for all analyses to ensure that the
data is evaluated within method requirements. The QAO is also responsible for
assessing data that is out of compliance and ensuring that necessary corrective
action measures are taken and are effective.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 4 of 75

Laboratory QC Manager (Also called QC Officer, QCO)

The QCO shares the authority and responsibility for ensuring that the quality
system is implemented and followed. The QCO has direct access to the
Laboratory Director and is independent of operations.

The QCO routinely reviews QC policies for all analyses to ensure that the data is
evaluated within method requirements. The QCO is also responsible for data
review and is responsible for ensuring method/program compliance and that
necessary corrective action measures are taken, completed, and remain effective.

QC Specialist (QCS)

Each ESC Analytical Division employs the use of a QC Specialist (QCS). This
individual has analytical experience in their assigned area and reports to the
QCO. Working knowledge of the instrumentation, printouts, and processes is
key to successful approval of data being generated in that area. The QCS gives
final approval of the initial raw data. The QCS is responsible for the review of
data for method compliance. In addition, the application of qualifiers is verified
and approved. If the QCS determines a result to be questionable, the data is
given to the Department Manager to initiate appropriate action based on the
severity of the problem.

Technical Specialist

Technical Specialists are a part of the Regulatory Affairs Department. These
individuals have comprehensive experience in their areas of expertise. The
Technical Specialist may be called upon for data interpretation, where
compliance issues arise. In addition, these individuals often interface with the
clients where questions arise concerning methods, data interpretation, and
recommendations concerning alternate analyses.

Technical Service Representative (TSR)

The TSR is responsible for final report review. Once the data has completed the
laboratory validation steps, the final report is generated. The TSR reviews the
data for completeness and any outstanding anomalies. If an error is suspected,
the report is delayed until the appropriate Department Managers can be contacted
to resolve the question. Each TSR has laboratory experience in one or more
departments.

LIMS Specialist

The LIMS Specialist tracks internal sample custody, computerizes data, and
stores it in the LIMS system.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 5 of 75

5.2.4 Job Descriptions

Employee qualification requirements are maintained by the Human Resources
Department and are facilitated through the use of written job descriptions.
Educational requirements and experience are included in the job description. The
Department Manager determines specific education and experience requirements
for individual positions based on the particular department need.

5.2.5 Training Records

Details of any employee training performed at ESC are recorded on training
records. Procedural training records are maintained within each department, while
policy records are maintained by Human Resources. Training on new or revised
Standard Operating Procedures is maintained with the Master copy of the procedure
by the Regulatory Affairs Department.

5.3 ACCOMMODATION & FACILITY DESIGN

5.3.1 Laboratory Facilities

The design of the laboratory supports good laboratory practices and does not
adversely affect measurement integrity.

5.3.2 Environmental Conditions

All ESC laboratory facilities, analytical areas, energy sources, lighting, heating,
and ventilation facilitate proper performance of calibrations and tests. The
laboratory ensures that dust, electromagnetic interference, humidity, line voltage,
temperature, sound and vibration levels are appropriately controlled for specific
measurement results and do not adversely affect accuracy or increase the
uncertainty of each measurement.

Environmental conditions are recorded on all data sheets, when monitoring is
required. The laboratory documents deviations and corrective actions when
environmental conditions are not within specified conditions.

Environmental conditions maintained by the laboratory are within the limits
recommended in ANSI/AIHA Z9.5-2003. Measurements are not made if
environmental conditions deviate from those stated.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 6 of 75

Laboratory staff ensures adequate conditions in the facility using the steps listed
below:

• Verify that air conditioning, lighting, heating, and ventilation are
controlled and monitored.
• Maintain good housekeeping practices to promote a clean, uncluttered
laboratory.
• Have sufficient space to minimize the risk of injury to staff and/or
damage to standards or equipment
• Maintain a convenient and efficient work environment with effective
separation of incompatible activities.
• Limit the amount of paper products used or stored in sensitive and/or
clean areas to prevent dust contamination.

5.3.3 Separation of Incompatible Activities

The ESC complex facilitates the physical separation of analytical activities to
prevent possible contamination between departments.

Each laboratory structure is specifically designed for the type of analytical
activity that it contains. The air handling systems, power supplies, and gas
supplies are specific for each laboratory department.

The following areas are designated and maintained under proper conditions and
security:

• Sample Receiving
• Sample/supply shipping
• Chemical Storage
• Waste storage/disposal
• Data Handling
• Data Archiving

Routinely, the departments are required to maintain cleanliness and exercise good
housekeeping measures to further minimize potential for contamination that could
adversely affect analytical processes.

5.3.4 Facilities Access Management

Entrance into any ESC building requires an electronic ID badge with appropriate
assigned access. Access is controlled to each area depending on the required
personnel, the sensitivity of the operations performed, and possible safety concerns.
Chemical/receipt and storage is assigned to the purchasing department and is access
controlled by an attendant who organizes and maintains the inventory.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 7 of 75

5.3.5 Good Housekeeping

ESC ensures good housekeeping practices in all facilities to maintain a standard of cleanliness
necessary for analytical integrity and personnel health and safety. Some areas are periodically
monitored to detect and resolve specific contamination and/or safety issues.

5.4 TEST METHODS AND VALIDATION

Method Validation is the confirmation by examination and the provision of objective
evidence that the particular requirements for a specific intended use are fulfilled.

5.4.1 General

5.4.1.1 ESC uses appropriate methods and procedures for all analyses within its scope.
These include sampling, handling, transport, storage and preparation of items to
be analyzed and/or calibrated, as well as statistical techniques for analysis of data
and, where appropriate, an estimation of the associated measurement uncertainty.

5.4.1.2 ESC has instructions on the use and operation of all relevant equipment and on
the handling and preparation of items for analysis, where the absence of such
instructions could jeopardize the results. All instructions, standards, manuals and
reference data relevant to the work of the laboratory are maintained current and
be made readily available to personnel (see 4.3).

5.4.1.3 Deviation from methods occur only if the deviation has been documented,
technically justified, authorized, and accepted by the client.

5.4.2 Selection of Methods

5.4.2.1 The laboratory uses analytical methods, including methods for sampling, which
meet the needs of the client and are appropriate for the analyses performed.
Methods utilized are preferably those published as international, regional, or
national standards. The laboratory ensures that it uses the latest valid edition of a
method unless it is not appropriate or possible to do so or unless regulatory
requirements dictate specific revision use. Methods are supplemented with
Standard Operating Procedures that list additional details to ensure consistent
application.

Where mandated, only approved procedures are used. ESC utilizes a number of
method sources to accomplish project requirements. See Section 2.1.3 for a list of
method references.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 8 of 75

5.4.2.2 When the client does not specify the method to be used or if a client selects an
inappropriate or out of date method, the laboratory selects appropriate and
approved methods that have been designated by the project regulatory program.
The client is informed as to the method chosen and client confirmation is
required.

5.4.3 Laboratory Developed Methods

5.4.3.1 Introduction of analytical methods developed by the laboratory for its own use is
a planned activity and is assigned to qualified personnel equipped with adequate
resources.

5.4.3.2 Plans are updated as development proceeds and effective communication is
maintained with all personnel involved in the development process.

5.4.4 Non-Standard Methods

5.4.4.1 When it is necessary to employ methods not covered by approved industry
standard methods, these are subject to agreement with the client and must
include a clear specification of the client's requirements and the purpose of the
analysis. The method developed must be validated appropriately before use.

5.4.4.2 For new analytical methods, procedures are developed prior to the analysis and
contain at least the following information:

• appropriate identification
• scope
• description of the type of item to be analyzed
• parameters or quantities and ranges to be determined
• apparatus and equipment, including technical performance requirements
• reference standards and reference materials required
• environmental conditions required and any stabilization period needed
• description of the procedure, including:
o affixing identification marks, handling, transporting, storing and
preparing of items,
o checks to be made before the work is started,
o verifying equipment function and, where required, calibrating and/or
adjusting the equipment before each use,
o method of recording the observations and results
o any safety measures to be observed;
• criteria and/or requirements for approval/rejection;
• data to be recorded and method of analysis and presentation;
• uncertainty or procedure for estimating uncertainty.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 9 of 75

5.4.5 Validation of Methods – ESC SOP #030211, Method Validation

5.4.5.1 Validation Description

Validation is process of confirmation by examination and the provision of
objective evidence that the stated requirements for a specific method/procedure
are fulfilled.

5.4.5.2 Validation Summary

The laboratory validates all methods, including the following: EPA, NIOSH,
OSHA, and program mandated methods, approved methods used outside their
intended scope, non-standard methods and amplifications, and modifications of
approved methods to confirm that the methods are fit for the intended use. The
validation is as extensive as is necessary to meet the needs in the given
application or field of application. The laboratory records the results obtained,
the procedure used for the validation, and a statement as to whether the method
is fit for the intended use.

5.4.5.3 Validation for Client Need

The range and accuracy of the values obtainable from validated methods (e.g. the
uncertainty of the results, detection limit, selectivity of the method, linearity,
limit of repeatability and/or reproducibility, robustness against external
influences and/or cross sensitivity against interference from the matrix of the
sample.) are assessed for the intended use as relevant to the clients' needs.

5.4.5.4 Limits

Descriptions of analytes, preparative and analytical methods, matrices, accuracy
and precision targets, and MDLs and RLs are presented in the QAM Appendices.

Method Detection Limits (MDLs) – 40CFR, Part 136, Appendix B - SOP#
030206, Method Detection Limits

Detection limits are determined annually and are comparable to those established
by the EPA and are not typically lower than recommended detection limits. To
determine whether the EPA detection limit is being achieved, an MDL study is
performed according to 40 CFR Part 136, Appendix B. The standard deviation
of, at least,seven standards at or near the expected detection limit is calculated.
MDLs are determined such that the risk of reporting a false positive is less than
1%. The method detection limit (MDL) is calculated as follows:

MDL = TS

where: S is the Standard Deviation of replicate measurements and
T is the value of Student’s T for n-1.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 10 of 75

If the MDL is higher than the EPA-method-suggested MDL, the calculated value is
used as a basis for establishing the reporting limit (RL) for reporting. MDLs are re-
calculated on an annual basis or sooner if a material change in the instrumentation
or method is enacted, or a change in the calibration response factor is noted.
Additional studies may also be conducted to enhance the program.

Published MDLs may be set higher than experimentally determined MDLs to: 1)
avoid observed positive interferences from matrix effects or common reagent
contaminants or 2) for reporting convenience (i.e., to group common compounds
with similar but slightly different experimentally determined MDLs).

Reporting Limits (RLs)

Reporting Limits (RLs) are typically set 3 - 10 times the standard deviation
calculated in the MDL process listed above. Because reporting level checks are
required, ease of preparation of commercial analytical mixes may dictate, to
some extent, the reported RL. Generally, the RL is not set at less than 3 times the
MDL. The final RL is determined based on the matrix, method, and analyst
experience. RLs are verified daily using a calibration standard at a level equal to
or less than the established RL.

ESC – Practical Detection Limit

Where necessary, ESC uses in-house protocol to determine a practical and real
number for method detection. This is not a statistically derived number. It is a
verified number that is validated using a 20% coefficient of variation. Signal to
noise ratios and baseline behaviors are assessed and considered for each
instrument type. Instrument performance is assessed based on the lowest
possible detectable concentration that is 3X above the noise level. A series of
samples are prepared at the determined level, using the method protocol. The
samples must perform within a 20% coefficient of variation. The lowest
concentration that meets the criteria is the Practical Detection Limit. This
determination either confirms or replaces the MDL as determined using 40CFR
Part 136.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 11 of 75

5.4.5.5 Demonstration of Capability

Initial and Continuing Demonstration of Capability (IDOC & CDOC)
(General Testing Other Than Environmental Lead)

NOTE: All IDOC & CDOC records are kept on file by the laboratory.
Supporting data is filed with each demonstration. Completion is
recorded on the form found in the NELAP Standard Appendix C.
Records of verification are required for each individual and are retained
for a minimum of 10 years.

General Requirements:

• A DOC is performed for each analyte whenever the method, analysts,
analytes, or instrument type is changed.
• The Department Supervisor certifies that technical staff members in their
area of expertise are trained and authorized to perform all analyses for
which the laboratory is accredited by signing the DOC form. The QA
department is the final approval of all IDOCs and CDOCs
• More specific information can be found in SOP# 030205: Technical
Training and Personnel Qualifications

IDOC

An initial demonstration of capability (IDOC) must be made prior to using any
analytical method, at any time there is a significant change in instrument or
method, and when a new analyst is trained. An analyst can achieve the IDOC
requirement for a specific method by using sample spike results. The following
guide is a general outline of the IDOC requirements:

• A quality control sample is obtained from an outside source. If not
available, the QC sample may be prepared by the laboratory using stock
standards that are prepared independently from those used in instrument
calibration.
• The analyte(s) is diluted in a volume of clean matrix sufficient to prepare
four aliquots at the concentration specified, or if unspecified, to a
concentration approximately 10 times the method stated or laboratory-
calculated method detection limit.
• At least four aliquots are prepared and analyzed according to the method
either concurrently or over a period of days.
• Using all of the results, calculate the mean recovery (x) in the appropriate
reporting units (such as µg/L) and the standard deviations of the
population sample (n-1) (in the same units) for each parameter of interest.
When it is not possible to determine mean and standard deviations, such
as for presence/absence values in micro and mold analyses, the laboratory
must assess performance against established and documented criteria.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 12 of 75

• Compare the information from above to the corresponding acceptance
criteria for precision and accuracy in the published method. If no method
criteria exist, the IDOC performance must be compared to in-house QC
limits for laboratory control samples (LCS). Where appropriate, limits
may be compared to the criteria listed in DOD QSM. If all parameters
meet the acceptance criteria, the analysis of actual samples may begin. If
any one of the parameters does not meet the acceptance criteria, the
performance is unacceptable for that parameter. The analyst completes
further training before attempting the IDOC process again.

CDOC

Continuing Demonstration of Capability (CDOC) are performed at least annually
by documentation that technical personnel have read, understood and agreed to
perform the most recent version of the analytical method (the approved method
or standard operating procedure) and documentation of continued proficiency by
at least one of the following once per year:

• Acceptable performance of a blind sample (single blind to the analyst);
• Another demonstration of capability using at least four consecutive
laboratory control samples with acceptable levels of precision and
accuracy
• Successful analysis of a blind performance study sample

Initial and Continuing Demonstration of Capability (IDOC & CDOC)
(Environmental Lead Only)

IDOC

Analysts/Technicians in training complete a minimum of four independent test
runs of sample preparation and/or instrumental analysis. Independent runs are
defined as analytical runs consisting of at least five known samples, one of which
is a certified reference material or proficiency testing material, separated by a
period of time sufficient to evaluate the testing material.

• Sample Preparation and Analytical Personnel - the recoveries of the
associated reference materials or proficiency training samples for each
run must be within ±10% of the certified value, 75% of the time.

NOTE: The reference/proficiency test samples utilized are: 1) similar to
matrices the analyst encounters during routine sample analysis, 2) cover
the sample mass range for which the analytical SOP has been designed
and 3) cover the Lead (Pb) concentration for which the analytical SOP
has been designed. In cases where there are several matrices of
potential concern, four independent runs are not be sufficient to provide
adequate demonstration of performance.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 13 of 75

CDOC

Annual demonstrations are performed by Analysts/Technicians involved in Lead
(Pb) analyses to showed continued ability to adequately analyze samples for
Lead (Pb) based on standard reference materials (SRMs) or certified reference
materials. This demonstration is done at a minimum of every six months and can
be a part of the analysis of proficiency testing materials or quality control
samples associated with routine sample runs.

5.4.6 Measurement Uncertainty - ESC SOP# 030221, Measurement of Uncertainty

5.4.6.1 Uncertainty Definition

Uncertainty is defined as a variable associated with the result of a measurement
that characterizes the dispersion of the values that could reasonably be attributed
to the measurement type. This definition of uncertainty focuses on the range of
values that is relevant to the analytical technique being utilized for the analysis
of field samples.

The uncertainty of testing results are calculated and documented in accordance
with the requirements of ISO 17025 Clause 5.4.6. The Estimation of Uncertainty
of Measurement Procedure is applied to all in-house analytical methods, where
practical. The uncertainty of measurement determination is also required of all
ESC subcontractors.

5.4.6.2 Uncertainty Procedure

The Estimation of Uncertainty of Measurement Procedure is applied for
estimating uncertainty of measurement, except when the analytical methods
preclude such rigorous calculations. In certain cases it is not possible to
undertake metrologically and statistically valid estimations of uncertainty of
measurement. In these cases the laboratory attempts to identify all the
components of uncertainty and make the best possible estimation, and ensure that
the form of reporting does not give an exaggerated impression of accuracy.
Reasonable estimation is based on knowledge of the performance of the method
and on the measurement scope, and makes use of previous experience and
validation data.

The degree of rigor needed in an estimation of uncertainty of measurement
depends on factors such as:

• Requirements of the method
• Requirements of the client
• The existence of narrow limits on which decisions on conformance are
based

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 14 of 75

In practice the uncertainty of the result may arise from many possible sources,
including an incomplete definition, sampling, matrix effects and interferences,
environmental conditions, uncertainties of weights and volumetric equipment,
reference values, approximations and assumptions incorporated in the
measurement method and procedure, and random variation.

In cases where a well-recognized method specifies limits to the values of the
major sources of uncertainty of measurement and specifies the form of
presentation of calculated results, the laboratory is considered to have satisfied
the estimation uncertainty of measurement by following the method and
reporting instructions (see section 5.10).

5.4.6.3 Uncertainty Determination

Where possible, ESC utilizes data from Laboratory Control Samples (LCS) to
determine the minimal uncertainty estimates in each matrix. LCSs are matrix
dependent and are consistent representatives of the method effects on the
particular matrix of choice. Uncertainty is determined per analytical technique,
where applicable, and is performed using a population of 50 or more data points.
Since the uncertainty is essentially constant, for each method, across a given
matrix, ESC’s method of choice is to determine uncertainty at the 95%
confidence interval.

Procedure Summary:

• Select a group of representative data, from a single matrix. Data set must
be 50 individual measurements or greater.
• Determine the relative standard deviation of recovery data
• Calculate the expanded uncertainty as two times the relative standard
deviation

5.4.6.4 Uncertainty Results

ESC does not report uncertainty measurements on the final report. However,
uncertainty determinations are available for review, when specifically requested
for a project. The measurements are only applicable to the specific analytical
procedure and matrix. No effects of sampling activities or related processes are
considered in this determination.

5.4.7 Control of Data

5.4.7.1 Transfer Checks

Calculations and data transfers are subject to appropriate checks in a systematic
manner.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 15 of 75

5.4.7.2 Automated Acquisition

When computers or automated equipment are used for the acquisition,
processing, recording, reporting, storage or retrieval of data, the laboratory
ensures that:

• computer software developed by the user is documented in sufficient
detail and suitably validated as being adequate for use
• procedures are established and implemented for protecting the data; such
procedures includes, but not be limited to, integrity and confidentiality of
data entry or collection, data storage, data transmission and data
processing
• computers and automated equipment are maintained to ensure proper
functioning and are provided with the environmental and operating
conditions necessary to maintain the integrity of data.

5.4.7.3 Commercial Software

Commercial “off the shelf” software, e.g., word processing, database and
statistical programs in general use within its designed application range may be
considered sufficiently validated. However, laboratory software
configuration/modifications are validated as in 5.4.7.2.

5.4.7.4 ESC Software Systems

Table 5.4.7.4a LIMS
System Description
LIMS The LIMS is a computerized database for data management. Access to the system
is protected by coded password and access is granted based on user need.
Security Level 1. Login, lookup sample status, generates worksheets. General access,
every station has access.
Level 2. Enter data, proofread and change data. The data entry person has access
to this level.
Level 3. Review and validate data, generate reports. Access is limited to the TSR,
lab supervisors and QA. Once data is approved in the LIMS, it cannot be
altered. Only the status of the sample may be changed to either
"reported" or "invoiced."
Hardcopy
Records
• Login summary - includes all information on sample and requested analyses
• Lab preparation preview and benchsheets for digestions, extractions
• Lab assignment/benchsheets to generate work assignments and record data
• Data approval reports
• Final reports for clients
• QA summary
Hardcopy
Records
All paper records are retained by ESC. As the pages become historical (prior to
the current working range of log numbers), they are removed from the logbook,
prep book, or workbook in sequential order and permanently bound for storage in
banker's boxes. The Lab Support Supervisor maintains a log of numbered boxes
and their contents. They are cross-referenced by sample log number, date and
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 16 of 75

Table 5.4.7.4a LIMS
System Description
storage number.
Data
Records
Data is available on electronic media. Revisions to the LIMS software are
documented within the code. Each revision indicates the change in function,
programmer’s initials, and date of change. Programming has limited access and is
accessible only by approved individuals through the use of passwords.
Manual
Data Entry
(verified by
4-step
system)
• The section supervisor first approves raw data.
• The data entry portion of the LIMS can only be accessed by authorized
individuals, therefore allowing limited access to protect the integrity and
maintain the confidentiality of the data.
• The data entry person and a qualified laboratory analyst then proofread each
group of entered data.
• When all results for a sample are complete, a report is printed and examined by
a Technical Service Representative for final approval.
Calculations All calculations performed by the LIMS are approved and submitted by the
Laboratory Supervisors. Each calculation is tested parallel to manual calculations
to ensure proper function.
Automatic
Data
Transfer
Data is transferred electronically from instrumentation directly to the LIMS. Once
the data has been transferred, it undergoes a screen review. The data is then
printed and reviewed again. If data needs to be changed, a data entry specialist
changes it and a hardcopy is printed of the final data.

Table 5.4.7.4b AUXILIARY SOFTWARE
System Description
Auxiliary Auxiliary Computer and Software Used to Generate and Validate Data
General
Several instruments have their own dedicated single computer and
manufacturer-designed software to run them. Instruction manuals and other
documentation provided by each manufacturer are maintained. ESC receives
updates as they become available from the manufacturer. All raw and filtered
data is stored on media (with uniquely titled data files on floppy discs) and all
associated printouts and paperwork is filed. The original raw data is not
accessed again unless it is subjected to uncertainty.
Method Files
Creation of any method or analyte files, necessary to run the appropriate
analyses is the responsibility of the group leader. The lab supervisor verifies
that the compounds, wavelengths, retention time windows, calculation criteria,
and other relevant parameters are correctly input into the specific method file.
Analysts may only use the method files that have been specifically generated
by the group leader.
Supplier Info
All purchased software that is used in conjunction with software specific
instruments is guaranteed by the supplier to function as required. The supplier
of the software performs all troubleshooting or software upgrades and
revisions.
Validation
Computer software is validated for proper performance. The result of the
validation is recorded, when in-house programming is the source of the
calculation.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 17 of 75

5.5 EQUIPMENT

5.5.1 Usability

Laboratory standards, equipment, and associated apparatus are suitable for the
validation of acceptable performance of analyses and are maintained in
accordance with this quality manual to include protection from dirt, dust,
corrosion, and other causes of deterioration. Laboratory personnel investigate
any equipment or standards, which are suspect in contributing to out-of-control
conditions. Records of corrective actions for discrepancies are maintained in the
laboratory (see Section 4.11).

5.5.2 Calibration of Equipment

5.5.2.1 To maintain the integrity of standards, all maintenance operations are performed
according to documented procedures and the laboratory standards are:

• Selected for use according to the level of precision, accuracy, and
uncertainty required
• Limited in access and use, to trained and authorized laboratory staff only
• Handled and safely stored separately from samples and according to
method requirements

5.5.2.2 Primary standards, directly traceable to NIST standards, are obtained from a
vendor approved by the A2LA or NELAP and all certificates of analysis are
maintained on file in the laboratory.

5.5.2.3 Secondary standards are also obtained from a vendor approved by the A2LA or
NELAP and all certificates of analysis are maintained on file in the laboratory.
They are calibrated by comparison to primary standards. Calibration reports are
maintained on file in the laboratory.

5.5.2.4.Working standards are prepared from certified stock standards. Standard
preparation logs are maintained electronically via the Standards Logger in the
ESC LIMS.

5.5.2.5 Support Equipment Calibration: Including, but is not limited to: balances, ovens,
refrigerators, freezers, incubators, water baths, temperature measuring devices,
volumetric dispensing devices, and thermal/pressure sample preparation devices.
All support equipment is maintained in proper working order and records are
kept of all repair and maintenance activities, including service calls.

5.5.2.6 Equipment used with nominal values and corrections is verified by calibration
labs having ISO 17025, or other suitable, accreditation. A calibration interval is
established for the equipment (i.e., environmental equipment, balances). All
balances and temperature-indicating devices are calibrated or verified by an
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 18 of 75

outside vendor two times per year. Verifications are performed on balances on
each day of use.

5.5.2.7 Calibration of equipment is conducted at a frequency to ensure that the
equipment remains in tolerance during its use in the laboratory. Frequency of
calibration is based on a review of calibration, maintenance, and repair history.
Reviews are conducted by the Department Manager and records are maintained.

5.5.3 Equipment Operation and Maintenance – See Table 5.5.3.3 for General
Information

5.5.3.1 ESC’s preventative maintenance program provides guidelines to ensure that every
effort is made to keep equipment well maintained and prepared for the next project.
Most equipment is kept in duplicate and spare parts are kept in stock.
Instrument/equipment manuals are kept in each department for quick reference to
aid in problem diagnosis. ESC maintains service contracts on major laboratory
equipment, so that in the event of failure, repairs can be made within a few days.
The appropriate Department Manager is consulted if an instrument repair is
required. If a solution to the problem is not found immediately, a call may be
placed to the instrument manufacturer or maintenance support provider for
assistance in diagnosing the problem, determining the extent of repair needed and a
possible timeframe for repairs to be completed.

5.5.3.2 If analyses are scheduled and it appears that the equipment may be down for a
longer period, ESC arranges for analyses to be performed by another qualified lab.
This action is utilized if client required definite turnaround time or sample holding
times would be exceeded.

5.5.3.3 General Equipment (All Labs)

If method calibration requirements for a particular procedure are more stringent
than those listed here, they are followed when that procedure is performed.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 19 of 75

Table 5.5.3.3a General Equipment Calibration
Equipment Activity Frequency Record Type
Balances Verified with Class I NIST traceable weights
when used
Before use

Logbook – Located
in each respective
lab
Balances
• Clean
• Check alignment
• Service Contract
Top-loading balances are allowed a tolerance of
+1%, while analytical balances are allowed a
tolerance of +0.1%.
Semi-annually
under a service
contract.
Certificates from
contractor.
Weights –
Class I
• Only use for the intended purpose
• Use plastic forceps to handle
• Keep in case
• Store in desiccator
• Re-calibrate
Checked for
accuracy by an
external source,
annually, or
sooner if
necessary.
Certificates from
contractor.
pH meters

Calibration:
• pH buffer aliquot are used only once
• Buffers used for calibration bracket the pH
of the media, reagent, or sample analyzed.
• Check must perform within 0.05 pH units.
Temperature correction is performed either
automatically by the instrument or manually
depending upon the instrument used.
Before use
Calibrations are
recorded in a
logbook.
Automatic
pipettes

Verify for accuracy and precision using reagent
water and analytical balance
In-house –
Monthly
Contract – Semi
Annually
Tolerance is set
at 2.0%, (ASTM
standard = 3%).
Monthly
verifications are
recorded in a
logbook.
Semi-annual cal. is
verified by
certificates from
the cal. service.
Refrigerators,
Freezers, Hot
plates and
BOD
incubators
• Thermometers are immersed in liquid to the
appropriate immersion line
• The thermometers are graduated in
increments of 1°C or less
• Temperature ranges are listed in appropriate
SOPs
Temperatures
are recorded
each day in use
Logbook
Ovens
• Thermometers are immersed in sand to
provide even measurement
• The thermometers are graduated in
increments of 1°C or less
Temperatures
are recorded
each day in use
Logbook
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 20 of 75

Table 5.5.3.3a General Equipment Calibration
Equipment Activity Frequency Record Type
Thermometers

ESC NIST-certified thermometers

All working thermometers

Calibrated
annually by a
NIST calibration
service,
accredited to
ISO/IEC 17025
and
ANSI/NCSL
Z540-1.

Verified semi-
annually against
NIST-certified
thermometers by
an outside
Calibration
certificates from
the calibration
service.

“Accuracy
Assurance Program
Test Data Sheets”
provided by the
servicer. All
thermometers are
tagged with current
tolerances.

Internal daily
DO Meter

Calibrated according to manufacturer's
specifications. Using the recorded temperature
and barometric pressure the meter is calibrated
to the air saturation of dissolved oxygen using a
conversion chart provided by the manufacturer.
Before use
Calibration of each
meter is recorded in
a separate logbook.
Specific
Conductivity
Meter
The conductivity meter is calibrated according
to manufacturer's specifications. Temperature
correction is performed either automatically by
the instrument or manually depending upon the
instrument used.
• Biomonitoring, potassium chloride with a
conductivity value of 100 and 1000 μmhos
/cm is used as the calibration standard.
• Wet Lab, potassium chloride with a
value of 1413 μmhos/cm is purchased from
NSI for calibration purposes.
Before use
Calibration of each
meter is recorded in
separate daily
logbooks.

Fume Hoods
Check semi-annually and must meet the OSHA
minimum recommended face velocity of 60 –
100 fpm.
Semi-annually Recorded in
Logbook

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 21 of 75

Table 5.5.3.3b Class 1 Weight Tolerance
Value
ASTM Class 1
Tolerance Unit ASTM Class 1 Tolerance Unit
1mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
2mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
3mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
5mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
10mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
20mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
30mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
50mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
100mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
200mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
300mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
500mg 0.01 mg 0.00001 g
1g 0.034 mg 0.000034 g
2g 0.034 mg 0.000034 g
3g 0.034 mg 0.000034 g
5g 0.034 mg 0.000034 g
10g 0.05 mg 0.00005 g
20g 0.074 mg 0.000074 g
30g 0.074 mg 0.000074 g

5.5.4 Identification of Equipment

Each item of equipment is uniquely labeled, marked or otherwise identified.
Maintenance and calibration records for equipment and standards are maintained.

5.5.5 Records of Equipment

Equipment lists are department specific and are found in the associated
appendices to the QA Manual.

5.5.6 Equipment Handling, Storage, Use, and Maintenance

All laboratory equipment is maintained, stored, and used in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions. Operation manuals and instructions for proper
maintenance of equipment are available to the staff and located in the laboratory.

Equipment is used or operated only when in a safe and reliable condition, by
personnel who have been trained and are qualified. User instructions are available.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 22 of 75

Table 5.5.6 - GENERAL PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
Type Description
Glassware Routine laboratory glassware is washed in a non-phosphate detergent and
warm tap water. Before washing, all writing and large deposits of grease are
removed with acetone. Glassware is then rinsed with: tap water, "No
Chromix" solution, tap water, and deionized (DI) water. Glassware is stored in
designated drawers or on shelves, inverted if possible. All organic glassware
is rinsed with the required solvent, prior to use. Inorganic glassware is rinsed
with DI water prior to use, which is a precaution against airborne cont.
Logbooks Maintenance logs are kept on all major laboratory equipment. The logbook is
updated and signed when maintenance is performed (i.e., new rings, column or
septum change, etc.). Maintenance logbooks are located in the immediate area
of the instrument. All preventive maintenance is noted either in the
maintenance logbook or in the runlog notebook.

At a minimum, all maintenance logs contain the following:
• All entries in the maintenance logs must be initialed and dated by the
person performing the maintenance.
• All maintenance logs must be bound and paginated.
• All pages of the maintenance logs must have “ESC” at the top of page.
• The instrument ID number or serial number.
• Make and model of the instrument.
• Date of installation or the date the instrument was put in service (if
available).
• Condition of the instrument when installed (new or used)
• A unique number for each notebook
Service Records Maintenance that requires a service call from the vendor should contain the
following:

• Must state details when the problem began, and what the problem was.
• When a service call was placed.
• When the service engineer came to repair the instrument.
• When the problem was solved.
• How the problem was solved.
To verify that the instrument is running properly after service has been
performed, recalibrate and analyze QC samples before the service engineer
leaves.
Additional Records
– Misc. Monitoring
Additional records are kept, updated and signed when technicians are
assigned to perform the following tasks:

• Monitor laboratory devices such as air compressors, vacuum pumps,
heaters, etc., to ensure that they are properly lubricated and in good
working condition.
• Monitor on a daily basis: general lab QC areas, such as BOD incubators,
temperature, drying ovens, desiccators, deionized water, sample cooler
temperature, etc., and record appropriate parameters in the assigned QC
logbooks.
• Monitor the supply and quality of purchased chemicals, reagents and
glassware, and keep inventory at established levels. All chemicals are
dated in relation to receipt and date opened.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 23 of 75

5.5.7 Equipment Out of Service

When equipment is found to be in unacceptable condition or has been subjected
to overloading or mishandling or if an instrument gives suspect results or has
been shown by verification or otherwise to be defective, the equipment is clearly
marked as out-of-service. Only the analyst responsible for the repair, or the
Department Manager, can place equipment back in service. Once repaired and
validated by calibration, verification, or other appropriate reviews, and found to
perform satisfactorily, the equipment can be placed back in service. The
laboratory examines the possible effect of defective equipment on any previous
calibrations.

5.5.8 Status of Calibration

When appropriate, each item of equipment is labeled, marked, or otherwise
identified to indicate its calibration status.

All equipment used with nominal values and corrections is labeled indicating the
calibration status. Examples of this equipment include thermometers, calibration
weights, and balances.

5.5.9 Equipment Returning to Service

When for any reason, equipment goes outside the direct control of the laboratory,
the laboratory ensures that the function and calibration status of the equipment
are checked and shown to be satisfactory before the equipment is returned to
service.

5.5.10 Calibration Checks

Analytical instruments are calibrated per method requirements. Calibration and
calibration check requirements are described in the appendices of this document
for each analytical area. Balances and temperature-indicating devices are
verified semiannually. Records are maintained as quality assurance documents.

5.5.11 Calibration Factors

Where calibrations give rise to a set of correction factors, the laboratory has
procedures to ensure that copies (e.g., in computer software) are correctly
updated.

5.5.12 Safeguarding of Equipment Integrity

Analytical and supporting equipment is protected from inadvertent adjustments
that could affect the integrity of the laboratory results. Instruments are located in
access-protected areas. Software is tested and approved before use.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 24 of 75

Spreadsheets used in the calculation of analytical results are tested, approved,
and locked before being placed into service.

5.6 MEASUREMENT TRACEABILITY

5.6.1 Policy (See SOP# 030202, Receipt and Records of Stock, Intermediate, and
Working Standards)

5.6.1.1 Standards and equipment significantly affecting the measurement integrity of
analyses conducted by the laboratory are monitored for stability as part of the
measurement control program. Standards and equipment are calibrated and/or
verified before use to ensure acceptable performance. Any standard or
equipment that appears unreliable or has exceeded the calibration interval is
evaluated and/or removed from service.

5.6.1.2 When standards, reagents, or other certified consumables are received, they
are assigned a unique number. The number is recorded in the LIMS
Standards Logger with other important information concerning receipt date,
supplier, expiration date, description, and volume. The number is then
placed on the item and the Certificate of Analysis. The Certificate of
Analysis is maintained electronically. Each item is dated upon opening.
Each laboratory appendix contains a list of standard sources, receipt, and
preparation information. Field personnel obtain several field standards from
the lab and the standards are NIST traceable.

5.6.2 Measurement Traceability

5.6.2.1 ESC has established a program of calibration and verification that is designed to
ensure that the measurements made by the laboratory are documented and
traceable to national standards.

5.6.2.2 To provide external evidence of traceability, the laboratory participates in
measurement control programs, such as proficiency tests, and other
interlaboratory and collaborative round robins, as required (See SOP# 030212,
PT Program).

5.6.3 Calibration/Verification

5.6.3.1 Standards (Calibration)

5.6.3.1.1 Primary standards are calibrated to the standards set forth by the
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) or by an ISO
17025-accredited provider.

5.6.3.1.2 Primary standards are verified by secondary standards and are
monitored through the measurement control programs established in the
laboratory.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 25 of 75

5.6.3.1.3 Standards are re-calibrated if there is damage to the standards or any
significant change is observed in the measurement control program.

5.6.3.2 Standards (Verification)

5.6.3.2.1 Continuous verification of standards, through the measurement control
program, ensures required measurement integrity of testing and
includes:

• Statistical data from check standards and/or control charts (See
SOP# 030207, Quality Control Charting and Tracking)
• Results from interlaboratory comparisons and/or proficiency
tests (See SOP# 030212, PT Program).

5.6.3.2.2 Measurement assurance procedures for verification of standards are
maintained in the laboratory, according to the individual method SOPs.

5.6.3.3 Measuring and Test Equipment

5.6.3.3.1 Equipment used with nominal values and corrections is calibrated by
calibration labs having ISO 17025 accreditation, other suitable
accreditation, or mutual recognition. A calibration interval is
established for the equipment.

5.6.3.4 Standard/Reagent Sources, Records, & Preparation

Standard /Reagent Selection

Standards and reagents are selected according to the method requirements. A
minimum of analytical reagent grade is used when not method stated. The
Laboratory Director or designee(s) makes the actual determination concerning
quality and manufacturer. The purchasing agent maintains a list of approved
vendors that have been evaluated and approved as suppliers of critical
consumables, supplies and services that may affect the quality of environmental
testing and calibration. All supplies that are directly used for analysis are
inspected and verified upon arrival at the Laboratory. ESC SOP# 030210,
Materials Procurement for Analytical Processes, details the entire procedure.

Standard/Reagent Inventory

An inventory of consumables and reagents are stocked in the individual
laboratory areas. Any overstock items are kept in a controlled area, maintained
by the purchasing department. Items are taken from the inventory area to the
laboratories upon request.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 26 of 75

Standard/Reagent Preparation

When standards are prepared in-house, they are weighed on an analytical
balance, calibrated against Class “I” weights, diluted in Class "A" glassware, and
compared against an external reference standard. The standard is marked with
concentration, then signed and dated by the analyst, and placed in the appropriate
storage area.

All dilutions of stock standards are prepared in Class A volumetric glassware.
Where dilutions are made to volume, TC (to contain) glassware is used. All
volumetric pipettes are Class A and designated as TD (to deliver). If the
intermediate or working standards are to be saved and used again, the standard
container is marked with concentration, date, source standard, expiration, and the
analyst's initials.

All purchased stock standards are kept in a designated area within the
appropriate section. Each chemical is marked in relation to date received, date
opened, and expiration date.

Standard/Reagent Logbooks

A standard log is kept with each analysis book, indicating date of preparation,
which standard (by lot number, if applicable) used, the amount used to prepare
the solution, when it was made and expiration date or the recommended holding
time. Reagents are recorded in the same manner as standards. Reagents that are
prepared on a daily basis are recorded directly onto the raw data sheet. The
analyst preparing the reagent initials and dates the raw data sheet. Where
appropriate, an electronic LIMS Standard Logger is used in lieu of handwritten
logbooks.

5.7 SAMPLING

5.7.1 Sampling Plan

When the laboratory carries out sampling of substances, materials or products for
subsequent testing or calibration, it has a sampling plan and procedure for
sampling. The sampling plan as well as the sampling procedure are available at
the location where sampling is undertaken. Sampling plans are, whenever
reasonable, based on appropriate governing methods. The sampling process
addresses the factors to be controlled to ensure the validity of the analytical
results.

5.7.2 Client Requirements

ESC has no jurisdiction over client deviations from any sampling plan but clients
are encouraged to maintain proper records and to include appropriate information
in all documents and communications.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 27 of 75

5.7.3 Sampling Records

See Appendix III for information regarding the records of relevant field data.

5.7.4 Field Sampling - General Summary

Sample Labels

All sample labels contain the following information: Client name, project name
or ID, site ID, sampling point, time collected, and date collected. In addition the
label includes information regarding preservation and method assignment. The
project ID number is a unique ID number that can be associated with the client
overseeing the project. Clients are designated in the ESC LIMS by a unique
name referred to as a COCODE. The COCODE always precedes the project ID
so that ESC personnel can easily relate a project ID to a particular client. As
samples are logged in, they are assigned a unique sequential number. NO login
number can be used twice. When the samples are logged in, all field label
information is entered. All sample information can be accessed by entering the
LIMS and viewing the sample login number. ESC has the capability to access
all samples with the same project ID and print a summary of the samples. All
field information can be reviewed in the field notebook by date and client.

Field Notebooks

Field notebooks are an essential part of the COC. Every detail concerning the
sampling event must be documented. All documentation must be written with
waterproof ink. All records are signed and dated by the individuals responsible
for making the entry. Errors made during the documentation process are deleted
by a single line with the initials of the person who corrected it and the date made.

Crucial information to be recorded in the field notebook includes:

• Site identification
• Sample location
• Date and time of sample collection.
• Names of individual(s) collecting and documenting each sample.
• Names of all individuals present at the time of collection.
• Pertinent field conditions, including weather, site, traffic, other events,
problems, etc.
• A copy of the Shipping Batch Detail Report is included as an attachment
to the COC with each kit prepared and shipped.
• Specific sampling equipment used for the collection of each individual
sample or sample group (Unique equipment identification numbers can
be used.)
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 28 of 75

• If field analyses are performed, calibrations and results are recorded in
field workbooks.
• When sampling monitoring wells, the field notes (whether in notebooks
or on standard forms) must also document:
¾ Well casing composition and diameter
¾ Water table depth
¾ Well depth
¾ Calculations to determine the volume of water to be purged
¾ The total volume of water purged and how accomplished
¾ The date and time well was purged, beginning to end
¾ Use of fuel-powered units, bailers, etc.
• When collecting surface water samples, the field notes must include the
depth at which the sample was taken and the type of sampling equipment
used.
• When water samples are collected over a period of time, it is necessary to
indicate the following information in the field notes:
¾ Collection beginning and ending time and date
¾ Specific equipment used (manual or automatic)
¾ Abnormal conditions of the sampling location
¾ Safety precautions taken.

Field Chain of Custody (COC)

All field records include the signature of the person(s) responsible for the
collection of the samples.

COC forms are completed and returned with the samples collected by ESC
personnel. COC forms are also made available to clients collecting their own
samples. A copy of the COC is retained in pdf form along with a pdf copy of
the final report in the LIMS. The original is returned to the client with the final
report. The COC is signed by the sampling personnel in the space referred to as
"Collected by:".

A sample label is affixed to the side of each sample container before or at the
time of sample collection. Pertinent information on the label includes a unique
field identification number, sample description, preservative, method requested,
date and time the sample was collected.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 29 of 75

5.7.5 Field Quality Control Checks

Blanks collected in the field are considered to be specific quality control for a set of
samples. Analytical data that is consequential from the blanks is used to assess the
integrity of field sampling and cleaning operations. This data can be used to
confirm the use of contaminant-free sample containers and preservation reagents,
and/or successful equipment cleaning. Potential on-site contamination, personnel
sample collection technique accuracy, and problems that may occur in sample
storage and transportation may also be revealed. Field blanks are treated in the
same manner as regular samples: preserved with the same reagents, stored and
transported in the same containers with samples, etc. For soil or solid samples,
deionized water is used for blanks in similar containers.

5.7.5.1 Field/Equipment Blanks

The purpose of field blanks is to evaluate the purity of preservation or additive
reagents. Field blanks also represent the collection techniques, general sample
containers to be filled, and the effects of on-site environmental conditions and
possible contaminants. Field blanks are prepared at sampling locations by filling
sample containers with DI water, adding appropriate preservatives or additives,
sealing the containers, and completing all paperwork required for the samples.
Field blanks are stored in the same shipping containers with the samples for
transportation back to the lab.

Field blanks are generally collected at a rate of one blank per parameter group per
day, or 5% of the samples in the parameter group, whichever is greater.

Equipment blanks help measure the effectiveness of pre-cleaning and field cleaning
of equipment. They are used to evaluate sources of contamination that may also be
found in a trip blank. Equipment blanks are collected according to the frequency
shown in Table 5.7.5. Equipment blanks are prepared by rinsing the equipment
with analyte-free water in the same manner as used for sample collection. The
equipment blank is placed in the appropriate containers with required preservatives,
if any. Blanks must be taken and preserved, where required, for each method
group. The blanks are stored in the same shipping containers as samples for
transportation back to the lab.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 30 of 75

5.7.5.2 Trip Blanks

Trip blanks are used when sampling for volatile organic compounds to evaluate the
cleanliness of the sample container, purity of the blank source water, and the
exposure of the sample to contaminants during storage and/or transportation to and
from the laboratory. The Laboratory supplies the trip blank with the sampling kit
order, according to the following:
• The trip blanks are filled with analyte-free water plus any appropriate
preservatives. (Matrix specific trip blanks are provided where necessary)
• The containers are sealed, labeled, and transported to the field in the same
coolers or boxes with the sample containers to be used for sample
collection.
• Trip blanks are not opened in the field.
• The trip blanks must be handled in the same manner as the samples being
collected and are transferred (if required) with other samples for storage
and transportation to the laboratory.
• If additional blanks (field and equipment) are necessary the same source
water as the trip blanks are used.
• One trip blank per parameter group per cooler are used in the sampling
event.
• The client is notified if the trip blank does not return with the sample set
and a nonconformance is issued.

TABLE 5.7.5.2 EQUIPMENT BLANK COLLECTION PROCEDURE
FOR EACH TYPE OF SAMPLING EQUIPMENT
No. of Samples Precleaned Equipment Blank Per
Parameter Group Prior to Sample
Collection
Field-Cleaned Equipment
Blanks Per Parameter Group
Less than 10 1 equipment blank if no field
cleaning on site; OR
1 equipment blank for field-
cleaned equipment
Greater than 10 1, or 5% of equipment sets,
whichever is greater
1, or 5% of equipment sets
cleaned, whichever is greater
NOTE: Equipment blanks must accompany samples in the same container used for
transportation.

5.7.5.3 Field Duplicates

Field duplicates are collected for each analyte group and are required whenever five
or more samples are being collected. If more than ten samples are to be collected,
the field duplication rate is 10%.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 31 of 75

5.7.5.4 Field QC Check Samples

All field instruments are calibrated at the beginning of each sampling day.
Calibration is checked following every 10 samples or at maximum intervals of 4
hours. Calibration is verified at the end of the day. Recalibration is required if the
QC check samples do not meet calibration criteria. The pH meter is evaluated after
every ten samples using a buffer different than the ones used to calibrate the meter.
The conductivity meter is evaluated by measuring the performance of the standard
and the result must not vary by more than 5% from the true value after applying the
cell constant.
5.7.5.5 Field Duplicate Analysis

All analyses run in the field have duplicates performed at a rate of 10% of the total
samples.

5.8 SAMPLE MANAGEMENT

5.8.1 Sample Management Instructions

Clients supply environmental samples from various sources/programs for
analysis. ESC utilizes method SOPs and contract requirements as the
instructions to properly handle and process these samples.

5.8.1.1 Holding Time Verification

• The Login Technicians are trained to recognize analyses with immediate,
24-hour, and 48-hour holding times. When short-hold samples arrive at
the laboratory, the Login procedure for those samples takes place
immediately. All analysts are trained to assess incoming samples for
holding time limitations.
• If a sample has a holding time limitation, the LIMS issues a due date on
the bench sheet to ensure that the extraction or analysis is completed
within time allowed.
• In the event that a holding time is exceeded, the TSR contacts the client,
informs them of the situation, and requests further direction. If instructed
by the client to proceed with the analysis, a qualifier is added to the
benchsheet, which is then carried on to reporting. The final report bears
the explanation in the form of a qualifier.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 32 of 75

5.8.1.2 Sample container and Sub-Sampling

• Each container displays the following information once it has been
released from sample login to the laboratory: the original sample
container label and the sample login label showing the sample log
number.
• If the sample requires special DOT labeling, the label remains with the
sample through receiving and disposal. If the sampling personnel note
any special handling or precautions due to the nature of the sample, it is
recorded on the sample label. The login person, at that time, makes a
note in the LIMS to ensure that all departments have the information.
• The importance of sample label review is stressed to all chemists/analysts
and sample handling personnel.
• When a sample is obtained for analysis the chemist records in the
appropriate prep book or benchsheet the log number, the date removed,
his initials, and the volume or mass of sample removed.
• Samples are mixed prior to taking sub-samples for analysis, with the
exception of VOC analyses. Sub-sampling within the laboratory is
performed according to SOP# 030220, Sample Homogenization and Sub-
Sampling.

5.8.1.3 Sample Preparation

The LIMS keeps track of samples and their corresponding log numbers to be
analyzed. The analysts responsible for sample preparation maintain preparatory
documentation, whether organic or inorganic. The analyst asks the LIMS to
generate a prep sheet for a specific prep code. The LIMS provides all samples
assigned to that prep code and prints a worksheet to record the required
information.

• ESC currently maintains the following prep information: wet chemistry,
metal digestions, organic extractions (by method), and GC and GC/MS
injection logs.
• The chemist preparing the samples, dates and initials the entry, records
any non-standard procedure (e.g., an aliquot for metal digestion other
than 100mL for a water sample) or unusual observation, and which
samples are spiked or duplicated.
• The organic extraction prep book contains all details concerning the
sample extraction procedure.
• When a preparation is complete, the chemist assigned to perform the
analysis is notified and the prepped sample is placed in the appropriate
holding area.
• Each extract/digestate/distillate is labeled to provide the following
information: date prepped, amount prepared (volume/weight), dilutions,
etc.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 33 of 75

• The various prep books, workbooks, and injection logs document every
manipulation of the sample through receipt, preparation, and analysis.

5.8.1.4 Analysis & Analysts

• Each chemist has been assigned primary analytical procedures.
• Before beginning analysis they request a Laboratory Run Preview sheet
from the LIMS and receive a printed page for the specific analysis in the
form of a benchsheet. This Run Preview sheet lists all sample log
numbers, sample type, and due dates relating to the samples that are
ready for analysis. At that time the analyst can then select "all" or choose
certain samples. Once the samples have been selected they are assigned
to a unique run number and are then printed to a run benchsheet.
• The benchsheet provides all necessary information to complete the
analysis such as: date and initials, flask numbers (where applicable),
standards ID, instrument readings, response factors, aliquots, dilutions,
final results, and all QC spike and duplicate information.
• When all data is recorded and the calculations are complete, a second
chemist, a QC Specialist, performs a second analytical review. If all
calculations and other performance objectives pass method criteria, the
second reviewer dates and initials the data and then releases the data for
final reporting.
• For data that cannot be transferred electronically, a Data Entry Specialist
enters the results into the LIMS. The entered results are reviewed for
transcription errors against the original worksheet by a chemist. If the lab
supervisor or senior chemist rejects the work, he discusses the corrective
action measures with the analyst.

5.8.1.5 Laboratory Documentation

• Laboratory notebooks and related documentation are an essential part of
the analytical procedure. Every detail concerning the sample analysis
must be documented.
• All documentation must be written with permanent/waterproof ink. All
records are signed and dated by the individuals responsible for making
the entry.
• Errors made during the documentation process are deleted by a single
line, with the date and initials of the person making the change. The
correct result is clearly recorded adjacent to the incorrect result.

5.8.1.6 Sample Storage and Transportation

• When a Chemist completes the preparation or analysis of a sample, he
returns the sample container to the Sample Custodian.
• Samples transported under the responsibility of the laboratory are done so
safely and according to storage conditions.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 34 of 75

• Specific safety operations are addressed outside of this document.

5.8.1.7 Final Reporting

• When all analyses on a sample number have been completed, the LIMS
prints the final report.
• The TSR reviews the final report for discrepancies. If discrepancies are
found, re-analysis may be requested.
• The TSR gives the final approval on the report and indicates approval by
signature.
• Routinely, data reports are transmitted to the client through email as a
PDF file. Reports are sent as PDFs to prevent alteration of the document.
The hardcopy report can be mailed to the client, when necessary. Reports
may also be sent to the client by fax, or via secure access through the
ESC website.
• Reports that are sent electronically are protected using the latest
technology available to protect the confidentiality of the results and the
client.

5.8.1.8 Sample Retention and Disposal

• Samples and related extracts/digestates are retained for 45 days.
• Non-hazardous samples containing preservative are neutralized and
disposed through the conventional municipal waste system.
• Non-hazardous solids are heated at 400 degrees Fahrenheit for two
minutes and disposed of in a commercial waste container.
• All other waste is disposed of according to Section 6.

5.8.1.9 Sample Subcontracting

• When samples are transferred to subcontracted facility, a COC
accompanies the samples. The COC contains the following required
information: collection date and time, ESC login ID number, quantity and
type of container, date of sample collection, and the requested analysis.
• A copy of the COC and the sub-contract lab report is filed for permanent
record.
• A subcontracted analysis log records date sent, where sent, log number,
analysis requested, price, date report received, and date invoice received.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 35 of 75

5.8.2 Sample Information and Labeling

A unique sample identification number is generated for each sample and is used
throughout the analytical and disposal cycle. A record of all client-supplied
samples is established and maintained. The samples are stored according to
published method requirements and determinative SOP.. While in storage, the
client samples are stored by sample ID and analyses required.

• When samples are logged in, the information entered into the LIMS
includes sample description, date and time collected, collector ID, field
ID, project ID, date and time received, receiver’s ID, analysis requested,
specific QC requirements, type of container and preservative, sample
type, due date, and remarks.
• Each sample is assigned a unique and consecutive log number. After a
sample is entered into the LIMS database and assigned a specific number
identifier, the LIMS login screen automatically presents the next
consecutive number for logging in the subsequent sample. Log numbers
are not available for reuse and cannot be altered, although descriptive
information, as well as sample specific comments can be modified until
the final report is issued.
• A sample label with the log number is printed by the LIMS and affixed to
the sample. Each label contains a unique container ID, represents the
sample ID number, and is clearly marked with preservative and requested
analysis.
• Duplicate samples, collected in the field, are logged with a separate
laboratory ID. Laboratory personnel are typically unaware of field
duplication.
• Replicate samples with multiple analyses and containers have the same
login ID number.
• The login person records the sample numbers assigned onto the COC.
The LIMS provides documentation on the person authorized to enter
sample log information.

5.8.3 Sample Inspection and Receipt

Any sample supplied by the client is verified upon receipt as meeting its
description and being free from damage. In the event of a client sample being
lost, damaged or otherwise unsuitable for use, full details of the incident are
recorded and reported to the client by the Technical Service Representative via a
nonconformance form, prior to any analytical action being taken. Any further
action taken is at the direction of the client.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 36 of 75

The Login Technician is responsible for sample login and assessing sample
container integrity, documentation, and identification. Samples are inspected
and noted for temperature, pH using narrow-range pH paper, headspace, proper
container type, container integrity (broken or leaking), and volume levels.
Samples requiring preservation at 4°C must arrive at the laboratory above
freezing but <6°C. If the samples are not appropriately preserved, the problem is
noted on a sample nonconformance form, the sampler is notified, and, if the lab
is instructed to proceed, proper preservation is performed. The sample
nonconformance sheet becomes a permanent part of the COC. Samples, which
require refrigeration, are placed in a laboratory cooler immediately after login. If
extractions are necessary, the laboratory supervisor is notified, via daily
management reports, to ensure that holding times are not exceeded for samples,
extracts, or digestates.

5.8.3.1 Sample Objectives

ESC receives samples for analysis for a variety of reasons, such as planning,
estimating, process control, treatability as well as permit compliance reporting,
site investigation, and remediation. When general screening is the goal of the
client/project, analysis of improperly preserved or collected samples may
proceed provided that the client is notified. In this instance, the chemist is
notified and the proper documentation is placed onto the final report.

5.8.3.2 Sample Rejection Criteria

Where the analytical results are to be used for regulatory or compliance
purposes, samples are rejected under the following conditions:

• If there is insufficient sample volume
• If the preservation and container requirements were not followed
correctly
• If there is headspace in a sample collected for volatiles analysis
• If the COC is missing, incomplete, or filled out in pencil
• If the holding time for the desired analysis has expired
• If the integrity of the sample container or custody seal has been violated,
if samples are broken or leaking, or if apparent contamination has
occurred.
• If the temperature is outside of the method stated requirement
• If the samples are known to contain high levels of chemicals that present
a health/safety risk (i.e. dioxins, radioactivity above background, etc.)

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 37 of 75

5.8.3.3 Nonconformance Issues

• If there are problems with the samples, the event details are documented
on the sample nonconformance form/COC; then, the sampler and/or
client is notified.
• If the client insists on proceeding with analyses, even though he has full
knowledge of the possible invalidity of the sample, a qualifier detailing
the problem is added in the LIMS and it is also noted on the
nonconformance form.
• The TSR, affected chemists, and reporting personnel are also notified.

5.8.3.4 Login Confirmation

• On a daily basis, login confirmations are printed and auto-emailed to the
client. A pdf copy is maintained in the ESC LIMS.
• A dual check is performed by Login and the Technical Service Group to
insure proper analytical login from the COC.
• The original COC is forwarded to the reporting personnel to be reviewed
and included with the final report.

5.8.4 Sample Storage and Handling

Client samples remain in their original packaging until analysis. Any samples
that need to be dispensed or removed from their original packaging are stored in
conditions that provide the same degree of protection.

Sample/Extract Storage:

• Samples, extracts, distillates and digestates have specific storage
locations arranged in log number order unless rush analysis is required.
• Access to these areas is limited to authorized personnel.
• Samples are stored either in the cooler or in ambient-temperature storage,
according to method preservation requirements
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 38 of 75

• Extracts, digestates, and standards are stored separately from calibration
and other QC Standards in dedicated areas as follows:
o Organic extractions for pesticides and PCBs are stored in glass
vials in a designated refrigerator in the SVOC GC lab.
o Organic extractions for SVOCs are stored in glass vials in a
designated refrigerator in the semivolatile GC/MS lab.
o TCLP extracts for metals only and metal digestates are stored in
the metals lab.
o TCLP extracts for SVOCs, pesticide, and herbicide analysis are
stored on designated sample shelves in the cooler. After the
extraction, the extract is stored in a designated refrigerator in the
semivolatile GC/MS lab.
o Zero headspace extracts and samples for volatiles are stored in
VOC vials and segregated in a designated cooler. Where
necessary, samples collected by Method 5035 are frozen.
o Volatile standards are stored in a designated freezer in the VOC
lab.
o Pesticide and PCB standards are stored in a designated
refrigerator in the SVOC GC lab.
o SVOC standards are stored in a designated freezer in the SVOC
GC/MS lab.

5.8.5 Special Requirements

The following entities mandate any required needs for special handling, storage,
packaging, preservation, shipping, and marking provisions:

• EPA Approved Methods • 29 CFR (OSHA) • IATA (Dangerous Goods)
• 40CFR Part 136.3 • 49 CFR (DOT)

5.8.6 Sample Transportation

When a sample is received by the laboratory, the method of transportation is
recorded on the COC. ESC routinely uses FED-EX, UPS, USPS, Velocity
Express and various air carriers. Locally collected samples are sometimes
carried in by the client collection personnel or by ESC courier. When ESC is
involved in the actual sample collection, the samples are packed with ice on site
and transported by ESC field personnel utilizing proper COC protocol.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 39 of 75

5.8.7 Sample Custody

Chain of Custody

An important part of any sampling/analytical plan is ensuring sample integrity
from collection to data reporting. Figure 5.8.7a is a flow diagram that represents
the sample custody process. All records and documentation required to track a
sample from point of origin through disposal must be available. The
documentation of the life of the sample is referred to as "chain of custody."
Formal chain of custody (COC) starts when the sample containers are requested.
Such documentation includes container/shipping sheets, COC forms, field
notebooks, field sample labels and custody seals, laboratory sample log sheets,
sample extraction and digestion prep books, analytical workbooks and
instrument logs, QC data associated with the sample set, and the final report.
Examples of these documents are presented in Figures 5.8.7b through 5.8.7k.

Legal Chain of Custody

Legal COC involves all of the above, but actually begins in the laboratory with
container preparation. All sample containers for collection purposes are
purchased from the vender as certified clean per EPA protocols. When a kit is
prepared for delivery to the field a Shipping Batch Detail Report is filled out
stating the number and type of bottles, required preservatives, date prepared, date
sent, and person preparing kit. A copy of the Shipping Batch Detail Report is
generally kept beyond the estimated time of receipt of the kit back into the
laboratory. The Shipping Batch Detail Report is sent with the kit for sampling
guidance. The COC/Shipping BDR also represents the number of bottles sent to
the client and the person preparing the kit. The containers are sent to the field in
a portable cooler that is sealed with the COC/Shipping BDR inside by the person
involved with preparation and remains sealed until the recipient opens the kit.
The individual receiving the containers for field use, signs the COC at the time
the kit and containers are released for shipment to the laboratory. COC forms
and sample container labels identify the analyses, dates, times, and individuals
who remove samples.

The COC represents all persons who have the sample in their custody at a given
time. The client designates common carriers on the COC when the sample is
shipped back to the laboratory.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 40 of 75

FIGURE 5.8.7a
CHAIN OF CUSTODY PROCESS

ESC Sample Container
Dispatch

Sample Collection by
ESC Field Services
Sample Collection
by Client

Sample Transportation
to ESC Laboratory

LIMS Sample Custody
Tracking System

Sample Disposition

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 41 of 75

FIGURE 5.8.7b
INDIVIDUAL CONTAINER LOG
EXAMPLE
(Contents varies depending on client kit requirements)

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 42 of 75

FIGURE 5.8.7c
CHAIN OF CUSTODY
GENERAL EXAMPLE
(Required Analysis is printed by ESC or Client)

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 43 of 75

FIGURE 5.8.7d

SAMPLE CONTAINER LABEL

ABC WASTEWATER PLANT

Prepared by Environmental Science Corp.
Project: Annual Sludge - SOUR/Class “B” Fecal
Proj #: 57243
Sample Location/ID: Sludge Digester
Analysis Req’d: Class “B” Fecal Coliform
NaThio Preservative Included
Date:______________ Time:______________
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 44 of 75

FIGURE 5.8.7e

SAMPLE CONTAINER CUSTODY SEAL

CUSTODY SEAL

Date: I-CHEM
Chemists In The Container Business™
Signature:
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 45 of 75

FIGURE 5.8.7f

SAMPLE LOGIN LABEL

EMERMFG L99999-01
Emerald Manufacturing Corp.
Outfall Manhole-quarterly

Coll. Date/Time: 07/22/98 1400 TN

Sample #1 1L=Amb-NoPres

SV625 999999
L99999-01
“BARCODE
HERE”
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 46 of 75

FIGURE 5.8.7g

EXAMPLE LAB PREPARATION SHEET

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 47 of 75

FIGURE 5.8.7h

EXAMPLE LAB ASSIGNMENT/WORKSHEETS

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 48 of 75

FIGURE 5.8.7i
EXAMPLE SAMPLE CONFIRMATION REPORT

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 49 of 75

5.9 QUALITY CONTROL

5.9.1 Quality Control Procedures

ESC has established quality control procedures for monitoring the validity of
stated analytical methods. The resulting data are recorded in such a way that
trends are detectable.

5.9.2 Quality Control Activities

Monitoring of quality may include the following:

• regular use of certified reference materials and/or internal quality control
using secondary reference materials;
• participation in interlaboratory comparison or proficiency testing
programs;
• replicate analyses
• re-testing or re-calibration
• logic check or correlation of results from related analyses
• The identification and analysis of developing data trends by the use of
control charts.

5.9.2.1 Quality control data are analyzed using statistical techniques and, where they are
found to be outside pre-defined criteria, planned action is taken to correct the
problem and to prevent incorrect results from being reported.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 50 of 75

5.9.2.2 Laboratory Checks

See Section 3 for a description of QC samples and related definitions.

Table 5.9.2.2 BASIC LABORATORY QC CHECKS
QC Check Sample Source Prep
Required
Method/reagent blanks - One blank is carried through each step of the analytical
procedure for each batch of samples. Blanks are prepared for each preparation
method and matrix (i.e., solids assay, dissolved metals, TCLP extraction, etc.).
Blanks are used to confirm the absence of contaminants within the preparation
and/or analytical system prior to and during the analysis of field samples.
Lab DI Yes
Initial Calibration Verification (ICV) – An independently prepared standard used
to verify the accuracy of the initial calibration (for ongoing calibration)
Primary or
Secondary No *
Laboratory Control Sample (LCS) – A known clean matrix is spiked with
known amounts of the analyte(s) of interest used to verify the efficiency of the
analytical system without interference from the field sample matrix. The LCS
provides the best estimate of analytical system performance and may also be used
to verify the validity of the on-going calibration.
Secondary Yes
Continuing Reference Standard Checks – Metals and Organics; *Also called
SSCV (Secondary Source Calibration Verification) – An independently prepared
standard used to verify the accuracy of the existing calibration.
Secondary No
Continuing Calibration Verification (CCV) - A standard, usually near the mid-
point of the calibration curve, made from the primary or same standard stock used
for the calibration curve. The CCV is used to represent the ongoing calibration
stability of the instrument and must perform within method stated criteria.
Primary
No *
Sample Matrix Spikes and Spike Duplicates (MS/MSD) –Prepared field samples
spiked with known quantities of target analyte and carried through the entire
preparation and analytical process concurrently with unspiked field samples to
assess the effect of the sample matrix on the target analytes present and to provide
an estimate of analytical precision. For analyses where field sample type does not
allow for MS/MSD preparation (i.e. lead wipes, air samples on charcoal tubes, etc.)
an LCS/LCSD pair may be substituted.
Primary or
Secondary

Yes
Post Digestion Spike – (used in metals analysis) A standard prepared from a
previously analyzed spiked sample digestate that yielded reduced recovery for the
target analyte due to a suspected matrix interferent.
Primary No
Sample Duplicates – Second aliquots of field samples carried through the entire
preparation and analytical process that used as an indication of sample precision or
consistency in the field sample matrix.
Client
Sample Yes
Surrogate Standards – Analytes not expected to occur naturally in field samples
that are spiked by preparation/analytical personnel to assess sample preparation and
analytical efficiency in each individual field sample.
NA Yes
Internal Standards– Analytes not expected to occur naturally in field samples that
are spiked to provide a consistent basis for comparison with target analyte
concentrations. ISTDs are used in internal calibration models.
NA No
* Preparation requirements can vary depending on method. Requirements are listed in each individual determinative
SOP.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 51 of 75

5.9.2.3 Batch QC Criteria

5.9.2.3.1 Environmental Samples

Sample Batch - Defined as a set of 20 or fewer samples of a similar matrix
prepared and/or analyzed concurrently. The maximum number of samples
possible per batch is dependent on the determinative method allowance.

Required Instrument QC per batch:

• Calibration Blank (CB or CCB)
• Initial Calibration Verification (ICV)
• (1) Continuing Calibration Verification (CCV) every 10-20 samples
where and as required.
• (1) CCV at end of run where required.
• (1) Post-Digestion Spike – Metals analysis
• (1) Serial Dilution – Metals analysis

NOTE: The CCV is typically a mid-point concentration. In addition to the
mid-point, where required, the CCV is run at a concentration that
varies from the mid-point by +/-25% during each analytical run.
The varied CCV must meet the same acceptance criteria as the
mid-point.

Required Method QC per batch (Must include internal standards and
surrogates, where required by the method):

• (1)Method/prep Blank
• (1) Laboratory Control Sample Duplicate Pair, LCS/LCSD must
be analyzed for analytes where spiking procedures are not
practical, such as total suspended solids, total dissolved solids,
total volatile solids, total solids, pH, color, odor, oil& grease,
temperature, dissolved oxygen or turbidity
• Matrix Spike/Spike Duplicate (MS/MSD) Pair, MS/MSD must
be analyzed except for analytes where spiking procedures are
not practical, such as total suspended solids, total dissolved
solids, total volatile solids, total solids, pH, color, odor, oil&
grease, temperature, dissolved oxygen or turbidity
• (1) Sample Duplicate (where sufficient field sample is available
and where required by determinative method)

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 52 of 75

5.9.2.3.2 Industrial Hygiene Analyses, Including Environmental Lead

Sample Batch - Defined as a set of 20 or fewer samples of a
similar matrix prepared and/or analyzed concurrently.

Required Instrument QC per batch:

• Calibration Blank (CB or CCB)
• Initial Calibration Verification (ICV)
• (1) Continuing Calibration Verification (CCV) every
10 samples
• (1) CCV at end of run.
• (1) Post-Digestion Spike – Metals analysis

NOTE: The CCV is typically a mid-point concentration. In
addition to the mid-point, the CCV is run at a
concentration that varies from the mid-point by +/-
25% during each analytical run. The varied CCV must
meet the same acceptance criteria as the mid-point.

Required Method QC per batch:

• (1) method/prep blank
• (1)Laboratory Control Sample/Laboratory Control
Sample Duplicate Pair, LCS/LCSD
• Matrix Spike/Spike Duplicate (MS/MSD) pair, where
matrix permits
• (1) Sample Duplicate (where sufficient sample is
available)

5.9.2.3.3 Batch QC Protocols

If more stringent QC protocols are required than those outlined above for
any method or project, then the more stringent method protocols are
followed.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 53 of 75

5.9.2.4 Inter-Laboratory Quality Control

• Reference samples are ordered from Environmental Resource
Associates or similar provider. Samples are purchased to evaluate
the following method types: Air, Water Supply, Water Pollution,
and Solid Waste.
• Blind QC check samples are purchased at least semi-annually from
Environmental Resource Associates or similar provider as an
external source for performance evaluation samples. These samples
are supplied to ESC without the true concentration values. For
specific state water pollution programs, two levels are analyzed.
The laboratory may perform additional studies as required by
contract, regulatory agency or accreditation. ESC reviews the
results as an overall check on internal QC procedures. If blind QC
check sample results are unacceptable and such information impacts
certification the laboratory immediately initiates corrective action
and orders another check sample to ensure ongoing proficiency of
that analyte.
• Blind field duplicates are collected at least annually to evaluate field
collection and laboratory precision. Client field duplicates are
collected based on project requirements. The field duplicates are
logged in as regular samples and laboratory personnel are unaware
of sample origin.
• Split samples are periodically sent to outside laboratories to confirm
analytical results.

5.9.2.5 Procedures for Assessing Data Precision, Accuracy and Completeness

The following procedures apply to all analytes measured, unless more
stringent QC has been specified. All field measurements must meet the
same QC criteria as those run in the lab.

5.9.2.6 Use and Preparation of QC Samples

Certified standards, generated from reference materials, are used to check
calibration throughout the analytical run. The standards are obtained from
suppliers who are NIST recognized and ISO compliant. A Certificate of
Analysis or other documentation verifying purity accompanies the
standards.

Sample matrix spikes are prepared using actual samples prior to digestion,
extraction, etc. Separate matrix spike limits are calculated for each type of
sample (i.e., water, solid, TCLP extract, personnel filter, etc.). Sample
duplicate analyses are also initiated prior to digestion, extraction, etc.
Duplicate spikes and duplicate laboratory control samples are used to
generate precision data.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 54 of 75

Table 5.9.2 lists methods used to generate precision and accuracy targets.
TABLE 5.9.2.6 METHODS USED TO GENERATE PRECISION
AND ACCURACY TARGETS
Method Purpose Method References
Reference Standards
(Laboratory Control Sample - LCS) Accuracy All analyses
Reference Standards
(Dup. Laboratory Control Sample – LCSD)
Precision and
Accuracy All analyses
Matrix Spikes Accuracy
All quantitative Wet
Chemistry analyses. All
Metals and Organics.
Duplicate Matrix Spikes Precision and
Accuracy
All quantitative Wet
Chemistry analyses. All
Metals and Organics.
Sample Duplicates Precision All analyses

5.9.2.7 QC Charts

When an analyst completes a reference standard check, a duplicate, or a
matrix spike, the result is calculated and compared to the appropriate QC
chart and evaluated against the established limits. A rough x-bar or
duplicate QC graph, with mean, warning and control limits, is available. If
the results are out of control limits, the analyst notes this problem for
appropriate corrective action. Corrective action is taken, based on an
established list of identified corrective action procedures.

Outliers

Control limits, where required, are calculated at least annually according to
NELAC standards as identified in SOP 030207, QC Charting. The data are
evaluated using ± 4 times the standard deviation or 4σ criteria for outliers.
Data that falls outside of ± 4 times the standard deviation are eliminated
from the calculation. Data points are not eliminated otherwise, unless an
obvious system failure has occurred and the error can be documented and
identified.

Control Data Entry

For non-data transfer results, the data entry specialist gathers data directly
from the benchsheet and enters it into the computer LIMS or Excel,
depending on the origin of the data. For instrumentation with data transfer,
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 55 of 75

100 X ionConcentratTrue
ionConcentrat Observed =Recovery Percent
the data is obtained directly from LIMS. The data is then brought into a
spreadsheet and the charts can be plotted and evaluated by the computer
software.

5.9.2.8 Accuracy

Laboratory Control Standards (LCS)

• Laboratory Control Standards are run with every analytical batch.
• X-bar control charts are generated using a minimum of the last 20
data points, based upon percent recovery.
• Warning limits are set at the 95% confidence interval and are
plus/minus two standard deviations from the arithmetic mean.
• Control limits are set at the 99% confidence interval and are
plus/minus three standard deviations.
• LCS limits are calculated at least annually where necessary. See the
individual laboratory appendices for the list of established limits.
Method stated limits override in-house calculated limits.

Percent Recovery:

Standard Deviation for Percent Recovery:

Where: Sp = Standard deviation for percent recovery
P1,2,3,. = Individual percent recovery results

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 56 of 75

Matrix Spiked Samples

Spiked samples are typically ten percent of all samples, where matrix and
sampling permits. Spiked samples are entered onto similar QC charts with
the percent recovery. The target spike concentration routinely used is one
to five times the initial concentration of the unspiked sample. This basis for
the spike target provides analyte concentrations that do not exceed the range
of the analysis and are not too small to be significantly affected by normal
data variability. One exception for higher ratios is if an MS is spiked at
one to five times the client sample concentration based on historical data
but the client sample concentration turns out to be much lower or non-
detect, the MS/MSD recovery results would still be usable.

• Matrix spiked samples are run with every analytical batch of
samples.
• X-bar control charts are generated using a minimum of the last 20
data points, based upon percent recovery.
• Warning limits are set at the 95% confidence interval and are
plus/minus two standard deviations from the arithmetic mean.
• Control limits are set at the 99% confidence interval and are
plus/minus three standard deviations.
• MS limits are calculated at least annually or sooner where
necessary. See the individual laboratory appendices for the list of
established limits.
• Method stated limits supercede in-house calculated limits.

MS/MSD Percent Recovery:

100 X spikeof ionConcentrat
value sampleinitial - value sampleSpiked =Recovery Spike%

Standard Deviation for Percent Recovery:

Calculate using the same formula provided in the previous LCS section.

5.9.2.9 Precision

Precision is assessed through the use of duplicate client and/or QC samples,
which constitute approximately 10% of all samples run. The relative
percent difference (RPD) is calculated as follows:
100 X
2
2) Duplicate + 1 (Duplicate
2 Duplicate - 1 Duplicate = RPD
⎥⎦
⎤⎢⎣
⎡

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 57 of 75

ƒ Duplicates are analyzed with every analytical batch.
ƒ X-bar control charts are generated using a minimum of the last 20
data points, based upon percent recovery.
ƒ Warning limits (WL) are set at the 95% confidence interval using

ƒ Control limits are set at the 99% confidence interval and are plus
three standard deviations.

• Limits are calculated at least annually or sooner where necessary.
See the individual laboratory Appendices for the list of established
limits.
ƒ For Laboratory Control Samples and Matrix Spikes - Calculate RPD
using the actual analytical result.
ƒ For Sample Duplicates – Calculate RPD using the actual analytical
result.
ƒ Calculate the standard deviation, separately for LCS, MS and
Sample Duplicates by matrix, where appropriate.
ƒ Method stated limits override in-house calculated limits.

5.9.2.3.10 5.9.2.10 Marginal Exceedance Limits

Due to the large number of compounds analyzed using some analytical
methods, it is statistically likely that accuracy and precision failures
occur. Failures that occur on a random basis are deemed as marginal
exceedances and must meet the criteria below. Not all regulatory
programs allow for the use of marginal exceedance limits. In addition,
not all analytical methods meet the requirements for the use of ME
limits. Refer to the specific determinative SOP for more guidance
regarding use and limitations.

SD)2.456 ( ValueMean •+=WL
SD)3.268 ( ValueMean •+=CL
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 58 of 75

Marginal exceedances must be random events. If failures can
demonstrate a pattern or occur with regularity in the same target analyte ,
the failure is not random and is not considered to be marginally exceeding
the method requirements.

In addition, ME limits are utilized for methods with large numbers of
target analytes being analyzed concurrently, as in the 8270/625
determinative method.

For example, the normal compound list for 8270/625 typically contains
90+ analytes; therefore, per the criteria listed below, only 5 analytes can
be considered as marginally exceeding the acceptance criteria. If more
than 5 failures occur or if the failures demonstrate a pattern that is
causing the outliers, the entire sample batch with associated QC must
be re-extracted and re-analyzed.

Upper and lower marginal exceedance (ME) limits are established by +/-
four times the standard deviation of historical accuracy data and the
number of marginal exceedances allowed is based on the number of
analytes spiked in the LCS.

Number of
Target Analytes
Allowable Marginal
Exceedance Outliers
90+ 5 analytes allowed in the ME limit
71-90 4 analytes allowed in the ME limit
51-70 3 analytes allowed in the ME limit
31-50 2 analytes allowed in the ME limit
11-30 1 analytes allowed in the ME limit
<10 0 analytes allowed in the ME limit
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 59 of 75

FIGURE 5.9.2.10 PRECISION AND ACCURACY CHARTS

Dalapon LCS Duplicate Precision - Example
Dalapon (8151, 1658 & SM6640C) Water Precision LCS
0.00
2.00
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
14.00
16.00
18.00
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27
LCS Sample #
RP
D
RPD
Mean = 4.03
UWL=13.84
UCL=17.08
Dalapon (8151, SM6640C, & 1658) Water - LCS Limits
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
1 6 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 46 51 56 61 66 71
LCS Sample
#
Average
Rec.=99.7
LCL=35.7
LWL=57.0
UWL=142.3
UCL=163.7
Dalapon LCS Duplicate Accuracy -Example
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 60 of 75

5.10 FINAL REPORTS/CERTIFICATES

5.10.1 General

The results of each analysis carried out by the laboratory are reported accurately,
clearly, unambiguously, objectively, and in accordance with any specific
instructions in the regulatory documents or standard operating procedures. The
results are normally reported as a final client report and include all the
information requested by the client and necessary for the interpretation of the
analytical method results and all information required by the method of analysis.

5.10.2 Test Reports

In the case of a written agreement with the client, the results may be reported in a
non-standard way and may not require the formalized information, but all
associated analytical data is readily available and kept permanently on file for a
minimum of 10 years. Specific programs or projects may require a longer data
archive period.

Laboratory reports issued to the client for regulatory work, includes, at a
minimum, the following information:

• Title – “Report of Analysis”
• Laboratory name, address and phone number
• Client name, address, and contact
• Client name and/or site name
• Client or field identification number
• Collection personnel
• Analyte Name
• Method number for each sample analyses
• Analytical result for each analysis with applicable Data Qualifier as
outlined in Table 5.14
• Dilution factor (where applicable)
• Method Detection Limit (when requested)
• Practical Quantitation Limit – designated on final report as RDL
• Date of sample preparation (when requested)
• Time of sample preparation if the holding time is <48 hours (when requested)
• Date of sample analysis
• Temperature at which pH measurements are made
• Date and time of sample collection from the Chain of Custody form
• Units of measurement
• Wet/Dry weight ID – Dry weight includes total solids value
• Identification of all laboratories providing analytical results in the report,
including the appropriate laboratory certification numbers from all
certifying agencies. The “S” qualifier is used when analyses have been
subcontracted.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 61 of 75

• Individual report statements: “The reported analytical results relate only
to the sample submitted.” and “This report shall not be reproduced,
except in full, without written approval from ESC”.
• Approval Signature
• Sequential page numbering with total pages identified.
• Date/Time Printed
• Revision date – if any
• Laboratory certification numbers as assigned by each certifying agency.
• In conjunction with Ohio VAP projects, a signed affidavit is also
required.

An example of a final client report is presented in below.
12065 Lebanon Rd.
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
[phone]
1-800-767-5859
Fax [phone]
Tax I.D. 62-0814289
Est. 1970
Shauna Lawrence
Burns & McDonnell - KS
9400 Ward Parkway
Kansas City, MO 64114
Report Summary
Friday April 26, 2013
Report Number: L630883
Samples Received: 04/17/13
Client Project: 67078-BUTLER
Description: Butler County Sanitary Landfill
The analytical results in this report are based upon information supplied
by you, the client, and are for your exclusive use. If you have any
questions regarding this data package, please do not hesitate to call.
Entire Report Reviewed By: ____________________________________
Tom Mellette , ESC Representative
Laboratory Certification Numbers
A2LA - 1461-01, AIHA - 100789, AL - 40660, CA - 01157CA, CT - PH-0197,
FL - E87487, GA - 923, IN - C-TN-01, KY - 90010, KYUST - 0016,
NC - ENV375/DW21704/BIO041, ND - R-140. NJ - TN002, NJ NELAP - TN002,
SC - 84004, TN - 2006, VA - 460132, WV - 233, AZ - 0612,
MN - 047-999-395, NY - 11742, WI - 998093910, NV - TN000032011-1,
TX - T104704245-11-3, OK - 9915, PA - 68-02979, IA Lab #364
Accreditation is only applicable to the test methods specified on each scope of accreditation held
by ESC Lab Sciences.
Note: The use of the preparatory EPA Method 3511 is not approved or endorsed by the CA ELAP.
This report may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval from ESC Lab Sciences.
Where applicable, sampling conducted by ESC is performed per guidance provided
in laboratory standard operating procedures: 060302, 060303, and 060304.
Page 1 of 16
Section 5.0, Ver 11.0
Date: April 15, 2013
Page 62 of 74
ESC Lab Sciences
Quality Assurance Manual
Technical Requirements
Figure 5.10.2
Example Final Client Report
Shauna Lawrence
Burns & McDonnell - KS
Shauna Lawrence
Burns & McDonnel
9400 Ward Parkway
Burns & McDonnell
9400 Ward Parkway9400 Ward Parkway
Kansas City, MO 64114
L630883
67078-BUTLER
Butler County y
12065 Lebanon Rd.
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
[phone]
1-800-767-5859
Fax [phone]
Tax I.D. 62-0814289
Est. 1970
REPORT OF ANALYSIS
Shauna Lawrence April 26, 2013
Burns & McDonnell - KS
9400 Ward Parkway
Kansas City, MO 64114
ESC Sample # : L630883-01
Date Received : April 17, 2013
Description : Butler County Sanitary Landfill - Leachate
Site ID : BUTLER LF
Sample ID : LEACHATE
Project # : 67078-BUTLER
Collected By : M. Benjamin
Collection Date : 04/16/13 16:00
Parameter Result Det. Limit Units Method Date Dil.
Chloride 530 10. mg/l 9056 04/18/13 10
Sulfate 120 50. mg/l 9056 04/18/13 10
Alkalinity 850 200 mg/l 2320 B-2011 04/19/13 10
BOD 18.0 5.00 mg/l 5210 B-2011 04/22/13 1
COD 210 10. mg/l 410.4 04/20/13 1
Ammonia Nitrogen 12. 0.10 mg/l 350.1 04/24/13 1
pH 8.3 su 9040C 04/19/13 1
Dissolved Solids 1900 10. mg/l 2540 C-2011 04/19/13 1
Suspended Solids 21. 1.0 mg/l 2540 D-2011 04/19/13 1
Calcium 69. 0.50 mg/l 6010B 04/25/13 1
Iron 1.7 0.10 mg/l 6010B 04/25/13 1
Potassium,Dissolved 110 0.50 mg/l 6010B 04/23/13 1
Sodium,Dissolved 420 0.50 mg/l 6010B 04/23/13 1
Volatile Organics
Acetone BDL 0.050 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Benzene BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Bromodichloromethane BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Bromoform BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Bromomethane BDL 0.0050 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Carbon disulfide BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Carbon tetrachloride BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Chlorobenzene BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Chlorodibromomethane BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Chloroethane BDL 0.0050 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether BDL 0.050 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Chloroform BDL 0.0050 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Chloromethane BDL 0.0025 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
1,1-Dichloroethane BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
1,2-Dibromoethane BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
1,2-Dichloroethane BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
1,3-Dichloropropane BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
1,1-Dichloroethene BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
cis-1,2-Dichloroethene BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Dichlorodifluoromethane BDL 0.0050 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
trans-1,2-Dichloroethene BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
BDL - Below Detection Limit
Det. Limit - Practical Quantitation Limit(PQL)
L630883-01 (PH) - 8.3@18.5c
Page 2 of 16
Section 5.0, Ver 11.0
Date: April 15, 2013
Page 63 of 74
ESC Lab Sciences
Quality Assurance Manual
Technical Requirements
Figure 5.10.2
Example Final Client Report
Shauna Lawrence
Burns & McDonnell - KS
Shauna Lawrence
Burns & McDonnel
9400 Ward Parkway
Burns & McDonnell
9400 Ward Parkway9400 Ward Parkway
Kansas City, MO 64114
April 17,
Butler County
M. Benjamin
04/16/13 16
BUTLER LF
67078-BUTLER
L630883-
12065 Lebanon Rd.
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
[phone]
1-800-767-5859
Fax [phone]
Tax I.D. 62-0814289
Est. 1970
REPORT OF ANALYSIS
Shauna Lawrence April 26, 2013
Burns & McDonnell - KS
9400 Ward Parkway
Kansas City, MO 64114
ESC Sample # : L630883-01
Date Received : April 17, 2013
Description : Butler County Sanitary Landfill - Leachate
Site ID : BUTLER LF
Sample ID : LEACHATE
Project # : 67078-BUTLER
Collected By : M. Benjamin
Collection Date : 04/16/13 16:00
Parameter Result Det. Limit Units Method Date Dil.
1,2-Dichloropropane BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Ethylbenzene BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
2-Hexanone BDL 0.010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
2-Butanone (MEK) BDL 0.010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Methylene Chloride BDL 0.0050 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Methyl tert-butyl ether BDL 0.0050 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
4-Methyl-2-pentanone (MIBK) BDL 0.010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Styrene BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Tetrachloroethene BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Toluene BDL 0.0050 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
1,1,1-Trichloroethane BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
1,1,2-Trichloroethane BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Trichloroethene BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Vinyl acetate BDL 0.010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Vinyl chloride BDL 0.0010 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Xylenes, Total BDL 0.0030 mg/l 8260B 04/18/13 1
Surrogate Recovery
Toluene-d8 96.3 % Rec. 8260B 04/18/13 1
Dibromofluoromethane 96.1 % Rec. 8260B 04/18/13 1
4-Bromofluorobenzene 96.8 % Rec. 8260B 04/18/13 1
BDL - Below Detection Limit
Det. Limit - Practical Quantitation Limit(PQL)
Note:
The reported analytical results relate only to the sample submitted.
This report shall not be reproduced, except in full, without the written approval from ESC.
.
Reported: 04/26/13 09:25 Printed: 04/26/13 09:26
L630883-01 (PH) - 8.3@18.5c
Page 3 of 16
Section 5.0, Ver 11.0
Date: April 15, 2013
Page 64 of 74
ESC Lab Sciences
Quality Assurance Manual
Techncial Requirements
Figure 5.10.2
Example Final Client Report
Shauna Lawrence
Burns & McDonnell - KS
Shauna Lawrence
Burns & McDonnel
9400 Ward Parkway
Burns & McDonnell
9400 Ward Parkway9400 Ward Parkway
Kansas City, MO 64114
April 17,
Butler County
M. Benjamin
04/16/13 16
BUTLER LF
67078-BUTLER
L630883-
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 65 of 75

The following qualifier codes are used when reporting data values that either meet the specified
description outlined below or do not meet the quality control criteria of the laboratory:

(This table provided for example and is subject to revision without notice. For a list current qualifiers, contact the laboratory)

Table
5.10.2 ESC Qualifiers and Descriptions (Updated 7/15/09)

QUAL DESCRIPTION
A ALC(EPA)-Aldol Condensation: Labels a suspected Aldol Condensation product for TICs.
B (EPA) - The indicated compound was found in the associated method blank as well as the laboratory sample.
B1 (ESC) - The blank depletion was greater than the recommended maximum depletion of 0.2mg/L.
B2 (ESC) - The detection limit has been elevated due to blank contamination.
B3 (ESC) - The indicated compound was found in the associated method blank, but all reported samples were non-
detect.
B4 (ESC) - The indicated compound was found in the associated instrument blank, but all reported samples were non-
detect.
B5 (ESC) - The indicated compound was found in the associated instrument blank as well as the laboratory sample.
C CBC(EPA)-Cannot be calculated: The analytical result cannot be calculated because the internal standard was not
found.
D Less than lower calibration limit. Actual value is known to be less than the lower calibration range due to dilution.
E GTL (EPA) - Greater than upper calibration limit: Actual value is known to be greater than the upper calibration
range.
F SRN (EPA) - Diluted: The original sample was diluted due to high amounts of one or more target analytes. All
associated method analytes will be subject to an elevated detection limit relative to the dilution factor.
G SRS(EPA)-Secondary Dilution: The indicated analysis results were generated from a secondary dilution of the same
sample. The sample had to undergo serial dilution.
H RIN(EPA)-Re-Analyzed: The indicated analytical results were generated from a reinjection of the same sample
extract or aliquot.
I1 (ESC) Not analyzed due to interference. (Sample reacted with method reagent or could not be analyzed due to
interferences that could not be corrected)
J (EPA) - Estimated value below the lowest calibration point. Confidence correlates with concentration.
J+ The associated batch QC was outside the upper control limits; associated data has a potential positive bias
J- The associated batch QC was outside the lower control limits; associated data has a potential negative bias
J1 Surrogate recovery limits have been exceeded; values are outside upper control limits
J2 Surrogate recovery limits have been exceeded; values are outside lower control limits
J3 The associated batch QC was outside the established quality control range for precision.
J4 The associated batch QC was outside the established quality control range for accuracy.
J5 The sample matrix interfered with the ability to make any accurate determination; spike value is high
J6 The sample matrix interfered with the ability to make any accurate determination; spike value is low
J7 Surrogate recovery limits cannot be evaluated; surrogates were diluted out
J8 The internal standard associated with this data responded abnormally low. The data is likely to show a high bias
concerning the result.
J9 The internal standard associated with this data responded abnormally high. The data is likely to show a low bias
concerning the result.
K REX(EPA)- Re-prepared: The indicated analytical results were generated from a re-extraction or preparation of the
sample.
L (ESC)Sample Pretreatment: The sample reaction impaired the ability to analyze the sample using normal analytical
determination. Treatment outside of method protocol was required to determine the analytical result.
L1 (ESC) The associated batch LCS exceeded the upper control limit, which indicates a high bias; The sample analyte
was "not detected" and is therefore unaffected.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 66 of 75

Table
5.10.2 ESC Qualifiers and Descriptions (Updated 7/15/09)

QUAL DESCRIPTION
L2 (ESC) The associated surrogate compound falls below 10%. The data should be used with caution. A re-extraction
was not possible due to limited sample volume.
L3 (ESC) Sample reanalysis could not be performed due to lack of additional volume.
M AVE(EPA)-Average Value: Used to report a range of values; e.g., relative response factors
N PRE (EPA) - Presumptive evidence of material.
N8 PRE (EPA) - Presumptive evidence. The component has been tentatively identified based on mass spectral data.
N9 PRE (EPA) - Presumptive evidence. There is indication that the analyte is present, but QC requirements for
confirmation were not met
O (ESC) Sample diluted due to matrix interferences that impaired the ability to make an accurate analytical
determination. The detection limit is elevated in order to reflect the necessary dilution.
O1 (ESC) The analyte failed both the method required serial dilution test and subsequent post-spike criteria. These
failures indicate matrix interference.
P NRP(EPA)-Non-Reproducible: Results of two or more injections are not comparable
P1 RPD value not applicable for sample concentrations less than 5 times the reporting limit.
Q (ESC) Sample held beyond the accepted holding time.
R REJ(EPA)-Rejected: Results have been rejected by the lab and should not be used
S Subcontracted (ESC) - This analysis was performed by a subcontractor chosen to meet the project requirements.
T (ESC) - Additional method/sample information: Sample collected using improper field protocol
T1 (ESC) - Additional method/sample information: Sample(s) received at greater than 4 degrees C.
T2 (ESC) - Additional method/sample information: The laboratory analysis was from an unpreserved or improperly
preserved sample.
T3 (ESC) - Additional method/sample information: TOX analysis. Greater than 10% Breakthrough
T4 (ESC) - Additional method/sample information: QNS - Quantity Not Sufficient
T5 (ESC) - Additional method/sample information: QNS - Quantity not sufficient for reanalysis or replication as
required by method.
T6 (ESC) - Additional method/sample information: Method used is an alternative to current approved methodology
T7 (ESC) - Additional method/sample information: Method 1664 (Total Oil & Grease), performed without silica gel
T8 (ESC) - Additional method/sample information: Sample(s) received past/too close to holding time expiration.
T9 (ESC) - Additional method/sample information: The sample result represents blank correction
U BDL (EPA) - Below Detectable Limits: Indicates that the compound was analyzed but not detected.
V (ESC) - Additional QC Info: The sample concentration is too high to evaluate accurate spike recoveries.
V1 (ESC) - Additional QC Info: Estimated concentration: due to inability to achieve ending QC standard as a result of
sample matrix interference.
V2 (ESC) - Additional QC Info: The Total Cyanide value was below the reporting limit. Amenable Cyanide is assumed
not to be present.
V3 (ESC) - Additional QC Info: The internal standard exhibited poor recovery due to sample matrix interference. The
analytical results will be biased high. BDL results will be unaffected.
V4 (ESC) - Additional QC Info: Cont. Calibration Verification exhibited a response outside of the QC criteria, but
within a 5% window. The associated analytical results are biased high. Non-detect results are unaffected.
V5 (ESC) - Additional QC Info: The Laboratory Control Sample exhibited a response outside of the QC criteria, but
within a 5% window. The associated analytical results are biased high. Non-detect results are unaffected.
V6 (ESC) - Additional QC Info: The ICV responded above the recovery range for one of the following: Al, Ca, K, Fe,
Na, Zn. The associated analytical results are biased high.
V7 (ESC) - Additional QC Info: This compound is not a 524.2 compound and was therefore evaluated using 8260B QC
Criteria.
V8 (ESC) - Additional QC Info: The Interference Check Standard responded above the acceptable recovery range. The
associated analytical result may be biased high for this element.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 67 of 75

Table
5.10.2 ESC Qualifiers and Descriptions (Updated 7/15/09)

QUAL DESCRIPTION
V9 (ESC) - Additional QC Info: Please refer to the Case Narrative provided with the report.
W (ESC)-The laboratory analysis was from a sample collected in an improper container
W1 (ESC) - The laboratory analysis was from a sample collected in containers provided by the client.
W2 (ESC) - Insufficient sample amount to perform method as required. Sample amount approved per client instruction.
W3 (ESC) - BOD cannot be determined due to apparent toxicity exhibited by the sample.
X (ESC)-Holding time exceeded due to National Emergency
X1 (ESC)-National Emergency: Temperature requirement has been exceeded due to delayed transportation.
Y This sample most closely matches the laboratory standard for Kerosene
Y0 Significant peaks were detected outside of the hydrocarbon range defined by the method.
Y1 This sample most closely matches the laboratory standard for Diesel
Y2 This sample most closely matches the laboratory standard for #6 Fuel Oil
Y3 This sample most closely matches the laboratory standard for Hydraulic Fluid
Y4 This sample most closely matches the laboratory standard for Motor Oil
Y5 This sample has responded in the Diesel range, however it does not appear to be a hydrocarbon product
Y6 This sample has responded in the Oil range, however it does not appear to be a hydrocarbon product
Y7 This sample most closely matches the laboratory standard for Gasoline
Y8 This sample has responded in the Gasoline range, however it does not appear to be a hydrocarbon product
Y9 Sample has one or more single components in the gasoline range but the chromatographic trace is not characteristic
of gasoline.
Z (ESC)-Too many colonies were present(TNTC), the numeric value represents the filtration volume.

QUALIFIER REPORT INFORMATION:

ESC recognizes and utilizes sample and result qualifiers as set forth by the EPA Contract Laboratory
Program. ESC firmly believes that relevant information pertaining to sample analysis be made available
to the ESC client. In addition to the EPA qualifiers adopted by ESC, the laboratory has implemented
ESC qualifiers to provide more information pertaining to analytical results. Each qualifier is designated
in the qualifier explanation as either EPA or ESC. Definitions used in this table can be found in Section
3.

5.10.3 Optional Test Report Items

Where necessary, the final report contains a statement on the estimated
uncertainty of measurement.

5.10.4 Calibration Certificates

ESC does not perform calibration activities for clients and therefore does not issue
calibration certificates.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 68 of 75

5.10.5 Opinions and Interpretations

Opinions and interpretations are allowed in final reports, in the form of qualifiers,
provided that it is clear that the qualifiers are present to provide additional
analytical information. In the event that a report must be issued with a revision,
the original report remains unaltered and the revision is clearly identified. See
SOP #030223, Report Revision.

5.10.6 Results from Subcontractors

ESC receives analytical reports from subcontracted laboratories. Results from
subcontracted laboratories are clearly identified on the ESC client report.

5.10.7 Electronic Transmission of Results

Data packages are provided when requested by the client. They range from QC
summaries to “CLP-like” packages with raw data. When a data package is
requested at the beginning of a project, the level of package is identified, and it is
then logged into the LIMS using the appropriate product code.

The analyst performing the analysis or a QC Specialist generates the QC
documentation. The package is generated using the following process:

• Data and Supporting documentation is gathered by the QC Specialist
(QCS)
• The package is formatted to the client request and submitted for review:
• Section Supervisor or Senior analyst
• Technical Specialist, Department Manager, Lab Director or designee.
• Once the reviews are complete, the package is logged,
copied/scanned/burned to CD, and shipped. The ESC preferred means of
delivery is via ESC's secure web site (PDF format) in recognition of the
paperwork reduction act.
• See Table 10.8 for typical data package information.

5.10.8 Format of Reports

ESC client reports are designed to represent the analytical results unambiguously.
Each client also has the option of using our web site to design a “custom” electronic
report that will present results, historical data, and show trends in a format that is
downloadable to a client database.

Client reports include the following information:
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 69 of 75

Table 5.10.8 Data Package Contents
Level I
Level II Standard QC Data Package Provided Upon Request
Final Analytical Report with qualifiers where necessary
Sub-Contract Final Report if applicable
Chain of Custody (COC) Form
Method Blank
Matrix Spike/Spike Duplicate Summary (MS/MSD) - with Control Limits
Laboratory Control Sample Summary (LCS) - with Control Limits
Reporting Limits listed on all reports
Surrogate Recoveries for GC and GC/MS analyses (on final report)
Case Narrative upon request
Level III Data Package Provided Upon Request
All QC Data Included in Levels I and II plus:
MS/MSD analysis performed on specific sample upon request
Initial and Continuing Calibration Information
Instrument blank performance
Level III -
Mod Data Package Provided Upon Request
All QC Data Included in Levels I, II and III plus:
Chromatograms, including Batch QC, and Samples
Level III -
Mod Data Package Provided Upon Request
Quantitation Reports
Analysis Log
Extraction Logs
Level IV Data Package Provided Upon Request
("CLP-Like" Validation Package)
All QC Data Included in Levels I, II, III and III mod plus:
Multiple Sample Dilutions Reported
Before/After reports when manual integration is necessary (where requested)
Initial and Continuing Calibration Chromatograms and Quantitation
Surrogate, Tune, Internal Std & Method Blank summary forms
Standard Preparation Logs

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 70 of 75

5.10.9 Amendments to Reports

Reports that are amended after issue to the client, the amended report is clearly
identified as such and a reference to the original report is made. The process is
described in SOP 030223, Report Revision.

5.11 LABORATORY DATA REDUCTION (SOP 030201 Data Handling & Reporting)

The primary analyst completes the majority of data reduction using the following:

• Spreadsheet calculation.
• Input of raw data for computer processing.
• Direct acquisition of raw data by computer.

5.11.1 Spreadsheet Calculations

All data that are not captured by automatic acquisition are calculated using
approved and controlled spreadsheets. No hand-calculations are performed. Any
spreadsheets used are controlled, verified and locked to prevent unintentional
changes.

5.11.2 Data Input

If data is input and processed using a computer, a hard copy of the input and
output is reviewed to ensure that no discrepancies exist. The persons entering the
data and reviewing the data sign the data. The samples analyzed are evident. The
data is identified by date analyzed or sample log number; in addition, a disc or
tape backup is archived. Data files are uniquely identified by log
number/parameter or date analyzed.

5.11.3 Data Acquisition

If data is directly acquired from instrumentation and processed, the analyst
reviews the following for accuracy: sample log numbers, calibration constants,
response factors, reporting units, and established numerical values used for
detection limits (if a value is reported as less than the MDL). The analyst signs
and dates the resulting output.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 71 of 75

Data that are produced by instrumentation such as calibration curves, absorbance
responses, chromatograms, etc. are identified with the following information:

• Date of analysis and initials of analyst
• Initials of review analyst
• Instrument Identification
• Type of analysis

Instrument run logs can be cross-referenced by date to access information on
instrument conditions.

5.11.4 Analytical Data Records

Manual data entries are done with indelible ink. All errors are corrected with a
single line strikethrough followed by initials and date. The corrected entry appears
adjacent to the incorrect entry.

Manual Data:

All manual analytical data represents the following:

• Lab Sample ID
• Analysis Type and Method Number
• Date of analysis
• Prep Date/time
• Time of analysis (if holding time <72 hours)
• Instrument ID
• Calibration Date
• Analyst Initials
• Required QC
• Calculations
• Matrix
• Sample volume/amount
• Dilutions (if any)
• Units of measure
• Correlation coefficient
• Reagent ID – cross reference to preparation date/origin
• Standard ID – cross reference to preparation date/origin
• Calculations where required (manual)
• Qualifiers
• Comments where necessary
• Reviewer initials

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 72 of 75

Instrument Data:

The instrument printout and supporting data represents the following:

• Instrument ID – cross reference to maintenance log and instrument
conditions
• Date/time of analysis
• Injection log/Sample run log
• Operator ID
• Instrument Responses
• Chromatograms/printouts (including manual integrations)
• Units of measure
• Sample amount/volume
• Dilutions
• Sample ID
• QC Samples
• Calibration Date
• Filename
• Comments
• Analyst Initials
• Review Initials
• Standard ID – cross reference to preparation date/origin
• Software version
• Method ID

5.12 DATA VALIDATION PROCESS

5.12.1 Chain of Custody Review

One of the first steps in the validation process is review of the chain of custody
(COC). The COC is reviewed first when the sample arrives. It is checked for
completeness as well as time accountability. If the COC is complete and
accurate, it is then processed through the system. If any irregularity is found, a
non-conformance sheet is filled out, with the TSR sign-off, etc. The samples are
released for analysis upon approval of the COC.

5.12.2 Field Data

Field data must meet all calibration and continuing calibration requirements. All
field data is reviewed for accuracy and completeness. The field data must be
approved before it can be entered onto a report. The Environmental Monitoring
Manager reviews recorded field data. Field QC criteria are explained in detail in
Section 5.7 and in Appendix III.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 73 of 75

5.12.3 Laboratory Analysis, QC, and Data Review

Lab Analyst

ƒ After the COC has been reviewed and the sample has been logged in, the
laboratory performs all required analyses. The Lab Supervisors are
responsible for ensuring that all samples are run within holding time.
ƒ At the beginning of each analysis or sample preparation, the analyst is
responsible for making sure that all laboratory ID numbers on the sample
bottles match those listed on the benchsheet or logbook.
ƒ Sample transfer from bottle to container is periodically spot checked by a
qualified senior analyst.
ƒ Upon completion of the analysis the analyst verifies that analytical
information and results are correct and complete, the appropriate SOP has
been followed, manual integrations (where applicable) have been correctly
performed and documented per the manual integration SOP, QC samples
are within established limits, and supporting documentation is complete.
ƒ The benchsheet is then given to a QC Specialist who reviews the same
information and ensures all portions of the benchsheet are complete.
ƒ The review person then initials and dates the benchsheet.

Extraction/Sample Prep

• The Department supervisor’s are responsible for reviewing all extraction/
preparation logs. The review verifies completeness regarding method,
sample amount, reagent amount, times, temperatures, etc.
• The extraction/prep logs are reviewed for sample prep method as well as
sample extraction date versus holding time.

Final Data Responsibility

ƒ The Department supervisor for each section of the laboratory is
responsible for reviewing instrument run logs and benchsheets to ensure
that the samples are being prepared and analyzed within holding times.
ƒ The QC Specialist performs a final review before the data is approved for
input into the computer.
ƒ This review includes performance of the various blanks, precision QC and
accuracy QC to determine if the set is within quality control criteria. Data
reviews are conducted according to the SOP #030227, Data Review, that
provides more detail regarding specific steps taken in the review process.
In some cases, specific regulatory guidelines on the data review process
include additional requirements (i.e. Ohio VAP’s data review checklist
use) that are also included in the SOP.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 74 of 75

ƒ If the data is not approved during the final review process, it is given a
pending status and returned to the laboratory.
ƒ Pending data is reviewed for corrective action and may require only re-
calculation or may result in re-analysis.

Final Report Review

ƒ For manual data, the reviewed data is entered in the LIMS; the input is
reviewed against the raw data by a second person for accuracy.
ƒ Data transfer is reviewed and approved by a QC Specialist.
ƒ The client reports are then prepared for review by the assigned Technical
Service Representative (TSR). The report is reviewed for correlation
between related parameters as well as possible trends. The TSR reviews
related supporting documentation such as chain of custody records, field
documents, sample receipt information, compliance with client/project
specific requirements, etc.
ƒ All field documents are reviewed and approved before the final review.
Field data that does not pass established criteria is not processed through
the final report review.
ƒ The Environmental Monitoring Manager is responsible for any corrective
actions necessary concerning field results.
• Laboratory result values that appear anomalous are sent back to the
laboratory for a second review of the raw data.
• If there is no apparent reason for the anomaly the sample is re-analyzed.
• If the sample holding time has expired, the sample is re-analyzed and
flagged.
• If the client desires, a new sample can be collected and evaluated.
• The chain of custody is also reviewed for a final time to ensure that all
project objectives have been met.
• The LIMS footnotes any parameters that may exceed established limits as
provided by the client.
• When the LIMS notes that a limit has been exceeded, the Technical
Service Representative is notified and the client is contacted.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 5.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Technical Requirements Page: 75 of 75

Table 5.12.3 DATA REDUCTION AND VALIDATION FLOW
Primary Activity Supporting Activity Responsibility
Review of COC Login Confirmation to Client
Initially by Login Personnel and
again by Technical Service
Representative
Data Production and
Reduction Supporting documentation Primary Analyst/Chemist
Review of Laboratory QC Review of Data Completion and
QC Limit Verification Primary Analyst/Chemist
Approval of Laboratory
QC
Review of Data Completion and
QC Limit Verification QC Specialist/Senior Chemist
Approval of ESC Field
QC and Data Review of Field Records Environmental Monitoring
Manager
Data Entry to LIMS Data Transfer Analyst followed by QC Specialist
Data Entry to LIMS Data Transfer - Application of
Qualifiers
Data Entry Specialist followed by
QC Specialist Verification
Data Entry to LIMS Manual Entry of Data and
Qualifiers
Data Entry Specialist followed by
QC Specialist Verification
Draft Final Report
Generation
Report printed and given to TSR
for Approval
Data Entry Specialist or
Administrative Assistant
Final Report Review and
Approval TSR Approval/Signature Technical Service Representative
(TSR)

ESC Lab Sciences Section 6.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Waste Minimization/Disposal And Reagent Storage Page: 1 of 7

6.0 WASTE MINIMIZATION/DISPOSAL AND REAGENT STORAGE

ESC's sample disposal policy is founded on RCRA [40 CFR Part 261.4 (d)] and CWA [40
CFR Part 403 (Pretreatment)]. Part 261.4 (Figure 6.1) excludes a sample of waste while it is a
sample; however, once no longer fitting the description of a sample, it becomes waste again.
The policy is further strengthened by information found in “Less is Better” published by the
ACS and developed by the ACS Task Force on RCRA.

The EPA requires that laboratory waste management practice to be conducted consistent
with all applicable rules and regulations. Excess reagents, samples and method process
wastes must be characterized and disposed of in an acceptable manner. Refer to ESC
SOP #030309, Waste Management Plan for detailed information.

6.1 QUARANTINED SOIL SAMPLES

ESC maintains a permit to receive and analyze soils from foreign or quarantined areas. All
non-hazardous soil samples are disposed of as originating from a quarantined area. All
unconsumed soil samples and containers are sterilized in accordance with the current
USDA regulations found in 7 CFR 301.81. Both container and contents are dry-heated at
450°F for two minutes, then crushed prior to disposal into a sanitary landfill.

6.2 M OLD/BIOHAZARD SAMPLE DISPOSAL

The laboratory has contracted a local licensed medical waste removal and disposal firm to
remove all biohazard and medical waste generated by the laboratory. All waste arriving at
the treatment facility is incinerated or steam sterilized complying with all Federal, State,
County and local rules, regulations and ordinances. The medical waste containers are
picked up at least weekly and confirmation records are available in the laboratory.

All wastes classified as non-biohazard are disposed of via the sanitary sewer following
treatment with a disinfectant such as Chlorox (hypochlorite) until the disinfectant and
waste liquid is one part disinfectant and five parts waste liquid. Waste disposal records
indicating the disposal method are available in the laboratory.

ESC Lab Sciences Section 6.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Waste Minimization/Disposal And Reagent Storage Page: 2 of 7

6.3 REAGENTS, STORAGE AND WASTE DISPOSAL

6.3.1 Reagents:
· All chemicals are at least ACS reagent-grade or better.
· All reagents and chemicals are checked for quality, purity and acceptability upon
arrival in the laboratory.
· Each chemical container displays the following information: date opened and the
expiration date.
· All reagent solutions prepared in-house contain the following information: date
prepared, analyst initials, expiration date, and reagent name. In house reagents are
recorded with the same information in a reagent prep book assigned to that method.
· Purchased reagent solutions are labeled when received and opened and with the
expiration date.

6.3.2 Storage:

· Reagents requiring refrigeration are stored in the area of use in a suitable refrigerated
storage that is separate from sample storage.
· Reagents and standards used for volatile organic analysis are stored in a separate
refrigerator and are not stored with samples.
· See the following table for more information regarding reagent storage.

Item Reagent Storage
Acids Designated acid storage cabinets, in original container.
Organic Reagents -
Flammables
Stored in flammables cabinet on separate air system from volatiles
analysis.
Liquid Bases Stored in designated cabinet, away from acids.
Solid Reagents General cabinet storage.
Refrigerated Aqueous
Reagents/Standards Stored in walk-in cooler on designated shelves, away from samples.
Stable Standard Solutions Storage cabinet designated in each laboratory for standards.
Dehydrated Media
Dehydrated media is stored at an even temperature in a cool dry
place away from direct sunlight. Media is discarded if it begins to
cake, discolor, or show signs of deterioration. If the manufacturer
establishes an expiration date, the media is discarded after that date.
The time limit for unopened bottles is 2 years at room temperature.
Where needed comparisons of recovery of newly purchased lots of
media against proven lots, using recent pure-culture isolates and
natural samples, are performed.
Pure Biological Cultures All organisms are stored on Tryptic Soy Agar at 4°C in a dedicated
refrigerator located in the biology department
ESC Lab Sciences Section 6.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Waste Minimization/Disposal And Reagent Storage Page: 3 of 7

6.3.3 Disposal:

· All excess, out of date or unneeded chemicals, reagents and standards are sent to the
ESSH Office to ensure proper disposal. Excess chemicals designated as hazardous
waste are lab packed and disposed of according to local, State and Federal regulations.
Final disposal method is dependant on the classification of each individual chemical.
Some sample extracts, chemicals or standards designated as hazardous waste may be
disposed of into appropriate satellite accumulation areas. Any additional EPA waste
codes resulting from addition of standard are applied to the satellite container, if
applicable.

· ESH prohibits the sink disposal of chemicals, the intentional release of chemicals
through chemical fume hoods and mixing of nonhazardous lab trash with hazardous
waste.
· Sample and reagent/solvent disposal is handled in different ways according to toxicity.
Ø Solvents, reagents, samples and wastes are segregated according to base/acid,
reactive/non-reactive, flammable/non-flammable, hazardous/non-hazardous,
soil/liquid etc. Samples are grouped together relevant to these categories and
are disposed of accordingly.
Ø
Ø
Ø Table 6.1 lists waste disposal methods for various test byproducts.
· Upon receipt and login, each sample is coded by sample matrix type. The codes divide
samples into the following groups: air, industrial hygiene, wastewater, cake sludge,
soil, drinking water, food and miscellaneous. As laboratory personnel review the data
reported, the method of disposal is also determined.
· The TSR is notified if samples are to be returned to the client.

6.4 CONTAMINATION CONTROL

6.4.1 Metals

The metals lab conducts quarterly wipe testing in order to ensure that the environment is
contaminant free. All critical areas are included and a record is kept of the sampling plan
(including locations) and results. Bench tops, balances, digestion equipment, and instrument
areas are evaluated against the regulatory limit. Any detectable concentration must be <1/2 of
the established regulatory limit for each metal being analyzed. If any detectable amount
exceeds the established criteria, then the area must be cleaned and verified before analysis can
resume.

6.4.2 VOCs

ESC Lab Sciences Section 6.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Waste Minimization/Disposal And Reagent Storage Page: 4 of 7

The VOC Lab is physically separated from the Extraction Laboratory in order to eliminate
contamination caused by the use of extraction solvents. Contamination is monitored daily
through the use of instrument/method blanks.

6.4.3 Biological Lab

The aquatic toxicity testing, mold testing, and all other biological determinations are performed
in the administrative building and are therefore physically separated from processes involving
solvent or other chemical use. The mold lab conducts monthly analyses to ensure that the
laboratory environment is contaminant free. All critical areas are included and a record is
kept of the sampling plan (including locations) and results.
ESC Lab Sciences Section 6.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Waste Minimization/Disposal And Reagent Storage Page: 5 of 7

TABLE 6.1 - WASTE DISPOSAL
NOTE: This information is a general guide and is not intended to be inclusive of all waste or hazardous samples.
PARAMETER WASTE PRODUCTS
WASTE
CLASSIFICATIO
N
DISPOSAL METHOD
Acidity slightly alkaline water none neutralize-sanitary sewer
Alkalinity slightly acidic none neutralize-sanitary sewer
BOD, 5-day Sample waste only none sanitary sewer
COD acid waste, Hg, Ag, Cr+6 corrosive, toxic dispose via haz waste
regulations
Conductivity None
Cyanide, Total acidic waste corrosive neutralize-sanitary sewer
Cyanide, Amenable acidic waste corrosive neutralize-sanitary sewer
Flashpoint Misc. Organic waste contiaining
Chlorobenzene Flammable Dispose via haz waste
regulations
Fluoride, Electrode neutral waste solution none sanitary sewer
Hardness, Total pH 10.0 alkaline waste none neutralize-sanitary sewer
Extraction/prep methylene chloride and hexane toxic solvents Reclaim for resale
Methylene Blue Active Sub. Acidic Chloroform Waste toxic & acidic dispose via haz waste
regulations
Nitrogen-Ammonia alkaline liquids corrosive neutralize-sanitary sewer
Nitrogen-Total Kjeldahl Trace Hg in alkaline liquid corrosive toxic neutralize-sanitary sewer
Nitrogen-Nitrate, Nitrite mild alkaline waste none sanitary sewer
Oil & Grease and
Petroleum/Mineral Oil &
Grease
Hexane Toxic solvent dispose via haz waste
regulations
pH Sample waste only none sanitary sewer
Phenols slightly alkaline, non-amenable
CN- none sanitary sewer
Phosphate-Total and Ortho combined reagent listed sanitary sewer
Reactive CN & S Acidic waste corrosive Neutralize - sanitary sewer;
waste is monitored for CN
Solids, Total (% solids) None
Solids, Total Dissolved None
Solids, Total Suspended None
Turbidity None none none
Metals acids, metal solutions corrosive, toxic
highly toxic metal standards
and samples - dispose via haz
waste regulations
Volatile Organics methanol toxic solvents dispose via haz waste
regulations
Extractable Organics solvents, standards toxic solvents dispose via haz waste
regulations
Biological Non-
biohazardous Waste Food samples, enrichment broth, none Disinfect – sanitary sewer
ESC Lab Sciences Section 6.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Waste Minimization/Disposal And Reagent Storage Page: 6 of 7

PARAMETER WASTE PRODUCTS
WASTE
CLASSIFICATIO
N
DISPOSAL METHOD
Biological Non-
biohazardous Waste Gloves, plastic containers none Standard refuse
ESC Lab Sciences Section 6.0, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Waste Minimization/Disposal And Reagent Storage Page: 7 of 7

FIGURE 6.1 (reprint of excerpt – current as of 3/12/08)

40 CFR PART 261-IDENTIFICATION AND LISTING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
Subpart A-General Sec.
261.1 Purpose and definition.
261.2 Definition of solid waste.
261.3 Definition of hazardous waste.
261.4 Exclusions.
261.5 Special requirements for hazardous waste generated by conditionally exempt small quantity generators.
261.6 Requirements for recyclable materials.
261.7 Residues of hazardous waste in empty containers.
261.8 PCB wastes regulated under Toxic Substance Control Act.

Sec.261.4 Exclusions.
(d) Samples. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, a sample of solid waste or a sample of water, soil, or air, which is collected for
the sole purpose of testing to determine its characteristics or composition, is not subject to any requirements of this part or parts 262 through 268 or
part 270 or part 124 of this chapter or to the notification requirements of section 3010 of RCRA, when:
(i) The sample is being transported to a laboratory for the purpose of testing; or
(ii) The sample is being transported back to the sample collector after testing; or
(iii) The sample is being stored by the sample collector before transport to a laboratory for testing; or
(iv) The sample is being stored in a laboratory before testing; or
(v) The sample is being stored in a laboratory after testing but before it is returned to the sample collector; or
(vi) The sample is being stored temporarily in the laboratory after testing for a specific purpose (for example, until conclusion of a court case or
enforcement action where further testing of the sample may be necessary).
(2) In order to qualify for the exemption in paragraphs (d)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section, a sample collector shipping samples to a laboratory and a
laboratory returning samples to a collector must:
(i) Comply with U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), U.S. Postal Service (USPS), or any other applicable shipping requirements; or
(ii) Comply with the following requirements if the sample collector determines that DOT, USPS, or other shipping requirements do not apply to the
shipment of the sample:
(A) Assure that the following information accompanies the sample:
(1) The sample collector's name, mailing address, and telephone number;
(2) The laboratory's name, mailing address, and telephone number;
(3) The quantity of the sample;
(4) The date of shipment; and
(5) A description of the sample.
(B) Package the sample so that it does not leak, spill, or vaporize from its packaging.
(3) This exemption does not apply if the laboratory determines that the waste is hazardous but the laboratory is no longer meeting any of the conditions
stated in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.

ESC Lab Sciences App. I, Ver. 11.0
Site Plan Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix I to the ESC QAM Page 1 of 2

ESC Site Plan

APPENDIX I TO THE ESC
QUALITY ASSURANCE MANUAL
for

ESC LAB SCIENCES
12065 LEBANON ROAD
MT. JULIET, TENNESSEE 37122
[phone]

Prepared by

ESC LAB SCIENCES
12065 LEBANON ROAD
MT. JULIET, TENNESSEE 37122
[phone]

ESC Lab Sciences App. I, Ver. 11.0
Site Plan Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix I to the ESC QAM Page 2 of 2

Bldg. 1

SVOC, Wet,
and HPLC Labs

Bldg. 2

VOC Lab
Bldg. 3

Executive Offices, Human Resources,
Technical Service, Shipping/Receiving,
Air, Mold, Aquatic Tox, and Protozoan
Labs, QA/QC, Safety

Sample
Receiving MAIN
ENTRANCE
Receptionist
Visitor Check-in
Campus Map
Shipping
Receiving
Employee/Handicap
Entrance Only

SAMPLE RECEIVING
Handicap Entrance
Bldg. 5

Metals Prep,
Metals,
SVOC and
Extractions Labs
Employee Entrance Only
Bldg. 8
Information
Technologies
Employee/Handicap
Entrance Only
Employee Entrance Only
12065 Lebanon Road Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
Bldg.
6
Sample
Storage
and
Disposal

Annex
Environmental
Monitoring

Located at:
1910 Mays Chapel Rd
Mt. Juliet, TN 37122
Bldg. 4
Accounting

Bldg. 9

(Pending)

Bldg. 7
Facilities,
Wellness
Center,
Conference
Room

ESC Lab Sciences App. II, Ver. 11.0
Certifications Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix II to the ESC QAM

ESC Certifications

APPENDIX II TO THE ESC
QUALITY ASSURANCE MANUAL
for

ESC LAB SCIENCES
12065 LEBANON ROAD
MT. JULIET, TENNESSEE 37122
[phone]

Prepared by

ESC LAB SCIENCES
12065 LEBANON ROAD
MT. JULIET, TENNESSEE 37122
[phone]
ESC Lab Sciences App. II, Ver. 11.0
Certifications Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix II to the ESC QAM
Updated 2/22/13
State/
Agency
Certificate
Number
Expiration
Date/
Status
Cert.
REV.
Date
Date
Posted
Certified
Programs
Approved
Programs
Cert.
Type
Cert.
Authority
Alabama 40660 5/31/13 6/20/12 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST Reciprocity TN
Alaska UST-080 1/11/14 1/21/13 UST UST AK AK
Arizona AZ0612 6/25/13 4/17/12 6/20/12
AIR, DW,
WW,
RCRA,
UST Audit AZ
Arkansas 88-0469 1/21/13 3/20/12
WW,
RCRA,
UST,
BIoassay NELAP NJ
California 01157CA 8/31/13 09/21/11 12/11/12
WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Colorado None 3/31/13 4/2/12 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST Reciprocity TN
Connecticut PH-0197 3/31/13 4/28/11 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST Reciprocity TN, NJ
Florida E87487 6/30/13 12/11/12
AIR, DW,
WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Georgia DW 923 6/16/13 1/21/11 DW Reciprocity TN
Georgia None 6/30/13 12/11/12
WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Idaho TN00003 7/16/13 12/11/12 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Illinois 200008 11/30/13 12/11/12
DW, WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Indiana C-TN-01 6/16/13 8/5/10 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST Reciprocity TN
Iowa 364 5/1/13 6/20/12
WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP IA
Kansas E-10277 10/31/13 12/11/12
DW, WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Kentucky DW 90010 12/31/13 1/17/13 DW
WW,
RCRA Reciprocity TN
Kentucky UST 16 11/30/13 5/24/12 UST Audit A2LA
Louisiana
Agency ID
30792 6/30/ Aug-12 12/11/12
WW,
RCRA,
UST, AIR NELAP NJ
ESC Lab Sciences App. II, Ver. 11.0
Certifications Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix II to the ESC QAM
Maine TN0002 7/5/13 12/18/12 DW, WW
RCRA,
UST Reciprocity TN, NJ
Maryland 324 12/31/13 12/11/12 DW Reciprocity TN
Massachusetts M-TN003 6/30/13 12/11/12 DW,WW
RCRA,
UST Reciprocity TN
Michigan 9958 6/16/13 8/31/10 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST Reciprocity TN
Minnesota
047-999-
395 12/31/13 12/11/12
WW,
RCRA,
UST Audit MN
Mississippi None 6/16/13 9/28/10 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Missouri 340 6/16/13 9/28/10 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Montana CERT0086 1/1/14 12/11/12 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST Reciprocity TN
Nebraska NA 6/30/13 12/11/12 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST Reciprocity TN
Nevada
TN-03-
2002-34 6/30/13 Extended 12/11/12
WW, DW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
New
Hampshire 2975 5/20/13 6/20/12 DW, WW
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
New Jersey -
NELAP TN002 6/30/13 1/23/13 1/29/13
DW, WW,
RCRA,
UST, AIR NELAP NJ
New Mexico None Renewal Renewal 8/3/2011 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
New York 11742 4/1/13 11/16/ 12/11/12
WW,
RCRA,
UST, AIR NELAP NJ
North Carolina
DW DW21704 7/31/13 12/11/12 DW Audit NC
North
Carolina Env375 12/31/13 1/8/13
WW,
RCRA,
UST Audit NC
North C.
Aquatic Tox 41 11/1/13 12/11/12
Aquatic
Toxicity Audit NC
North Dakota R-140 6/30/13 12/11/12
DW, WW,
RCRA Reciprocity TN, WI
Ohio VAP CL0069 12/15/13 04/17/12 5/24/12
WW,
RCRA,
UST, AIR Audit OH
Oklahoma 9915 8/31/13 Sep-12 10/6/11
WW,
RCRA,
UST,
BIOASSAY NELAP NJ
ESC Lab Sciences App. II, Ver. 11.0
Certifications Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix II to the ESC QAM
Oregon TN200002 1/15/14 12/11/12
DW, WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Pennsylvania 68-02979 12/31/13 12/11/12
DW, WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Rhode Island 221 12/30/13 1/9/13
DW, Env.
Lead
WW,
RCRA,
UST Reciprocity
TN,
AIHA
South Carolina 84004 6/30/13 12/11/12
WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
South Dakota Pending Pending
Tennessee DW 2006 6/16/13 7/23/10 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST Audit TN
Tennessee DW
Micro 2006 10/12/15 12/11/12 DW Micro Audit TN
Texas Mold LAB0152 3/10/15 2/13/13 MOLD NA TX
Texas - Env
T
104704245
-07-TX 10/31/13 12/11/12
DW, WW,
RCRA, AIR Reciprocity NJ
Utah
615758585
8 6/30/13 12/11/12
DW, WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Vermont VT2006 1/5/14 1/10/13 DW
WW,
RCRA,
UST Reciprocity TN
Virginia
VELAP 460132 6/14/13 6/20/12
DW, WW,
RCRA,
UST NELAP NJ
Washington C1915 8/19/2013 8/23/12
12/11/20
12
DW, WW,
RCRA,
UST, AIR Audit A2LA
West Virginia 233 2/28/14 2/18/13
WW,
RCRA,
UST Audit WV
Wisconsin 998093910 8/31/13 Dec-12 12/11/12
WW,
RCRA,
UST Audit WI
Wyoming A2LA 11/30/13 3/14/12 UST
WW,
RCRA Audit A2LA
Other Agencies
A2LA 1461.01 11/30/13 10/11/12 12/11/12
DW, WW,
RCRA,
UST, AIR,
MICRO Audit A2LA
AIHA* 100789 6/1/14 5/24/12
IHLAP,
ELLAP,
EMLAP Audit AIHA
DOD 1461.01 11/30/13 3/14/12
RCRA,
UST Audit A2LA
EPA TN00003 None
Cryptospiri
dium Audit EPA
ESC Lab Sciences App. II, Ver. 11.0
Certifications Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix II to the ESC QAM
USDA S-67674 9/27/15 12/11/12
Quarantine
Permit Audit USDA

(1) A2LA = American Association for Laboratory Accred. (6) EMLAP = Environmental Microbiology Laboratory Accreditation Program
(2) AIHA = American Industrial Hygiene Association (7) USDA = United States Department of Agriculture
(3) NELAP = National Environmental Laboratory Accred. Program (8) Approved Programs = The state does not have a formal certification
program.
(4) IHLAP = Industrial Hygiene Laboratory Accred. Program (9) Pending = The state is processing our application.
(5) ELLAP = Environmental Lead Laboratory Accred. Program (10) EPA = Environmental Protection Agency

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 2 of 84

2.0 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Section Title Rev. Date Rev.#
1.0 Approval and Signature Page Page 1 4/15/13 0
2.0 Table of Contents Page 2 4/15/13 0
3.0 Scope and Application Page 3 4/15/13 0
4.0 List of Sampling Capabilities Page 3 4/15/13 0
5.0 General Considerations Page 4 4/15/13 0
6.0 Ancillary Equipment and Supplies Page 10 4/15/13 0
7.0 Wastewater Sampling Page 11 4/15/13 0
8.0 Surface Water and Sediment Sampling Page 17 4/15/13 0
9.0 Groundwater and Drinking Water Sampling Page 26 4/15/13 0
10.0 Soil Sampling Page 36 4/15/13 0
11.0 Waste Sampling Page 38 4/15/13 0
12.0 Standard Cleaning Procedures Page 42 4/15/13 0
13.0 Sample History Page 51 4/15/13 0
14.0 Sample Containers, Preservation, Methods, and
Holding Times Page 51 4/15/13 0
15.0 Sample Dispatch Page 58 4/15/13 0
16.0 Investigation Waste Page 60 4/15/13 0
17.0 Sampling Bibliography Page 61 4/15/13 0
4/15/13 0
TABLES 4/15/13 0
4.0 List of Sampling Capabilites Page 3 4/15/13 0
5.9.1 Quality Control Samples Page 7 4/15/13 0
6.1 Ancillary Equipment and Supplies Page 10 4/15/13 0
7.1 Wastewater Sampling Equipment Page 11 4/15/13 0
8.1 Equipment List Page 17 4/15/13 0
9.1 Groundwater and Drinking Water Sampling
Equipment Page 26 4/15/13 0
10.1 Soil Sampling Equipment Page 36 4/15/13 0
11.1 Waste Sampling Equipment Page 38 4/15/13 0
14.6A Solids Preservation, Holding Time and
Containers Page 55 4/15/13 0
14.6B Wastewater Preservation, Holding Time and
Containers Page 55 4/15/13 0

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 3 of 84

3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

This appendix discusses the standard practices and procedures utilized by ESC personnel for site
selection and sample collection of various matrices. Topics addressed include field QA/QC
procedures, together with equipment care and calibration for field sampling activities. Proper
collection and handling of samples is of the utmost importance to insure that collected samples
are representative of the sampling site. With this goal, proper sampling, handling, preservation,
and quality control techniques for each matrix must be established and strictly followed. Precise
identification of the collected samples and complete field documentation including a chain of
custody are also vital.

ESC Lab Sciences does not provide sampling services for Industrial Hygiene and
Environmental Lead analyses. We do require that all samples collected for these programs
be sampled using the guidelines established by NIOSH, OSHA or other published protocol.

In addition, ESC Lab Sciences personnel do not conduct sampling in conjunction with the
Ohio Voluntary Action Program (VAP).

4.0 LIST OF SAMPLING CAPABILITIES
· Parameter Group · Sample Source
Extractable Organics Surface water, wastewater, groundwater, stormwater runoff,
drinking water, sediments, soils, chemical/ hazardous wastes,
domestic wastewater sludge, hazardous waste sludge
Volatile Organic
Compounds (VOCs)
Surface water, wastewater, groundwater, stormwater runoff,
drinking water, sediments, soils, chemical/ hazardous wastes,
domestic wastewater sludge, hazardous waste sludge
Metals Surface water, wastewater, groundwater, stormwater runoff,
drinking water, sediments, soils, chemical/ hazardous wastes,
domestic wastewater sludge, hazardous waste sludge
Inorganic Anions Surface water, wastewater, groundwater, stormwater runoff,
drinking water, sediments, soils, chemical/ hazardous wastes,
domestic wastewater sludge, hazardous waste sludge
Organics Surface water, wastewater, groundwater, stormwater runoff,
drinking water, sediments, soils, chemical/ hazardous wastes,
domestic wastewater sludge, hazardous waste sludge
Physical Properties Surface water, wastewater, groundwater, stormwater runoff,
drinking water, sediments, soils, chemical/ hazardous wastes,
domestic wastewater sludge, hazardous waste sludge
Cyanide Surface water, wastewater, groundwater, stormwater runoff,
drinking water, sediments, soils, chemical/ hazardous wastes,
domestic wastewater sludge, hazardous waste sludge
Microbiology Surface water, groundwater, drinking water, wastewater
Macro Invertebrate Surface water, wastewater, sediments
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 4 of 84

· Parameter Group · Sample Source
Identification
Biotoxicity Surface water and wastewater

5.0 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The following procedures are used in all of ESC's sampling activities. These procedures must be
considered in relation to the objectives and scope of each sampling event.

5.1 SELECTING A REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLING SITE

Selecting a representative sampling site is dependent upon the matrix to be sampled and type of
analyses required. These matrix specific procedures are discussed in subsequent sections.

5.2 SELECTION AND PROPER PREPARATION OF SAMPLING EQUIPMENT

The type of sampling equipment to be used is specific to the sample matrix and the analyses to
be conducted. These are discussed later in this section. Section 12.0 describes the equipment
cleaning procedures utilized by ESC personnel.

5.3 SAMPLING PROCEDURES FOR INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE AND ENVIRONMENTAL
LEAD SAMPLES

ESC does not provide sampling services for industrial hygiene and/or environmental lead
analyses. Experienced laboratory personnel can assist with advice on sampling; however,
the adequacy and accuracy of sample collection is the client’s responsibility.

5.4 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

To prevent direct contamination or cross-contamination of the collected sample, great attention
must be given to the construction material used for sampling equipment. Materials must be
inert, non-porous and easy to clean. Preferred materials include Teflon®, glass, stainless steel
and plastic. Plastics may not be used for collections where organics are the analytes of interest.
Stainless steel may not be used where metallic compounds will be analyzed.

5.5 SELECTION OF PARAMETERS BEING ANALYZED

Parameters for analysis are usually dictated by and based on regulated monitoring conditions (i.e.
NPDES or RCRA permits). If these do not apply, analyses are selected by ESC or the client
based on federal regulations specific to the matrix being investigated.

5.6 ORDER OF SAMPLE COLLECTION
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 5 of 84

Unless field conditions demand otherwise, the order of sample collection is as follows:

1. Volatile organic compounds (VOCs)
2. Extractable Organics (includes Total Recoverable Petroleum Hydrocarbons [TRPH], Oil
& Grease, Pesticides and Herbicides)
3. Total metals
4. Dissolved metals
5. Microbiological
6. Inorganic (includes Nutrients, Demand, and Physical Properties)
7. Radionuclides

5.7 SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS FOR TRACE CONTAMINANT SAMPLING

Many contaminants can be detected in the parts per billion or parts per trillion range and extreme
care must be taken to prevent cross-contamination. Therefore, extra precautions apply where
samples are collected for trace contaminants. These precautions include:

· A new pair of disposable latex gloves must be worn at each sampling location.
· Sample containers for samples suspected of containing high concentrations of
contaminants shall be sealed in separate plastic bags immediately after collection and
preservation.
· If possible, background samples and source samples should be collected by different field
sampling teams. If different field teams are not possible, all background samples shall be
collected first and placed in separate ice chests or shipping containers. Samples of waste
or highly contaminated samples shall not be placed in the same container as
environmental samples. Ice chests or shipping containers for source samples or samples
that are suspected to contain high concentrations of contaminants are discarded after
use.
· If possible, one member of the field team should handle all data recording, while the
other members collect samples.
· When sampling surface waters, water samples should always be collected before
sediment samples are collected.
· Sample collection activities should proceed from the suspected area of least
contamination to the suspected area of greatest contamination.
· ESC personnel should use equipment constructed of Teflon®, stainless steel, or glass
that has been properly pre-cleaned (Sections 12.3 & 12.4) for collecting samples for
trace metals or organic compounds analyses. Teflon®, glass, or plastic is preferred for
collecting samples where trace metals are of concern. Equipment constructed of plastic
or PVC shall not be used to collect samples for trace organic compounds analyses.
· When fuel powered units are utilized, they will be placed downwind and away from any
sampling activities.
· Monitoring wells with free product shall not be sampled for trace contaminant analysis.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 6 of 84

5.8 SAMPLE HANDLING AND MIXING

Sample handling should be kept to a minimum. ESC personnel must use extreme care to avoid
sample contamination. If samples are placed in an ice chest, personnel should ensure that sample
containers do not become submerged or tip over as this may result in cross-contamination.
Small sample containers (e.g., VOCs or bacterial samples) should be placed in airtight plastic
bags to prevent cross-contamination.

Once a sample has been collected, it may have to be split into separate containers for different
analyses. A liquid sample will be split by shaking the container or stirring the sample contents
with a clean pipette or pre-cleaned Teflon® rod. Then the contents are alternately poured into
respective sample containers. Items used for stirring must be cleaned in accordance with the
guidelines set forth in Section 12.0. Samples for VOCs, Cyanide, Total Phenol, and Oil &
Grease must be collected as discrete grabs.

A soil sample may be split but must first be homogenized as thoroughly as possible to ensure
representative sub-samples of the parent material. This is accomplished using the quartering
method. The soil is placed in a sample pan and divided into quarters. Each quarter is mixed
separately then all quarters are mixed together. This is repeated several times until the sample is
uniformly mixed. If a round bowl is used, mixing is achieved by stirring the material in a circular
fashion with occasionally inversion of the material.

Soil and sediment samples collected for volatile organic compounds shall not be mixed. The
appropriate sample container should be filled completely, allowing little to no headspace.

Moisture content inversely affects the accuracy of mixing and splitting a soil sample.

5.9 QUALITY CONTROL SAMPLES

Quality control samples must be collected during all sampling events to demonstrate that the
sample materials have not been contaminated by sampling equipment, chemical preservatives, or
procedures relating to the sample collection, transportation and storage. A summary of the
recommended frequency for collecting field quality control samples is presented in the following:

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 7 of 84

5.9.1 Quality Control Samples

Number of
samples
Precleaned
equipment
blank1
Field cleaned
equipment
blank
Trip
blank
(VOCs)
Duplicate
10 or more minimum of
1 then 5%
minimum of 1
then 5%
one per
cooler2
minimum one then 10%3
5 - 9 one one one per
cooler2
one
less than 5 one one one per
cooler2
Not required, but recommend a
minimum of one. USACE
projects require one. Client
specific QAPP requirements
must be considered.
1 Pre-cleaned blanks are to be collected after the initial decontamination procedure has been
completed but before the first sample is collected. Only one pre-cleaned or field-cleaned blank is
required if less than 10 samples are collected. Only analyte-free water as defined in this document
will be used in the preparation of any field and/or equipment blank.
2 Where VOC methods are analyzed simultaneously, such as 601/602, only one (1) trip blank is
required per cooler.
3 Duplicate samples are collected for all VOC samples.

5.10 VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND SAMPLING

Water Samples

Generally, groundwater, drinking water and wastewater samples for the analysis of volatile
organic compounds are collected in duplicate pre-labeled 40mL vials. During bottle kit
preparation in the laboratory, 200μL of concentrated HCl is added to each clean and empty
vial. A Teflon® septum is placed in each cap and a cap is placed securely on each vial.

The sampler should check the water being sampled for residual chlorine content. This is
done with residual chlorine testing strips. If no chlorine is present, the prepared vials may
be filled as needed. If residual chlorine is present, add one crystal of sodium thiosulfate
(Na2S2O3) to each vial prior to sampling.

To fill the vial properly, the sample is poured slowly down the inside wall of the vial until a
convex meniscus is formed. Care should be taken to minimize turbulence. The cap is then
applied to the bottle with the Teflon® side of the septum contacting the sample. Some
overflow is lost; however air space in the bottle should be eliminated. Check for air bubbles
by inverting the capped vial and tapping against the heel of the hand. This will dislodge
bubbles hidden in the cap. If any bubbles are present, repeat the procedure. If unsuccessful,
discard the vial and re-sample with a new preserved vial and septum. At a minimum,
duplicate vials should always be collected from each sample location.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 8 of 84

For analysis using EPA Method 524.2, samples that are suspected to contain residual
chlorine, 25mg of ascorbic acid per 40mL of sample is added to each sample vial prior to
sampling. Additionally, if analytes that are gases at room temperature (i.e. vinyl chloride,
etc.) or any of the analytes in following table are not to be determined, 3mg of sodium
thiosulfate is recommended for use to remove residual chlorine during sampling. If residual
chlorine is present in the field sample at >5mg/L, then add additional 25mg or ascorbic acid
or 3mg of sodium thiosulfate for each 5mg/L of residual chlorine present. Sample vials are
then filled as previously described. Following collection and dechlorination, Method 524.2
samples are adjusted to a pH of <2 with HCl.

Acetone Acrylonitrile Allyl chloride
2-Butanone Carbon disulfide Chloroacetonitrile
1-Chlorobutane t-1,2-Dichloro-2-butene 1,1-Dichloropropanone
Diethyl ether Ethyl methacrylate Hexachloroethane
2-Hexanone Methacrylonitrile Methylacrylate
Methyl iodide Methylmethacrylate 4-Methyl-2-pentanone
Methyl-tert-butyl ether Nitrobenzene 2-Nitropropane
Pentachloroethane Propionitrile Tetrahydrofuran

For more detailed instructions, see the published method.

Soil Samples

Option 1 – Core Sampling Device
Soil samples for volatile organic analysis should be sampled using traditional core sampling
methods. Once the core sample is collected, additional samples should be taken using an
Encore™ sampler, either 5g or 25g, capped, sealed, and immediately cooled. The holding time
for this method is 48 hours.

Option 2 – Pre-weighed Vial
In the other option for volatile soil sampling, 40mL vials with cap, Teflon® lined septum,
preservative (5mL sodium bisulfate solution), and stir bar are pre-weighed, either by the user or
the manufacturer. The vial is weighed on a balance capable of measuring to 0.01g and labeled
with the pre-weighed value. In the field, place roughly 5g of sample into a pre-weighed vial,
cap, and then immediately place on ice to achieve a temperature of 4ºC. Exact soil weights can
be measured using the pre-weight of the vial and the post-sampling weight. The difference
represents the actual weight of the soil sample. The holding time for this method is 14 days.

Unless specifically permitted by the regulatory authority, VOC samples (liquid or solid) should
never be mixed or composited.
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 9 of 84

5.11 OIL AND GREASE SAMPLING

Aqueous samples collected for oil and grease analyses must be collected as discrete grab
samples. Sample containers should not be rinsed with sample water prior to sample collection
and samples should be collected directly into the sample container. Intermediate vessels should
only be used where it is impossible to collect the sample directly into the sample container and,
in this case, only Teflon® beakers should be used. Samples should be taken from well-mixed
areas.

5.12 CYANIDE SAMPLING

Cyanide is a very reactive and unstable compound and should be analyzed as soon as possible
after collection. Samples shall be collected in polyethylene or glass containers and shall be
pretreated and preserved in the manner specified in the following paragraphs.

5.12.1 Test for Oxidizing Agents

1. Test the sample with residual chlorine indicator strips.
2. Add a few crystals of ascorbic acid and test until negative.
3. Add an additional 0.6 grams of ascorbic acid for each liter sampled to remove
residual chlorine.
4. Preserve the pretreated sample by to a pH > 12.0 with NaOH and cool to 4 +
2oC. Verify the pH of the samples as per Section 14.2.
5. Equipment blanks must be handled in the same manner as described in steps 1
through 4.

5.12.2 Test for Sulfide

1. Test the sample for sulfide using the sulfide test strip;(formally HACH KIT).
2. If sulfide is not removed by the procedure below, the sample must be preserved
with NaOH to pH > 12.0 and analyzed by the laboratory within 24 hours.
3. Sulfide should be removed by filtering visible particulate. Retain filter (filter #1).
4. Remove the sulfide by adding lead carbonate powder to the filtrate to cause the
sulfide to precipitate out.
5. Test the filtrate for the presence of sulfide. If sulfides are present, repeat steps 1
and 4 until no sulfides are shown present.
6. The precipitate can now be filtered from the sample and this filter is discarded.
7. The sample is then reconstituted by adding the sediment collected on filter #1
back to the filtrate.
8. Preserve the pretreated sample to a pH > 12.0 with NaOH and cool to 4 + 2oC.
Verify the pH of the samples as per Section 14.2
9. Equipment blanks must be handled in the same manner as described in steps 1
through 9.
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 10 of 84

5.13 BIOMONITORING SAMPLING

Aqueous samples collected for Bioassay can be collected in either glass or HDPE plastic. There
is no chemical preservation for this type of sample and the required volume varies with each type
of analysis. Following sampling, all samples must be cooled to 4°C and can be held for a
maximum of 36 hours from the time of collection. Grab and composite sample protocols are
utilized for acute and chronic bioassays and are chosen according to permit requirements.
Samples should be collected with minimum aeration during collection and the container should
be filled allowing no headspace. Samples may be shipped in one or more 4L (l gal.)
CUBITAINERS® or unused plastic "milk" jugs. All sample containers should be rinsed
with source water before being filled with sample. Containers are not reused. If the sample
is a chlorinated effluent, total residual chlorine must be measured immediately following
sample collection.

5.14 PROCEDURES FOR IDENTIFYING POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SAMPLES

Any sample either known, or suspected, to be hazardous shall be identified as such on the chain
of custody. Information explaining the potential hazard (i.e., corrosive, flammable, poison, etc.)
shall also be listed.

5.15 COLLECTION OF AUXILIARY DATA

All auxiliary data shall be entered in the field records. Auxiliary data relative to a particular
sampling location should be recorded concurrent with the sample event. Matrix specific
auxiliary data are discussed later in this section.

5.16 TIME RECORDS

All records of time shall be kept using local time in the military (24 hour) format and shall be
recorded to the nearest minute.

5.17 REFERENCES

ESC maintains copies of the various sampling references in the sample equipment room.
Pertinent pages of these documents may be photocopied and taken to the field during sampling
investigations. A bibliography of references used in the development of this section is presented
in Section 17.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 11 of 84

6.0 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES

The equipment used to collect samples and conduct necessary purging activities is listed in
subsequent sections for each type of sample. However, Section 6.1 lists some of the ancillary
field equipment and instruments that may be required.

6.1 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES

Flow
Measurement:
ISCO Continuous Flow Meters 3230, 3210, 2870; Flo-Poke pipe insert
Personal
Protective
Equipment:
Hard Hats, Face Shields, Half- and Full-Face Respirators, Rubber and Latex
Gloves, Tyvex protective coveralls, rubber boots, safety glasses
Field
Instruments:
Water Level Indicator, Continuous Recording pH Meter, Portable
pH/Temperature Meters, Hach DR-100 Chlorine Analyzer, Hach CEL/700
Portable Laboratory, YSI Field Dissolved Oxygen/Temperature Meter w/
Submersible Probe, Portable Field Specific Conductance Meter, Hach 2100P
Portable Turbidimeter
Chemical
Supplies &
Reagents:
Deionized Water, Tap Water, Liquinox Detergent, Isopropanol, Nitric Acid,
Hydrochloric Acid, Sulfuric Acid, Sodium Hydroxide, Ascorbic acid, Sodium
Thiosulfate, Ascorbic Acid, Zinc Acetate, pH calibration buffers (4.0, 7.0, and
10.0), Hach Sulfide Kit, lead carbonate powder, Specific Conductance
Standard, Turbidity Standards
Tools: Pipe Wrench, Bung Wrench, Crowbar, Hammer, Assorted Screwdrivers,
Tape Measures, Channel Lock Pliers, Vise Grip Pliers, Duct Tape, Vinyl Pull
Ties
Miscellaneous: Cellular Phones, Pagers, Walkie Talkies, 12 Volt Batteries, Flashlights,
Extension Cords, Brushes, Plastic sheeting, Fire extinguishers, Water
Squeeze Bottles, First Aid Kit, lengths of rigid PVC conduit, aquatic
sampling nets (Wildco)

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 12 of 84

7.0 WASTEWATER SAMPLING

7.1 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT

Type Use Materials Permissible Parameter Groups
Continuous
Wastewater
Samplers-
Peristaltic Pump
Sampling
Tygon tubing; glass
or plastic sample
container
All parameter groups except
oil & grease, extractable
organics, and VOCs
Sampling
Teflon® tubing;
glass sample
container
All parameter groups except
VOCs

7.2 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The procedures used by ESC are generally those outlined in the NPDES Compliance Inspection
Manual. Additional guidance is given in the EPA Handbook for Monitoring Industrial
Wastewater. Some important considerations for obtaining a representative wastewater sample
include:

· The sample should be collected where the wastewater is well mixed.
· Samples should not be collected directly from the surface/bottom of the wastestream.
· In sampling from wide conduits, cross-sectional sampling should be considered.
· If manual compositing is employed, the individual sample bottles must be thoroughly
mixed before pouring the individual aliquot into the composite container.

7.3 SAMPLING SITE SELECTION

Wastewater samples should be collected at the location specified in the NPDES or sewer use
permit if such exists. If the specified sampling location proves unacceptable, the project
manager shall select an appropriate location based on site-specific conditions. An attempt
should be made to contact the regulating authorities for their approval. The potential for this
type of issue highlights the need for a site inspection prior to the scheduled sampling event.

7.3.1 Influent

Influent wastewaters should be sampled at points of high turbulence and mixing. These
points are: (1) the upflow siphon following a comminutor (in absence of grit chamber);
(2) the upflow distribution box following pumping from main plant wet well; (3) aerated
grit chamber; (4) flume throat; or (5) pump wet well when the pump is operating. Raw
wastewater samples should be collected upstream of sidestream returns.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 13 of 84

7.3.2 Effluent

Effluent samples should be collected at the site specified in the permit or, if no site is
specified, at the most representative site downstream from all entering wastewater
streams prior to final discharge.

7.3.3 Pond and Lagoon Sampling

Composite samples of pond and lagoon effluent are preferred over grabs due to the
potential for ponds and lagoons to short circuit the projected flow paths. However, if
dye studies or facility data indicate a homogeneous discharge, grab samples may be
taken.

7.4 SAMPLING TECHNIQUES: GENERAL

The choice of a flow-proportional or time-proportional composite sampling program depends
upon the variability of flow, equipment availability, sampling point configuration and
accessibility. Flow metered sampling is necessary for complete wastewater characterization and
should be utilized where possible. If not feasible, a time-proportional composite sample is
acceptable.

A time-proportional composite sample consists of aliquots collected at constant time intervals
and can be collected either manually or with an automatic sampler.

A flow proportional composite sample consists of aliquots collected automatically at constant
flow intervals with an automatic sampler and a flow-measuring device. Prior to flow-
proportional sampling, the flow measuring system (primary flow device, totalizer, and recorder)
should be examined. The sampler may have to install flow measurement instrumentation if
automatic sampling is to be used.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 14 of 84

7.5 USE OF AUTOMATIC SAMPLERS

7.5.1 General

Automatic samplers are used when several points are sampled at frequent intervals, with
limited personnel, or when a continuous sample is required. Automatic samplers used
by ESC must meet the following requirements:

· Must be properly cleaned to avoid cross-contamination from prior sampling
events.
· No plastic or metal parts shall come into contact with the sample when
parameters to be analyzed could be impacted by these materials.
· Must be able to provide adequate refrigeration. Commercially available ice is
placed in the sampler base and packed around the container approximately half
way up the sample container.
· Must be able to collect a large enough sample for all required analyses.
Composite sample containers (glass or plastic) hold up to 10 liters.
· A minimum of 100 milliliters should be collected each time the sampler is acti-
vated.
· Should provide a lift of at least 20 feet and be adjustable so that sample volume
is not a function of pumping head.
· Pumping velocity must be adequate to transport solids without settling.
· The intake line must be purged a minimum of one time before each sample is
collected.
· The minimum inside diameter of the intake line should be 1/4 inch.
· Have a power source adequate to operate the sampler for 48 hours at 15-minute
sampling intervals.
· Facility electrical outlets may be used if available.
· Facility automatic samplers may be used for conventional parameters if they
meet ESC QA/QC criteria.

Specific operating instructions, capabilities, capacities, and other pertinent information
for automatic samplers presently used by ESC are included in the respective operating
manuals and are not presented here.

All data relative to the actual use of automatic equipment on a specific job is recorded in
sampling logbooks.
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 15 of 84

7.5.2 Equipment Installation

7.5.2.1 Conventional Sampling

Automatic samplers may be used to collect time-proportional composite or flow-
proportional composite samples. In the flow-proportional mode, the samplers are
activated by a compatible flow meter. Flow-proportional samples can also be collected
using a discrete sampler and a flow recorder and manually compositing the individual
aliquots in flow-proportional amounts.

Installation procedures include cutting and installing the proper length of tubing,
positioning it in the wastewater stream, and sampler programming. All new tubing
(Dow® Corning Medical Grade Silastic, or equal, in the pump and Tygon®, or equal, in
the sample train) will be used for each sampler installation.

For a time-proportional composite, the sampler should be programmed to collect
100mL samples at 15-minute intervals into a refrigerated 10L plastic or glass jug, as
appropriate for the particular parameters being analyzed.

For a flow-proportional composite, the sampler should be programmed to collect a
minimum of 100mL for each sample interval. The sampling interval should be based on
the flow of the waste stream.

7.5.3 Automatic Sampler Maintenance, Calibration, and Quality Control

To ensure proper operation of automatic samplers, the procedures outlined in this
section shall be used to maintain and calibrate ESC automatic samplers. Any variance
from these procedures will be documented.

Proper sampler operation will be checked by ESC personnel prior to each sampling
event. This includes checking operation through three cycles of purge-pump-purge;
checking desiccant and replacing if necessary; checking charge date on NiCad batteries
to be used; and repairing or replacing any damaged items.

Prior to beginning sampling, the purge-pump-purge cycle shall be checked at least once.
The sample volume will be calibrated using a graduated cylinder at least twice, and the
flow pacer that activates the sampler shall be checked to be sure it operates properly.

Upon return from a field trip, the sampler shall be examined for damage. The operation
will be checked and any required repairs will be performed and documented. The
sampler will then be cleaned as outlined in Section 12.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 16 of 84

7.6 MANUAL SAMPLING

Manual sampling is normally used for collecting grab samples and for immediate in-situ field
analyses. Manual sampling may also be used when it is necessary to evaluate unusual waste
stream conditions. If possible, manually collected samples should be collected in the actual
sample container that will be submitted to the laboratory. This minimizes the possibility of
contamination from an intermediate collection container.

Manual samples are collected by (1) submerging the container neck first into the water; (2)
inverting the bottle so that the neck is upright and pointing into the direction of wastewater flow;
(3) quickly returning the sample container to the surface; (4) shake to rinse. Pour the contents
out downstream of sample location; (5) collect sample as described in steps 1, 2, and 3; pour out
a few mLs of sample downstream of sample collection. This allows for addition of preservatives
and sample expansion.

Exceptions to the above procedure occur when preservatives are present in the sampling
container or when oil & grease, microbiological, and/or VOC analyses are required. In these
cases, sample shall be collected directly into the container with no pre-rinsing.

If the water or wastewater stream cannot be physically or safely reached, an intermediate
collection container may be used. This container must be properly cleaned (Section 12) and
made of an acceptable material. A separate collection container should be used at each sampling
station to prevent cross-contamination between stations. The sample is collected by lowering a
properly cleaned Teflon®, plastic, or glass collection vessel into the waste stream. The
intermediate vessel may be lowered by hand, pole or rope.

7.7 SPECIAL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES

7.7.1 Trace Organic Compounds and Metals

Due to the ability to detect trace organic compounds and metals in extremely low
concentrations, care must be taken to avoid contamination of the sample. All containers,
composite bottles, tubing, etc., used in sample collection for trace organic compounds
and metals analyses should be prepared as described in Section 12.
Personnel handling the sample should wear a new pair of disposable latex gloves with
each set of samples collected to prevent cross-contamination. A more detailed
discussion is given in Section 5.7 under special precautions for trace contaminant
sampling.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 17 of 84

7.7.2 Bacterial Analysis

Samples for bacterial analysis will always be collected directly into the prepared glass or
plastic sample bottle. The sample bottle should be kept closed until immediately prior to
sampling and never rinsed with sample. When the container is opened, care should be
taken not to contaminate the cap or the inside of the bottle. The bottle should be held
near the base and plunged, neck downward, below the surface and turned until the neck
points upward and upstream. The bottle should be filled to within one-inch of the top
and capped immediately.

Section 14 presents preservation procedures and holding times. As holding times are
limited to 6 hours for microbiological analyses, special arrangements may be required to
ensure that these samples reach the laboratory within this timeframe.

7.7.3 Immiscible Liquids/Oil and Grease

Oil and grease may be present in wastewater as a surface film, emulsion, solution, or a
combination of these forms. A representative sample for oil and grease analysis is
difficult to collect. The sampler must carefully evaluate the location of the sampling
point to find the area of greatest mixing. Quiescent areas should be avoided.

Because losses of oil and grease will occur on sampling equipment, collection by
composite sampler is not practical. Intermediate sampling vessels should not be used if
possible. If intermediate collection vessels are required they should be made of Teflon®
and be rinsed with the sample three times before transferring any sample to the sample
container. Sample containers, however, should never be rinsed.

7.7.4 Volatile Organic Compounds Analyses

Water samples to be analyzed for volatile organic compounds are collected in 40mL pre-
preserved (200uL of concentrated HCl) vials with screw caps. A Teflon®-silicone
septum is placed in each cap prior to the sampling event. The Teflon® side must be
facing the sample side.

Sampling containers with preservatives are pre-labeled prior to any field activities to
reduce the chances of confusion during sampling activities. A complete list of sample
preservatives, containers, holding times, and volumes is found in Section 14.

The sampler should check the water to be sampled for chlorine. This is done with
residual chlorine indicator strips. If no chlorine is found, the vials may be filled. If
residual chlorine is present, the sampling and preservation procedures listed in Section
5.10 of this manual must be performed.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 18 of 84

7.8 AUXILIARY DATA COLLECTION

While conducting wastewater sampling, the following information may also be gathered:

· Field measurements -- pH, DO, conductivity, temperature
· Flows associated with the samples collected -- continuous flows with composite samples
and instantaneous flows with grab samples
· Diagrams and/or written descriptions of the sample locations
· Photographs of pertinent wastewater-associated equipment, such as flow measuring
devices, treatment units, etc.
· Completion of applicable forms required during specific investigations.

All observations, measurements, diagrams, etc., will be entered in field logbooks or attached
thereto.

8.0 SURFACE WATER AND SEDIMENT SAMPLING

8.1 EQUIPMENT

Equipment Type Use Material Permissible Parameter Groups
Surface Water Sampling
Kemmerer Sampler Depth
sampling
PVC All parameter groups except extractable organics,
VOCs, and oil & grease
Automatic Samplers Sampling Teflon® All parameter groups except VOCs, oil & grease,
& micro
Sampling PVC All parameter groups except extractable organics,
VOCs, oil & grease, and micro
Sample Collection
Container
Sampling Stainless
steel
All parameter groups
Bailers Sampling Teflon® All parameter groups
Sampling PVC All parameter groups except extractable organics,
VOCs, and oil & grease
Sediment Sampling
Hand Augers Sampling Carbon
Steel
Demand, nutrients, and extractable organics (for
hard packed soils only)
Sediment Core
Sampler
Sampling Stainless
Steel,
Teflon®
All parameter groups
Encore™ Sampling Teflon® VOC Sediment/soil
Scoops Sampling Teflon®
coated
All parameter groups
Mixing Bowl Compositing Glass All parameter groups except VOCs
Spoons, spatula Sampling,
compositing
Stainless
Steel
All parameter groups

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 19 of 84

8.2 GENERAL

Selection of surface water sampling locations for water quality studies are determined by the
objective of the study and waterway type. Factors that impact and alter water quality and
characteristics (dams, bridges, discharges, etc.) must be considered. Accessibility is important.

8.3 SAMPLE SITE SELECTION

Fresh water environments are commonly divided into two types: (1) rivers, streams, and creeks;
and (2) lakes, ponds, and impoundments. Since these waterways differ considerably in general
characteristics, site selection must be adapted to each.

Prior to conducting a sampling event, an initial survey should be conducted to locate prime
sampling points. Bridges and piers provide ready access to sampling points across a body of
water. However, they should only be used when at otherwise acceptable locations and are
found not to be detrimentally impacting stream characteristics.

If wading for water samples must be done, caution should be used to avoid disturbing bottom
deposits that could result in increased sediment in the sample. Shallow areas may be best for
sediment sampling.

8.3.1 Rivers, Streams, and Creeks

Sampling sites should be located in areas possessing the greatest degree of cross-
sectional homogeneity. Such points are easily found directly downstream of a riffle or
rapid. These locations are also good for sediment sampling. In the absence of turbulent
areas, a site that is clear of immediate point sources, such as tributaries and effluent
discharges, may be used.

Typical sediment deposition areas are located at the inside of river bends and down-
stream of islands or other obstructions. Sites immediately upstream or downstream
from the confluence of two streams or rivers should be avoided due to inadequate
mixing of the combining flows. Also, backflow can upset normal flow patterns.

Great attention should be given to site selection along a stream reach:

· Sites should be spaced at intervals based on time-of-water-travel. Sampling sites
may be located at about one-half day time-of-water-travel for the first three days
downstream of a waste source for the first six sites and then approximately one
day for the remaining distance.
· If the study data is for comparison to previous study data, the same sampling
sites should be used.
· Sites should be located at marked physical changes in the stream channel.
· Site locations should isolate major discharges as well as major tributaries.
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 20 of 84

Dams and weirs usually create quiet, deep pools in river reaches that would otherwise be
swift and shallow. When times of travel through them are long, sites should be
established within them.
Some structures, such as dams, permit overflow that may cause significant aeration of
oxygen deficient water. Sites should be located short distances upstream and
downstream of these structures to measure the rapid, artificial increase in dissolved
oxygen (DO), which is not representative of natural aeration.
A minimum of three sites should be located between any two points of major change in a
stream, even if the time-of-travel between the points of change is short. Major changes
include, but are not limited to, a waste discharge, a tributary inflow, or a significant
change in channel characteristics. Sampling three sites is also important when testing
rates of change of unstable constituents. Results from two of three sites will usually
support each other and indicate the true pattern of water quality in the sampled zone. If
the effect of certain discharges or tributary streams of interest is desired, sites should be
located both upstream and downstream of these points.
Due to the tendency of the influent from a waste discharge or tributary to slowly mix,
cross-channel, with the main stream, it is nearly impossible to measure their effect
immediately downstream of the source. Thus, samples from quarter points may miss the
wastes and only indicate the quality of water above the waste source. Conversely,
samples taken directly in the stream portion containing the wastes would indicate
excessive effects of the wastes with respect to the river as a whole.
Tributaries should be sampled as near the mouth as possible. Often, these may be
entered from the main stream for sampling by boat. Care should be taken to avoid
collecting water from the main stream that may flow back into the tributary as a result of
density differences created by temperature, salinity, or turbidity differences.
Actual sampling locations will vary with the size and amount of turbulence in the stream
or river. Generally, with streams less than 20 feet wide, well mixed areas and sampling
sites are readily found. In such areas, a single grab sample taken at mid-depth at the
center of the channel is adequate. A sediment sample can also be collected at the center
of the channel. For slightly larger streams, at least one vertical composite should be
taken from mid-stream. It should be composed of at least one sub-surface, mid-depth,
and above the bottom sample. Dissolved oxygen, pH, temperature, conductivity, etc.
should be measured on each aliquot of the vertical composite. Several locations should
be sampled across the channel width on the larger rivers. Vertical composites across the
channel width should be located proportional to flow, i.e., closer together toward mid-
channel where flow is greater and less toward the banks where the flow proportionally
lower.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 21 of 84

The field crew will determine the number of vertical composites and sampling depths for
each area. They should base their decisions upon two considerations.

1. The larger the number of sub-samples, the more nearly the composite sample
will represent the water body.
2. Taking sub-samples is time consuming and expensive, and increases the chance
of contamination.

A number of sediment samples should be collected along a cross-section of a river or
stream to adequately characterize the bed material. The normal procedure is to sample
at quarter points along the cross-section of the site. When the sampling technique or
equipment requires that the samples be extruded or transferred at the site, they can be
combined into a single composite sample. However, samples of dissimilar composition
should not be combined. They should be kept separate for analysis in the laboratory.
To ensure representative samples, coring tubes are employed. The quantity of each sub-
sample that is composited shall be recorded.

8.3.2 Lakes, Ponds, and Impoundments

Lakes, ponds, and impoundments have a much greater tendency to stratify than rivers
and streams. This lack of mixing requires that more samples be obtained from the
different strata. Occasionally, extreme turbidity differences occur vertically where a
highly turbid river enters a lake. This stratification is caused by temperature differences
where the cooler, heavier river water flows beneath the warmer lake water. A
temperature profile of the water column and visual observation of lake samples can
detect these layers. Each layer of the stratified water column should be sampled.

The number of sampling sites on a lake, pond, or impoundment is determined by the
objectives of the investigation dimensions of the basin. In small bodies of water, a single
vertical composite at the deepest point may be sufficient. Dissolved oxygen, pH,
temperature, etc., should be conducted on each vertical composite aliquot. In naturally
formed ponds, the deepest point is usually near the center; in impoundments, the deepest
point is usually near the dam.

In lakes and larger impoundments, several vertical sub-samples should be composited to
form a single sample. These vertical sampling locations should be along a transaction or
grid. The field crew will determine the number of vertical composites and sampling
depths for each area. In some cases, separate composites of epilimnetic and hypo-
limnetic zones may be required. Additional separate composite samples may be needed
to adequately represent water quality in a lake possessing an irregular shape or
numerous bays and coves. Additional samples should always be taken where discharges,
tributaries, agriculture, and other such factors are suspected of influencing water quality.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 22 of 84

When collecting sediment samples in lakes, pond, and reservoirs, the sample site should
be as near as possible to the center of the water mass, especially for impoundments of
rivers or streams. Generally, coarser grained sediments are deposited at the headwaters
of a reservoir, and the finer sediments are near the center. The shape, inflow pattern,
bathymetry, and circulation affect the location of sediment sampling sites in large bodies
of water.

8.3.3 Control Sites

The collection of samples from control sites is necessary to compile a basis of
comparison of water quality. A control site above the point of interest is as important as
the sites below, and must be chosen with equal care. Two or three sites above the waste
inflow may be necessary to establish the rate at which any unstable material is changing.
The time of travel between the sites should be sufficient to permit accurate measurement
of the change in the material under consideration.

8.4 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT AND TECHNIQUES

8.4.1 General

Any equipment or sampling techniques used to collect a sample must not alter the
integrity of the sample and must be capable of providing a representative sample.

8.4.2 Water Sampling Equipment/Techniques

The physical location of the collector will dictate the type of equipment needed to collect
samples. Surface water samples may be collected directly into the sample container
when possible. Pre-preserved sample containers shall never be used as intermediate
collection containers. Samples collected in this manner shall use the methods specified
in Section 7.6 of this manual. If wading into the stream is required, care should be taken
not to disturb bottom deposits, which could be unintentionally collected, and bias the
sample. Also, the sample should be collected directly into the sample bottle and up
current of the wader. If wading is not possible or the sample must be collected from
more than one depth, additional sampling equipment may be used. If sampling from a
powerboat, samples must be collected upwind and upstream of the motor.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 23 of 84

8.4.2.1 Sampling Procedure Using a Teflon® or PVC Bailer

If data requirements of surface water sampling do not necessitate sampling from a
strictly discrete interval of the water column, Teflon® or PVC constructed bailers can be
used for sampling. The type bailer used is dependent on the analytical requirements. A
closed top bailer utilizing a bottom check valve will be sufficient for many surface water
studies. Water is continually displaced through the bailer as it is lowered down through
the water column until the specified depth is attained. At this point, the bailer is
retrieved back to the surface. There is the possibility of contamination to the bailer as it
is lowered through the upper water layers. Also, this method may not be successful in
situations where strong currents are found or where a discrete sample at a specified
depth is needed.

If depth specific, discrete samples are needed and the parameters do not require Teflon®
coated sampling equipment, a standard Kemmerer sampler may be used. A plastic
bucket can also be used to collect surface samples if parameters to be analyzed do not
preclude its use. The bucket shall always be rinsed twice with the sample water prior to
collection and the rinse water be disposed of downstream from the sample collection
point. All field equipment will be cleaned using standard cleaning procedures.

8.4.2.2 Sampling Procedure Using a Kemmerer Sampler

Due to the PVC construction of the Kemmerer sampler, it shall not be used to collect
samples for extractable organics, VOCs, and/or oil & grease analysis. The general
collection procedure is as follows:

1. Securely attach a suitable line to the Kemmerer bottle.
2. Lock stoppers located at each end of the bottle on the open position. This
allows the water to be drawn around the bottom end seal and into the cylinder at
the specified depth.
3. The bottle is now in the set position. A separate "messenger" is required to
activate the trip mechanism that releases the stopper and closes the bottle.
4. When the bottle is lowered to the desired depth, the messenger is dropped. This
unlocks the trip mechanism and forces the closing of both end seals.
5. Raise the sampler, open one of the end seal, and carefully transfer the sample to
the appropriate sample container.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 24 of 84

8.4.2.3 Sampling Procedures Using Sample Collection Containers

In most cases, sample collection containers are used to collect surface water from easily
accessible sampling points. This means that the sample is collected manually, always
upstream of the sampling person's position. An extension may be added to the container
to make the sampling point more accessible for manual sampling. Extensions can be
constructed of aluminum, PVC, steel, or any other suitable material. The sample
container is normally attached to the extension using a clamp, vinyl pull ties, or duct
tape. Samples collected in this way are done so in the following manner:

1. Place the inverted sample container into the water and lower to the desired
depth. Never use a pre-preserved container as an intermediate sample collection
device.
2. Re-invert the container with the mouth facing into the direction of flow and at
the appropriate depth to collect the desired sample.
3. Carefully raise the container to the surface and transfer to the appropriate
container.

8.4.3 Sediment Sampling Equipment/Techniques

A variety of methods can be used to collect sediment samples from a streambed. ESC
utilizes corers and scoops. Precautions must be taken to ensure that the sample
collected is representative of the streambed. These methods are discussed in the
following paragraphs.

8.4.3.1 Sediment Core Samplers

Core sampling is used to collect vertical columns of sediment from the stream or
lakebed. Many types of coring devices are available for use depending on the depth of
water from which the sample is obtained, the type of bottom material, and the length of
the core to be collected. Some devices are weight or gravity driven while others are
simple hand push tubes. These devices minimize the loss of fine particles and should
always be used when collecting sediment samples from flowing waters.

Coring devices are particularly useful in pollutant monitoring because the shock wave
created by sampler descent is minimized and the fines at the sediment-water interface are
only slightly disturbed. The sample can be withdrawn primarily intact removing only the
layers of interest. Core liners manufactured of Teflon® or plastic can be purchased.
These liners reduce the possibility of contamination and can be delivered to the
laboratory in the tube they were collected in. Coring devices sample small surface areas
and small sample sizes and often require repetitive sampling to obtain a sufficient amount
of sample. This is the primary disadvantage to these devices but they are recommended
in the sampling of sediments for trace organic compounds or metals analyses.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 25 of 84

When sampling sediments in shallow water, the direct use of a core liner is
recommended. Stainless steel push tubes are also used because they provide a better
cutting edge and higher tensile strength than Teflon® or plastic. One advantage to using
the Teflon® or plastic tubes is the elimination of possible metals contamination of the
sample from the core barrels or cutting heads. The length of the corer tube should
correspond to the desired depth of the layer being sampled. In general, soft sediments
adhere better to the inside of the tube and a larger diameter tube can be used. Coarser
sediments require the use of a smaller diameter tube of two inches or less to prevent the
sample from falling out of the tube. The inside bottom wall of the tube can be filed
down to allow easier entry into the substrate.

When samples are obtained by wading, caution should be used to minimize disturbance
in the area sampled. Core tubes are pushed directly down into softer substrates until
four inches or less of the tube is above the sediment-water interface. A slight rotation of
the tube may be necessary to facilitate ease of entry into harder substrates and reduce
compaction of the sample. The tube is then capped and slowly extracted and the bottom
of the corer is capped before it is pulled above the water surface.

Sub-sampling is performed for VOC samples using an Encore™ sampling device. This
device is used to collect soil/sediment samples, while preventing container headspace.
Once the core sample is collected, additional samples should be taken using an Encore™
sampler, either 5g or 25g, capped, sealed, and immediately chilled to 4ºC. The holding
time for this sampling method is 48 hours. Alternatively, weigh 5g of sample into a pre-
weighed vial (with a Teflon® lined screw cap) containing, 5mL sodium bisulfate solution
and a magnetic stir bar, cap, and then ice to 4ºC. The holding time for this method is 14
days.

8.4.3.2 Scooping Samples

The easiest and quickest way to collect a sediment sample in shallow water is with a
Teflon® coated scoop or stainless steel spoon. This type of sampling should be limited
to quiescent (i.e., non-flowing) waters such as lakes or reservoirs.

8.4.3.3 Mixing

As specified in Section 5.8, sediment samples, collected for chemical analysis, should be
thoroughly mixed (except for volatile organic compounds analysis) before being placed
in the sample containers.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 26 of 84

8.5 SPECIAL SAMPLE COLLECTION TECHNIQUES

8.5.1 Trace Organic Compounds and Metals

Samples for trace pollutant analyses in surface water should be collected by dipping the
sample containers directly into the water. Sometimes samples are split for enforcement
or quality control purposes. A sufficient volume of sample for all containers should be
collected in a large glass container and then, while mixing, be alternately dispensed into
the appropriate bottles. This cannot be done for volatile organic compound samples due
to potential loss of volatile compounds.

Only Teflon® or stainless steel should be used in sediment sampling for trace
contaminant analyses. Teflon® coring tubes are the preferred technique.

8.5.2 Bacterial Analysis

Samples for bacteriological examination must be collected in sterilized bottles and
protected against contamination. The preferred technique is to collect sample directly
into the sample bottle. Hold the bottle near the base and plunge, neck downward, below
the surface. The container is then turned with the neck pointed slightly upward and the
mouth directed toward the current. The bottle is filled to about ½ inch from the top and
recapped immediately. While the bottle is open, extreme care should be used to protect
both the bottle and stopper against contamination. The ½ inch air space is left in the
bottle to facilitate subsequent shaking in the laboratory.

If sampling with an intermediate sampling device (i.e. bailer), the device shall be
thoroughly rinsed with sample water prior to collecting the sample. For this reason,
microbiological samples are among the final samples collected from a sampling site.
Begin pouring sample out of the sampling device before collecting into the sterilized
container. Continue pouring sample out of the device, place the container under the
flowing stream, and fill the container to ½ inch from the top. Flow should remain
continuous before and during the filling process.

When sampling from a bridge, the sterilized sample bottle can be weighted and lowered
to the water on a rope. Collectors must be careful not to dislodge debris from the bridge
that could fall into the bottle.

8.6 AUXILIARY DATA COLLECTION

A field logbook will be used to record data pertinent to sampling activities. This data shall
describe all sampling locations and techniques, list photographs taken, visual observations, etc.
Visual observations of sample site conditions, including weather and overall stream conditions,
recorded during the investigation can be valuable in interpreting water quality study results.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 27 of 84

8.7 SPLIT AND DUPLICATE SAMPLE COLLECTION

Split samples measure variability between analysts, methods, and laboratories and are taken as
subsamples from a single sample. This is unlike duplicate samples that measure variability
inherent in the collection method or waste stream and are obtained in close succession during the
same sampling event.

8.7.1 Split Sample Collection

Split samples are collected as follows:

1. Sample must be collected in a properly cleaned container constructed of
acceptable materials. The volume should be more than twice the volume
required for one sample.
2. Add appropriate preservative where required.
3. Mix thoroughly.
4. Alternately, decant sample into subsample containers in increments of
approximately 10% of total subsample volume until containers are full.
5. Seal the sample containers with appropriate, airtight caps.
6. Label each sample container with a field number and complete a chain of
custody.

NOTE: Volatile organic samples shall not be collected in this manner. Samples for
VOC's must be collected as simultaneous, discrete grab samples.

8.7.2 Duplicate Sample Collection

1. Collect two samples in rapid succession.
2. Preserve where required.
3. Mix thoroughly.
4. Seal the sample containers with appropriate, airtight caps.
5. 5. Label each sample container with a field number and complete a chain of
custody.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 28 of 84

9.0 GROUNDWATER AND DRINKING WATER SAMPLING

9.1 GROUNDWATER AND DRINKING WATER SAMPLING EQUIPMENT

Equipment type Purpose Component(s) Allowable Parameter Groups
Bailers
(disposable and
non-disposable)
Purging Teflon® & SS All parameter groups
Sampling Teflon® All parameter groups
Peristaltic Pump1
Purging2

Purging
Tygon Tubing

Teflon®

Silastic Rubber
All parameter groups except
organics

All parameter groups

All parameter groups except
organics
ISCO Bladder
Pump3
Sampling Stainless Steel,
Teflon®
All parameter groups
1 New or dedicated tubing must be used at individual monitoring well sites.
2 If sample is not collected immediately after evacuation, tubing shall be withdrawn from the well
prior to pump being turned off to prevent back flowing into the well.
3 Pump will be cleaned after each use.

9.2 GENERAL GROUNDWATER SAMPLING

Groundwater sampling is necessary for a number of purposes. These include, but are not limited
to, evaluating potable or industrial water sources, mapping contaminant plume movement at a
land disposal or spill site, RCRA compliance monitoring (landfills), or examining a site where
groundwater contamination may have or may be occurring.

Normally, groundwater is sampled from a permanent monitoring well. However, this does not
exclude collection of samples from a sinkhole, pit, or other drilling or digging site where
groundwater is present.

Monitoring wells are not always at the optimum. In these situations, additional wells may need
to be drilled. Experienced, knowledgeable individuals (hydrologists, geologists) are needed to
site the well and oversee its installation so that representative samples of groundwater can be
collected.

ESC utilizes the procedures being reviewed in this section. Further guidance is available in the
RCRA Groundwater Monitoring Technical Enforcement Guidance Document (TEGD); ESC
field personnel will at a minimum meet, and when possible exceed, the requirements of this
document.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 29 of 84

9.3 MEASUREMENT OF WELL WATER LEVEL AND STAGNANT WATER VOLUME
CALCULATION

The sampling and analysis plan provides for measurement of standing water levels in each well
prior to each sampling event. Field measurements will include depth to standing water surface
and total depth of the well. This data will then be utilized to calculate the volume of stagnant
water in the well and provide a check on the integrity of the well (e.g., silt buildup). The
measurement should be taken to 0.01 foot when possible. A battery powered level sensor will
be used to measure depth to the surface of the groundwater. Equipment shall be constructed of
inert materials and will be cleaned per sample equipment cleaning procedures prior to use at
another well. Field data will be recorded on the Monitoring Well Data Sheet (Figure 2).

9.3.1 Procedure For Water Level Measurement

1. Clear debris from area around well (lay plastic sheathing around well pad as an
option).
2. Remove protective casing lid.
3. Open monitoring well lid.
4. Lower the clean water level indicator probe down into the well. A beep will
sound upon contact with the water surface. False readings can be made from
the wetted side of the well so it will be necessary to check the level several times
until a consistent reading is achieved. Record the distance (to the nearest 0.01
ft.) from the top of the well casing to the water surface on the Monitoring Well
Data Sheet.
5. Continue to lower the probe until it reaches the well bottom. Record the
distance (to the nearest 0.01 ft) from the top of the well casing to the bottom of
the well on the Monitoring Well Data Sheet.
6. All water level and well depth measurements shall be made from the top of the
well casing unless specified otherwise by the project manager or DER.
7. The wetted depth is obtained by subtracting total well depth from the surface
level depth.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 30 of 84

9.3.2 Calculating Water Volume

Total volume of standing water in a well is calculated by the following formula:

V = p r2 h x 7.48 gallons/ft 3
where;
V = volume of standing water in the well (gallons)
r = radius of well (ft)
h = depth of water column in the well (ft)
p = 3.14
7.48 = conversion factor

9.4 WELL EVACUATION: WELLS WITHOUT IN-PLACE PLUMBING

Water standing in a well may not be representative of actual groundwater conditions. The
standing water in a well should be removed to allow representative formation water to supplant
the stagnant water. The evacuation method depends on the hydraulic characteristics of the well
but the following general rules apply.

The total amount of water purged must be recorded. Therefore, the volume must be measured
during the purging operation. This may be determined by:

1. Collecting the water in a graduated or known volume container (i.e., bucket);
2. Calculate the volume based on the pump rate; however pump rate may not be constant
and field personnel should be aware of this;
3. Record the time that the actual purging begins in the field record.

Purging is considered complete if any one of the following criteria is satisfied:

1. Three well volumes are purged and field parameters (pH, temperature, conductivity)
stabilize within 5% in consecutive readings at least 5 minutes apart. If field parameters
have not stabilized after 5 well volumes, the purging is considered complete and
sampling can begin.
2. Five well volumes are purged with no monitoring of field parameters.
3. At least one fully dry purge. A second dry purge may be necessary in some situations.
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 31 of 84

FIGURE 2
MONITORING WELL DATA SHEET

Site location:

ESC Project name/#:

Well Number
Depth to water
surface (ft)
Depth to bottom
of well (ft)
Length of water
column (ft)
Volume of water
evacuated (gal)

Time/date

Well Number

Temperature (0F)
pH
(S.U.)
Conductivity
(Tmho/cm)

Time/Date

Well casing material / diameter:

Sampled by / signature:

NOTES / CALCULATIONS:

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 32 of 84

Except for low recovery wells, all wells shall be sampled within 6 hours of purging. Low
recovery wells may be sampled as soon as sufficient sample matrix is available or up to 10 hours
after purging. Wells that do not recover sufficiently within 10 hours should not be sampled.

Purging equipment includes Teflon® or stainless steel bailers or a peristaltic pump. Any fuel-
powered pumping units shall be placed downwind of any sampling site. If purging equipment is
reused, it shall be cleaned following standard procedures. Disposable latex gloves shall be worn
by sampling personnel and changed prior to starting work at each sampling site.

If bailed water is determined to be hazardous, it should be disposed of in an appropriate manner.

The Florida Department of Environmental Regulation requires that during purging of the well,
the purging device should be placed just below the surface of the water level and be lowered
with the falling water level. For high yield wells, three casing volumes should be evacuated prior
to collecting samples. Purging should be conducted at a rate to minimize agitation of the
recharge water. Conductivity, pH, and temperature measurement during purging is necessary to
monitor variability of the groundwater. Samples should be collected within 6 hours of
purging high yield wells.

Low-yield wells (incapable of yielding three casing volumes) should be evacuated to dryness at a
rate that does not cause turbulence. When the well recovers sufficiently, the first sample should
be analyzed for pH, temperature, and conductivity. When recovery exceeds two hours, the
sample should be collected as soon as sufficient volume is available. If recovery is longer than
10 hours, the well should not be tested. The project manager may wish to review available
information to determine if obtaining a representative sample is possible.

9.4.1 Procedure for Well Evacuation: Teflon® Bailer

1. Clear the area around the well pad; cover with plastic if necessary.
2. Slowly lower the bailer to the water surface and remove it when full.
3. Reel or pull bailer to the surface using caution to not allow the lanyard (cable or
string) to touch the ground.
4. Use the bailer volume and number of bails removed to determine volume of
water removed. Excess hazardous material should be poured into a container
for later disposal.
5. Repeat steps 2 and 3 until 1.5 well volumes have been removed.
6. Begin monitoring for pH, temperature, and conductivity. Record on Monitoring
Well Data Sheet. Discard the sample into the collection pail. Purge until the
change between samples of each parameter is less than 5 percent.
7. Continue until at least three well volumes have been evacuated and the
parameters pH, temperature, and conductivity are within 5 percent, or until a
low yield well has been evacuated to dryness.
8. Record date and time the well was purged on the Monitoring Well Data Sheet.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 33 of 84

NOTE: For wells sampled in the State of Florida, three well volumes will be
purged prior to pH, temperature, and conductivity screening. Following
evacuation of three well volumes, purge water will be screened for these
parameters at regular intervals until two consecutive measurements are within 5
percent. The intervals may be time-based (at least 5 min) or represent a portion of
the well volume (at least 0.5 well volume)

Compliance with more stringent local, State, or Regional guidelines will be
maintained where required.

9.4.2 Procedure for Well Evacuation: Peristaltic Pump

1. Clean area around the well pad.
2. Install the appropriate length of Tygon® or Teflon® tubing into the pump
mechanism.
3. Insert the uncontaminated sampling end of the tubing into the well surface.
4. Connect the pump to the power supply.
5. Operate the pump at a flow rate that does not cause excessive agitation of the
replacement water.
6. Determine the pump flow rate.
7. Purge until 1.5 well volumes have been evacuated.
8. Collect samples at a rate of one per well volume evacuated. Monitor these
samples for pH, temperature, and conductivity. Record these measurements on
the Monitoring Well Data Sheet. Monitor until the difference in each parameter
is less than 5 percent.
9. Continue purging until three well volumes have been evacuated and the
parameters pH, temperature, and conductivity are within 5 percent, or until a
low yield well has been evacuated to dryness.
10. Record the date and time the well was purged on the Well Sampling Field Data
Sheet.

9.5 PURGING TECHNIQUES: WELLS WITH IN-PLACE PLUMBING

9.5.1 General

The volume to be purged depends on whether the pumps are running continuously or
intermittently and how close to the source samples can be collected. If storage/pressure
tanks are present, a volume must be purged to totally exchange the volume of water in
the tank.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 34 of 84

9.5.2 Continuously Running Pumps

For continuously running pumps, the well should be purged by opening the valve and
allowing it to flush for 15 minutes, if the well volume is unknown. If the sample is
collected after a holding tank, the volume of the tank should also be purged.

9.5.3 Intermittently Running Pumps

Wells shall be purged at the maximum rate for at least 15 minutes. Monitoring of field
parameters will continue until two consecutive measurements within 5% are measured at
5-minute intervals.

9.6 SAMPLE WITHDRAWAL

Technique for withdrawal is dependent on the parameters to be analyzed. To collect a
representative sample and minimize the possibility of sample contamination:

· Use Teflon® or stainless steel sampling devices when organics are an analyte of concern.
· Use dedicated tubing or samplers for each well. If a dedicated sampler is not available,
clean the sampler between sampling events. Analyze equipment blanks to ensure
cross-contamination has not occurred.

The preferred sample collection order is as follows (decreasing volatility):

1. Volatile organic compounds (VOCs)
2. Extractable Organics (includes Total Recoverable Petroleum Hydrocarbons [TRPH], Oil
& Grease, Pesticides and Herbicides)
3. Total metals
4. Dissolved metals
5. Microbiological
6. Inorganics (includes Nutrients, demands, and Physical Properties)
7. Radionuclides

The following items are acceptable sampling devices for all parameters:

· A gas-operated, Teflon® or stainless steel squeeze pump (also referred to as a bladder
pump with adjustable flow control) should be dedicated or completely cleaned between
sampling events. If it is dedicated, the protocols on use, flow rates, and flow controls
should be discussed.
· A Teflon® bailer with check valves and a bottom emptying device. Dedicated or
disposable bailers should not be cleaned between purging and sampling operations.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 35 of 84

ESC generally supplies sampling devices for wells sampled by ESC. However, some clients
have wells equipped with dedicated sampling devices. All dedicated equipment will be cleaned
between sampling events with the exception of dedicated pump systems or dedicated pipes that
are never removed. ESC will evaluate the device and the project manager shall
approve/disapprove of the dedicated device prior to sampling.

If sampling includes dissolved parameters, samples shall be filtered in the field in the following
manner:

1. Use a one piece, molded, in-line high capacity disposable 1.0 micron filter when
collecting samples for dissolved trace metals analysis. Use a 0.45 micron filter when
sampling for all other (i.e., orthophosphorous, silica, etc.) dissolved parameters.
2. Filter material should be non-contaminating synthetic fibers.
3. Filter should be placed on the positive pressure side of the peristaltic pump.
4. If well is deeper than 25 feet; a submersible bladder pump may be necessary to bring the
sample to the surface. Samples shall not be collected in an intermediate container.
5. At least one filtered equipment blank using deionized water must be collected and
analyzed.
6. The sample shall be preserved as required following filtration.
7. Unfiltered samples will be collected in conjunction with filtered samples.

NOTE: Filtered samples will be collected only at the request of DER and will not be collected
for turbid samples only.

9.6.1 Sample Removal: With In-Place Plumbing

Samples should be collected following purging from a valve or tap as near to the well as
possible, and ahead of all screens, aerators, filters, etc. Samples shall be collected
directly into the sampling containers. Flow rate should not exceed 500 mL/min.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 36 of 84

9.6.2 Sample Removal: Without In-Place Plumbing

1. Following purging, collect the sample and pour it directly from the bailer into the
sample container. If a peristaltic pump is used, pump the sample directly into the
container. Collect the samples in order of decreasing volatility.
2. Measure the conductivity, pH, and temperature of the samples and record the
results on the Monitoring Well Data Sheet.
3. If a bailer is not dedicated, clean field equipment using standard procedures.
Collect blanks at a rate of one per type of equipment cleaned. If a piece of
equipment is cleaned more than twenty times, collect blanks at a rate of 10
percent. An equipment blank must be taken and preserved for each analyte
method group.
4. If a bailer is used to collect samples, replace the bailer string. Take precautions
not to allow the string to touch the ground. Dispose of the used string properly.
If Teflon® or stainless steel cable is used, clean according to standard
procedures and do not let it touch the ground.
5. Replace the well cap and close and lock the protective casing lid.

9.7 SPLIT AND DUPLICATE SAMPLE COLLECTION

Split samples measure variability between analysts, methods, and laboratories and are taken as
subsamples from a single sample. Duplicate samples measure variability inherent in the
collection method or waste stream and are obtained in close succession during the same
sampling event.

9.7.1 Split Sample Collection

1. Collect sufficient volume in a container constructed of appropriate materials.
The volume should be more than twice the volume required for one sample.
2. Preserve as necessary.
3. Mix well.
4. Alternately decant 10% of the sample volume into each container and mix well.
5. Continue until each container is filled with an adequate sample volume.
6. Seal the containers, assign a field number, and complete the chain of custody.

9.7.2 Duplicate Sample Collection

1. Collect two samples in rapid succession into separate containers.
2. Preserve as necessary.
3. Mix well.
4. Seal the containers, assign a field number, and complete the chain of custody.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 37 of 84

9.8 DRINKING WATER SAMPLING

9.8.1 General Concerns

Containers and preservatives must be selected prior to sampling.

· Containers and preservatives shall comply with Tables 1 and 2.
· It is recommended that the appropriate preservative be added to the container
by the laboratory.

9.8.2 Sampling Drinking Water Wells

1. Purging and sampling should be from a spigot closest to the wellhead.
· The spigot should be located before the holding tank and filters. If this
is not possible, the holding tank must also be purged.
· All aerators and filters should be removed if possible.
2. Depending on the running schedule of the well and the placement of the
pressure tank, the system will be purged as described in Section 9.5.
3. If volume of the pressure tank is not known, the well is purged for at least 15
minutes at maximum rate.
4. The flow is reduced to approximately 500 mL/minute.
5. Sample containers with no preservatives:
· The interior of the cap or the container should not come in contact with
anything.
· The sample container is rinsed and the water is discarded.
· Containers are not rinsed if collecting for oil and grease, total
recoverable hydrocarbons, volatile organics (including trihalomethanes)
or microbiologicals.
· The container should be tilted to minimize agitation.
6. Sample containers with preservatives:
· The above protocol is followed but DO NOT rinse the container.
· The open end of the container should be held away from the face while
filling.
· The container should be gently tipped several times to mix the
preservatives.
7. Place the bottle in a plastic bag and cool to 4°C.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 38 of 84

9.8.3 Sampling Drinking Water Within A Facility/Residence for the Lead/Copper Rule

1. The appropriate sampling point depends on whether the sample is being taken
to monitor compliance with Drinking Water Regulations for Lead and Copper.
If so, the sample must be taken from a cold water tap in the kitchen or
bathroom of residential housing or from an interior tap where water is used for
consumption in a non-residential building.
2. Samples must be collected after the water has stood in the pipes for at least six
hours.
3. THE SYSTEM SHOULD NOT BE FLUSHED.
4. The first flush should be collected immediately into the sample container. DO
NOT RINSE THE CONTAINER PRIOR TO COLLECTING THE
SAMPLE.
5. The container should be tilted to minimize agitation.
6. If the container contains preservative, hold the open end away from the face.
7. Add preservative as needed.
8. Replace cap and gently tip the container several times to mix the preservatives.
9. Place in a plastic sample bag.

9.8.4 Sampling a Lead Service Line in a Facility/Residence for the Lead/Copper Rule

1. When sampling for compliance, the sampling point is normally designated by
the permit or the municipality.
2. For Lead & Copper samples, each sample shall have stood in the line for at
least six hours and shall be collected in one of the following ways:
a. At the tap, after flushing the volume of water between the tap and the
lead service line. The volume of water shall be calculated based upon
the inner diameter and length of the pipe between the tap and the
service line.
b. By tapping directly into the service line.
c. In a single-family residence, allow the water to run until a significant
temperature change indicates water standing in the service line is being
sampled.
3. The flow shall be reduced to less than 500 mL/min before collecting samples.
4. Test for the presence of residual chlorine using residual chlorine indicator strips
or a Hach DR-100 chlorine analyzer.
5. If residual chlorine is present and the parameter being analyzed requires
removal of chlorine, collect the sample in the appropriate sample container(s)
using the required preservatives.
a. Add 0.008% Na2S2O3 or 100mg of Na2S2O3 per 1L of sample water
directly into the sample container.
b. After replacing the cap, tip the container several times to mix the
preservative.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 39 of 84

10.0 SOIL SAMPLING

Soil samples are preserved as per Section 14. When compositing subsamples, the quantity of
each subsample used shall be measured and recorded in the field logbook.

10.1 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT

Type Use Materials Allowable Parameter
Groups1
Hand Auger
(Bucket type)
Sampling PVC All parameter groups except
VOC’s, extractables and
organics
Encore™
Sampler
VOC soil
subsampling
Teflon® VOC’s only
Split Spoons Sampling Carbon Steel All parameter groups
Trowel, Spatula Sampling and
Compositing*
Chrome-Plated
Steel
All parameter groups
Spoons Sampling and
Compositing*
Stainless Steel All parameter groups
Shovel Sampling Carbon Steel All parameter groups
Mixing Pan Compositing* Pyrex &
Aluminum
All parameter groups except
metals in aluminum pan
1 Carbon steel & Chrome-plated steel tools may be used for collecting soils where trace metal
concentrations are not a concern. When these tools are used, samples should be taken from soils
not in contact with the tool surface.
* Compositing is not suitable for VOC’s

10.2 HAND AUGER SAMPLING PROCEDURE

This procedure is used when only relatively shallow samples are required or when the use of
heavy equipment is not practical. The hand auger may be used to collect samples of soils or
other materials at various depths by adding extensions as necessary.

1. Remove surface debris from the location of the sampling hole using a clean shovel or
spoon.
2. Disturbed portions of soil should be discarded and not taken as part of the sample.
3. Using a clean auger, drill to the desired sample depth. Confirm depths using a tape
measure or other appropriate device.
4. Use a clean planer auger to clean and level the bottom of the boring.
5. All grab samples should be mixed thoroughly prior to placement in containers (except
VOCs).
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 40 of 84

6. Using a clean auger, extract the desired sample. Subsampling is performed for VOC
sample collection using an Encore™ sampling device. Once the core sample is
collected, additional samples should be taken using an Encore™ sampler, either 5g or
25g, capped, sealed, and immediately cooled to 4ºC. The holding time for this method
is 48 hours. Alternatively, weigh 5g of sample into a pre-weighed vial (with a Teflon®
lined screw cap) containing 5mL sodium bisulfate solution and a magnetic stir bar, cap,
and then ice to 4ºC. The holding time for this method is 14 days.
7. If less than the collected volume of material is desired or if multiple containers are
required, subsampling shall be conducted. The collected material shall be placed in a
clean mixing pan and thoroughly mixed using a clean, stainless steel spoon. The mixed
material will then be quartered, removed and recombined before samples are collected.
For clay soils, representative aliquots of the entire sample should be removed from the
auger using stainless steel spoons. Samples for chemical analyses shall not be collected
from auger flights or cuttings from hollow stem auger flights. Samples used for vapor
meter determinations will not be used for trace contaminant analyses.
8. Samples should then be labeled. The depth range from which the samples were taken
should be included in the sample description.
9. Repeat steps (2) through (6) as necessary to obtain samples at all desired depths.
10. When preparing composite samples, the quantity of each subsample shall be measured
and recorded in the field logbook.

10.3 SPLIT AND DUPLICATE SAMPLE COLLECTION

Split samples measure variability between analysts, methods, and laboratories and are taken as
subsamples from a single sample. This is unlike duplicate samples that measure variability
inherent in the collection method or waste stream and are obtained in close succession during
the same sampling event. True split samples are difficult to collect for soils, sediment, and
sludge under field conditions. Split samples for these materials are therefore considered
duplicate samples.

The collection procedure is as follows:

1. Collect the appropriate volume of sample into a clean disk constructed of a non-
reactive material.
2. Mix the material with a clean utensil and separate into 4 to 10 equal portions.
3. Alternate placing a portion of the subdivided material into each container.
4. Repeat until each container is filled.
5. Assign each container a field sample number and complete the chain of custody.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 41 of 84

11.0 WASTE SAMPLING

11.1 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT

Type Use Materials Allowable Parameter
Groups1
Shovel Sampling Carbon Steel All parameter groups except
metals
Split
Spoons Sampling Carbon Steel All parameter groups except
metals
Trowel,
Spatula
Sampling and
Compositing* Stainless Steel All parameter groups
Spoon Sampling and
Compositing* Stainless Steel All parameter groups
Drum Pump Sampling Polypropylene All parameter groups
Mixing pan Compositing* Pyrex or
aluminum
All parameter groups except
metals in aluminum pan
Coliwasa Sampling Glass All parameter groups
1Carbon steel tools may be used for collecting wastes when trace metal concentrations are not a concern.
*Compositing is not suitable for VOC’s

11.2 GENERAL

This section discusses the collection of samples from drums, tank trucks, and storage tanks,
and samples from waste piles and landfills. All ESC personnel consider sampling from closed
containers as a hazardous operation.

11.2.1 Specific Quality Control Procedures for Sampling Equipment

Sampling equipment used during waste sampling must be cleaned as specified in
Section 12 of this manual before being returned from the field to minimize
contamination.

Contaminated disposable equipment must be disposed of as specified in the sampling
plan.

All field equipment shall be cleaned and repaired before being stored at the conclusion
of a field study. Special decontamination procedures may be necessary in some
instances and will be developed on a case-by-case basis. Any deviation from standard
cleaning procedures and all field repairs shall be documented in field logbooks.
Equipment that has not been properly cleaned must be tagged and labeled.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 42 of 84

11.2.2 Collection of Supplementary Information

The collection of supplementary data is important when collecting waste samples. Any
field analyses shall be recorded in field logbooks. Sketches of sampling locations and
layout shall be documented in the logbooks. Photographs shall be used extensively.

11.3 OPEN AND CLOSED CONTAINER SAMPLING

11.3.1 General

When sampling containers, open containers should be sampled first since they generally
present less of a hazard. Closed containers must be considered as extremely
hazardous. Due to the dangers involved with container sampling, the sampling of
drums or other containers containing either unknown materials or known hazardous
materials shall be considered a hazardous duty assignment.

One problem with container sampling is stratification and/or phase separation. Care
must be taken to ensure that the sample collected is representative. If only one layer or
phase is sampled, this should be noted when interpreting analytical results.

If no stratification is present, representative samples may be composited by depth.
When a drum or cylindrical container is standing vertically, depth compositing provides
a good quantitative estimate of the containers contents. In other cases where
containers are tipped, horizontal, deformed, etc., and stratification may not be present,
vertical compositing will at least provide a qualitative sample.

11.3.2 Sampling Equipment

The following equipment is available for use in collecting waste samples: barrel bung
wrenches, adjustable wrenches, etc.; coliwasa samplers for drum sampling; and
peristaltic pumps for liquid waste sampling from containers.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 43 of 84

11.3.3 Sampling Techniques

Containers containing unknown materials or known hazardous materials shall be
opened using only spark proof opening devices from a grounded container.

The coliwasa sampler is a single use glass sampler, consisting of an outer glass tube
with one end tapered and a separate inner glass tube with a small bulb on one end. The
outer tube is slowly lowered into the drum, tapered end first. Slowly lowering the tube
allows the liquid phases in the drum to remain in equilibrium. The inner glass tube is
inserted into the outer tube. After both inner and outer tubes are inserted into the drum
to be sampled, the inner tube bulb end is pressed gently against the tapered end of the
outer tube, forming a seal. Both tubes are withdrawn from the drum and the ends of
the tubes are held over the sample container.

Drum samples can also be collected using a length of glass tube (1/2-inch or less inside
diameter). The tube is inserted into the drum as far as possible and the open end is
sealed to hold the sample in the tube. The sample is then placed in the appropriate
container. Sample volumes shall be the absolute minimum required.

Tank truck and storage tank samples may be collected from access ports on top of
these tanks or trucks using the above techniques. Tank trucks are often compartment-
alized, and each compartment should be sampled. Sampling from discharge valves is
not recommended due to stratification possibilities and possibilities of sticking or
broken valves. If the investigator must sample from a discharge valve, the valving
arrangement of the particular tank truck being sampled must be clearly understood to
ensure that the contents of the compartments of interest are sampled. The investigator
must realize that samples obtained from valves may not be representative.

If stratification or phase separation of waste samples is suspected, the sample collected
should be representative of container contents. Samples should be depth composited
when possible and number and types of layers shall be noted when interpreting
analytical results.

11.4 WASTE PILES AND LANDFILLS

11.4.1 General

Waste piles consist of sludge and other solid waste, liquid waste mixed with soil, slag,
or any type of waste mixed with construction debris, household garbage, etc. The
sampling personnel must be aware that landfills were not and are often still not selective
in the types of materials accepted. Sampling at landfills could involve sampling
operations that are potentially dangerous to sampling personnel.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 44 of 84

11.4.2 Sampling Locations

Sampling locations should be selected that will yield a representative sample of the
waste. Exceptions are situations in which representative samples cannot be collected
safely or when the team is purposely determining worst-case scenarios.

11.4.2.1 Waste Piles

A representative sample from a small waste pile can be obtained by collecting a single
sample. Collecting representative samples from large waste piles requires a statistical
approach in selecting both the numbers of samples and sample location. A discussion of
statistical methods is outlined in the Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste (SW-
846) issued by the EPA Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.

11.4.2.2 Landfills

Representative samples from landfills are difficult to achieve to due to the
heterogeneous nature of the wastes. A statistical approach should be used in selecting
both the number of samples and the sample location. Statistical methods are given in
Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste (SW-846) issued by the EPA Office of Solid
Waste and Emergency Response. Landfills often generate leachate at one or more
locations downgradient of the fill material that can provide some insight into the
materials contained in a landfill that are migrating via groundwater.

11.4.3 Sampling Techniques

All samples collected should be placed into a Pyrex® or aluminum mixing pan and
mixed thoroughly. Samples for volatile organic compounds analyses must not be
mixed or composited. Stainless steel spoons or scoops should be used to clear away
surface materials before samples are collected. Near surface samples can then be
collected with a clean stainless steel spoon. Depth samples can be collected by digging
to the desired depth with a carbon steel shovel or scoop and removing the sample with
a stainless steel spoon.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 45 of 84

12.0 STANDARD CLEANING PROCEDURES

12.1 GENERAL

12.1.1 Introduction

ESC personnel use the procedures outlined in this section to clean field equipment
prior to use. Ideally, a sufficient amount of clean equipment is carried to the field so
that the project can be conducted without the need for field cleaning. This is not
always the case. ESC's policy regarding cleaning field equipment is as follows:

1. Equipment used in the field must be thoroughly cleaned in a controlled
environment using prescribed procedures. This minimizes the potential for
contaminants being transferred to equipment, vehicles, and the laboratory.
2. All equipment will be rinsed immediately with tap water after use, even if it is
to be field cleaned for other sites.
3. If equipment is used only once (i.e., not cleaned in the field), it will be labeled
as “dirty” or “contaminated equipment” in the field and transported separately
from clean equipment.
4. All cleaning procedures shall be documented. Field decontamination shall be
documented in the field records. These records will specify the type of
equipment cleaned and the specific protocols that are used. In-house cleaning
records must identify the type of equipment, date it was cleaned, SOP used,
and person that cleaned it.
5. Unless justified through documentation (i.e., company written protocols and
analytical records) and historic data (i.e., absence of analytes of interest in
equipment blanks), the protocols in Sections 12.1.2 through 12.7.11 shall be
followed without modification.
6. All field sampling equipment shall be pre-cleaned in-house.

12.1.2 Cleaning Materials

Use a phosphate-free, laboratory detergent such as Liquinox®. The use of any other
detergent is noted in field logbooks and summary reports.

Ten percent nitric acid solution shall be made from reagent-grade nitric acid and
deionized water.

The standard cleaning solvent used will be pesticide-grade isopropanol. Other solvents
(acetone and/or hexane) may be substituted as necessary. The use of other solvents
must be documented in field logbooks and summary reports.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 46 of 84

Tap water may be used from any potable water system. Untreated water is not an
acceptable substitute for tap water.

Deionized water is tap water that has been passed through a deionizing resin column
and should contain no inorganic compounds at or above analytical detection limits.
Organic-free water is tap water that has been de-ionized and treated with activated
carbon. Organic-free water should contain no detectable levels of organic compounds,
and less than 5 ug/L of VOCs.

Analyte-free water is water in which all the analytes of interest and all interferences are
below the method detection limits. Analyte-free water is always used for blank
preparation and for the final in-house decontamination rinse.

Substitution of a higher grade water (i.e., deionized or organic-free water for tap
water) is permitted and need not be recorded. Solvent, nitric acid, detergent, and rinse
water used to clean equipment shall not be reused.

12.1.3 Marking Clean Equipment

Equipment that is cleaned by these methods shall be marked with the date and time that
the equipment was cleaned.

12.1.4 Marking Contaminated or Damaged Field Equipment

Field equipment that needs repair will be tagged and repairs or symptoms noted on the
tag. Field equipment that needs cleaning will not be stored with clean equipment. All
wrapped equipment not used in the field may be placed back in stock after equipment is
inspected to ensure that contamination has not taken place.

12.1.5 Decontamination of Equipment Used With Toxic or Hazardous Waste

Equipment used to collect hazardous or toxic wastes or materials from hazardous
waste sites, RCRA facilities, or in-process waste streams shall be decontaminated prior
to leaving the site. This decontamination procedure shall consist of washing with
laboratory detergent and rinsing with tap water. More stringent procedures may be
required depending on the waste sampled.

If equipment is heavily contaminated, an acetone or acetone/hexane/acetone pre-rinse
may be necessary prior to regular decontamination procedures. It is not recommended
that this type of cleaning be performed in the field.

12.1.6 Disposal of Cleaning Materials

See Section 16.
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 47 of 84

12.1.7 Safety Procedures For Cleaning Operations

All applicable safety procedures shall be followed during cleaning operations. The
following precautions shall be taken during cleaning operations:

· Safety glasses or goggles, gloves, and protective clothing will be worn during
all cleaning operations.
· Solvent rinsing operations will be conducted under a hood or in an open, well
ventilated area.
· No eating, smoking, drinking, chewing, or hand to mouth contact shall be
permitted during cleaning operations.

12.1.8 Storage of Field Equipment

All clean field equipment shall be stored in a designated, contaminant-free area.

12.2 QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR CLEANING

12.2.1 General

This section establishes quality control methods to monitor the effectiveness of the
equipment cleaning procedures. The results of these methods will be monitored by the
ESC Quality Assurance Department. All quality control procedures are recorded in a
logbook and maintained in a quality assurance file. If contamination problems are
detected, the ESC QA Department shall determine the cause(s) of the problem(s) and
take immediate corrective action.

12.2.2 Rinse Water

The quality of water used shall be monitored once per quarter by placing water in
standard, precleaned sample containers and submitting them to the ESC laboratory for
analysis. Organic-free water will also be submitted for analyses of the various organic
compounds.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 48 of 84

12.3 PROCEDURES FOR CLEANING TEFLON® OR GLASS EQUIPMENT USED IN THE
COLLECTION OF SAMPLES FOR TRACE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS AND/OR
METALS ANALYSES

1. Equipment will be washed with laboratory detergent and hot water using a brush to
remove any particulate matter or surface film. If oil, grease, or other hard to remove
residues are present on the equipment, an acetone/hexane/acetone pre-wash and/or
steam cleaning may be necessary.
2. Rinse the equipment with hot tap water.
3. Rinse or soak, if necessary, equipment with a 10% nitric acid solution. If nitrogen-
containing compounds are analytes of concern, hydrochloric acid must be used as a
substitute or subsequent equipment rinse.
4. Rinse equipment with tap water.
5. Rinse equipment with deionized water.
6. Rinse equipment twice with solvent and allow to dry.
7. If equipment cannot be cleaned effectively, discard properly.
8. Wrap equipment in aluminum foil. Seal in plastic and date.

12.4 PROCEDURES FOR CLEANING STAINLESS STEEL OR METAL SAMPLING
EQUIPMENT USED IN TRACE ORGANIC AND/OR METALS SAMPLE
COLLECTION

1. Equipment will be washed with laboratory detergent and hot water using a brush to
remove any particulate matter or surface film. If oil, grease, or other hard to remove
materials are present, a acetone/hexane/acetone pre-wash and/or steam cleaning may
be necessary.
2. Rinse equipment with hot tap water.
3. Rinse equipment with deionized water.
4. Rinse equipment twice with solvent and allow to dry.
5. If equipment cannot be cleaned effectively, discard properly.
6. Wrap equipment in aluminum foil. Seal in plastic and date.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 49 of 84

12.5 CLEANING PROCEDURES FOR AUTOMATIC SAMPLING EQUIPMENT

12.5.1 General

All automatic wastewater samplers will be cleaned as follows:

- The exterior and accessible interior portions of automatic samplers will be
washed with Liquinox and rinsed with tap water.
- The electronics casing will be cleaned with a clean damp cloth.
- All vinyl sample tubing will be discarded after each use.
- Teflon® tubing will be cleaned using procedures found in Section 12.6.2.
- Silastic pump tubing will be cleaned and re-used after each use, if possible.
Tubing will be cleaned using cleaning procedures specified in Section 12.6.1 of
this document. Tubing shall be checked on a regular basis and will be changed
if it has become discolored or loses elasticity.

12.5.2 Reusable Glass Composite Sample Containers

1. If containers are used to collect samples that contain hard to remove materials
(i.e., oil and grease) it is rinsed as necessary with reagent grade acetone prior to
the detergent wash. If material cannot be removed, the container is discarded.
2. Wash containers thoroughly with hot tap water and Liquinox and rinse
thoroughly with hot tap water.
3. If metals are to be sampled, rinse with 10% nitric acid. If nutrients are to be
sampled, follow with a 10% hydrochloric acid rinse.
4. Rinse thoroughly with tap water.
5. Rinse thoroughly with DI water.
6. If organics are to be sampled, rinse twice with isopropanol and allow to air dry
for 24 hours or more. Cap the container with the decontaminated Teflon®
lined lid.
7. After use rinse with tap water in the field and cover to prevent drying of
material onto the interior surface.
8. Containers that have a visible scale, film, or discoloration after cleaning or were
used at a chemical manufacturing facility should be properly discarded at the
conclusion of the sampling activities.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 50 of 84

12.5.3 Reusable Plastic Composite Sample Containers

1. Wash containers with hot tap water and laboratory detergent using a
bottlebrush to remove particulate matter and surface film.
2. Rinse containers with hot tap water.
3. Rinse containers with 10% nitric acid. If nitrogen containing compounds are
analytes of concern, hydrochloric acid must be used as a substitute or
subsequent equipment rinse.
4. Rinse containers with tap water.
5. Rinse containers with deionized water.
6. Cap with aluminum foil.
7. Plastic sample containers used at facilities that produce toxic compounds will
be properly disposed of at the conclusion of the sampling activities. Containers
that have a visible film, scale, or other discoloration remaining after cleaning
will be discarded.

12.5.4 Plastic Sequential Sample Bottles for Automatic Sampler Base

1. Rinse bottles in field with potable or de-ionized water when possible.
2. Wash in dishwasher at wash cycle, using laboratory detergent cycle, followed
by tap and deionized water rinse cycles. Alternatively, hand wash using the
same procedure.
3. Rinse with 10% nitric acid. If nitrogen containing compounds are analytes of
concern, hydrochloric acid must be used as a substitute or subsequent
equipment rinse.
4. Rinse with tap water.
5. Replace bottles in sampler base; cover with aluminum foil before storing.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 51 of 84

12.6 CLEANING PROCEDURES FOR SAMPLING TUBING

12.6.1 Silastic Rubber Pump Tubing Used In Automatic Samplers

Silastic pump tubing used in automatic samplers need not be replaced in pumps where
the sample does not contact the tubing, where the sampler is being used solely for
purging purposes (i.e., not being used to collect samples). Tubing must be changed on
a regular basis, if used for sampling purposes, and should be cleaned in this manner:

1. Flush tubing with laboratory grade detergent and hot tap water
2. Rinse thoroughly with hot tap water
3. Rinse thoroughly with DI water
4. If used to collect metals samples, the tubing shall be flushed with 1+5 nitric
acid, followed by a thorough rinsing with DI water
5. Install the tubing in the automatic wastewater sampler
6. Cap both ends with aluminum foil or equivalent

Tubing should always be replaced at automatic sampler manufacturer's recommended
frequencies. If tubing cannot be adequately cleaned, it shall be discarded.

12.6.2 Teflon® Tubing

New Teflon® tubing shall be pre-cleaned as follows:

1. Rinse outside of the tubing with pesticide-grade solvent.
2. Flush interior of the tubing with pesticide-grade solvent.
3. Let dry overnight in drying oven or equivalent.
4. Wrap tubing in aluminum foil and seal in plastic.

Reused tubing shall be transported to the field in pre-cut and pre-cleaned sections.
Field cleaning of Teflon® is not recommended. The following steps describe in-house
cleaning procedures:

1. Exterior of tubing must be cleaned first by soaking in hot, soapy water in a
stainless steel or non-contaminating sink. Particulate may be removed with a
brush.
2. Clean inside of tubing ends with a small bottlebrush.
3. Rinse surfaces and ends with tap water.
4. Rinse surfaces and ends with nitric acid, tap water, isopropanol, and analyte-
free water.
5. Place on fresh aluminum foil, connect all sections with Teflon® couplings.
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 52 of 84

6. Cleaning configuration:
a. Cleaning solutions are placed in a clean, 2-liter glass jar.
b. Place one end of tubing in the solution, the other in the INFLUENT
end of a peristaltic pump.
c. Effluent from the pump can be recycled through the glass cleaning
solution jar. All cleaning solutions can be recycled EXCEPT the final
isopropanol and analyte-free water rinses.
7. The above configuration is used as follows:
a. Pump generous amounts of hot, soapy water through the tubing.
b. Follow this with tap water, 10% nitric acid, tap water, isopropanol, and
analyte-free water.
c. The nitric acid and isopropanol rinses should be allowed to remain in
the tubing for 15 minutes with the pump shut off then continue with
subsequent rinses
d. Leave any couplings in and connect or cover the remaining ends.
8. After cleaning the interior, rinse the exterior with analyte-free water.
9. The cleaned lengths are wrapped in aluminum foil and stored in a clean, dry
area until use.

12.7 FIELD EQUIPMENT CLEANING PROCEDURES

12.7.1 General

It is the responsibility of field personnel to properly clean equipment in the field. The
following procedures shall be observed when cleaning equipment in the field.

12.7.2 Conventional Equipment Use

Remove deposits with a brush if necessary. If only inorganic anions are of interest,
equipment should be rinsed with analyte-free water and with the sample at the next
sampling location prior to collection. Clean equipment for the collection of samples for
organic compounds or trace inorganic analyses according to Section 12.7.3.

12.7.3 Equipment Used to Collect Organic Compounds and Trace Metals Samples

1. Clean with tap water and laboratory detergent. If necessary, use a brush to
remove particulate and surface films then rinse with tap water.
2. Rinse with 10 to 15% nitric acid solution followed by 10% hydrochloric acid
rinse (unless equipment is made of metal) followed by tap water and DI water.
3. Rinse twice with solvent.
4. Rinse with organic-free water and allow to air dry.
5. If organic-free water is unavailable, let air dry. Do not rinse with deionized
or distilled water.
6. Wrap with aluminum foil or plastic.
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 53 of 84

12.7.4 Teflon®, Glass, Stainless Steel or Metal Equipment Used to Collect Samples for Metal
Analyses

1. Remove particulate matter and surface films. Clean with laboratory detergent
and tap water.
2. Rinse with tap water.
3. Ten percent nitric acid solution (skip 3 and 4 if equipment is made of metal
and/or stainless steel).
4. Rinse with tap water.
5. Rinse with deionized water then let air dry.

12.7.5 Instruments Used to Measure Groundwater Levels

1. Wash with laboratory detergent and tap water.
2. Rinse with tap water.
3. Rinse with deionized water.
4. Allow to dry.

12.7.6 Field Filtration Apparatus

1. A new, disposable filtration unit will be used for each site. Filter pore size will
be dependent on parameter being monitored as per Section 9.6.
2. The peristaltic pump is cleaned as described in Section 12.7.7.
3. Silastic pump tubing will be cleaned as described in Section 12.6.1.
4. If Teflon® tubing is used, it will be cleaned as described in Section 12.6.2.
5. Other tubing types must be cleaned following the appropriate regimen
described in Section 12.6. In general, non-Teflon® type tubing (e.g., HDPE)
will not be re-used.

12.7.7 Flow Meters, Above Ground Pumps, Bladder Pumps and Other Field Instrumentation

The exterior of equipment such as flow meters should be washed with a mild detergent
and rinsed with tap water before storage. The interior of such equipment may be
wiped with a damp cloth.

Other field instrumentation should be wiped with a clean, damp cloth. Meter probes
should be rinsed with deionized water before storage.

Equipment desiccant should be checked and replaced as necessary.

Peristaltic pumps used for purging must be free of oil and grease on the exterior. They
must be cleaned on the outside with Liquinox and rinsed with tap water followed by DI
water.
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 54 of 84

12.7.8 In-Field Decontamination For Submersible Purging Pump and Tubing

ESC uses the submersible bladder pump listed in Section 9.1 only for purging and not
for sample collection. The pump and tubing shall be decontaminated between wells in
the following manner:

1. Interior of the pump and tubing shall be thoroughly flushed with a soapy water
solution.
2. Wipe or scrub the exterior of the pump and tubing as necessary with the
appropriate soap solution.
3. Rinse exterior and interior of pump and tubing thoroughly with tap water
followed by a deionized water rinse.
4. Allow remaining water to drain from tubing and pump and allow to air dry as
long as possible in a contaminant free area before purging the next well.

12.7.9 Shipping Containers

All reusable shipping containers shall be washed with laboratory detergent, rinsed with
tap water, and air dried before storage or re-use. Extremely contaminated shipping
containers shall be cleaned as thoroughly as possible and properly disposed.

12.7.10 Analyte Free Water Containers

Analyte-free water containers can be made of glass, Teflon®, polypropylene, or high
density polyethylene (HDPE). Inert glass or Teflon® are recommended for holding
organic-free sources of water. Polypropylene can be used when organics are not
analytes of concern. HDPE is not normally recommended but is acceptable for use.
Water should not be stored in these containers for extended periods. Containers of
water should only be used for a single event and should be disposed of at the end of the
sampling day. The procedure for cleaning analyte-free water containers is as follows:

1. For new containers, follow instructions in Section 12.3 of this manual. Delete
the solvent rinse if containers are made of plastic.
2. Cap with Teflon® film, aluminum foil, or the Teflon® lined bottle cap
(aluminum foil or Teflon® film may also be used as a cap liner).

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 55 of 84

If water is being stored in reused containers, the following cleaning procedures should
be followed:
1. After emptying, cap the container.
2. Wash exterior of the container with Liquinox and rinse with DI water.
3. Rinse the interior twice with isopropanol unless the container is made of
plastic.
4. Rinse the interior thoroughly with analyte-free water.
5. Invert and allow to dry.
6. Fill the container with analyte-free water and cap with aluminum foil, Teflon®
film, or a Teflon® lined bottle cap.
7. Water shall not be stored prior to a sampling event for more than 3 days.

12.7.11 Vehicles

Field vehicles used by ESC personnel should be washed at the conclusion of each
sampling event. This should reduce the risk of contamination due to transport on a
vehicle. When vehicles are used at hazardous waste sites or on studies where
pesticides, herbicides, organic compounds, or other toxic materials are known or
suspected to be present, a thorough interior and exterior cleaning is mandatory at the
conclusion of the site visit.

Vehicles are equipped with trash containers. ESC personnel are responsible for
cleanliness of each vehicle.

13.0 SAMPLE HISTORY

Sample chronology is recorded and kept on the ESC chain of custody, field logbooks and
laboratory notebooks. These are discussed in detail in Section 9.0.

14.0 SAMPLE CONTAINERS, PRESERVATION METHODS AND HOLDING TIMES

14.1 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

The following section contains information regarding sample containers, preservation methods,
and holding times. Refer to SW-846, Table II-1 and Chapter 3, Page 3 for solid waste and
RCRA projects and 40 CFR Part 136, Table II for water and wastewater projects.

The provisions of 40 CFR Part 136, Table II shall take precedence over requirements given in
any approved method when sampling in the State of Florida for water and wastewater.

Proper sample preservation is the responsibility of the sampling team and it is their
responsibility to assure that all samples are preserved according to 40 CFR Part 136. For the
purposes of this manual, "immediately" will be defined as within 15 minutes.
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 56 of 84

Sample preservation is accomplished either by obtaining prepreserved containers from an
acceptable source or by adding preservatives in the field.

It is the responsibility of the field team accepting prepreserved containers to make sure that the
proper preservatives are used and desired results are achieved. The laboratory shall also supply
additional preservatives from the same source in suitable containers.

14.2 SAMPLE PRESERVATION

The following protocols apply for sample containers preserved in the field after the sample has
been added:

1. Preservatives shall be at least reagent grade or higher. The acid for metals shall be
suitable for trace metals analyses.
2. Fresh preservatives shall be obtained prior to each sampling event. Remaining
preservatives that are not sealed must be discarded in an acceptable manner.
3. Preservatives are transported in pre-measured glass ampules and added directly to the
sample.
4. A corresponding amount of preservative shall be added to associated equipment
blanks.
5. The pH is checked on all pH preserved samples with the exception of VOC, oil and
grease, and TRPH.

Effectiveness of pH adjustment is made in the following manner:

1. Narrow range pH paper is used to test a small aliquot of the preserved sample.
2. A small portion of sample is placed into a container, checked with pH paper, and
compared against the color chart.
3. Discard the aliquot properly, but do not pour back into the sample container.
4. If pH is acceptable, document in field log and prepare for transport to laboratory.

If pH is unacceptable, continue to add additional preservative in measured increments using the
methods described above until an acceptable pH has been reached. Record the total amount of
preservative used in the field log. Always use additional preservative from the same source as
the initial preservation attempt.

In some cases, an extra dummy sample can be used to test pH preservation. Content should be
suitably discarded.

If equipment blanks or field blanks are used, the maximum amount of preservative that was
used to preserve any single sample in the set shall be added to the equipment or field blank.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 57 of 84

Samples requiring temperature preservation shall be cooled to 4°C. The cooler will be checked
to ensure that the ice has not melted.

14.3 SAMPLE CONTAINERS

ESC does not clean and re-use sample containers. ESC purchases all sample collection
containers precleaned. All used sampling containers are discarded after use. The cleaning
criteria of all containers must meet EPA analyte specific requirements.

QEC provides written certification that containers do not contain analytes of concern above
method detection levels

ESC maintains records for these containers (lot numbers, certification statements, date of
receipt, etc.) and intended uses are documented.

14.4 FIELD REAGENT HANDLING

Reagents, cleaning materials, and preservatives that are maintained by a field team will be
stored, transported, and handled in such a way as to prevent and/or minimize contamination.
The following storage and use protocols will be observed:

1. Chemicals will be stored in-house and transported to the field segregated by reactivity.
2. Acids are stored in an acid storage cabinet and solvents are stored in a vented,
explosion proof solvent storage cabinet.
3. All chemicals transported to the field are stored in bottles and packed to avoid breaks.
4. When reagents are transferred from an original container, the transport container must
be pre-cleaned and of compatible material as the original container.
5. Chemicals shall be separated from sample containers and samples to avoid reaction and
possible contamination.
6. Analyte free water shall be segregated from solvents to prevent contamination.

14.4.1 Reagent and Standard Storage

Chemical Method of Storage
Nitric acid Stored separated from other acids in original container in
vented cabinet.
Sulfuric acid See above
Hydrochloric acid See above
Isopropanol Stored in original glass container in vented and explosion proof
solvent storage cabinet.
pH calibration buffers,
turbidity standards,
conductivity standards
Stored in cabinet designated for standard and reagent storage.
Stored in temperature-controlled area of laboratory.
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 58 of 84

Chemical Method of Storage
Sodium hydroxide Stored in original container in designated cabinet in laboratory.
Sodium thiosulfate, zinc
acetate, ascorbic acid, lead
acetate
Stored in original containers in designated area of laboratory.
Reagent solutions made fresh prior to use.

14.5 SAMPLE TRANSPORT

In the majority of situations, samples will be delivered directly to the laboratory by the field
sampling team or field courier following standard chain of custody protocols. Samples will be
preserved immediately (i.e., within 15 minutes) and packed with ice prior to transport. The
field team will relinquish custody to the login sample custodian upon arrival at the laboratory.

Certain situations require that the field sampling team ship samples to the laboratory utilizing
common carrier (UPS, FEDEX, etc.). If samples are sent by common carrier, all
documentation (transmittal form, chain of custody, field data, analyses request, etc.) shall be
placed in a ziplock bag and placed inside the sample container. The container is then sealed
closed and sent to the laboratory in the required time frame to meet requirements of time-
sensitive analyses.

14.6 BIOMONITORING SAMPLING

Preservation and Sample Volume
Aqueous samples collected for Bioassay can be collected in either glass or HDPE plastic.
There is no required chemical preservation for this type of sample but the sample must be kept
at 4 ± 2oC. The required volume varies independently with each type of analysis but the
minimum collected is 250mL. The samples can be held for a maximum of 36 hours from the
time of collection until first use.

Sample Collection
Grab sample protocols are utilized for acute bioassay unless otherwise specified in permit
requirements. Composite sampling protocols are utilized for chronic bioassays unless
otherwise specified in permit requirements. (Actual sampling protocols are discussed in detail
throughout this appendix) ESC field collection personnel are required to collect all bioassay
samples by completely filling the sample bottle and leaving no headspace. It is important that
bottles be filled completely to reduce possible aeration that may reduce the toxic properties of
the sample. If a client chooses to collect the samples, a trained ESC field collection person will
explain in detail the importance of reducing aeration by filling the sample bottle completely.

14.6.1 Biomonitoring Sampling Containers

All bioassay glassware are cleaned using the following EPA protocol:
· soak for 15 minutes in hot tap water with detergent and scrub
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 59 of 84

· rinse thoroughly with hot tap water
· rinse thoroughly with dilute nitric acid (10%)
· rinse thoroughly with deionized water
· rinse thoroughly with pesticide grade acetone
TABLE 14.6: PRESERVATION, HOLDING TIME AND SAMPLE CONTAINERS

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Air Methods
Volatiles in
Ambient Air Air EPA TO-
15 NA Various Canister None Ambient 14 Days
Volatiles in
Ambient Air Air EPA TO-
15 NA Various Tedlar None Ambient 5 Days
Volatiles in
Ambient Air Air EPA
Method 18 NA Various Canister None Ambient 14 Days
Volatiles in
Ambient Air Air EPA
Method 18 NA Various Tedlar None Ambient 5 Days
Ohio VAP
EPA Method
8260B
Air NA EPA
8260B Various Canister None Ambient 14 Days
Ohio VAP
EPA Method
8260B
Air NA EPA
8260B Various Tedlar None Ambient 5 Days
Methane,
Ethane,
Ethene,
Propane
Air RSK-175 NA Various Canister None Ambient 14 Days
Methane,
Ethane,
Ethene,
Propane
Air RSK-175 NA Various Tedlar None Ambient 5 Days
Fixed Gases -
C2, CO2, CO,
and CH4
Air
ASTM
D1946/D5
314
NA Various Canister None Ambient 14 Days
Fixed Gases -
C2, CO2, CO,
and CH4
Air
ASTM
D1946/D5
314
NA Various Tedlar None Ambient 5 Days
Arizona State
Specific VOCs
in Vapor -
8260B
Air NA EPA
8260B Various Canister None Ambient 30 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 60 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Arizona State
Specific VOCs
in Vapor -
8260B
Air NA EPA
8260B Various Tedlar None Ambient 72 Hours
Arizona State
Specific VOCs
in Vapor -
8015B
Air NA EPA
8015B Various Canister None Ambient 30 Days
Arizona State
Specific VOCs
in Vapor -
8015B
Air NA EPA
8015B Various Tedlar None Ambient 72 Hours
Aquatic
Toxicity &
Related
C.dubia -
Acute NPW 2002 NA 1L/1Gal HDPE None 0 - 6oC 36 Hours
Minnow -
Acute NPW 2000 NA 1L/1Gal HDPE None 0 - 6oC 36 Hours
Toxicity
C.dubia -
Chronic
NPW 1002 NA 1L/1Gal HDPE None 0 - 6oC 36 Hours
Toxicity
Minnow -
Chronic
NPW 1000 NA 1L/1Gal HDPE None 0 - 6oC 36 Hours
Bacteria
Chlorophyll
A/Pheophytin
A
NPW SM10200
H NA 1L Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 72 Hours
Coliform,
Total NPW SM9222B NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 8 Hours
E. Coli NPW SM9223B
Colilert NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 8 Hours
Enterococci NPW
ASTM
D6503-99,
Enterolert
NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 8 Hours
Fecal Coliform NPW SM9222D NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 6 Hours
Fecal Coliform NPW SM9221C
/E NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 6 Hours
Heterotropic
Plate Count NPW 9215B NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 6 Hours
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 61 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Salmonella NPW SM9260D NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 8 Hours
Cryptosporidi
um PW 1622,
1623 NA 10L LDPE None <20oC 96 Hours
E. Coli PW SM9223B NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 30 Hours
Fecal Coliform
(MPN) PW 9221E NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 30 Hours
Fecal Coliform PW SM9222D NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 30 Hours
Enterococci PW ASTM
D6503-99 NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 30 Hours
Heterotropic
Plate Count PW 9215B NA 110ml Micro Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 6 Hours
Coliform,
Total PW 9222B,
9223B NA 110ml Plastic Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 30 Hours
Coliform,
Total SS SM9221B
9222 NA Sterile
125mL Plastic None 0 - 6oC 24 Hours
Fecal Coliform
(MPN) SS 9221E NA Sterile
125mL Plastic None 0 - 6oC 24 Hours
Fecal Coliform
(Sludge) SS 9222D NA Sterile
125mL Plastic None 0 - 6oC 24 Hours
Enterococci SS ASTM
D6503-99 9230 Sterile
125mL Plastic None 0 - 6oC 6 Hours
Salmonella SS SM9260D NA 110ml Micro None 0 - 6oC 6 Hours
Heterotropic
Plate Count SS SM9215B NA 110ml Micro None 0 - 6oC 6 Hours
S.O.U.R. SS SM
2710B NA 1L HDPE None 0 - 6oC 2 Hours
Inorganic Classic
Acidity NPW
SM2310B
ASTM
D1067
NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Alkalinity NPW SM2320B NA 500ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Alkalinity NPW 310.2 NA 500ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Ammonia
Nitrogen NPW
350.1,
SM4500N
H3G
NA 500ml HDPE H2SO4+N
a2S2O3 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Ammonia,
distilled/titrati
on (4500)
NPW

SM4500N
H3C
NA 500ml HDPE H2SO4+N
a2S2O4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 62 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Asbestos NPW 100.1 NA 1L Glass None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
BOD/CBOD
(Total &
Soluble)
NPW SM5210B NA 1L HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Bromide NPW 300.0,
SM4110B 9056 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Carbon
Dioxide NPW SM4500C
O2 D NA 1L HDPE None 0 - 6oC 15 Min
Chemical
Oxygen
Demand
(COD)
NPW 410.4,
SM5220D NA 250ml HDPE H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Chemical
Oxygen
Demand
(COD),
Soluble
NPW 410.4,
SM5220D NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Chloride NPW 300.0,
SM4110B 9056 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Chlorine,
residual NPW SM4500C
l-G NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 15 Min
Color NPW SM2120B NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
CTAS
Surfactants NPW SM5540D NA 1L HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Cyanide -
Total NPW
335.4,
SM4500C
NE
9012 250ml Amber
HDPE NaOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Cyanide -
Total NPW Kelada-01 NA 250ml Amber
HDPE NaOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Cyanide,
Amenable NPW SM4500C
NG 9012 250ml Amber
HDPE NaOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Cyanide, Free NPW SM4500C
NE NA 250ml Amber
HDPE NaOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Cyanide,
Weak Acid
Dissoc.
NPW SM4500C
N-I NA 250ml Amber
HDPE NaOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Dissolved
Organic
Carbon (DOC)
NPW SM5310B 9060 250ml Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Ferrous Iron NPW SM3500F NA 250ml Amber HCl 0 - 6oC 15 Min
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 63 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
eB Glass
Fluoride NPW 300.0,
SM4110B 9056 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Hardness NPW 200.7,
SM2340B NA 250ml HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Hardness NPW 130.1 NA 500ml HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Hardness NPW SM2340C NA 500ml HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Iodide NPW 345.1 NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC Immed
Kjeldahl
Nitrogen,
TKN
NPW
351.2,
SM4500N
orgB/C
NA 250ml HDPE H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Methylene
Blue Active
Subst.
(MBAS)
NPW SM5540C NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Nitrate NPW 300.0,
SM4110B 9056 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Nitrate +
Nitrite NPW
353.2,
SM4500N
O3F
NA 250ml HDPE H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Nitrite NPW 300.0,
SM4110B 9056 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Oil & Grease
(Hexane Extr) NPW 1664A,
SM5520B 9070 1L Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Oil & Grease,
Free NPW 1664A 9070 1L Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Organic
Nitrogen NPW 351.2 -
350.1 NA 500ml HDPE H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Oxygen,
dissolved
(DO)
NPW
SM4500O
C,
SM4500O
G
NA 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 15 Min
pH NPW SM4500H
B 9040 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 15 Min
Phenols
(Total) by
4AAP
NPW 420.1,
420.4 9066 250ml Amber
Glass H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Phosphate,
Ortho NPW
365.1,
SM4500P
-E
NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 64 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Phosphorus,
Total NPW
365.1,
SM4500P
-B.5
NA 250ml HDPE H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Residue,
Filterable
(TDS)
NPW SM2540C NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 7 days
Residue, non-
Filterable
(TSS)
NPW SM2540D NA 1L HDPE None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Residue,
Settleable (SS) NPW SM2540F NA 1L HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Residue, Total
(TS) NPW SM2540B NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Specific
Conductance
(Conductivity)
NPW 120.1,
SM2510B 9050 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Sulfate NPW 300.0,
SM4110B 9056 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Sulfide NPW NA 9030,
9034 500ml HDPE NaOH
+ZnAc 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Sulfide NPW SM4500S
2D NA 500ml HDPE NaOH
+ZnAc 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Sulfide,
Dissolved NPW SM4500S
2D NA 125ml Amber
Glass
NaOH
+ZnAc 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Sulfite NPW SM4500S
O3B NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 15 Min
Tannins and
Lignins NPW SM5550B NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC NA
Temperature NPW SM2550B NA onsite None 0 - 6oC 15 Min
Total Organic
Carbon (TOC) NPW SM53010
B 9060 250ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Total Organic
Halides (TOX) NPW 450.1,
SM5320B NA 1L Amber
Glass H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Turbidity NPW 180.1,
SM2130B NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Volatile Solids
(VS) NPW 160.4 NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Volatile Susp.
Solids (VSS) NPW SM2540E NA 500ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 65 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Alkalinity PW 2320B NA 500ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Ammonia
Nitrogen PW
350.1,
SM4500N
H3G
NA 250ml HDPE H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Ammonia,
distilled/titrati
on (4500)
PW

SM4500N
H3C
NA 250ml HDPE H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Asbestos PW 100.1 NA 1L Glass None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Bromide PW 300.0,
SM4110B NA 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Calcium-
hardness PW SM3500-
Ca B NA 250ml Amber
Glass HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Carbon
Dioxide PW SM4500C
O2 D NA 1L HDPE None 0 - 6oC 15 Min
Chloride PW 300.0,
SM4110B NA 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Chlorine,
residual PW SM4500C
l-G NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 15 Min
Color PW SM2120B NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Corrosivity PW Calc NA Plastic None 0 - 6oC NA
Cyanide -
Total PW
335.4,
SM4500C
NE
NA 250ml HDPE
Amber NaOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Cyanide -
Total PW Kelada-01 NA 250ml HDPE
Amber NaOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Cyanide,
Amenable PW SM4500C
NG NA 250ml HDPE
Amber NaOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Cyanide, Free PW SM4500C
NE NA 250ml HDPE
Amber NaOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Dissolved
Organic
Carbon (DOC)
PW SM5310C NA 250ml Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Dissolved
Solids (TDS) PW SM2540C NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Fluoride PW 300.0,
SM4110B NA 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Hardness PW 200.7,
SM2340B NA 250ml HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 66 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Hardness PW 130.1 NA 500ml HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Hardness PW SM2340C NA 500ml HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Methylene
Blue Active
Subst.
(MBAS)
PW SM5540C NA 1L HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Nitrate PW 300.0,
SM4110B NA 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Nitrate +
Nitrite PW
353.2,
SM4500N
O3F
NA 250ml HDPE H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Nitrite PW 300.0,
SM4110B NA 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Odor PW SM2150B NA 250ml Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 24 Hours
Perchlorate PW 314 NA 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
pH PW
150.1,
SM4500-
H B
NA 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 15 Min
Phosphate,
Ortho PW SM4500P
-E NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Specific
Conductance PW SM2510B NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Sulfate PW 300.0,
SM4110B NA 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Total Organic
Carbon (TOC) PW SM5310C NA 250ml Amber
Glass H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Total Organic
Halides (TOX) PW SM5320B NA 1L Amber
Glass H2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Turbidity PW 180.1,
SM2130B NA 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
UV
Absorbance at
254 nm
PW SM5910B NA 250ml Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Asbestos SS PLM NA None 0 - 6oC NA Bromide SS NA 9056 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Chloride SS NA 9056 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Corrosivity SS NA 9045D 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 15 Min
Cyanide - SS NA 9010/90 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 67 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Total 12
Cyanide,
Amenable SS NA 9010/90
12 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Cyanide, Free SS NA 9010/90
12 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Extractable
Organic
Halides (EOX)
SS NA 9023 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Fluoride SS NA 9056 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Kjeldahl
Nitrogen,
TKN
SS 351.2 NA 2 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Nitrate SS NA 9056 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Nitrite SS NA 9056 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Oil & Grease SS NA 9071 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
pH SS NA 9040,
9045 2 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 15 Min
Phenols by
4AAP SS NA 9066 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Phosphate,
Ortho SS SM4500P
-E NA 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Phosphorus,
Total SS NA 9056 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Residue, Total SS SM2540G NA 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Solids, Total SS SM2540B NA 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Specific
Conductance SS NA 9050 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Sulfate SS NA 9056 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Sulfide SS NA 9030,
9034 2 oz. Glass none 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Total Organic
Carbon (TOC) SS NA 9060 2 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Total Organic
Carbon (TOC) SS
ASTM
F1647-
02A mod
NA 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Total Organic
Carbon (TOC) SS USDA
LOI NA 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Inorganic
Metals
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 68 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Chromium,
Hexavalent -
Cr+6
NPW SM3500C
rB 7196 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 24 Hours
Chromium,
Hexavalent -
Cr+6
NPW SM3500C
rC 7199 250ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 24 Hours
Chromium,
Hexavalent -
Cr+6
NPW
218.6,
SM3500C
rC
NA 125ml HDPE (NH4)2SO4 0 - 6oC 28 5 Days
Mercury
(Dissolved) NPW 245.1 7470 500ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Mercury
(Total) NPW 245.1 7470 500ml HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Metals
(Dissolved)
ICP
NPW 200.7 6010 500ml HDPE None NA 180 Days
Metals
(Dissolved)
ICPMS
NPW 200.8 6020 500nl HDPE None NA 180 Days
Metals (Total)
ICP NPW 200.7 6010 500ml HDPE HNO3 NA 180 Days
Metals (Total)
ICPMS NPW 200.8 6020 500ml HDPE HNO3 NA 180 Days
Chromium,
Hexavalent -
Cr+6
PW 218.7 NA 125ml HDPE (NH4)2SO4
/(NH4)OH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Mercury
(Dissolved) PW 245.1 NA 500ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Mercury
(Total) PW 245.1 NA 500ml HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Metals
(Dissolved)
ICP
PW 200.7 NA 500ml HDPE None NA 180 Days
Metals
(Dissolved)
ICPMS
PW 200.8 NA 500ml HDPE None NA 180 Days
Metals (Total)
ICP PW 200.7 NA 500ml HDPE HNO3 NA 180 Days
Metals (Total)
ICPMS PW 200.8 NA 500ml HDPE HNO3 NA 180 Days
Chromium,
Hexavalent - SS NA 3060/71
96 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 30 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 69 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Cr+6
Chromium,
Hexavalent -
Cr+6
SS NA 3060/71
99 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 30 Days
Mercury
(Total) SS NA 7471 2 oz. Glass <6 C 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Metals (Total)
ICP SS NA 6010 2 oz. Glass None NA 180 Days
Metals (Total)
ICPMS SS NA 6020 4 oz. Glass None NA 180 Days
Sodium
Adsorption
Ratio (SAR)
SS NA 6010 250mL Glass None 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Michigan
Fine/Coarse
Soil Sieve for
Lead
SS NA NA 250mL Glass None 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Physical Flashpoint/
ignitability
(Closed Cup)
NPW ASTM
93-07 1010 1L Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Flashpoint/
ignitability
(Open Cup)
NPW ASTM
92-05A NA 1L Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Flashpoint/
ignitability
(Closed Cup)
SS ASTM
93-07 1010 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Flashpoint/
ignitability
(Open Cup)
SS ASTM
92-05A NA 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC NA
Ash Content SS
SM2540G
, ASTM
D2974
NA 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Cation
Exchange
Capacity
SS NA 9081 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Paint Filter
Test SS NA 9095 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC NA
Permeability
(Section 2.8) SS NA 9100 Various Shelby
Tube None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 70 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
React.
Sulf.(SW846
7.3.4.2)
SS NA Sec. 7.3 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Reactive CN
(SW846
7.3.4.1)
SS NA Sec. 7.3 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Resistivity
(ASTM) SS NA NA 16 oz Glass None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Specific
Gravity SS NA NA Various Plastic None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Leaching Methods Cal Wet
(CACR Title22
Chap11 AppII)
SS NA NA 100g Glass None 0 - 6oC 14/28/180 Days
EP TOX SS NA 1310 100g Glass None 0 - 6oC 14/28/180 Days
MEP SS NA 1320 100g Glass None 0 - 6oC 14/28/180 Days
SPLP SS NA 1312 100g Glass None 0 - 6oC 14/28/180 Days
TCLP SS NA 1311 100g Glass None 0 - 6oC 14/28/180 Days
Organics - Semivolatiles
Base/Neutral/
Acid (BNA) NPW NA 8270 1L or
100mL
Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Base/Neutral/
Acid (BNA) NPW 625,
SM6410B NA 1L or
100mL
Amber
Glass Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Diesel Range
Organics NPW NA 8015
1L,
100mL,
or
40mL
Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Dioxin NPW 1613 NA 1L Amber
Glass Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 1 Year
EDB/DBCP NPW NA 8011 2 x 40
ml Glass Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Formaldehyde NPW NA 8315 1L Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 3 Days
Herbicides NPW 1658,
SM6640B 8151 1L Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 71 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Polynuclear
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
(PAH)
NPW 625,
SM640B 8270
1L,
100mL,
or
40mL
Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Polynuclear
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
(PAH-SIM)
NPW NA 8270
1L,
100mL,
or
40mL
Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Polynuclear
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
(PAH)
NPW 610,
SM6440B 8310 1L Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Pesticides -
Organophos
Comp
NPW 614, 622,
1657 8141 1L Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Pesticides &
PCB's NPW
608,
SM6630B
,
SM6630C
8081,
8082
1L or
100mL
Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Base/Neutral/
Acid (BNA) PW 525 NA 1L Amber
Glass
HCl +
Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Carbamates PW 531.1 NA 2 x
60ml
Amber
Glass
AcAcid +
Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Dioxin PW 1613 NA 1L Amber
Glass Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Diquat PW 549 NA 1L PVC
Amber
H2SO4 +
Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 7 Days
EDB/DBCP PW 504.1 NA 2 x 40
ml Glass Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Endothall PW 548 NA 250ml Amber
Glass Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Glyphosate PW 547 NA 2 x
60ml Glass Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Herbicides PW 515.1,
SM6640B NA 1L Amber
Glass Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Pesticides -
Nitrogen/phos
phorus Comp
PW 507 NA 1L Amber
Glass Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Pesticides -
Organochlorine PW 508 NA 1L Amber
Glass Na2S2O3 0 - 6oC 7 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 72 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Haloacetic
acids - HAAs PW 552.2 NA 500ml Amber
Glass NH4Cl 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Base/Neutral/
Acid (BNA) SS NA 8270 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Dioxin SS NA 8290 5 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 30 Days
Formaldehyde SS NA 8315 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 3 Days
Herbicides SS NA 8151 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Polynuclear
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
(PAH)
SS NA 8270 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Polynuclear
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
(PAH-SIM)
SS NA 8270 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Polynuclear
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
(PAH)
SS NA 8310 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Pesticides -
Organophos
Comp
SS NA 8141 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Pesticides &
PCBs SS NA 8081,
8082 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Total Chlorine
in Oil SS ASTM
D808-00 NA 125ml HDPE None 0 - 6oC 24 Hours
Organic - Volatiles
Meetac -
Methanol and
Ethanol
NPW NA
EPA
8015
Mod
40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Methane,
Ethane,
Ethene,
Propane
NPW RSK-175 NA 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
BTEX (water) NPW 602,
SM6200C 8021 2 x 40
ml
Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
BTEX (water) NPW 602,
SM6200C 8021 2 x 40
ml
Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Gasoline
Range
Organics
NPW NA 8015 2 x 40
ml
Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 73 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
(GRO)
VOCs NPW 624,
SM6200B 8260 2 x 40
ml
Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
VOCs NPW 624,
SM6200B 8260 2 x 40
ml
Amber
Glass none 0 - 6oC 7 Days
VOCs PW 524.2 NA 2 x 40
ml
Amber
Glass
Ascorbic
Acid+HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Meetac -
Methanol and
Ethanol
SS NA
EPA
8015
Mod
2 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
BTEX (soil) SS NA 8021 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
VOCs SS NA 8260 2 oz. Glass none 0 - 6oC 14 Days
VOCs SS NA 8260 40ml Amber
Glass MeOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
VOCs SS NA 8260 40ml Amber
Glass
NaHSO4
or
TSP(MO)
or DI
Water(FL)
0 - 6oC 14 Days
VOCs SS NA 8260 NA Encore none 0 - 6oC 48 Hours
Radiochemistry
Gross alpha NPW 900 na 1L Plastic HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Gross beta NPW 900 na 1L Plastic HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Radium 226 NPW 903.1 na 1L Plastic HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Radium 228 NPW 904 na 1L Plastic HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Gross alpha PW 900 na 1L HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Gross beta PW 900 na 1L HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Radium 226 PW 903.1 na 1L HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Radium 228 PW 904 na 1L HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Tritium PW 906 na 1L HDPE None 0 - 6oC 180 Days
Strontium-90 PW 905 na 1L HDPE HNO3 0 - 6oC 180 Days
State Specific Petroleum Methods
Alaska DRO NPW NA AK102 100ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Alaska DRO SS NA AK102 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Alaska GRO NPW NA AK101 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 74 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Alaska GRO SS NA AK101 60ml Amber
Glass MeOH 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Alaska Motor
Oil NPW NA AK103 100ml Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Alaska Motor
Oil SS NA AK103 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Arizona GRO SS NA AZ
8015 2 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 9 Days
Arizona TPH SS NA AZ
8015 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
California
DRO NPW NA 8015 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
California
DRO NPW NA 8015 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
California
DRO SS NA 8015 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Connecticut
EPH NPW NA 8015 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Connecticut
EPH SS NA 8015 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Florida TPH NPW NA FL-Pro 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Florida TPH SS NA FL-Pro 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Indiana DRO NPW NA 8015 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Indiana DRO SS NA 8015 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Indiana ERO NPW NA 8015 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Indiana ERO SS NA 8015 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Indiana GRO NPW NA 8015 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Indiana GRO SS NA 8015 40ml Amber
Glass MeOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Indiana GRO SS NA 8015 40ml Amber
Glass NaHSO4 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Iowa GRO NPW NA OA-1 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Iowa GRO SS NA OA-1 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Iowa DRO NPW NA OA-2 1L Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Iowa DRO SS NA OA-2 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 75 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Louisiana
EPH NPW NA MADEP
EPH 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Louisiana
EPH SS NA MADEP
EPH 4 oz. Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Louisiana
VPH NPW NA MADEP
VPH 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Louisiana
VPH SS NA MADEP
VPH 40ml Amber
Glass MeOH 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Massachusetts
EPH NPW NA MADEP
EPH 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Massachusetts
EPH SS NA MADEP
EPH 4 oz. Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Massachusetts
VPH NPW NA MADEP
VPH 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Massachusetts
VPH SS NA MADEP
VPH 40ml Amber
Glass MeOH 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Minnesota
DRO NPW NA WI
DRO 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Minnesota
DRO SS NA WI
DRO 60ml Amber
Glass CH3Cl 0 - 6oC 47 9 Days
Minnesota
GRO NPW NA WI
GRO 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Minnesota
GRO SS NA WI
GRO 60ml Amber
Glass MeOH 0 - 6oC 21 7 Days
Missouri DRO NPW NA 8270 1L Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Missouri DRO SS NA 8270 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Missouri GRO NPW NA 8260 40ml Amber
Glass TSP 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Missouri GRO SS NA 8260 40ml Amber
Glass TSP 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Missouri GRO SS NA 8260 40ml Amber
Glass MeOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Montana EPH NPW NA MT
EPH 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Montana EPH SS NA MT
EPH 4 oz. Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Montana VPH NPW NA MT
VPH 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Montana VPH SS NA MT Encore Amber None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 76 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
VPH Glass
Montana VPH SS NA MT
VPH 40ml Amber
Glass MeOH 0 - 6oC 28 Days
New Jersey
EPH NPW NA NJ EPH 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
New Jersey
EPH SS NA NJ EPH 4 oz. Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
North
Carolina EPH NPW NA MADEP
EPH 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
North
Carolina EPH SS NA MADEP
EPH 4 oz. Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
North
Carolina VPH NPW NA MADEP
VPH 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
North
Carolina VPH SS NA MADEP
VPH 40ml Amber
Glass MeOH 0 - 6oC 28 Days
Ohio DRO NPW NA 8015 1L Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Ohio DRO NPW NA 8015 100ml Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Ohio DRO NPW NA 8015 40ml Amber
Glass None 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Ohio DRO SS NA 8015 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Ohio GRO NPW NA 8015 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Ohio GRO SS NA 8015 2 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Ohio GRO
(VAP) SS NA 8015
Encore -
Low
Level
None None 0 - 6oC 14 8 Days
Ohio GRO
(VAP) SS NA 8015
Encore -
High
Level
None MeOH 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Oklahoma
DEQ GRO NPW NA
OK
DEQ
GRO
40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Oklahoma
DEQ GRO SS NA
OK
DEQ
GRO
4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Oklahoma
DEQ DRO NPW NA
OK
DEQ
DRO
1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 77 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Oklahoma
DEQ DRO SS NA
OK
DEQ
DRO
60ml Amber
Glass CH3Cl 0 - 6oC 7 6 Days
Oregon TPH-
Gx NPW NA NWTP
H-Gx 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Oregon TPH-
Gx SS NA NWTP
H-Gx 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Oregon TPH-
Dx NPW NA NWTP
H-Dx 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Oregon TPH-
Dx SS NA NWTP
H-Dx 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Tenneessee
DRO NPW NA TN EPH 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Tenneessee
DRO NPW NA TN EPH 100 ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Tenneessee
DRO SS NA TN EPH 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Tenneessee
GRO NPW NA TN
GRO 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Tenneessee
GRO SS NA TN
GRO 2 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Texas TPH NPW NA
TX1005
/TX100
6
60ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Texas TPH SS NA
TX1005
/TX100
6
4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Washington
TPH-Gx NPW NA NWTP
H-Gx 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Washington
TPH-Gx SS NA NWTP
H-Gx 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Washington
TPH-Dx NPW NA NWTP
H-Dx 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Washington
TPH-Dx SS NA NWTP
H-Dx 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Wisconsin
DRO NPW NA WI
DRO 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Wisconsin
DRO NPW NA WI
DRO 100 ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Wisconsin
DRO SS NA WI
DRO 60ml Amber
Glass CH3Cl 0 - 6oC 47 9 Days
Wisconsin
GRO NPW NA WI
GRO 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 78 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Wisconsin
GRO SS NA WI
GRO 60ml Amber
Glass MeOH 0 - 6oC 21 7 Days
Wyoming
DRO NPW NA 8015 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Wyoming
DRO NPW NA 8015 1L Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 7 Days
Wyoming
DRO SS NA 8015 4 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Wyoming
GRO NPW NA 8015 40ml Amber
Glass HCl 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Wyoming
GRO SS NA 8015 2 oz. Glass None 0 - 6oC 14 Days
Industry Hygiene (IH) Methods
Particulates
not otherwise
regulated
Air NIOSH
0500 NA NA
2 piece
37mm
PVC Pre-
weighed
filter
None NA NA NA
Respirable
Dust Air NIOSH
0600 NA NA
3 piece
37mm
PVC Pre-
weighed
filter
None NA NA NA
Formaldehyde Air NIOSH
3500 NA NA
PTFE
Filter
with 2
Impinger
aliquots
None 0 - 6oC 28 Days
1,3-Butadiene Air NIOSH
1024 NA NA Sorbent
Tube Frozen Frozen NA NA
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons Air NIOSH
1501 NA NA Sorbent
Tube None NA NA NA
Total
Hydrocarbons Air NIOSH
1550 NA NA Sorbent
Tube None NA NA NA
1,3-Butadiene Air OSHA 56 NA NA Sorbent
Tube None NA NA NA
1,3-Butadiene Air NIOSH
1024 NA NA Diffusive
Samplers Frozen Frozen NA NA
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 79 of 84

Parameter Matrix
1
EPA
Approved
Method2
SW846
Method
3
Rec Vol Bottle
Type
Preserv
4 Temp Holding
Time
Holding
Time
Units
Aromatic
Hydrocarbons Air NIOSH
1501 NA NA Diffusive
Samplers None NA NA NA
Total
Hydrocarbons Air NIOSH
1550 NA NA Diffusive
Samplers None NA NA NA
1,3-Butadiene Air OSHA 56 NA NA Diffusive
Samplers None NA NA NA
Metals Air NA EPA
6010B NA
0.8-μm
MCE or
5.0-μm
PVC
cassette
None NA NA NA
Metals Air NIOSH
7300 NA NA
0.8-μm
MCE or
5.0-μm
PVC
cassette
None NA NA NA
Metals Air OSHA ID-
125G NA NA
0.8-μm
MCE or
5.0-μm
PVC
cassette
None NA NA NA
Hexavalent
Chromium Air NIOSH
7604 NA NA
5.0-μm
PVC
cassette
None NA NA NA
Hexavalent
Chromium Air OSHA ID-
215 NA NA
5.0-μm
PVC
cassette
None NA NA NA

Footnotes:
1) Matrix - NPW=Nonpotable Water, PW= Potable Water, SS=Solids
2) EPA Approved Method - Where applicable EPA methods are listed. Compounds/programs not
regulated by EPA will have methods appropriate to their regulatory oversight.
3) SW846 Method - Where one exists, the appropriate Solid Waste method will be listed
4) Preservative Key
(NH4)2SO4 = Ammonium Sulfate
AcAcid = Acetic Acid
CH3Cl = Methylene Chloride
H2SO4 = Sulfuric Acid
HCl= Hydrochloric Acid
HNO3 = Nitric Acid
MeOH = Methanol
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 80 of 84

Na2S2O3 = Sodium Thiosulfate
NaHSO4 = Sodium Bisulfate
NH4Cl = Ammonium Chloride
TSP = Trisodium Phosphate
ZnAc = Zinc Acetate
5) Must be field filtered to achieve the extended holding time.
6) Must be received by lab within 7 days of sampling for solvent addition.
7) Must be received by lab within 4 days of sampling for solvent addition.
8) Must be received by lab within 48 hours of sampling for freezing.
9) Must be received by lab within 72 hours of sampling for solvent addition.

14.7 SAMPLE CONTAINER PACKING PROCEDURES

ESC routinely sends sample containers to clients. Standard operating procedure
determines the containers needed for the requested analyses. A sample request form is
completed to document what is needed, the destination, the date prepared and the
initials of the preparer. Containers are prepared, with appropriate preservatives, labels,
and custody seals, and organized for the client's convenience in a cooler. The cooler
also contains a temperature blank, chain of custody, a return address label, and
applicable instructions. The cooler is bound with packaging tape (and a custody seal if
requested) and shipped UPS.

15.0 SAMPLE DISPATCH

Samples collected during field investigations or in response to a hazardous materials
incident are classified by the project manager, prior to shipping, as either environmental
or hazardous material samples. The shipment of samples, designated as environmental
samples, is not regulated by the U.S. Department of Transportation.

Samples collected from certain process streams, drums, bulk storage tanks, soil,
sediment, or water samples from suspected areas of high contamination may need to be
shipped as hazardous. These regulations are promulgated by the US-DOT and
described in the Code of Federal Regulations (49 CFR 171 through 177). The
guidance for complying with US-DOT regulations in shipping environmental
laboratory samples is given in the "National Guidance Package for Compliance with
Department of Transportation Regulations in the Shipment of Environmental
Laboratory Samples."

15.1 SHIPMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLES

Shipping receipts are maintained at the ESC laboratory. The shipment of preserved
sample containers or bottles of preservatives (i.e., NaOH pellets, HCl, etc.) which are
ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 81 of 84

designated as hazardous under the US-DOT, Hazardous Materials Table, 49 CFR
171.101, must be transported pursuant to the appropriate US-DOT regulations.

Samples packaged for shipment by ESC shall be segregated by sample type,
preservation requirements, and potential contaminant level. During events in which
large numbers of samples will be collected, samples are segregated by analyses
required. If multiple sites are sampled, or if specific and separate areas of interest are
identified, samples will be further segregated for packaging prior to shipment.

Environmental samples shall be packed prior to shipment using the following
procedures:

1. Select a cooler (clean and strong). Line the cooler with a large heavy-duty
plastic bag.
2 Allow sufficient headspace (except VOC's or others with zero headspace
requirements) to compensate for any pressure and temperature changes.
3. Be sure the lids on all bottles are tight.
4. Place all bottles in appropriately sized polyethylene bags.
5. Place VOC vials in foam material transport sleeves.
6. Place foam padding in the bottom of the cooler and then place the bottles in the
cooler with sufficient space to allow for the addition of more foam between the
bottles.
7. Put ice on top of and/or between the samples.
8. Place chain of custody in a clean dry bag and into the cooler. Close the cooler
and securely tape the cooler shut. The chain of custody seals should be affixed
to the top and sides of the cooler so that the cooler cannot be opened without
breaking the seal.
9. The shipping containers must be marked "THIS END UP". The name and
address of the shipper shall be placed on the outside of the container. Labels
used in the shipment of hazardous materials are not permitted to be on the
outside of the container used to transport environmental samples and shall not
be used.

16.0 INVESTIGATION WASTE

16.1 GENERAL

Field surveys conducted by ESC may generate waste materials. Some of these waste
materials may be hazardous requiring proper disposal in accordance with EPA regula-
tions.

16.1.1 Types of Investigation Derived Wastes (IDW)

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 82 of 84

Materials which may be included in the IDW category are:

- Personnel protective equipment (PPE)
- Disposable sampling equipment (DE)
- Soil cuttings
- Groundwater obtained through well purging
- Spent cleaning and decontamination fluids
- Spent calibration standards

16.1.2 Managing Non-hazardous IDW

Disposal of non-hazardous IDW should be addressed prior to initiating work at
a site. Facility personnel should be consulted and wastes handled in an
appropriate manner as directed by the client.

For development and purge water generated in the State of Florida, specific
disposal requirements apply. The water shall be contained on-site in temporary
storage until it is characterized. Appropriate disposal and/or treatment
methods will then be determined. Possible disposal options are:

- Direct discharge on-site to infiltrate the same or a more contaminated
source
- Transportation to an off-site facility

In no case shall the water be discharged into any surface water unless
permitted.

16.1.3 Management of Hazardous IDW

Disposal of hazardous or suspected hazardous IDW (as defined in 40 CFR
261.30-261.33 or displaying the characteristics of ignitability, corrosivity,
reactivity, or TC toxicity) must be specified in the sampling plan. Hazardous
IDW must be disposed in compliance with USEPA regulations. If appropriate,
these wastes may be taken to a facility waste treatment system. These wastes
may also be disposed of in the source area from which they originated if state
regulations permit.

If on-site disposal is not feasible, appropriate analyses must be conducted to
determine if the waste is hazardous. If so, they must be properly contained and
labeled. They may be stored on the site for a maximum of 90 days before they
must be manifested and shipped to a permitted treatment or disposal facility.
Weak acids and bases may be neutralized in lieu of disposal as hazardous
wastes. Neutralized wastewaters may be flushed into a sanitary sewer.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 83 of 84

If possible, arrangements for proper containment, labeling, transportation, and
disposal/treatment of IDW should be anticipated beforehand.

Investigation derived wastes should be kept to a minimum. Most of the routine
studies conducted by ESC should not produce any IDW that are hazardous.
Many of the above PPE and DE wastes can be deposited in municipal
dumpsters if care is taken to keep them segregated from hazardous waste
contaminated materials. Disposable equipment can often be cleaned to render
it nonhazardous, as can some PPE, such as splash suits. The volume of spent
solvent waste produced during equipment decontamination can be reduced or
eliminated by applying only the minimum amount of solvent necessary.

17.0 SAMPLING BIBLIOGRAPHY

17.1 Engineering Support Branch Standard Operating Procedures and Quality Assurance
Manual, February 1, 1991, US EPA Region IV, Environmental Services Division.

17.2 RCRA Ground-Water Monitoring Technical Enforcement Guidance Document (GPO
#5500000260-6), US EPA, September 1986.

17.3 Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, SW-846, Third Edition, Office of Solid and
Emergency Response, US EPA, November 1986.

17.4 Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water,
EPA/600/4-88/039, December 1988.

17.5 Florida Department of Environmental Regulation (DER) Quality Assurance Section
(QAS) Guidance Documents:
#89-01 - Equipment Material Construction, revised April 7, 1989
#89-02 - Field QC Blanks, revised April 28, 1989
#89-03 - Teflon® /Stainless Steel Bladder Pumps, revised May 10, 1988
#89-04 - Field Cleaning Procedures, revised August 10, 1989

17.6 DER Manual for Preparing Quality Assurance Plans, DER-QA-001/90, revised
September 30, 1992.

17.7 NPDES Compliance Inspection Manual, United States Environmental Protection
Agency, Enforcement Division, Office of Water Enforcement and Permits, EN-338,
1988.

17.8 Handbook for Monitoring Industrial Wastewater, United States Environmental
Protection Agency, Technology Transfer, 1973.

ESC Lab Sciences App. III, Ver. 11
Sampling Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix III to the ESC QAM Page: 84 of 84

17.9 EPA Primary Drinking Water Regulations, 40 CFR 141.

17.10 Rapid Bioassessment Protocols For Use in Streams and Rivers, United States
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, EPA/841/B-99-002.

17.11 Environmental Sampling and Analysis: A Practical Guide. Lawrence H. Keith, Ph.D.,
1991. Lewis Publishers.

17.12 Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to
Freshwater and Marine Organisms. Fifth Edition. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington DC. EPA/821/R-02/012

17.13 Short-term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving
Waters to Freshwater Organisms. Fourth Edition. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington DC. EPA/821/R-02/013.
ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 2 of 24

2.0 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Section Title Rev. Date Rev. #
1.0 Approval and Signature Page Page 1 4/15/13 0
2.0 Table of Contents Page 2 4/15/13 0
3.0 Scope and Application Page 3 4/15/13 0
4.0 Laboratory Organization and Responsibility Page 3 4/15/13 0
5.0 Personnel and Training Page 3 4/15/13 0
6.0 Facilities and Laboratory Safety Page 3 4/15/13 0
7.0 Sampling Procedures Page 4 4/15/13 0
8.0 Equipment Page 4 4/15/13 0
9.0 Laboratory Practices Page 13 4/15/13 0
10.0 Analytical Procedures Page 14 4/15/13 0
11.0 Quality Control Checks Page 15 4/15/13 0
12.0 Data Reduction, Validation and Reporting Page 16 4/15/13 0
13.0 Corrective Actions Page 19 4/15/13 0
14.0 Record Keeping Page 22 4/15/13 0
15.0 Quality Audits Page 22 4/15/13 0

TABLES
8.1 Equipment Page 4 4/15/13 0
8.2 Equipment Preventative Maintenance,
Equipment Calibration Page 6 4/15/13 0
8.3A Standards and Reagents Page 7 4/15/13 0
8.3B Working Standards Page 8 4/15/13 0
8.3C Standardization of Titration Solutions Page 9 4/15/13 0
8.5 Instrument Calibration Page 12 4/15/13 0
10.1 Wet Lab Department SOPs Page 14 4/15/13 0
12.1 Data Reduction Formulas Page 16 4/15/13 0
12.3 QC Targets and RLs Page 17 4/15/13 0

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 3 of 24

3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

This manual discusses specific QA requirements for general analytical protocols to
ensure analytical data generated from the Wet Chemistry Laboratory, or Wet Lab, are
scientifically valid and are of acceptable quality. Any deviations from these requirements
and any deviations that result in nonconforming work must be immediately evaluated and
their corrective actions documented.

4.0 LABORATORY ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

ESC Lab Sciences offers diverse environmental capabilities that enable the laboratory to
provide the client with both routine and specialized services, field sampling, and broad
laboratory expertise. A brief outline of the organization and responsibilities as they apply
to the ESC Quality Assurance Program is presented in Section 4.0 in the ESC Quality
Assurance Manual Version 8.0.

5.0 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING

5.1 PERSONNEL

Kenneth W. Buckley, with a B.S. degree in General Science, is the Laboratory
Operations Manager. Mr. Buckley reviews and approves all data reduction associated
with analyses in these areas and is responsible for the overall production of these
laboratories; including the management of the staff and scheduling. Mr. Buckley has
over 12 years of environmental laboratory experience. In his absence, Chad Pfalmer
assumes responsibility for departmental decisions in the Wet Lab.

5.2 TRAINING

5.2.1 All new analysts to the laboratory are trained by a primary analyst or Manager
according to ESC protocol. Performance is documented using an initial
demonstration of capability (IDOCs) and continuing demonstration of capability
(CDOC). On-going acceptable capability in Wet Lab analyses is demonstrated by
acceptable participation in multiple proficiency testing programs (PTs) and daily
Quality Control sample analyses. Documentation of analyst training is
maintained on file within the department.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 4 of 24

6.0 FACILITIES AND LABORATORY SAFETY

6.1 FACILITIES

The main area of the laboratory has approximately 2800 square feet with roughly 750
square feet of bench area. There is an additional 400 square feet of storage space and the
lighting standard is fluorescence. The air system is a 5-ton Trane package unit and a 10-
ton Trane package unit with natural gas for heating. The laboratory reagent water is
provided through the US Filter deionizer system with a Millipore Milli-Q Academic A-10
system for finished water. Waste disposal containers are located in the laboratory and
Clean Harbors serves as ESC’s waste disposal contractor. ESC’s building information
guides and site plan are shown in Appendix I.

6.2 LABORATORY SAFETY

· Laboratory access is limited when work is being performed.
· All procedures where chemicals are prepared or splashes may occur are
conducted in laboratory exhaust hoods.
· ESC’s laboratory safety guidelines are detailed in the ESC Chemical Hygiene and
Safety Plan.

7.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES

7.1 FIELD SAMPLING PROCEDURES, SAMPLE STORAGE, AND H ANDLING

· Field Sampling procedure is described in Appendix III of this ESC Quality
Assurance Manual. Sample information is recorded and kept on the ESC chain of
custody and field logbooks.
· Matrices for Wet Lab environmental analyses include groundwater, wastewater,
drinking water, soil, and sludge. The Wet Lab also performs analyses on sorbent
media and air filters for Industrial Hygiene monitoring.
· Sample containers, preservation methods and holding times vary depending on
analyses requested. Please see the determinative procedures for specific
directions.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 5 of 24

8.0 EQUIPMENT

8.1 EQUIPMENT LIST

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS – Wet Lab This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Instrument
Name Serial # Location
Analytical
Balance Mettler AT200 Balance 1 m26291 Wet Lab
Analytical
Balance Mettler AG204 Delta
Range Balance 2 118420883 Wet Lab
Analytical
Balance Mettler XP205 Balance 3 1129420141 Wet Lab
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem
8000 Lachat 2 A83000-1027 Wet Lab
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem
8000 Lachat 3 A83000-1638 Wet Lab
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem
8500 Lachat 4 60900000341 Wet Lab
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem
8500 Lachat 5 60900000342 Wet Lab
Autoanalyzer Lachat Quikchem
8500 Lachat 6 70500000452 Wet Lab
Autoanalyzer -
digestor Lachat BD-46 DIG1 100700000-982 Wet Lab
Autoanalyzer -
digestor Lachat BD-46 DIG2 1000700000-
982 Wet Lab
Autoanalyzer -
digestor Lachat BD-46 DIG1 1800-871 Wet Lab
Autoanalyzer -
digestor Lachat BD-46 DIG2 1800-872 Wet Lab
Automated
distiller Skalar SAN++
system Kelada 1 9719 Wet Lab
Automated titrator Metrohm 855
titrosampler Titrando 3256 Wet Lab
Centrifuge Thermo Megafuge 40 Centrifuge 41123868 Wet Lab
Class “I” weights Troemner Serial
#7944 7944 Wet Lab
COD Reactor HACH 45600 COD1 10800 Wet Lab
COD Reactor HACH 45600 COD2 10090C0036 Wet Lab
Conductivity
Meter ORION MODEL 170 ATI Orion 32470007 Wet Lab
Distillation Unit -
Cyanide
Environmental
Express Distillation 1 LMD1920-106 2270 Wet Lab
ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 6 of 24

Distillation Unit -
Cyanide
Environmental
Express Distillation 2 LMD1920-106 2271 Wet Lab
Distillation Unit -
Cyanide
Environmental
Express Distillation 3 LMD1920-106 2272 Wet Lab
Distillation Unit -
Phenol
Westco
Scientific
Model EASY-
DIST Dist 1 1062 Wet Lab
Distillation Unit -
Phenol
Westco
Scientific
Model EASY-
DIST Dist 2 1198 Wet
Lab
Flash Point Tester Koehler
Pensky-
Martens
K16200
Manual R07002510B Wet Lab
Flash Point Tester Koehler
Pensky-
Martens
K16201
Manual R07002697B Wet Lab
Hot Plate Thermolyne
Fisher Type 2200 Hot 16237 Wet Lab
Hot Plate Thermolyne
Fisher Type 2200 Hot 16240 Wet
Lab
Ion
Chromatograph Dionex ICS-2000 IC5 6050731 Wet Lab
Ion
Chromatograph Metrohm 850
Professional IC2 1850000003190 Wet Lab
Ion
Chromatograph Dionex ICS 1500 IC6 8100010 Wet Lab
Ion
Chromatograph Dionex ICS 1500 IC7 8100267 Wet
Lab
Ion
Chromatograph Dionex ICS 2000 IC8 8090820 Wet
Lab
Ion
Chromatograph Dionex ICS 2100 IC9 10060822 Wet Lab
Ion
Chromatograph Dionex ICS 2100 IC10 10091285 Wet
Lab
Ion
Chromatograph Dionex ICS 2100 IC11 11012204 Wet
Lab
Ion
Chromatograph Dionex ICS 2100 IC12 12020460 Wet
Lab
Muffle Furnace Thermolyne (1) 30400 FURNACE 23231 Wet Lab
ORP Meter YSI ORP15 ORP JC000114 Wet Lab
Oven - Drying Blue M Stabil-Therm #1 NA Wet Lab
Oven - Drying Equatherm D1576 #2 NA Wet Lab
Oven - Drying VWR 1305U #3 4082804 Wet Lab
Oven - Drying Equatherm D1576 #4 10AW-3 Wet Lab
Oven - Drying VWR 1305U #5 4082104 Wet Lab
pH Meter Fisher AB15 AB15+ AB92329028 Wet Lab
pH Meter Orion 410A Orion 58074 Wet Lab
pH Meter Fisher AB15 AB15+ AB92325899 Wet Lab
ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 7 of 24

Refrigerated
Recirculator Polyscience Recirculator Recirculator1 1282 Wet Lab
Refrigerated
Recirculator Polyscience Recirculator Recirculator2 1608 Wet Lab
Spectrophotometer
(UV/Vis) Hach DR 5000 DR5000-1 1381711 Wet Lab
Spectrophotometer
(UV/Vis) Hach DR 5000 DR5000-2 1326829 Wet Lab
Total Organic
Carbon Analyzer Shimadzu Model TOC-
VWS TOC2 39830572 Wet Lab
Total Organic
Carbon Analyzer Shimadzu TOC-VCPH TOC3 H51304435 Wet Lab
Total Organic
Carbon Analyzer OI-Analytical Aurora 1030 TOC4 E141788082 Wet Lab
Total Organic
Halogen Analyzer Mitsubishi TOX-100 TOX2 1035 Wet Lab
Total Organic
Halogen Analyzer Mitsubishi AOX-200 AOX1 E7B00107 Wet Lab
Turbidimeter Hach 2100N Turbidimeter1 941100000903 Wet Lab

8.2 EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE, EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION

INSTRUMENT P. M. DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY
Analytical Balances •Check with Class "I" weights Daily
Analytical Balances •Service/Calibration (semi-annual contract
maintenance and calibration check)
Tolerance - +0.1%
Analytical Balances •Service/Calibration (semiannual contract
maintenance and calibration check)
Semi-annually
Refrigerators & Incubators •Maintenance service As needed - determined by daily
temperature performance checks
Water Bath •Check thermometer vs. NIST Once/year
Water Bath •Remove from service when not
maintaining temperature and send off for
repair or replace
As needed
Flash Point Tester •Check thermometer vs. certified traceable Once/year
Lachat Autoanalyzer •Check pump tubes, change valve flares At least 1/month
Pensky Martens •Check fuel level, refill As needed
Pensky Martens •Clean cup thoroughly Between each test and after use
TOC •Maintain manufacturer's service contract Renew each year
Turbidimeter - Hach 2100A •Illumination lamp or window (alignment
and/or replacement)
Erratic or poor response
pH Meters •Reference junction & electrode
replacement
As needed
pH Meters •Probe stored in KCl At all times when not in use
pH Meters •Other As described in the manufacturer's O
& M manual
ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 8 of 24

8.3 STANDARDS AND REAGENTS

Table 8.3A lists standard sources, receipt, and preparation information. Table 8.3B is
designed to provide general calibration range information. These ranges may change
depending on regulatory requirements, procedural changes, or project needs. Table 8.3C
indicates the procedures and frequency for the standardization of laboratory solutions
used for titrations.

Table 8.3A: Standard sources, description and calibration information.
This table is subject to revision without notice
Instrument Group Standard
Source
How
Received*
Source/
Storage
Preparation
from Source
Lab Stock
Storage
Preparation
Frequency
Alkalinity, Acidity Lab
preparation
Acidity-matrix
standard grade
KHP
Room temp. 0.0500N 4°± 2°C 6 months
Ammonia-Nitrogen and
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
Lab
preparation
ACS grade
NH4Cl Room temp. 1,000ppm stock
standard Room temp.
Annually or sooner if
check samples reveal a
problem
Ammonia-Nitrogen and
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen Working Standards Not stored Prepared fresh as
needed
BOD Lab
preparation
As dry glucose
and glutamic
acid
Dessicator 150mg of each/L 4°± 2°C Made fresh daily
COD Lab
preparation
Acid grade
KHP Dessicator Stock solution
(10,000ppm) 4°± 2°C
When absorbance of
curve changes or check
samples are out of
control
Cyanide (Autoanalyzer) Lab
preparation KCN Reagent
shelf
Stock solution
(1,000ppm) 4°± 2°C
6 months. Working
dilutions prepared daily
as needed
Fluoride
Inorganic
Standard. NSI
Lab
preparation
ACS grade KF Room temp. 100ppm stock
solution Room temp.
1 year or as needed
when reference
standard fails
Fluoride Dilute standards Not stored Prepared fresh daily
Hardness Lab
preparation
Chelometric
Std. CaCO3 Room temp. 1mg/mL as CaCO3 Room temp.
Annually or sooner if
check samples reveal a
problem
IC (Chloride, Nitrate,
Nitrite, Bromide, Sulfate,
Fluoride)
Commercial
source Varies 4°± 2°C
Working Standards
as needed per
analyte
4°± 2°C
6 months or sooner if
check samples reveal a
problem
IC (Chloride, Nitrate,
Nitrite, Bromide, Sulfate,
Fluoride)
Inorganic
Standards Varies 4°± 2°C
Working Standards
as needed per
analyte
4°± 2°C
Midpoint standard
prepared weekly or
sooner if necessary
IC (Chloride, Nitrate,
Nitrite, Bromide, Sulfate,
Fluoride)
NSI (2nd
source) Varies 4°± 2°C
Working Standards
as needed per
analyte
4°± 2°C Prepared weekly or
sooner if necessary
MBAS Lab
preparation
LAS
Reference
Material
4°± 2°C 1,000mg/mL
working standards
4°± 2°C Wet
Stored
6 months or when
check standards are out
of control. Prepared
fresh.
Nitrite-Nitrate
(autoanalyzer)
Lab
preparation
ACS grade
KNO3
Reagent
shelf
Stock solution
(1000ppm) 4°± 2°C
When absorbance of
curve changes or check
samples are out of
ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 9 of 24

Table 8.3A: Standard sources, description and calibration information.
This table is subject to revision without notice
Instrument Group Standard
Source
How
Received*
Source/
Storage
Preparation
from Source
Lab Stock
Storage
Preparation
Frequency
control
pH Meter Commercial
Source pH 4.0 Buffer Room temp. No prep required NA Annual/Expiration Date
pH Meter Commercial
Source pH 7.0 Buffer Room temp. No prep required NA Annual/Expiration Date
pH Meter Commercial
Source pH 10.0 Buffer Room temp. No prep required NA Annual/Expiration
Date
Phenols (autoanalyzer) Lab
preparation
ACS Certified
Phenol
Reagent
shelf
Stock solution
(1000ppm) 4°± 2°C
Every month. Working
solutions prepared daily
as needed.
Phosphate
(H2O) -
Prepared in
Lab Total
Phos. (soils)
RICCA, ERA
KH2PO4 Reagent
shelf
Stock solution
(50ppm as P) Room temp.
When absorbance of
curve changes or check
samples are out of
control. Working
solutions prepared daily
as needed.
Specific Conductivity
Meter NSI-Primary ACS Certified
KCl Room temp. Working Standard
(0.01M) Room temp. As needed
Specific Conductivity
Meter
ERA-2nd
Source
ACS Certified
KCl Room temp. Working Standard
(0.01M) Room temp. As needed
Sulfate
Inorganic
Standards,
NSF Prepared
in Lab
Anhydrous
Na2SO4
Reagent
shelf
Stock solution
(100ppm) Room temp.
When visible
microbiological growth
or check samples are
out of control
Turbidimeter Commercial
Source Hach Hach Room temp. No prep required NA Checked daily against
Formazin Standards
pH Meter Commercial
Source pH 1.0 Buffer Room temp. No prep required NA Annual/Expiration Date
pH Meter Commercial
Source pH 13.0 Buffer Room temp. No prep required NA Annual/Expiration

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 10 of 24

TABLE 8.3B: WORKING STANDARD CALIBRATION
Analysis Calibration Standard
Alkalinity, Acidity- Titrimetric Primary standard grade Na2CO3.
Alkalinity - Methyl orange Autoanalyzer Primary standard grade Na2CO3: 0, 10, 25, 50,100, 250, 375, 500 mg/L
BOD

D.O.-Barometric pressure/temp., Glucose and Glutamic acid reference
standard.
Bromate IC Low Range – 5.0, 10, 20, 30, 50, 100 ug/L
Bromide IC Range –1.0, 5.0, 10, 50, 100, mg/L
Chlorate IC Low Range – 5.0, 10, 20, 30, 50, 100 ug/L
High Range – 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 400, 600 ug/L
Chloride IC Range –1.0, 5.0, 10, 50, 100, mg/L1
Conductivity Standard KCl solution: 1413
Cyanides Blank, 0.0025 – 0.40ppm. Distill one standard as check with each batch.
COD KHP (Potassium hydrogen phthalate) standards 20 – 1000 mg/L
Chromium – Hexavalent (Colorimetric) Blank, 0.0101, 0.0202, 0.0505, 0.1010, 0.2525, 0.5050, 1.010 mg/L
Chromium – Hexavalent (IC) Blank, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 10, 20, 50, 100 ug/L
Fluoride – IC Range –0.10, 0.50, 1.0, 5.0, 10.0, mg/L
Hardness CaCO3, chelometric standard.
Hardness (Colorimetric) Range – 30, 50, 60, 100, 150, 200, 300 mg/L
MBAS LAS reference material: 0.0, 0.1, 0. 5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 mg/L
Nitrogen-Ammonia – Autoanalyzer Calibration standards: 0, 0.10, 0.50, 1.0, 2.0, 5.0, 10, 20 mg/L
Nitrogen-Nitrate, Nitrite – Autoanalyzer Blank, 0.1, 0.50, 1.00 5.0, 7.0, 10.0 mg/L
Nitrogen-Nitrate – IC Range –0.10, 0.50, 1.0, 5.0, 10.0, mg/L
Nitrogen-Nitrite – IC Range –0.10, 0.50, 1.0, 5.0, 10.0, mg/L
Orthophosphate, Total Phosphate Blank, 0.025, 0.10, 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.0mg/L diluted from standard
KH2PO4
Perchlorate Range – 0.5, 1.0, 3.0, 5.0, 10, 20, 25 mg/L
pH Buffers1.0, 4.0, 7.0, 10, 13
Phosphate, Total Range – 0.0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0 mg/L
Phosphate – IC Range –0.10, 0.50, 1.0, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 20.0 mg/L
Phenols (chloroform ext.)

Blank 0.04, 0.05, 0.10, 0.50, 1.0, 2.0mg/L Distill one standard with each
batch
Solids

Gravimetric balance calibrated charts, checked with Class “I” weights in
range of sample tare weights.
Sulfate – IC Range –1.0, 5.0, 10, 50, 100, 150, 200 mg/L
Sulfide (Colormetric) Range –0.0, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0 mg/L
Sulfite Titration
TKN Range – 0.0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10, 20 mg/L
Turbidity Range –0, 20, 200, 1000, 4000NTU
TOC Range –0, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 7.5, 10, 20, 50, 75, 100 mg/L
ToX Cell checks at 1, 20, 40 ug

TABLE 8.3C: STANDARDIZATION OF TITRATION SOLUTIONS
Solution Primary Standard Frequency
0.0200 N NaOH 0.050 N KHP Daily as needed
0.0200 N H2SO4 Freshly prepared and standardized NaOH
(from KHP standard)
6 months or with each new batch
0.0141 N Hg (NO3)2 Standard NaCl solution 500 ug Cl/ml Daily as used
0.0100 M EDTA Standard CaCO3 solution 1 mg CaCO3/liter Daily as used

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 11 of 24

8.4 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION

Total Organic Carbon Analyzer (TOC) – SOP Number 340356A

The TOC standard curve is prepared using a minimum of five standards. Linear
regression is used for quantitation with the correlation coefficient being at least 0.995.
The calibration range is 1.0mg/L to 100mg/L. During the analytical sequence, the
stability of the initial calibration is verified, following every 10th sample and at the end of
the sequence, by the analysis of continuing calibration verification (CCV) standards. The
CCV must recover within 10% of the expected value for each analyte.

A laboratory control standard (LCS) is prepared from a source that is independent from
the calibration standards and used to verify that the calibration curve is functioning
properly and that the analytical system performs acceptably within a clean matrix. The
LCS must recover within +15% of the expected concentration.

Total Organic Halogen Analyzer (TOX) – SOP Number 340360

The cell performance of the TOX analyzer is verified at the beginning of each analytical
sequence in the low, mid and high ranges. The verifications must recover within 3% of
the expected target value. The instrument performs a linear regression using the values
determined with the required correlation coefficient being at least 0.995. During the
analytical sequence, the stability of the initial calibration is verified, following every 10th
sample and at the end of the sequence, by the analysis of continuing calibration
verification (CCV) standards. The CCV must recover within 10% of the expected value
for each analyte.

A laboratory control standard (LCS) is prepared from a source that is independent from
the calibration standards and used to verify that the calibration curve is functioning
properly and that the analytical system performs acceptably within a clean matrix. The
LCS must recover within +15% of the expected concentration.

Anions by Ion Chromatography – SOP 340319

Quadratic Fit is the primary method of quantitation; however Linear Regression is
required for sample analyzed in conjunction with the Ohio VAP program. When using
quadratic fit a minimum of six standards are used. If linear regression is used for
quantitation, a minimum of five standards is used and the correlation coefficient must be
at least 0.995 for each analyte of interest. The calibration range varies depending upon
the analyte(s) to be determined. During the analytical sequence, the stability of the initial
calibration is verified, following every 10th sample and at the end of the sequence, by the
analysis of continuing calibration verification (CCV) standards. The CCV must recover
within 10% of the expected value for each analyte, except during the analysis of
groundwater and soil using EPA Method 9056 that must recover within 5%.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 12 of 24

A laboratory control standard (LCS) is prepared from a source that is independent from
the calibration standards and used to verify that the calibration curve is functioning
properly and that the analytical system performs acceptably within a clean matrix. The
LCS must recover within +10% for water samples and 15% of the expected concentration
for soil samples.

Auto-Analyzer (Lachat) – Various SOPs

The Autoanalyzer calibration curve is prepared using a minimum of five standards. For
most analyses, linear regression is used for quantitation with the correlation coefficient
being at least 0.995. The calibration range varies depending upon the analyte to be
determined. During the analytical sequence, the stability of the initial calibration is
verified, following every 10th sample and at the end of the sequence, by the analysis of
continuing calibration verification (CCV) standards. Routinely, the CCV must recover
within 10% of the expected value for each analyte, but is dependent on the analyte of
concern, the matrix of the sample and the determinative method.

A laboratory control standard (LCS) is prepared from a source that is independent from
the calibration standards and used to verify that the calibration curve is functioning
properly and that the analytical system performs acceptably within a clean matrix. The
LCS must recover within +15% of the expected value, except for cyanide, ammonia, total
phosphorus, NO2NO3 where +10% applies.

Gravimetric Analyses – Various SOPs

Gravimetric analyses are performed using several different published methods, including
TDS, TSS, TVDS, TS, TVS, VSS, Settleable Solids, Total Particulates, Respirable
Particulates. Calibration for these methods require use of Class I weights and a properly
performing and verified balance. Where possible, laboratory control standards are
analyzed in conjunction with field sample analysis to verify that the analytical process is
performing accurately. Sample duplicate analyses also provide verification that the
analytical process is performing as required.

Perchlorate in Drinking Water – ESC SOP 340370

The Ion Chromatograph calibration curve is prepared using a minimum of five standards.
The instrument performs a linear regression using the values determined with the
required correlation coefficient being at least 0.995. During the analytical sequence, the
stability of the initial calibration is verified, following every 10th sample and at the end of
the sequence, by the analysis of continuing calibration verification (CCV) standards. The
CCV must recover within 15% of the expected value for each analyte.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 13 of 24

A laboratory control standard (LCS) is prepared from a source that is independent from
the calibration standards and used to verify that the calibration curve is functioning
properly and that the analytical system performs acceptably within a clean matrix. The
LCS must recover within +15% of the expected concentration.

8.5 ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION OF CALIBRATION

The initial calibration curve is compared with previous curves for the same analyte. The
curve is checked for linearity and the response must be within 10% of the previous curve.
All new standard curves are immediately checked with a laboratory control standard from
a separate source than that used for calibration. All curves are visually reviewed to ensure
that acceptable correlation represents linearity. Calibration curves may be rejected for
nonlinearity, abnormal sensitivity, or poor response of the laboratory control standard.
Specific criteria for each instrument are outlined in Table 8.5.

Continuing calibration is performed following every tenth sample. If a check standard
does not perform within established criteria then the instrument is evaluated to determine
the problem. Once the problem is corrected, all samples between the last “in control”
sample and the out of control check are re-analyzed.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 14 of 24

TABLE 8.5: INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION
Instrument
(Analysis)
Calibration
Type
Number of
Standards
Type
of
Curve
Acceptance/Rejection Criteria
Frequency
pH Meter*
Initial

Continuing
5 (buffers)

1 reference buffer

1 buffer (may be
any certified
buffer)
Log.
Third pH of a different value buffer must
read within 0.05 units of true value

Buffer solution must read within 0.05
units of true value
Daily as used

Every 10th
sample;
Field**
Conductivity
Meter*
Initial

Continuing
1

1
1
point
Calculation of cell constant between 0.95
- 1.05

Must be within 5% of true value
Daily as used

Every 10th
sample;
Field**
Turbidimeter
*
Initial

Continuing
5

1 reference of
different value, 1
(high-level)
Linear
Formazin-confirmed Gelex standards in
appropriate range. Check with second
standard must be within 5%

Must be within 5% of true value
Daily as used

Every 10th
sample;
Field**
UV/VIS
Spec.
Initial

Continuing
At least 5 standards
calibration
standards

2 laboratory control
standard

1 mid-level
reference std.
Linear
Calibration Curve must have a
correlation of 0.995 or better

Must be within + 15% of the calibration
curve.

Must be within 90 – 110%
Daily as used

Daily as used

Every 10th
sample
Total
Organic
Halogen
Analyzer
Initial

Continuing
3 calibration
standards

1 laboratory control
standard

1 mid-level
reference std.
Linear
Calibration Curve must have a
correlation of 0.995 or better

Laboratory control standard must agree
within + 15% of calibration curve

Must be within 90 – 110%
Daily as used

Daily as used

Every 10th
sample
Total
Organic
Carbon
Analyzer
Initial

Continuing
5 calibration
standards

2 laboratory control
standard

1 mid-level
reference std.
Linear
Calibration Curve must have a
correlation of 0.995 or better

Laboratory control standard must agree
within + 15% of calibration curve

Must be within 90 – 110%
Every 6
months or as
needed

Daily as used

Every 10th
sample
Note: ESC defines a "laboratory control standard" as a standard of a different concentration and source than those stock standards used for calibration. *This equipment is also calibrated and used in the field. **Field equipment must be checked every 4 hours and at the end of the day.
ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 15 of 24

9.0 LABORATORY PRACTICES

9.1 REAGENT GRADE WATER

Reagent grade water is obtained from either a Barnstead NANOpure Diamond system or
the Millipore Milli-Q Academic A-10 system.

9.2 GLASSWARE WASHING AND STERILIZATION PROCEDURES

General

Routine laboratory glassware is washed in a non-phosphate detergent and warm tap water.
Before washing all labeling and large deposits of grease are removed with acetone.
Glassware is then rinsed with: tap water, "No Chromix" solution, tap water, and deionized
(DI) water. Glassware is stored in designated drawers or on shelves, inverted when possible.
All glassware is rinsed with the required solvent, prior to use. DI water is then used as a
precaution against airborne contamination

Phosphate Glassware

Glassware involved in phosphate analysis is marked and segregated. All labels and
markings are removed from the glassware prior to washing. The glassware is then washed
using hot water and a non-phosphorus detergent. It is then rinsed thoroughly in hot water
followed by a rinse in DI water. It is rinsed in 1:1 HCl followed by a final rinse of DI water.
If the phosphate glassware has not been used recently, it is the responsibility of the analyst
to rinse the glassware with warm 1+9 hydrochloric acid prior to use.

Nutrients and Minerals Glassware

All labels and markings are removed from the glassware prior to washing. The glassware is
then washed using hot water and detergent. It is then rinsed thoroughly in hot water
followed by a rinse in DI water. It is rinsed in 1:1 HCl followed by a final rinse of DI water.
Immediately prior to use, the ammonia glassware is rinsed in DI water. Routine blanks are
run on ammonia glassware to ensure that the detergent is contaminant free.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 16 of 24

Non-Metals (CN, BOD, COD) Glassware

All labels and markings are removed prior to washing. The glassware is soaked in hot soapy
water followed by a thorough rinse with hot tap water. A final rinse of DI water is then
performed.

BOD analysis is performed in disposable, pre-sterilized bottles. In the event that glass
bottles must be used, the BOD glassware is washed in a commercial laboratory dishwasher
using a phosphate free detergent, followed by a nitric acid rinse, with a final rinse of
laboratory DI water.

10.0 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

10.1 A list of laboratory SOPs associated with the Wet Lab can be found in the following
table:

TABLE 10.1: WET LAB DEPARTMENT SOPs
This table is subject to revision without notice
SOP # Title
340300 Acidity
340301 Alkalinity (Titrimetric)
340302 Alkalinity - Lachat
340303 Biochemical Oxygen Demand
340305 Chlorine, Total Residual
340306 Corrosivity
340307 Cyanide- All Forms (Colorimetric Automated UV) - Lachat
340309 Chemical Oxygen Demand
340310 Color by Visual Comparison
340313 Density (Specific Gravity)
340317 Total Hardness by Lachat
340317 Total Hardness (mg/l as CaCO3) - (Titrimetric)
340318 Hexavalent Chromium (Colorimetric) Water/Soil
340319 Ion Chromatography - Anions
340325 MBAS (Methylene Blue Active Substances)
340327 Ammonia, Phenolate (Lachat)
340328 Organic Nitrogen
340331 Threshold Odor Test
340333 Nitrate/Nitrite (Lachat Autoanalyzer)
340334 Paint Filter Test
340335 pH
340336 Phenol - 4AAP (Lachat Autoanalyzer)
340338 Orthophosphate Colorimetric
340338 Total Phos. Colorimetric
340339 Reactivity
340340 Reactive Cyanide/Sulfide Distillation
340342 Specific Conductance
ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 17 of 24

SOP # Title
340344 Sulfide (Colorimetric Methylene Blue)
340344 Sulfide Acid-soluble,and acid-insoluble
340345 Sulfite
340346 Settleable Solids
340347 Total Dissolved Solids
340348 Total Suspended Solids (Non-Filterable Residue)
340349 Total Solids/Percent Moisture
340350 Total Volatile Solids
340352 Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
340356 Total Organic Carbon In Soils (loss of weight on ignit.)
340356 TOC for Drinking Water only
340356 Total Organic Carbon (TOC) and Total Inorganic Carbon (TIC)
340357 Ignitability
340357 Ignitability
340359 UV254
340360 TOX (total organic halides)
340361 Ferrous Iron
340362 Heat of Combustion
340365 Particles Not Otherwise Regulated, Total (PNOR)
340366 Oxidation Reduction Potential
340367 Extractable Organic Halides
340368 TOC in Soil (Walkley-Black)
340369 Carbon Dioxide by Calculation
340370 Perchlorate in DW
340371 Chlorine in Oil
340372 Hexavalent Chromium in Water by IC
340373 Organic Matter (FOM) and Fractional Organic Carbon (FOC)
340374 Total Volatile Dissolved Solids (TVDS)
340375 Hexavalent Chromium in Air by IC
340376 Total Organic Halides in Oil
340377 Manual Nitrocellulose Analysis
340378 Volatile Suspended Solids
340379 Guanidine Nitrate by IC

11.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS

NOTE: For specific guidance on each determinative method, including required quality control
and specific state requirements/modifications, refer to the relevant laboratory standard
operating procedure(s).

11.1 ESC participates in proficiency testing (PTs) in support of various laboratory
accreditations/recognitions. Environmental samples are purchased from Environmental
Resource Associates (ERA). The WS, WP and solid matrix studies are completed every
6 months.
ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 18 of 24

11.2 Initial Demonstrations of Capability (IDOCs) are performed during new analyst training
and/or prior to acceptance and use of any new method/instrumentation. Continuing
Demonstration of Capability (CDOCs) must be updated at least annually. The associated
data is filed within the department and available for review.

11.3 Where appropriate, Matrix Spike and Matrix Spike Duplicates are performed on each
batch of samples analyzed, depending on analytical method requested.

11.4 A Laboratory Control Sample (LCS) is analyzed once per batch of samples. Where
appropriate, an LCS Duplicate may also be analyzed.

11.5 Where appropriate, a method preparation blank is performed per batch of samples
processed. If one-half the reporting limit [RL] is exceeded, the laboratory shall evaluate
whether reprocessing of the samples is necessary, based on the following criteria:
· The blank contamination exceeds a concentration greater than 1/10 of the
measured concentration of any sample in the associated preparation batch or
· The blank contamination is greater than 1/10 of the specified regulatory limit.
The concentrations of common laboratory contaminants shall not exceed the reporting
limit. Any samples associated with a blank that fail these criteria shall be reprocessed in
a subsequent preparation batch, except when the sample analysis resulted in non-detected
results for the failing analytes.

12.0 DATA REDUCTION , V ALIDATION AND REPORTING

12.1 DATA REDUCTION

The analyst performs the data calculation functions and is responsible for the initial
examination of the finished data. Data reduction steps applied to the raw data are
outlined in ESC SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting. The Quality Control
Department performs the secondary review of the data package using the ESC SOP
#030227, Data Review. The QC Reviewer verifies that the analysis has performed as
required and meets method criteria, all associate data is present and complete, and also
ensures that any additional documentation is completed as required (i.e. Ohio VAP
checklists, required flags on test reports, etc.)

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 19 of 24

TABLE 12.1: Data Reduction Formulas
PARAMETER FORMULA
Acidity, Alkalinity mL titrant x normality titrant x 50,000
mL sample
BOD, 5-day Initial D.O. - Final D.O. - CF
% Dilution Sample
Calculations are performed by computer software
Boron, COD, Sulfate Concentration from curve x dilution factor
Nitrogen-Nitrate, Nitrite, Nitrogen-
Nitrite, Ortho and Total Phosphate,
Phenols, Chloride
Calculated by computer software as provided by Lachat Corp.
Fluoride**, Nitrogen-Ammonia**,
Nitrogen-Total Kjeldahl**
Calculated by computer software as provided by Lachat Corp.
Anions Calculated by computer software as provided by Dionex
Conductivity*, pH, Turbidity, Directly read from instrument
Cyanide, Total and Amenable µg from standard curve x mL total volume absorbing solution
mL volume sample x mL volume of absorbing solution colored
Calculated by software as provided by Lachat Corp.
Solids, Total and Total Dissolved ((mg wt of dried residue + dish) - mg wt of dish) x 1000
mL sample
Solids, Total Suspended ((mg wt of dried residue + filter) - mg wt of filter) x 1000
mL sample

12.2 VALIDATION

The validation process consists of data generation, reduction review, and reporting
results. Once data reduction is complete, validation is conducted by verification that the
QC samples are within acceptable QC limits and that all documentation is complete,
including the analytical report and associated QC. See Table 12.3 by method for current
QC targets, controls and current reporting limits.

12.3 REPORTING

Reporting procedures are documented in SOP 030201 Data Handling and Reporting.

Inorganic Control Limits: Inorganic QC targets are statutory. The laboratory calculated
limits verify the validity of the regulatory limits. The Wet Lab QC targets for all inorganic
analyses are within the range of + 5 to 15% for accuracy, depending on determinative method
requirements, and, where applicable, <20 RPD for precision, unless laboratory-generated
data indicate that tighter control limits can be routinely maintained. When using a certified
reference material for QC sample analysis, the acceptance limits used in the laboratory will
conform to the provider’s certified ranges for accuracy and precision.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 20 of 24

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Wet Lab Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Analyte Analysis Method Matrix Accuracy Range
(%)
Precision
(RPD) RL (ppb)
Acidity SM 2310B w 85 - 115 <20 1000
Alkalinity SM 2320 w 85 - 115 <20 10000
Ammonia 350.1, SM 4500-
NH3-H w –90-110 <20 100
Ammonia 350.1 (mod.) s Certified Values <20 500
Bromide 300.0/9056/9056A w 90 - 110 <20 1000
Bromide SM 4110B w 90 - 110 <20 1000
Bromide 300.0 s Certified Values <20 10000
Chloride 300.0/9056/9056A w 90 - 110 <20 1000
Chloride SM 4110B w 90 - 110 <20 1000
Chloride 300.0 s Certified Values <20 10000
Color SM 2120-E w n/a <20 1 CU
Conductivity 120.1/9050A, 2510 w 85 - 115 <20 1000
Cyanide 335.3, 335.4, 335.2
(CLP-M), 9012A w 90 - 110 <20 5
Cyanide SM 4500-CN-E w 90 - 110 <20 5
Cyanide EPA 9012A s Certified Values <20 250
Ferrous Iron 3500FE B w 85 - 115 <20 50
Fluoride 300.0/9056/9056A w 90 - 110 <20 100
Fluoride SM 4110B w 90 - 110 <20 100
Fluoride 9056A s Certified Values <20 1000
Hardness 130.1 w 85 - 115 <20 30000
Hardness SM 2340 w 85 - 115 <20 1000
Hexavalent Chromium SM3500
CrD/7196A w 85 - 115 <20 10
Hexavalent Chromium 7196A s Certified Values <20 2000
Ignitability 1010 ws +3 degrees C <20 n/a
Methylene Blue Active
Substances 5540C SM20th w 85 - 115 <20 100
Nitrate-Nitrite 300 w 90 - 110 <20 100
Nitrate-Nitrite SM 4110B w 85 - 115 <20 100
Nitrate-Nitrite 9056/9056A w 90-110 <20 100
Nitrate-Nitrite 9056/9056A s Certified Values <20 1000
Nitrite 300.0/9056/9056A w 90 - 110 <20 100
Nitrite SM 4110B w 90 - 110 <20 100
Nitrite 300.0/9056/9056A s Certified Values <20 1000
Nitrate 300.0/9056/9056A w 90 - 110 <20 100
Nitrate SM 4110B w 90 - 110 <20 100
Nitrate 300.0/9056/9056A s Certified Values <20 1000
Moisture Karl Fisher ws n/a <20 n/a
pH SM 4500-H, 9040B w n/a <1 n/a
pH 9045C s n/a <1 n/a
ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 21 of 24

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Wet Lab Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Analyte Analysis Method Matrix Accuracy Range
(%)
Precision
(RPD) RL (ppb)
Phosphate (ortho) SM 4500-P w 85 - 115 <20 25
Phosphorous/Total 365.4, SM 4500-P w –90-110 <20 25
Phosphorous/Total 365.4 s Certified Values <20 1000
Phosphorous/Total 9056/9056A s Certified Values <20 1000
Residual Chlorine SM 4500Cl G 20th w 90 - 110 <20 100
Residue, Total (TS) SM 2540-B,
SM2540-G w 85 - 115 <20 1000
Residue, Filterable
(TDS) SM 2540-C w 95 - 105 <20 1000
Residue Non-Filterable
(TSS) SM 2540-D w 95 - 105 <20 1000
Residue, Total Volatile
(TVS)
160.4, SM 2540-E,
SM2540-G w,s 80 - 120 <20 1000
Sulfate 300.0/9056/9056A w 90 - 110 <20 5000
Sulfate SM 4110-B w 90 -110 <20 5000
Sulfate 300.0/9056/9056A s Certified Values <20 50000
Sulfide SM 4500S2 D
20th w 85 - 115 <20 100
Sulfite SM 4500-SO3 w 85 - 115 <20 500
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 351.2 w –90-110 <20 500
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 351.2 s Certified Values <20 50000
Total Organic Carbon 415.1, SM
5310B&C, 9060 w 85 - 115 <20 1000
Total Organic Carbon LOI s Certified Values <20 10000
Dissolved Organic
Carbon
415.1, SM
5310B&C, 9060 w 85 - 115 <20 1000
Total Inorganic Carbon 415.1, SM
5310B&C, 9060 w 85 - 115 <20 1000
Total Organic Halogens 9020A, SM 5320B w 85 - 115 <20 10
EOX 9023 s 85 - 115 <20 20000
Total Phenol 420.2 w 85 - 115 <20 50
Total Phenol 9066 s, ws Certified Values <20 50
Turbidity 180.1, SM 2130 w n/a <20 1 NTU

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 22 of 24

13.0 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

13.1 In the event that a nonconformance occurs in conjunction with the analytical batch, a
corrective action response (CAR) form must be completed. The reason for the
nonconformance is stated on the form and the measures taken to correct the
nonconformance clearly defined. The effectiveness of the corrective action must be
assessed and noted. The CAR is kept on file by the QA department. Corrective action
procedures are documented in SOP 030208, Corrective and Preventive Action

13.2 Required Corrective Action

Control limits have been established for each type of analysis. When these control limits are
exceeded, corrective action must be taken. Calculated sample spike control limits are also
used.

All samples and procedures are governed by ESC's quality assurance program. General
corrective actions are as follows; however additional and more specific direction is provided
in the specific determinative procedure. For more information, see the appropriate
determinative SOP.

13.2.1 Laboratory QC Criteria and Appropriate Corrective Actions

If the analytical method contains acceptance/rejection criteria and it is more stringent than
those controls generated by the laboratory the method criteria take precedence.

13.2.2 Calibration Verification Criteria Are Not Met: Inorganic Analysis

Rejection Criteria - See Table 8.5.

Corrective Action - If a standard curve linearity is not acceptable and/or the absorbance for
specific standard(s) is not analogous to historic data, the instrument settings, etc. are
examined to ensure that nothing has been altered, clogged, etc. Check the standard curve for
linearity and re-analyze the standards once. If the failure persists, the working standards will
be made fresh, intermediate dilutions will be re-checked and the instrument will be re-
calibrated. If a problem persists, the group supervisor or QA Department is notified for
further action.

If the initial reference check sample is out of control, the instrument is re-calibrated and the
check sample is re-analyzed. If the problem continues the check sample is re-prepared. If
the problem still exists then the standards and reagent blank are re-prepared. If the problem
persists, the group supervisor or QA Department is notified for further action.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 23 of 24

13.2.3 Out Of Control Blanks: Applies to Method, Trip, Rinsate & Instrument Blanks

Rejection Criteria - Blank reading is more than twice the background absorbance or more
than 1/2 RL.

Corrective Action - Blanks are re-analyzed and the response is assessed. Standard curves
and samples are evaluated for any obvious contamination that may be isolated or uniform
throughout the run. If necessary, reagents are re-prepared. Field sample analyses are not
started until the problem is identified and solved. If samples have already been partially
prepared or analyzed, the group leader or QA Department will be consulted to determine if
data needs to be rejected or if samples need to be re-prepped.

13.2.4 Out Of Control Laboratory Control Standards (LCS)

Rejection Criteria - If the performance of associated laboratory control sample(s) is outside
of lab-generated control limits calculated as the mean of at least 20 data points + 3 times the
standard deviation of those points. (Listed in Section 12).

Corrective Action - Instrument settings are checked, LCS standard is re-analyzed. If the
LCS is still out of control, re-calibration is performed, and samples affected since the last “in
control” reference standard are re-analyzed. The group leader, lab supervisor, or QA
Department will be consulted for further action.

13.2.5 Out Of Control Matrix Spike Samples

Rejection Criteria - If either the MS or MSD sample is outside the established control limits
from accuracy charts on matrix spike samples of a similar matrix (i.e., water, solid, etc).
Limits are calculated as the mean ± three times the standard deviations.

Corrective Action - Spiking technique is assessed to ascertain if the sample has been spiked
correctly. The spiked sample should be 1 – 5 times the concentration of the client sample;
otherwise, the percent recovery (%R) or relative percent difference (RPD) of the
MS/MSD should be flagged as not meaningful or usable The sample is re-spiked and re-
analyzed, along with several other similar samples in subset. If an “out of control” situation
persists, sample matrix interference is indicated. Samples to be analyzed by standard
additions are prepared (where appropriate), and the group leader, lab supervisor, or QA
Department is notified.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IV, Ver. 11.0
Wet Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IV to the ESC QAM Page 24 of 24

13.2.6 Out Of Control Duplicate Samples

Rejection Criteria - Lab-generated maximum RPD limit (as listed under precision in Section
12)

Corrective Action - Instrument and samples checked to see if precision variance is likely
(i.e., high suspended solids content, high viscosity, etc.). They are re-analyzed in duplicate
and samples just preceding and following the duplicated sample are re-analyzed. If problem
still exists, lab supervisor or QA Department is notified to review the analytical techniques.

13.2.7 Out Of Control Matrix Spike Duplicates

These QC samples can be out of control for accuracy, precision, or both. The appropriate
corrective actions listed for either matrix spikes, duplicate samples, or both are followed.

Analysis-specific corrective action lists are available for each type of analysis performed by
ESC.

13.2.8 Out Of Control Calibration Standards: ICV, CCV, SSCV

Rejection Criteria - If the performance is outside of method requirements.

Corrective Action - Instrument settings are checked, calibration verification standard is
reanalyzed. If the standard is still out of control, re-calibration is performed, and samples
affected since the last “in control” reference standard are re-analyzed. The group leader, lab
supervisor, or QA Department will be consulted for further action.

14.0 RECORD KEEPING

Record keeping is outlined in SOP #010103 Document Control and Distribution, SOP
#030203 Reagent Logs and Records and SOP #030201 Data Handling and Reporting

All calibration data and graphs generated for wet chemistry are kept in a calibration
notebook with the following information: date prepared, calibration concentrations,
correlation, and analyst initials. The analyst reviews the calibration and evaluates it
against acceptance criteria before placing it in the calibration notebook. Data on initial
and continuing reference standards, as well as matrix spikes and duplicates, are entered in
the QC box generated on each analysis page. If a test allows the use of a previously
established calibration curve then the calibration check standard is reviewed against
acceptance criteria and if acceptable, analysis can proceed. In this situation the
calibration date is referenced so that the curve can be easily reviewed, if necessary.

15.0 QUALITY AUDITS

System and data quality audits are outlined in the ESC Quality Assurance Manual Version 8.0.
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 2 of 25

2.0 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Section Title Rev. Date Rev.#
1.0 Approval and Signature Page Page 1 04/15/13 0
2.0 Table of Contents Page 2 04/15/13 0
3.0 Scope and Application Page 3 04/15/13 0
4.0 Laboratory Organization and Responsibilities Page 3 04/15/13 0
5.0 Personnel and Training Page 3 04/15/13 0
6.0 Facilities and Laboratory Safety Page 4 04/15/13 0
7.0 Sampling Procedures Page 4 04/15/13 0
8.0 Equipment Page 5 04/15/13 0
9.0 Laboratory Practices Page 14 04/15/13 0
10.0 Analytical Procedures Page 14 04/15/13 0
11.0 Quality Control Checks Page 15 04/15/13 0
12.0 Data Reduction, Validation, and Reporting Page 16 04/15/13 0
13.0 Corrective Actions Page 23 04/15/13 0
14.0 Record Keeping Page 25 04/15/13 0
15.0 Quality Audits Page 25 04/15/13 0

TABLES
8.1 Equipment Page 5 04/15/13 0
8.2 Equipment Preventative Maintenance,
Equipment Calibration Page 7 04/15/13 0
8.3A Stock Standard Sources, & Receipt Page 7 04/15/13 0
8.3B Working Standard Sources & Prep Page 9 04/15/13 0
8.4 General Calibration Standard Conc. Page 11 04/15/13 0
8.5 Instrument Calibration Page 13 04/15/13 0
10.1 Metals Department SOPs Page 14 04/15/13 0
12.3A QC Targets Environmental Metals and RLs Page 16 04/15/13 0
12.3B QC Targets for IH Metals and RLs Page 22 04/15/13 0

ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 3 of 25

3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

This appendix discusses specific QA requirements for general analytical protocols to
ensure that data generated from the Metals Laboratory is scientifically valid and is of
acceptable quality. Any deviations from these requirements and any deviations that
result in nonconforming work must be immediately evaluated and their corrective actions
documented.

4.0 LABORATORY ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

ESC Lab Sciences offers diverse environmental capabilities that enable the laboratory to
provide the client with both routine and specialized services, field sampling and broad
laboratory expertise. A brief outline of the organization and responsibilities as they apply
to the ESC Quality Assurance Program is presented in Section 4.0 in the ESC Quality
Assurance Manual Version 8.0.

5.0 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING

5.1 PERSONNEL

Kenneth W. Buckley, with a B.S. degree in General Science, is the Laboratory
Operations Manager. Mr. Buckley reviews and approves all data reduction associated
with analyses in these areas and is responsible for the overall production of these
laboratories; including the management of the staff and scheduling. Mr. Buckley has 12
years of environmental laboratory experience. In his absence, LaKeia Layne, with a M.S.
degree in Biology and five years of environmental laboratory experience, assumes
responsibility for Metals Department decisions.

5.2 TRAINING

The primary analyst or Manager trains all new analysts to the laboratory according to
ESC protocol. Performance is documented using an initial demonstration of capability
(IDOCs) and continuing demonstration of capability (CDOC). On-going acceptable
capability in metals analysis and preparation is also demonstrated by acceptable
participation in multiple proficiency testing programs (PTs) and daily Quality Control
sample analyses. Documentation of analyst training is maintained on file within the
department.

ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 4 of 25

6.0 FACILITIES AND LABORATORY SAFETY

6.1 FACILITIES

The main area of the analysis laboratory has approximately1200 square feet with roughly
90 square feet of bench area. The main area of the metals prep laboratory has
approximately 1200 square feet with 232 square feet of bench area. The main area of the
Mercury/TCLP laboratory has approximately 1272 square feet with 136 square feet of
bench area. The lighting standard in all three labs is fluorescence. The air system is a
15-ton make-up unit plus 15-ton HVAC with electric heat. The laboratory reagent water
is provided through the US Filter deionizer system. Waste disposal containers are located
in the laboratory and Clean Harbors serves as ESC’s waste disposal company. ESC’s
building information guides and site plan are shown in Appendix I.

6.2 LABORATORY SAFETY

· Laboratory access is limited when work is being performed.
· All procedures where chemicals are prepared or splashes may occur are
conducted in laboratory exhaust hoods.
· ESC’s laboratory safety guidelines are detailed in the ESC Chemical Hygiene and
Safety Plan.

7.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES

7.1 FIELD SAMPLING PROCEDURES, SAMPLE STORAGE, AND HANDLING

· Field Sampling procedure is described in Appendix III of this ESC Quality
Assurance Manual. Sample information is recorded and kept on the ESC chain of
custody and field logbooks.
· Matrices for metals analysis are as follows: groundwater, wastewater, drinking
water, soil, sludge, paint chips, wipes, filters, and leachates.
· Sample containers, preservation methods and holding times:
Ø Glass and plastic containers are acceptable for all elements except Boron
and Silicon. Plastic must be used for Boron and Silicon.
Ø Water Samples that are analyzed for dissolved metals must be filtered
using a 0.45m m pore membrane. Water samples for total metals are not
filtered. All water samples are acidified with 1+1 nitric acid to a pH<2.
Filtered water samples (dissolved metals) are preserved immediately after
filtration. All other water samples are preserved immediately after
sampling. Water samples are not refrigerated prior to analysis.
Ø Paint chips, dust wipes and filters do not require preservation.
Ø Soil samples are stored at 4 ± 2oC and do not require acid preservation.
Ø Hold times for all metals, except Mercury, are 180 days. Mercury has a
hold time of 28 days.
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 5 of 25

8.0 EQUIPMENT

Instrument Software

§ PE ELAN ICPMS - PE - ICP Winlab - Used for calibration, calculation, QC review, diagnostics,
data storage
§ Perkin Elmer ICP Optima DV - PE - ICP Winlab - Used for calibration, calculation, qc review,
diagnostics, data storage

NOTE: All purchased software that is used in conjunction with software specific instruments is
guaranteed by the supplier to function as required. The supplier of the software performs all
troubleshooting or software upgrades and revisions.

8.1 EQUIPMENT LIST

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Metals Analysis and Preparation
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Name # Serial number Location
Balance- Top Loading

Balance - Top Loading
Trobal

Mettler Toledo
AGN100

PB3002-5

1

1
701001026

1119070828
Metals Prep
Lab

Metals Prep
Lab
Balance - Top Loading Mettler Toledo PB3002-5 1 71242213216 Mercury Lab
Balance - Top Loading Mettler Toledo PB3002-5 1 1121462199 Metals Prep
Lab

Hot Block Env. Express SC154 C 1 3994CEC1880 Metals Prep
Lab
ICPMS with autosampler Perkin Elmer ELAN DRC-e
ASX-520 ICPMS4 1 AH13650804 Metals Lab
ICPMS with autosampler Perkin Elmer ELAN DRC-e
ASX-520 ICPMS3 1 AH00110504H Metals Lab
ICPMS with autosampler Perkin Elmer ELAN 9000
ASX-520 ICPMS5 1 AJ12270805 Metals Lab
ICPMS with autosampler Perkin Elmer ELAN DRC II
ASX-520 ICPMS6 1 AI13820805H Metals Lab
ICP - Simultaneous with
autosampler Perkin Elmer Optima 8300DV
ASX-520 ICP9 1 078N2042101 Metals Lab
ICP - Simultaneous with
autosampler Perkin Elmer Optima 5300DV
ASX-510 ICP5 1 077N5041802 Metals Lab
ICP - Simultaneous with
autosampler Perkin Elmer Optima 5300DV
ASX-510 ICP6 1 077N5091002 Metals Lab
ICP - Simultaneous with
autosampler Perkin Elmer Optima 5300DV
ASX-520 ICP7 1 077C6110602 Metals Lab
ICP - Simultaneous with
autosampler Perkin Elmer Optima 7300 ICP8 1 077C0111203 Metals Lab
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 6 of 25

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Metals Analysis and Preparation
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Name # Serial number Location
Hot Block CPI Mod Block HGA 1 004412 Mercury Lab
Hot Block CPI Mod Block HGB 1 604443 Mercury Lab
Hot Block CPI Mod Block MPA 1 4430 Metals Prep
Lab
Hot Block CPI Mod Block MPB 1 4434 Metals Prep
Lab
Mercury Auto Analyzer Perkin Elmer (1) FIMS 400 I 1 4545 Mercury Lab
Mercury Auto Analyzer Perkin Elmer (1) FIMS 100 III 1 110156051101 Mercury Lab
Mercury Auto Sampler Perkin Elmer (1) AS-91, (1)
AS-93, (1) S10 NA 1 NA Mercury Lab
Mercury Auto Analyzer Perkin Elmer FIMS 100 IV 1 101S11061403 Mercury Lab
Microwave CEM MARS 5 NA 1 DS-8025 Metals Prep
Lab
Microwave CEM MARS Xpress NA 1 MD-2861 Metals Prep
Lab
Microwave CEM MARS Xpress NA 1 MD-9972 Metals Prep
Lab
Microwave CEM MARS Xpress NA 1 MD-9640 Metals Prep
Lab
Microwave CEM MARS Xpress NA 1 MD-4692 Metals Prep
Lab
Prep Station Env. Express Automated prep
station Autoblock 3 1 AB1002-0708-
001
Metals Prep
Lab
Prep Station Env. Express Automated prep
station Autoblock 4 1 AB1001-1211-
0035
Metals Prep
Lab
TCLP Extraction Unit Env. Express 6 Position NA 1 NA TCLP Lab
TCLP Extraction Unit Env. Express 12 Position NA 5 4803-12-542 TCLP Lab
TCLP Extraction Unit Env. Express 12 Position NA 5 1918-12-415 TCLP Lab
TCLP Extraction Unit Env. Express 12 Position NA 5 1918-12-414 TCLP Lab
TCLP Extraction Unit Env. Express 12 Position NA 5 5152-12-548 TCLP Lab
TCLP Extraction Unit Env. Express 12 Position NA 2 NA TCLP Lab
TCLP Extraction Unit Env. Express 10 Position NA 1 NA TCLP Lab
TCLP Extraction Unit Env. Express Teflon Vessels NA 12 NA TCLP Lab
TCLP Zero Headspace
Extractor Env. Express Vessels NA 22 NA TCLP Lab
Turbidimeter HACH 2100N 1 05090C020685 Metals Prep
Lab
Water Purification -
Nanopure Barnstead D11951 1 1372051120948 Metals Prep
Lab
PH Meter Orion 410A NA 1 015683 TCLP Lab
Balance Mettler Toledo 1 B246522879 TCLP Lab
Auto pipetters 1000ml to
20 ml Oxford Varies NA NA Metals Lab
Auto pipetters Eppendorf,
Oxford Varies NA NA Metals Prep
Lab
Drying Oven VWR Scientific 1305U NA a 1000594 Metals Prep
Lab

MAX/MIN Thermometer Fischer Scientific MAX/MIN TCLP #1 122376671 TCLP Lab
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 7 of 25

8.2 EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE M AINTENANCE, EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION

INSTRUMENT P. M. DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY
ICP •Maintain manufacturer's service contract Renew annually
ICP and ICPMS •Pump tubing, torch alignment, o-ring, injector
tip and torch
Check daily and adjust/change as
needed
ICPMS •Sampler and Skimmer cones Clean or replace when needed
ICP and ICPMS •Pump rollers Clean and lubricate when needed
ICP and ICPMS •Nebulizer As needed
Mercury Analyzer •Calibrate and check sensitivity with previous
data Daily with use
Mercury Analyzer
•Response factor problems, check tubing for
leaks, particularly in pump head, and check cell
for fogging
As needed
Mercury Analyzer •Replace desiccant in tube With each use
Mercury Analyzer •Check rotometer for airflow, if inadequate,
replace flex tubing in pump lead As needed
TCLP Apparatus (ZHE) •Change O-rings As needed
Thermometer •All working thermometers are compared to a
NIST thermometer. Semi-annually
pH Meter
•Calibrated according to manufacturers
instructions.
•The slope is documented and acceptable range
95-105%
Daily
Analytical Balance
•Analytical balances are checked and calibrated
by a certified technician semi-annually.
•Calibration is checked daily with class S
weights. Must be within 0.1% S class weights
calibrated annually
Semi-annually

Daily
TCLP Tumblers •Visually timed and confirmed to be 30±2 rpm. Monthly
Microwaves •Checked and calibrated by a certified technician Semi-annually, calibrated weekly
by staff
Microwaves Check cap membranes for leaks As needed

8.3 STANDARDS AND REAGENTS

All reagents and standards must meet the requirements listed in the analytical methods.

Table 8.3A: Stock Standard sources, receipt, and preparation information.
(subject to revision as needed)
STOCK STANDARD SOURCES
*ICP metals used – Ag, Al, As, B, Ba, Be, Ca, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, K, Li, Mg, Mn, Mo, Na, Ni, Pb, Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Sr, Ti, Tl, V,
Zn (Sulfur is analyzed individually)
*ICP/MS metals used – Ag, As, Ba, Be, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Ni, Pb, Sb, Se, Sn, Tl, V, Zn
Instrument
Group/Standard
Standard
Source* How Received* Source/
Storage
Lab Stock
Storage
Receipt
Frequency

Env. Express

2ppm-Al, Mg, Fe
10ppm-Ca, K, Na
Room temp.

2% HNO3 w/
Tr HF
Annual/Expiration
Date
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 8 of 25

Table 8.3A: Stock Standard sources, receipt, and preparation information.
(subject to revision as needed)
STOCK STANDARD SOURCES
*ICP metals used – Ag, Al, As, B, Ba, Be, Ca, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, K, Li, Mg, Mn, Mo, Na, Ni, Pb, Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Sr, Ti, Tl, V,
Zn (Sulfur is analyzed individually)
*ICP/MS metals used – Ag, As, Ba, Be, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Ni, Pb, Sb, Se, Sn, Tl, V, Zn
Instrument
Group/Standard
Standard
Source* How Received* Source/
Storage
Lab Stock
Storage
Receipt
Frequency
ICP/CCVLL

ICP (single element
standards)

Env. Express or
High Purity
4ppm- B, Si,
0.04ppm-Be
0.1ppm-Pb, Mo, Cd, Ba
0.2ppm-Cr, Co, Ag, Ti, Mn, Sr, V
0.4ppm-Tl, Sb, Ni, Sn, Cu, As, Se
0.6ppm-Zn
0.3ppm- Li

1000ppm

Room temp.

Annual/Expiration
Date
ICP/ICV High Purity
500ppm – Al. Ca, Fe, Mg, Na, K
5ppm – Ag
50ppm – All others
Room temp. 5% HNO3 w/
Tr HF As needed
ICP/Calibration
Standard and CCV Env. Express
1000ppm – Al, Ca, Fe, K, Mg, Na
10ppm – Ag
20ppm- Sr
100ppm – All others
Room temp. 5% HNO3 w/
Tr HF As needed
ICP/LCS water Ultra Scientific
1000ppm – Ca, Mg, K, Na
100ppm – all others except Li (spiked
separately)
Room temp. 5% HNO3 As needed
ICP/LCS soil ERA Varies with Lot # Room temp. none As needed
ICP/ICSA Env. Express
5000ppm – Al, Ca, Mg, Na
2000ppm – Fe
100ppm – K
Room temp. 10% HNO3 As needed
ICP/ICSB Env. Express 100ppm – B, Cd, Pb, Ag, Ni, Si, Zn,
50ppm – all others except Sr, Li Room temp. 4% HNO3 w/
Tr HF As needed
ICP/Yttrium Env. Express 10,000 ppm Room temp. 4% HNO3 As needed
ICPMS/ICV High Purity 5 ppm Room temp. 5% HNO3 w/
Tr HF As needed
ICPMS/ Calibration
Standard and CCV Env. Express 100 ppm- all others
1000ppm- Al, Mg, K, Ca, Fe, Na Room temp. 5% HNO3 w/
Tr HF As needed
ICPMS/LCS water Ultra Scientific
1000ppm – Ca, Mg, K, Na
100ppm – all others except Li (spiked
separately)
Room temp. 5% HNO3 As needed
ICPMS/LCS soil ERA Varies with Lot # Room temp. none As needed
ICPMS/ICSA Env. Express
10000ppm – Cl
2000ppm – C
1000ppm – Al, Ca, Fe, Mg, P, K, Na,
S
20ppm – Mo, Ti
Room temp. 10% HNO3 As needed
ICPMS/ICSB Env. Express 2ppm – Sb, As, Be, Cd, Cr, Co, Cu,
Pb, Ni, Se, Ag, Tl, Sn, Zn Room temp. 4% HNO3 w/
Tr HF As needed
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 9 of 25

Table 8.3A: Stock Standard sources, receipt, and preparation information.
(subject to revision as needed)
STOCK STANDARD SOURCES
*ICP metals used – Ag, Al, As, B, Ba, Be, Ca, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, K, Li, Mg, Mn, Mo, Na, Ni, Pb, Sb, Se, Si, Sn, Sr, Ti, Tl, V,
Zn (Sulfur is analyzed individually)
*ICP/MS metals used – Ag, As, Ba, Be, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Ni, Pb, Sb, Se, Sn, Tl, V, Zn
Instrument
Group/Standard
Standard
Source* How Received* Source/
Storage
Lab Stock
Storage
Receipt
Frequency
Hg/ICV and LCS Inorganic
Ventures 1000ppm – Hg Room temp. 2% HNO3 As needed
Hg/Calibration
Standard and CCV Env. Express 1000ppm – Hg Room temp. 2% HNO3 As needed
*Equivalent Providers may be utilized.

Table 8.3B: Working standard concentration, storage and preparation information.
(subject to revision as needed)
WORKING STANDARD PREPARATION
*ICP metals used – Ag, Al, As, B, Ba, Be, Ca, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, K, Li, Mg, Mn, Mo, Na, Ni, Pb, Sb, Se,
Si, Sn, Sr, Ti, Tl, V, Zn (Sulfur is analyzed individually)
*ICP/MS metals used – Ag, As, Ba, Be, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Ni, Pb, Sb, Se, Sn, Tl, V, Zn
Instrument
Group/Standard How Prepared Final Concentration Source/
Storage Expiration
ICP/ICV 10mL Custom Stock ICV A and B, 0.1 mL
stock Sc adjusted to 100mL with 5% HNO3
50ppm – Al, Ca, Fe, K, Mg, Na
0.5ppm – Ag
2ppm - Sr1ppm- Sc
5ppm – All others
Room
temp. 1 month
ICP/Calibration
Standard
Std 7- 0.5mL of Std. 6
Std 6 – 10mL Stock Cal. Std.
Std 5 – 1mL Stock Cal. Std.
Std 4 – 1mL Std. 6
Std 3 – 1mL Std. 5
Std 2 – 0.5mL Std. 5
Std 1 – 2mL Std. 4
All adjusted to 100 mL with 5%HNO3

Std 7- 0.5ppm
Std 6 – 1/10/1000ppm
Std 5 – 0.1/1/10ppm
Std 4 – 0.01/0.1/1ppm
Std 3 – 0.01/0.1ppm
Std 2 – 0.005ppm
Std 1 – 0.002ppm
Room
temp. 1 month
ICP/CCV
50mL Custom Stock CCV and 1mL of
Scandium stock adjusted to 1000mL with
5% HNO3
50ppm – Al, Ca, Fe, K, Mg, Na
0.5ppm – Ag
1ppm- Sc5ppm – All others
Room
temp. 1 month
ICP/ICSA 100mL Custom Stock ICSA adjusted to
1000mL with 5% HNO3
500ppm – Al, Ca, Mg, Na
200ppm – Fe
10ppm – K
Room
temp. 1 month
ICP/ICSAB 100mL Custom Stock ICSA, 10mL Stock
ICSAB adjusted to 1000mL with 5% HNO3
500ppm – Al, Ca, Mg, Na
200ppm – Fe
10ppm – K
1ppm – B, Cd, Pb, Ag, Ni, Si, Zn,
0.5ppm – all others except Sr, Li
Room
temp. 1 month
ICP/Yttrium 5mL Stock Yttrium adjusted to 10L with
5% HNO3 5 ppm Room
temp. 1 month
ICPMS/ICV
1.0mL Stock ICV, 0.50 of 10ppm
Scandiumand 0.5mL of Fe stock adjusted to
100mL with 5% HNO3
5ppm-Fe0.05 ppm Room
temp. 1 month
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 10 of 25

Table 8.3B: Working standard concentration, storage and preparation information.
(subject to revision as needed)
WORKING STANDARD PREPARATION
*ICP metals used – Ag, Al, As, B, Ba, Be, Ca, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, K, Li, Mg, Mn, Mo, Na, Ni, Pb, Sb, Se,
Si, Sn, Sr, Ti, Tl, V, Zn (Sulfur is analyzed individually)
*ICP/MS metals used – Ag, As, Ba, Be, Cd, Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, Mn, Mo, Ni, Pb, Sb, Se, Sn, Tl, V, Zn
Instrument
Group/Standard How Prepared Final Concentration Source/
Storage Expiration
ICPMS/ Calibration
Standard
0.1 Stock Cal Std adjusted to 100mL with
5%HNO3. Serial Dilutions are done each
calibration from 0.1ppm Std.
Cal 5 – 0.1ppm
Cal 4 – 0.05ppm
Cal 3 – 0.01ppm
Cal 2 – 0.001ppm
Cal 1 – 0.0005ppm
Room
temp. 1 month
ICPMS/CCV 0.05mL Stock CCV and 0.225mL of Fe
stock adjusted to 100mL with 5% HNO3.
0.050 ppm
5ppm-Fe
Room
temp. 1 month
ICPMS/ICSA 10mL Stock ICSA adjusted to 100mL with
5% HNO3
1000ppm – Cl
200ppm – C
100ppm – Al, Ca, Fe, Mg, P, K, Na, S
2ppm – Mo, Ti
Room
temp. 1 month
ICPMS/ICSAB 10mL Stock ICSA, 1mL Stock ICSAB
adjusted to 100mL with 5% HNO3
1000ppm – Cl
200ppm – C
100ppm – Al, Ca, Fe, Mg, P, K, Na, S
2ppm – Mo, Ti
0.02ppm – Sb, As, Be, Ca, Cr, Co, Cu,
Pb, Ni, Se, Ag, Tl, Sn, Zn
Room
temp. 1 Month
Hg/ICV 30mL of 3ppm Intermediate 0.003ppm – Hg Room
temp. 1 Month
Hg/Calibration
Standard
Soils:
Std 6 - 100mL of 3ppm Intermediate
Std 5 - 50mL of 3ppm Intermediate
Std 4 - 200mL of 300ppb Intermediate
Std 3 - 100mL of 300ppb Intermediate
Std 2 - 40mL of 300ppb Intermediate
Std 1 - 20mL of 300ppb Intermediate

Waters:
Std 6 - 50mL of 3ppm Intermediate
Std 5 - 200mL of 300ppb Intermediate
Std 4 - 100mL of 300ppb Intermediate
Std 3 - 40mL of 300ppb Intermediate
Std 2 - 20mL of 300ppb Intermediate
Std 1 - 10mL of 300ppb Intermediate

Std 6 – 0.01ppm
Std 5 – 0.005ppm
Std 4 – 0.002ppm
Std 3 – 0.001ppm
Std 2 – 0.0004ppm
Std 1 – 0.0002ppm

Std 6 – 0.005ppm
Std 5 – 0.002ppm
Std 4 – 0.001ppm
Std 3 – 0.0004ppm
Std 2 – 0.0002ppm
Std 1 – 0.0001ppm

Room
temp. 4 days
Hg/CCV 2.5ppb CCV - 25mL of 3ppm Intermediate 0.0025ppm Room
temp. 1 Month
Hg/LCS 30mL of 3ppm Intermediate 0.003ppm – Hg Room
temp. 1 Month

ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 11 of 25

8.4 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION

Mercury Analyzer - SOP Numbers 340384A & 340384B

Calibration of the mercury analyzer is achieved using 5 standards. Acceptable calibration
is achieved when the correlation coefficient >0.998. All results are calculated using
software based on the peak area of the sample. A second source ICV is analyzed initially
and must recover within +10% for Methods 7470A/7471A/7471B and within +5% for
method 245.1. A primary source CCV is analyzed after every tenth sample and at the
conclusion of the analytical sequence. The CCV must recovery within +10% for all
analyses. Duplicate and spike analyses are performed on 5% of the samples analyzed
using EPA Method 7470A/7471A/7471B and on 10% of the samples analyzed using EPA
Method 245.1.

Inductively Coupled Plasma - SOP Numbers 340386 & 340390

The PE ICP Optima 4300DV, 5300DV and PE ELAN 6100 and DRC-e ICPMS are
calibrated using at least 3 standards. A new calibration curve is analyzed daily. All
calculations are performed by software using computerized linear regression. The linear
regression correlation coefficient for the each analyte in the calibration curve lines must
be 0.998 or better for all methods, A second source ICV is run initially and a primary
source CCV is run after every tenth sample. For method 200.7, the ICV must recover
within 5% of the true value and for all other methods, the ICV must recover within 10%.
The CCV for all methods must recover within 10% of the true value. Duplicate and spike
analyses are performed on 5% of the samples for EPA Methods 6010B, 6010C, 6020,
6020A and on 10% of the samples analyzed using EPA Methods 200.7 & 200.8.

TABLE 8.4: CALIBRATION STANDARD CONCENTRATIONS
This table is subject to revision without notice
HIGH LEVEL ICP (mg/L) ICP/MS (mg/L)
Aluminum 0.10 - 100 ----------------
Antimony 0.01 - 10 0.0005 – 0.05
Arsenic 0.01 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Barium 0.005 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Beryllium 0.002 – 10 0.0005 – 0.01
Boron 0.10 – 10 ----------------
Cadmium 0.005 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Calcium 0.10 - 100 ----------------
Chromium 0.01 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Cobalt 0.01 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Copper 0.01 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Iron 0.10- 100 ----------------
Lead 0.005 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Lithium 0.005 - 10 ----------------
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 12 of 25

TABLE 8.4: CALIBRATION STANDARD CONCENTRATIONS
This table is subject to revision without notice
HIGH LEVEL ICP (mg/L) ICP/MS (mg/L)
Magnesium 0.10 - 100 ----------------
Manganese 0.010 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Molybdenum 0.002 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Nickel 0.01 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Potassium 0.50 - 100 ----------------
Selenium 0.01 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Silicon 0.10 - 10 ----------------
Silver 0.01 – 1.0 0.0005 – 0.05
Sodium 0.50 - 100 ----------------
Strontium 0.002 – 10 ----------------
Sulfur 10 - 100 ----------------
Thallium 0.01 - 10 0.0005 – 0.05
Tin 0.01 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Titanium 0.01 – 10 ----------------
Vanadium 0.01 - 10 0.0005 – 0.10
Zinc 0.010 - 10 0.001 – 0.10
MERCURY
Mercury Blank, 0.2 - 0.010 mg/L

8.5 ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION OF CALIBRATION

The initial calibration curve is compared with previous curves for the same analyte. All
new standard curves are immediately checked with a secondary source or laboratory
control standard prepared from a separate source than those used for calibration. All
curves are visually reviewed to ensure that acceptable correlation represents linearity.
Calibration curves may be rejected for nonlinearity, abnormal sensitivity, or poor
response of the laboratory control standard. Specific criteria for each instrument are
outlined in Table 8.5.

Continuing calibration verification is performed on each day that initial calibration is not
performed and following every tenth sample. If a check standard does not perform
within established criteria then the instrument is evaluated to determine the problem.
Once the problem is corrected, all samples between the last in control sample and the first
out of control check are re-analyzed.

ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 13 of 25

TABLE 8.5 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION & QC
Instrument (Analysis) Calibration Type Number of Standards Acceptance/ Rejection Criteria Frequency
ICP & ICPMS Linear/ Initial
3 - 5
6010C, 6020A, 6010B, 6020, 200.7 200.8:
Must have a correlation coefficient of at least
0.998

Daily
ICP & ICPMS Initial Secondary
source (ICV)
6010B, 6010C, 6020, 6020A, 200.8: ICV must
be within +/-10%;
200.7: ICV must be within +/-5%
After initial
calibration
ICP & ICPMS Initial
1 Initial
Calibration
Blank
< ½ RL, concentrations of common
laboratory contaminants shall not exceed
the RL
After initial
calibration
ICP, ICPMS,
Mercury Continuing 1 mid-level ref.
std. (CCV) Must be within ±10% Every 10th sample
ICP & ICPMS Continuing
1 Continuing
Calibration
Blank
< RL, concentrations of common laboratory
contaminants must not exceed the RL Every 10th sample
ICP & ICPMS Continuing 1 ICSA
1 ICSAB
Must be within ±20% for ICP,
No criteria for ICPMS
After initial
calibration, at end
and every 8 hours of
run time.
ICP, ICPMS,
Mercury Continuing 1 Method
Blank
< 1/2 RL, concentrations of common
laboratory contaminants must not exceed
the RL
1 per batch
ICP, ICPMS,
Mercury Continuing
1 Laboratory
Control
Standard
Liquid Samples (all methods) - LCS must
be within +15%. Solid Samples (all
methods) - LCS must be within the
certified standard value determined by the
provider.
1 per batch
ICP, ICPMS,
Mercury Continuing 1 Sample
Duplicate Sample and Duplicate must have an RPD <20% 1 per batch
ICP & ICPMS Continuing
1 Matrix Spike
(MS), 1 Matrix
Spike Duplicate
(MSD)
Spike must be within ±25%, MS and MSD must
have an RPD <20% 1 of each per batch
Mercury Linear/ Initial 3 - 5 Must have a correlation coefficient of at least
0.998 Daily
Mercury Initial Secondary
source (ICV)
7470A, 7471: ICV must be within +10%
245.1: ICV must be within +5%
After initial
calibration
Mercury Continuing
1 Continuing
Calibration
Blank
< RL Every 10th sample
Mercury Continuing
1 Matrix Spike
(MS), 1 Matrix
Spike Duplicate
(MSD)
Spike must be within ±30%, MS and MSD must
have an RPD <20% 1 of each per batch

ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 14 of 25

9.0 LABORATORY PRACTICES

9.1 REAGENT GRADE WATER

ASTM Type I grade water.

9.2 GLASSWARE WASHING AND STERILIZATION PROCEDURES

Glassware involved in metals preparation is washed with soap and water, rinsed in 1+1
nitric acid, and rinsed in DI water. Through digestion blanks, it has been determined that
chromic acid washing is unnecessary. Glassware with visible gummy deposits remaining
after washing is disposed of properly. All metals glassware is given another DI water rinse
immediately prior to use. Metals glassware is segregated from all other glassware.

10.0 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

10.1 A list of laboratory SOPs associated with the metals laboratory can be found in the
following table.

TABLE 10.1: METALS DEPARTMENT SOPS
This table is subject to revision without notice
SOP # Title
TCLP SOPs
340358 TCLP
340704 SPLP
340363 EP TOX
340364 MEP
340705 California Waste Extraction Test
Mercury SOPs
340384A Mercury in Liquid Waste (Cold-Vapor Technique) 7470A/245.1
340384B Mercury in Solid Waste (Cold-Vapor Technique) 7471A
Metals Prep SOPs
340389 Acid Digestion of Aqueous Samples and Extracts
Method 3005A/3010A/3015/3030C
340380 Digestion of Metals and Trace Elements in DW and Wastes Method 200.2
340388 Acid Digestion of Sediments, Sludge, Soils and Oils Method 3050B/3051
340701 Metals Digestion of personal cassettes Method 7300, 3051
340702 Metals Digestion for Sediments, Soils, and Sludge NIOSH 7300, Method 3051 for
ELLAP Paint chips and ELLAP soils
340703 Metals Digestion of Hi-Vol filters and Environmental Lead
Wipes 3050B and 3051
340391 Silver (Photographic Waste) Method 7760 and 272.1
340354A
340707

Turbidity-Metals Drinking Water Screen Only (EPA Method 180.1)
FINE, COARSE SOIL SIEVE PREPARATORY PROCEDURE FOR LEAD ANALYSIS
BASED ON MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY SOP 213,
REV. 2

ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 15 of 25

SOP # Title
340392 Sodium Adsorption Ratio
Metals Analysis SOPs
340386 Metals by ICP Method 6010, 200.7
340390 Metals by ICP-MS Method 6020, 200.8

11.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS

NOTE: For specific guidance on each determinative method, including required quality control
and specific state requirements/modifications, refer to the relevant laboratory standard
operating procedure(s).

11.1 ESC participates in proficiency testing (PTs) in support of various laboratory
accreditations/recognitions. Environmental samples are purchased from Environmental
Resource Associates (ERA). The WS, WP and solid matrix studies are completed every
6 months. For industrial hygiene and environmental lead accreditation, PTs are
administered by AIHA. IHPAT samples for metals analysis, including lead in air, by
NIOSH 7300 is completed every quarter. Soil, wipes and paint PTs are also completed in
conjunction with the AIHA Environmental Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program
(ELLAP). AIHA PT samples are received and analyzed by method according to the
vendor’s instructions and according to ESC SOP.

11.2 Initial Demonstrations of Capability (IDOCs) are performed during new analyst training
and/or prior to acceptance and use of any new method/instrumentation. Continuing
Demonstration of Capability (CDOCs) must be updated at least annually. The associated
data is filed within the department and available for review.

11.3 Sample Duplicates, Matrix Spike and Matrix Spike Duplicates are performed on 5–10%
of samples analyzed depending on analytical method requested. For methods 6010,
6020, 7470A and 7471A duplicates, matrix spikes and matrix spike duplicates are
performed on 5% of samples. For methods 200.7, 200.8 and 245.1, the same QC is
performed on 10% of samples. The RPD must not exceed 20%.

11.4 A laboratory control sample (LCS) is analyzed one per batch of samples. The acceptance
criteria for all water samples is ±15%. See certificate of analysis for soil true values. For
Industrial Hygiene samples, the LCS is analyzed in duplicate per batch.

11.5 A method preparation blank is performed per batch of samples processed. If one-half the
reporting limit [RL] is exceeded, the laboratory evaluates whether reprocessing of the
samples is necessary, based on the following criteria:
· The blank contamination exceeds a concentration greater than 1/10 of the
measured concentration of any sample in the associated preparation batch or
· The blank contamination is greater than 1/10 of the specified regulatory limit.
The concentrations of common laboratory contaminants must not exceed the reporting
limit. Any samples associated with a blank that fail these criteria is re-processed in a
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 16 of 25

subsequent preparation batch, except when the sample analysis resulted in non-detected
results for the failing analytes.

12.0 DATA REDUCTION , V ALIDATION, AND REPORTING

12.1 DATA REDUCTION

The analyst performs the data calculation and is responsible for the initial examination of
the finished data. Data reduction steps applied to the raw data are outlined in ESC SOP
#030201, Data Handling and Reporting. The Quality Control Department performs the
secondary review of the data package using the ESC SOP #030227, Data Review. The
QC Reviewer verifies that the analysis has performed as required and meets method
criteria, all associate data is present and complete, and also ensures that any additional
documentation is completed as required (i.e. Ohio VAP checklists, required flags on test
reports, etc.)

12.2 VALIDATION

The validation process consists of data generation, reduction review, and reporting
results. Once data reduction is complete, validation is conducted by verification that the
QC samples are within acceptable QC limits and that all documentation is complete,
including the analytical report and associated QC. See Table 12.1 for current QC targets
and controls and current reporting limits.

12.3 REPORTING

Reporting procedures are documented in SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting.

Table 12.3A: QC Targets for Environmental Metals Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
(subject to revision without notice)
Class Analyte Prep
Method
Analysis
Method
Matrix Accuracy Range
(%)
Precision
(RPD)
RL
(ppb)
(ICP-AES) Aluminum 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 5000
(ICP-AES) Aluminum 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 5000
(ICP-AES) Aluminum 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 100
(ICP-AES) Aluminum 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 100
(ICP-MS) Antimony 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 50
(ICP-AES) Antimony 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Antimony 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-MS) Antimony 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-MS) Antimony 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 17 of 25

Table 12.3A: QC Targets for Environmental Metals Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
(subject to revision without notice)
Class Analyte Prep
Method
Analysis
Method
Matrix Accuracy Range
(%)
Precision
(RPD)
RL
(ppb)
(ICP-AES) Antimony 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-AES) Antimony 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-MS) Arsenic 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 50
(ICP-AES) Arsenic 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Arsenic 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Arsenic 1311, 1312 6010B/C Leachate 85 - 115 <20 50
(ICP-MS) Arsenic 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-MS) Arsenic 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-AES) Arsenic 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-AES) Arsenic NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-MS) Barium 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 100
(ICP-AES) Barium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 250
(ICP-AES) Barium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 250
(ICP-AES) Barium 1311-12 6010B/C Leachate 85 - 115 <20 150
(ICP-AES) Barium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 5
(ICP-MS) Barium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 2
(ICP-MS) Barium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 2
(ICP-AES) Barium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 5
(ICP-MS) Beryllium 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 50
(ICP-MS) Beryllium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-MS) Beryllium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-AES) Beryllium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 100
(ICP-AES) Beryllium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 100
(ICP-AES) Beryllium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 2
(ICP-AES) Beryllium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 2
(ICP-AES) Boron 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 10000
(ICP-AES) Boron 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 10000
(ICP-AES) Boron 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 200
(ICP-AES Boron 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 200
(ICP-MS) Cadmium 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 25
(ICP-AES) Cadmium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 250
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 18 of 25

Table 12.3A: QC Targets for Environmental Metals Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
(subject to revision without notice)
Class Analyte Prep
Method
Analysis
Method
Matrix Accuracy Range
(%)
Precision
(RPD)
RL
(ppb)
(ICP-AES) Cadmium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 250
(ICP-AES) Cadmium 1311-1312 6010B/C Leachate 85 - 115 <20 50
(ICP-MS) Cadmium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 0.5
(ICP-MS) Cadmium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 0.5
(ICP-AES) Cadmium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 5
(ICP-AES) Cadmium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 5
(ICP-AES) Calcium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 25000
(ICP-AES) Calcium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 25000
(ICP-AES) Calcium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 500
(ICP-AES) Calcium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 500
(ICP-MS) Chromium 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 50
(ICP-AES) Chromium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-AES) Chromium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-AES) Chromium 1311-12 6010B/C Leachate 85 - 115 <20 50
(ICP-MS) Chromium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-MS) Chromium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-AES) Chromium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-AES) Chromium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-MS) Cobalt 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 50
(ICP-AES) Cobalt 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-AES) Cobalt 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-MS) Cobalt 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-MS) Cobalt 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-AES) Cobalt 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-AES) Cobalt 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-MS) Copper 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 50
(ICP-AES) Copper 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Copper 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Copper 1311-12 6010B/C Leachate 85 - 115 <20 50
(ICP-MS) Copper 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-MS) Copper 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 19 of 25

Table 12.3A: QC Targets for Environmental Metals Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
(subject to revision without notice)
Class Analyte Prep
Method
Analysis
Method
Matrix Accuracy Range
(%)
Precision
(RPD)
RL
(ppb)
(ICP-AES) Copper 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-AES) Copper 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-AES) Iron 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 5000
(ICP-AES) Iron 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 5000
(ICP-AES) Iron 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 100
(ICP-AES) Iron 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 100
(ICP-MS) Lead 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 50
(ICP-AES) Lead 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 250
(ICP-AES) Lead 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 250
(ICP-AES) Lead 1311-12 6010B/C Leachate 85 - 115 <20 50
(ICP-MS) Lead 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-MS) Lead 200.2 (mod.) 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-AES) Lead 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 5
(ICP-AES) Lead NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 5
(ICP-AES) Lithium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 750
(ICP-AES) Lithium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 750
(ICP-AES) Lithium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 15
(ICP-AES) Lithium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 15
(ICP-AES) Magnesium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 5000
(ICP-AES) Magnesium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 5000
(ICP-AES) Magnesium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 100
(ICP-AES) Magnesium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 100
(ICP-MS) Manganese 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 100
(ICP-AES) Manganese 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-AES) Manganese 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-MS) Manganese 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 2
(ICP-MS) Manganese 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 2
(ICP-AES) Manganese 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-AES) Manganese 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(CVAA) Mercury 7471 (mod.) 7471 Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 20
(CVAA) Mercury 1311-12 7470A Leachate 85 - 115 <20 1
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 20 of 25

Table 12.3A: QC Targets for Environmental Metals Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
(subject to revision without notice)
Class Analyte Prep
Method
Analysis
Method
Matrix Accuracy Range
(%)
Precision
(RPD)
RL
(ppb)
(CVAA) Mercury 245.1
(mod.)/7470A 245.1/7470A Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 0.2
(ICP-MS) Molybdenum 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 100
(ICP-AES) Molybdenum 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 250
(ICP-AES) Molybdenum 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 250
(ICP-MS) Molybdenum 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 2
(ICP-MS) Molybdenum 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 2
(ICP-AES) Molybdenum 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 5
(ICP-AES) Molybdenum 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 5
(ICP-MS) Nickel 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 50
(ICP-AES) Nickel 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Nickel 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Nickel 1311-12 6010B/C Leachate 85 - 115 <20 50
(ICP-AES) Nickel 3015/3010
(mod) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-MS) Nickel 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-AES) Nickel 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-AES) Nickel 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-AES) Potassium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 25000
(ICP-AES) Potassium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 25000
(ICP-AES) Potassium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 500
(ICP-AES) Potassium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 500
(ICP-MS) Selenium 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 50
(ICP-AES) Selenium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Selenium 3051 (mod.), 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Selenium 1311-12 6010B/C Leachate 85 - 115 <20 50
(ICP-MS) Selenium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-MS) Selenium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-AES) Selenium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-AES) Selenium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-AES) Silicon 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid 85-115 <20 10000
(ICP-AES) Silicon 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid 85-115 <20 10000
(ICP-AES) Silicon 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 200
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 21 of 25

Table 12.3A: QC Targets for Environmental Metals Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
(subject to revision without notice)
Class Analyte Prep
Method
Analysis
Method
Matrix Accuracy Range
(%)
Precision
(RPD)
RL
(ppb)
(ICP-AES) Silicon 200.2 (mod.)
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 200
(ICP-MS) Silver 3050B (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 25
(ICP-AES) Silver 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-AES) Silver 1311-12 6010B/C Leachate 85 - 115 <20 50
(ICP-MS) Silver 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 0.5
(ICP-MS) Silver 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 0.5
(ICP-AES) Silver 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-AES) Silver 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-AES) Sodium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 25000
(ICP-AES) Sodium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 25000
(ICP-AES) Sodium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 500
(ICP-AES) Sodium 200.2 (mod.)
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 500
(ICP-AES) Strontium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-AES) Strontium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-AES) Strontium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-AES) Strontium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-AES) Sulfur 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid 85-115 <20 50000
(ICP-AES) Sulfur 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid 85-115 <20 50000
(ICP-AES) Sulfur 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Sulfur 200.2 (mod.)
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1000
(ICP-MS) Thallium 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 50
(ICP-AES) Thallium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Thallium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Thallium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-MS) Thallium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-AES) Thallium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-AES) Thallium NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-MS) Tin 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 50
(ICP-AES) Tin 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-AES) Tin 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1000
(ICP-MS) Tin 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 22 of 25

Table 12.3A: QC Targets for Environmental Metals Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
(subject to revision without notice)
Class Analyte Prep
Method
Analysis
Method
Matrix Accuracy Range
(%)
Precision
(RPD)
RL
(ppb)
(ICP-MS) Tin 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 1
(ICP-AES) Tin 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-AES) Tin 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 20
(ICP-AES) Titanium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-AES) Titanium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-AES) Titanium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-AES) Titanium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-MS) Vanadium 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 100
(ICP-AES) Vanadium 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-AES) Vanadium 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-MS) Vanadium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 2
(ICP-MS) Vanadium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 2
(ICP-AES) Vanadium 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-AES) Vanadium 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-MS) Zinc 3051 (mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 500
(ICP-AES) Zinc 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1500
(ICP-AES) Zinc 3051 (mod.) 6010B/C Solid Certified Standard
Values <20 1500
(ICP-AES) Zinc 1311-12 6010B/C Leachate 85 - 115 <20 50
(ICP-MS) Zinc 3015/3010
(mod.) 6020/A (mod.) Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-MS) Zinc 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.8 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 10
(ICP-AES) Zinc 3015/3010
(mod.) 6010B/C Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 30
(ICP-AES) Zinc 200.2 (mod.),
NPDES 200.7 Liquid/Aqueous 85 - 115 <20 30

Table 12.3B: QC Targets for IH Metals Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
(subject to revision without notice)
Class Analyte Prep
Method
Analysis
Method
Matrix Accuracy Range
(%)
Precision
(% RPD)
RL

(ICP-AES) Lead 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Filters 85-115 <20 2.5 ug/sample
(ICP-AES) Lead 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Paint Chips 80-120 <20 50. mg/kg
(ICP-AES) Lead 3050B (mod.) 6010B/C Wipes 80-120 <20 2.0 ug/sample

ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 23 of 25

13.0 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

13.1 In the event that a nonconformance occurs in conjunction with the analytical batch, a
corrective action response (CAR) form must be completed. The reason for the
nonconformance is stated on the form and the measures taken to correct the
nonconformance clearly defined. The effectiveness of the corrective action must be
assessed and noted. The CAR is kept on file by the QA department. Corrective action
procedures are documented in SOP #030208, Corrective and Preventive Action

13.2 Required Corrective Action

Control limits have been established for each type of analysis. When these control limits are
exceeded, corrective action must be taken. Calculated sample spike control limits are also
used.

All samples and procedures are governed by ESC's quality assurance program. General
corrective actions are as follows; however additional and more specific direction is provided
in the specific determinative procedure. For more information, see the appropriate
determinative SOP

13.2.1 Laboratory QC Criteria and Appropriate Corrective Actions

If the analytical method contains acceptance/rejection criteria and it is more stringent than
those controls generated by the laboratory the method criteria takes precedence.

13.2.2 Calibration Verification Criteria Are Not Met: Inorganic Analysis

Rejection Criteria - See Table 8.5.

Corrective Action - If a standard curve linearity is not acceptable and/or the absorbance for
specific standard(s) is not analogous to historic data, the instrument settings, nebulizer, etc.
are examined to ensure that nothing has been altered, clogged, etc. The working standards
are made fresh, intermediate dilutions are re-checked and the instrument is re-calibrated. If
a problem persists, the Department Manager or QA department is notified for further action.

If the initial reference check sample is out of control, the instrument is re-calibrated and the
check sample is rerun. If the problem continues the check sample is re-prepared. If the
problem still exists then the standards and reagent blank are re-prepared. If the problem
persists, the Department Manager or QA department is notified for further action.

ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 24 of 25

13.2.3 Out Of Control Blanks: Applies to Method, Trip, Rinsate & Instrument Blanks

Rejection Criteria - Blank reading is more than ½ the RL for Method Blanks and/or
Instrument Blanks.

Corrective Action - Standard curves and samples are evaluated for any obvious
contamination that may be isolated or uniform throughout the sequence. If necessary,
reagents, QC samples and field samples are re-prepared and re-analyzed. Re-analyses are
not initiated until the cause of the contamination is identified and resolved. If samples have
already been partially prepared or analyzed, the group leader or QA department is consulted
to determine if data needs to be rejected or if samples need to be reprepped.

13.2.4 Out Of Control Laboratory Control Standards (LCS)

Rejection Criteria - If the performance is outside of lab-generated control (Listed in Table
12.3).

Corrective Action - Instrument settings are checked. The LCS standard is re-analyzed. If the
LCS is still out of control, re-calibration is performed, and samples affected since the last in
control reference standard are re-analyzed. If the LCS fails again after re-calibration, the
entire workgroup must be re-prepped. The group leader, Department Manager, or QA
department is consulted for further action.

13.2.5 Out Of Control Matrix Spike Samples

Rejection Criteria - If spike recovery is outside of lab-generated control limits determined
from accuracy charts on matrix spike samples from a similar matrix (i.e., water, solid, etc).

Corrective Action - Spiking technique is assessed to ascertain if the sample has been spiked
correctly. The spiked sample should be 1 – 5 times the client sample concentration;
otherwise, the percent recovery (%R) or relative percent difference (%RPD) of the
MS/MSD is flagged as not meaningful or usable per the EPA method. The sample is re-
analyzed. If an out of control situation persists, sample matrix interference is suspected and
flagged.

13.2.6 Out Of Control Duplicate Samples

Rejection Criteria - Lab-generated maximum RPD limit (as listed under precision in Table
12.3)

Corrective Action - Instrument and samples checked to see if precision variance is likely
(i.e., high suspended solids content, high viscosity, etc.). The duplicates are re-analyzed
along with the parent sample. If problem persists, matrix interference is suspected and
flagged

ESC Lab Sciences App. V, Ver. 11.0
Metals Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix V to the ESC QAM Page 25 of 25

13.2.7 Out Of Control Matrix Spike Duplicates

These QC samples can be out of control for either accuracy, precision, or both. The
appropriate corrective actions listed for either matrix spikes, duplicate samples, or both are
followed.

NOTE: Some samples cannot be duplicated. This is the case for wipe samples, filters, and
some water samples. When possible, sampling personnel should collect duplicate
samples.

Analysis-specific corrective action lists are available for each type of analysis performed by
ESC.

13.2.8 Out Of Control Calibration Standards: ICV, CCV, SSCV

Rejection Criteria - If the performance is outside of method requirements.

Corrective Action - Instrument settings are checked, calibration verification standard is
rerun. If the standard is still out of control, re-calibration is performed, and samples affected
since the last in control reference standard are rerun. The group leader, Department
Manager, or QA department is consulted for further action.

13.3 Responsibility - It is the Department Manager’s responsibility to evaluate the validity of the
corrective action response and submit it to QA department for processing. In addition, the
manager is responsible for appointing the appropriate person within the department to be
responsible for correcting the nonconformance. When a corrective action warrants a
cessation of analysis, the following personnel are responsible for executing the “stop work”
order:

§ Laboratory Manager
§ QA Department
§ Department Manager
§ Technical Service Representative

14.0 RECORD KEEPING

Record keeping is outlined in SOP #010103, Document Control and Distribution, SOP
#030203, Reagent Logs and Records and SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting

15.0 QUALITY AUDITS

System and data quality audits are outlined in the ESC Quality Assurance Manual
Version 8.0

ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 2 of 28

2.0 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Section Title Rev. Date Rev. #
1.0 Approval and Signature Page Page 1 4/15/13 0
2.0 Table of Contents Page 2 4/15/13 0
3.0 Scope and Application Page 3 4/15/13 0
4.0 Laboratory Organization and Responsibility Page 3 4/15/13 0
5.0 Personnel and Training Page 3 4/15/13 0
6.0 Facilities and Laboratory Safety Page 4 4/15/13 0
7.0 Sampling Procedures Page 4 4/15/13 0
8.0 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
9.0 Laboratory Practices Page 14 4/15/13 0
10.0 Analytical Procedures Page 14 4/15/13 0
11.0 Quality Control Checks Page 15 4/15/13 0
12.0 Data Reduction, Validation and Reporting Page 16 4/15/13 0
13.0 Corrective Actions Page 26 4/15/13 0
14.0 Record Keeping Page 28 4/15/13 0
15.0 Quality Audits Page 28 4/15/13 0

TABLES
8.1 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
8.2 Equipment Preventative Maintenance,
Equipment Calibration Page 7 4/15/13 0
8.3A Standards and Reagents Page 7 4/15/13 0
8.3B Working Standards Page 8 4/15/13 0
8.5 Instrument Calibration Page 13 4/15/13 0
10.1 Semi-Volatile Department SOPs Page 14 4/15/13 0
12.1 Data Reduction Formulas Page 16 4/15/13 0
12.3 QC Targets and RLs Page 17 4/15/13 0

ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 3 of 28

3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

This appendix discusses specific QA requirements for general analytical protocols to
ensure analytical data generated from the Volatiles (VOC) laboratory are scientifically
valid and are of acceptable quality. Any deviations from these requirements and any
deviations that result in non-conforming work must be immediately evaluated and their
corrective actions documented.

4.0 LABORATORY ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

ESC Lab Sciences offers diverse environmental capabilities that enable the laboratory to
provide the client with both routine and specialized services, field sampling and broad
laboratory expertise. A brief outline of the organization and responsibilities as they apply
to the ESC Quality Assurance Program is presented in Section 4.0 in the ESC Quality
Assurance Manual Version 8.0.

5.0 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING

5.1 PERSONNEL

Kenneth W. Buckley, with a B.S. degree in General Science, is the Laboratory
Operations Manager. Mr. Buckley reviews and approves all data reduction associated
with analyses in these areas and is responsible for the overall production of these
laboratories; including the management of the staff and scheduling. Mr. Buckley has 12
years of environmental laboratory experience. In his absence,
Heidi Eng, with a B.S. degree in Chemistry and six years of environmental laboratory
experience, assumes responsibility for Volatiles Department decisions.

5.2 TRAINING

5.2.1 All new analysts to the laboratory are trained by a primary analyst or Manager according
to ESC protocol. Performance is documented using an initial demonstration of capability
(IDOCs) and continuing demonstration of capability (CDOC). On-going acceptable
capability in VOC analyses is demonstrated by acceptable participation in multiple
proficiency testing programs (PTs) and daily Quality Control sample analyses.
Documentation of analyst training is maintained on file within the department.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 4 of 28

6.0 FACILITIES AND LABORATORY SAFETY

6.1 FACILITIES

The main area of the instrumentation laboratory in Building #2 has approximately 7000
square feet with 700 square feet of bench area and 300 square feet of preparatory area.
The lighting standard is fluorescence. The air handling systems are (1) 60-ton units with
gas heating and (1) 25-ton unit. The physical and air-handling separations, between this
laboratory and other ESC sections, prevent potential cross-contamination between solvent
vapor generation and incompatible analytical processes. The laboratory reagent water is
created by reverse osmosis/DI filtration and evaluated to 0.055uS/cm to ensure purity.
Waste disposal containers are located in the laboratory and Clean Harbors serves as
ESC’s waste disposal carrier. Waste handling is discussed in detail in Section 6.0 of the
ESC Quality Assurance Manual. ESC’s building information guides and site plan are
shown in Appendix I.

6.2 LABORATORY SAFETY

· Laboratory access is limited when work is being performed.
· All procedures where chemicals are prepared or splashes may occur are
conducted in laboratory exhaust hoods.
· ESC’s laboratory safety guidelines are detailed in the ESC Chemical Hygiene and
Safety Plan.

7.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES

7.1 FIELD SAMPLING PROCEDURES, SAMPLE STORAGE, AND H ANDLING

· Field Sampling procedure is described in Appendix III of this ESC Quality
Assurance Manual. Sample information is recorded and kept on the ESC chain of
custody and field logbooks.
· Matrices for VOC environmental analyses include groundwater, wastewater,
drinking water, soil, and sludge.
· Sample containers, preservation methods and holding times vary depending on
analyses requested. Please see determinative procedures for specific directions.
· Plastic containers or lids may NOT be used for the storage of samples due to sample
contamination from the phthalate esters and other hydrocarbons in the plastic.
· Environmental sample containers should be filled carefully to prevent any portion
of the sample from coming into contact with the sampler's gloves causing possible
contamination.
· Containers for VOC samples should be selected carefully to minimize headspace
that could lead to a low bias in the analytical results. Headspace is monitored
during sample login and is documented on the Sample Receipt Corrective Action
form when observed.
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 5 of 28

8.0 EQUIPMENT

8.1 EQUIPMENT LIST

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Volatiles Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Instrument
Name # Serial # Location
Gas Chromatograph Hewlett Packard 5890 Series II VOCGC 1 3333A31215 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph Agilent 6890 VOCGC 2 cn10609095 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph Hewlett Packard 5890 Series II VOCGC 3 2950A26786 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph Hewlett Packard 5890 Series II VOCGC 4 3336A50614 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph Hewlett Packard 5890 Series II VOCGC 5 3027A29678 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph Hewlett Packard 5890 Series II VOCGC 6 2950A27895 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph Hewlett Packard 5890 Series II VOCGC 7 3313A37610 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph Hewlett Packard 5890 Series II VOCGC 8 3033A31856 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph Hewlett Packard 5890 Series II VOCGC 13 2921A23548 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph Agilent 6890 VOCGC 10 US00022519 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph Agilent 6890 VOCGC 12 US00000410 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph Agilent 6890 VOCGC 14 CN10408054 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Hewlett Packard 5890 GC/
5972 MSD VOCMS 1 GC336A50093
MS3329A00703 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5975 MSD VOCMS 2 GCCN10641044
MSUS63234371 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Hewlett Packard 5890 GC/
5972 MSD VOCMS 3 GC3310A48625
MS3435A01982 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Hewlett Packard 5890 GC/
5972 MSD VOCMS 5 GC3310A48625
MS3341A01200 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Hewlett Packard 6890 GC/
5973 MSD VOCMS 6 CN10343037
US44647141 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Hewlett Packard 5890 GC/
5972 MSD VOCMS 9 GC3308A46997
MS3609A03629 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Hewlett Packard 5890 GC/
5972 MSD VOCMS 10 GC2921A22675
MS3329A00524 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Hewlett Packard 5890 GC/
5972 MSD VOCMS 12 GC3336A51994
MS3549A03312 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Hewlett Packard 5890 GC/
5971 MSD VOCMS 11 GC3336A61599
MS3306A04478 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 4 GCUS00003465
MSUS82311257 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 7 GCUS00040221
MS05040022 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 8 GCUS00040221
MS03940725 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 13 GCCN103390006
MSUS91911078 Volatiles
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 6 of 28

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Volatiles Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Instrument
Name # Serial # Location
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 14 GCUS00009794
MSUS63810153 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 16 GCUS00006479
MSUS82321899 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 17 GCUS10232130
MSUS03940744 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 18 GC CN10517046
MSUS03340424 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 19 GCCN10611062
MSUS60542638 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5975MSD VOCMS 20 GCCN621S4367
MSUS469A4832

Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5975MSD VOCMS 21 GCCN621S4368
MSUS469A4833 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 7890 GC/
5975MSD VOCMS 22 GCCN10728074
MSUS71236615 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5975MSD VOCMS 23 GCCN10728068
MS71236616 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 7890 GC/
5975MSD VOCMS 24 GCCN10151020
MSUS10223406 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 7890 GC/
5975MSD VOCMS 25 GCCN99205324
MSUS98003634 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 7890 GC/
5975MSD VOCMS 26 GCCN10301152
MSUS10313616 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 7890 GC/
5975MSD VOCMS 27 GCCN10301155
MSUS10313619 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 28 GCUS000034135
MSUS94240103 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 29 GCUS00033898
MSUS94240096 Volatiles
Gas Chromatograph/
Mass Spectrometer Agilent 6890 GC/
5973MSD VOCMS 30 GCUS10208101
MSUS10442360 Volatiles
Centurion Autosampler (8) PTS/EST Centurion Volatiles
Autosampler (27) Varian Archon Volatiles
Autosampler (2) CDS 7400 Volatiles
Purge and Trap CDS 7000E Volatiles
Purge and Trap (16) OI Analytical Eclipse Volatiles
Purge and Trap (14) PTS/EST Encon Volatiles

ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 7 of 28

8.2 EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE M AINTENANCE, EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION
INSTRUMENT P. M. DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY
Analytical Balances •Check with Class "I" weights Daily; tolerance +0.1%
Analytical Balances •Service/Calibration (semiannual contract
maintenance and calibration check)
Semiannually
Refrigerators & Incubators •Maintenance service As needed - determined by daily
temperature performance checks
Gas Chromatograph Detectors: FID Change Quartz jet; clean; replace flame tip As needed - when deterioration
is noticeable
Gas Chromatograph Detectors: PID Change or clean lamp As needed - when deterioration
is noticeable
Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer •Autotune Report Inspected daily
Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer •Clean ion source As needed to maintain high mass
resolution
Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer
& Gas Chromatographs
•Replace septum and liner As needed to maintain injection
port inert
Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer •Replace vacuum pump oil Every 6 months
Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer
& Gas Chromatographs
•Replace column When separation begins to
degrade
Archon / Centurion Autosampler •Monitor the Daily QC, including internal
standards for changes or failure.
Daily with use

8.3 STANDARDS AND REAGENTS

Table 8.3A: Standard stock sources, description and calibration information.
This table is subject to revision without notice
Method Vendor* Description Calibration Storage Req. Expiration
8260
NSI Gases Mix Primary -10°C to –20°C 1 week
NSI Custom VOC Mix1 Primary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
NSI Mix 2 Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
Absolute Stds n-Hexane Primary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
Restek TX TPH Mix (GRO) Primary 4° ± 2°C 6 months
Ultra CUS-5661 Primary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
NSI Custom Std Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
Absolute Std Acrolein Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 3 months
NSI 2-CEVE Secondary 4° ± 2°C 6 months
Restek Vinyl Acetate Secondary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
Restek Custom LCS Additions Secondary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
Restek Custome Voa LCS Mix 1 Secondary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
Absolute Stds n-Hexane Secondary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
Restek Acrolein Secondary 4° ± 2°C 3 months
8015
(GRO)
Restek Certified BTEX in Unleaded
Gas Composite Standard Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
NSI Gas Composite Secondary 4° ± 2°C 6 months
8021 Restek WISC PVOC/GRO Mix Primary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
NSI PVOC/GRO Mix Secondary 4° ± 2°C 6 months
VPH NSI VPH ICV MIX Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
NSI VPH LSC MIX Secondary 4° ± 2°C 6 months
*Equivalent Providers may be utilized.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 8 of 28

TABLE 8.3B: Working Standard Concentrations
This table is subject to revision without notice
ORGANIC
COMPOUNDS Method # GC/MS GC
VOCs by GC/MS
524.2, 624,
SM6200B 20th ,
8260B
GW/WW 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 25,
40, 50, 100 µg/L
DW 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50,
100, 150 µg/L
GRO 0.4, 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 10,
20ug/mL

BTEX/GRO, 8015MOD,
WI GRO, LA TPH G,
OHIO GRO, WI PVOC
BTEX 8021
GRO 8015 or
state specific

BTEX 0.5, 1, 5,10,
25,50,100,150,200, 250ug/L (m,p-
Xylene is doubled)
GRO 0.055, 0.11, 0.55, 1.1. 2.75,
5.5, 11 mg/L

MADEP VPH

MADEP VPH
Aromatic C9-C10:
0.001, 0.002, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1,
0.2, 0.4, 1.0, 2.0 mg/L
Aliphatic C5-C8:
0.006, 0.012, 0.06, 0.12, 0.3, 0.6,
1.2, 2.4, 6.0, 12.0 mg/L
Aliphatic C9-C12:
0.007, 0.014, 0.07, 0.14, 0.36, 0.7,
1.4, 2.8, 7.0, 14.0 mg/L
BTEX/OA1 BTEX OA1
BTEX 0.5, 1, 5,10,
25,50,100,150,200, 250ug/L (m,p-
Xylene is doubled)
GRO 0.055, 0.11, 0.55, 1.1. 2.75,
5.5, 11 mg/L

8.4 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION

602 - BTEX - SOP Number 330351

The gas chromatograph is calibrated using the internal standard procedure. A standard
curve is prepared using a minimum of three concentration levels for each compound of
interest. The calibration standards are tabulated according to peak height or area
responses against concentration for each compound and response factors are calculated.
If the response factors are <10 % RSD over the working range, the average RF can be
used for calculations. Alternatively, when the response factor criteria is exceeded, the
analyst may utilize a linear calibration model of response ratios (i.e. Area/Ref. Area or
Amt./Ref Amt.) for quantitation providing that the correlation coefficient is at least 0.990
(0.995 for USACE DOD Projects). An independent, or second source, calibration
verification standard (SSCV) is analyzed after each initial calibration and should recover
within +20% of the expected concentration for each analyte.

During the analytical sequence, the stability of the initial calibration is verified, following
every 10th sample and at the end of the sequence, by the analysis of continuing calibration
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 9 of 28

verification (CCV) standards. The CCV must recovery within 15% of the expected
concentration for each analyte.

At daily instrument startup and in lieu of performing an entire initial calibration, the
working calibration curve or response factors are verified on each working day by the
analysis of a Quality Control Check Standard. The responses must meet the criteria found
in Table 2 of the 602 Method. If the responses do not meet these criteria, the analysis
must be repeated. If the standard still does not meet the criteria, a new calibration curve is
prepared.

8021B - BTEX - SOP Number 330351

The gas chromatograph is calibrated using the internal standard procedure. A standard
curve is prepared using a minimum of five concentration levels for each compound of
interest.

The calibration standards are tabulated according to peak height or area responses against
concentration for each compound and response factors are calculated. If the response
factors are <20 % RSD over the working range, the average RF can be used for
calculations. Alternatively, the results can be used to plot a calibration curve of response
ratios (Area/Ref. Area) vs (Amt./Ref Amt). If the response factors of the initial
calibration are <20 % RSD over the calibration range, the average RF can be used for
calculations. Alternatively, when the response factor criteria is exceeded, the analyst
may utilize a linear calibration model of response ratios (i.e. Area/Ref. Area or Amt./Ref
Amt.) for quantitation providing that the correlation coefficient is at least 0.990 (0.995 for
USACE DOD Projects). An independent, or second source, calibration verification
standard (SSCV) is analyzed after each initial calibration and should recover within
+20% of the expected concentration for each analyte.

At daily instrument startup and in lieu of performing an entire initial calibration, the most
recent calibration curve may be verified by the analysis of check calibration verification
standard (CCV). If the response for any analyte in this check varies from the predicted
response by more than +15%, the analysis must be repeated using fresh standard. If the
standard still does not meet the acceptance criteria, a new initial calibration curve must be
generated.

8015B/C/D & State Methods - Gasoline Range Organics - SOP Number 330351

Certain state accreditation/registration programs may have specific requirements for
calibration and analysis that must be met. Those requirements supersede the general
guidance provided in this section and are addressed in the determinative SOP. 8015GRO
analysis, the gas chromatograph is calibrated using the internal standard procedure. A
standard curve is prepared using a minimum of five concentration levels for each analyte
of interest. The calibration range must represent the typical environmental sample
concentration and include the RL as the lowest calibration point. The linear range of the
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 10 of 28

instrument must also be monitored to ensure that the maximum calibration point is within
detection range. The calibration standards are tabulated according to peak height or area
responses against concentration for each compound and response factors are calculated.
If the response factors of the initial calibration are <20 % RSD over the calibration range,
the average RF can be used for calculations. Alternatively, when the response factor
criteria is exceeded, the analyst may utilize a linear calibration model of response ratios
(i.e. Area/Ref. Area or Amt./Ref Amt.) for quantitation providing that the correlation
coefficient is at least 0.990 (0.995 for USACE DOD Projects). An independent, or
second source, calibration verification standard (SSCV) is analyzed after each initial
calibration and should meet criteria of +20% of the expected concentration for each
analyte.

The working calibration curve or response factors are verified on each working day by
the analysis of one or more calibration standards. If the response of any analyte varies
from the predicted response by more than 15% RSD, the analysis must be repeated using
a new calibration standard. If the standard still does not meet the criteria, a new
calibration curve is prepared.

8260B/C, 624, SM6200B, 524.2 - Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS):
Volatile Organics - SOP Numbers 330363 & 330364

Detector mass calibration is performed daily using the autotune function of the GC/MS
analytical system and PFTBA (perfluorotributylamine). Following verification of the
appropriate masses, the instrument sensitivity is verified by injecting a tuning solution
containing bromofluorobenzene (BFB). The BFB spectra must meet the following ion
abundance criteria:

Mass Ion Abundance Criteria
50 15 to 40% of mass 95
75 30 to 60% of mass 95
95 base peak, 100% relative abundance
96 5 to 9% of mass 95
173 0% to less than 2% of mass 174
174 greater than 50% of mass 95
175 5 to 9% of mass 174
176 greater than 95% but less than 101% of mass 174
177 5 to 9% of mass 176

Successful tuning must occur every 12 hours for method 524.2, 8260B/C & SM6200B and
every 24 hours for method 624.

Following successful tuning, the GC/MS is calibrated using the internal standard procedure.
A standard curve is prepared using a minimum of three standards for method 624, 524.2 and
five standards for method 8260B and SM6200B. The calibration standards are tabulated
according to peak height or area against concentration and the concentrations and responses
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 11 of 28

of the internal standard analytes. The results are used to determine a response factor for
each analyte in each standard injected. A calibration curve is constructed and is determined
to be acceptable if each target analyte is found to be constant over the working range as
defined as:

£15% RSD for methods 8260B/C and SM6200B,
£20% RSD for method 524.2, and
£35% RSD for method 624.

The calibration checks compounds (CCCs) for method 8260 must be £30% RSD. When
these conditions are met, linearity through the origin can be assumed and the average RF
can be used in place of a calibration curve. Per the analytical method, specific target
analytes are defined as calibration check compounds (CCCs) or system performance check
compounds (SPCCs).

Linear regression can be used for any target compound exceeding the 15% RSD criteria
but less than 40% (poor performers <50%), if the correlation coefficient is 0.990 or
better. For USACE projects the correlation coefficient must meet 0.995 or better. The
same is true for the CCCs as long as the RSD does not exceed 30%. A second source
calibration verification standard is analyzed after each calibration and should meet the
criteria of + 20%. For 524.2 the second source calibration verification standard must be
within + 30%.

SPCCs:
Analyte Minimum Average Response
Factor
Chloromethane 0.10
1,1-Dichloroethane 0.10
Bromoform 0.10
Chlorobenzene 0.30
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 0.30

CCCs:
1,1-Dicholoethene Toluene
Chloroform Ethylbenzene
1,2-Dichloropropane Vinyl Chloride

The initial calibration range must represent the typical environmental sample and include
the RL as the lowest calibration point. The linear range of the instrument must be
monitored to ensure that the maximum calibration point is within the range. A second
source calibration verification standard is analyzed after each calibration. The second
source should recover within 20% for all CCC compounds and within 40% for other
analytes of interest, with the exception of analytes known to perform poorly (i.e. low
purging efficiency, etc.) that will meet historical limits. Following successful calibration,
the analysis of field and QC samples may begin. Analysis may be performed only during
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 12 of 28

the timeframe of a valid tuning cycle (12 hours for 8260B, 524.2 & SM6200B and 24
hours for 624). Following the expiration of the tuning clock, the instrument must be
retuned and either recalibrated or existing calibration may be re-verified.

For 8260B, 524.2 & SM6200B analyses, daily calibration verification includes successful
demonstration of BFB sensitivity and the injection of a mid-level CCV standard
containing all the target analytes of interest, the CCC, and SPCC compounds. The BFB
tune must meet the ion abundance criteria (see table above). Each SPCC in the
calibration verification standard must meet the minimum response factors listed above.
The CCC must achieve the criteria of +/- 20% RSD. Each internal standard in the CCV
must recover between -50% to + 100%, when compared to the same internal standard
compound in the mid-point standard of the initial calibration curve. Additionally, if the
retention time of an internal standard changes by more than 30 seconds from the retention
time of the same internal standard in the mid-level standard of the most recent initial
calibration, the system must be evaluated, corrected, and possibly re-calibrated.

Daily calibration is accomplished for method 624 by a BFB tuning and analysis of a QC
check standard. The BFB tune must meet EPA ion abundance criteria. The QC check
standard must meet the criteria found in table 5 of the method.

Poor performing compounds for 8260B/524.2/SM6200B/624:

Dichlorofluoromethane Vinyl acetate
Bromomethane trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene
Chloroethane. Alcohols (Ethanol, TBA, TAA, ETBA, TBF,
Butanol)
2,2-Dichloropropane. Iodomethane.
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane Naphthalene
2-Chloroethylvinylether (2-CEVE) 2- Methylnaphthalene
Acrolein 1- Methylnaphthalene
Acetone 4-Methyl-2-pentanone
2-Butanone 2-Hexanone

8.5 ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION OF CALIBRATION

Organic Chemistry

The initial calibration curve is compared with previous curves for the same analyte. All
new standard curves are immediately checked with a secondary source or laboratory
control standard prepared from a separate source than those used for calibration. All
curves are visually reviewed to ensure that acceptable correlation represents linearity.
Calibration curves may be rejected for nonlinearity, abnormal sensitivity, or poor
response of the laboratory control standard.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 13 of 28

Continuing calibration verification is performed on each day that initial calibration is not
performed and following every tenth sample for GC analyses and once per 12 hour shift
for GCMS analyses. If a check standard does not perform within established criteria, the
instrument is evaluated to determine the cause. Once the issue is corrected, all samples
between the last in control sample and the first out of control check is re-analyzed.

TABLE 8.5: INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION

Instrument (Analysis) Calibration Type
Minimum Number of Standards
Type of Curve Acceptance/ Rejection Criteria Frequency
GC (VOC)
Initial

Second
Source

Daily /
Cont.
3 –600
series
5 –All
others

1 Second
Source

1/10

Avg. RF

External

Internal

Must be £10% RSD for 601/602,
£20%RSD for 8021B, and £20%
difference for 8015B

+/- 20% of true value

Must be within 15% of the initial
calibration curve

Must be within 15% of the initial
calibration curve
As needed

With each
calibration

Beginning,
every 10
and ending

Every 12
hours
GC/MS
VOC
8260
Initial

Second
Source

Daily /
Cont.

5 –8000
series

1 Second
Source

Tune &
CCV
every 12
hours
Avg. RF 8260B - Must be £15 %RSD for all target
analytes and £30% for CCCs

Should recover within 20% for all CCC
compounds and within 40% for other
analytes of interest, with the exception of
analytes known to perform poorly

Must pass established method tuning
criteria; 8260B - CCV must be £20%
difference for CCC compounds, RF
criteria for SPCC compounds must meet
method criteria. Targets must meet ESC
%drift criteria.
As needed

With each
calibration

Every 12
hours
GC/MS
VOC
624
Initial

Second
Source

Daily /
Cont.

3 –600
series

1 Second
Source

Tune &
CCV
every 12
hours
Avg. RF 624 - Must be £35 %RSD for all target
analytes and £30% for CCCs

Should recover within 20% for all CCC
compounds and within 40% for other
analytes of interest, with the exception of
analytes known to perform poorly

Must pass established method tuning
criteria; 624 - CCV must be £20%
difference for CCC, RF for SPCC
compounds must meet method criteria.
Targets must meet ESC %drift criteria.
As needed

With each
calibration

Every 12
hours

ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 14 of 28

9.0 LABORATORY PRACTICES

9.1 REAGENT GRADE WATER

ASTM Type I grade water.

9.2 GLASSWARE WASHING PROCEDURE

All VOA sampling vials are purchased specifically for volatiles analysis and only used once.
They are stored in a contaminant-free environment in the original carton with screw cap lids
tightly fastened. All glassware used for volatiles analysis (volumetric flasks, syringes, etc.)
is segregated from other laboratory glassware. Standard cleaning procedures involve rinsing
three times with methanol. Volatiles spargers are kept on the autosampler at all times.
Between runs, spargers are cleaned with a distilled water rinse. When a highly
contaminated sample is purged, a blank is analyzed in the sparger before another sample can
be purged in it. If the sparger is contaminated, it is removed from the autosampler and
cleaned with soap and water then a methanol rinse followed by heating to drive off any
remaining volatile contaminants. The sparger is then returned to its position and a blank
analysis is performed. If the blank proves to be contaminant free, the system is then ready
for further field sample analysis.

10.0 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

10.1 A list of laboratory SOPs associated with the volatiles laboratory can be found in the
following table:

TABLE 10.1: VOLATILE DEPARTMENT SOPS
This table is subject to revision without notice
SOP # Title
330351 BTEX and Gasoline Range Organics by Gas Chromatography (8015B)
330351A TNGRO
330351B BTEXM (8021B)
330354 NC - Volatile Petroleum Hydrocarbons
330357 Volatile Organic Compounds (GRO by GCMS)
330362 8021B (601/602) Volatile Organic Compounds by Gas Chromatography
330363 Volatile Organic Compounds by Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry
330364 DW Volatile Organic Compounds by GC/MS (524.2)
330365 VOC Screen using RAE Systems PID ppbRAE
330751 5035 Closed System Purge and Trap and Extraction for VOCs in Soil and Waste
330752 5030B Purge and Trap for Aqueous Samples

ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 15 of 28

11.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS

NOTE: For specific guidance on each determinative method, including required quality control
and specific state requirements/modifications, refer to the relevant laboratory standard
operating procedure(s).

11.1 ESC participates in proficiency testing (PTs) in support of various laboratory
accreditations/recognitions. Environmental samples are purchased from Environmental
Resource Associates (ERA). The WS, WP and solid matrix studies are completed every
6 months. PT samples are received and analyzed by method according to the vendor’s
instructions and according to ESC SOP.

11.2 Initial Demonstrations of Capability (IDOCs) are performed during new analyst training
and/or prior to acceptance and use of any new method/instrumentation. Continuing
Demonstration of Capability (CDOCs) must be updated at least annually. The associated
data is filed within the department and available for review.

11.3 Matrix Spike and Matrix Spike Duplicates are performed on each batch of samples
analyzed depending on analytical method requested.

11.4 A Laboratory Control Sample (LCS) and LCS Duplicate (LCSD) are analyzed one per
batch of samples.

11.5 A method preparation blank is performed per batch of samples processed. If one-half the
reporting limit [RL] is exceeded, the laboratory shall evaluate whether reprocessing of
the samples is necessary, based on the following criteria:
· The blank contamination exceeds a concentration greater than 1/10 of the
measured concentration of any sample in the associated preparation batch or
· The blank contamination is greater than 1/10 of the specified regulatory limit. The
concentrations of common laboratory contaminants shall not exceed the reporting
limit. Any samples associated with a blank that fail these criteria shall be
reprocessed in a subsequent preparation batch, except where the sample analysis
resulted in non-detected results for the failing analytes.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 16 of 28

12.0 DATA REDUCTION , V ALIDATION AND REPORTING

12.1 DATA REDUCTION

The analyst performs the data calculation functions and is responsible for the initial
examination of the finished data. Data reduction steps applied to the raw data are
outlined in SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting. The Quality Control
Department performs the secondary review of the data package using the ESC SOP
#030227, Data Review. The QC Reviewer verifies that the analysis has performed as
required and meets method criteria, all associate data is present and complete, and also
ensures that any additional documentation is completed as required (i.e. Ohio VAP
checklists, required flags on test reports, etc.)

TABLE 12.1 Data Reduction Formulas
PARAMETER FORMULA

GC
response of sample analyte {area} x final extract volume {mL} x dilution
response factor {area/(mg/L)} x initial extract volume-mass {mL or g}
Calculations performed by HP Enviroquant Software

GC/MS
response of analyte {area} x extract volume {mL} x dilution x int. std amt. {area}
response factor {area/(mg/mL)} x initial volume-mass {mL or g} x int. std cal. {area}
Calculations performed by HP Enviroquant Software

12.2 VALIDATION

The validation process consists of data generation, reduction review, and reporting
results. Once data reduction is complete, validation is conducted by verification that the
QC samples are within acceptable QC limits and that all documentation is complete,
including the analytical report and associated QC. See Table 12.3 by method for current
QC targets and controls and current reporting limits.

Marginal Exceedance – When a large number of analytes exist in the LCS, it is statistically
possible for a few analytes to be outside established control limits while the analytical
system remains in control. These excursions must be random in nature and, if not, a review
of the control limits or analytical process is necessary.

Upper and lower marginal exceedance (ME) limits are established as the mean of at least 20
data points + four times their standard deviations. The number of allowable marginal
exceedances per event is based on the number of analytes spiked in the LCS.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 17 of 28

Allowable Marginal Exceedance per Event
Analytes in LCS: ME Allowable
>90 5
71-90 4
51-70 3
31-50 2
11-30 1
<11 0

Organic Control Limits - The organic QC targets are statutory in nature; warning and control
limits for organic analyses are initially set for groups of compounds based on preliminary
method validation data. When additional data becomes available, the QC targets are
reviewed. All QC targets are routinely re-evaluated at least annually (and updated, if
necessary) against laboratory historical data to insure that the limits continue to reflect
realistic, method achievable goals.

12.3 REPORTING

Reporting procedures are documented in SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting.

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)**
Prec.**
(RPD) RL Unit
Volatiles Propene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 0.0025 mg/L
Volatiles 1,3-Butadiene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 4-Ethyltoluene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Dicyclopentadiene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Dichlorodifluoromethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 39-189 24 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Chloromethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 45-152 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Vinyl Chloride 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 55-153 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Bromomethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 45-175 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Chloroethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 49-155 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Trichlorofluoromethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 54-156 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Ethyl Ether 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 60-142 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Acrolein 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 6-182 39 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1-Dichloroethene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 60-130 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 51-149 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Acetone 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 48-134 20 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles Iodomethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 61-148 20 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles Carbon Disulfide 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 41-148 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Methylene Chloride 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 64-125 20 0.005 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 18 of 28

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)**
Prec.**
(RPD) RL Unit
Volatiles Acrylonitrile 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 60-140 20 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 67-129 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Methyl Tert Butyl Ether 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 51-142 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1-Dichloroethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 67-133 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Vinyl Acetate 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 34-178 26 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles Di Isopropyl Ether 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 63-139 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 2,2-Dichloropropane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 46-151 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles cis-1,2-Dichloroethene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 72-128 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 2-Butanone (MEK) 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 53-132 20 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles Bromochloromethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 75-128 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Tetrahydrofuran 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 50-140 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Chloroform 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 66-126 20 0.005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 67-137 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Carbon Tetrachloride 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 64-141 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1-Dichloropropene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 68-132 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Benzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 67-126 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2-Dichloroethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 67-133 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Trichloroethene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 74-126 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2-Dichloropropane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 74-122 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Dibromomethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 73-125 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Bromodichloromethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 68-133 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 2-Chloroethylvinyl Ether 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 0-171 27 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles cis-1,3-Dichloropropene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 73-131 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 4-Methyl -2-Pentanone
(MIBK) 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 60-142 20 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Toluene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 72-122 20 0.005 mg/kg
Volatiles trans-1,3-Dichloropropene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 66-137 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 79-123 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Tetrachloroethene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 67-135 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,3-Dichloropropane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 77-119 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 2-Hexanone 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 56-147 20 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Chlorodibromomethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 73-138 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2-Dibromoethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 75-126 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Chlorobenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 77-125 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 75-134 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Ethylbenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 76-129 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Total-Xylene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 75-128 20 0.003 mg/kg
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 19 of 28

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)**
Prec.**
(RPD) RL Unit
Volatiles Styrene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 78-130 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Bromoform 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 60-139 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Isopropylbenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 73-132 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Bromobenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 76-123 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 72-128 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2,3-Trichloropropane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 68-130 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-Butene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 48-139 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles n-Propylbenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 71-132 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 2-Chlorotoluene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 74-128 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 4-Chlorotoluene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 74-130 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 73-134 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles tert-Butylbenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 72-134 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 72-135 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles sec-Butylbenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 70-135 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 70-121 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles p-Isopropyltoluene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 68-138 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 70-121 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 70-127 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 75-122 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles n-Butylbenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 63-142 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2-Dibromo-3-Chloropropane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 55-134 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 65-137 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Hexachlorobutadiene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 67-135 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Naphthalene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 56-145 20 0.005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 63-138 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Hexane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 33-167 20 0.010 mg/L
Volatiles Acetonitrile 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 61.3-134-.7 25 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles Allyl Chloride 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 77.9-127-.7 25 0.005 mg/L
Volatiles Chloroprene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 49.4-142.3 25 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles Isobutanol 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 59.3-137.6 25 0.100 mg/L
Volatiles 1,4-Dioxane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 76.2-132.3 25 0.100 mg/L
Volatiles Methacrylonitrile 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 74.7-126.1 25 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles Methyl Methacrylate 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 62-142.2 25 0.005 mg/L
Volatiles Ethyl methacrylate 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 55.4-126.3 25 0.005 mg/L
Volatiles 2-Propanol 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW,WW 70-130 25 .05 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 20 of 28

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)**
Prec.**
(RPD) RL Unit
Volatiles Propionitrile 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 53.7-143.7 25 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles Pentachloroethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 10-200 25 0.005 mg/L
Volatiles Cyclohexanone 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 36.5-138.1 25 0.010 mg/L
Volatiles Bromoethane 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 74.3-136.2 25 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles 2Butanol 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 64.8-140.6 25 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles Ethanol 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 51.8-153.6 25 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles Di-isopropyl ether 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 63-139 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Ethyl tert-butyl ether 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 63.5-131.4 25 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Methyl-tert-butyl ether 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 51-142 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Tert-Butyl alcohol 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 44.2-173.9 25 0.050 mg/L
Volatiles Tert-Amyl Methyl Ether 8260B/C, 624, 6200B GW, WW 69.3-125.1 25 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Propene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B solid 0.0025 Mg/l
Volatiles 1,3-Butadiene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B solid 0.001 Mg/L
Volatiles 4-Ethyltoluene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B solid 0.001 Mg/L
Volatiles Dicyclopentadiene 8260B/C, 624, 6200B solid 0.001 Mg/L
Volatiles Dichlorodifluoromethane 8260B/C Solid 26-186 22 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Chloromethane 8260B/C Solid 42-149 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Vinyl Chloride 8260B/C Solid 50-151 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Bromomethane 8260B/C Solid 41-175 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Chloroethane 8260B/C Solid 44-159 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Trichlorofluoromethane 8260B/C Solid 52-147 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Ethyl Ether 8260B/C Solid 56-147 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Acrolein 8260B/C Solid 3-181 31 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1-Dichloroethene 8260B/C Solid 53-136 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-
trifluoroethane 8260B/C Solid 49-155 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Acetone 8260B/C Solid 44-140 25 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Iodomethane 8260B/C Solid 55-156 20 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Carbon Disulfide 8260B/C Solid 36-161 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Methylene Chloride 8260B/C Solid 57-129 20 0.005 mg/kg
Volatiles Acrylonitrile 8260B/C Solid 55-143 20 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles trans-1,2-Dichloroethene 8260B/C Solid 61-133 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Methyl Tert Butyl Ether 8260B/C Solid 44-148 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1-Dichloroethane 8260B/C Solid 61-134 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Vinyl Acetate 8260B/C Solid 45-163 20 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Di Isopropyl Ether 8260B/C Solid 59-143 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 2,2-Dichloropropane 8260B/C Solid 50-147 20 0.001 mg/kg
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 21 of 28

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)**
Prec.**
(RPD) RL Unit
Volatiles cis-1,2-Dichloroethene 8260B/C Solid 71-129 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 2-Butanone (MEK) 8260B/C Solid 51-131 25 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Bromochloromethane 8260B/C Solid 73-130 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Tetrahydrofuran 8260B/C Solid 44-144 25 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Chloroform 8260B/C Solid 63-123 20 0.005 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 8260B/C Solid 62-135 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Carbon Tetrachloride 8260B/C Solid 60-140 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1-Dichloropropene 8260B/C Solid 63-132 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Benzene 8260B/C Solid 65-128 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2-Dichloroethane 8260B/C Solid 58-141 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Trichloroethene 8260B/C Solid 71-126 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2-Dichloropropane 8260B/C Solid 71-128 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Dibromomethane 8260B/C Solid 70-130 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Bromodichloromethane 8260B/C Solid 66-126 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 2-Chloroethylvinyl Ether 8260B/C Solid 0-188 39 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles cis-1,3-Dichloropropene 8260B/C Solid 73-132 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 4-Methyl -2-Pentanone
(MIBK) 8260B/C Solid 61-143 23 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Toluene 8260B/C Solid 70-120 20 0.005 mg/kg
Volatiles trans-1,3-Dichloropropene 8260B/C Solid 70-135 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 8260B/C Solid 77-124 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Tetrachloroethene 8260B/C Solid 65-135 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,3-Dichloropropane 8260B/C Solid 76-120 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 2-Hexanone 8260B/C Solid 62-145 23 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Chlorodibromomethane 8260B/C Solid 72-137 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2-Dibromoethane 8260B/C Solid 76-127 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Chlorobenzene 8260B/C Solid 75-125 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane 8260B/C Solid 73-134 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Ethylbenzene 8260B/C Solid 74-128 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Total-Xylene 8260B/C Solid 74-127 20 0.003 mg/kg
Volatiles Styrene 8260B/C Solid 76-133 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Bromoform 8260B/C Solid 64-139 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Isopropylbenzene 8260B/C Solid 73-130 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Bromobenzene 8260B/C Solid 75-123 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 8260B/C Solid 74-129 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2,3-Trichloropropane 8260B/C Solid 70-133 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-Butene 8260B/C Solid 52-143 20 0.001 mg/kg
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 22 of 28

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)**
Prec.**
(RPD) RL Unit
Volatiles n-Propylbenzene 8260B/C Solid 71-132 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 2-Chlorotoluene 8260B/C Solid 73-128 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 4-Chlorotoluene 8260B/C Solid 72-129 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene 8260B/C Solid 71-133 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles tert-Butylbenzene 8260B/C Solid 72-132 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 8260B/C Solid 68-135 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles sec-Butylbenzene 8260B/C Solid 71-134 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 8260B/C Solid 71-132 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles p-Isopropyltoluene 8260B/C Solid 67-138 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 8260B/C Solid 72-123 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2,3-Trimethylbenzene 8260B/C Solid 73-126 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 8260B/C Solid 77-123 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles n-Butylbenzene 8260B/C Solid 60-145 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2-Dibromo-3-Chloropropane 8260B/C Solid 61-134 21 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 8260B/C Solid 61-148 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Hexachlorobutadiene 8260B/C Solid 65-137 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Naphthalene 8260B/C Solid 61-142 20 0.005 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene 8260B/C Solid 62-146 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Hexane 8260B/C Solid 28-169 20 0.010 mg/kg
Volatiles Acetonitrile 8260B/C Solid 59.6-170.4 25 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Allyl Chloride 8260B/C Solid 66.7-106.4 25 0.005 mg/kg
Volatiles Chloroprene 8260B/C Solid 61-114.3 25 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Isobutanol 8260B/C Solid 80.4-130.2 25 0.100 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,4-Dioxane 8260B/C Solid 78.4-148.5 25 0.100 mg/kg
Volatiles Methacrylonitrile 8260B/C Solid 87.1-108.6 25 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Methyl Methacrylate 8260B/C Solid 90.4-141.9 25 0.005 mg/kg
Volatiles Ethyl methacrylate 8260B/C Solid 41.6-159 25 0.005 mg/kg
Volatiles Propionitrile 8260B/C Solid 77.8-136 25 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Pentachloroethane 8260B/C Solid 63.5-179.2 25 0.005 mg/kg
Volatiles Cyclohexanone 8260B/C Solid 21.3-170 25 0.010 mg/kg
Volatiles Bromoethane 8260B/C Solid 61.7-123.8 25 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 2Butanol 8260B/C Solid 82.5-138.5 25 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Ethanol 8260B/C Solid 65.6-136.3 25 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Di-isopropyl ether 8260B/C Solid 59-143 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Ethyl tert-butyl ether 8260B/C Solid 81.4-110.9 25 0.001 mg/kg
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 23 of 28

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)**
Prec.**
(RPD) RL Unit
Volatiles Methyl-tert-butyl ether 8260B/C Solid 44-148 20 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles Tert-Butyl alcohol 8260B/C Solid 59.5-170.4 25 0.050 mg/kg
Volatiles Tert-Amyl Methyl Ether 8260B/C Solid 82-115.5 25 0.001 mg/kg
Volatiles 2-Propanol 8260B/C Solid 70-130 25 0.05 mg/kg
Volatiles GRO 8015B/C/D GW, WW 70-124 20 0.100 mg/L
Volatiles Benzene 8021B, 602, 6200C GW, WW 79 - 131 20 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Toluene 8021B, 602, 6200C GW, WW 68 - 114 20 0.005 mg/L
Volatiles Ethylbenzene 8021B, 602, 6200C GW, WW 68 - 125 20 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles m&p-Xylene 8021B, 602, 6200C GW, WW 67 - 113 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles o-Xylene 8021B, 602, 6200C GW, WW 72 - 114 20 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles MTBE 8021B, 602, 6200C GW, WW 60 - 133 20 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles Benzene 502.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Toluene 502.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.005 mg/L
Volatiles Ethylbenzene 502.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles m&p-Xylene 502.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles o-Xylene 502.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles MTBE 502.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.001 mg/L
Volatiles GRO 8015B Solid 67 - 135 20 0.500 mg/kg
Volatiles Benzene 8021B Solid 78 - 141 20 0.0025 mg/kg
Volatiles Toluene 8021B Solid 65 - 117 20 0.025 mg/kg
Volatiles Ethylbenzene 8021B Solid 69 - 133 20 0.0025 mg/kg
Volatiles m&p-Xylene 8021B Solid 61 - 121 20 0.005 mg/kg
Volatiles o-Xylene 8021B Solid 71 - 121 20 0.0025 mg/kg
Volatiles MTBE 8021B Solid 54 - 129 20 0.005 mg/kg
Volatiles 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1-Dichloroethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1-Dichloroethene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1-Dichloropropanone 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles 1,1-Dichloropropene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2,3-Trichloropropane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 24 of 28

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)**
Prec.**
(RPD) RL Unit
Volatiles 1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0010 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2-Dibromoethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0010 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2-Dichloroethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,2-Dichloropropane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,3-Dichloropropane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 1-Chlorobutane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles 2,2-Dichloropropane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 2-Butanone 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles 2-Chlorotoluene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 2-Hexanone 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles 2-Nitropropane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles 4-Chlorotoluene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 4-Isopropyltoluene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles 4-Methyl-2-pentanone 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Acetone 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.01 mg/L
Volatiles Acrylonitrile 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Allyl Chloride 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Benzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Bromobenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Bromochloromethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Bromodichloromethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Bromoform 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Bromomethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Carbon Disulfide 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Carbon Tetrachloride 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Chloroacetonitrile 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles THMs 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Chlorobenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Chloroethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Chloroform 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 25 of 28

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)**
Prec.**
(RPD) RL Unit
Volatiles Chloromethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Cis-1,2-dichloroethene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Cis-1,3-dichloropropene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0010 mg/L
Volatiles Dibromochloromethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Dibromomethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Dichlorodifluoromethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Diethyl ether 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Ethyl Methacrylate 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Ethylbenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Hexachlorobutadiene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Hexachloroethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Isopropylbenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Meta-xylene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Methacrylonitrile 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Methyl Iodide 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Methylacrylate 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Methylene Chloride 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Methylmethacrylate 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Methyl-t-butyl ether 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Naphthalene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0050 mg/L
Volatiles N-butylbenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Nitrobenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles N-propylbenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Ortho-xylene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Para-xylene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Pentachloroethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Propionitrile 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Sec-butylbenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Styrene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Tert-butylbenzene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Tetrachloroethene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Tetrahydrofuran 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Toluene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Trans-1,2-dichloroethene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Trans-1,3-dichloropropene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0010 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 26 of 28

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)**
Prec.**
(RPD) RL Unit
Volatiles Trans-1,4-dichloro-2-butene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
Volatiles Trichloroethene 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Trichlorofluoromethane 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Vinyl Chloride 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 0.0005 mg/L
Volatiles Xylenes – total 524.2 DW 70 - 130 25 mg/L
** Specific organizations may require limits that supersede values listed.

13.0 CORRECTIVE ACTION

13.1 In the event that a nonconformance occurs in conjunction with the analytical batch, a
corrective action response (CAR) form must be completed. The cause of the event is
stated on the form and the measures taken to correct the nonconformance clearly defined.
The effectiveness of the corrective action must be assessed and noted. The CAR are kept
on file by the QA Department. Corrective action procedures are documented in SOP
#030208, Corrective and Preventive Action

13.2 Required Corrective Action

Control limits have been established for each type of analysis. When these limits are
exceeded, corrective action must be taken. Calculated sample spike control limits are also
used.

All samples and procedures are governed by ESC's quality assurance program. General
corrective actions are as follows; however additional and more specific direction is provided
in the specific determinative procedure. For more information, see the appropriate
determinative SOP.

13.2.1 Laboratory QC Criteria and Appropriate Corrective Actions

If the analytical method contains acceptance/rejection criteria and it is more stringent than
those controls generated by the laboratory the method criteria take precedence.

13.2.2 Out Of Control Blanks: Applies to Method, Trip, Rinsate & Instrument Blanks

Rejection Criteria - Blank reading is more than twice the background absorbance or more
than 1/2 RL.

Corrective Action - Blanks are reanalyzed and the response is assessed. Standard curves
and samples are evaluated for any obvious contamination that is isolated or uniform
throughout the run. If necessary, reagents are re-prepared. Analyses are not initiated until
ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 27 of 28

the problem is identified and solved. If samples have already been prepared or analyzed, the
Department Manager or QA Department is consulted to determine if data needs to be
rejected or if samples need to be re-prepared.
13.2.3 Out Of Control Laboratory Control Standards (LCS & LCSD)

Rejection Criteria - If the performance is outside of lab-generated control limits which are
calculated as the mean of at least 20 data points +/- 3 times the standard deviation of those
points (Listed in Section 12) and the marginal exceedance allowance is surpassed (see
section 12.2).

Corrective Action - Instrument settings are checked and the LCS standard is re-analyzed. If
the LCS is still out of control, instrumentation is checked for systemic problems and
repaired (if necessary). Re-calibration is performed and the samples affected since the last
in control reference standard are rerun. The group leader, Department Manager, or QA
Department is consulted for further action.

13.2.4 Out Of Control Matrix Spike Samples

Rejection Criteria - If sample is outside of lab-generated control limits from accuracy charts
on matrix spike samples from a similar matrix (i.e., water, solid, etc). Limits are calculated
as the mean of at least 20 data points +/- 3 times the standard deviation of those points.

Corrective Action - Spiking technique is assessed to ascertain if the sample has been spiked
correctly. The spiked sample should be 1 – 5 times the client sample concentration;
otherwise, the percent recovery (%R) or relative percent difference (%RPD) of the
MS/MSD is flagged as not meaningful or usable. The sample is re-spiked and re-analyzed,
along with several other similar samples in subset. If an out of control situation persists,
sample matrix interference is indicated. Samples to be analyzed by standard additions are
prepared (where appropriate), and the group leader, Department Manager, or QA
Department is notified.

13.2.5 Out Of Control Duplicate Samples

Rejection Criteria - Lab-generated maximum RPD limit (as listed under precision in Section
12)

Corrective Action - Instrument and samples are checked to see if precision variance is likely
(i.e., high suspended solids content, high viscosity, etc.). They are re-analyzed in duplicate
and samples just before and just after the duplicated sample are re-checked. If problem still
exists, Department Manager, or QA Department is notified to review the analytical
techniques.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VI, Ver. 11.0
Volatiles Laboratory Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VI to the ESC QAM Page 28 of 28

13.2.6 Out Of Control Matrix Spike Duplicates

Rejection Criteria - These QC samples can be out of control for accuracy, precision, or both.

Corrective Action - The appropriate corrective actions listed for either matrix spikes,
duplicate samples, or both are followed.

NOTE: Some samples cannot be duplicated. This is the case for wipe samples, filters, and
some water samples. When possible, sampling personnel should collect duplicate samples.

13.2.7 Out Of Control Calibration Standards: ICV, CCV, SSCV

Rejection Criteria - If the performance is outside of method requirements.

Corrective Action - Instrument settings are checked, calibration verification standard is re-
analyzed. If the standard is still out of control, re-calibration is performed, and samples
affected since the last in control reference standard are rerun. The group leader, Department
Manager, or QA Department is consulted for further action.

14.0 RECORD KEEPING

Record keeping is outlined in SOP #010103, Document Control and Distribution, SOP
#030203, Reagent Logs and Records and SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting.
Volatile organics calibration data are recorded and integrated using HP Enviroquant
software. Calibration data from the volatile analyses, in addition to the initial and daily
calibration, includes GC/MS autotunes, DFTPP reports and surrogate recovery reports.
Hard copy records of initial calibration and daily calibration are stored with
chromatograms and integrated with sample data by date analyzed.

15.0 QUALITY AUDITS

System and data quality audits are outlined in the ESC Quality Assurance Manual
Version 8.0.
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 2 of 46

2.0 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Section Title Rev. Date Rev. #
1.0 Approval and Signature Page Page 1 4/15/13 0
2.0 Table of Contents Page 2 4/15/13 0
3.0 Scope and Application Page 3 4/15/13 0
4.0 Laboratory Organization and Responsibility Page 3 4/15/13 0
5.0 Personnel and Training Page 3 4/15/13 0
6.0 Facilities and Laboratory Safety Page 4 4/15/13 0
7.0 Sampling Procedures Page 4 4/15/13 0
8.0 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
9.0 Laboratory Practices Page 24 4/15/13 0
10.0 Analytical Procedures Page 25 4/15/13 0
11.0 Quality Control Checks Page 26 4/15/13 0
12.0 Data Reduction, Validation and Reporting Page 27 4/15/13 0
13.0 Corrective Actions Page 44 4/15/13 0
14.0 Record Keeping Page 46 4/15/13 0
15.0 Quality Audits Page 46 4/15/13 0

TABLES
8.1 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
8.2 Equipment Preventative Maintenance,
Equipment Calibration Page 9 4/15/13 0
8.3A Standards and Reagents Page 10 4/15/13 0
8.3B Working Standards Page 12 4/15/13 0
8.5 Instrument Calibration Page 23 4/15/13 0
10.1 Semi-Volatile Department SOPs Page 25 4/15/13 0
12.1 Data Reduction Formulas Page 27 4/15/13 0
12.3 QC Targets and RLs Page 28 4/15/13 0
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 3 of 46

3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

This appendix discusses specific QA requirements for general analytical protocols to
ensure that analytical data generated from the Semi-Volatile (SVOC) laboratory are
scientifically valid and are of acceptable quality. Any deviations from these requirements
and any deviations that result in non-conforming work must be immediately evaluated
and their corrective actions documented.

4.0 LABORATORY ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

ESC Lab Sciences offers diverse environmental capabilities that enable the laboratory to
provide the client with both routine and specialized services, field sampling and broad
laboratory expertise. A brief outline of the organization and responsibilities as they apply
to the ESC Quality Assurance Program is presented in Section 4.0 in the ESC Quality
Assurance Manual Version 8.0.

5.0 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING

5.1 PERSONNEL

Kenneth W. Buckley, with a B.S. degree in General Science, is the Laboratory
Operations Manager. Mr. Buckley reviews and approves all data reduction
associated with analyses in these areas and is responsible for the overall
production of these laboratories; including the management of the staff and
scheduling. Mr. Buckley has over 13 years of environmental laboratory
experience. In his absence, Chris Johnson assumes responsibility for
departmental decisions. Mr. Johnson has a B.S. degree in Biology and over 12
years of environmental laboratory experience.

5.2 TRAINING

5.2.1 All new analysts to the laboratory are trained by the primary analyst or Manager
according to ESC protocol. Performance is documented using an initial demonstration of
capability (IDOCs) and continuing demonstration of capability (CDOC). On-going
acceptable capability in SVOC analyses and preparation is also demonstrated by
acceptable participation in multiple proficiency testing programs (PTs) and daily Quality
Control sample analyses. Documentation of analyst training is maintained on file within
the department.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 4 of 46

6.0 FACILITIES AND LABORATORY SAFETY

6.1 FACILITIES

The main area of the instrumentation laboratory in Building #1 has nearly 4500 square
feet with approximately 220 square feet of bench area and an additional storage area of
210 square feet. The air handling system in this area is a 100-ton Trane split unit with
natural gas for heating. The 4000 square feet of area in the extraction laboratory,
contained in Building 5, includes roughly 330 square feet of bench area with 245 square
feet of hood space. There is an additional 2000 square feet of storage for this laboratory.
The air system is a 15-ton make-up unit plus 15-ton HVAC with electric heat. The
physical and air-handling separations, between this laboratory and other ESC sections,
prevent potential cross-contamination between solvent vapor generation and incompatible
analytical processes. The laboratory reagent water is provided through the US Filter
deionizer system. Waste disposal containers are located in the laboratory and Clean
Harbors serves as ESC’s waste disposal carrier as discussed in detail in Section 6.0 of the
ESC Quality Assurance Manual. ESC’s building information guides and site plan are
shown in Appendix I.

6.2 LABORATORY SAFETY

· Laboratory access is limited when work is being performed.
· All procedures where chemicals are prepared or splashes may occur are
conducted in laboratory exhaust hoods.
· ESC’s laboratory safety guidelines are detailed in the ESC Chemical Hygiene and
Safety Plan.

7.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES

7.1 FIELD SAMPLING PROCEDURES, SAMPLE STORAGE, AND H ANDLING

· Field Sampling procedure is described in Appendix III of this ESC Quality
Assurance Manual. Sample information is recorded and kept on the ESC chain of
custody and field logbooks.
· Matrices for SVOC environmental analyses include groundwater, wastewater,
drinking water, soil, and sludge. Matrices for Industrial Hygiene analyses
include: sorbent tubes, filters, or Organic Vapor Monitor (OVM) Badges.
· Sample containers, preservation methods and holding times vary depending on
analyses requested. Please see determinative procedures for specific directions.
· Plastic containers or lids may NOT be used for the storage of samples due to
possible contamination from the phthalate esters and other hydrocarbons.
· Environmental sample containers should be filled carefully to prevent any portion
of the sample from coming into contact with the sampler's gloves causing possible
phthalate contamination.
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 5 of 46

8.0 EQUIPMENT

8.1 EQUIPMENT LIST

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Semi-Volatiles Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Instrument
Name # Serial # Location
Gas Chromatograph 2 HP 6890 svcompa 2 US00004397 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 7 Agilent 6890 svcompe 7 US10350064 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 8 Agilent 6890 svcompp 8 DE00022534 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 9 HP 6890 svcompj 9 US00029095 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 10 Agilent 6890 svcompk 10 US00039655 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 11 Agilent 6890 svcompn 11 US00040550 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 12 Agilent 6890 svcompo 12 US00034155 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 13 HP 6890 svcomps 13 US00010364 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 14 HP 6890 svcompt 14 US00020581 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 16 Agilent 6890 svcompv 16 US10212071 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 17 Agilent 6890 svcompw 17 US10344078 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 18 Agilent 6890 svcompd 18 US10351038 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 19 Agilent 6890 svcompaa 19 CN10516070 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 20 Agilent 6890 svcompab 20 CN10543031 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 21 Agilent 7890 svcompae 21 CN 10730070 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 22 Agilent 7890 svcompaf 22 CN 10730081 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 23 Agilent 6890 svcompag 23 CN 92174366 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 24 Agilent 6890 svcompah 24 CN 92174369 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 25 Agilent 7890 svcompaj 25 CN 10091009 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 26 Agilent 7890 Svcompar 26 CN11501138 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 27 Agilent 7890 Svcompas 27 CN11501139 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 28 Agilent 7890 Svcompat 28 US11521018 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 29 Agilent 7890 Svcompau 29 CN11521077 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph 30 Agilent 7890 svcompav 30 US11521020 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 3 Detectors NPD/NPD svcompo 3 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 7 Detectors FID svcompe 7 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 8 Detectors FID svcompp 8 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 9 Detectors FID svcompj 9 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 10 Detectors ECD/ECD svcompk 10 F) U11751
B) U11135 SVOC
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 6 of 46

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Semi-Volatiles Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Instrument
Name # Serial # Location
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 11 Detectors ECD/ECD svcompn 11 F) U12482
B) U12481 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 12 Detectors FPD/FPD svcompo 12 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 13 Detectors FID svcomps 13 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 14 Detectors ECD/ECD svcompt 14 F) U0418
B) U6632 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 16 Detectors FID svcompu 16 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 17 Detectors FID svcompv 17 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 18 Detectors ECD/ECD svcompd 18 F) U8422
B) U11613 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 19 Detectors ECD/ECD svcompaa 19 F) U2620
B) U11614 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 20 Detectors ECD/ECD svcompab 20 F) U8422
B) U8423 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 21 Detectors FID svcompae 21 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 22 Detectors ECD/ECD svcompaf 22 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 23 Detectors ECD/ECD svcompag 23 F) U11733
B) U11734 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 24 Detectors ECD/ECD svcompah 24 F) U13989
B) U13988 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 26 Detectors FID svcompar 26 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 27 Detectors FID svcompas 27 N/A SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 28 Detectors ECD/ECD Svcompat 28 F) U20406
B) U20407 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 29 Detectors ECD/ECD Svcompat 29 F) U20277
B) U20299 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph
Detectors 30 Detectors ECD/ECD svcompat 30 F) U20425
B) U20424 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 1 Agilent 6890
GC/5973MSD svcompf 1 GC CN10335001
MS US33220022 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 2 Agilent 6890
GC/5973MSD svcompc 2 GC US10409048
MS US35120400 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 3 Agilent 6890
GC/5973MSD svcompz 3 GC US00039611
MS US03940681 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 4 Agilent 6890
GC/5973MSD svcomph 4 GC CN10403067
MS US35120308 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 5 Agilent 6890
GC/5973MSD svcompi 5 GC US00024766
MS US91911297 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 6 Agilent 6890
GC/5973MSD svcompl 6 GC US00039647
MS US05040021 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 7 Agilent 6890
GC/5973MSD svcompm 7 GC ----------------
MS US03940745 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 9 Agilent 6890
GC/5973MSD svcompx 9 GC CN10344042
MS US33220158 SVOC
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 7 of 46

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Semi-Volatiles Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Instrument
Name # Serial # Location
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 10 Agilent 6890
GC/5973MSD svcompy 10 GC CN10340045
MS US33220183 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 11 Agilent 6890
GC/5975MSD 11 GC CN10509031
MS US60532657 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 12 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD svcompai 12 GC CN10728074/
MS 12-0706-1325 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 13 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD svcompak 13 GC CN10301081/
MS US10313621 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 14 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD Svcompal 14 GC: CN11031022 MS:
US11093726 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 15 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD Svcompam 15 GC: CN10301081 MS:
US10313621 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 16 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD Svcompan 16 GC: CN10301152 MS:
US10313616 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 17 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD Svcompao 17 GC: CN11191064 MS:
US11363807 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 18 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD Svcompap 18 GC: CN11401093 MS:
US11403903 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 19 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD Svcompaq 19 GC: CN11391051 MS:
US11383838 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 20 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD Svcompaw 20 GC: CN12031161 MS:
US11503941 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 21 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD Svcompax 21 GC: CN12031160 MS:
US11513903 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 22 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD Svcompay 22 GC: CN11521157 MS:
US12023909 SVOC
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer 23 Agilent 7890
GC/5975MSD Svcompaz 23 GC: CN12031114 MS:
US11433926 SVOC
High Performance Liquid
Chromatography Agilent 1100 Series
DAD/FLD hplc1 1 DAD de01608402
FLD de23094489 SVOC
High Performance Liquid
Chromatography Agilent 1100 Series
DAD/FLD hplc2 2 DAD de30518420
FLD de11103457 SVOC
High Performance Liquid
Chromatography
(HPLC3)
Agilent 1100 Series
DAD hplc3 3 DAD us64400711 SVOC
High Performance Liquid
Chromatography
(HPLC4)
Agilent 1100 Series
DAD/FLD hplc4 4 DAD de43623013
FLD de92001880 SVOC
Analytical Balance Mettler Toledo PB1502-S 1 1126193668 Ext. Lab
Analytical Balance Mettler Toledo MS1602S 2 B243464732 Ext.Lab
Analytical Balance Mettler Toledo MS1602S 3 B243464732 Ext.Lab
Analytical Balance Ohaus ARA520 3 1202120618 Ext. Lab
Analytical Balance Ohaus ARA520 4 1202120814 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 1 2302 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 2 2304 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 3 2303 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 4 0400000940 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 5 406583020005 Ext. Lab
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 8 of 46

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Semi-Volatiles Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Instrument
Name # Serial # Location
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 6 1469 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 7 1461 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 8 417004020002 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 9 416870050003 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 10 1466 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 11 1463 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 12 1462 Ext. Lab
Automatic Concentrators Buchi Syncore Buchi 13 1468 Ext. Lab
Capping station Horizon MARS X snxc2225 Ext. Lab
Capping station Horizon MARS X snxc2215 Ext. Lab
Centrifuge Labnet Z-400 1 2158 Ext. Lab
Centrifuge Sorvall ST-40 2 2224 Ext. Lab
Centrifuge Sorvall ST-40 3 2225 Ext. Lab
Centrifuge Sorvall ST-40 4 2226 Ext. Lab
Centrifuge

Sorvall ST-40 5 2227 Ext. Lab
Concentration Chiller Lauda WKL 3200 2031 Ext. Lab
Concentration Chiller Lauda WKL 3200 2039 Ext. Lab
Furnace Thermo Scientific 1882 Ext. Lab
Oven Fisher 6556 166 Ext. Lab
LVI Shaker Eberbach 2159 Ext. Lab
RV shaker Eberbach F6010.00 041242 Ext. Lab
RV shaker Eberbach F6010.00 041250 Ext. Lab
RV shaker

Basham 2326 Ext. Lab
HAA Shaker Eberbach 6010-04 1834 Ext. Lab
HAA water Bath Thermo Scientific 280 series 2033602-102 Ext. Lab
High Intensity Ultrasonic
Processor Misonix 1 2193 Ext. Lab
High Intensity Ultrasonic
Processor Misonix 2 1382 Ext. Lab
High Intensity Ultrasonic
Processor Misonix 3 1888 Ext. Lab
High Intensity Ultrasonic
Processor Misonix 4 1381 Ext. Lab
High Intensity Ultrasonic
Processor Misonix 5 1640 Ext. Lab
Microwave CEM MARS X 1 1507 Ext. Lab
Microwave CEM MARS X 2 1518 Ext. Lab
Microwave CEM MARS X 3 2269 Ext. Lab
OG concentrator Horizon SpeedVap III 1 1534 Ext. Lab
OG concentrator Horizon SpeedVap III 2 SN04-2020 Ext. Lab
OG concentrator Horizon SpeedVap III 3 2186 Ext. Lab
OG SPE extractor Horizon SPE-DEX 3000 1 1481 Ext. Lab
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 9 of 46

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Semi-Volatiles Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Instrument
Name # Serial # Location
OG SPE extractor Horizon SPE-DEX 3000 2 1482 Ext. Lab
OG SPE extractor Horizon SPE-DEX 3000 3 1483 Ext. Lab
OG SPE extractor Horizon SPE-DEX 3000 4 1484 Ext. Lab
OG SPE Controllers Horizon 1000/3000XL 1 2125 Ext. Lab
OG SPE Controllers Horizon 1000/3000XL 2 2126 Ext. Lab
OG SPE Controllers Horizon 1000/3000XL 3 2127 Ext. Lab
OG SPE Controllers Horizon 1000/3000XL 4 2128 Ext. Lab
Separatory funnel rotators ATR 1510 Ext. Lab
Separatory funnel rotators ATR 1511 Ext. Lab
Separatory funnel rotators ATR 1512 Ext. Lab
Separatory funnel rotators ATR 1513 Ext. Lab
Separatory funnel rotators ATR 1514 Ext. Lab
Separatory funnel rotators ATR 1515 Ext. Lab
Separatory funnel rotators ATR 1516 Ext. Lab
Separatory funnel rotators ATR 2055 Ext. Lab
Separatory funnel rotators ATR 2056 Ext. Lab
Separatory funnel rotators ATR 2057 Ext. Lab
Water Bath Sonicator Branson 8510 RPA040384175E Ext. Lab
Vacuum Pump Gast 1 0908605640 Ext. Lab
Vacuum Pump Gast 2 0611012209 Ext. Lab
Vacuum Pump Gast 3 0311000841 Ext. Lab

8.2 EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE, EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION

INSTRUMENT P. M. DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY
Analytical Balances •Check with Class "I" weights Daily-tolerance +0.1%
Analytical Balances •Service/Calibration (semiannual contract
maintenance and calibration check) Semiannually
Refrigerators & Incubators •Maintenance service As needed - determined by daily
temperature performance checks
Gas Chromatograph Detectors: ECD
•Bake off or Replace

•Perform wipe leakage test
As needed - when deterioration is
noticeable
Annually
Gas Chromatograph Detectors: FID •Change Quartz jet; clean; replace flame tip As needed - when deterioration is
noticeable
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer •Autotune Report Inspected daily
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer •Clean ion source As needed to maintain high mass
resolution
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer •Replace vacuum pump oil Every 6 months
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 10 of 46

INSTRUMENT P. M. DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY
Gas Chromatographs/Mass
Spectrometer
& Gas Chromatographs
•Replace septa and liner As needed to maintain injection port
inert
Gas Chromatographs/Mass
Spectrometer
& Gas Chromatographs
•Replace column When separation begins to degrade
High Intensity Ultrasonic Processor -
Misonix •Check tuning criteria Daily with use
Infrared Spectrophotometer -
Foxboro Miran 1A •Optics alignment or replacement As needed when response begins to
deteriorate

8.3 STANDARDS AND REAGENTS

Table 8.3A: Standard stock sources, description and calibration information.
This table is subject to revision without notice
Method Vendor* Description Calibration Storage Req. Expiration
8310 Ultra Aromatic
Hydrocarbon Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
NSI 8310/610 Spike Second Source 4° ± 2°C 6 months
DRO NSI DRO #2 Cal Mix Primary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
NSI DRO #2 Spike Second Source -10°C to –20°C 6 months
EPH TN DRO NSI TN-EPH
Calibration Mix Primary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
NSI EPH-TN Spike Second Source -10°C to –20°C 6 months
RRO NSI 30W Oil Primary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
PCB Accustd Aroclor PCB Kit Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
NSI 1260 Spike Second Source 4° ± 2°C 6 months
Chlordane Restek Chlordane Mix Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
Toxaphene Restek Toxaphene Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
Pesticides Ultra Pest Mix Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
NSI Pest Spike Mix Second Source 4° ± 2°C 6 months
Herbicides NSI Custom
Herbicide Mis Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
NSI Herb Spike Mix Second Source 4° ± 2°C 6 months

Ultra/NSI OP Cal Mix A, B Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
NSI OP Spike Mix A,
B Second Source 4° ± 2°C 6 months
507 NP Pest Ultra/NSI 507 Cal Mix Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 2 months
NSI NP Pest Spike Second Source 4° ± 2°C 2 months
THAA Ultra/Accustd HAA Cal Mix Primary -10°C to –20°C 6 months
Accustd/NSI HAA Spike Second Source -10°C to –20°C 6 months
8270 Ultra Custom Std
Mega Mix Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
Restek Spike Mix Second Source 4° ± 2°C 6 months
8330
Restek Mix1, Mix2,
PETN Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 6 months
Ultra,
Chemservice
Mix1, Mix2,
PETN Second Source 4° ± 2°C 6 months
8011, 504.1 Accustd 504.1 Cal Mix Primary 4 ° ± 2°C 1 month
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 11 of 46

Table 8.3A: Standard stock sources, description and calibration information.
This table is subject to revision without notice
Method Vendor* Description Calibration Storage Req. Expiration
NSI Spike Mix Second Source 4° ± 2°C 1 month
Sulfolane, 8270C Sigma Aldrich Calibration Mix Primary 4° ± 2°C 6 months
Restek Spike Mix Second source 4° ± 2°C 6 months
Glycol, 8015 Chemservice Calibration Mix Primary 4° ± 2°C 6 months
Chemservice Spike Mix Second source 4° ± 2°C 6 months
Industrial Hygiene Chemservice Neat Primary &
Secondary 4° ± 2°C 6 months
*Equivalent Providers may be utilized.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 12 of 46

TABLE 8.3B: Working Standard Concentrations
This table is subject to revision without notice
Organic Compounds Method # Standard Concentrations Storage
Requirements Expiration
Semi-Volatiles 625, SM6410B 20th,
8270C/D
1,2,4,8,12,16,20,30,40,50,80
(low level and regular) 4° ± 2°C 6 months
Semi-Volatiles:
RV/LVI
625, SM6410B 20th,
8270C/D
10,20,50,100,200,500,1000,2000
ug/L 4° ± 2°C 6 months
PCBs
1016/1260
608, SM6431B 20th,
8082
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1.0
µg/mL
4° ± 2°C 6 months
PCBs: RV 608, SM6431B 20th,
8082
2.0,4.0,5.0,10,20,50
µg/L
4° ± 2°C 6 months
Pesticides 608, SM 6630C, 8081A 0.05, 0.10, 0.20, 0.40, 0.60, 0.80
µg/mL
4° ± 2°C 6 months
Pesticides: RV 608, SM 6630C,
8081A,
0.5,1.0,2.0,5.0,10,15,20
µg/L
4° ± 2°C 6 months
Chlordane and/or
Toxaphene 608, SM 6630C, 8081A 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0
µg/mL
4° ± 2°C 6 months
Chlordane and/or
Toxaphene
608, SM 6630C,
8081A,
10,20,50,100,150,200
µg/L
4° ± 2°C 6 months
Sulfolane 8270C/D 4,8,10,20,50,100,200,500 ug/L 4° ± 2°C 6 months
PCB Arochlor s 1221,
1232, 1242, 1248, 1254 8082 5.0 µg/mL 4° ± 2°C 6 months
Herbicides 8151A, SM6640C 20th 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0 mg/L 4° ± 2°C 6 months
OP and NP Pesticides
507 by dual-NPD,
1657A, 8141A by dual-
FPD
1.0, 2.0, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 20.0
ug/L 4° ± 2°C
6 months
PAHs
8310, 610, SM6440B
20th

8270C/D

SIM
0.04,
0.20,1.0,5.0,8.0,20.0,30.0,40.0
ug/L

0.025, 0.05, 0.10, 0.50, 2.0, 4.0,
10.0, 20.0 ug/L
4° ± 2°C 6 months
PAHs: RV/LVI
8270C/D

SIM
4.0,20,40,100,160,400,600,800
ug/L

1.0,5.0,10,20,40,80,200
ug/L
4° ± 2°C 6 months
Nitroaromatics &
Nitramines 8330 .05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 2.0, 5.0, 10.0,
25.0 mg/L NA* NA*
EPHTN EPH TN 10000, 6000, 4000, 2000, 1000,
400, 200, 100 mg/L NA* NA*
DRO
OA2 , 8015Mod,
LA TPH D, LA TPH O,
OHIO DRO
10000, 5000, 3000, 2000, 1000,
400, 200, 100 mg/L NA* NA*
Diesel/M.O: RV/LVI EPH TN OA2 ,
8015Mod,
2.0,4.0,8.0,20,40,80,100,200
mg/L NA* NA*
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 13 of 46

TABLE 8.3B: Working Standard Concentrations
This table is subject to revision without notice
Organic Compounds Method # Standard Concentrations Storage
Requirements Expiration
LA TPH D, LA TPH O,
OHIO DRO
DRO DRO/CA LUFT/CO 2.0,4.0,10,20,40,60,100,200
mg/L NA* NA*
DROMO: LVI

PAHMO: LVI

MO DRO/PAH by
8270
5.0,10,20,40,80,120,160,200
mg/L

4.0,20,40,100,160,400,600,800
ug/L
4° ± 2°C 6 months
MADEP EPH MADEP EPH
Aromatics C11-C22: 17, 85,
425, 850, 1700, 3400, 6800 mg/L
Aliphatic C9 - C18: 6, 30, 150,
300, 600, 1200, 2400 mg/L
Aliphatic C19 - C36: 8, 40, 200,
800, 1600, 3200 mg/L
NA* NA*
EDB, DBCP, TCP 8011, 504.1 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.10, 0.25, 0.5
ug/L
NA* NA*
THAAs 552.2 1, 2, 4, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 ug/L NA* NA*
FL PRO FL PRO 85, 850, 2550, 4250, 5950, 8500
mg/l NA* NA*
Glycols 8015B/C/D - Modified 1.5,7.5,15,30,45,60 ppm NA* NA*
TX TPH TX1005
Individual Ranges- 4.5, 10, 25,
50, 125, 250, 500, 1250, 2500
ppm.
Total Range- 9.0, 20, 50, 100,
250, 500, 1000, 2500, 5000 ppm.
NA* NA*
IH - Aromatics NIOSH/OSHA. 10-10000 ug/sample NA* NA*
DROMO

PAHMO

MO DRO/PAH by 8270
300, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000,
6000, 8000, 10000 mg/L

1.0, 5.0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100
ug/L
4° ± 2°C 6 months
* indicates solutions are prepared fresh daily as needed.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 14 of 46

8.4 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION

608/8081A or B/SM6630C - Chlorinated Pesticides – SOP Number 330344

The gas chromatograph is calibrated using either the internal or external standard
calibration model. A standard curve is prepared using a minimum of three concentration
levels for each compound of interest for method 608. A minimum of five concentration
levels is necessary for methods 8081A/B and SM6630C. The calibration range must
represent the typical environmental sample concentration and include the RL as the
lowest calibration point. The linear range of the instrument must also be monitored to
ensure that the maximum calibration point is within detection range. The calibration
standards are tabulated according to peak height or area responses against concentration
or ISTD response for each compound and calibration/response factors are calculated. If
performing analysis by method 608 and the response factors of the initial calibration are
< 10 % RSD for method 608 and 20% RSD for methods 8081A/B and 6630C over the
calibration range, the average RF can be used for calculations. Alternatively, when the
response factor criteria is exceeded, the analyst may utilize a linear calibration model of
response ratios (i.e. Area/Ref. Area or Amt./Ref Amt.) for quantitation providing that the
correlation coefficient is at least 0.990.

During the analytical sequence, the stability of the initial calibration curve is verified,
following every 20th sample, by the analysis of a continuing calibration verification
(CCV) standard. The CCV must recover within 15% of the expected concentration for
each analyte. The concentration of the continuing check standard must be routinely
varied to verify the entire calibration range.

At daily instrument startup and in lieu of performing an entire initial calibration, the most
recent calibration curve may be verified by the analysis of initial calibration verification
standard (ICV). If the response for any analyte in this check varies from the predicted
response by more than +15%, the analysis must be repeated using fresh standard. If the
standard still does not meet the acceptance criteria, a new initial calibration curve must be
generated.

An independent, or second source, calibration verification standard (SSCV) is analyzed
after each initial calibration and should recover within +20% of the expected
concentration for each analyte. When analyte responses in field samples exceed the
calibration range, the sample is diluted and re-analyzed.

Degradation if DDT and Endrin are also verified at least every 12hr window. Breakdown
should recover less 20% of the total injection.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 15 of 46

507 - Nitrogen/Phosphorus Pesticides - SOP Number 330348

The gas chromatograph is calibrated using the external standard procedure. A standard
curve is prepared using a minimum of three concentration levels for each compound of
interest for method 507. The calibration range must represent the typical environmental
sample concentration and include the RL as the lowest calibration point. The linear range
of the instrument must also be monitored to ensure that the maximum calibration point is
within detection range. The calibration standards are tabulated according to peak height
or area responses against concentration for each compound and response factors are
calculated. If the response factors of the initial calibration are <20 % RSD over the
calibration range, the average RF can be used for calculations. Alternatively, when the
response factor criteria is exceeded, the analyst may utilize a linear calibration model of
response ratios (i.e. Area/Ref. Area or Amt./Ref Amt.) for quantitation providing that the
correlation coefficient is at least 0.990.

During the analytical sequence the stability of the initial calibration is verified, following
every 10th sample and at the end of the sequence, by the analysis of a continuing
calibration verification (CCV) standard. The CCV must recovery within 20% of the
expected concentration for each analyte. The concentration of the continuing check
standard must be routinely varied to verify the entire calibration range.

At daily instrument startup and in lieu of performing an entire initial calibration, the most
recent calibration curve may be verified by the analysis of check calibration verification
standard (CCV). If the response for any analyte in this check varies by more than +20%
from the initial calibration, the analysis must be repeated using fresh standard. If the
standard still does not meet the criteria, a new initial calibration curve must be generated.

A Quality Control Sample (QCS) is analyzed at minimum quarterly to verify calibration
standards.

552.2 - HAA - SOP Number 330319

The gas chromatograph is calibrated using the internal standard procedure. A standard
curve is prepared using a minimum of five concentration levels for each compound of
interest. The calibration range must represent the typical environmental sample
concentration and include the RL as the lowest calibration point. The linear range of the
instrument must also be monitored to ensure that the maximum calibration point is within
detection range. The calibration standards are tabulated according to peak height or area
responses against concentration for each compound and response factors are calculated.
If the response factors of the initial calibration are <20 % RSD over the calibration range,
the average RF can be used for calculations. Alternatively, when the response factor
criteria is exceeded, the analyst may utilize a linear calibration model of response ratios
(i.e. Area/Ref. Area or Amt./Ref Amt.) for quantitation providing that the correlation
coefficient is at least 0.990.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 16 of 46

During the analytical sequence the stability of the initial calibration is verified, following
every 10th sample and at the end of the sequence, by the analysis of a continuing
calibration verification (CCV) standard. The response of the analytes in the CCV must
not vary more than 30% from the initial calibration.

At daily instrument startup and in lieu of performing an entire initial calibration, the most
recent calibration curve may be verified by the analysis of check calibration verification
standard (CCV). If the response for any analyte in this check varies by more than +30%
from the initial calibration, the analysis must be repeated using fresh standard. If the
standard still does not meet the criteria, a new initial calibration curve must be analyzed.

A Quality Control Sample (QCS) is analyzed at minimum quarterly to verify calibration
standards.

8151A, SM6640B – Herbicides - SOP Number 330320

The gas chromatograph is calibrated using the external standard procedure. A standard
curve is prepared using a minimum of five concentration levels for each analyte of
interest. The calibration range must represent the typical environmental sample
concentration and include the RL as the lowest calibration point. The linear range of the
instrument must also be monitored to ensure that the maximum calibration point is within
detection range. The calibration standards are tabulated according to peak height or area
responses against concentration for each compound and response factors are calculated.
If the response factors of the initial calibration are <20 % RSD over the calibration range,
the average RF can be used for calculations. Alternatively, when the response factor
criteria is exceeded, the analyst may utilize a linear calibration model of response ratios
(i.e. Area/Ref. Area or Amt./Ref Amt.) for quantitation providing that the correlation
coefficient is at least 0.990.

During the analytical sequence, the stability of the initial calibration is verified following
every 10th sample and at the end of the sequence by the analysis of a continuing
calibration verification (CCV) standard. The CCV must recovery within 15% of the
expected concentration for each analyte for method 8151A and within 20% for method
6640C. The value of the CCV can exceed the criteria for a single compound provided
that all samples in the analytical batch are BDL (below detection limit). The
concentration of the continuing check standard must be routinely varied to verify the
entire calibration range.

At daily instrument startup and in lieu of performing an entire initial calibration, the most
recent calibration curve may be verified by the analysis of check calibration verification
standard (CCV). If the response for any analyte in this check varies from the predicted
response by more than +15%, the analysis must be repeated using fresh standard. If the
standard still does not meet the criteria, a new initial calibration curve must be generated.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 17 of 46

An independent, or second source, calibration verification standard (SSCV) is analyzed
after each initial calibration and should recover within +20% of the expected
concentration for each analyte. When sample responses exceed the calibration range, the
sample is diluted and re-analyzed.

8141A, 1657A – Organophosphorus Pesticides - SOP Number 330318

The gas chromatograph is calibrated using the external standard procedure. A standard
curve is prepared using a minimum of five concentration levels for each analyte of
interest. The calibration range must represent the typical environmental sample
concentration and include the RL as the lowest calibration point. The linear range of the
instrument must also be monitored to ensure that the maximum calibration point is within
detection range. The calibration standards are tabulated according to peak height or area
responses against concentration for each compound and response factors are calculated.
If the response factors of the initial calibration are <20 % RSD over the calibration range,
the average RF can be used for calculations. Alternatively, when the response factor
criteria is exceeded, the analyst may utilize a linear calibration model of response ratios
(i.e. Area/Ref. Area or Amt./Ref Amt.) for quantitation providing that the correlation
coefficient is at least 0.990.

During the analytical sequence, the stability of the initial calibration is verified following
every 10th sample and at the end of the sequence by the analysis of a continuing
calibration verification (CCV) standard. The CCV must recovery within 15% of the
expected concentration for each analyte. The concentration of the continuing check
standard must be routinely varied to verify the entire calibration range.

At daily instrument startup and in lieu of performing an entire initial calibration, the most
recent calibration curve may be verified by the analysis of check calibration verification
standard (CCV). If the response for any analyte in this check varies from the predicted
response by more than +15%, the analysis must be repeated using fresh standard. If the
standard still does not meet the criteria, a new initial calibration curve must be generated.

An independent, or second source, calibration verification standard (SSCV) is analyzed
after each initial calibration and should recover within +20% of the expected
concentration for each analyte. When sample responses exceed the calibration range, the
sample is diluted and re-analyzed.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 18 of 46

625, 8270C or D, SM6410B - Base/Neutrals/Acids by GC/MS: Semivolatile Organics –
SOP Number 330345

Detector mass calibration is performed using the autotune function of the GC/MS
analytical system and PFTBA (Perfluorotributylamine). Following verification of the
appropriate masses, the instrument sensitivity is verified by injecting a tuning solution
containing decafluorotriphenylphosphine (DFTPP), benzidine, pentachlorophenol and
DDT. The DFTPP must meet the ion abundance criteria specified by the EPA published
method.

Benzidine and pentachlorophenol are reviewed for tailing and DDT is reviewed for
breakdown to DDE and DDD. Successful tuning must occur every 12 hours for method
8270C/D and every 24 hours for method 625, except where noted in the determinative
SOP.

Following successful tuning, the GC/MS is calibrated using the internal standard
procedure. A standard curve is prepared using a minimum of three standards for method
625 and five standards for method 8270C/D and SM6410B. The calibration standards are
tabulated according to peak height or area against concentration and the concentrations
and responses of the internal standard analytes. The results are used to determine a
response factor for each analyte in each standard injected. A calibration curve is the
constructed and is determined to be acceptable if each analyte meets the criteria specified
in the determinative method. When this condition is met, linearity through the origin can
be assumed and the average RF can be used in place of a calibration curve. Initial
calibration that does not meet these requirements will not be accepted and recalibration
must be performed. Linear regression can be used for target compounds exceeding the
15% criteria, providing that the correlation coefficient is 0.990 or better. USACE
projects must meet a correlation coefficient of 0.995 or better. The initial calibration
range must represent the typical environmental sample and include the RL as the lowest
calibration point. The linear range of the instrument must be monitored to ensure that the
maximum calibration point is within the range.

A second source calibration verification standard is analyzed after each calibration and
should recover within 20% for all CCC compounds and within 50% for other analytes of
interest for 8270C. All analytes must recover +/- 30% for 8270D.. Following successful
calibration, the analysis of field and QC samples may begin. Analysis may be performed
only during the timeframe of a valid tuning cycle (12 hours for 8270C/D and 24 hours for
625). Following the expiration of the tuning clock, the instrument must be retuned and
either re-calibrated or existing calibration may be re-verified.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 19 of 46

For 8270C/D analyses, daily calibration verification includes successful demonstration of
DFTPP sensitivity and the injection of a mid-level CCV standard containing all the target
analytes of interest. The DFTPP tune must meet the ion abundance criteria specified
within the published method. . Each internal standard in the CCV must recover between
-50% to + 100%, when compared to the same internal standard compound in the mid-
point standard of the initial calibration curve. Additionally, if the retention time of an
internal standard changes by more than 30 seconds from the retention time of the same
internal standard in the mid-level standard of the most recent initial calibration, the
system must be evaluated, corrected, and possibly re-calibrated.

For 625 analyses, daily calibration verification is accomplished by a successful
demonstration of DFTPP sensitivity and the injection of a mid-level CCV standard
containing all the target analytes of interest. The DFTPP tune must meet the same ion
abundance criteria as the 8270C analysis and the CCV standard must recover within 20 %
of predicted response for all analytes of interest.

8310, 610, SM6640B - PAHs by HPLC - SOP Number 330322

610: A standard curve is prepared using a minimum of three concentration levels for
each compound of interest. If the response factors are < 10 % RSD over the working
range, the average RF can be used for calculations

8310 & SM6640B: Perform calibration using a minimum of 5 points. If the response
factors are < 20 % RSD over the working range, the average RF can be used for
calculations or linear regression may be used providing that the correlation coefficient for
each analyte of interest is 0.990 or better. USACE projects must meet a correlation
coefficient of 0.995 or better. The regression line must never be forced through the
origin.

The initial calibration standards are tabulated according to peak height or area responses
against concentration for each compound and response factors are calculated.
Alternatively, the results can be used to plot a calibration curve of response ratios
(Area/Ref. Area) vs (Amt./Ref Amt.). The calibration range must represent the typical
environmental sample and include the RL as the lowest calibration point. The linear
range of the instrument must be monitored to ensure that the maximum calibration point
is within the range. A second source calibration verification standard is analyzed after
each calibration and should meet criteria of +20%.

A continuing calibration verification (CCV) must be run at the beginning of each run and
every 10 samples thereafter. The continuing calibration standard is prepared from the
same source as the calibration curve and must perform within +15% of the actual value.
The CCV must represent the midpoint of the calibration range.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 20 of 46

8330A/B/C – Nitroaromatics/Nitrosamines - SOP Number 330323

A standard curve is prepared using a minimum of five concentration levels for each
compound of interest. Experience indicates that a linear calibration curve with zero
intercept is appropriate for each analyte. Therefore, a response factor for each analyte
can be taken as the slope of the best-fit regression line. The correlation coefficient for
each analyte of interest is 0.990 or better. The calibration range must represent the
typical environmental sample and include the RL as the lowest calibration point. The
linear range of the instrument must be monitored to ensure that the maximum calibration
point is within the range. A second source calibration verification standard is analyzed
after each calibration and should meet the criteria of +20%.

Daily calibration is accomplished through the analysis of midpoint calibration standards,
at a minimum, at the beginning of the day, and singly after the last sample of the day
(assuming a sample group of 10 samples or less). Obtain the response factor for each
analyte from the mean peak heights or peak areas and compare it with the response factor
obtained for the initial calibration. The mean response factor for the daily calibration
must agree within ±20% of the response factor of the initial calibration. If this
requirement is not met, a new initial calibration must be obtained.

8015B/C/D or State Specific Method - DRO/RRO - Various SOPs

Certain state accreditation/registration programs may have specific requirements for
calibration and analysis that must be met. Those requirements supersede the general
guidance provided in this section and are addressed in the determinative SOP. Generally,
for 8015B/C/D analysis, the gas chromatograph is calibrated using the external standard
procedure. A standard curve is prepared using a minimum of five concentration levels
for each analyte of interest. The calibration range must represent the typical
environmental sample concentration and include the RL as the lowest calibration point.
The linear range of the instrument must also be monitored to ensure that the maximum
calibration point is within detection range. The calibration standards are tabulated
according to peak height or area responses against concentration for each compound and
response factors are calculated. If the response factors of the initial calibration are <20 %
RSD over the calibration range, the average RF can be used for calculations.
Alternatively, when the response factor criteria is exceeded, the analyst may utilize a
linear calibration model of response ratios (i.e. Area/Ref. Area or Amt./Ref Amt.) for
quantitation providing that the correlation coefficient is at least 0.990. USACE projects
must meet a correlation coefficient of 0.995 or better.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 21 of 46

During the analytical sequence, the stability of the initial calibration is verified following
every 10th sample and at the end of the sequence by the analysis of a continuing
calibration verification (CCV) standard. Typically, the CCV must recovery within 15%
of the expected concentration for each analyte for method 8015B/C/D; however state
specific limits for the CCV may vary. See the specific SOP or published method for
more guidance. The concentration of the continuing check standard must be routinely
varied to verify the entire calibration range.

At daily instrument startup and in lieu of performing an entire initial calibration, the most
recent calibration curve may be verified by the analysis of check calibration verification
standard (CCV). If the response for any analyte in this check varies from the predicted
response by more than +15% of the expected concentration for each analyte for method
8015B/C/D or more than state specified limits, the analysis must be repeated using fresh
standard. If the standard still does not meet the criteria, a new initial calibration curve
must be generated.

An independent, or second source, calibration verification standard (SSCV) is analyzed
after each initial calibration and should meet criteria of +20% of the expected
concentration for each analyte. When sample responses exceed the range of the standard
curve, the sample is diluted to a concentration suspected to be within the calibration
range and re-analyzed.

NIOSH 1501 modified – Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Air - SOP Number 330303

The gas chromatograph is calibrated using the external standard procedure. A standard
curve is prepared using a minimum of six concentration levels for each analyte of
interest. The calibration range must represent the typical sample concentration. The
linear range of the instrument must be monitored to ensure that the maximum calibration
point is within detection range. The calibration standards are tabulated according to peak
height or area responses against concentration for each compound and response factors
are calculated. If the response factors of the initial calibration are <15% RSD over the
calibration range, the average RF can be used for calculations. Alternatively, when the
response factor criteria is exceeded, the analyst may utilize a linear calibration model of
response ratios (i.e. Area/Ref. Area or Amt./Ref Amt.) for quantitation providing that the
correlation coefficient is at least 0.990. When sample responses exceed the range of the
standard curve, the sample is diluted and re-analyzed. A mid-level independently
prepared calibration verification standard (ICV) is analyzed following each initial
calibration and should meet criteria of +15% of the expected concentration for each
analyte. Following each 10 samples and at the end of the analytical sequence, a
continuing calibration verification standard is analyzed to demonstrate the continued
stability of the analytical sequence. This standard should meet criteria of +15% of the
expected concentration for each analyte.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 22 of 46

An independent, or second source, calibration verification standard (SSCV) is analyzed
after each initial calibration and should meet criteria of +20% of the expected
concentration for each analyte. When sample responses exceed the range of the standard
curve, the sample is diluted to a concentration suspected to be within the calibration
range and re-analyzed.

Desorption Efficiency for each lot of sorbent media is determined for each analyte of
interest. Desorption Efficiency for analytes on badges has been determined and is
available from the manufacturer. The reporting limit from media must be verified with
each batch of samples analyzed. Additionally, a Laboratory Control Sample pair (LCS &
LCSD) is prepared on media for each batch of samples analyzed.

8.5 ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION OF CALIBRATION

Organic Chemistry

The initial calibration curve is compared with previous curves for the same analyte. All
new standard curves are immediately checked with a secondary source or laboratory
control standard prepared from a separate source than those used for calibration. All
curves are visually reviewed to ensure that acceptable correlation represents linearity.
Calibration curves may be rejected for nonlinearity, abnormal sensitivity, or poor
response of the laboratory control standard.

Continuing calibration verification is performed on each day that initial calibration is not
performed and following every tenth sample. If a check standard does not perform
within established criteria then the instrument will undergo an evaluation to determine the
cause. Once the issue is corrected, all samples between the last in control standard and
the first out of control check will be re-analyzed.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 23 of 46

TABLE 8.5: INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION
Instrument (Analysis) Calibration Type
Minimum Number of Standards
Type of Curve
Acceptance/ Rejection Criteria Frequency
Gas
Chromatography

(Pest/PCB,
Herbicides,
Organophos/
Organonitrogen
Pesticides)
Initial Second Source Daily / Continuing
3 (600 series methods) - 5 (other) cal.stds 1 Second Source OPPEST/HERB1/10 P/PCB 1/20
Avg. RF or Linear
8081A, 8151A, 6640C, 8141A, 657A:
Must be £20% RSD 608 - £10% RSD +/- 20% of true value Must be within 15% of the initial calibration curve, 20% for 6640C.
As needed With each calibration Beginning, every 10 and ending for external cal. Every 20 samples for internal cal
HPLC (PAH and Explosive)
Initial Second Source Daily / Continuing
3 (600 series methods) 5 (other) cal.stds 1 Second Source 1/10
Avg. RF or Linear
8310, 8330: Must be £20% RSD
610 - £10% RSD +/- 20% of true value Must be within 15% of the initial calibration curve.
As needed With each calibration Beginning, every 10 and ending.
GC/MS Semi-volatiles 8270C/D
Initial Second Source Daily / Continuing
At least 5 cal. stds 1 Second Source Tune & CCV
Avg. RF or Linear
8270C - Must be £15% RSD, CCCs must
be £ 30% RSD, Linear regression: 0.990 per method or 0.995 for USACE
8270D - Must be £20% RSD for target analytes, Linear regression: 0.990 per method or 0.995 for USACE
8270C: Should recover within 20% for
all CCC compounds and within 50% for
other analytes of interest, with the
exception of analytes known to perform
poorly 8270D: Should recover w/in 30%
for all
Must pass established method criteria. See SOP.
As needed With each calibration Every 12 hours per method
GC/MS Semi-volatiles 625
Initial Second Source Daily / Continuing
3 cal.stds 1 Second Source

Tune & CCV every 24 hours
Avg. RF or Linear
625 - £35% RSD all compounds Should recover within 20% for all CCC compounds and within 50% for other analytes of interest, with the exception of analytes known to perform poorly Must pass established method tuning
criteria; 625: CCV must be £20% difference for all compounds,
As needed With each calibration Every 24 hours
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 24 of 46

TABLE 8.5: INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION
Instrument (Analysis) Calibration Type
Minimum Number of Standards
Type of Curve
Acceptance/ Rejection Criteria Frequency
HAA 552.2
Initial Second Source(QCS) Daily / Continuing
5 cal.stds 1 Second Source

1/10
Avg. RF or Linear
£30% RSD all compounds +30% of true value
CCV must be £30% difference for all compounds,
As needed Quarterly Beginning, every 10 and ending
Pesticides 507
Initial Second Source(QCS) Daily / Continuing
5 cal.stds 1 Second Source

1/10
Avg. RF or Linear
£20% RSD all compounds +20% of true value
CCV must be £20% difference for all compounds,
As needed Quarterly
Beginning, every 10 and ending
DRO –8015,
State Programs*
* Or per state
requirement
Initial Second Source Daily /
Continuing
5 cal.stds 1 Second Source

1/10
Avg. RF or
Linear
8015B/C/D - £20% RSD all compounds +20% of true value
CCV must be £15% difference for all
compounds,
As needed With each calibration
Beginning, every 10 and ending
NIOSH 1501
mod.
Initial ICV Continuing
6 cal.stds 1 Independent Prep. 1/10
Avg. RF or Linear
£15% RSD all compounds +15% of true value +15% of true value
Daily With each calibration
Beginning, every 10 and
ending

9.0 LABORATORY PRACTICES

9.1 REAGENT GRADE WATER

ASTM Type I grade water.

9.2 GLASSWARE WASHING AND STERILIZATION PROCEDURES

Organic laboratory glassware is washed in a non-phosphate detergent and warm tap
water. Before washing, all writing and large deposits of grease are removed with
acetone. Glassware is then rinsed with: tap water, "No Chromix" solution, tap water, and
deionized (DI) water. It is then solvent rinsed in the following order: acetone, and then
methylene chloride. Glassware is stored in designated drawers or on shelves, inverted if
possible. All glassware is rinsed with the required solvent for the particular extraction
protocol prior to use.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 25 of 46

10.0 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

10.1 A list of laboratory SOPs associated with the semi-volatile laboratory can be found in the
following table:

TABLE 10.1: SEMI-VOLATILE DEPARTMENT SOPS
This table is subject to revision without notice
SOP # Title
Preparatory SOPs
330702 Separatory Funnel Liquid-Liquid Extraction 3510C
330702A Separatory Funnel Liquid-Liquid Extraction 3510C for Minnesota Samples
330702B Reduced Volume Separatory Funnel Liquid-Liquid Extraction 3510C
330705 Ultrasonic Extraction 3550B
330707 Microwave Extraction 3546
330708 Buchi Syncore Concentration System
330743 Solid Phase Extraction
330754 Waste Dilution for SVOCs 3580A
330755 PCB in Oil Waste Dilution
Extract Cleanup SOPs
330739 Silica Gel Cleanup 3630C
330740 Acid Cleanup 3665A
330741 Sulfur Cleanup 3660C
330742 Florisil Cleanup 3620B
Semi-Volatiles Analysis SOPs
330303 Organics on Charcoal Tubes (includes badges)
330317 Sulfolane
330318 Organophosphorus Pesticides 8141A/ 1657A/ 614/ 622
330319 THAAs 552.2
330320 Chlorinated Herbicides by Gas Chromatography 8151A/ SM6640B
330322 PAH's by HPLC 8310/ 610/ SM6440B
330323 Explosives by HPLC 8330
330324 Carbamates by HPLC 531.1/ SM6610B
330343 PCBs 8082 & A
330344 Pesticides and PCBS by Gas Chromatography 8081A&B/ 608/ SM6630C
330345 Semi-volatile Organics by GC/MS using Capillary Column 8270C & D/ 625/ SM6410B
330346 EDB in Drinking Water by GC ECD 8011/ 504.1
330348 NP Pesticides in Drinking Water by GC NPD 507
330352
Method for Determination of Extractable Petroleum Hydrocarbons by GC/FID – DRO-KY,
TN EPH, TPH-AZ, DRO CA and OH by Modified Method 8015. Includes Wyoming LAUST
Requirements
330353 NC/MA/NJ/MT - Extractable Petroleum Hydrocarbons
330355 Florida PRO, WI DRO and CT ETPH
330356 TX TPH 1005/1006
330358 OA2 & NWTPH-Dx
330359 AK 102/103
330360 DRO Wisconsin/Minnesota
330361 Glycols
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 26 of 46

11.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS

NOTE: For specific guidance on each determinative method, including required quality control
and specific state requirements/modifications, refer to the relevant laboratory standard
operating procedure(s).

11.1 ESC participates in proficiency testing (PT’s) in support of various laboratory
accreditations/recognitions. Environmental samples are purchased from Environmental
Resource Associates (ERA). The WS, WP and solid matrix studies are completed every
6 months. For industrial hygiene accreditation, PTs are administered by AIHA. PT
samples are received and analyzed by method according to the vendor’s instructions and
according to ESC SOP.

11.2 Initial Demonstrations of Capability (IDOCs) are performed during new analyst training
and/or prior to acceptance and use of any new method/instrumentation. Continuing
Demonstration of Capability (CDOCs) must be updated at least annually. The associated
data is filed within the department and available for review.

11.3 Matrix Spike and Matrix Spike Duplicates are performed on each batch of samples
analyzed depending on analytical method requested.

11.4 A Laboratory Control Sample (LCS) and LCS Duplicate are analyzed one per batch of
samples.

11.5 A method preparation blank is performed per batch of samples processed. If one-half the
reporting limit [RL] is exceeded, the laboratory shall evaluate whether re-processing of
the samples is necessary, based on the following criteria:
· The blank contamination exceeds a concentration greater than 1/10 of the
measured concentration of any sample in the associated preparation batch or
· The blank contamination is greater than 1/10 of the specified regulatory limit.
The concentrations of common laboratory contaminants shall not exceed the reporting
limit. Any samples associated with a blank that fail these criteria shall be reprocessed in
a subsequent preparation batch, except when the sample analysis resulted in non-detected
results for the failing analytes.

11.6 For Industrial Hygiene analyses (sorbent tubes and badges), a media blank will be
prepared with each batch of samples. In addition, a media reporting limit verification
will be prepared with each batch of samples. For accuracy and precision determinations,
a LCS/LCSD pair will be spiked on media then desorbed and analyzed concurrently with
every batch of field samples.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 27 of 46

12.0 DATA REDUCTION , V ALIDATION AND REPORTING

12.1 DATA REDUCTION

The analyst performs the data calculation functions and is responsible for the initial
examination of the finished data. Data reduction steps applied to the raw data are
outlined in SOP 030201 Data Handling and Reporting. The Quality Control Department
performs the secondary review of the data package using the ESC SOP #030227, Data
Review. The QC Reviewer verifies that the analysis has performed as required and meets
method criteria, all associate data is present and complete, and also ensures that any
additional documentation is completed as required (i.e. Ohio VAP checklists, required
flags on test reports, etc.)

TABLE 12.1 Data Reduction Formulas
PARAMETER FORMULA

GC and HPLC
response of sample analyte {area} x final extract volume {mL} x dilution
response factor {area/(mg/mL)} x initial extract volume-mass {mL or g}
Calculations performed by HP Enviroquant Software

GC/MS
response of analyte {area} x extract volume {mL} x dilution x int. std amt. {area}
response factor {area/(mg/mL)} x initial volume-mass {mL or g} x int. std cal. {area}
Calculations performed by HP Enviroquant Software
GC - IH Sample conc. (front tube + back tube) (ug) – blank conc. (front tube + back tube) (ug)
Volume of air sampled (L)

12.2 VALIDATION

The validation process consists of data generation, reduction review, and reporting
results. Once data reduction is complete, validation is conducted by verification that the
QC samples are within acceptable QC limits and that all documentation is complete,
including the analytical report and associated QC. See Table 12.3 by method for current
QC targets and controls and current reporting limits.

Marginal Exceedance – When a large number of analytes exist in the LCS, it is statistically
possible for a few analytes to be outside established control limits while the analytical
system remains in control. These excursions must be random in nature and, if not, a review
of the control limits or analytical process is necessary.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 28 of 46

Upper and lower marginal exceedance (ME) limits are established as the mean of at least 20
data points + four times their standard deviations. The number of allowable marginal
exceedances per event is based on the number of analytes spiked in the LCS.

Allowable Marginal Exceedance per Event
Analytes in LCS: ME Allowable
>90 5
71-90 4
51-70 3
31-50 2
11-30 1
<11 0

Organic Control Limits - The organic QC targets are statutory in nature; warning and control
limits for organic analyses are initially set for groups of compounds based on preliminary
method validation data. When additional data becomes available, the QC targets are
reviewed. All QC targets are routinely re-evaluated at least annually (and updated, if
necessary) against laboratory historical data to insure that the limits continue to reflect
realistic, method achievable goals.

12.3 REPORTING

Reporting procedures are documented in SOP 030201 Data Handling and Reporting.

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
Pesticides Azinphos-Methyl 8141A, 1657A GW 49-126 27 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Bolstar (Sulprofos) 8141A, 1657A GW 49-122 25 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Chlorpyrifos 8141A, 1657A GW 46-124 25 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Coumaphos 8141A, 1657A GW 49-126 26 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Demeton,-O And -S 8141A, 1657A GW 10-105 23 0.002 mg/L
Pesticides Diazinon 8141A, 1657A GW 43-143 23 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Dichlorvos 8141A, 1657A GW 41-113 21 0.002 mg/L
Pesticides Dimethoate 8141A, 1657A GW 18-104 34 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Disulfoton 8141A, 1657A GW 45-123 23 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Epn 8141A, 1657A GW 51-130 27 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Ethoprop 8141A, 1657A GW 42-125 21 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Ethyl Parathion 8141A, 1657A GW 55-122 24 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Fensulfothion 8141A, 1657A GW 23-133 35 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Fenthion 8141A, 1657A GW 42-128 24 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Malathion 8141A, 1657A GW 53-120 24 0.001 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 29 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
Pesticides Merphos 8141A, 1657A GW 10-177 34 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Methyl Parathion 8141A, 1657A GW 47-126 25 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Mevinphos 8141A, 1657A GW 41-134 23 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Naled 8141A, 1657A GW 17-155 25 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Phorate 8141A, 1657A GW 30-139 22 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Ronnel 8141A, 1657A GW 45-120 23 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Stirophos 8141A, 1657A GW 47-127 26 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Sulfotep 8141A, 1657A GW 51-122 23 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Tepp 8141A, 1657A GW 10-137 40 0.0083 mg/L
Pesticides Tokuthion (Prothiofos) 8141A, 1657A GW 47-122 24 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Trichloronate 8141A, 1657A GW 41-122 24 0.001 mg/L
Pesticides Azinphos-Methyl 8141A SS 50-127 37 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Bolstar (Sulprofos) 8141A SS 55-120 33 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Chlorpyrifos 8141A SS 56-117 28 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Coumaphos 8141A SS 50-126 36 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Demeton,-O And -S 8141A SS 19-153 25 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Diazinon 8141A SS 43-133 28 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Dichlorvos 8141A SS 22-116 32 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Dimethoate 8141A SS 10-142 36 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Disulfoton 8141A SS 52-115 24 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Epn 8141A SS 48-139 35 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Ethoprop 8141A SS 53-112 25 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Ethyl Parathion 8141A SS 52-133 29 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Fensulfothion 8141A SS 26-120 40 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Fenthion 8141A SS 54-121 29 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Malathion 8141A SS 52-123 29 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Merphos 8141A SS 10-193 33 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Methyl Parathion 8141A SS 55-119 29 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Mevinphos 8141A SS 34-114 29 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Naled 8141A SS 10-132 40 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Phorate 8141A SS 54-115 24 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Ronnel 8141A SS 53-112 27 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Stirophos 8141A SS 51-120 35 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Sulfotep 8141A SS 52-124 23 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Tepp 8141A SS 10-85 40 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Tokuthion (Prothiofos) 8141A SS 52-124 31 0.1 mg/Kg
Pesticides Trichloronate 8141A SS 50-118 33 0.1 mg/Kg
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 30 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
Pesticides Alachlor 507 DW 70-130 25 0.0002 mg/L
Pesticides Atrazine 507 DW 70-130 25 0.0001 mg/L
Pesticides Butachlor 507 DW 70-130 25 0.0001 mg/L
Pesticides Metolachlor 507 DW 70-130 25 0.0002 mg/L
Pesticides Metribuzin 507 DW 70-130 25 0.0002 mg/L
Pesticides Simazine 507 DW 70-130 25 7.00E-05 mg/L
Pesticides 4,4-DDD 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 60-123 20 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides 4,4-DDE 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 50-120 22 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides 4,4-DDT 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 61-121 20 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Aldrin 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 10-136 33 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Alpha BHC 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 58-114 21 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Beta BHC 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 61-120 20 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Alpha Chlordane 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 51-117 21 0.005 mg/L
Pesticides Delta BHC 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 57-120 21 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Dieldrin 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 62-123 20 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Endosulfan I 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 63-123 20 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Endosulfan II 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 63-124 20 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Endosulfan Sulfate 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 59-125 21 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Endrin 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 60-123 20 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Endrin Aldehyde 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 42-92 21 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Endrin Ketone 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 60-117 20 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Gamma BHC 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 59-116 20 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Heptachlor 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 10-131 28 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Heptachlor Epoxide 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 61-118 20 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Hexachlorobenzene 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 28-116 27 0.00005 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 31 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
Pesticides Methoxychlor 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW 66-122 20 0.00005 mg/L
Pesticides Toxaphene 608/8081A/B,
6630C GW, WW - - 0.0005 mg/L
PCBs PCB 1016 608, 6431B,
8082/A GW, WW 32-126 22 0.0005 mg/L
PCBs PCB 1221 608, 6431B,
8082/A GW, WW - - 0.0005 mg/L
PCBs PCB 1232 608, 6431B,
8082/A GW, WW - - 0.0005 mg/L
PCBs PCB 1242 608, 6431B,
8082/A GW, WW - - 0.0005 mg/L
PCBs PCB 1248 608, 6431B,
8082/A GW, WW - - 0.0005 mg/L
PCBs PCB 1254 608, 6431B,
8082/A GW, WW - - 0.0005 mg/L
PCBs PCB 1260 608, 6431B,
8082/A GW, WW 58-128 20 0.0005 mg/L
PCBs PCB 1016 8082/A SS 64-120 20 0.017 mg/Kg
PCBs PCB 1221 8082/A SS - - 0.017 mg/Kg
PCBs PCB 1232 8082/A SS - - 0.017 mg/Kg
PCBs PCB 1242 8082/A SS - - 0.017 mg/Kg
PCBs PCB 1248 8082/A SS - - 0.017 mg/Kg
PCBs PCB 1254 8082/A SS - - 0.017 mg/Kg
PCBs PCB 1260 8082/A SS 72-130 20 0.017 mg/Kg
Pesticides 4,4-DDD 8081A/B SS 74-114 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides 4,4-DDE 8081A/B SS 74-115 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides 4,4-DDT 8081A/B SS 62-124 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Aldrin 8081A/B SS 69-110 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Alpha BHC 8081A/B SS 68-111 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Beta BHC 8081A/B SS 74-112 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Delta BHC 8081A/B SS 71-110 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Dieldrin 8081A/B SS 76-115 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Endosulfan I 8081A/B SS 76-119 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Endosulfan II 8081A/B SS 75-116 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Endosulfan Sulfate 8081A/B SS 70-118 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Endrin 8081A/B SS 68-115 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Endrin Aldehyde 8081A/B SS 48-92 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Endrin Ketone 8081A/B SS 71-112 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Gamma BHC 8081A/B SS 70-112 20 0.02 mg/Kg
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 32 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
Pesticides Heptachlor 8081A/B SS 69-111 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Heptachlor Epoxide 8081A/B SS 72-115 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Hexachlorobenzene 8081A/B SS 64-111 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Methoxychlor 8081A/B SS 65-123 20 0.02 mg/Kg
Pesticides Chlordane 8081A/B SS - - 0.2 mg/Kg
Pesticides Toxaphene 8081A/B SS - - 0.4 mg/Kg
Herbicides 2,4,5-T 1658, 8151A,
6640C GW, WW 47-120 22 0.002 mg/L
Herbicides 2,4,5-TP (SILVEX) 1658, 8151A,
6640C GW, WW 46-125 25 0.002 mg/L
Herbicides 2,4-D 1658, 8151A,
6640C GW, WW 39-112 23 0.002 mg/L
Herbicides 2,4-DB 1658, 8151A,
6640C GW, WW 29-133 34 0.002 mg/L
Herbicides Dalapon 1658, 8151A,
6640C GW, WW 34-97 35 0.002 mg/L
Herbicides Dicamba 1658, 8151A,
6640C GW, WW 47-119 22 0.002 mg/L
Herbicides Dichloroprop 1658, 8151A,
6640C GW, WW 35-110 23 0.002 mg/L
Herbicides Dinoseb 1658, 8151A,
6640C GW, WW 29-111 27 0.002 mg/L
Herbicides MCPA 1658, 8151A,
6640C GW, WW 34-120 31 0.1 mg/L
Herbicides MCPP 1658, 8151A,
6640C GW, WW 16-189 31 0.1 mg/L
Herbicides 2,4,5-T 8151A SS 34-103 22 0.07 mg/Kg
Herbicides 2,4,5-TP (SILVEX) 8151A SS 30-123 28 0.07 mg/Kg
Herbicides 2,4-D 8151A SS 28/-98 24 0.07 mg/Kg
Herbicides 2,4-DB 8151A SS 26-109 32 0.07 mg/Kg
Herbicides Dalapon 8151A SS 28-92 23 0.07 mg/Kg
Herbicides Dicamba 8151A SS 38-109 20 0.07 mg/Kg
Herbicides Dichloroprop 8151A SS 28-91 24 0.07 mg/Kg
Herbicides Dinoseb 8151A SS 10-61 40 0.07 mg/Kg
Herbicides MCPA 8151A SS 22-101 37 6.5 mg/Kg
Herbicides MCPP 8151A SS 13-181 31 6.5 mg/Kg
PAH 1-Methylnaphthalene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 37-89 27 0.0001 mg/L
PAH 2-Methylnaphthalene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 34-88 28 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Acenaphthene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 45-90 24 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Acenaphthylene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 49-93 24 0.0001 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 33 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
PAH Anthracene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 55-101 20 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Benzo(a)Anthracene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 65-112 20 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Benzo(a)Pyrene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 58-105 20 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Benzo(b)Fluoranthene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 63-103 20 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Benzo(g,h,i)Perylene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 47-116 20 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Benzo(k)Fluoranthene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 61-102 20 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Chrysene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 67-106 20 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Dibenz(a,h)Anthracene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 39-115 23 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Fluoranthene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 69-107 20 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Fluorene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 48-95 21 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Indeno(1,2,3-cd)Pyrene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 59-103 20 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Naphthalene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 33-84 29 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Phenanthrene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 58-95 20 0.0001 mg/L
PAH Pyrene 8310, 610, 6440B GW, WW 62-108 20 0.0001 mg/L
PAH 1-Methylnaphthalene 8310 SS 33-102 25 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH 2-Methylnaphthalene 8310 SS 32-101 26 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Acenaphthene 8310 SS 39-102 22 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Acenaphthylene 8310 SS 40-104 23 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Anthracene 8310 SS 64-102 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Benzo(a)Anthracene 8310 SS 79-100 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Benzo(a)Pyrene 8310 SS 66-109 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Benzo(b)Fluoranthene 8310 SS 79-109 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Benzo(g,h,i)Perylene 8310 SS 75-113 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Benzo(k)Fluoranthene 8310 SS 75-103 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Chrysene 8310 SS 79-109 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Dibenz(a,h)Anthracene 8310 SS 75-105 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Fluoranthene 8310 SS 80-110 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Fluorene 8310 SS 48-109 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Indeno(1,2,3-cd)Pyrene 8310 SS 75-104 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Naphthalene 8310 SS 28-99 28 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Phenanthrene 8310 SS 61-101 20 0.02 mg/Kg
PAH Pyrene 8310 SS 75-104 20 0.02 mg/Kg
BNA PYRIDINE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 11-52 36 0.01 mg/L
BNA PYRENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 65-116 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA PHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 10-53 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA PHENANTHRENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 61-110 20 0.001 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 34 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
BNA PENTACHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 10-101 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA N-OCTADECANE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 27-136 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA N-
NITROSODIPHENYLAMINE
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 55-98 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA N-NITRODIPHENYLAMINE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 10-186 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA N-NITROSODI-N-
PROPYLAMINE
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 50-115 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA N-
NITROSODIMETHYLAMINE
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 12-68 31 0.01 mg/L
BNA NITROBENZENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 39-102 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA N-DECANE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 10-96 27 0.01 mg/L
BNA NAPHTHALENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 42-103 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA ISOPHORONE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 55-108 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA INDENO(1,2,3-CD)PYRENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 56-129 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA HEXACHLOROETHANE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 24-93 25 0.01 mg/L
BNA HEXACHLOROCYCLOPENT
ADIENE
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 20-121 27 0.00 mg/L
BNA HEXACHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 55-117 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA HEXACHLORO-1,3-
BUTADIENE
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 34-115 22 0.01 mg/L
BNA FLUORENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 58-110 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA FLUORANTHENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 66-120 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA DI-N-OCTYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 59-143 20 0.003 mg/L
BNA DI-N-BUTYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 56-133 20 0.003 mg/L
BNA DIMETHYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 10-152 22 0.003 mg/L
BNA DIETHYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 33-136 20 0.003 mg/L
BNA DIBENZOFURAN 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 53-109 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA DIBENZ(A,H)ANTHRACENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 54-130 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA CHRYSENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 65-114 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA CARBAZOLE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 62-114 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA CAPROLACTAM 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 10-30 24 0.01 mg/L
BNA BIS(2-
ETHYLHEXYL)PHTHALATE
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 61-147 20 0.003 mg/L
BNA BIS(2-
CHLOROISOPROPYL)ETHER
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 43-108 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA BIS(2-
CHLOROETHYL)ETHER
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 39-109 23 0.01 mg/L
BNA BIS(2-
CHLORETHOXY)METHANE
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 56-116 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA BIPHENYL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 48-105 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA BENZYLBUTYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 12-166 20 0.003 mg/L
BNA BENZYL ALCOHOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 32-91 20 0.01 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 35 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
BNA BENZOIC ACID 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 10-62 37 0.01 mg/L
BNA BENZO(K)FLUORANTHENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 62-116 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA BENZO(G,H,I)PERYLENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 52-132 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA BENZO(B)FLUORANTHENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 67-114 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA BENZO(A)PYRENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 68-115 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA BENZO(A)ANTHRACENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 68-113 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA BENZIDINE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 10-31 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA BENZALDEHYDE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 10-56 26 0.01 mg/L
BNA AZOBENZENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 52-113 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA ATRAZINE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 61-116 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA ANTHRACENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 65-114 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA ANILINE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 30-78 24 0.01 mg/L
BNA ACETOPHENONE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 44-98 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA ACENAPHTHYLENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 55-119 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA ACENAPHTHENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 52-107 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA 4-NITROPHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 10-53 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4-NITROANILINE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 53-135 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4-CHLOROPHENYL-
PHENYLETHER
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 58-115 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4-CHLOROANILINE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 43-104 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4-CHLORO-3-
METHYLPHENOL
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 50-105 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4-BROMOPHENYL-
PHENYLETHER
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 63-120 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4,6-DINITRO-2-
METHYLPHENOL
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 21-119 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 3-NITROANILINE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 49-116 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 3,3-DICHLOROBENZIDINE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 58-116 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 3&4-METHYLPHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 33-94 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2-NITROPHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 40-112 22 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2-NITROANILINE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 56-122 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2-METHYLPHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 35-84 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2-METHYLNAPHTHALENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 46-105 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA 2-CHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 37-90 21 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2-CHLORONAPHTHALENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 47-106 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA 2,6-DINITROTOLUENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 57-110 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,4-DINITROTOLUENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 59-117 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,4-DINITROPHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 10-121 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,4-DIMETHYLPHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 47-108 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,4-DICHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 46-105 20 0.01 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 36 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
BNA 2,4,6-TRICHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 38-113 29 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,4,5-TRICHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 41-125 27 0.01 mg/L
BNA 1-METHYLNAPHTHALENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 45-100 20 0.001 mg/L
BNA 1,4-DICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 28-94 25 0.01 mg/L
BNA 1,3-DICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 27-94 25 0.01 mg/L
BNA 1,2-DICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 30-96 24 0.01 mg/L
BNA 1,2,4-TRICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D 625 GW,WW 34-97 21 0.01 mg/L
BNA 1,2,4,5-
TETRACHLOROBENZENE
8270C/D 625 GW,WW 40-109 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA PYRIDINE 8270C/D SS 17-79 27 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA PYRENE 8270C/D SS 54-104 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA PHENOL 8270C/D SS 49-99 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA PHENANTHRENE 8270C/D SS 55-103 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA PENTACHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D SS 10-89 28 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA N-OCTADECANE 8270C/D SS 33-122 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA N-
NITROSODIPHENYLAMINE
8270C/D SS 48-90 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA N-NITRODIPHENYLAMINE 8270C/D SS 57-121 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA N-NITROSODI-N-
PROPYLAMINE
8270C/D SS 52-103 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA N-
NITROSODIMETHYLAMINE
8270C/D SS 31-107 23 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA NITROBENZENE 8270C/D SS 47-92 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA N-DECANE 8270C/D SS 31-93 21 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA NAPHTHALENE 8270C/D SS 55-91 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 3&4-METHYLPHENOL 8270C/D SS 60-104 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA ISOPHORONE 8270C/D SS 51-99-110 20 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA INDENO(1,2,3-CD)PYRENE 8270C/D SS 50-83 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA HEXACHLOROETHANE 8270C/D SS 45-117 20 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA HEXACHLOROCYCLOPENT
ADIENE
8270C/D SS 36-108 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA HEXACHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D SS 50-106 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA HEXACHLORO-1,3-
BUTADIENE
8270C/D SS 53-100 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA FLUORENE 8270C/D SS 59-108 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA FLUORANTHENE 8270C/D SS 59-119 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA DI-N-OCTYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D SS 51-114 22 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA DI-N-BUTYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D SS 59-106 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA DIMETHYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D SS 60-105 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA DIETHYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D SS 61-105 20 0.33 mg/Kg
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 37 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
BNA DIBENZOFURAN 8270C/D SS 56-98 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA DIBENZ(A,H)ANTHRACENE 8270C/D SS 49-111 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA CHRYSENE 8270C/D SS 55-102 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA CARBAZOLE 8270C/D SS 51-103 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA CAPROLACTAM 8270C/D SS 43-104 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BIS(2-
ETHYLHEXYL)PHTHALATE
8270C/D SS 56-120 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BIS(2-
CHLOROISOPROPYL)ETHER
8270C/D SS 56-95 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BIS(2-
CHLOROETHYL)ETHER
8270C/D SS 51-103 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BIS(2-
CHLORETHOXY)METHANE
8270C/D SS 58-104 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BIPHENYL 8270C/D SS 55-93 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BENZYLBUTYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D SS 61-118 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BENZYL ALCOHOL 8270C/D SS 48-96 20 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA BENZOIC ACID 8270C/D SS 10-110 41 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA BENZO(K)FLUORANTHENE 8270C/D SS 53-104 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BENZO(G,H,I)PERYLENE 8270C/D SS 47-112 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BENZO(B)FLUORANTHENE 8270C/D SS 52-106 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BENZO(A)PYRENE 8270C/D SS 57-103 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BENZO(A)ANTHRACENE 8270C/D SS 56-103 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA BENZIDINE 8270C/D SS 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA BENZALDEHYDE 8270C/D SS 10-30 23 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA AZOBENZENE 8270C/D SS 49-105 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA ATRAZINE 8270C/D SS 55-101 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA ANTHRACENE 8270C/D SS 58-105 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA ANILINE 8270C/D SS 32-79 23 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA ACETOPHENONE 8270C/D SS 49-88 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA ACENAPHTHYLENE 8270C/D SS 61-107 20 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA ACENAPHTHENE 8270C/D SS 55-96 20 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA 4-NITROPHENOL 8270C/D SS 34-101 26 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA 4-NITROANILINE 8270C/D SS 41-105 20 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA 4-CHLOROPHENYL-
PHENYLETHER
8270C/D SS 59-103 20 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA 4-CHLOROANILINE 8270C/D SS 38-89 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 4-CHLORO-3-
METHYLPHENOL
8270C/D SS 58-98 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 4-BROMOPHENYL-
PHENYLETHER
8270C/D SS 58-111 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 4,6-DINITRO-2-8270C/D SS 24-98 32 0.33 mg/Kg
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 38 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
METHYLPHENOL
BNA 3-NITROANILINE 8270C/D SS 42-91 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 3,3-DICHLOROBENZIDINE 8270C/D SS 36-84 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 2-NITROPHENOL 8270C/D SS 55-106 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 2-NITROANILINE 8270C/D SS 55-110 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 2-METHYLPHENOL 8270C/D SS 52-90 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 2-METHYLNAPHTHALENE 8270C/D SS 57-94 20 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA 2-CHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D SS 52-88 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 2-CHLORONAPHTHALENE 8270C/D SS 55-96 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 2,6-DINITROTOLUENE 8270C/D SS 53-99 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 2,4-DINITROTOLUENE 8270C/D SS 54-103 20 0.033 mg/Kg
BNA 2,4-DINITROPHENOL 8270C/D SS 10-109 39 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 2,4-DIMETHYLPHENOL 8270C/D SS 52-101 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 2,4-DICHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D SS 56-96 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 2,4,6-TRICHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D SS 50-98 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 2,4,5-TRICHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D SS 48-103 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 1-METHYLNAPHTHALENE 8270C/D SS 54-90 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 1,4-DICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D SS 47-84 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 1,3-DICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D SS 47-84 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 1,2-DICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D SS 48-86 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 1,2,4-TRICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D SS 48-87 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA 1,2,4,5-
TETRACHLOROBENZENE
8270C/D SS 52-99 20 0.33 mg/Kg
BNA PYRIDINE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-74 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA PYRENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 45-176 28 0.001 mg/L
BNA PHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-69 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA PHENANTHRENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 46-163 29 0.001 mg/L
BNA PENTACHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-128 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA N-OCTADECANE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 37-183 39 0.01 mg/L
BNA N-
NITROSODIPHENYLAMINE
8270C/D RV GW,WW
41-168 37 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2-NITRODIPHENYLAMINE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 39-156 38 0.01 mg/L
BNA N-NITROSODI-N-
PROPYLAMINE
8270C/D RV GW,WW
27-157 31 0.01 mg/L
BNA N-
NITROSODIMETHYLAMINE
8270C/D RV GW,WW
10-96 36 0.01 mg/L
BNA NITROBENZENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 22-154 37 0.01 mg/L
BNA N-DECANE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-141 36 0.01 mg/L
BNA NAPHTHALENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 26-147 31 0.001 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 39 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
BNA ISOPHORONE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 36-166 35 0.01 mg/L
BNA INDENO(1,2,3-CD)PYRENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 42-184 32 0.01 mg/L
BNA HEXACHLOROETHANE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-130 39 0.01 mg/L
BNA HEXACHLOROCYCLOPENT
ADIENE
8270C/D RV GW,WW
10-142 40 0.00 mg/L
BNA HEXACHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 38-163 35 0.001 mg/L
BNA HEXACHLORO-1,3-
BUTADIENE
8270C/D RV GW,WW
18-136 30 0.01 mg/L
BNA FLUORENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 39-163 36 0.001 mg/L
BNA FLUORANTHENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 46-171 37 0.001 mg/L
BNA DI-N-OCTYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 40-170 28 0.003 mg/L
BNA DI-N-BUTYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 33-175 39 0.003 mg/L
BNA DIMETHYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-165 37 0.003 mg/L
BNA DIETHYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-182 35 0.003 mg/L
BNA DIBENZOFURAN 8270C/D RV GW,WW 35-149 34 0.01 mg/L
BNA DIBENZ(A,H)ANTHRACENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 43-187 31 0.001 mg/L
BNA CHRYSENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 46-170 30 0.001 mg/L
BNA CARBAZOLE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 49-165 35 0.01 mg/L
BNA CAPROLACTAM 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-39 37 0.01 mg/L
BNA BIS(2-
ETHYLHEXYL)PHTHALATE
8270C/D RV GW,WW
42-191 33 0.003 mg/L
BNA BIS(2-
CHLOROISOPROPYL)ETHER
8270C/D RV GW,WW
26-149 34 0.01 mg/L
BNA BIS(2-
CHLOROETHYL)ETHER
8270C/D RV GW,WW
22-149 38 0.01 mg/L
BNA BIS(2-
CHLORETHOXY)METHANE
8270C/D RV GW,WW
34-155 31 0.01 mg/L
BNA BIPHENYL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 33-151 32 0.01 mg/L
BNA BENZYLBUTYL PHTHALATE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-178 40 0.003 mg/L
BNA BENZYL ALCOHOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 22-140 34 0.01 mg/L
BNA BENZOIC ACID 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-75 20 0.01 mg/L
BNA BENZO(K)FLUORANTHENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 42-178 33 0.001 mg/L
BNA BENZO(G,H,I)PERYLENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 42-181 30 0.001 mg/L
BNA BENZO(B)FLUORANTHENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 39-173 32 0.001 mg/L
BNA BENZO(A)PYRENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 39-167 29 0.001 mg/L
BNA BENZO(A)ANTHRACENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 46-167 29 0.001 mg/L
BNA BENZIDINE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-86 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA BENZALDEHYDE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 24-115 34 0.01 mg/L
BNA AZOBENZENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 39-156 31 0.01 mg/L
BNA ATRAZINE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 50-149 38 0.01 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 40 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
BNA ANTHRACENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 48-167 26 0.001 mg/L
BNA ANILINE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 24-120 30 0.01 mg/L
BNA ACETOPHENONE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 35-130 32 0.01 mg/L
BNA ACENAPHTHYLENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 34-162 31 0.001 mg/L
BNA ACENAPHTHENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 37-159 30 0.001 mg/L
BNA 4-NITROPHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-61 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4-NITROANILINE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 41-174 36 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4-CHLOROPHENYL-
PHENYLETHER
8270C/D RV GW,WW
39-155 33 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4-CHLOROANILINE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 37-158 28 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4-CHLORO-3-
METHYLPHENOL
8270C/D RV GW,WW
14-158 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4-BROMOPHENYL-
PHENYLETHER
8270C/D RV GW,WW
40-166 36 0.01 mg/L
BNA 4,6-DINITRO-2-
METHYLPHENOL
8270C/D RV GW,WW
10-164 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 3-NITROANILINE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 38-153 33 0.01 mg/L
BNA 3,3-DICHLOROBENZIDINE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 42-150 29 0.01 mg/L
BNA 3&4-METHYLPHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 11-132 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2-NITROPHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 14-158 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2-NITROANILINE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 38-169 31 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2-METHYLPHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 19-122 36 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2-METHYLNAPHTHALENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 27-151 32 0.001 mg/L
BNA 2-CHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 16-129 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2-CHLORONAPHTHALENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 29-149 34 0.001 mg/L
BNA 2,6-DINITROTOLUENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 32-163 30 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,4-DINITROTOLUENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 30-168 32 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,4-DINITROPHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-135 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,4-DIMETHYLPHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 19-160 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,4-DICHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 10-157 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,4,6-TRICHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 12-147 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,4,5-TRICHLOROPHENOL 8270C/D RV GW,WW 12-154 40 0.01 mg/L
BNA 2,3,4,6-
TETRACHLOROPHENOL
8270C/D RV GW,WW
10-152 40 0.001 mg/L
BNA 1-METHYLNAPHTHALENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 29-144 31 0.01 mg/L
BNA 1,4-DICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 15-129 34 0.01 mg/L
BNA 1,3-DICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 14-127 34 0.01 mg/L
BNA 1,2-DICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 16-134 33 0.01 mg/L
BNA 1,2,4-TRICHLOROBENZENE 8270C/D RV GW,WW 18-130 32 0.01 mg/L
BNA 1,2,4,5-8270C/D RV GW,WW 29-121 31 0.01 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 41 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
TETRACHLOROBENZENE
BNA Sulfolane 8270C/D GW, WW 50-150 20 0.2 Ug/L
BNA Sulfolane 8270C/D SS 50-150 20 .33 Ug/kg
Glycols Ethylene Glycol 8015 SS 80-120 20 5.0 mg/L
Glycols Propylene Glycol 8015 SS 80-120 20 5.0 mg/L
Glycols Ethylene Glycol 8015 GW,WW 80-120 20 5.0 mg/L
Glycols Propylene Glycol 8015 GW,WW 80-120 20 5.0 mg/L
Explosives 1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene 8330A/B SS 82-105 20 0.5 mg/Kg
Explosives 1,3-Dinitrobenzene 8330A/B SS 20 0.5 mg/Kg
Explosives 2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene 8330A/B SS 75-90 20 0.5 mg/Kg
Explosives 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 8330A/B SS 77-101 20 0.5 mg/Kg
Explosives 2,6-Dinitrotoluene 8330A/B SS 84-101 20 0.5 mg/Kg
Explosives 2-Nitrotoluene 8330A/B SS 83-99 20 0.5 mg/Kg
Explosives 3-Nitrotoluene 8330A/B SS 79-103 20 0.5 mg/Kg
Explosives 4-Nitrotoluene (4-NT) 8330A/B SS 83-104 20 0.5 mg/Kg
Explosives Hexahydro-1,3,5-Trinitro-1,3,5-
Triazine 8330A/B SS 81-101 20 0.5 mg/Kg
Explosives Methyl -2,4,6-
Trinitrophenylnitramine 8330A/B SS 74-101 20 0.5 mg/Kg
Explosives Nitrobenzene 8330A/B SS 79-103 20 0.5 mg/Kg
Explosives Octahydro - 1,3,5,7 -tetranitro-
1,3,5,7-tetrazocine (HMX) 8330A/B SS 86-108 20 0.0005 mg/Kg
Explosives Pentaerythritol Tetranitrate
(PETN) 8330A/B SS 72-121 21 2 mg/Kg
Explosives Nitroglycerine 8330A/B SS 63-127 20 2 mg/Kg
Explosives Nitroguanidine 8330A/B SS 20 8 mg/Kg
Explosives 1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene 8330A/B GW 82-105 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives 1,3-Dinitrobenzene 8330A/B GW 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives 2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene 8330A/B GW 75-90 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 8330A/B GW 77-101 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives 2,6-Dinitrotoluene 8330A/B GW 84-101 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives 2-Nitrotoluene 8330A/B GW 83-99 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives 3-Nitrotoluene 8330A/B GW 79-103 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives 4-Nitrotoluene (4-NT) 8330A/B GW 46-87 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives Hexahydro-1,3,5-Trinitro-1,3,5-
Triazine 8330A/B GW 81-101 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives Methyl -2,4,6-
Trinitrophenylnitramine 8330A/B GW 74-101 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives Nitrobenzene 8330A/B GW 79-103 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives Octahydro - 1,3,5,7 -tetranitro-
1,3,5,7-tetrazocine (HMX) 8330A/B GW 86-108 20 0.0005 mg/L
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 42 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
Explosives Pentaerythritol Tetranitrate
(PETN) 8330A/B GW 72-121 20 0.0005 mg/L
Explosives Nitroglycerine 8330A/B GW 67-123 20 0.0005 mg/L
GC 1, 2 Dibromoethane (EDB) 504/8011 DW,GW,
WW 70 - 130 <30 0.00002 mg/L
GC 1, 2 Dibromo-3-chloropropane 504/8011 DW,GW,
WW 70 - 130 <30 0.00002 mg/L
GC 1,2,3-Trichloropropane 504/8011 DW,GW,
WW 70 - 130 <30 0.0005 mg/L
THAA Bromoacetic Acid 552.2 DW 70 - 130 <30 0.001 mg/L
THAA Chloroacetic Acid 552.2 DW 70 - 130 <30 0.002 mg/L
THAA Dibromoacetic Acid 552.2 DW 70 - 130 <30 0.001 mg/L
THAA Dichloroacetic Acid 552.2 DW 70 - 130 <30 0.001 mg/L
THAA Trichloroacetic Acid 552.2 DW 70 - 130 <30 0.001 mg/L
TPH Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) FL-PRO GW, 50 - 150 <20 0.1 mg/L
TPH Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) FL-PRO SS 50 - 150 <20 4.0 mg/Kg
TPH Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) EPH TN GW 50 - 150 <20 0.1 mg/L
TPH Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) EPH TN SS 50 - 150 <20 4.0 mg/Kg
TPH
Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) - C9-C18, C19-C36,
C11-C22
MADEP EPH GW, WW 50 - 150 <20 0.1 mg/L
TPH
Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) - C9-C18, C19-C36,
C11-C22
MADEP EPH SS 50 - 150 <20 5.5 mg/Kg
TPH Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) - C10-C28 DRO, 8015Mod GW, WW 50 - 150 <20 0.1 mg/L
TPH Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) - C10-C28 DRO, 8015Mod SS 50 - 150 <20 4.0 mg/Kg
TPH Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) – C10-C20, C20-C34 OHIO DRO GW, WW 50 - 150 <20 0.1 mg/L
TPH Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) – C10-C20, C20-C34 OHIO DRO SS 50 - 150 <20 4.0 mg/Kg
TPH
Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) – gas, diesel, motor oil,
etc.
OA2 GW, WW 50 - 150 <20 0.1 mg/L
TPH
Petroleum Range Organics
(TRPH) – gas, diesel, motor oil,
etc.
OA2 SS 50 - 150 <20 4.0 mg/Kg
TPH Petroleum Range Organics -
C10-C28, C28-C40 DRORLA GW, WW 50 - 150 <20 0.1 mg/L
TPH Petroleum Range Organics -
C10-C28, C28-C40 DRORLA SS 50 - 150 <20 4.0 mg/Kg
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 43 of 46

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Semi-Volatiles Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Class Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(RPD) RL Unit
TPH Petroleum Range Organics –
C10-C32 DROWY GW, WW 50 - 150 <20 0.1 mg/L
TPH Petroleum Range Organics –
C10-C32 DROWY SS 50 - 150 <20 4.0 mg/Kg
TPH Petroleum Range Organics – gas,
diesel, motor oil, etc. NWTPH-Dx GW, WW 50 - 150 <20 0.25 mg/L
TPH Petroleum Range Organics – gas,
diesel, motor oil, etc. NWTPH-Dx SS 50 - 150 <20 25 mg/Kg
TPH Petroleum Range Organics –
C10-C28 DROWM GW, WW 75 - 115 <20 0.1 mg/L
TPH Petroleum Range Organics –
C10-C28 DROWM SS 70 - 120 <20 10 mg/Kg
TPH Petroleum Range Organics –
C10-C22 TPHAZ SS 70-130 <20 30 mg/Kg
TPH Petroleum Range Organics –
C22-C32 TPHAZ SS 70-130 <20 100. mg/Kg
TPH Petroleum Range Organics –
C10-C32 TPHAZ SS 70-130 <20 130. mg/Kg
TPH
Petroleum Range Organics - C6-
C12, C12-C28, C28-C35, C6-
C35
TX TPH SS 75 - 125 <20 50 mg/Kg
TPH Petroleum Range Organics -
C10-C21, C21-C35 DROMO GW, WW 75 - 125 <20 1.0 mg/L
TPH Petroleum Range Organics -
C10-C21, C21-C35 DROMO SS 75 - 125 <20 20 mg/Kg
IH Aromatic Hydrocarbons NIOSH 1501 Air 85-115 <20 10 ug/samp
le

13.0 CORRECTIVE ACTION

13.1 In the event that a nonconformance occurs in conjunction with the analytical batch, a
corrective action response (CAR) form must be completed. The cause of the event is
stated on the form and the measures taken to correct the nonconformance clearly defined.
The effectiveness of the corrective action must be assessed and noted. The CAR is kept
on file by the QA Department. Corrective action procedures are documented in SOP
#030208, Corrective and Preventive Action

13.2 Required Corrective Action

Control limits have been established for each type of analysis. When these limits are
exceeded, corrective action must be taken. Calculated sample spike control limits are also
used.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 44 of 46

All samples and procedures are governed by ESCs quality assurance program. General
corrective actions are as follows; however additional and more specific direction is provided
in the specific determinative procedure. For more information, see the appropriate
determinative SOP.

13.2.1 Laboratory QC Criteria and Appropriate Corrective Actions

If the analytical method contains acceptance/rejection criteria and it is more stringent than
those controls generated by the laboratory the method criteria will take precedence.

13.2.2 Out Of Control Blanks: Applies to Method, Trip, Rinsate & Instrument Blanks

Rejection Criteria - Blank reading is more than twice the background absorbance or more
than 1/2 RL.

Corrective Action - Blanks are re-analyzed and the response is assessed. Standard curves
and samples are evaluated for any obvious contamination that is isolated or uniform
throughout the run. If necessary, reagents are re-prepared. Analyses are not initiated until
the problem is identified and solved. If samples have already been prepared or analyzed, the
Department Manager or QA Department is consulted to determine if data needs to be
rejected or if samples need to be re-prepared.

13.2.3 Out Of Control Laboratory Control Standards (LCS & LCSD)

Rejection Criteria - If the performance is outside of lab-generated control limits which are
calculated as the mean of at least 20 data points +3 times the standard deviation of those
points (Listed in Section 12) and the marginal exceedance allowance is surpassed (see
section 12.2).

Corrective Action - Instrument settings are checked and the LCS standard is reanalyzed. If
the LCS is still out of control, instrumentation is checked for systemic problems and
repaired (if necessary). Re-calibration is performed and the samples affected since the last
in control reference standard are rerun. The group leader, Department Manager, or QA
Department is consulted for further action.

13.2.4 Out Of Control Matrix Spike Samples

Rejection Criteria - If sample is outside of lab-generated control limits from accuracy charts
on matrix spike samples from a similar matrix (i.e., water, solid, etc). Limits are calculated
as the mean of at least 20 data points +3 times the standard deviation of those points.

Corrective Action - Spiking technique is assessed to ascertain if the sample has been spiked
correctly. The spiked sample should be 1 – 5 times the client sample concentration;
otherwise, the percent recovery (%R) or relative percent difference (%RPD) of the
MS/MSD is flagged as not meaningful or usable. The sample is re-spiked and re-analyzed,
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 45 of 46

along with several other similar samples in subset. If an out of control situation persists,
sample matrix interference is indicated. Samples to be analyzed by standard additions are
prepared (where appropriate), and the group leader, Department Manager, or QA
Department is notified.

13.2.5 Out Of Control Duplicate Samples

Rejection Criteria - Lab-generated maximum RPD limit (as listed under precision in Section
12)

Corrective Action - Instrument and samples are checked to see if precision variance is likely
(i.e., high suspended solids content, high viscosity, etc.). They are re-analyzed in duplicate
and samples just before and just after the duplicated sample are re-checked. If problem still
exists, Department Manager, or QA Department is notified to review the analytical
techniques.

13.2.6 Out Of Control Matrix Spike Duplicates

Rejection Criteria - These QC samples can be out of control for accuracy, precision, or both.

Corrective Action - The appropriate corrective actions listed for either matrix spikes,
duplicate samples, or both are followed.

NOTE: Some samples cannot be duplicated. This is the case for wipe samples, filters, and
some water samples. When possible, sampling personnel should collect duplicate samples.

13.2.7 Out Of Control Calibration Standards: ICV, CCV, SSCV

Rejection Criteria - If the performance is outside of method requirements.

Corrective Action - Instrument settings are checked, calibration verification standard is
reanalyzed. If the standard is still out of control, recalibration is performed, and samples
affected since the last in control reference standard are rerun. The group leader, Department
Manager, or QA Department will be consulted for further action.

14.0 RECORD KEEPING

Record keeping is outlined in SOP #010103, Document Control and Distribution, SOP
#030203, Reagent Logs and Records and SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting.
Semi-Volatile organics calibration data are recorded and integrated using HP Enviroquant
software. Calibration data from the semi-volatile analyses, in addition to the initial and
daily calibration, includes GC/MS autotunes, DFTPP reports and surrogate recovery
reports. Hard copy records of initial calibration and daily calibration are stored with
chromatograms and integrated with sample data by date analyzed.
ESC Lab Sciences App. VII, Ver. 11.0
Semi-Volatiles Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VII to the ESC QAM Page 46 of 46

15.0 QUALITY AUDITS

System and data quality audits are outlined in the ESC Quality Assurance Manual
Version 8.0.
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 2 of 20

2.0 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Section Title Rev. Date Rev. #
1.0 Approval and Signature Page Page 1 4/15/13 0
2.0 Table of Contents Page 2 4/15/13 0
3.0 Scope and Application Page 3 4/15/13 0
4.0 Laboratory Organization and Responsibility Page 3 4/15/13 0
5.0 Personnel and Training Page 3 4/15/13 0
6.0 Facilities and Laboratory Safety Page 4 4/15/13 0
7.0 Sampling Procedures Page 4 4/15/13 0
8.0 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
9.0 Laboratory Practices Page 12 4/15/13 0
10.0 Analytical Procedures Page 13 4/15/13 0
11.0 Quality Control Checks Page 15 4/15/13 0
12.0 Data Reduction, Validation and Reporting Page 15 4/15/13 0
13.0 Corrective Actions Page 19 4/15/13 0
14.0 Record Keeping Page 20 4/15/13 0
15.0 Quality Audits Page 20 4/15/13 0

TABLES
8.1 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
8.2 Equipment Preventative Maintenance,
Equipment Calibration Page 6 4/15/13 0
8.3A Standards and Reagents Page 6 4/15/13 0
8.3B Working Standards Page 7 4/15/13 0
8.5 Instrument Calibration Page 10 4/15/13 0
10.1 Semi-Volatile Department SOPs Page 13 4/15/13 0
12.1 Data Reduction Formulas Page 16 4/15/13 0
12.3 QC Targets and RLs Page 16 4/15/13 0

ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 3 of 20

3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

This appendix discusses specific QA requirements for general analytical protocols to
ensure that analytical data generated from the Air Laboratory are scientifically valid and
are of acceptable quality. Any deviations from these requirements and any deviations
that result in nonconforming work must be immediately evaluated and their corrective
actions documented.

4.0 LABORATORY ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES 

ESC Lab Sciences offers diverse environmental capabilities that enable the laboratory to
provide the client with both routine and specialized services, field sampling and broad
laboratory expertise. A brief outline of the organization and responsibilities as they apply
to the ESC Quality Assurance Program is presented in Section 4.0 in the ESC Quality
Assurance Manual Version 8.0.

5.0 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING  

5.1 PERSONNEL

Kenneth W. Buckley, with a B.S. degree in General Science, is the Laboratory
Operations Manager. Mr. Buckley reviews and approves all data reduction associated
with analyses in these areas and is responsible for the overall production of these
laboratories; including the management of the staff and scheduling. Mr. Buckley has 12
years of environmental laboratory experience. In his absence, Derek Ramey, with studies
in math and engineering and 11 years of environmental laboratory experience, assumes
responsibility for Air Department decisions.

5.2 TRAINING

The primary analyst or Manager trains new laboratory analysts according to ESC
protocol. ESC’s training program is outlined in SOP 030205 Technical Training and
Personnel Qualifications. Performance is documented using an initial demonstration of
capability (IDOCs) and continuing demonstration of capability (CDOC). Documentation
of analyst training is maintained on file within the department. 

ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 4 of 20

6.0 FACILITIES AND LABORATORY SAFETY

6.1 FACILITIES

The main area of the laboratory has approximately 670 square feet of area with roughly
150 square feet of bench area. There are 670 square feet of additional storage and the
lighting is fluorescence. The air system is a ten-ton Trane split unit with natural gas for
heating. The laboratory reagent water is provided through the US Filter deionizer
system. Waste disposal containers are located in the laboratory and Clean Harbors serves
as ESC’s hazardous waste disposal company. ESC’s building information guides and site
plan are shown in Appendix I.

6.2 LABORATORY SAFETY

· Laboratory access is limited when work is being performed.
· All procedures where chemicals are prepared or splashes may occur are
conducted in laboratory exhaust hoods.

ESC’s laboratory safety guidelines are detailed in the ESC Chemical Hygiene and Safety
Plan.

7.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES

7.1 FIELD SAMPLING PROCEDURES, SAMPLE STORAGE, AND HANDLING

· Field Sampling procedure is described in Appendix III of this ESC Quality
Assurance Manual. Sample information is recorded and kept on the ESC chain of
custody and field logbooks.
· Samples for air analysis are collected in four ways:
Ø Samples may be collected directly in evacuated Summa canisters fit with
the appropriately adjusted regulator that controls sampling flow to fill the
canister over a given time period.
Ø Summa canisters may also be collected as “grab” samples by simply
opening the canister without the aid of a flow regulator and allowing the
canister to fill quickly by virtue of the canister vacuum.
Ø The third method entails collection of field samples using various sized
bags specifically designed for air sampling (i.e. Tedlar). This type of
sampling allows a pump connected to the bag to sample the air over the
appropriate timeframe needed by the client.
Ø The headspace of containers housing water samples may also be analyzed
for specific volatile components.
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 5 of 20

· Air samples taken in summa canisters should be shipped in bubble wrapped
boxes. Tedlar bags and water samples can be shipped in a container or cooler that
is sufficiently rigid and protects the samples from damage that may be incurred in
shipping. The chain of custody is also placed in the container. The shipping label
containing the name and address of the shipper is affixed to the outside of the
cooler.
· Samples are received in the laboratory login area and are tracked using LIMS
(Laboratory Information Management System). A Chain of Custody Form
accompanies all samples received by the lab. This is necessary to prove the
traceability of the samples and to document the change in possession from
sampling to delivery to receipt by the laboratory. Prior to analysis samples are
checked for integrity. Sample handling, tracking and acceptance procedures are
outlined in SOP #060105, Sample Receiving.

8.0 EQUIPMENT

8.1 EQUIPMENT LIST

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Air Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Instrument
Name # Serial # Location
Gas Chromatograph HP 6890N TCD AIRGC3 1 US10726007 Air Lab
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer HP 6890
GC/5973MSD AIRMS1 1 GCUS00024616
MSUS63810244 Air Lab
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer Agilent 6890N/5975 AIRMS2 2 CN10551083 Air Lab
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer Agilent 6890/5973 AIRMS3 3 US000011333
US91911078 Air Lab
Gas Chromatograph/Mass
Spectrometer Agilent 6890/5973 AIRMS4 4 US00024695
US82311265 Air Lab
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 0197 Air Lab
Canister Autosampler Entech 7016C 0203 Air Lab
Preconcentrator Entech 7100A 1089 Air Lab
Preconcentrator Entech 7200 1005 Air Lab
Canister Autosampler Entech 7016CA 1039 Air Lab
Tedlar Autosampler Entech 7032A-L 1019 Air Lab
Dynamic Diluter Entech Model 4600A 1086 Air Lab
Canister Cleaner Entech Model 3100A 1045 Air Lab
Canister Cleaner Entech Model 3100A 1178 Air Lab
Canister cleaner Entech Model 3100A B33-02663 Air Lab
Preconcentrator Entech 7100A 1137 Air Lab
Canister Autosampler Entech 7016CA 1137 Air Lab
Tedlar Autosampler Entech 7032A-L 1017 Air Lab
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 6 of 20

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Air Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Instrument
Name # Serial # Location
GC/FID Agilent 6890N AIRGC2 2 US10137006 Air Lab
Headspace Autosampler Tekmar 7000 9507018 Air Lab
TO Canister Restek/Entech TO-Can/
SiloniteCan
1800 cans
owned N/A Air Lab
Passive Sampling Kit Restek 800 owned N/A Air Lab
Field hand held PID RAE Systems MiniRae2000 110-012980 Air Lab
Field hand held PID RAE Systems MiniRAE2000 Air Lab

8.2 EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE, EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION

INSTRUMENT P. M. DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY
Gas Chromatograph Detectors: FID Change Quartz jet; clean;
replace flame tip
As needed - when deterioration is
noticeable
Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer •Autotune Report Inspected daily
Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer •Clean ion source As needed to maintain high mass resolution
Gas Chromatograph/Mass Spectrometer •Replace vacuum pump oil Every 6 months
Gas Chromatographs/Mass Spectrometer &
Gas Chromatographs
•Replace column When separation begins to degrade

8.3 STANDARDS AND REAGENTS

Table 8.3A: Standard stock sources, description and calibration information.
This table is subject to revision without notice
Method Vendor Description Conc. Storage
Req. Expiration
TO-15/8260B (VAP)/Method 8-
mod. ISTD Stock Standard
Spectra
Gases
ISTD and Tuning
Mixture 1 ppmv 3395 L (2A)
cylinder 1 year
TO-15/ 8260B(VAP)/ Method 18-
mod. Stock Standard*
Spectra
Gases
Target Analytes except
Bromoform at 3 ppmv,
m&p Xylene at 2 ppmv
and GRO at 40 ppmv
100
ppbv
3395 L (2A)
cylinder 1 year
TO-15/ 8260B(VAP)/ Method 18-
mod. Laboratory Control Stock
Standard*
Spectra
Gases
Target Analytes –
Second Source
100
ppbv
3395 L (2A)
cylinder 1 year
Landfill Gases Stock
(CO2, CO, CH6, O2, He)
Spectra
Gases Target Analytes 3 Levels 3395 L (2A)
cylinder 1 year
Landfill Gases Laboratory
Control Stock Standard
Spectra
Gases
Target Analytes –
Second Source 20% 3395 L (2A)
cylinder 1 year
RSK-175 (Methane, Ethane, Ethene,
Propane, Acetylene) Stock Standard
Scotty
Gases Target Analytes 1000
ppmv
3395 L (2A)
cylinder 1 year
RSK-175 Laboratory
Control Stock Standard
Scotty
Gases
Target Analytes –
Second Source
1000
ppmv
3395 L (2A)
cylinder 1 year

ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 7 of 20

TABLE 8.3B: Intermediate/Working Standard Concentrations
This table is subject to revision without notice
Organic Compounds Method # Working Standard
Concentrations
Volume of
Stock Used Final Volume Expiration
ISTD and Tuning
Intermediate Standard
TO-15/8260B
(VAP)/Method 18. 20 ppbv 900 cc 45L in 15L
Canister 1 year
Target Analytes*
Intermediate Standard
TO-15/8260B
(VAP)/Method 18
5 ppbv except
Bromoform at 5ppbv,
m&p Xylene at 10 ppbv
and GRO at 200 ppbv
225 cc 45L in 15L
Canister 1 year
TO-15/ 8260B(VAP)/
Method 18-mod.
Laboratory Control*
Intermediate Standard
TO-15/8260B
(VAP)/Method 18
Second Source: 5 ppbv
except Bromoform at
15ppbv, m&p Xylene at
10 ppbv and GRO at 200
225 cc 45L in 15L
Canister 1 year
* see analytes listed in Table 12.3.

8.4 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION

TO-15, 8260B(Ohio VAP Air), Gasoline Range Components (Method 18) – Volatiles in
Air by GC/MS – SOP Numbers 330367, 330368, & 330369

Detector mass calibration is performed daily using the autotune function of the GC/MS
analytical system and PFTBA (Perfluorotributylamine). Following verification of the
appropriate masses, the instrument sensitivity is verified by injecting a tuning solution
containing Bromofluorobenzene (BFB). The BFB must meet the following ion
abundance criteria:

Mass Ion Abundance Criteria
50 15.0-40.0% of mass 95
75 30.0-60.0% of mass 95
95 base peak, 100% relative abundance
96 5.0-9.0% of mass 95
173 < 2.0% of mass 174
174 > 50.0% of mass 95
175 5.0-9.0% of mass 174
176 > 95.0%, but less than 101% of mass 174
177 5.0-9.0% of mass 176

Successful tuning must occur every 24 hours for method TO-15 and Method 18 and every
12 hours for method 8260B.

Following successful tuning, the GC/MS is calibrated using the internal standard
procedure. A standard curve is prepared using a minimum of five standards. The
calibration standards are tabulated according to peak height or area against concentration
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 8 of 20

and the concentrations and responses of the internal standard analytes. The results are
used to determine a response factor for each analyte in each standard injected.

A TO-15 or Method 18 calibration curve is constructed and determined to be acceptable
if each analyte is found to be constant over the working range (<30 % RSD with no more
than 2 compounds being between 30 and 40 % RSD). When this condition is met,
linearity through the origin can be assumed and the average RF can be used in place of a
calibration curve.

When analyzing air by method 8260B, specific target analytes in the calibration standards
are defined as calibration check compounds (CCCs) or system performance check
compounds (SPCCs).

SPCCs:
Analyte Minimum Relative
Response Factor
Chloromethane 0.10
1,1-Dichloroethane 0.10
Bromoform 0.10
Chlorobenzene 0.30
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 0.30

CCCs:
1,1-Dichloroethene Toluene
Chloroform Ethylbenzene
1,2-Dichloropropane Vinyl Chloride

Analytes identified by the method as SPCCs must meet the minimum average response
factors listed above for successful initial calibration. Compounds identified as CCCs
must have a %RSD of less than 30% in the initial calibration curve. The remaining target
analytes in the calibration standards must be <15% RSD. Initial 8260B calibration that
does not meet these requirements is not accepted and re-calibration must be performed.
Linear regression can be used for any target compound exceeding the 15% RSD criteria
providing that the correlation coefficient is 0.990 or better.

For all methods, the initial calibration range must represent the typical air sample and
include the lowest standard at or below the RL. The linear range of the instrument must
be monitored to ensure that the maximum calibration point is within the range.
Following successful calibration, the analysis of field and QC samples may begin.
Analysis may be performed only during the timeframe of a valid tuning cycle (12 hours
for 8260B and 24 hours for TO-15 and Method 18). Following the expiration of the
tuning clock, the instrument must be retuned and either recalibrated or the existing
calibration may be verified prior to further sample analysis.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 9 of 20

For 8260B analyses, daily continuing calibration verification (CCV) includes successful
demonstration of BFB sensitivity and the injection of a mid-level CCV standard
containing all the target analytes of interest, the CCC, and SPCC compounds. The BFB
tune must meet the ion abundance criteria (see table above). Each SPCC in the
calibration verification standard must meet a minimum response factors listed above.
The CCCs must achieve the criteria of +/- 20% RSD. Each internal standard in the CCV
must recover between -50% to + 100%, when compared to the same internal standard
compound in the mid-point standard of the initial calibration curve. Additionally, if the
retention time of an internal standard changes by more than 30 seconds from the retention
time of the same internal standard in the mid-level standard of the most recent initial
calibration, the system must be evaluated, corrected, and possibly re-calibrated.

For TO-15 and Method 18 analyses, daily calibration verification is accomplished by a
successful demonstration of BFB sensitivity and the injection of a mid-level CCV
standard containing all the target analytes of interest. The BFB tune must meet the same
ion abundance criteria as previously listed and the CCV standard must recover within
30% of predicted response for all analytes of interest.

Fixed Gases (Carbon Dioxide, Carbon Monoxide, Methane, Oxygen) – SOP Number
330372

Optimize the conditions of the Gas Chromatograph with Thermal Conductivity Detection
according to the manufacturer’s specification to provide good resolution and sensitivity.
Verify that the gas flows and column and detector temperatures are at optimum levels for
analysis, based on peak resolution and chromatograph performance. Allow sufficient
time between each temperature adjustment to attain a stable reading (typically one hour).
Standards are injected at a minimum of three concentration levels from purchased
certified standards. Generation of the initial calibration is performed using PC-based
D.01 ChemStation software and a calibration factor or linear regression model. The
calibration must meet 15% RSD or a correlation coefficient must be at least 0.990.
Instrument calibration must be verified initially on days when a full calibration curve is
not analyzed, following every 10 injections during the analytical sequence, and at the end
of each sequence by the analysis of a check standard. These standards must recover
within 15% of the expected concentration.

Methane, Ethane, Ethene, Propane, Acetylene based on RSK-175 – SOP Number
330370

Optimize the conditions of the Gas Chromatograph with Thermal Conductivity Detection
according to the manufacturer’s specification to provide good resolution and sensitivity.
Verify that the gas flows and column and detector temperatures are at optimum levels for
analysis, based on peak resolution and chromatograph performance. Allow sufficient
time between each temperature adjustment to attain a stable reading (typically one hour).
Standards are injected at a minimum of three concentration levels. The target analytes in
the calibration standards must be <15% RSD. Linear regression can be used for any
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 10 of 20

target compound exceeding the 15% RSD criteria providing that the correlation
coefficient is 0.990 or better. Headspace is created in each field sample by forcing 20cc
of helium into each sample vial. Following sufficient time for the sample and headspace
to reach equilibrium, 100 uL of air is removed from each vial and injected into the GC.
Instrument calibration must be verified initially on days when a full calibration curve is
not analyzed, following every 10 injections during the analytical sequence, and at the end
of each sequence by the analysis of a check standard. These standards must recover
within 15% of the expected concentration.

8.5 ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION OF C ALIBRATION

The initial calibration curve is compared with previous curves for the same analyte. All
new standard curves are immediately checked with a secondary source or laboratory
control standard prepared from a separate source than those used for calibration. All
curves are visually reviewed to ensure that acceptable correlation represents linearity.
Calibration curves may be rejected for nonlinearity, abnormal sensitivity, or poor
response of the laboratory control standard.

Continuing calibration verification is performed on each day that initial calibration is not
performed and following every tenth sample. If a check standard does not perform within
established criteria then the instrument will undergo evaluation to determine the problem.
Once the problem is corrected, all samples between the last in control sample and the first
out of control check will be re-analyzed.

TABLE 8.5: INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION & QC
Analysis/ Instrument Calibration Type Number of Standards Acceptance/ Rejection Criteria Frequency
TO-15 &
Method 18/
GC/MS
Initial/
Continuing
1 - Tuning
Solution
Mass m/z Abundance Criteria
50 8-40% of mass 95
75 30-66% of mass 95
95 Base peak, 100%
96 5-9% of mass 95
173 <2% of mass 174
174 >50% of mass 95
175 4-9% of mass 174
176 >93% but <101% of mass 174
177 5-9% of mass 176

TO-15/ M-18: Every 24
hours

8260 VAP: Every 12
hours
TO-15 &
Method 18/
GC/MS
Initial 5 minimum
Average Response Factor: <30 %
RSD with no more than 2
compounds being between 30 and
40 % RSD
As needed
8260B VAP/
GC/MS Initial 5
Average Response Factor: Target
analytes in the calibration standards
must be <15% RSD, CCCs must
have a %RSD of less than 30% &
SPCCs must meet the minimum
As needed
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 11 of 20

TABLE 8.5: INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION & QC
Analysis/ Instrument Calibration Type Number of Standards Acceptance/ Rejection Criteria Frequency
average response factors. Linear
regression can be used for any target
compound exceeding the 15% RSD
TO-15 &
Method 18/
GC/MS
Continuing
1 cal. check
verification
(CCV)
Percent Difference for all
compounds <30%
Daily, when init.
calibration is not
required.
TO-15 VAP/
GC/MS Continuing
1 cal. check
verification
(CCV)
Average Response Factor: Target
analytes in the calibration standards
must be <15% RSD, CCCs must
have a %RSD of less than 20% &
SPCCs must meet the minimum
average response factors.
Daily, when init.
calibration is not
required.
TO-15 &
Method 18
Initial/
Continuing 1 - Blank
< ½ RL, concentrations of common
laboratory contaminants shall not
exceed the reporting limit
Following init.
calibration or daily cal.
verification
TO-15 &
Method 18
Initial/
Continuing
2 – Second
source
(LCS/LCSD)
Must be within +/-30% with an RPD of
<25.
Following initial
calibration or daily cal.
Verification
Landfill Gas Initial 3
Average Response Factor: Target
analytes in the calibration standards
must be <15% RSD. Linear
regression can be used for any target
compound exceeding the 15% RSD
As needed
Landfill Gas Continuing
1 - cal. check
verification
(CCV)
Target analytes in the calibration
standards must be <15% RSD.
Daily, when init.
calibration is not
required, following every
10th injection, and the
end of the sequence.
Landfill Gas Initial/
Continuing 1 - Blank
< ½ RL, concentrations of common
laboratory contaminants shall not
exceed the reporting limit
Following init.
calibration or daily cal.
verification
Landfill Gas Initial/
Continuing
2 – Second
source
(LCS/LCSD)
Must be within +/-30% with an RPD of
<25.
Following initial
calibration or daily cal.
verification
RSK-175 Initial 3
Average Response Factor: Target
analytes in the calibration standards
must be <15% RSD. Linear
regression can be used for any target
compound exceeding the 15% RSD
As needed
RSK-175 Continuing
1 - cal. check
verification
(CCV)
Target analytes in the calibration
standards must be <15% RSD.
Daily, when init.
calibration is not
required, following every
10th injection, and the
end of the sequence.
RSK-175 Initial/
Continuing 1 - Blank
< ½ RL, concentrations of common
laboratory contaminants shall not
exceed the reporting limit
Following init.
calibration or daily cal.
verification
RSK-175 Initial/ 2 – Second
source
Must be within +/-30% with an RPD of
<25. Following initial
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 12 of 20

TABLE 8.5: INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION & QC
Analysis/ Instrument Calibration Type Number of Standards Acceptance/ Rejection Criteria Frequency
Continuing (LCS/LCSD) calibration or daily cal.
verification

9.0 LABORATORY PRACTICES

9.1 REAGENT GRADE WATER

Reagent Grade water –Type II used in the Microbiology Laboratory is periodically
checked for contamination. Type II water is checked annually for single and total heavy
metals. Monthly checks for total organic carbon, ammonia and organic nitrogen, total
residual chlorine and a heterotrophic plate count are also conducted. Conductivity and
pH are checked continuously or with each use.

9.2 SAMPLER CLEANING AND CERTIFICATION PROCEDURE

Canisters are cleaned in the laboratory using the Entech 3100 4-Position Canister
Cleaner. Canisters are cleaned in batches of 4 to 8 per cleaning cycle. Prior to cleaning,
canisters are inspected for integrity, damage and visible contamination. Acceptable
canisters are connected to the manifold on the Entech cleaner and the cleaning cycle is
controlled using Entech SmartLab software. Programmable cleaning cycles include:
light, medium and heavy-duty and the cycle selected depends on the previous use of the
dirtiest canister being cleaned. The cleaner automatically performs a leak check for the
canisters and the manifold prior to the initial evacuation cycle. Heating bands are placed
on each canister to elevate the temperature of the metallic canister to a level that provides
for efficient cleaning. The typical cleaning cycle parameters are:

Operating temperature = 120°C
1 Initial evacuation of canister to 1000 mtorr
2 Refill canister to 20psi
3 Evacuate the canister to 50 mtorr
4 Repeat items 2 & 3 for 8 total cycles
5 Final zero air pressure in clean canister is 50 mtorr.

Following cleaning, a single canister is selected as a QC sample for the entire batch and
the sample is filled with zero air or nitrogen and analyzed to verify that successful
cleaning has occurred. If the analysis indicates that the batch is clean (i.e. <0.2 ppbv for
target analytes and free of additional contamination), the QC sample is returned to the
cleaner manifold. The entire batch is evacuated to less than 50 mtorr and clearly labeled
as clean and ready for sample collection. If the QC sample indicates that canister
contamination is still present, the batch may be recycled through the cleaning process
until residual contamination is no longer present. If following repeated cleaning cycles,
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 13 of 20

residual contamination is still observed, canisters may be permanently removed from
service and clearly identified as unusable.

Tedlar bags and vials, as used for headspace analyses, are purchased as certified pre-
cleaned from approved providers.

9.3 TYPICAL ENTECH AUTOSAMPLER OPERATING PARAMETERS

These parameters are provided as an example and may be modified to improve analytical
system performance or better address project needs.

Line Temp = 100oC Module 2 Desorb = 180oC
Bulk Head 1 = 30oC Module 2 Bake = 190oC
Bulk Head 2 = 30oC Module 2 Desorb Time = 3.5 min
Module 1 Trap = -150oC Module 3 Trap = -180oC
Module 1 Preheat = 20oC Module 3 Inject = 2 min
Module 1 Desorb = 20oC Module 3 Bake Time = 2 min
Module 1 Bake = 130oC Module 3 Event = 3
Module 1 Bake Time = 5 min Module 3 Wait Time = 25 min.
Module 2 Trap = -30oC Pressure Comp Factor = 14
Module 2 Preheat = off Loop Flush = 30 seconds

10.0 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

10.1 A list of laboratory SOPs associated with the air laboratory can be found in the following
table:

TABLE 10.1: AIR DEPARTMENT SOPs
This Table is subject to revision without notice
SOP # Title/Description
330366 Determination of Carbon Dioxide, Carbon Monoxide, Methane,
Nitrogen and Oxygen in Air Samples.
330367 Measurement of Volatile Organic Compound in Ambient Air by GC/MS (EPA TO-15)
330368 Gasoline Range Organics in Ambient Air by GC/MS – Method 18 Modified
330369 Volatile Organic Compounds in Air by GC/MS 8260B for the Ohio VAP Program
(with provisions for GRO determination based on 8015B)
330370 Method for Determination of Methane, Ethane, and Ethene (Based on RSK-175)

ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 14 of 20

10.2 Sample Dilutions:

Dilutions for air samples from summa canisters and Tedlar bags may take three forms
depending on the level of dilution required. These dilution techniques are demonstrated
below:

Autosampler Dilution:

· First, a smaller sample volume can be analyzed using the capabilities of the
Entech autosampler. For example, for a standard sample volume of 400cc, if 40cc
were analyzed, that would be equivalent to a 10-fold dilution.
· The smallest sample volume that can be accurately analyzed using the
autosampler method is l0cc (or a 40x).

Pressurized Manual Dilution:

· Sometimes, a 40X dilution is not sufficient to bring the concentration of a target
analyte within the calibration range. In those cases, the sample canister is
pressurized resulting in a dilution of the target analytes present.
· The act of introducing more pure air into the canister performs a dilution.
· The canister can then be analyzed at 400cc or diluted using a lesser autosampler
volume, if necessary.

Secondary Manual Dilution:

· In extreme cases, the canister may need to be diluted into a second evacuated
canister.
· This is accomplished by using a gas tight syringe to remove an aliquot of sample
(1-l0mL) from the initial canister then injecting it into a clean evacuated second
canister.
· The second canister is then analyzed and quantified taking into account the
dilution based on the amount of sample injected and the total volume of the
canister utilized.

Tedlar Bag Dilutions:

§ Dilutions on Tedlar bags can be performed in much the same manner as summa
canisters using either the autosampler dilution or the secondary manual dilution
using a second Tedlar bag and filling it with pure air then adding an aliquot of
field sample using a gas tight syringe.

ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 15 of 20

11.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS

NOTE: For specific guidance on each determinative method, including required quality control
and specific state requirements/modifications, refer to the relevant laboratory standard
operating procedure(s).

11.1 Initial Demonstrations of Capability (IDOCs) are performed during new analyst training
and/or prior to acceptance and use of any new method/instrumentation. Continuing
Demonstration of Capability (CDOCs) must be updated at least annually. The associated
data is filed within the department and available for review.

11.2 A Laboratory Control Sample (LCS) and LCS Duplicate are analyzed per batch of
samples and must yield recoveries within 70-130% of the expected concentration for all
analytes and this pair must not exceed and RPD of 25%. LCS stock standards are
prepared from sources independent of the calibration standards and also serve to verify
the original calibration curve.

11.3 A method preparation blank is performed per batch of samples processed. If one-half the
reporting limit [RL] is exceeded, the laboratory shall evaluate whether reprocessing of
the samples is necessary, based on the following criteria:
· The blank contamination exceeds a concentration greater than 1/10 of the
measured concentration of any sample in the associated preparation batch or
· The blank contamination is greater than 1/10 of the specified regulatory limit.
The concentrations of common laboratory contaminants shall not exceed the reporting
limit. Any samples associated with a blank that fail these criteria shall be reprocessed in
a subsequent preparation batch, except when the sample analysis resulted in non-detected
results for the failing analytes.

12.0 DATA REDUCTION , V ALIDATION AND REPORTING

12.1 DATA REDUCTION

The analyst performs the data calculation functions and is responsible for the initial
examination of the finished data. Data reduction steps applied to the raw data are
outlined in SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting. The Quality Control
Department performs the secondary review of the data package using the ESC SOP
#030227, Data Review. The QC Reviewer verifies that the analysis has performed as
required and meets method criteria, all associate data is present and complete, and also
ensures that any additional documentation is completed as required (i.e. Ohio VAP
checklists, required flags on test reports, etc.)
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 16 of 20

TABLE 12.1 Data Reduction Formulas
PARAMETER FORMULA
GC/MS – Analyte
Response Factor
response of analyte primary ion {area} x concentration of analyte (ug/L)
response of ISTD primary ion {area} x concentration of ISTD (ug/L)

Calculations performed by HP Enviroquant Software
GC/MS – Sample
Analyte
Concentration
response of primary ion in analyte x int. std concentration. {ppbv} x dilution factor
response factor {area/(mg/ml)} x initial volume-mass {ml or g} x int. std cal. {area}

Calculations performed by HP Enviroquant Software

12.2 VALIDATION

The validation process consists of data generation, reduction review, and reporting
results. Once data reduction is complete, validation is conducted by verification that the
QC samples are within acceptable QC limits and that all documentation is complete,
including the analytical report and associated QC. See Table 12.3 by method for current
QC targets and controls and current reporting limits.

Organic Control Limits - The organic QC targets are statutory in nature; warning and control
limits for organic analyses are initially set for groups of compounds based on preliminary
method validation data. When additional data becomes available, the QC targets are
reviewed. All QC targets are routinely re-evaluated at least annually (and updated, if
necessary) against laboratory historical data to insure that the limits continue to reflect
realistic, method achievable goals.

12.3 REPORTING

Reporting procedures are documented in SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting.

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Air Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(% RPD) RL Unit
1,1,1-Trichloroethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,1,2-Trichloroethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,1-Dichloroethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,1-Dichloroethene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.63 ppbv
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 17 of 20

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Air Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(% RPD) RL Unit
1,2,4-Trimethylbenzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,2-Dibromoethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,2-Dichlorobenzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,2-Dichloroethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,2-Dichloropropane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,3-Butadiene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,3-Dichlorobenzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,4-Dichlorobenzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,4-Dioxane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
1,1,1-Trichloroethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
2,2,4-Trimethylpentane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
2-Chlorotoluene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
2-Propanol TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
4-Ethyltoluene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Acetone TO-15 Air 70-130 25 1.25 ppbv
Allyl Chloride TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Benzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Benzyl Chloride TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Bromomethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Bromodichloromethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Bromoform TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.6 ppbv
Carbon Disulfide TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Carbon Tetrachloride TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Chlorobenzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Chloroethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Chloroform TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Chloromethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Cis-1,2-Dichloroethene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Cis-1,3-Dichloropropene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Cyclohexane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Dibromochloromethane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Ethanol TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.63 ppbv
Ethyl Acetate TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Ethylbenzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 18 of 20

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Air Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(% RPD) RL Unit
Freon-11 TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Freon-12 TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Freon-113 TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Freon-114 TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Gasoline Range Organics TO-15 Air 70-130 25 50 ppbv
Heptane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Hexachloro-1,3-Butadiene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.63 ppbv
Hexane TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Isopropylbenzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
M&P-Xylene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.4 ppbv
Methyl Butyl Ketone TO-15 Air 70-130 25 1.25 ppbv
Methyl Ethyl Ketone TO-15 Air 70-130 25 1.25 ppbv
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone TO-15 Air 70-130 25 1.25 ppbv
Methyl Methacrylate TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Methyl tert Butyl Ether TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.31 ppbv
Methylene Chloride TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.63 ppbv
Naphthalene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.63 ppbv
N-butyl benzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
N-propyl benzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
o-Xylene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Propene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.4 ppbv
Sec-butyl benzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Styrene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
t-Butyl Alcohol TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Tert-butyl benzene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Tetrachloroethylene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Tetrahydrofuran TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Toluene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Trans-1,3-Dichloropropene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Trans-1,2-Dichloroethene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Trichloroethylene TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Vinyl Acetate TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Vinyl Bromide TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Vinyl Chloride TO-15 Air 70-130 25 0.2 ppbv
Methane RSK-175 Air/
Headspace 70-130 25 0.01 ppmv
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 19 of 20

Table 12.3: QC Targets for Air Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Analyte Method Matrix Accuracy
(%)
Prec.
(% RPD) RL Unit
Ethane RSK-175 Air/
Headspace 70-130 25 0.129 ppbmv
Ethene RSK-175 Air/
Headspace 70-130 25 0.127 ppmv
Propane RSK-175 Air/
Headspace 70-130 25 0.186 ppmv
Acetylene Rsk-175 Air/
Headspace 70-130 25 ppmv
Carbon Dioxide Method 3C Air 70-130 25 0.50 / 200 % / ppmv
Carbon Monoxide Method 3C Air 70-130 25 0.50 / 200 % / ppmv
Methane Method 3C Air 70-130 25 0.50 / 200 % / ppmv
Nitrogen Method 3C Air 70-130 25 0.50 / 200 % / ppmv
Oxygen Method 3C Air 70-130 25 0.50 / 200 % / ppmv

13.0 CORRECTIVE ACTION

13.1 In the event that a nonconformance occurs in conjunction with the analytical batch, a
corrective action response (CAR) form must be completed. The reason for the
nonconformance is stated on the form and the measures taken to correct the
nonconformance clearly defined. The effectiveness of the corrective action must be
assessed and noted. The CAR is kept on file by the QA department. Corrective action
procedures are documented in SOP #030208, Corrective and Preventive Action

13.2 Required Corrective Action

All samples and procedures are governed by ESC's quality assurance program. Designated
corrective actions are as follows.

All samples and procedures are governed by ESC's quality assurance program. General
corrective actions are as follows; however additional and more specific direction is provided
in the specific determinative procedure. For more information, see the appropriate
determinative SOP

13.2.1 Laboratory QC Criteria and Appropriate Corrective Actions

If the analytical method contains acceptance/rejection criteria and it is more stringent than
those controls generated by the laboratory the method criteria will take precedence.

13.2.2 Calibration Verification Criteria Are Not Met.

Rejection Criteria – See Table 8.5.
ESC Lab Sciences App. VIII, Ver. 11.0
Air Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix VIII to the ESC QAM Page 20 of 20

Corrective Action – Instrument settings are checked. The standard is reviewed for obvious
cause. The standard may require re-analysis or the instrument may require recalibration.

13.2.3 Out Of Control Blanks:

Rejection Criteria - Blank reading is more than ½ the RL.

Corrective Action - Instrument settings are checked. The Blank is re-analyzed. If the blank
is still out of control, bakeout of the system is performed and the blank is re-analyzed.

13.2.4 Out Of Control Laboratory Control Standards (LCS)

Rejection Criteria - If the performance is outside of lab-generated control (Listed in Table
12.3).

Corrective Action - Instrument settings are checked. The LCS standard is re-analyzed. If the
LCS is still out of control, re-calibration is performed, and samples affected since the last in
control reference standard are re-analyzed.

14.0 RECORD KEEPING

Record keeping is outlined in SOP #010103, Document Control and Distribution, SOP
#030203, Reagent Logs and Records and SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting

15.0 QUALITY AUDITS

System and data quality audits are outlined in the ESC Quality Assurance Manual
Version 8.0.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 2 of 20

2.0 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Section Title Rev. Date Rev. #
1.0 Approval and Signature Page Page 1 4/15/13 0
2.0 Table of Contents Page 2 4/15/13 0
3.0 Scope and Application Page 3 4/15/13 0
4.0 Laboratory Organization and Responsibility Page 3 4/15/13 0
5.0 Personnel and Training Page 3 4/15/13 0
6.0 Facilities and Laboratory Safety Page 4 4/15/13 0
7.0 Sampling Procedures Page 4 4/15/13 0
8.0 Equipment Page 6 4/15/13 0
9.0 Laboratory Practices Page 11 4/15/13 0
10.0 Analytical Procedures Page 14 4/15/13 0
11.0 Quality Control Checks Page 15 4/15/13 0
12.0 Data Reduction, Validation and Reporting Page 16 4/15/13 0
13.0 Corrective Actions Page 17 4/15/13 0
14.0 Record Keeping Page 19 4/15/13 0
15.0 Quality Audits Page 20 4/15/13 0

TABLES
8.1 Equipment Page 6 4/15/13 0
8.2 Equipment Preventative Maintenance,
Equipment Calibration Page 7 4/15/13 0
8.3A Stock Solutions and Storage Page 8 4/15/13 0
8.3B Working Solutions and Storage Page 8 4/15/13 0
10.1 Aquatic Toxicity Department SOPs Page 14 4/15/13 0
12.1 Data Reduction Formulas Page 17 4/15/13 0
ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 3 of 20

3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

This appendix discusses specific QA requirements for general analytical protocols to
ensure that analytical data generated from the Aquatic Toxicity laboratory are
scientifically valid and are of acceptable quality. Any deviations from these requirements
and any deviations that result in non-conforming work must be immediately evaluated
and their corrective actions documented.

4.0 LABORATORY ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

ESC Lab Sciences offers diverse environmental capabilities that enable the laboratory to
provide the client with both routine and specialized services, field sampling and broad
laboratory expertise. A brief outline of the organization and responsibilities as they apply
to the ESC Quality Assurance Program is presented in Section 4.0 in the ESC Quality
Assurance Manual Version 8.0.

5.0 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING

5.1 PERSONNEL

Dr. Christabel Fernandes-Monteiro, with a Ph.D. in Applied Biology, is the Department
Manager of Biology. She oversees supervision of laboratory operations in the Mold,
Aquatic Toxicity, Microbiology, Protozoan and BOD laboratories. Her responsibilities
include assurance of reliable data through monitoring of quality control, corroborating the
analysis performed, protocol development, coordination with clients regarding sample
analysis, scheduling of tests and overall production in all sections within the Biology
Laboratory, including management of staff.

Shain Schmitt with a B.S. degree in Biological Sciences, is responsible for sample
analysis, review and approval of all data associated with Aquatic Toxicity analysis. His
responsibilities also include the coordination with clients regarding sample analysis,
scheduling of testing, data reductions, interpretation and validation of Toxicity analyses.
Mr. Schmitt is also involved in microbiological assessments of wastewater, sludges, and
drinking water. In his absence, Brandon Etheridge assumes his responsibilities.

5.2 TRAINING

All new analysts to the laboratory will be trained by the primary analyst or Manager
according to ESC protocol. ESC’s training program is outlined in SOP 350355 Technical
Training and Personnel Qualification for Biology.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 4 of 20

6.0 FACILITIES AND LABORATORY SAFETY

6.1 FACILITIES

The main area of the laboratory has approximately 1440 square feet of area with roughly
280 square feet of bench area. There are 300 square feet of additional storage and the
lighting is fluorescence. The air system is a five-ton Trane split unit with natural gas for
heating. The laboratory reagent water is provided through the Siemans Elga UltraPure
deionizer system. Biohazard containers are located in the laboratory and Stericycle
Waste Removal serves as ESC’s biological waste disposal contractor. ESC’s building
information guides and site plan are shown in Appendix I.

6.2 LABORATORY SAFETY

· Laboratory access is limited when work is being performed.
· All procedures where chemicals are prepared or splashes may occur are
conducted in laboratory exhaust hoods, where applicable.

ESC’s laboratory safety guidelines are detailed in the ESC Chemical Hygiene and Safety
Plan.

7.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES

7.1 FIELD SAMPLING PROCEDURES, SAMPLE STORAGE, AND H ANDLING

· Field Sampling procedure is described in Appendix III of this ESC Quality
Assurance Manual. Sample information is recorded and kept on the ESC chain of
custody and field logbooks.
· Samples are received in the laboratory login area and are tracked using LIMS
(Laboratory Information Management System). A Chain of Custody Form
accompanies all samples received by the lab. This is necessary to prove the
traceability of the samples and to document the change in possession from
sampling to delivery to receipt by the laboratory. Prior to analysis samples are
checked for integrity. Once samples are checked to confirm integrity, the samples
are logged with unique sample identification information and a label is affixed to
each container. Chronic Toxicity samples are uniquely identified with “sample 1,
sample 2 and sample 3”. A sample custodian then transports samples to the
laboratory. Sample handling and tracking procedures are outlined in SOP
060105, Sample Receiving.
ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 5 of 20

· Requirements for sample acceptance are located in SOP 060105, Sample
Receiving.
At a minimum, the following physical and chemical parameters are analyzed for
each sample received:

Ø Temperature - recorded up to twice daily.
Ø pH - initial and final measurements recorded
Ø D.O. - initial and final measurements recorded
Ø Specific Conductance
Ø Alkalinity
Ø Hardness
Ø Total Residual Chlorine
· Samples must be immediately cooled and maintained at 0-6oC during shipment
and prior to testing.

Residual Chlorine Treatment

§ Residual chlorine in biomonitoring samples are monitored using a pocket
colorimeter and these checks are documented. Chlorine removal is not
performed.

Dissolved Oxygen

§ For acute tests, samples that are < 4.0mg/L are aerated until the sample reaches
90% saturation. For chronic tests, samples that are < 5.0 mg/L are aerated until
the sample reaches 90% saturation.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 6 of 20

8.0 EQUIPMENT

8.1 EQUIPMENT LIST

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS – Aquatic Toxicity Lab
This table is subject to revision without notice.
Item Manufacturer Model Location
Analytical Balance Mettler AT261 Delta Range Aquatic Tox Lab
Class “I” weights (2) Troemner Aquatic Tox Lab
Conductivity Meter Orion 150 A+ Aquatic Tox Lab
Dissolved Oxygen Meter YSI Model 50 Aquatic Tox Lab
Stereoscope Olympus SZX-IllK100 Aquatic Tox Lab
Oven Fisher 655F Aquatic Tox Lab
Incubator Thermo-Kool Environmental chamber Aquatic Tox Lab
Incubator Percival Scientific 1-37 VL Aquatic Tox Lab
Incubator Precision Sci. 818 Aquatic Tox Lab
Incubator (2) Precision Sci. 818 Aquatic Tox Lab
Microscope Olympus CHT Aquatic Tox Lab
pH Meter Orion VersaStar Aquatic Tox Lab
Refrigerator (2) Beverage Air E Series Aquatic Tox Lab
Stereoscope Olympus SZH-ILLD Aquatic Tox Lab
Stereoscope Olympus SZH-ILLD Aquatic Tox Lab
Refrigerator Frigidaire FRC445GB Aquatic Tox Lab
Refrigerator True T-49 Aquatic Tox Lab
Water Purifier Siemans Elga Purelab Aquatic Tox Lab
Refrigerator Fridgidaire FRC 445GB Aquatic Tox Lab
pH/Conductivity
Benchtop meter Thermo Scientific Orion VSTAR 52 Aquatic Tox Lab
RDO Probe Thermo Scientific Orion VSTAR-RD Aquatic Tox Lab
Oven (2) VWR 13054 Aquatic Tox Lab
Stereoscope Olympus SZH-STS Aquatic Tox Lab

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 7 of 20

8.2 EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE M AINTENANCE, EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION

PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE FOR LABORATORY EQUIPMENT
INSTRUMENT P. M. DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY
Analytical Balances •Check with Class "I" weights Daily-tolerance 1 gm - ±0.0001 gm
Analytical Balances •Service/Calibration (semiannual contract
maintenance and calibration check)
10 gm - ±0.01 gm
Analytical Balances •Service/Calibration (semiannual contract
maintenance and calibration check)
Semi-annually
Refrigerators & Incubators •Maintenance service As needed - determined by twice
daily temperature performance checks
@ least 4 hours apart
Dissolved oxygen meter •Calibrate with each use Daily
Dissolved oxygen meter •Change probe membrane Every two to four weeks
Conductivity Meter •Check probe cables As needed
Conductivity Meter •Clean probe Daily
Conductivity Meter •Replace or replatinize probe Poor response not corrected by above
Conductivity Meter •Calibrate with each use Daily (or prior to each use)
Microscope/Stereoscope •Service/calibration of each ocular
micrometer
Annually
Microscope/Stereoscope • Clean optics and stage Each Use
pH Meters •Reference junction & electrode replacement As needed
pH Meters •Probe stored in pH standard 4 At all times when not in use
pH Meters •Other As described in the manufacturer's
manual
pH Meters •Calibrate with each use Daily (or prior to each use)
Bottle top dispenser/repipettor •Calibrate Quarterly
Bottle top dispenser/repipettor •Clean to prevent residue buildup As needed
Water Purifier Tank Exchange, UV bulb and sleeve
replacement ( service contract maintenance
and check
As needed and annually
Water Purifier •Replace cartridge and filter As needed and semi-annual
RDO probe •Replace sensor cap Annually
RDO probe •Clean sensor cap As needed
RDO probe •Other As described in manufacturer’s
manual
pH/Conductivity/DO meter •Calibrate with each use Daily

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 8 of 20

8.3 STANDARDS , REAGENTS AND ORGANISM CULTURES

All reagents and standards must meet the requirements listed in the analytical methods.

Table 8.3A: Stock solution sources, description and related information.
(subject to revision as needed)
Description Vendor Storage Req. Expiration
Conductivity standard 100 Fisher Ambient 1 yr
Conductivity standard 1000 Fisher Ambient 1 yr
pH buffer 7 Fisher Ambient 1 yr
pH buffer 10 Fisher Ambient 1 yr
Bromothymol blue solution Fisher Ambient 1 yr
Potassium phosphate monobasic Fisher Ambient 1 yr
Magnesium chloride JT Baker Ambient in dessicator 1 yr
Potassium Chloride EMD Ambient in dessicator 1 yr
Brine shrimp eggs Argentemia Ambient, tightly sealed. 1 yr
Calcium sulfate EM Ambient in dessicator 1 yr
EDTA Fisher Ambient in dessicator 1 yr
Sodium thiosulfate JT Baker Ambient in dessicator 1 yr
pH buffer 4 Fisher Ambient. 1yr
YCT Made in-house -10 to -20oC 14 days after thawing
Selenastrum capricornatum Aq. Biosystems 1-6oC One month from
concentration date
Vitamin B12 Fisher 1-6oC NA

TABLE 8.3B: Working Solution Descriptions and Related Information.
(subject to change)
Solution Concentrations Storage
Requirements Expiration
KCl stock solution 31.237g KCl to 2L of 20% DMW 1-4oC 14 days
B12 Solution 0.01125g to 1L of DI Water 1-4oC NA

Source and Maintenance of in-house cultures:

Source of Biological Organisms (subject to change):
The primary source for all fathead minnows is:
Aquatic Biosystems Inc.
2821 Remington Street
Fort Collins, CO 80525

The source for their organisms is documented on each packing slip received. ESC accepts
the packing slip as documentation and verification by the supplier with regards to the
taxonomic identification of the bioassay species. The packing slips for bioassay test
organisms are kept on file.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 9 of 20

The amount of food added to culture vessels will depend upon the number of organisms
within a given culture. As standard procedure, Ceriodaphnia dubia batch cultures are fed
4.5mL of YCT and algal suspension on the day of initiation. Batches are fed daily as
needed. The date, time and the amount the organisms are fed is documented. All yeast
purchased is at least food grade and has passed FDA standards. All (YCT) Yeast Trout
Chow is made in-house. New lots are tested for pesticides, metals, and PCBs.

Ceriodaphnia dubia, fresh batch cultures are set up on Monday, Wednesday and Friday
using newly hatched neonates less than 24 hours old. In addition, a minimum of 4 brood
trays are set up daily in order to guarantee organisms of the right age to use in bioassays.
Condition of cultures is monitored daily and documented in the daily log. The C. dubia
brood trays are fed daily. The C. dubia are transferred into fresh water daily after their
first brood of neonates is born. Third generation neonates, less than 24 hours old, are
used for batch cultures and brood trays. Third generation neonates, less than 24 hours old
and hatched within 8 hours of each other, are used for tests. Adults are used as sources
for neonates until 14 days of age.

C.dubia are taxonomically identified to species on a quarterly basis. All taxonomy
information is documented and kept on file for a year.

Pimephales promelas batch cultures are cleaned as needed by siphoning off the excess
food and waste from the bottom of the culture vessel and renewing the water. Cultures
are aerated as needed to maintain adequate dissolved oxygen.
The water used for culturing is dilute mineral water prepared by diluting (6) 750mL
bottles of Perrier to 20 Liters with deionized water and aerating for 24 hours. The
physical and chemical parameters for each new tank of water prepared are recorded and
should fall within the following acceptable range:
1. pH - 7.9 to 8.3 units
2. D.O. - greater than 80% saturation in mg/L
3. Specific Conductance - ~215 micromhos/cm
4. Alkalinity - 80-100 mg CaCO3/L
5. Hardness - 80 to 100 mg CaCO3/L
6. Total Residual Chlorine - <0.1 mg/L

Pimephales promelas are taxonomically identified to species on a quarterly basis. All
taxonomy information is documented and kept on file for a year.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 10 of 20

8.4 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION

Lighting

All testing and culturing is maintained in incubators in which temperature is constant and
the photoperiod is on a 16-hour light/8-hour dark cycle. The photoperiod is verified and
documented quarterly. The light intensity must be within 50 – 100 foot candles and is
verified and documented semi-annually. All incubators are monitored at least weekly for
proper light intensity.

pH Meter

With each use of pH meters, calibrate the instrument according to manufacturer’s
instructions. The slope is documented on a daily basis. Acceptable pH slope range is 95-
105%. All calibration information is documented.

Volumetric Equipment

Equipment such as filter funnels, bottles, pipettes non-Class A and other containers with
graduations are calibrated once per lot prior to first use. Volumetric equipment that is not
disposed of after use is calibrated on an annual basis. The error of calibration must not
exceed 2.5%.

Analytical Balance

Analytical balances are checked and calibrated semi-annually by a certified technician.
Calibration is checked before each use with Class I weights. Class I weights are
calibrated annually.

Stereoscope

All glass surfaces are kept clean using a 3:7 mixture of alcohol and ether or a small
amount of xylene. Maintenance is performed by a trained technician on an annual basis.

Conductivity Meter

With each use of conductivity meters, calibrate the instrument according to
manufacturer’s instructions.

Dissolved Oxygen Meter

With each use of the DO meter, calibrated according to manufacturer’s instructions. The
electrochemical probe membrane is changed every two to four weeks to maintain
accurate readings. The RDO probe sensor cap should be cleaned regularly, and replaced
once per year. The RDO probe sensor cap must be stored in a moist environment.

Test Chambers
ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 11 of 20

Each test chamber is rinsed with DI water prior to introducing the test organisms.

Bottle Top Dispenser/Repipettor

Repipettors are calibrated quarterly to ensure the instrument is dispensing the correct
amount. Periodic cleaning is performed to maintain the accuracy and to prevent buildup
of residue.

Colorimeter Chlorine tester

The colorimeter is calibrated before each use using standards to verify the instrument is
accurate.

9.0 LABORATORY PRACTICES

9.1 REAGENT GRADE WATER

Deionized water or reverse-osmosis produces water free from bactericidal and inhibitory
substances and shall be used in the preparation of media, solutions and buffers. The
quality of the water shall be monitored for chlorine residual, specific conductance, and
heterotrophic bacteria plate count monthly (when in use), when maintenance is performed
on the water treatment system, or at startup after a period of disuse longer than one
month.

Analysis for metals is performed quarterly and the Bacteriological Water Quality Test or
Use Test (to determine presence of toxic agents or growth promoting substances) shall be
performed annually. Results of these analyses shall meet the specifications of the
required method and records of analyses shall be maintained for five years. (An exception
to performing the Bacteriological Water Quality Test shall be given to laboratories that
can supply documentation to show that their water source meets the criteria, as specified
by the method, for Type I or Type II reagent water.)

9.2 PH BUFFERS/CONDUCTIVITY STANDARDS

pH buffer and conductivity standard aliquots are used only once. Reagents containers are
dated upon receipt and the date opened.

9.3 SPECÖ SECONDARY STANDARDS

Standards are used for retrieval and verification of the factory calibrated colorimeter and
is used to verify consistent instrument calibration.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 12 of 20

9.4 LABORATORY C ONTROL WATER

Control water (20% dilute mineral water) is prepared by diluting (6) 750mL bottles of
Perrier to 20 Liters with deionized water and aerating for 12 hours. The physical and
chemical parameters for each new tank of water prepared are recorded and should fall
within the following acceptable range:

1. pH - 7.9 to 8.3 units
2. D.O. - greater than 80% saturation in mg/L
3. Specific Conductance - ~215 micromhos/cm
4. Alkalinity - 57 to 64 80-100 mg CaCO3/L
5. Hardness - 80 to 100 mg CaCO3/L
6. Total Residual Chlorine - <0.1 mg/L

Control water (10% dilute mineral water) is prepared by diluting (3) 750mL bottles of
Perrier to 20 Liters with deionized water and aerating for 24 hours. The physical and
chemical parameters for each new tank of water prepared are recorded and should fall
within the following acceptable range:

1. pH – 6.5 to 8.5 units
2. D.O. - greater than 80% saturation in mg/L
3. Specific Conductance - ~215 micromhos/cm
4. Alkalinity - 60 to 70mg CaCO3/L
5. Hardness - 30 to 50mg CaCO3/L
6. Total Residual Chlorine - <0.1mg/L

A given batch of control water is not used for more than 14 days following preparation.

9.5 BRINE SHRIMP

Artemia cysts are of platinum or gold grade, certified brine shrimp eggs from ARGENT
chemical Laboratories. To determine the quality of the new lots of Brine shrimp, a side-
by-side comparison test is performed using the new food and the food of known
acceptable quality.

9.6 YCT

YCT is prepared in the laboratory. To determine the quality of the new lots of YCT a
side-by-side comparison test is performed using the new food and the food of known
acceptable quality.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 13 of 20

9.7 ALGAE

Algae is commercially prepared. Upon arrival, each batch received has an accompanying
Certificate of Algae Preparation History. The certificate provides the following quality
control data: date prepared, species name, inoculation date, harvest date, concentration
date and cell count.

9.8 GLASSWARE WASHING, STERILIZATION PROCEDURES AND EQUIPMENT
STERILITY CHECKS

Glassware washing and preparation/sterilization procedures are performed according to
EPA guidelines and are outlined in SOP 030701 Glassware Cleaning and SOP 350334
Sterilization, Sanitization and Residue Testing of Microbiological Glassware and
Equipment. Before use, examine and discard items with chipped edges or etched inner
surfaces. Reusable glassware is cleaned using the following protocol:

· Soak for 15 minutes in hot tap water with detergent and scrub. Rinse thoroughly
with tap water. Rinse thoroughly with dilute nitric acid (10%). Rinse thoroughly
with deionized water. Rinse thoroughly with pesticide grade acetone. Rinse well
with deionized water.
· New glassware will be cleaned according to the same procedure as listed above
except the first step will be preceded by soaking overnight in 10 % HNO3.

Inspect glassware after washing for excessive water beading and rewash, if necessary.
Perform checks on pH and test for inhibitory residues on glassware and plastic ware. Use
utensils and containers of borosilicate glass, stainless steel, aluminum, or other corrosion
resistant material for media preparation. All biological glassware is purchased pre-
sterilized. Sterilization of any auxiliary equipment is performed via autoclave.

Pipettes of all sizes are checked for sterility by drawing up non-selective media into the
pipette and re-dispensing the volume back into original tube that contained the media.
The tube is then incubated and monitored for growth. All results are recorded and
maintained within the laboratory.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 14 of 20

10.0 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

10.1 A list of laboratory SOPs associated with the Aquatic Toxicity laboratory can be found in
the following table:

TABLE 10.1: AQUATIC TOXICITY DEPARTMENT SOPs
This Table is subject to revision without notice
SOP # Title/Description
340312 Dissolved Oxygen Membrane Electrode Method
350301 Fathead Minnow, Pimephales promelas, Larval Survival and Growth Test,
EPA Method 1000.0
350302 Cladoceran, Ceriodaphnia dubia, Chronic Survival and Reproduction Test,
EPA Method 1002.0
350303 Pimephales promelas Acute Toxicity Testing, EPA Method 2000.0
350303NC North Carolina Pimephales promelas Acute Toxicity Testing
350304 Ceriodaphnia dubia Acute Toxicity Testing EPA Method 2002.0
350304NC North Carolina Ceriodaphnia dubia Acute Toxicity Testing
350317 WET Reference toxicant testing
350318 Mini Chronic C. dubia NC
350320 Acceptability Test for New Food Batches for WET Testing
350321 Pocket Colorimeter Chlorine Tester Maintenance and Calibration
350322 DO Meter Maintenance and Calibration
350323 Fluke Thermometer Operation and Maintenance
350324 Digital Light Meter Maintenance and Method of Operation
350325 pH Meter Maintenance and Calibration
350326 Thermometer Operation, Maintenance and Calibration Procedure
350327 Bottle Top Dispenser Maintenance and Method of Operation
350328 Conductivity Meter Maintenance and Calibration
350329 Taxonomic Verification/Identification of Pimephales promelas - Fathead
Minnow
350330 Taxonomic Verification/Identification of Ceriodaphnia dubia
350345 Receipt and Maintenance of Pimephalas Promelas (Fathead Minnow)
350346 Ceriodaphnia Dubia Culture Maintenance, Food Preparation, and Food
Maintenance
350356 Water Bath and Incubator Temperature Stability and Load Testing
350362 Analytical Balance Operation and Verification in the Aquatic Toxicity
Microbiology Lab
350363 Total Hardness Kit Operation
350364 North Carolina Phase II Chronic Whole Effluent Toxicity Test Procedure for
Ceriodaphnia dubia
350362 Analytical Balance Operation and Verification in the Aquatic Toxicity
Microbiology Laboratory
350363 Total Hardness Kit Operation
350364 North Carolina Phase II Chronic Whole Effluent Toxicity Test Procedure for
Ceriodaphnia Dubia
350355 Technical Training and Personnel Qualifications for Biomonitoring-Aquatic
Toxicity, Mold and Microbiology

10.2 Additional information regarding Aquatic testing testing can be found in:
ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 15 of 20

Method Resources: EPA/821/R-02/013, EPA/821/R-02/012
§ 7-Day Fathead Minnow (Pimephales promelas) Larval Survival and Growth Test;
Test Method 1000.0 from "Short Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic
Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater Organisms" (EPA 821-
R-02-013).
§ 3-Brood Ceriodaphnia dubia Survival and Reproduction Test; Test Method
1002.0 from "Short Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of
Effluents and Receiving Waters to Freshwater Organisms" (EPA 821-R-02-013).
§ Fathead Minnow (Pimephales promelas) Acute Toxicity Test (24, 48 or 96 hour
duration); referenced in "Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents
and Receiving Waters to Freshwater and Marine Organisms" (EPA 821-R-02-
012, 10-02).
§ Ceriodaphnia dubia Acute Toxicity Test (24, 48 or 96 hour duration); referenced
in “Methods for Measuring the Acute Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters
to Freshwater and Marine Organisms” (EPA 821-R-02-012, 10-02)

11.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS

11.1 At a minimum, the following physical and chemical parameters are analyzed for each
biomonitoring sample received:

· Temperature - recorded up to twice daily.
· pH - initial and final measurements recorded
· D.O. - initial and final measurements recorded
· Specific Conductance
· Alkalinity
· Hardness
· Total Residual Chlorine

11.2 FEEDING REGIME

· 7-Day Fathead Minnow Larval Survival and Growth Test - Test organisms are fed
0.15mL, per container of 10 organisms. Newly hatched brine shrimp (Artemia) are
fed to minnow batches 2-3 times daily. Batch cultures are fed depending on
organism density.
· 3-Brood Ceriodaphnia dubia Survival and Reproduction Test - test organisms are
fed 0.15mL of Yeast, Cereal leaves, Trout chow (YCT) and 0.15mL Selenastrum
capricornutum algal suspension once daily.
· 24 and 48 Hour Acute Toxicity Tests - organisms are fed 2-5 hours prior to
introduction into sample but are not fed for the duration of the test.
· 96-Hour Acute Toxicity Tests – organisms are fed at the 48 hour renewal period.
· 3-Brood Ceriodaphnia dubia Survival and Reproduction Test for North Carolina -
test organisms are fed .05mL of YCT/15mL test solution and .05 Selanastrum
capricornutum algal concentrate once daily (1.7x10 to the 7th power cells/mL).
ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 16 of 20

11.3 BATCH CULTURES

Batch cultures are identified by date set up or date received. The set-up date is recorded
for each batch.

Ceriodaphnia dubia, fresh batch cultures are set up on Monday, Wednesday and Friday
using newly hatched neonates less than 24 hours old. In addition, a minimum of 4 brood
trays are set up daily in order to guarantee organisms of the right age to use in bioassays.
Condition of cultures is monitored daily and documented in the daily log. The C. dubia
brood trays are fed daily. The C. dubia are transferred into fresh water daily after their
first brood of neonates is born. Third generation neonates, less than 24 hours old, are
used for batch cultures and brood trays. Third generation neonates, less than 24 hours old
and hatched within 8 hours of each other, are used for chronic tests. Adults are used as
sources for neonates until 14 days of age.

Pimephales promelas, organisms less than 36 hours old are obtained from a commercial
supplier and are used immediately for chronic bioassays. Upon receipt, temperature,
conductivity, pH, alkalinity and hardness are recorded and the organisms are slowly
acclimated to a temperature of 25°C. If more than 10% mortality has occurred in the
batch shipment, the batch is rejected and supplier is contacted. The date of the batch
culture is recorded and batches are maintained for 14 days after receipt to use in acute
tests. Batch cultures are monitored and fed daily. The number of organisms used is
recorded in the daily log. Lots are cleaned as needed by siphoning off the excess food
and waste from the bottom of the vessel and renewing the water. Minnow lots are aerated
to maintain adequate dissolved oxygen. Pimephales promelas lots are fed 2.5 mL of
newly-hatched brine shrimp per batch, 2-3 times daily. The date, time and the amount
the organisms are fed are documented.

11.4 REFERENCE TOXICANT

The reference toxicant used at ESC is potassium chloride. Acute and chronic reference
toxicant tests are performed at a minimum of once monthly and upper and lower control
limits have been established. In respect to FDER related samples ESC will perform acute
and chronic reference toxicant tests for all in-house cultures done with each batch.

12.0 DATA REDUCTION , V ALIDATION AND REPORTING

12.1 DATA REDUCTION

The analyst performs the data calculation functions and is responsible for the initial
examination of the finished data. Data reduction steps applied to the raw data are
outlined in SOP 030201 Data Handling and Reporting. The primary analyst reviews the
quality of data based on the following guidelines:

· The appropriate SOP has been followed
ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 17 of 20

· Sample preparation is correct and complete
· Analytical results are correct and complete
· QC is within criteria and complete

All calculations are performed according to the EPA methods manual. When applicable,
software is used to perform statistical analysis. All formulas are chosen appropriately
depending on the conditions and outcome of each individual test. Due to the complexity
of each formula please see EPA/821/R-02/013 for formulas pertaining to Chronic
Toxicity tests and EPA/821/R-02/012 for formulas pertaining to Acute Toxicity tests.

TABLE 12.1 Data Reduction Formulas
PARAMETER FORMULA
IC25, NOEC, LC50, AEC Toxcalc 5.0 Software

For chronic tests the PMSD and the % CV is calculated and reported.
12.2 VALIDATION

The validation process consists of data generation, reduction review, and reporting
results. Once data reduction is complete, validation is conducted by reviewing all data
entries and calculations for errors, reviewing all documentation to assure that sample
information is correct, and that the tests have been performed appropriately and within
the appropriate holding times. The secondary analyst reviews the quality of data based
on the following guidelines:

· The appropriate SOP has been followed
· Sample preparation is correct and complete
· Analytical results are correct and complete

12.3 REPORTING

Reporting procedures are documented in SOP 030201 Data Handling and Reporting.

13.0 CORRECTIVE ACTION

13.1 In the event that a nonconformance occurs in conjunction with the analytical batch, a
corrective action response (CAR) form must be completed. The reason for the
nonconformance will be stated on the form and the measures taken to correct the
nonconformance clearly defined. The effectiveness of the corrective action must be
assessed and noted. The CAR will be kept on file by the QA department. Corrective
action procedures are documented in SOP 030208 Corrective and Preventive Action

13.2 Required Corrective Action

All samples and procedures are governed by ESC's quality assurance program. Designated
corrective actions are as follows:
ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 18 of 20

13.2.1 Laboratory QC Criteria and Appropriate Corrective Actions

If the analytical method contains acceptance/rejection criteria and it is more stringent than
those controls generated by the laboratory the method criteria will take precedence.

13.2.2 Out of control acute toxicity tests.

Rejection Criteria –More than 10% mortality occurs in the control organisms within the specified time
frame of the test.

Corrective Action – The test will be considered invalid and must be repeated using fresh
control water and fresh sample.

13.2.3 Out of control 3-Brood Ceriodaphnia dubia Survival and Reproduction Test.

Rejection Criteria –If more than 10% mortality occurs in the control organisms within 96
hours or more than 20% mortality occurs in the test organisms in the 3-brood period
(approx. 7 days)

Corrective Action – The test will be considered invalid and must be repeated using fresh
control water and fresh sample.

13.2.4 Out of control 3-Brood Ceriodaphnia dubia Survival and Reproduction Test.

Rejection Criteria – If the average number of young produced in the control is less than 15
per organism

Corrective Action – The test will be considered invalid and must be repeated using fresh
control water and fresh sample.

13.2.5 Out of control 3-Brood Ceriodaphnia dubia Survival and Reproduction Test.

Rejection Criteria – A test will be considered invalid if or less than 60% (80% for NC tests)
of the original number of adult daphnia loaded do not produce three broods within an eight
day maximum (7 day maximum for NC tests).

Corrective Action – The test will be considered invalid and must be repeated using fresh
control water and fresh sample.

13.2.6 Out of control 7-Day Pimephales promelas Larval Survival and Growth Test.

Rejection Criteria –If more than 10% mortality occurs in the control organisms within 96
hours or more than 20% mortality occurs in the test organisms in 7 day period.

Corrective Action – The test will be considered invalid and must be repeated using fresh
control water and fresh sample.

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 19 of 20

13.2.7 Out of control 7-Day Pimephales promelas Larval Survival and Growth Test.

Rejection Criteria – The average weight of the control minnows is less than 0.2500 mg.

Corrective Action – The test will be considered invalid and must be repeated using fresh
control water and fresh sample.

13.2.8 Out of control Monthly Reference Toxicant:

Rejection Criteria – KCl is the reference toxicant used for acute and chronic testing for the
following methods: 1000.0, 1002.0, 2000.0, and 2002.0. If reference toxicant test results
fail to meet ESC in-house established criteria (+ 2 standard deviations from the mean and
median).

Corrective Action – The test is deemed invalid and must be repeated twice. No test will be
performed using organisms that fail to meet reference toxicant criteria.

13.2.9 Out of control PMSD 7-Day Pimephales promelas Larval Survival and Growth Test.

Rejection Criteria – The PMSD value is greater than the upper value of 30.

Corrective Action - The test may be deemed invalid and should be repeated.

13.2.10 Out of control PMSD 3-Brood Ceriodaphnia dubia Survival and Reproduction Test.

Rejection Criteria – The PMSD value is greater than the upper value of 47.

Corrective Action - The test may be deemed invalid and should be repeated.

13.2.11 Out of control %CV 3-Brood Ceriodaphnia dubia Survival and Reproduction Test and 7-
Day Pimephales promelas Larval Survival and Growth Test.

Rejection Criteria – The %CV value is greater than the upper value of 40%.

Corrective Action - The test is deemed invalid and must be repeated.

14.0 RECORD KEEPING

Record keeping is outlined in SOP #010103 Document Control and Distribution, SOP
#030203 Reagent Logs and Records and SOP #030201 Data Handling and Reporting

ESC Lab Sciences App. IX, Ver. 11.0
Aquatic Toxicity Lab Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix IX to the ESC QAM Page 20 of 20

15.0 QUALITY AUDITS

System and data quality audits are outlined in the ESC Quality Assurance Manual
Version 8.0.

ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 2 of 15

2.0 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Section Title Rev. Date Rev. #
1.0 Approval and Signature Page Page 1 4/15/13 0
2.0 Table of Contents Page 2 4/15/13 0
3.0 Scope and Application Page 3 4/15/13 0
4.0 Laboratory Organization and Responsibility Page 3 4/15/13 0
5.0 Personnel and Training Page 3 4/15/13 0
6.0 Facilities and Laboratory Safety Page 4 4/15/13 0
7.0 Sampling Procedures Page 4 4/15/13 0
8.0 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
9.0 Laboratory Practices Page 10 4/15/13 0
10.0 Analytical Procedures Page 12 4/15/13 0
11.0 Quality Control Checks Page 13 4/15/13 0
12.0 Data Reduction, Validation and Reporting Page 13 4/15/13 0
13.0 Corrective Actions Page 14 4/15/13 0
14.0 Recording Keeping Page 15 4/15/13 0
15.0 Quality Audits Page 15 4/15/13 0

TABLES
8.1 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
8.2 Equipment Preventative Maintenance,
Equipment Calibration Page 7 4/15/13 0
8.3A Commercially Prepared Agars and Storage Page 7 4/15/13 0
8.3B In-house Prepared Agars and Storage Page 7 4/15/13 0
10.1 Microbiology Department SOPs Page 12 4/15/13 0

ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 3 of 15

3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

This appendix discusses specific QA requirements for general analytical protocols to
ensure that analytical data generated from the Microbiology laboratory are scientifically
valid and are of acceptable quality. Any deviations from these requirements and any
deviations that result in non-conforming work must be immediately evaluated and their
corrective actions documented.

4.0 LABORATORY ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

ESC Lab Sciences offers diverse environmental capabilities that enable the laboratory to
provide the client with both routine and specialized services, field sampling and broad
laboratory expertise. A brief outline of the organization and responsibilities as they apply
to the ESC Quality Assurance Program is presented in Section 4.0 in the ESC Quality
Assurance Manual Version 8.0.

5.0 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING

5.1 PERSONNEL

Dr. Christabel Fernandes-Monteiro, with a Ph.D. in Applied Biology, is the Department
Manager of Biology. She oversees supervision of laboratory operations in the Mold,
Aquatic Toxicity, Microbiology, Protozoan and BOD laboratories. Her responsibilities
include assurance of reliable data through monitoring of quality control, corroborating the
analysis performed, protocol development, coordination with clients regarding sample
analysis, scheduling of tests and overall production in all sections within the Biology
Laboratory, including management of staff.

Shain Schmitt with a B.S. degree in Biological Sciences, is responsible for sample
analysis, review and approval of all data associated with Microbiological analysis. His
responsibilities also include the coordination with clients regarding sample analysis,
scheduling of testing, data reductions, interpretation and validation.

5.2 TRAINING

The primary analyst or Manager trains new laboratory analysts according to ESC
protocol. ESC’s training program is outlined in SOP #350355, Technical Training and
Personnel Qualification for Biomonitoring-Microbiology. Performance is documented
using an initial demonstration of capability (IDOCs) and continuing demonstration of
capability (CDOC). On-going acceptable capability in microbiological analysis is also
demonstrated by acceptable participation in the ERA proficiency testing program (PTs).
Documentation of analyst training is maintained on file within the department.
ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 4 of 15

6.0 FACILITIES AND LABORATORY SAFETY

6.1 FACILITIES

The main area of the laboratory has approximately 1440 square feet of area with roughly
280 square feet of bench area. There are 300 square feet of additional storage and the
lighting is fluorescence. The air system is a five-ton Trane split unit with natural gas for
heating. The laboratory reagent water is provided through the Siemans Elga UltraPure
deionizer system. Biohazard containers are located in the laboratory and Stericycle
Waste Removal serves as ESC’s biological waste disposal contractor. ESC’s building
information guides and site plan are shown in Appendix I.

6.2 LABORATORY SAFETY

· Laboratory access is limited when work is being performed.
· All procedures where chemicals are prepared or splashes may occur are
conducted in laboratory exhaust hoods, where applicable.

ESC’s laboratory safety guidelines are detailed in the ESC Chemical Hygiene and Safety
Plan.

7.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES

7.1 FIELD SAMPLING PROCEDURES, SAMPLE STORAGE, AND H ANDLING

· Field Sampling procedure is described in Appendix III of this ESC Quality
Assurance Manual. Sample information is recorded and kept on the ESC chain of
custody and field logbooks.
· Samples for bacterial analysis are collected directly into pre-sterilized high-
density polyethylene (HDPE) sample containers preserved with sodium
thiosulfate. The container should be kept closed until sample collection. Once
the container is open, do not wash, rinse or contaminate the cap or the inside of
the container. For microbiological samples, the container is filled allowing at
least 1 inch of headspace per container.
· Sources for microbiological samples are surface waters, waste and drinking water,
ground water and soil/sludge.
· Holding times for microbiological drinking water samples is 30 hours (except
HPC which has a 6 hour holding time). Soil and sludge samples have a holding
time of 24 hour and 8 hours depending on the method used. All other water
samples have a 6-hour hold time (plus two hour transport time).
ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 5 of 15

· Microbiological samples are shipped in a cooler lined with a heavy-duty plastic
bag. Once the sample container lids are secure the samples are placed in
appropriately sized polyethylene bags. The chain of custody is also placed in a
plastic bag. The cooler liner is completely filled with ice and the plastic bag
sealed tightly with a cable tie. The shipping label contains the name and address
of the shipper and is affixed to the outside of the cooler.
· Samples are received in the laboratory login area and are tracked using LIMS
(Laboratory Information Management System). A Chain of Custody Form
accompanies all samples received by the lab. This is necessary to prove the
traceability of the samples and to document the change in possession from
sampling to delivery to receipt by the laboratory. Prior to analysis samples are
checked for integrity. Sample handling, tracking and acceptance procedures are
outlined in SOP 060105, Sample Receiving.

8.0 EQUIPMENT

8.1 EQUIPMENT LIST

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Microbiological Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Location
Analytical Balance Mettler AT261 Delta Range Microbiology Lab
Class “I” weights (2 sets) Troemner Microbiology Lab
Conductivity Meter Orion 150 A+ Microbiology Lab
Autoclave Pelton and Crane Validator 8 Microbiology Lab
Water Bath Lindberg Blue WB1130A Microbiology Lab
Water Bath Blue M MW-1110A-1 Microbiology Lab
Oven Fisher 655F Microbiology Lab
Incubator Percival Scientific 1-37 VL Microbiology Lab
Incubator VWR 2030 22MFG Microbiology Lab
Quantitray Sealer IDEXX 2X Microbiology Lab
Incubator Precision Sci. 818 Microbiology Lab
Colony Counter Quebecor Microbiology Lab
pH Meter Beckman pH/Temp/mV/ISE Microbiology Lab
Refrigerator True T-49 Microbiology Lab
Stereoscope (2) Olympus SZH-ILLD Microbiology Lab
UV light; short and long wave UVP Microbiology Lab
Water Bath VWR Scientific 1295PC Microbiology Lab
Autoclave SterlieMax Harvey Microbiology Lab
Stereoscope Olympus SZX-ILLK100 Microbiology Lab
Water Purifier Siemans Elga Purelab Plus Microbiology Lab
Oven VWR 13054 Microbiology Lab
pH meter/Conductivity meter Thermo Scientific Orion VStar 52 Aquatic Tox Lab
ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 6 of 15

8.2 EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE M AINTENANCE, EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION

PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE FOR LABORATORY EQUIPMENT
INSTRUMENT P. M. DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY
Analytical Balances •Check with Class "I" weights Daily-tolerance 1 gm - ±0.0001 gm
Analytical Balances •Service/Calibration (semiannual contract
maintenance and calibration check)
10 gm - ±0.01 gm
Analytical Balances •Service/Calibration (semiannual contract
maintenance and calibration check)
Semi-annually
Refrigerators, Incubators,
and Water Baths
•Maintenance service As needed - determined by twice daily
temperature performance checks @ least 4
hours apart
Water Bath •Check thermometer vs. N.B.S. Annually
Water Bath •Remove from service when not maintaining
temperature and send off for repair or replace
As needed
Autoclave •Check sterilization efficiency Monthly – Geobacillus Stearothermophilus
ampoule
Autoclave •Check sterilization efficiency With each use– Chemical Indicator Strip
Conductivity Meter •Calibrate and clean probe Daily
Conductivity Meter •Replace or replatinize probe Poor response not corrected by above
Stereoscope • Clean optics and stage Each Use
pH Meters •Reference junction & electrode replacement As needed
pH Meters •Probe stored in 4 pH standard At all times when not in use.
pH Meters •Other As described in the manufacturer's O & M
manual
Autoclave •Check timing device Quarterly
pH meter •Calibrate and check slope (acceptable range
of 95-105 %)
Daily
Quanti-Tray Sealer •Check sealer for leaks Monthly
Water Purifier •Conductivity check using a calibrated
conductivity meter
Monthly
Water Purifier •Check for TOCs, ammonia, nitrogen, TRC
and heterotrophic bacteria
Monthly
Water Purifier •Check for single and heavy total metals Annually
Incubators and Water Baths Perform temperature stability and load testing Annually
Autoclave •Check pressure (annual contract
maintenance)
Annually
Stereoscope • Clean optics and stage; microscope
alignment (annual maintenance contract)
Annually

ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 7 of 15

8.3 STANDARDS AND REAGENTS

All reagents and standards must meet the requirements listed in the analytical methods.

Table 8.3A: Commercially prepared agar/broth, reagent sources, and
storage information. (subject to revision as needed)
Agar Type Source Storage
M-FC Broth w/ Rosolic acid Millipore 4 + 2oC
mColiBlue Broth Millipore 4 + 2oC
A-1 Media (broth) Hach 4 + 2oC
mEndo Broth Hach 4 + 2oC
Lauryl Tryptose Broth Hach 4 + 2oC
Brilliant Green Lactose Broth Hach 4 + 2oC
EC media w/ mug broth Hach 4 + 2oC
HPC Hach 4 + 2oC
Colilert reagent powder IDEXX Room temp
Enterolert reagent powder IDEXX Room temp
Xylose Lysisne Deoxycholate Agar (XLD) HealthLink 4 + 2oC
Brilliant Green (BG) Agar HealthLink 4 + 2oC
Phosphate Buffer Solution Weber Scientific Room temp
All stock agar expirations are per manufacturer specification.

Table 8.3B: In-house prepared agar/broth, reagent sources, and storage information.
(subject to revision as needed)
Agar Type-Stock Source Stock
Storage
Stock
Expiration
Preparation
Components
Media
Prepared
Storage
Prepared
Expiration
Xylose Lysisne Deoxycholate
Agar (XLD) Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer XLD + Water 4 + 2oC 2 weeks
Brilliant Green (BG) Agar Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer BG + Water 4 + 2oC 2 weeks
Plate Count Agar Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer PCA + Water 4 + 2oC 3 months
Tryptic Soy Agar Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer TSA + Water 4 + 2oC 3 months
Triple Sugar Iron (TSI) Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer TSI + Water 4 + 2oC 3 months
Lysine Iron Agar (LIA) Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer LIA + Water 4 + 2oC 3 months
Tetrathionate Broth (TTB) Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer
TTB +Water + 1
drops Iodine 4 + 2oC 24 hrs
Tryptic Soy Broth (TSB) Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer TSB + Water 4 + 2oC 3 months
Lauryl Tryptose Broth (LTB) Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer LTB + Water 4 + 2oC 3 months
Buffered Rinse Water Fisher/Difco 4 + 2oC As specified by
Manufacturer
KH2PO4 +
MgCl2+Water Room temp. 1 year
ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 8 of 15

Membrane Filters and Pads

Membrane filters and pads are purchased and certified to meet the following
specifications:

· Filter diameter - 47 mm, mean pore diameter - 0.45 mm. Alternate filter and pore
sizes may be used if the manufacturer provides data verifying performance equal
to or better than that of 47mm-diam, 0.45-mm-pore size filter. At least 70% of
filter area must be pores.
· When filters are floated on reagent water, the water diffuses uniformly through
the filters in 15 s with no dry spots on the filters.
· Flow rates are at least 55 mL/min/cm2 at 25°C and a differential pressure of
93kPa.
· Filters are nontoxic, free of bacterial-growth-inhibiting or stimulating substances,
and free of materials that directly or indirectly interfere with bacterial indicator
systems in the media. Ink grid is nontoxic. The arithmetic mean of five counts on
filters must be at least 90% of the arithmetic mean of the counts on five agar
spread plates using the same sample volumes and agar media.
· Filters retain the organisms from a 100mL suspension of Serratia marcescens
containing 1 × 103 cells.
· Water extractables in filters do not exceed 2.5% after the membrane is boiled in
100mL reagent water for 20min, dried, cooled, and brought to constant weight.
· Absorbent pad has diameter 47mm, thickness 0.8mm, and is capable of absorbing
2.0 ± 0.2mL Endo broth.
· Pads release less than 1mg total acidity calculated as CaCO3 when titrated to the
phenolphthalein endpoint with 0.02N NaOH.
· If the filter and absorbent pad are not sterile, they should not be degraded by
sterilization at 121°C for 10min. Confirm sterility by absence of growth when a
membrane filter is placed on a pad saturated with tryptic soy broth and incubated
at 35 ± 0.5°C for 24h.

8.4 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION

Autoclave

Prior to first use, autoclaves must be initially evaluated for performance. All initial
checks must be recorded and records must be retained on file. With each use, a record of
items sterilized, temperature, pressure, and time is kept for each batch processed.
Operating temperature is checked and recorded at least weekly with a
minimum/maximum thermometer. Performance is tested monthly with Bacillus
stearothermophilus ampoules. Chemical strips are used with each use to verify that
supplies and materials have been sterilized. Records of autoclave operations shall be
maintained for every cycle. Records shall include: date, contents, maximum temperature
reached, pressure, time in sterilization mode, total run time (may be recorded as time in
and time out) and analyst’s initials.
ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 9 of 15

Quebecor Colony counter

A dark field colony counter is used to count Heterotrophic Plate Count colonies.
Maintenance is performed per manufacturer’s instructions.

Quanti-tray Sealer

The Quanti-tray sealer is checked monthly using 100mL of bromcresol purple, or
equivalent dye. The solution is poured into a test tray, sealed, and tested for leaks.

pH Meter/Conductivity Meter

With each use, calibrate the instrument according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Verify that the slope of the calibration is within the 95-105% acceptable range prior to
use.

Incubators & Waterbaths

Records of temperature checks are documented twice daily at least 4 hours apart when in
use. Thermometers used for temperature checks are verified at least annually.
Temperature stability and load testing is performed on an annual basis.

Analytical Balances

Analytical balances are checked at least daily prior to each use with class “I” weights.
Records of these verifications are maintained within the laboratory. Balances are also
serviced and verified and/or calibrated by an external calibration service at least semi-
annually.

Volumetric Equipment, IDEXX and Commercially Prepared Phosphate Buffer Bottles

Equipment such as filter funnels, bottles, pipettes, non-Class A glassware and other
containers with graduation must be calibrated once per lot prior to the first use.

IDEXX Bottles and Quanti-trays

Prior to first use, IDEXX bottles and Quanti-trays must be checked for fluorescence using
a long wave UV light.

ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 10 of 15

9.0 LABORATORY PRACTICES

9.1 REAGENT GRADE WATER

Reagent Grade water –Type II used in the Microbiology Laboratory is periodically
checked for contamination. Type II water is checked annually for single and total heavy
metals. Monthly checks for total organic carbon, ammonia and organic nitrogen, total
residual chlorine and a heterotrophic plate count are also conducted. Resistivity and pH
are checked continuously or with each use. Conductivity is also checked monthly using a
calibrated conductivity meter.

9.2 GLASSWARE WASHING , STERILIZATION PROCEDURES AND EQUIPMENT
STERILITY CHECKS

Glassware washing and preparation/sterilization procedures are performed according to
EPA guidelines and are outlined in SOP 030701 Glassware Cleaning and SOP 350334
Sterilization, Sanitization and Residue Testing of Microbiological Glassware and
Equipment. Before use, examine and discard items with chipped edges or etched inner
surfaces. Reusable glassware is cleaned using the protocol established by the EPA:

· Soak for 15 minutes in hot tap water with detergent and scrub. Rinse thoroughly
with tap water. Rinse thoroughly with dilute nitric acid (10%). Rinse thoroughly
with deionized water. Rinse thoroughly with pesticide grade acetone. Rinse well
with deionized water.
· New glassware will be cleaned according to the same procedure as listed above
except the first step will be preceded by soaking overnight in 10 % HNO3.

Inspect glassware after washing for excessive water beading and rewash, if necessary.
Perform checks on pH and test for inhibitory residues on glassware and plastic ware. Use
utensils and containers of borosilicate glass, stainless steel, aluminum, or other corrosion
resistant material for media preparation. All biological glassware is purchased pre-
sterilized. Sterilization of any auxiliary equipment is performed via autoclave.

Pipettes of all sizes are checked for sterility by drawing up non-selective media into the
pipette and re-dispensing the volume back into original tube that contained the media.
The tube is then incubated and monitored for growth. All results are recorded and
maintained within the laboratory.

Inoculating loops are cultured by aseptically transferring the entire tip of the loop into a
tube containing non-selective media. The tube is incubated and monitored for growth.
Results are maintained within the laboratory.

ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 11 of 15

A sterility check is performed on each batch of dilution and rinse water prepared in the
laboratory and on each batch of commercially prepared water with non-selective growth
media prior to first use.

In addition, stock solutions used for preparing rinse water are checked for turbidity prior
to each use. If turbid, the stock buffer is discarded or re-sterilized.

9.3 M EDIA STERILITY V ERIFICATION P ROCEDURES

A sterility check must be analyzed for each lot of pre-prepared media and for each lot of
media prepared in the laboratory. This is done prior to the first use of the media used for
membrane filtration, MPN, pour plate and chromofluorogenic methods. For media used
in the pour plate analytical technique, sterility blanks of the media must be made by
pouring an uninoculated plate for each run in addition to sterility and lot comparison tests
being performed on each lot prior to first use. Reagents and containers used in
chromofluorogenic method tests are checked for fluorescence prior to first use.
All results of the sterility and lot comparison tests are documented.

9.4 POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE CONTROLS USING PURE CULTURES

ATCC Pure Cultures

Positive culture controls demonstrate that the media can support the growth of the target
organism(s), and that the media produces the specified or expected reaction to the target
organism(s). All media must be tested with at least one pure culture of a known positive
reaction. This must be done prior to first use of the media.

Negative culture controls demonstrate that the media does not support the growth of non-
target organisms or does not demonstrate the typical positive reaction of the target
organism(s). All batches of selective media in the laboratory must be analyzed with one
or more known negative culture controls. This must be done prior to first use of the
media.

ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 12 of 15

10.0 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

10.1 A list of laboratory SOPs associated with the microbiology laboratory can be found in the
following table:

TABLE 10.1: MICROBIOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT SOPs
This Table is subject to revision without notice
SOP # Title/Description
350305 Fecal Coliform: Membrane Filter Technique
350334 HPC, Method 9215 B
350315 Fecal Coliform Determination in Biosolids: Membrane Filter Technique (SM9222D)
350316 Total Coliform
350325 PH Meter Maintenance and Calibration
350326 Thermometer Operation, Maintenance and Calibration Procedure
350328 Conductivity Meter Maintenance and Calibration
350331 Salmonella in Sludge
350332 Laboratory Maintenance of Bacteria Reference Cultures
350333 QA/QC of Microbiological Equipment and Testing Materials
350369 Sterilization, Sanitization and Residue Testing of Microbiological Glassware and Equipment
350359 Calibration and Maintenance of Autoclaves
350343 Colilert
350344 m-ColiBlue
350355 Technical Training and Personnel Qualification for Biomonitoring-Microbiology
350356 Water bath and Incubator Temperature Stability and Load Testing
350348 Enterolert

10.2 Additional information regarding microbiological testing can be found in:

· Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition,
Section 9000.
§ Heterotrophic Plate Count, SM 9215B
§ Fecal Coliform Direct Test (A-1 Media), SM9221E
§ Standard Total Coliform Membrane Filter Procedure, SM9222B.
§ Fecal Coliform Membrane Filter Procedure, SM9222D.
§ Enzyme Substrate Test, SM 9223B.
§ Quantitative Salmonella Procedures, SM9260D.
§ Environmental Regulations and Technology, Control of Pathogens and Vector
Attraction in Sewage Sludge, Appendix F.

ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 13 of 15

11.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS

11.1 ESC participates in microbiological proficiency testing (PTs) by analyzing samples
provided by Environmental Resource Associates (ERA). Unknowns are received and
analyzed according to instructions from ERA and the standard operating procedure.

11.2 Plate count comparison between two analysts is conducted monthly. Acceptable plate count
comparisons must be within 10%. Analyst deviations that are outside the 10% range are
repeated. If the repeat inter-analyst count is unacceptable additional procedural training and
method reviews are conducted.

11.3 Duplicate analyses are performed on 10% of samples or at least one sample per month for
total and fecal coliform and E.coli tests. Due to the infrequent laboratory receipt of some
samples, duplicate analysis is conducted per sample. If the RPD exceeds 20%, the data is
qualified.

11.4 For membrane filtration analyses sterility control checks are conducted on the filter
assembly at the beginning and end of each sequence and following every 10 samples
analyzed. If QC blank fails, the run is rejected or qualified.

11.5 Verification of total coliform and fecal coliform colonies must be conducted monthly (10
colonies/month for wastewater). Colonies found in drinking water samples must have at
least five typical sheen colonies and five atypical colonies verified.

11.6 For HPC analysis, duplicate plates are run for each dilution. A positive control and an
uninoculated plate performed for each run. If the QC fails, the run is rejected and qualified,
and sample re-collected.

12.0 DATA REDUCTION , V ALIDATION AND REPORTING

12.1 DATA REDUCTION

The analyst performs the data calculation functions and is responsible for the initial
examination of the finished data. Data reduction steps applied to the raw data are
outlined in SOP 030201 Data Handling and Reporting. The primary analyst reviews the
quality of data based on the following guidelines:

· The appropriate SOP has been followed
· Sample preparation is correct and complete
· Analytical results are correct and complete
· QC is within criteria and complete

ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 14 of 15

12.2 VALIDATION

The validation process consists of data generation, reduction review, and reporting
results. Once data reduction is complete, validation is conducted by reviewing all data
entries and calculations for errors, reviewing all documentation to assure that sample
information is correct, and that the tests have been performed appropriately and within
the appropriate holding times. The secondary analyst reviews the quality of data based
on the following guidelines:

· The appropriate SOP has been followed
· Sample preparation is correct and complete
· Analytical results are correct and complete

12.3 REPORTING

Reporting procedures are documented in SOP 030201 Data Handling and Reporting.
Microbiological data is reported as Colony Forming Units (CFU) per unit volume,
Presence/Absence, or Most Probable Number (MPN)/100mL.

13.0 CORRECTIVE ACTION

13.1 In the event that a nonconformance occurs in conjunction with the analytical batch, a
corrective action response (CAR) must be completed. The reason for the
nonconformance will be stated on the form and the measures taken to correct the
nonconformance clearly defined. The effectiveness of the corrective action must be
assessed and noted. The CAR will be kept on file by the QA department. Corrective
action procedures are documented in SOP 030208 Corrective and Preventive Action

13.2 Required Corrective Action

All samples and procedures are governed by ESC's quality assurance program. Designated
corrective actions are as follows:

13.2.1 Laboratory QC Criteria and Appropriate Corrective Actions

If the analytical method contains acceptance/rejection criteria and it is more stringent than
those controls generated by the laboratory the method criteria will take precedence.

13.2.2 Out of control plate count comparisons between analysts.

Rejection Criteria – Comparisons must be within ±10% for monthly plate count
comparisons.

Corrective Action – Duplicate counts are repeated. If repeat counts are still beyond
acceptance range, procedural training and method reviews are conducted.

ESC Lab Sciences App. X, Ver. 11.0
Microbiology Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix X to the ESC QAM Page 15 of 15

13.2.3 Out of control duplicate analyses for total and/or fecal coliform or E.coli .

Rejection Criteria – Duplicate RPDs must not exceed 20% for total and/or fecal coliform
or E.coli.

Corrective Action – Data is qualified or the analysis is repeated. If repeat analysis is still
beyond acceptance range, procedural training and method reviews are conducted.

13.2.4 Out of control QC blank for membrane filtration analysis.

Rejection Criteria – Blank analyses performed either at the beginning or end of the
analytical sequence is positive.

Corrective Action – The analytical sequence may be rejected and reprocessed or qualified
based on the nature of the contamination.

14.0 RECORD KEEPING

Record keeping is outlined in SOP #010103 Document Control and Distribution, SOP
#030203 Reagent Logs and Records and SOP #030201 Data Handling and Reporting

15.0 QUALITY AUDITS

System and data quality audits are outlined in the ESC Quality Assurance Manual
Version 8.0.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 2 of 19

2.0 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Section Section Title Rev. Date Rev. #
1.0 Approval and Signature Page Page 1 4/15/13 0
2.0 Table of Contents Page 2 4/15/13 0
3.0 Scope and Application Page 3 4/15/13 0
4.0 Laboratory Organization and Responsibility Page 3 4/15/13 0
5.0 Personnel and Training Page 3 4/15/13 0
6.0 Facilities and Laboratory Safety Page 4 4/15/13 0
7.0 Sampling Procedures Page 4 4/15/13 0
8.0 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
9.0 Laboratory Practices Page 8 4/15/13 0
10.0 Analytical Procedures Page 10 4/15/13 0
11.0 Quality Control Checks Page 10 4/15/13 0
12.0 Data Reduction, Validation and Reporting Page 11 4/15/13 0
13.0 Corrective Actions Page 12 4/15/13 0
14.0 Record Keeping Page 13 4/15/13 0
15.0 Quality Audits Page 13 4/15/13 0

TABLES
8.1 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
8.2 Equipment Preventative Maintenance,
Equipment Calibration Page 6 4/15/13 0
8.3A Commercially Prepared Agars and Storage Page 6 4/15/13 0
8.3B In-house Prepared Agars and Storage Page 7 4/15/13 0
10.1 Mold Department SOPs Page 10 4/15/13 0
12.1 Data Reduction Formulas Page 12 4/15/13 0

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 3 of 19

3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

This appendix discusses specific QA requirements for general analytical protocols to
ensure that analytical data generated from the Mold laboratory are scientifically valid and
are of acceptable quality. Any deviations from these requirements and any deviations
that result in nonconforming work must be immediately evaluated and their corrective
actions documented.

4.0 LABORATORY ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES 

ESC Lab Sciences offers diverse environmental capabilities that enable the laboratory to
provide the client with both routine and specialized services, field sampling and broad
laboratory expertise. A brief outline of the organization and responsibilities as they apply
to the ESC Quality Assurance Program is presented in Section 4.0 in the ESC Quality
Assurance Manual Version 8.0.

5.0 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING  

5.1 PERSONNEL

Dr. Christabel Fernandes-Monteiro, with a Ph.D. in Applied Biology, is the Department
Manager for Biology. She oversees supervision of laboratory operations in the Mold,
Aquatic Toxicity, Microbiology, BOD and Protozoan laboratories. Her responsibilities
include assurance of reliable data through monitoring of quality control, corroborating the
analysis performed, protocol development, coordination with clients regarding sample
analysis, scheduling of tests and overall production in all sections within the Biology
Laboratory, including management of staff. Dr. Fernandes-Monteiro oversees the review
and approval processes of all data associated with the Mold and BOD laboratory. She
gained experience in Mold analytical techniques at ESC, an AIHA accredited laboratory,
and obtained additional training in microscopic techniques at the McCrone Research
Institute. She also reviews AIHA and EPA online training modules related to the
methods being performed in the Mold and BOD Laboratory. In her absence, David
Cooper assumes responsibility for departmental decisions.

David Cooper, with a BS degree in Biological Sciences, is the Primary Analyst in the
Mold and BOD laboratory. He is proficient in Mold analytical methods as per AIHA
guidelines. David has gained analytical experience at ESC, an AIHA accredited
laboratory, and obtained additional training in Mold analysis at the McCrone Research
Institute. He reviews AIHA and EPA online training modules related to the methods
being performed in the Mold and BOD Laboratory.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 4 of 19

5.2 TRAINING

All new analysts to the laboratory are trained by the Primary Analyst or Manager
according to ESC protocol. ESC’s training program is outlined in SOP #350355,
Technical Training and Personnel Qualification for Biomonitoring-Mold. Performance
for BOD analysis is documented using an initial demonstration of capability (IDOCs) and
continuing demonstration of capability (CDOC). On-going acceptable capability in mold
analysis is demonstrated by acceptable participation in the AIHA proficiency testing
programs (EMPAT), Round Robin analysis and daily Quality Control sample analysis.
On-going acceptable capability in BOD analysis is demonstrated by acceptable
participation in the WP proficiency testing program and daily Quality Control sample
analyses. Documentation of analyst training, including a copy of college transcripts or
degree, is maintained on file within the department.

6.0 FACILITIES AND LABORATORY SAFETY 

6.1 FACILITIES

MOLD LAB

The main area of the MOLD laboratory has approximately 532 square feet with 167 square feet
of bench space. The lighting throughout the laboratory is fluorescence. The air system is a five-
ton Trane split unit with natural gas for heating. The laboratory reagent water is provided
through the ELGA PureLab Ultra deionizer system. Biohazard containers are located in the
laboratory and Commodore Waste Removal serves as ESC’S biological waste disposal
contractor. ESC’s building information guides and site plan are shown in Appendix I.

BOD LAB

The main area of the BOD laboratory has approximately 532 square feet of area with 151
square feet of bench space. The lighting standard throughout the laboratory is fluorescence.
The air system is a five-ton Trane split unit with natural gas for heating. The laboratory
reagent water is provided through the ELGA PureLab Ultra deionizer system. Biohazard
containers are located in the laboratory and Commodore Waste Removal serves as ESC’S
biological waste disposal contractor. ESC’s building information guides and site plan are
shown in Appendix I.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 5 of 19

6.2 LABORATORY SAFETY

• Laboratory access is limited when work is being performed.
• All procedures where infectious aerosols or splashes may occur are conducted in
biological safety II cabinets.
• The following Biosafety Level 2 (BSL2) guidelines are adhered to:
¾ Closed-toe shoes are worn in the laboratory
¾ Floors and work surfaces are cleaned on a regular basis
¾ Emergency numbers are posted in the laboratory
¾ Biological safety hoods are tested and certified annually
¾ Laboratory personnel are trained in the use of the biological spill kit and
emergency safety equipment
• ESC’s laboratory safety guidelines are detailed in the ESC Chemical Hygiene and
Safety Plan.

7.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES  

7.1 FIELD SAMPLING PROCEDURES, SAMPLE STORAGE, AND HANDLING

• Field Sampling procedure is described in Appendix III of this ESC Quality
Assurance Manual. Sample information is recorded and kept on the ESC chain of
custody and field logbooks.
• Samples are received in the laboratory login area and are tracked using LIMS
(Laboratory Information Management System). A Chain of Custody Form
accompanies all samples received by the lab. This is necessary to prove the
traceability of the samples and to document the change in possession from
sampling to delivery to receipt by the laboratory. Prior to analysis samples are
checked for integrity. Sample handling, tracking and acceptance procedures are
outlined in SOP #060105, Sample Receiving.
• Sample storage procedures are followed using guidance from each approved
method and associated department SOP.

8.0 EQUIPMENT 

8.1 EQUIPMENT LIST

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS – Mold/ BOD Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Serial # Location
Analytical Balance Mettler PL602-S 1125081657 Bacteriology Lab
Analytical Balance Ohaus Adventure Pro 8029211055 Bacteriology Lab
Autoclave Tuttnauer 2540EK 2906170 Mold Lab
Class I BSC AirFiltronix AirFiltronix HS 4500 41031 Mold Lab
Class II BSC Labconco Labconco 36213 60554894 Mold Lab
ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 6 of 19

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS – Mold/ BOD Analysis
This table is subject to revision without notice
Item Manufacturer Model Serial # Location
Class II BSC Labconco Labconco 36209 03076555 Bacteriology Lab
COD Reactor HACH 45600 900903221 BOD
Microscope NIKON LABOPHOT 242008 Mold Lab
Microscope NIKON LABOPHOT 235267 Mold Lab
Microscope Olympus CH2 900216 Mold Lab
Microscope Olympus BH-2 708821 Mold Lab
Microscope Leitz Laborlux 512663 Mold Lab
Microscope VWR Scientific VWRC1 V167173 Mold Lab
Refrigerator Whirlpool Bacteriology Lab
Refrigerator Whirlpool El05PPXMQ EEP3524864 Mold Lab
Refrigerator Whirlpool EL7ATRRMQ07 EWR4973976 Mold Lab
Refrigerator Frigidaire FRT17G4BW9 BA703306 Mold Lab
Stereoscope VWR Scientific VWRS1 V168430 Mold Lab
Incubator Labtronix BOD2100D 21000010213 Mold Lab
Incubator Quincy Lab 10-100 I11-2454 Mold Lab
Incubator Precision Scientific 30M 9303590 Bacteriology Lab
Incubator Precision Scientific 30M Bacteriology Lab
Incubator VWR 2030 802202 BOD
Incubator Fisher Not Visible 100212 BOD
Incubator Thermo Scientific
Precision 3271 317217-1241 BOD
Incubator Precision 818 35AK-10 BOD
Waterbath Blue M-MagniWhirlpool MW-1110A 14991 Bacteriology Lab
Biolog MicroStation Biolog, Inc. Microlog 3 342689 Bacteriology Lab
Turbidimeter Biolog, Inc. 21907 6093898 Bacteriology Lab
Plate Reader Biotek ELX808BLG 203222 Bacteriology Lab
Vortex Genie2 Mixer VWR G-560 2-223236 Mold Lab
Vortex Genie2 Mixer VWR G-560 2-223236 Bacteriology Lab
Stir Plate Corning PC-420D 023507102961 Bacteriology Lab
Stir Plate Fisher 118 102 Bacteriology Lab
Stir Plate VWR 205 7852 BOD
Stir Plate VWR 220 5031 BOD
BOD SP Robotic Analyzer Skalar SP50 08124 BOD
BOD SP Robotic Analyzer Skalar SP50 08123 BOD
DO meter YSI 5000 081C101451 BOD
DO meter YSI 5000 081C101450 BOD
pH meter VWR Symphony B10P 12284S0009 BOD
Spectrophotometer Hach DR 2700 1388224 BOD

8.2 EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 7 of 19

INSTRUMENT P. M. DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY
Analytical Balances •Check with Class "I" weights Daily-tolerance 1 gm - ±0.0001gm
Analytical Balances •Service/Calibration (semiannual contract
maintenance and calibration check)
10 gm - ±0.01 gm
Analytical Balances •Service/Calibration (semiannual contract
maintenance and calibration check)
Semiannually
Refrigerators, Waterbaths, &
Incubators
•Maintenance service As needed - determined by daily
temperature performance checks
twice daily and at least 4 hours
apart
Water Bath •Check thermometer vs. NIST Once each year
Water Bath •Remove from service when not maintaining
temperature and send off for repair or replace
As needed
Incubators and Waterbaths Perform Temperature stability and load testing Annually
Autoclave •Check sterilization efficiency Weekly – G. stearothermophilus
Autoclave •Check sterilization efficiency Per Use – Chemical Indicator
Autoclave Check timing devices Quarterly
Autoclave Check pressure (annual Maintenance contract) Annually
Class II Biosafety Cabinet •Monitor air and UV lamps Monthly
Class II Biosafety Cabinet •Inspect for air flow Quarterly
Class II Biosafety Cabinet •Recertification according to NSF standard 49 Annually
Turbidimeter •Maintenance Service Annually
Turbidimeter •Check for accuracy using NIST traceable stds Per Use
Biolog MicroStation •Maintenance Service Annually
Microscope •Service/calibration of each ocular micrometer Annually
Microscope •Clean optics and stage, Kohler Alignment Each Use
pH meters Calibrate and check slope (acceptable; range of 95- Daily
pH meters Reference junction & electrode replacement As needed
pH meters Probe stored in KCl At all times when not in use
pH meters Other As described in manufacturer’s O
BOD SP Robotic Analyzer Calibrate DO probe Daily
BOD SP Robotic Analyzer Clean and Change DO probe membrane Weekly
BOD SP Robotic Analyzer Rinse ATU (seed) dispenser using rinse pump option As needed
BOD SP Robotic Analyzer Clean rinsing vessel Every 3 months or as needed
BOD SP Robotic Analyzer Replace tubing for dispenser, diluent pump, and
rinsing vessel
Annually or as needed
.
ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 8 of 19

8.3 STANDARDS AND REAGENTS

Table 8.3A lists commercially prepared agar sources. Table 8.3 B lists in-house prepared agar
sources and storage information. Table 8.3C lists standard sources, receipt, and preparation
information for BOD Analysis. Table 8.3D is designed to provide general calibration range
information for BOD analysis. These ranges may change depending on regulatory requirements,
procedural changes, or project needs.

Table 8.3A: Commercially prepared agar sources and storage information.
(subject to revision as needed)
Agar Type Source Storage
Malt Extract Agar w/chloramphenicol (MEA) HealthLink 4 + 2oC
DG18 Agar HealthLink 4 + 2oC
Modified Cellulose Agar HealthLink 4 + 2oC
Potato Dextrose Agar w/chloramphenicol (PDA) HealthLink 4 + 2oC
Tryptic Soy Agar w/Sheep Blood HealthLink 4 + 2oC
R2A w/cycloheximide HealthLink 4 + 2oC
2 % Malt Extract Biolog 4 + 2oC
Biolog Universal Agar (BUG) Biolog 4 + 2oC
BUG w/BL Biolog 4 + 2oC
Biolog Universal Anaerobic Agar (BUA) Biolog 4 + 2oC
BUA w/BL Biolog 4 + 2oC
Biolog Universal Yeast Agar (BUY) Biolog 4 + 2oC
TSA w/SB contact HealthLink 4 + 2oC
BUG w/0.25% Maltose Biolog 4 + 2oC
Malt Extract Agar w/chloramphenicol contact HealthLink 4 + 2oC
Chocolate Agar Biolog 4 + 2oC
Czapek Yeast Extract Agar HealthLink 4 + 2oC
All stock agar expirations are per manufacturer specification.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 9 of 19

Table 8.3B: In-house prepared agar sources and storage information.
(subject to revision as needed)
Agar Type-Stock Source Stock
Storage
Stock
Expiration
Preparation
Components
Media
Prepared
Storage
Prepared
Expiration
Malt Extract Agar (MEA) Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer MEA + Water 4 + 2oC 3 weeks
Potato Dextrose Agar
(PDA) Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer PDA + Water 4 + 2oC 3 weeks
Modified Saboraud’s
Agar (MSA) Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer
M-SAB Dex +
Water 4 + 2oC 3 weeks
R2A Fisher/Difco Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer R2A + Water 4 + 2oC 3 weeks
2 % Malt Extract Fisher/Oxoid Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer
Bacteriological
Agar + Malt 4 + 2oC 3 weeks
Biolog Universal Agar
(BUG) Biolog Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer BUG + Water 4 + 2oC 3 weeks
Biolog Universal
Anaerobic Agar (BUA) Biolog Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer BUA + Water 4 + 2oC 3 weeks
Biolog Universal Yeast
Agar (BUY) Biolog Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer BUY + Water 4 + 2oC 3 weeks
Biolog Universal Agar
(BUG) with 0.25% Biolog Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer
BUG + Water +
Maltose 4 + 2oC 3 weeks
Anaerobic Agar (ANA) Hi Media Room
Temp
As specified by
Manufacturer ANA + water 4 + 2oC 3 weeks

Table 8.3C: Standard sources, description and calibration information.
(This table is subject to revision without notice)
Instrument
Group
Standard
Source How Received Source/Storage Preparation
from Source
Lab
Stock
Storage
Preparation
Frequency
BOD Lab
preparation
As dry glucose
and glutamic acid Dessicator 150mg
each/L 4 + 2oC Made fresh daily
pH meter Commercial
source pH 7.0 buffer Ambient No prep
required NA Annual/Expiration
Date
pH meter Commercial
source pH 10.0 buffer Ambient No prep
required NA Annual/Expiration
Date
Turbidity
meter
Commercial
source Turbidity standard Ambient No prep
required NA Annual/Expiration
Date

Table 8.3D: Working Standard Calibration
Analysis Calibration Standard
BOD D.O.- Barometric pressure/temp, Glucose and glutamic acid reference standard

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 10 of 19

Source of Fungi

A collection of fungi is maintained in the laboratory as training and reference material.
The fungi are isolated from proficiency testing samples, laboratory contaminants and
client samples, and stored as Malt Extract Agar slants for 3 months at 4 + 2ºC. Cultures
are sub-cultured every 3 months. Each culture is assigned an accession number, genus,
specific epithet, authority, source, and name of collector. Records are maintained in the
laboratory in the accession list database.

Source of Bacteria

A collection of bacteria is maintained in the laboratory as training and reference material.
The bacterial strains are purchased from an accredited microbiological supply company
and are used as positive and negative reference controls. Alternatively, bacterial strains
are collected from proficiency testing samples and laboratory contaminants, and stored as
Tryptic Soy Agar slants for 3 months at 4 + 2ºC.

8.4 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION

Autoclave

Operating temperature is checked and recorded with each use with a minimum/maximum
thermometer. Performance is tested weekly with Bacillus stearothermophilus ampoules.
Chemical strips are used with each use to verify that supplies and materials have been
sterilized. Records of autoclave operations are maintained for every cycle. Records
include: date, contents, maximum temperature reached, pressure, time in sterilization
mode, total run time (may be recorded as time in and time out) and analyst initials.

Incubators & Waterbaths

The record of temperature checks is documented twice daily at least 4 hours apart when
in use. Thermometers used for temperature checks are verified at least annually. In
addition temperature chart recorders are being used to continuously monitor the
temperature in the incubators used for BOD analysis and the BOD Lab.

Analytical Balances

Analytical balances are checked at least daily prior to each use with class “I” weights.
Records of these verifications are maintained within the laboratory. Balances are also
serviced and verified and/or calibrated by an external calibration service at least semi-
annually.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 11 of 19

Microscope

A record of cleaning and alignment for each microscope is maintained in the laboratory.
Each microscope has an ocular micrometer that is verified annually with a stage
micrometer. All microscopes are calibrated annually by an external calibration service.

Biochemical Oxygen Demand Robotic Analyzer – SOP Number 340303A

The Dissolved oxygen meter is calibrated according to manufacturer’s instructions with
each use. Air calibration is performed on the DO meter probes to correct DO for the
ambient temperature and pressure. The air calibration is confirmed daily using the
Winkler Test. During the analytical sequence, the calibration stability of the DO probes
is verified after every ten samples and at the end of sequence, by the analysis of
continuing calibration verification (CCV). If either of the readings differs from the initial
readings by more than 0.2 mg DO/L., the instrument automatically re-calibrates the DO
meters and re-reads everything after the last passing CCVs.

A laboratory control sample (LCS) is prepared from glucose and glutamic acid, and is
analyzed exactly like a field sample at the beginning of the workgroup, after every twenty
samples throughout the, run and at the end of the workgroup, one for each probe to verify
that the analytical process is performing accurately.

pH meter

With each use of pH meters, calibrate the instrument according to manufacturer’s
instructions. The slope is documented on a daily basis. Acceptable pH slope range is 95-
105%.

Turbidimeter

With each use, calibrate instrument according to manufacturer’s instructions. Adjust
transmittance to a 100% using a blank reference test tube. Establish appropriate turbidity
range on turbidimeter by adding or subtracting 2% T to the percent transmittance
measured with appropriate turbidity standard.

Volumetric equipment

Equipment such as pipettes non-Class A and other containers with graduations are
calibrated once per lot prior to first use. Volumetric equipment that is not disposed off
after use is calibrated on an annual basis. The error of calibration must not exceed 2.5%.

Air Sampler

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 12 of 19

The air sampling pump used for laboratory environmental monitoring is calibrated
monthly prior to use with a calibrator that is verified annually by a ISO 17025 certified
laboratory to ensure its measurement integrity.

9.0 LABORATORY PRACTICES 

9.1 REAGENT GRADE WATER

Reagent Grade water –Type II used in the Mold Laboratory is periodically checked for
contamination. Type II water is checked annually for single and total heavy metals.
Monthly checks for total organic carbon, ammonia and organic nitrogen, total residual
chlorine and a heterotrophic plate count are also conducted. Conductivity and pH are
checked continuously or with each use.

Prior to first use, a sterility check with non-selective growth media is performed on each
batch of dilution and rinse water prepared in the laboratory and on each batch of
commercially prepared water.

9.2 GLASSWARE WASHING AND STERILIZATION PROCEDURES

Glassware washing and preparation/sterilization procedures are performed according to
EPA guidelines and are outlined in SOP #030701, Glassware Cleaning. The glassware
used in the mold laboratory is restricted to microscopic slides, cover slips, and screw
capped bottles, vials or flasks for preparation of media. Before use, examine microscope
slides, and discard items with chipped edges or etched inner surfaces. Prior to use, clean
microscopic slides with 70 % isopropyl alcohol. Examine screw-capped bottles, vials or
flasks for chipped inner edges that could leak. Screw-capped bottles, vials or flasks are
cleaned using the following protocol:

• Prewash with hot tap water. Wash with hot tap water. Wash with non-foaming
powder detergent. Rinse with tap water. Rinse with DI water. Dry and cool.
• New glassware will be cleaned according to the same procedure as listed above.

Inspect glassware after washing for excessive water beading and re-wash, if necessary.
Perform checks on pH and test for inhibitory residues on glassware and plastic ware. Use
utensils and containers of borosilicate glass, stainless steel, aluminum, or other corrosion
resistant material for media preparation. Sterilization of any auxiliary equipment is
performed via autoclave.

Pipettes of all sizes are checked for sterility by drawing up non-selective media into the
pipette and re-dispensing the volume back into original tube that contained the media.
The tube is then incubated and monitored for growth. All results are recorded and
maintained within the laboratory.
ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 13 of 19

Inoculating loops are cultured by aseptically transferring the entire tip of the loop into a
tube containing non-selective media. The tube is incubated and monitored for growth.
Results are maintained within the laboratory.

BOD analysis is performed in disposable, pre-sterilized bottles. In the event that glass
bottles must be used, the BOD glassware is washed in a commercial laboratory
dishwasher using a phosphate free detergent, followed by a nitric acid rinse, with a final
rinse of laboratory DI water.

9.3 MEDIA STERILITY VERIFICATION PROCEDURES

A sterility check must be analyzed for each lot of pre-prepared media and for each lot of
media prepared in the laboratory. This is done prior to the first use of the media used for
membrane filtration or MPN or pour plate and chromofluorogenic methods. For media
used in the pour plate testing technique, sterility blanks of the media must be made by
pouring an uninoculated plate for each run in addition to sterility and lot comparison tests
being performed on each lot prior to first use. All results are documented.

9.4 POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE CONTROLS USING PURE CULTURES

Positive culture controls demonstrate that the media can support the growth of the target
organism(s), and that the media produces the specified or expected reaction to the target
organism(s). All prepared media must be tested with at least one pure culture of a known
positive reaction. This must be done prior to first use of the media.

Negative culture controls demonstrate that the media does not support the growth of non-
target organisms or does not demonstrate the typical positive reaction of the target
organism(s). All batches of prepared selective media in the laboratory must be analyzed
with one or more known negative culture controls. This must be done prior to first use of
the media.

New lots of pre-prepared media are evaluated for suitability using manufacturer QC data.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 14 of 19

10.0 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES 

A list of laboratory SOPs associated with the Mold and BOD laboratory can be found in the
following table:

TABLE 10.1: MOLD DEPARTMENT SOPs
This Table is subject to revision without notice
SOP # Title
340303 Biochemical Oxygen Demand
340303A Biochemical Oxygen Demand, Automated
350306 Spore Traps
350307 Fungal Andersen
350308 Fungal Quantification
350309 Fungal Rodac
350310 Direct Exam Prep Procedure
350311 Fungal Identification
350312 Mold QA/QC
350313 Mold Lab Safety
350314 MUG Ecoli/Coliforms
350319 Processing of Bacterial Andersen Samples for Quantification
350334 Microscope Usage
350335 Fungal Spore Identification
350342 BART Testing
350347 Processing of Bacterial Swabs, Bulk, Dust and Water Samples for Quantification
350349 Bacterial Identifiication Using Biolog
350357 Actinomycetes Identification
350379 Mold Lab Reference Culture Maintenance
350367 Labconco Flaskscrubber Operation and Maintenance
350371 Mold lab Autoclave Maintenance and Operation
350372 Mold Lab Balance Calibration and Verification
350373 Preparation of Culture media

11.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS 

11.1 ESC participates in proficiency testing (PTs) in support of various laboratory
accreditations/recognitions. For Mold analyses, PTs are administered quarterly by
AIHA. The samples are received and analyzed by method according to the vendor’s
instructions and according to the ESC SOP.  

For BOD analysis, environmental PTs are purchased from Environmental Resource
Associates (ERA). The WP studies are completed every 6 months.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 15 of 19

11.2 As part of the total spore analysis QC, the laboratory maintains a slide collection with
various count levels and genera/groups of spores. Acceptance criteria for the slide
collection include counts that are statistically determined (e.g. ±3STD). Each analyst
reviews one slide from this collection on each day of analysis. The slides are reviewed on
a rotational basis such that a different slide is reviewed each day until the entire slide
collection has been examined. The total spore count and acceptance criteria for each slide
are calculated and compared with the statistically determined acceptance criteria.

11.3 Each week, a different pure culture is chosen by the lab supervisor and is identified by
each analyst as part of training and continuing QC program. 

11.4 Inter- and intra-analyst precision is determined by the re-analysis of samples by the same
and different analysts (where possible). The rate of re-analysis by the same analyst and
by a second qualified analyst is 5%. 

11.5 Media blanks for viable count analysis are used to monitor media and laboratory
procedures for contamination. These blanks are utilized in two ways: 

• Laboratory media blanks are unexposed fresh media (either recently received
from the manufacturer or newly laboratory prepared) that is incubated under the
same conditions as those used for analysis.
• Field blanks are unopened media that is handled identically to field samples.
These samplers are returned to the laboratory with sampled media to demonstrate
that media utilized was not originally contaminated and did not become
contaminated during transport.

11.6 Environmental monitoring of the laboratory air and the surfaces in the Mold laboratory is
performed monthly. BSLII hoods are also monitored in the Mold laboratory. 

11.7 Round Robin studies are performed for direct examination of fungal air samples in
accordance with AIHA policy requirements. Results for these studies include raw counts
and final concentrations for each fungal structure. Acceptance criteria include organism
identification, ranking and quantification. 

11.8 Analysts also participate in other continuing education activities, including attending
seminars and conferences, in-house training meetings, reviews of journal publications
and self-taught training on CD. 

11.9 For BOD analysis, Initial Demonstrations of Capabilility (IDOCs) are performed during
new analyst training and/or prior to acceptance and use of any new
method/instrumentation. Continuing Demonstration of Capability must be updated at
least annually. The associated data is filed within the department and available for
review. 

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 16 of 19

11.10 For BOD analysis, samples are analyzed in batches of 1-20 samples. Each batch must
include the following: method blank, seed blank, seed control, seed check, 1 laboratory
control sample, 1 sample duplicate/ 10 samples. A calibration check (CCV) is performed
every 10 samples and an additional LCS every twenty samples including the end of the
sequence. 

11.11 A method blank is analyzed for each probe at the beginning and end of the sequence.
The method blank is used to define the level of laboratory background and reagent
contamination. Only one acceptable method blank is required for each batch. If all
method blanks fail, data is qualified. The depletion of the method blank should be
between - 0.2 and + 0.2mg DO/L. 

11.12 The Seed Blank/Seed Control/Seed Check must deplete to show that the microorganism
population is viable. The seed correction factor should be 0.6-1 mg/L 

11.13 The CCV should not vary more than 0.2g DO/L within a run. 

11.14 The BOD value for the LCS must be within 167.5 and 228.5. 

11.15 The RPD for the sample duplicate must be <5%.  

12.0 DATA REDUCTION, VALIDATION AND REPORTING 

12.1 DATA REDUCTION

The analyst performs the data calculation functions and is responsible for the initial
examination of the finished data. Data reduction steps applied to the raw data are
outlined in SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting. The primary analyst reviews
the quality of data based on the following guidelines:

• The appropriate SOP is followed
• Sample preparation is correct and complete
• Analytical results are correct and complete
• QC is within criteria and complete

For BOD analysis, the Quality Control Department performs the secondary review of the
data package using the ESC SOP#030227, Data Review. The QC Reviewer verifies that
the analysis is performed as required and meets method criteria, All associated data is
present and complete, and also ensures that any additional documentation is completed as
required (i.e. Ohio VAP checklists, required flags on test reports, etc.)

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 17 of 19

TABLE 12.1 Mold Data Reduction Formulas
PARAMETER FORMULA
Non-viable (Spore Traps)
Mold litersin sampledair of Volume
1000on tracenumber
3
×=
m
SporeCount
Andersen Fungal
Viable (Culturable) Mold Spore
Andersen Bacterial
Viable (Culturable) Bacteria
litersin sampledair of Volume
1000counts raw
3
×=m
CFU
Pc= N [1/N+ 1/N-1+1/N-2+……1/N-r+1]
Quantitative Fungal/Bacterial Amount Sample
FactorDilutionColonies of #
Swab
CFUorgm
CFU ×=
BOD, 5-DAY Initial D.O. –Final D.O. –CF
% Dilution Sample
Calculations are performed by computer software

12.2 VALIDATION

The validation process consists of data generation, reduction review, and reporting
results. Once data reduction is complete, validation is conducted by reviewing all data
entries and calculations for errors, reviewing all documentation to assure that sample
information is correct, and that the tests have been performed appropriately and within
the appropriate holding times. The secondary analyst reviews the quality of data based
on the following guidelines:

• The appropriate SOP is followed
• Sample preparation is correct and complete
• Analytical results are correct and complete

For BOD analysis, once data reduction is complete, validation is conducted by
verification that the QC samples are within acceptable QC limits and that all
documentation is complete, including the analytical report and associated QC. See Table
12.3 for current QC targets, controls and current reporting limits for BOD analysis.

12.3 REPORTING

Reporting procedures are documented in SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting.

BOD Control Limits: BOD QC targets are statutory. The laboratory calculated
limits verify the validity of the regulatory limits. The BOD QC targets are within the range of
5 to 15% for accuracy, depending on determinative method requirements, and, where
applicable, <20% RPD for precision, unless laboratory-generated data indicate that tighter
control limits can be routinely achieved. When using a certified reference material for QC
sample analysis, the acceptance limits used in the laboratory will conform to the provider’s
certified ranges for accuracy and precision.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 18 of 19

Table 12.3: QC Targets for BOD Lab Accuracy (LCS), Precision and RLs
This table is subject to revision without notice
Analyte Analysis
Method Matrix Accuracy Range
(%)
Precision
(RPD) RL (ppb)
Biochemical Oxygen Demand SM5210B W 85-115 <5 5000
Biochemical Oxygen Demand -
Carbonaceous SM5210B W 85-115 <5 5000

13.0 13.0 CORRECTIVE ACTION 

13.1 In the event that a nonconformance occurs in conjunction with the analytical batch, a
corrective action response (CAR) form must be completed. The reason for the
nonconformance is stated on the form and the measures taken to correct the
nonconformance clearly defined. The effectiveness of the corrective action must be
assessed and noted. The CAR will be kept on file by the QA department. Corrective
action procedures are documented in SOP #030208, Corrective and Preventive Action 

13.2 Required Corrective Action 

Control limits have been established for each type of analysis. When these control limits
are exceeded, corrective action must be taken. All samples and procedures are governed
by ESC’s quality assurance program. General corrective actions are followed; however
additional and more specific direction is provided in the specific determinative procedure.
For more information, see the appropriate SOP.

13.2.1 Laboratory QC Criteria and Appropriate Corrective Actions 

If the analytical method contains acceptance/rejection criteria and it is more stringent than
those controls generated by the laboratory the method criteria will take precedence.

13.2.2 Out of Control RPD for inter- and/or intra-analyst reanalysis. 

Rejection Criteria - RPD value of the original analysis is calculated and must be below the
current control limit.

Corrective Action - Both first and second analysts re-analyze the sample until a consensus
is reached and the RPD value falls within control limits.

13.2.3 Out of Control RPD for inter-analyst analysis. 

Rejection Criteria – All organisms must be accurately identified.

Corrective Action - Both first and second analysts review the sample. The second analyst
results are reported to the client.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XI, Ver. 11.0
Mold Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XI to the ESC QAM Page 19 of 19

13.2.4 Calibration Verification criteria are not met: BOD Analysis 

Rejection Criteria see section 8.4

Corrective Action- If the CCV fails, the data may still be used. If the failure persists,
check cleanliness of the equipment and stability of the DO probe for subsequent runs. If
a problem persists, the group supervisor or QA Department is notified for further action.

13.2.5 Out of Control Blanks: Applies to Method Blank 

Rejection Criteria- Blank depletion is greater than established limit.

Corrective action- only one acceptable method blank is required for each batch. If both
blanks fail, all data must be reported with a qualifier.

13.2.6 Out of Control Laboratory Control Standards (LCS) 

Rejection Criteria- If the performance of associated laboratory control sample(s) is
outside of lab-generated control limits calculated as the mean of at least 20 data points +/-
3 times the standard deviation of those points. (Listed in Section 12).

Corrective Action- All samples bracketed by the failed LCS must be reported with a
qualifier.

13.2.7 Out of Control Duplicate Samples 

Rejection Criteria- Lab-generated maximum RPD limit (as listed under precision in
Section12)

Corrective Action- The sample and duplicate are reported with a qualifier.

14.0 RECORD KEEPING 

Record keeping is outlined in SOP #010103, Document Control and Distribution, SOP
#030203, Reagent Logs and Records and SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting

15.0 QUALITY AUDITS 

System and data quality audits are outlined in the ESC Quality Assurance Manual
Version 8.0.
ESC Lab Sciences App. XII, Ver. 11. 0
Protozoa Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XII to the ESC QAM Page 2 of 10

2.0 APPENDIX TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Section Title Rev. Date Rev. #
1.0 Approval and Signature Page Page 1 4/15/13 0
2.0 Table of Contents Page 2 4/15/13 0
3.0 Scope and Application Page 3 4/15/13 0
4.0 Laboratory Organization and Responsibilities Page 3 4/15/13 0
5.0 Personnel and Training Page 3 4/15/13 0
6.0 Facilities and Laboratory Safety Page 4 4/15/13 0
7.0 Sampling Procedures Page 5 4/15/13 0
8.0 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
9.0 Laboratory Practices Page 7 4/15/13 0
10.0 Analytical Procedures Page 7 4/15/13 0
11.0 Quality Control Checks Page 8 4/15/13 0
12.0 Data Reduction, Validation and Reporting Page 9 4/15/13 0
13.0 Corrective Actions Page 9 4/15/13 0
14.0 Recording Keeping Page 10 4/15/13 0
15.0 Quality Audits Page 10 4/15/13 0

TABLES
8.1 Equipment Page 5 4/15/13 0
8.3A Standards and Reagents Page 6 4/15/13 0
8.3B Working Standards Page 6 4/15/13 0
10.1 Protozoan Department SOPs Page 7 4/15/13 0

ESC Lab Sciences App. XII, Ver. 11. 0
Protozoa Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XII to the ESC QAM Page 3 of 10

3.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION

This manual discusses specific QA requirements for EPA Methods 1622 and 1623 to
ensure that analytical data generated from the protozoan laboratory are scientifically valid
and are of acceptable quality. Any deviations from these requirements and any
deviations that result in nonconforming work must be immediately evaluated and their
corrective actions documented.

4.0 LABORATORY ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

ESC Lab Sciences offers diverse environmental capabilities that enable the laboratory to
provide the client with both routine and specialized services, field sampling and broad
laboratory expertise. A brief outline of the organization and responsibilities as they apply
to the ESC Quality Assurance Program is presented in Section 4.0 in the ESC Quality
Assurance Manual Version 8.0.

5.0 PERSONNEL AND TRAINING

5.1 PERSONNEL

Dr. Christabel Fernandes-Monteiro, with a Ph.D. in Applied Biology, is the Department
Manager of Biology. She oversees supervision of laboratory operations in the Mold,
Aquatic Toxicity, Microbiology, Protozoan and BOD laboratories. Her responsibilities
include assurance of reliable data through monitoring of quality control, corroborating the
analysis performed, protocol development, coordination with clients regarding sample
analysis, scheduling of tests and overall production in all sections within the Biology
Laboratory, including management of staff.

Kasey Raley, with a B.S. degree in Biological Sciences, is the Principal Analyst for the
Protozoan laboratory. Ms. Raley is proficient in performing EPA Methods 1622 and
1623. She gained analytical experience from an accredited Protozoan laboratory and
obtained additional training on microscopic techniques. Also, she frequently reviews
EPA online training modules related to the methods being performed. In her absence,
Nacole Jinks assumes her responsibilities.

5.2 TRAINING

The certified analyst trains all new analysts to the Protozoan laboratory according to ESC
protocol and EPA guidelines. ESC’s training program is outlined in SOP #350405,
Training Protocol for Method 1622/1623. Documentation of training received and
authorizations to perform these analyses are maintained within the department.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XII, Ver. 11. 0
Protozoa Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XII to the ESC QAM Page 4 of 10

6.0 FACILITIES AND LABORATORY SAFETY

6.1 FACILITIES

The main area of the laboratory is approximately 420 square feet and has roughly 67.5
square feet of bench area. The microscope dark room is located in the back of the
laboratory is 36 square feet with 18 square feet of bench area. Additionally, there is 40
square feet of storage and fluorescent lighting throughout all areas. The air handling
system is a five-ton Trane split unit with natural gas for heating. The laboratory reagent
water is provided through the Siemans Elga UltraPure deionizer system. Biohazard
containers are located in the protozoan laboratory and Stericycle serves as ESC’s
biological waste disposal contractor. ESC’s building information guides and site plan are
shown in Appendix I.

6.2 LABORATORY SAFETY

· Laboratory access is limited when work is being performed.
· All procedures where infectious aerosols or splashes may occur are conducted in
biological safety II cabinets.
· The following Biosafety Level 2 (BSL2) guidelines are adhered to:
o Closed-toe shoes are worn in the laboratory
o Floors and work surfaces are cleaned on a regular basis
o Emergency numbers are posted in the laboratory
o Biological safety hoods are tested and certified annually
o Laboratory personnel are trained in the use of the biological spill kit and
emergency safety equipment
· ESC’s laboratory safety guidelines are detailed in SOP #350408, Biosafety
Guidelines for the Cryptosporidium Laboratory.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XII, Ver. 11. 0
Protozoa Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XII to the ESC QAM Page 5 of 10

7.0 SAMPLING PROCEDURES

7.1 FIELD SAMPLING PROCEDURES, SAMPLE STORAGE, AND H ANDLING

· A description of field sample collection, containers, storage, temperature, and
transport times are located in SOP #350402, Method 1622/1623 Field-Filtering
Sample Collection and Laboratory Delivery and SOP #350403, Method
1622/1623 Bulk Sample Collection and Laboratory Delivery.
· Laboratory sample identification, handling, tracking and the information
recording system are found in the following procedures: SOP #350404, Method
1622/1623 Sample Receiving and SOP #060105, Sample Receiving.
· A Chain of Custody and LT2 Sample Collection Form accompanies all samples
received by the lab. This is necessary to prove the traceability of the samples and
to document the change in possession from sampling through receipt by the
laboratory. Prior to analysis, all samples are checked for integrity.
· Following analysis, the slides are maintained for a minimum of 2 months and
disposed of following all State and Federal regulations governing disposal.
· Requirements for sample acceptance is located in SOP #350404, Section 7.0,
Method 1622/1623 Sample Receiving.

8.0 EQUIPMENT

Laboratory equipment specifications are outlined in SOP #350407, Microscope Analyst
Verification, SOP #350410, IEC CRU-500 Centrifuge Operation and Maintenance, SOP
#350411, Lab-Line Multi-Wrist Shaker Operation and Maintenance and SOP #350413,
Olympus BX40 Microscope Operation and Maintenance.

8.1 EQUIPMENT LIST

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT LIST: MAJOR ITEMS - Protozoan
Item Manufacturer Model
Flow control valve Plast-o-matic FC050B
Centrifugal pump Jabsco 18610-0271
Graduated container Nalgene 20 Liter Carboy
Laboratory shaker Lab-Line 3587-4
Laboratory shaker side arms Lab-Line 3589
1500 XG swinging bucket centrifuge Damon/IEC Division CRU-5000
Sample mixer/rotator DYNAL Cat#: 947.01
Magnetic Particle Concentrator DYNAL MPC-1
Magnetic Particle Concentrator DYNAL MPC-S
Magnetic Particle Concentrator DYNAL MPC-6
Flat-sided sample tubes DYNAL Cat#: 740.03
Epifluorescence/differential interference contrast microscope Olympus BX-40
Excitation/band pass microscope for fluorescein isothiocyanate (FTIC) C-Squared UN3100
Excitation/band pass filters for 4’,6-diamidino-2-phenylindole (DAPI) C-Squared UN41001
ESC Lab Sciences App. XII, Ver. 11. 0
Protozoa Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XII to the ESC QAM Page 6 of 10

8.2 EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE M AINTENANCE, EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION

Calibration of equipment is conducted on an annual and/or semi-annual basis and is
documented. Maintenance and cleaning is conducted on an as needed basis or per
manufacturer’s instructions. Equipment cleaning is specified in SOP #350412,
Cryptosporidium Laboratory Equipment Cleaning.

8.3 STANDARDS AND REAGENTS

Table 8.3A: Stock solution sources, description and related information.
(subject to revision as needed)
Description Vendor Concentration Storage Req. Expiration
Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) VWR Concentrated ambient 1 year
Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) VWR Concentrated ambient 1 year
Laureth-12 VWR -- ambient 1 year
Tris Stock VWR -- ambient NA
EDTA Supelco 0.5 M, pH 8.0 2 - 8°C 1 year
Antifoam A Supelco -- ambient NA
Dynabeads® GC-Combo/Crypto Idexx -- 2 - 8°C 2 years
Direct labeling kit for det. of
oocysts and cysts, Merifluor
Cryptosporidium/Giardia
VWR -- 2 - 8°C 1 year
Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS)
Solution, pH 7.4 Supelco -- ambient 1 year
4’, 6-diamidino-2-phenylindole
(DAPI) stain Waterborne, Inc 2mg/mL 2 - 8°C
/Darkness
When positive
control fails
Purified, live Cryptosporidium
oocysts stock suspension WSLH -- 2 - 8°C 1 month
Purified, live Giardia cysts stock
suspension WSLH -- 2 - 8°C 1 month

TABLE 8.3B: Working Solution Descriptions and Related Information.
(subject to change)
Solution Concentrations Storage Requirements Expiration
Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) 6.0 N ambient 1 year
Sodium Hydroxide (NaOH) 1.0 N ambient 1 year
Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) 6.0 N ambient 1 year
Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) 1.0 N ambient 1 year
Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) 0.1 N ambient 1 year
Laureth-12 stock vials 10g/100mL -10°C to –20°C 1 year
Tris Working Solution 1 M, pH 7.4 ambient 3 months
Elution Buffer -- ambient 1 week
1X SL Buffer A Solution -- 2 - 8°C 1 week
Staining 1X wash buffer -- ambient 3 months
Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) Solution, pH 7.4 -- ambient 1 week
Working DAPI stain 10μL Stock/25ml
Phosphate Buffer
Ambient/Dark
container 1 day
ESC Lab Sciences App. XII, Ver. 11. 0
Protozoa Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XII to the ESC QAM Page 7 of 10

9.0 LABORATORY PRACTICES

9.1 REAGENT GRADE WATER

ASTM Type II grade water: Reagent water is analyzed for total chlorine, heterotrophic
bacteria, specific conductance, pH, total organic carbon, ammonia and organic nitrogen
on a monthly basis. Reagent water is tested for metals: Lead, Cadmium, Chromium,
Copper, Nickel, and Zinc on an annual basis.

9.2 GLASSWARE WASHING AND STERILIZATION PROCEDURES

Glassware washing and preparation/sterilization procedures are outlined in SOP #350414,
Steamscrubber Operation and Maintenance, SOP #350408, Biosafety Guidelines for
Cryptosporidium Laboratory and SOP #350412, Cryptosporidium Laboratory Equipment
Cleaning.

Laboratory glassware and plastic ware are checked for acceptability prior to use.
Glassware acceptance criteria are documented in SOP #350412, Cryptosporidium
Laboratory Equipment Cleaning.

9.3 FILTER ACCEPTANCE

Each new lot of filters is checked for acceptability prior to use by performing method
blanks (MB) and ongoing precision and recovery testing (OPR) on the lot.

10.0 ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

10.1 A list of laboratory SOPs associated with the protozoan laboratory can be found in the
following table:

TABLE 10.1: PROTOZOAN DEPARTMENT SOPs
This Table is subject to revision without notice
SOP # Title
350401 Isolation & Identification of Giardia and/or Cryptosporidium in Water
350402 Method 1622/1623 Field-Filtering Sample Collection and Laboratory
350403 Method 1622/1623 Bulk Sample Collection and Laboratory Delivery
350404 Method 1622/1623 Sample Receiving
350405 Training Protocol for Method 1622/1623
350406 Data Collection and Verification for Method 1622/1623
350407 Microscope Analyst Verification
350408 Biosafety Guidelines for Cryptosporidium Laboratory
350409 IPR, OPR and MS Spiking Procedures and Corrective Actions
350410 IEC CRU-5000 Centrifuge Operation and Maintenance
350411 Lab-Line Multi-Wrist Shaker Operation and Maintenance
350412 Cryptosporidium Laboratory Equipment Cleaning
350413 Olympus BX40 Microscope Operation and Maintenance
350414 Steamscrubber Dishwasher Operation and Maintenance

ESC Lab Sciences App. XII, Ver. 11. 0
Protozoa Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XII to the ESC QAM Page 8 of 10

10.2 The following references are used for analytical procedures conducted in the laboratory:

· EPA. Method 1623: Cryptosporidium and Giarda in Water by Filtration/IMS/FA,
December 2005.
· EPA. Method 1622: Cryptosporidium in Water by Filtration/IMS/FA, December
2005.
· EPA. Microbial Laboratory Guidance Manual for the Final Long Term 2
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule. February 2006.

11.0 QUALITY CONTROL CHECKS

11.1 ESC participates in proficiency testing (PT) through the analysis of spiked vials received
from Wisconsin State Laboratory of Hygiene (WSLH) and analyzed according to study
instructions and the ESC SOP. When the analysis is completed, the results are reported
to the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) who issues the testing results as either
a “pass” or “fail”. If the laboratory fails a PT round, a follow-up test is performed in an
attempt to meet the necessary requirements. If the follow-up test results in a second
failure, the laboratory takes part in a re-training program offered by the EPA or another
accredited laboratory.

11.2 An Ongoing Precision and Recovery sample (OPR) is analyzed once weekly or per 20
samples. The OPR is spiked with 100-500 cysts and/or oocysts from a spiking vial
received from the WSLH. Recoveries from the OPR must fall within EPA approved QC
limits: Oocyts = 22-100% and Cysts = 14-100%.

11.3 A Method Blank is also analyzed once weekly or per 20 samples. The Method Blank
must be free of other test organisms and serves as a sterility control on the analytical
system.

11.4 If either sample falls outside acceptance parameters, corrective action must be taken and
the samples re-analyzed until the QC criteria are met. Client samples may only be
analyzed following acceptable QC sample results. Quality control information is located
in SOP #350409, IPR (Initial Precision and Recovery), OPR (Ongoing Precision and
Recovery) and MS (Matrix Spike sample), Spiking Procedures and Corrective Actions.

11.5 Clients are required to send a duplicate sample early in their sampling schedule and then
again for every 20 field samples collected. This duplicate is utilized in the laboratory as a Matrix
Spike (MS). The MS is spiked in the same manner and with the same number of organisms as
the OPR to determine the effects of the matrix on the analytical process.

11.6 Inter/intra-analyst precision is determined, at least monthly.

ESC Lab Sciences App. XII, Ver. 11. 0
Protozoa Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XII to the ESC QAM Page 9 of 10

12.0 DATA REDUCTION , V ALIDATION AND REPORTING

12.1 DATA REDUCTION

· The analyst performs the data calculation functions and is responsible for the
initial examination of the finished data. Data reduction steps applied to the raw
data are outlined in SOP #350401, Isolation and Identification of
Cryptosporidium and/or Giardia in Water and SOP #350406, Data Collection
and Verification for Method 1622/1623.

12.2 VALIDATION

Guidelines for data validation are found in SOP #350406, Data Collection and
Verification for Method 1622/1623. In general, data integrity involves reviewing all data
entries and calculations for errors, reviewing all documentation to assure that sample
information is correct, and that the tests have been performed appropriately and within
the appropriate holding times. The secondary analyst reviews the quality of data based
on the following guidelines:

· The appropriate SOP is followed
· Sample preparation is correct and complete
· Analytical results are correct and complete

12.3 REPORTING

Reporting procedures are documented in SOP #350406, Data Collection and Verification
for Method 1622/1623. Depending on the needs of the client one or more of the
following may be included: Case narrative, Chain of Custody, Internal Chain of Custody,
Final Report, Raw Data, etc. When the package involves more than just QC forms, it
must contain a Table of Contents and Pagination. When the package is complete, it must
be reviewed first by the Primary Analyst followed by the Department Manager or second
qualified analyst. The final review person signs that the information is complete and the
package is ready for submission to the client. A copy of the final package must be kept
on file.

13.0 CORRECTIVE ACTION

13.1 In the event that a nonconformance occurs in conjunction with the analytical
batch, a corrective action response (CAR) must be completed. The cause of the event is
stated on the form and the measures taken to correct the nonconformance clearly defined.
The effectiveness of the corrective action must be assessed and noted. The CAR is kept
on file by the QA Department. Corrective action procedures are documented in the SOP
#350409, IPR (Initial Precision and Recovery), OPR (Ongoing Precision and Recovery)
and MS (Matrix Spike sample), Spiking Procedures.
ESC Lab Sciences App. XII, Ver. 11. 0
Protozoa Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
Appendix XII to the ESC QAM Page 10 of 10

13.2 Required Corrective Action

13.2.1 If a spiked sample or set of samples fails to meet quality control limits

Rejection Criteria - Recoveries from the OPR fall beyond the approved QC limits:
Oocyts = 22-100% and Cysts = 14-100%.

Corrective Action - Examine the spiking suspension organisms directly. To determine if
the failure of the spike is due to changes in the microscope or problem with the antibody
stain, re-examine the positive staining control, check Köhler illumination, and check the
fluorescence and DAPI. To determine if the failure of the spike is attributable to the
separation system, check the system performance by spiking a 10mL volume of reagent
water with 100-500 cysts and/or oocysts and processing the sample through the IMS,
staining and examination procedures. Recoveries should be greater than 70%. If the
failure of the spike is attributable to the filtration/elution/concentration system, check the
system performance by processing spiked reagent water according to the method and
filter, stain and examine the sample concentrate. This process is performed until the
cause of the failure is isolated and corrected. The sample then must be re-analyzed until
acceptable results are achieved.

13.2.2 Method Blank contains positive organism when analyzed.

Rejection Criteria – The Method Blank must be free of test organisms and serves as a
sterility control on the analytical system.

Corrective Action - Equipment used to process the sample may be cleaned and/or replaced.
Reagents used to process the sample may be disposed of and new reagents purchased or
prepared. New method blank is prepared and analyzed. This process is repeated until the
method blank passes the acceptance criteria.

13.2.3 Inter/intra-analyst precision analyses are beyond +10%.

Rejection Criteria – Results for inter and/or intra-analyst precision must be within 10% of
original results.

Corrective Action - The differences are discussed between analysts until a consensus is found.

14.0 RECORD KEEPING

Record keeping is outlined in SOP #010103, Document Control and Distribution, SOP
#030203, Reagent Logs and Records and SOP #030201, Data Handling and Reporting

15.0 QUALITY AUDITS

System and data quality audits are outlined in the ESC Quality Assurance Manual
Version 8.0.
ESC Lab Sciences Document, Ver. 11.0
Quality Assurance Manual Date: April 15, 2013
End of Document Page: 1 of 1

End Of Document

APPENDIX B

Relevant Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and Field Forms

RDA - NTBA SOP 1 - 1, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
SOP 1
SOIL SAMPLING AND LOGGING

Introduction
This SOP describes the procedures for properly collecting, handling, and logging soil
samples. Method-specific sampling techniques are presented in the following SOPs:
SOP 2 Surface Soil Sampling
SOP 4 Test Pit and Excavation Soil Sampling
SOP 5 GeoProbe Sampling
SOP 13 Field Instrument Calibration
SOP 17 Equipment Decontamination
SOP 20 Sample Handling and Documentation
SOP 39 Niton XRF Field Screening
Equipment
Equipment needs will vary, depending on the sample collection or drilling method. Refer to
the appropriate SOP listed above for method-specific equipment needs.
Procedures
Non-Sleeved Grab Samples
Immediately upon receiving the sample, either from the split spoon or backhoe bucket, the
material will be screened with the appropriate direct reading instrument, such as a PID or
XRF, and the reading will be recorded on the log form or in the field notebook. The portion
of the sample collected for chemical analysis will be transferred immediately into the
appropriate sample container using decontaminated equipment, new wooden tongue
depressors, or by hand wearing new disposable chemical-resistant gloves. Avoid gravels and
rock fragments when filling soil sample containers. If the sample is to be analyzed for
volatile organics, the container will be completely filled with soil to minimize headspace.
The container will be labeled appropriately and immediately stored in an iced cooler to
maintain a temperature of 4° Celsius. The following information will be included on the
sample container label:
x Sample identification
x Project name
x Project number
x Date and time collected
x Sampler's initials
This information above should also be recorded in the field notebook.
Grab Samples Using Sleeves (auger drilling methodology)
When sampling for volatile compounds, the sample will be kept in the brass or plastic
sleeves, and the sleeves will be handled with chemical-resistant gloves. The sample will be
screened with the direct reading instrument by exposing the end of one sample tube to the
instrument probe. The sample sleeve selected for chemical analysis will be packaged
immediately by covering each end of the sleeve with Teflon™ tape and sealed with plastic

RDA - NTBA SOP 1 - 2, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
caps. The sample sleeve will be labeled as described above and immediately stored in an
iced cooler to maintain a temperature of 4° Celsius.
Grab Samples Using Sleeves (Geoprobe drilling methodology)
The sample sleeve will be cut and the sleeves will be handled with chemical-resistant gloves.
The sample will be screened with the direct reading instrument by removing a portion of the
sleeve, exposing the soil to the instrument probe. The soil sample selected for chemical
analysis will be packaged immediately into laboratory-supplied soil jars, labeled as described
above, and immediately stored in an iced cooler to maintain a temperature of 4° Celsius.
Composite Soil Samples
Composite samples will be prepared by placing equal amounts of soil in a stainless steel
bowl or a clean plastic bag using a stainless steel spoon or by hand wearing new chemical-
resistant gloves. The sample will be homogenized with a stainless steel spoon or gloved
hand. The homogenized soil will be packaged in a laboratory-supplied sample container,
labeled appropriately, and placed in an iced cooler to maintain a temperature of 4° Celsius.
Soil Logging
A description of visual soil characteristics will be recorded for all soil samples. The soil
description may include the following information (in the order listed below):
x Soil type according to unified soil classification system
x Color according to the Munsell color chart
x Grain size and roundness
x Percentage fines, sands, and gravels
x Presence of interbedding, and number and thickness of layers
x Description of odors, staining, or sheen
x Density or stiffness
x Relative moisture content
A description of soil types and various field tests for soil classification is given at the end of
this SOP.
The following information will be recorded in the appropriate spaces provided on the sample
log form:
x Depth of all drive samples;
x Sample interval submitted for laboratory analysis;
x Meter reading from direct-reading instrument (if applicable);
x Contacts between soil types.
In addition to logging soils, the geologist will record the occurrence of first water and the
approximate static water level within each borehole. The reference point for all subsurface
measurements will be included on all boring logs (i.e., feet below ground surface).
Decontamination
Strict decontamination procedures will be used to prevent cross-contamination of samples.
The soil sampling tool (e.g., auger barrel, split spoon) will be decontaminated between
sample locations by washing the tool with an Alconox detergent solution followed by a triple
rinse of clean potable water and a final rinse with distilled water. After decontamination,

RDA - NTBA SOP 1 - 3, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
sample tools will be stored in a clean area and placed into their appropriate storage containers
after use. Sample personnel will change into a new pair of chemical-resistant gloves between
samples and the previously worn gloves will be discarded.
When possible, samples will be collected using disposable equipment to avoid the need for
decontamination.
Unified Soil Classification System
The following is an overview of classifying soil according to the USC system. The
distinction between soil types is based on the percentage of fine vs. coarse material in a
sample. This is easily done in a laboratory but involves a lot of guesswork in the field. The
key is to be consistent. If you are fortunate enough to have samples submitted to a
geotechnical lab for sieve analysis, check your field classifications against the laboratory
results. This will help you estimate percentages in the field.
1) Distinguishing Coarse-grained from Fine-grained Soils:
A) Determine if material is predominantly coarse grained (sand or gravel) or fine grained
(silt or clay). Coarse-grained materials are those with more than 50% retained on a
No. 200 sieve (very fine-grained sand or larger).
B) If coarse-grained, determine if it is predominantly sand or gravel. Be aware that in
the USCS system, pea gravel-size particles are considered “very coarse grained
sand.”
C) Further classify material based on the amount of fines present. Roughly, no or very
little fines is a SP or GP classification; slight amount of fines is a GP-GM or a SP-SM
classification; much fines is a GM or SM classification. The following chart shows
the breakdown for these classifications.
Classification of Coarse-grained Sands
>50% larger than No. 200 sieve

Percentage Fines Soil Name USC Designation

<5% Fines Gravel GP or GW1
Sand SP or SW1

5-12% Fines Gravel with Silt or Clay GP-GM or GP-GC
Sand with Silt or Clay SP-SM or SP-SC

>12% Silty or Clayey Gravel GM or GC
Silty or Clayey Sand SM or SC
1 - The designation SW or GW means well sorted -not well graded (confusing for geologists). This is a condition not
normally found in natural depositional environments and usually indicates engineered fill. Do not use this
classification unless you think the material is specifically graded-engineered fill.

RDA - NTBA SOP 1 - 4, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
D) If material is fine grained, determine if any coarse-grained materials are present.
Note that all fine-grained materials have the same USC designation. Therefore, you
must use both the name and the designation to adequately describe the soil. Use the
following chart to classify fine-grained materials.
Classification of Fine-grained Soils
>50% passing No. 200 sieve

Percentage Coarse Soil Name USC Designation

<15% Coarse Silt ML, MH
Clay CL, CH

15-29% Coarse Silt w/Coarse ML, MH
Clay w/Coarse CL, CH

>29% Coarse Sandy Silt ML, MH
Gravelly Silt ML, MH

Sandy Clay CL, CH
Gravelly Clay CL, CH
2) Classification of Fine-grained Soils
A) Distinguish clay from silt. The following are field tests for determining if a material
is clay or silt.
1) Dilatency (reaction to shaking)
Remove course-grained materials. Prepare a pat of moist soil with a volume of
about 1/2 cubic inch. Add enough water if necessary to make the soil soft but not
sticky. Place the pat in the open palm of one hand and shake horizontally,
striking vigorously against the other hand several times. A clean fine-grained
sand will rapidly show water on the surface and become glossy. When squeezed
between fingers, the gloss disappears from the surface, the pat stiffens and finally
cracks or crumbles. A very plastic clay will show little reaction to shaking and
squeezing; an inorganic silt will react somewhere in between.
2) Dry strength (crushing characteristics)
After removing coarse-grained particles, mold a pat of soil to a 1/2-inch cube,
adding water, if necessary. Allow to dry completely. Test the strength of the dry
cube by crushing between fingers. The dry strength increases with increasing
plasticity, with a plastic clay having high dry strength. An inorganic silt and silty
fine-grained sands are similar. Fine sand feels gritty where silt has a smooth,
flour-like feel.
3) Toughness (consistency near plastic limit)
The worm test: roll soil into a rope (or worm). A clay can usually be rolled to
1/8-inch diameter before it breaks.

RDA - NTBA SOP 1 - 5, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
B) CH vs. CL and MH vs. ML
C) Additional Characteristics
1) Relative Density (coarse-grained material)

Blows per foot Relative Density

<4 very loose
4 - 10 loose
10 - 30 medium dense
30 - 50 dense
> 50 very dense
2) Consistency (fine-grained material)

Blows per foot Consistency Field Test

0 - 2 very soft easily penetrated several inches with fist
2 - 4 soft easily penetrated several inches with thumb
4 - 8 medium stiff penetrated several inches by thumb with moderate effort
8 - 15 stiff readily indented by thumb but penetrated only with great effort
15 - 30 very stiff readily indented by thumbnail
> 30 hard indented with difficulty by thumb nail

RDA - NTBA SOP 1 - 6, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
3) Relative Moisture
Moisture is measured relative to its optimum water content for compaction. Use
the following descriptions:

Relative Moisture Field Test

Dry does not contain water.
Slightly Moist damp, will not hold together.
Moist soil will reach its maximum compaction under pressure.
Wet contains excess moisture for compaction.
Saturated below the water table.

RDA - NTBA SOP 2 - 1, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
SOP 2
SURFACE SOIL SAMPLING
Introduction
This SOP describes the procedures for sampling surface soils from ground surface to 12
inches below ground surface. Samples may be collected with a decontaminated shovel or
drive barrel.
Equipment
x Sample driver apparatus
- Drive barrel
- Brass sleeves
- Rod and slide hammer
x Teflon™ tape and end caps to seal brass sleeves
x Laboratory-supplied sample containers if not using brass sleeves
x Decontamination Supplies
- Buckets
- Alconox Detergent
- Distilled water
- Scrub brush
x Direct Reading Instrument (PID and/or XRF)
x Tape Measure
x Log Forms/Field Notebook
Preliminaries
Soil sample locations will be determined from the project-specific work plan. If necessary,
concrete coring will be arranged before mobilizing to the field.
Procedures
Soil will be collected and placed into laboratory-supplied sample containers with a stainless
steel spoon or with a gloved hand. Coarse-grained soils, such as gravel and rock fragments,
will be avoided whenever possible. To prevent loss of volatiles, soil will be packed tightly
inside the sample container so that no headspace is present.
If soil samples are being collected with a sample driver, brass sleeves will be placed inside
the sample barrel and the sampler will be driven to the desired depth with the slide hammer.
After the sample barrel is retrieved, the brass sleeves will be removed and the ends of each
sleeve will be covered with Teflon™ tape and sealed with plastic caps. Samples will be
labeled appropriately and immediately stored in an iced cooler to maintain a temperature of
4° Celsius. The sample depths and locations will be measured and documented in the field
notebook with the soil description.

RDA - NTBA SOP 4 - 1, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
SOP 4
TEST PIT/EXCAVATION SOIL SAMPLING
Introduction
This SOP describes the equipment and procedures for collecting soil samples from test pits
and excavations. Samples may be collected from the backhoe bucket or from the excavation
wall, provided the excavation meets safe entry requirements.
Equipment
x Stainless steel trowel or disposable wooden tongue depressors
x Sample containers
x Decontamination supplies
- Buckets
- Alconox detergent
- Distilled water
- Scrub brush
- Direct reading instrument
x Tape measure
x Log forms/field notebook
x Laboratory-supplied sample containers
Preliminaries
All sample locations will be determined using the project-specific work plan. Arrangements
will be made for the location of underground utilities using Blue Stakes. A private locating
service will be used for utilities that are not covered by Blue Stakes.
Procedures for Sampling from Backhoe Bucket
Each backhoe bucket of soil will be screened with the appropriate direct reading instrument
and readings will be recorded in the field notebook. Soil samples selected for laboratory
analysis will be collected from the backhoe bucket taking care to avoid sloughed material.
Samples will be packed in laboratory-supplied containers so that no headspace is present.
Each sample will be labeled with the following information:
x Sample identification
x Project name
x Project number
x Date and time collected
x Sampler's initials
The information above should also be recorded in the field notebook.
The location, depth, and soil description of each sample will be recorded in the field
notebook.
Procedures for Sampling Directly from Pit Wall (less than 5 feet deep)
A fresh surface will be scraped from the pit wall using a decontaminated stainless steel
trowel. The soil on the pit wall will be screened with a direct reading instrument and the
reading will be recorded in the field notebook. A soil sample will be collected by either

RDA - NTBA SOP 4 - 2, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
pushing a brass sleeve into the wall of the excavation, or by removing material with the
trowel and packing it into the sample container. To prevent loss of volatiles, the brass sleeve
or sample jar should be packed full so that no headspace is present. Each sample will be
labeled as described in the section above and this information will be recorded in the field
notebook. The location, depth, and soil description of each sample will be recorded in the
field notebook.
Decontamination
Strict decontamination procedures will be used to prevent cross contamination of samples.
The soil sampling tool (e.g., auger barrel, split spoon) will be decontaminated between
sample locations by washing the tool with an Alconox detergent solution followed by a triple
rinse of deionized water. After decontamination, sample tools will be stored in a clean area
and placed into their appropriate storage containers after use. Sample personnel will change
into a new pair of chemical-resistant gloves between samples and the previously worn gloves
will be discarded.

RDA - NTBA SOP 5 - 1, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
SOP 5
Geoprobe Sampling
Introduction
Geoprobe™ sampling equipment will be used to advance shallow soil borings (30 feet or
less) to collect soil and groundwater samples and for sites where access restrictions prevent
mobilization of a drill rig. Standard operating procedures for geoprobe soil and groundwater
sampling are described below.
Preliminaries
Geoprobe sample locations will be marked or staked in the field and coordinated with the IHI
project manager and, if necessary, the client's project manager. Blue Stakes utility clearance
will be requested for each boring location prior to geoprobe sampling. Borings will be
located at least two feet from marked underground utilities.
All sampling equipment will be decontaminated according to SOP 17 prior to mobilizing to
the site. This equipment includes all geoprobe rods, geoprobe samplers, and stainless steel
bowls and spoons.
Geoprobe Equipment and Procedures
Soil borings will be advanced and sampled using a geoprobe hydraulic hammer mounted to a
truck, van, three-wheeler, or small tractor. Each borehole will be started by hydraulically
hammering steel drill rod with a disposable pointed steel end point into the ground. The
borehole will be advanced in regular increments, available in varying lengths from 2 to 5-
feet, by adding sections of flush-threaded drill rod to the drill stem already in the ground. No
lubricants or additives will be used while advancing geoprobe borings.
Soil Sampling Equipment
The following equipment will used to conduct soil sampling:
x Geoprobe core sampler (supplied by the geoprobe contractor)
x New polybuterate sample liners (supplied by the geoprobe contractor)
x New sample liner end caps (supplied by the geoprobe contractor)
x Chemical-resistant gloves
x Appropriate personal protection equipment according to the HASP
x Sealable plastic bags
x Sample labels
x Laboratory-supplied glass soil sample jars and labels (optional)
x Stainless steel putty knife
x Stainless steel bowl and spoon
x Photoionization detector (PID)
x Cooler and ice
x Munsell color chart
x Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) chart

RDA - NTBA SOP 5 - 2, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
Soil Sampling
Samples will be collected as specified in the site-specific sampling plan. At a minimum, soil
samples will be collected at regular intervals if lithologic information is needed. Each soil
sample will be collected in a drill rod sampler lined with a clear polybuterate sample sleeve.
The sampler will be attached to the drill rod, lowered to the sample interval, opened, and then
hydraulically hammered into the subsurface.
The polybuterate sleeves may be used as sample containers for sites being analyzed for
VOCs and semi-VOCs, using the following procedure. After the sampler has been retrieved
from the borehole, the sample shoe will be removed from the sampler and the soil contents
will be sealed in a plastic bag for headspace analysis. If the sample shoe is empty, a small
amount of soil will be removed from the portion of the liner immediately above the sample
shoe. The soil will be allowed to equilibrate in the plastic bag for approximately 15 minutes.
The headspace vapors inside the bag will be measured by pushing the PID tip through one
side of the plastic bag into the headspace of the bag. The maximum PID reading over a 30-
second interval will be recorded at the corresponding depth on the soil-boring log. Following
headspace sample collection, soil will be removed from each end of the polybuterate liner for
soil classification. If recovery is poor, the headspace sample will be used for soil
classification after the headspace reading has been measured and recorded on the boring log.
The polybuterate liner will be trimmed flush on each side to minimize headspace, and each
end will be covered with Teflon tape. Each end of the liner will then be sealed tightly with
polybuterate end caps. The sample will be labeled and immediately placed in an iced cooler
to maintain a temperature of 4°C.
In general, the sample liner associated with the highest headspace reading will be submitted
for VOC and semi-VOC analysis. If headspace readings are zero for all samples, odors, soil
staining, and clay-rich (high sorption) lithology will be used as selection criteria.
Soil Sampling Using Laboratory-Supplied Soil Jars
The sample sleeve will be cut and the sleeves will be handled with chemical-resistant gloves.
The sample will be screened with the direct reading instrument by removing a portion of the
sleeve, exposing the soil to the instrument probe. The soil sample selected for chemical
analysis will be packaged immediately into laboratory-supplied soil jars, labeled as described
above, and immediately stored in an iced cooler to maintain a temperature of 4° Celsius.
Sample Selection Criteria for Laboratory Analysis
In general, the sample liner associated with the highest headspace reading will be submitted
for VOC and semi-VOC analysis. If headspace readings are zero for all samples, odors, soil
staining, and clay-rich (high sorption) lithology will be used as selection criteria.
Groundwater Sampling
To facilitate the collection of groundwater samples at sites where the water table is
penetrated, a temporary well point will be installed in the geoprobe borehole. After the water
table has been encountered, the borehole will be advanced at least three more feet to ensure
adequate sample volume. The well point may consist of either a three-foot long stainless
steel screen drill rod attachment or slotted PVC screened in a similar interval. New tubing
and well screens will be used for each well point. After approximately 15 minutes, a

RDA - NTBA SOP 5 - 3, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
peristaltic pump will be attached to the tubing to obtain groundwater samples by the
following analyte order in the appropriate laboratory-supplied pre-preserved sample
containers:
1) VOCs and BTEXN
2) Semi-VOCs
3) Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
4) Oil and Grease
5) Filtered metals
Groundwater samples collected for metals analysis will be filtered using in-line filters
attached to the outlet tubing of the peristaltic pump or with NalgeneTM hand-pump filters.
The sample will be labeled and immediately placed in an iced cooler to maintain a
temperature of 4°C.
Boring Abandonment
After all soil and groundwater samples have been collected, each soil boring will be
backfilled with granular bentonite. Borings that were drilled through asphalt or concrete will
be backfilled with granular bentonite to within six inches of the ground surface and the
asphalt and concrete cores will be restored.
Demobilization
After the equipment has been rigged down and loaded, the site will be cleaned and restored
as close to its original condition as possible. All sampling equipment will be decontaminated
prior to mobilizing to the next geoprobe sample location.

RDA - NTBA SOP 10B - 1, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
SOP 10B
Monitoring Well Design and Installation (using direct push drilling)
Introduction
This SOP describes procedures for the drilling and installation of shallow monitoring wells
within the unconfined water table aquifer using direct-push (e.g. “Geoprobe”) equipment.
Site-specific conditions may warrant deviating from these standard designs. Field personnel
should consult with the project manager and the work plan before deviating from the basic
design.
Well Design
The typical well design to be used is intended to provide water samples of the upper 5-10 feet
of the water-bearing zone. The well screens will be 10-feet long and will be set so that the
top of the screen is at least two feet above the highest-observed water level.
Casing and Screen Materials
In general, well materials will be 1-inch to 2-inch-diameter, schedule 40, flush-threaded,
PVC. All joints will be flush-threaded. The perforated zone will be constructed from
machine slotted 0.010-inch or 0.020-inch slot screen. A six-inch long sump (silt trap) will be
placed at the bottom of the screen. Depending on site conditions, well materials can vary,
including different diameter casings, different schedule ratings for the PVC, etc.
Sand Pack
The sand pack material will be a commercially packaged, inert, non-carbonate, well rounded,
sieved, product of clean, silica sand. In general, a sand of 16-40 to 10-20 mesh should be
used with 0.020-inch slot well screen. The sand pack will be placed from the bottom of the
boring up to 1 foot above the top of the screened section.
Bentonite Seal
A bentonite seal will be installed in the annulus above the sand pack to prevent grout from
infiltrating into the screen and sand pack zone. Bentonite chips may be used for the seal if it
is placed above the water table. Pellets should be used below the water table, as they have a
higher density than the chips and will settle through the water better.
Annular Seal
Shallow wells (less than 20 feet of annulus above the bentonite seal) can be sealed with
bentonite chips, which are hydrated in place with potable water. Wells that have a longer
annular space should be sealed with a cement grout mixed at a ratio of 6.5 to 7 gallons of
water to each sack of cement, with about 3 to 5 lbs. of bentonite powder.
Drilling and Installation Methods
Drilling Equipment
Boreholes for monitoring wells will be installed using direct-push (e.g. “Geoprobe”)
equipment unless field conditions dictate otherwise. The inside diameter of the rods should
be at least 1 inch larger than the outside diameter of the well casing to allow room for a filter
pack and grout seal to be installed through the rods.
Borehole Drilling
The borehole for the well casing will be drilled using direct push rods. No lubricants,
circulating fluid, drilling muds, or other additives will be used during drilling.

RDA - NTBA SOP 10B - 2, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
During drilling, native soil samples will be retrieved in clear polybuterate sleeves within the
direct-push rods. The collected samples will be logged according to soil type (Unified Soil
Classification), moisture, and color. Selected samples may be submitted for chemical and
physical analysis if called for in the work plan.
Once the borehole has been drilled to the desired depth, the subcontractor will prepare to
install the well. The drill rods will remain in the ground to ensure stability of the borehole
during well construction.
Well Casing Installation
Clean chemical-resistant gloves will be worn by drilling personnel while handling the well
screen and casing. All lengths of well casing and screen will be measured and recorded in
the field log book prior to well installation.
Filter Pack Installation
The filter sand pack will be installed by slowly pouring silica sand through the direct-push
rods as they are slowly removed from the borehole. By this procedure, the rods act as a
tremie pipe and will prevent sand from bridging inside the rods. The level of sand pack
inside the annular space will be continuously monitored. As the rods are pulled upward, the
sand settles out through the bottom and additional sand pack will be added at the surface. By
adding sand pack this way, the borehole will remain open and free from cave-ins, and the
well casing will remain centered within the sand pack and the borehole.
Bentonite Seal Installation
After the appropriate amount of sand pack has been added and its depth verified, the
remaining annulus will be sealed with bentonite. Once the desired thickness of bentonite is
in place, the bentonite will be allowed to settle for approximately 30 minutes. The thickness
of the bentonite seal will be verified and subsequently hydrated using potable water.
Flush-Mount Completion
After the grout has cured, the PVC well casing will be cut so that it is approximately three
inches below the ground surface. The top of the PVC well casing will be sealed with a
locking expandable well cap, or PVC cap, and an 8-inch flush-mount well vault will be
installed at the surface with cement. The cement surface surrounding the vault cover will be
slightly mounded to cause surface water to drain away from the well so that the well vault
will not fill with water

RDA - NTBA SOP 12 - 1, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481

SOP 12
Groundwater Monitoring Well Sampling
Introduction
This SOP describes the equipment, criteria, and procedures that will be used to sample
groundwater monitoring wells. Some deviations from this SOP may be necessary because of
site-specific conditions.
Equipment
Below is a checklist of equipment for conducting groundwater sampling:
x Tools for opening well covers
x Keys to wells
x Water-level indicators
- Dual-phase (if free product is suspected)
- Single phase
x Positive displacement pump
x pH, conductivity, and temperature meters
x Standards for pH calibration
x In-line filters for metals samples
x Chemical resistant gloves
x Laboratory-supplied sample containers
x Iced cooler
x Field Notebook
x Chain of custody form
x Appropriate personal protection equipment according to HASP
x Photoionization detector (optional)
x Drum(s) for purge water containment
x Drum labels
x Permanent marker
Preliminaries
All equipment will be decontaminated as described in SOP 1 prior to mobilizing to the site.
All equipment requiring calibration will be calibrated at the equipment warehouse prior to
mobilizing to the field. The operating condition of pump will be checked prior to field
mobilization.
Procedures
Upon arriving at each groundwater monitoring well, the well vault cover will be removed
and the wellhead will be examined. Any signs of tampering will be recorded in the field
logbook. The lock and well cap will then be removed from the well casing and depth to
water and total depth will be measured.
Well Evacuation
To obtain a groundwater sample representative of natural aquifer conditions, at least three
casing volumes will be evacuated from the well using a positive displacement pump. The

RDA - NTBA SOP 12 - 2, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
pump will be decontaminated prior to use as described in SOP 1. Evacuated groundwater
will be poured into a graduated 5-gallon bucket to keep track of the purge volume. When the
graduated bucket is full, the contents will be transferred into a 55-gallon drum. If the well
does not recharge fast enough to permit the removal of three casing volumes, the well will be
pumped dry and sampled as soon as it has sufficiently recharged.
Casing Volume Calculation
The well casing volume will be calculated to determine the purge volume required to obtain a
groundwater sample representative of natural aquifer conditions. The following procedure
will be used to calculate the total purge volume. Using the top of the north side of the inner
well casing as a reference point, the depth to water (DTW) and total depth (TD) of the well
will be measured using a water-level probe. The height of the water column will then be
calculated by subtracting the depth to water from the total depth of the well (TD - DTW).
Equation (1) below is used to calculate volume constants for wells with various casing sizes.
Well Casing Volume = ʌ (Casing Radius)2 (7.48 gal/ft3) (1)
where Casing Radius = the radius of the well casing in feet
7.48 gal/ft3 = volume conversion constant
ʌ = constant = 3.14
For a 2-inch diameter well casing: Casing Volume = (TD-DTW feet) (0.16 gallons/foot)
Total Purge Volume = Casing Volume x 3
For a 4-inch diameter well casing: Casing Volume = (TD-DTW feet) (0.65 gallons/foot)
Total Purge Volume = Casing Volume x 3
Stabilization Parameters
Groundwater stabilization parameters pH, temperature, and specific conductivity will be
monitored during well purging to verify when the aquifer has stabilized and groundwater
sampling can commence. Stabilization parameters will be measured at least four times; once
every casing volume and immediately before sampling. All stabilization parameter
measurements will be recorded in the field log book. The following guidelines are
acceptable ranges for stabilization parameters:
x pH readings are consistently within 0.2 pH units;
x temperature is within 0.5ÛC of the last reading;
x conductivity is within 10 percent of the last reading.
Groundwater Sample Collection
A complete set of laboratory-supplied sample containers will be prepared and labeled prior to
collecting groundwater samples. A disposable bailer or low-flow peristaltic pump will be
used to obtain groundwater samples by the following analyte order in the appropriate pre-
preserved sample containers:
1) VOCs including BTEXN;
2) Semi-VOCs;
3) Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons;
4) Oil and Grease/TRPH;
5) Filtered metals.

RDA - NTBA SOP 12 - 3, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
All 40-milliliter containers will be filled so that no headspace is present in the container after
the lid has been fastened. Groundwater samples collected for metals analysis will be filtered
using inline filters attached to the outlet tubing of a peristaltic pump or with a Nalgene™
hand-pump filter press. The labels for each groundwater sample will be double-checked and
immediately placed in an iced cooler to maintain a temperature of 4ÛC.
Purge Water Containment And Disposal
Purge water will be contained in labeled 55-gallon drums and stored onsite. At a minimum,
drum labels will contain the following information:
x Site Identification
x Monitoring Well Identification
x Volume (Gallons) of Purge Water
x IHI Environmental
x IHI Project Manager
x 640 East Wilmington Avenue
x Salt Lake City, UT 84106
x 801-466-2223
The final disposition of the purge water will depend on groundwater analytical results and
contract specifications.
Decontamination
All sampling equipment will be decontaminated according to SOP 1 before mobilizing to the
site. If more than one well will be sampled, sampling equipment must be decontaminated
between wells.
Demobilization
After well sampling has been completed and all equipment has been decontaminated, each
well will be capped and secured. Damaged equipment will be noted in the field logbook and
labeled on the instrument.

RDA - NTBA SOP 13 - 1, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
SOP 13
FIELD INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION
Introduction
This SOP describes the procedures for the use and calibration of the most commonly used
field instruments. The use and calibration procedures are provided for the following field
instruments:
x Photoionization detector/organic vapor monitor (PID/OVM)
x Niton XRF

Photoionization Detector
x Photoionization detector meter and filter screen
x Isobutylene span gas (100 ppm) and gas sample bag
Calibration Procedures
Calibration procedures will be performed, as specified by the manufacturer, each day prior to
use.

Niton XRF
x XRF
Calibration Procedures
Calibration procedures will be performed, as specified by the manufacturer, each day prior to
use and following the QA/QC requirement listed in the EPA Method 6200 requirements.

Preliminaries
All equipment will be decontaminated as described in SOP 17 prior to mobilizing to the site.
To enhance instrument life and performance, the instrument should be allowed to completely
discharge and be fully recharged the evening prior to fieldwork.

Calibration Procedures
Instrument calibration should be conducted prior to any field use of the instrument, following
the manufacturer’s recommended procedures. Copies of the calibration procedures will be
kept in the equipment’s storage case in the field.

RDA - NTBA SOP 17 - 1, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
SOP 17
EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION
In order to reduce the risk of transferring contaminants from areas of known contamination to
known clean areas, decontamination of personnel and equipment is required. A description
of site area contamination zones was presented in the previous section. The decontamination
procedures shall be established for each site based on the degree of hazard associated with
the site and the amount of contact with hazardous materials resulting from site work. Final
decontamination procedures shall be reviewed and approved by the Site Safety and Health
Manager. This procedure contains general decontamination protocols, suitable for most sites,
although decontamination procedures will be reviewed on a site-by-site, contaminant-by-
contaminant basis.
Decontamination Guidelines
IHI uses a four-step decontamination procedure described below:
Step 1 Gross Contaminant Removal
This step consists of a scrubbing using a detergent solution and water and a stiff brush.
Scrubbing will continue until visible contaminants are removed. The water will be changed
as necessary, daily at a minimum.
Step 2 Alconox Wash
An Alconox wash will be prepared by mixing 1 to 1-½ tablespoons of Alconox per gallon of
warm water. The water will be changed as necessary, daily at a minimum.
Step 3 Clear Water Rinse
A rinse with clear potable water. This water will be changed as necessary to ensure its
purity, daily at a minimum.
Step 4 Distilled Water Rinse
Unused distilled water will be used as a final rinse for all decontamination procedures. The
water may be poured or sprayed.
Decontamination Blanks to document the decontamination procedures will be collected if
required in the SAP.

RDA - NTBA SOP 20 - 1, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
SOP 20
SAMPLE HANDLING AND DOCUMENTATION

Introduction

This SOP describes procedures to follow once soil, sediment or water samples are collected to ensure
that the samples are handled properly and that appropriate documentation is completed.

Sample Handling

Chemical resistant gloves will be worn during collection and initial handling of all samples. All
samples will be promptly placed in an iced cooler to maintain a temperature of 4 qC. Typically,
samples selected for chemical analysis are delivered at the end of each day to the analytical laboratory.
If they are not submitted to the laboratory on the same day collected, they will be stored in a
refrigerator in a locked sample storage room at IHI’s office until transport and delivery to the
laboratory in an iced cooler. Upon receipt of the samples, the laboratory will record the internal
temperature of the sample transport coolers on the chain of custody record.

Documentation

Sample Identification and Labeling
Samples will be labeled following the specific labeling requirements set forth in the sampling plan or
using labeling methods that identify the area from which they were collected and the depth.

Each sample sleeve or sample container will be immediately labeled with the following information:

- Project name
- Project number
- Sample identification
- Sample depth
- Date and time collected
- Analyses requested
- Filtered or unfiltered (for water samples)
- Sampler's initials

This information will also be recorded in the field notebook. An example sample label is provided as
an attachment to this SOP

Chain of Custody
Chain of custody documentation will begin in the field for each sample submitted to the laboratory and
will be maintained by laboratory personnel. Samples will remain in the possession of the sampler at all
times, or in a locked facility until delivery to the analytical laboratory. A chain of custody form will be
completed and will accompany each sample cooler to the analytical laboratory. An example chain of
custody form is provided as an attachment to this SOP.

Field Book

RDA - NTBA SOP 20 - 2, June 2012 IHI Environmental
SAP / QAPP Project No. AL127481
IHI Environmental field personnel will maintain a field log book to record all field activities. The field
logbook will be a weather-resistant bound survey-type field book. All data generated during the
project and any comments or other notes will be entered directly into the field logbook.

Example Sample Label:

Example Chain of Custody Form:

RDA - NTBA SOP 39 - 1, June 2012 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
SOP 39
NITON XRF FIELD SCREENING
Introduction
This SOP describes one procedure used for screening soils or sediments for heavy metals.
Samples may be collected with a decontaminated hand tools or drive barrel.
Equipment

x Niton XRF
x Resealable plastic bags
x Log Forms/Field Notebook
Preliminaries
Soil sample locations will be determined from the project-specific work plan.
Procedures
In-Situ Screening Procedure
Secure faceplate to the XRF. Set on the ground at a 30 to 60 degree angle. Pull trigger until
XRF beeps. XRF will be set to analyze for a pre-set amount of time. To change length of
analysis time, see manufacturer’s instructions. The amount of time the XRF requires to
analyze the sample will vary, depending on the current age of the source.
Ex-Situ Screening Procedure
Soils or sediments to be screened ex-situ will be collected in new, thin, resealable plastic
bags (do not use freezer bags or thick plastic bags) labeled with the sample name, date and
time of collection, IHI’s project number, and the sampler’s initials. Sufficient soils or
sediments to fill approximately one-third to one-half of a gallon bag will be collected from
each location. New latex or nitrile sampling gloves will be worn for each sample during
collection and handling. The soils or sediments will be homogenized inside the bag by
gloved hand, so that the XRF analyses represent the average concentrations of metals in the
sample.
Once homogenized, the XRF will be used to screen the sample either through Niton-supplied
thin plastic sample bags or using Niton-supplied sample cups.
x Niton-supplied plastic bag: Fill three new sample bags from the resealable
homogenized bag. Remove the foam cup holder from the XRF sample tray and slide one
of the sample bags into place. Set the XRF into the stand and depress the main trigger.
After the pre-set sampling time, the XRF will beep and display the reading. Repeat with
each of the three sample bags. The average of the three final readings will be used as the
representative concentration. An alternative to using the Niton-supplied sample bags is
to place the XRF directly on the homogenized resealable bag in three separate locations
and take the readings directly.
x Niton-supplied sample cup: Prepare a sample cup by placing the bottom cap (cap with
two or three holes) under the cylinder, then fill the cylinder with soil from the

RDA - NTBA SOP 39 - 2, June 2012 IHI Environmental
Quality Assurance Project Plan Project #AL127481
homogenized sample. Place the Niton-supplied plastic film tightly over the soil, and then
place the top cap. Ensure that cap is placed tightly over sample. Place the sample cup in
the manufacturer-provided tray and the XRF in the stand. Depress the main trigger.
After the pre-set sampling time, the XRF beep and will display the reading.
Screening procedures should follow EPA Method 6200:
FIELD PORTABLE X-RAY FLUORESCENCE SPECTROMETRY FOR THE
DETERMINATION OF ELEMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS IN SOIL AND
SEDIMENT

Groundwater Sample
Quality Control Log
(Gallons/Casing Volumes)
Version Date 2010.01.01

640 EAST WILMINGTON AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84106 TELEPHONE: [phone] FAX: [phone] E-MAIL: [e-mail]
SALT LAKE CITY SAN FRANCISCO PHOENIX DENVER SEATTLE

IIHHII
E NVIRONMENTAL
Project #: Project Name:
Sample ID: Sample Location:
Sample Date: Sample Time: Sampler’s Name:

Equipment Decontamination
Equipment Decontaminated prior to use? Decontamination Method
Yes No
Yes No
Yes No

Well Measurements
Casing Diameter (inches): Casing Elevation Reference Point:
Depth to Product (DTP; ft): Thickness of Product (DTW – DTP; ft):
Depth to Water (DTW; ft): Length of Water in Well (TD – DTW; ft):
Total Depth of Well (TD; ft):

Casing Volume Calculations ܹ݈݈݁ܿܽݏ݅݊݃ݒ݋݈ݑ݉݁(݈݃ܽ)=ቀܷ݊݅ݐ ܥܽݏ݅݊݃ ܸ݋݈ݑ݈݉݁݃ܽ ݂ݐൗቁ ቆ ݈݁݊݃ݐ݄݋݂ݓܽݐ݁ݎ݅݊ ݓ݈݈݁(݂ݐ)ቇ= ݄ܶݎ݁݁ܥܽݏ݅݊݃ ܸ݋݈ݑ݉݁ݏ (݈݃ܽ )=(3)൫ܹ݈݈݁ܥܽݏܸ݅݊݃݋݈ݑ݉݁(݈݃ܽ )൯ =

Casing Diameter (in) 1 1.5 2 4 6 8 Conversions: 1 gallon = 3.8 L 1 L = 1.057 quarts
Unit Casing Volume (gal/ft) 0.04 0.1 0.16 0.65 1.5 2.6 1 ft3 = 7.48 gallons 1 L = 1000 mL

Water Quality Parameters
Purging Start Time: Purging End Time: Total Purge Time: Purged dry? Y N

Time
Purge Volume
(L) or (gallons)
Temp.
(°C) or (°F)
Conductivity
(mS/cm)
D.O.
(mg/L) pH
ORP
(mV)
Water Description
(color, odor, sheen, etc.)

Sample Information
Container (type and volume) Supplied by lab? Preserved? Field Filtered? Analyses Requested
Y N Y N Y N
Y N Y N Y N
Y N Y N Y N

Depth-to-Product,
Depth-to-Water, and
Total Well Depth Log
Version Date 2010.01.01

640 EAST WILMINGTON AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84106 TELEPHONE: [phone] FAX: [phone] E-MAIL: [e-mail]

SALT LAKE CITY SAN FRANCISCO PHOENIX DENVER SEATTLE

IIHHII
E NVIRONMENTAL

Project #: Project Name:
Well ID /
Piezometer ID Date Time
Measurements Calculations
Depth to
Product
(DTP; ft)
Depth to
Water
(DTW; ft)
Total Depth
of Well
(TD; ft)
Thickness of
Product
(DTW - DTP; ft)
Length of Water
in Well
(TD - DTW; ft)

Boring No.:
Project No.:
Project Name:
Drilling Method:
Drilling Contractor:
Geologist:
Location:
Date:Field Book No.:
Start Time: End Time:
Date:
Time:
Depth (ft):
Date:
Time:
Depth (ft):
Borehole Log
SUBSURFACE PROFILE SAMPLE INFORMATION
De
p
t
h

(
f
t
)
5
10
15
20
Dr
i
v
e
PI
D

(
p
p
m
)
Li
t
h
o
l
o
g
y
Soil Description Sample ID Analysis
Water Level Measurements (bgs)
2015a Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2015. Phase I Environmental Site Assessment,
Schovaers Electronics, 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County,
Utah, EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96809201, Hazardous Substance Grant for
Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City. Terracon Project No. AL157312. Dated
August 31, 2015.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics
22 South Jeremy Street
Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County,Utah
August 31, 2015
Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601
Hazardous Substance Grant for Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City
Prepared for:
Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City
Salt Lake City, Utah
Prepared by:
Terracon Consultants, Inc.
Salt Lake City, Utah
Terracon Consultants Inc. 640 E. Wilmington Ave. Salt Lake City, UT 84106
P 801-466-2223 F 801-466-9616 terracon.com
August 31, 2015
Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City
P.O. Box 145518
Salt Lake City, Utah 84114
Attn: Ms. Ashlie Easterling
P: [phone]
E:[e-mail]
Re: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics
22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809201
Dear Ms. Easterling:
Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon) is pleased to submit the enclosed Phase I Environmental
Site Assessment (ESA) report for the above-referenced site. This assessment was performed in
accordance with Terracon Proposal No. PAL150187, dated April 17, 2015. This assessment
was conducted under EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809201 for the Hazardous Substance
Grant. EPA approved this property for assessment on the basis of written approval of Property
Profile Form, dated February 6, 2015. This ESA is provided as part of Task 4 of the
Cooperative Agreement Work Plan digitally approved by EPA on July 30, 2015.
We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. In addition to Phase I
services, our professionals provide geotechnical, environmental, construction materials, and
facilities services. If there are any questions regarding this report or if we may be of further
assistance, please do not hesitate to contact us.
Sincerely,
Terracon Consultants, Inc.
Ashley A. Scothern, E.P.Kent Wheeler, APR
Staff Environmental Scientist Regional Manager
Attachments
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .......................................................................................................................... i
Findings ....................................................................................................................................... i
Opinions and Conclusions ........................................................................................................... ii
Recommendations ...................................................................................................................... iii
1.0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Site Description .............................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Scope of Services........................................................................................................... 1
1.3 Standard of Care ............................................................................................................ 1
1.4 Additional Scope Limitations, ASTM Deviations and Data Gaps ...................................... 2
1.5 Reliance ......................................................................................................................... 3
1.6 Client Provided Information ............................................................................................. 3
2.0 PHYSICAL SETTING ................................................................................................................. 4
3.0 HISTORICAL USE INFORMATION ............................................................................................ 5
3.1 Historical Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, Sanborn Maps................................... 5
3.2 Historical City Directories ................................................................................................ 6
3.3 Site Ownership ............................................................................................................... 7
3.4 Title Search .................................................................................................................... 7
3.5 Environmental Liens and Activity and Use Limitations ..................................................... 7
3.6 Interviews Regarding Current and Historical Site Uses.................................................... 7
3.7 Prior Report Review ....................................................................................................... 8
4.0 RECORDS REVIEW ................................................................................................................... 9
4.1 Federal and State/Tribal Databases ................................................................................ 9
4.2 Local Agency Inquiries .................................................................................................. 14
5.0 SITE RECONNAISSANCE ....................................................................................................... 14
5.1 General Site Information ............................................................................................... 14
5.2 Overview of Current Site Occupants ............................................................................. 15
5.3 Overview of Current Site Operations ............................................................................. 15
5.4 Site Observations ......................................................................................................... 15
6.0 aDJOINING PROPERTY RECONNAISSANCE ........................................................................ 19
7.0 ADDITIONAL SERVICES ......................................................................................................... 19
8.0 DECLARATION ........................................................................................................................ 19
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A Exhibit 1 - Topographic Map, Exhibit 2 - Site Diagram
APPENDIX B Site Photographs
APPENDIX C Historical Documentation and User Questionnaire
APPENDIX D Environmental Database Information
APPENDIX E Credentials
APPENDIX F Description of Terms and Acronyms
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable i
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This Phase I Environmental Site Assessment (ESA) was performed in accordance with
Terracon Proposal No. PAL150187, dated April 17, 2015, and was conducted consistent with
the procedures included in ASTM E1527-13,Standard Practice for Environmental Site
Assessments: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Process. The ESA was conducted under
the supervision or responsible charge of Ashley A. Scothern, Environmental Professional.
Ms. Scothern performed the site reconnaissance on May 1, 2015.
Findings
A summary of findings is provided below. It should be recognized that details were not included
or fully developed in this section, and the report must be read in its entirety for a comprehensive
understanding of the items contained herein.
Site Description and Use
The site is an approximately 0.34-acre parcel (Parcel ID #15-02-204-007) owned by Schovaers
Electronics. An approximately 6,000-square-foot industrial building occupies the site. An
approximately 400-square-foot garage is present on the northwest side of the site. Paved
parking areas are located to the east and north of the building. A small weedy area is present
on the western boundary area. Schovaers Electronics currently occupies the site.
The facility consists of a photo room, film tooling room, rout room, drill room, and plating room
storage areas, and small office areas. The facility makes circuit boards using a plating
operation. During the plating process, thin layers of metal are either adhered to or stripped
away from the circuit boards.
The plating tanks are mixed and drained in the plating room. Overflow water from the plating
tanks drains directly on the wooden pallet flooring in the room, which is collected by the sump in
the room. The sump is located next to the wastewater treatment system in the southeast corner
of the plating room. The wastewater is treated then discharged into the sanitary sewer system.
Historically, etchant from the plating room was observed to have leaked out of the building
through the building’s seams and concrete flooring. Because of this, a liner was installed above
the concrete slab in the plating room for more efficient discharge of overflow water into the
sump.
Historical Information
The site was residential from at least 1898 to the mid-1900s. The residences were demolished
and the current commercial building was constructed by 1962. The site building was originally
occupied by an electrical supply company and then a wholesale upholstery business before
Schovaers occupied the building in 1977. Use of the site as an electroplating facility for the past
38 years represents a REC to the site.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable ii
Records Review
The site was identified as the Schovaers Electronics RCRA-SQG facility. This listing does not
represent a REC to the site.
The north-adjoining facility was listed as the Crown Plating Company, Inc. RCRA-SQG, FTTS,
FINDS and UT NPDES facility. Based on numerous violations in the mid-1980s to early 1990s
due to the known improper disposal of 1,1,1, trichlororethane (TCA) on the property boundary,
this RCRA-SQG listing represents a REC to the site.
Multiple other facilities were noted; however, the remaining facilities do not represent a REC to
the site. Refer to Section 4.1 for more detailed information regarding the findings.
Site Reconnaissance
Numerous RECs were identified during site inspection. The site has been used as an
electroplating facility for over 35 years. Based on the age of the wastewater treatment system,
which includes the sump, and the visible seepage of spent etchant through the exterior walls
and unknown seepage toward ground level, the electroplating operations at the site represent a
REC.
Adjoining Properties
The site is adjoined to the north by an electroplating facility, to the east by a stone facility, and to
the south by a vehicle repair shop. An industrial warehouse adjoins the site to the west.
Indications of RECs were not observed with the adjoining properties.
Opinions and Conclusions
We have performed a Phase I ESA consistent with the procedures included in ASTM Practice
E1527-13 at 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County, Utah, the site. The
following Recognized Environmental Conditions (RECs) or Controlled RECs were identified in
connection with the site:
n Impacts from adjoin properties: The north adjacent property has documented
improper disposal of TCA very near or on the property line. This identified
release represents a REC to the subject property.
n Long-term industrial use:The site has been an electroplating shop for
approximately 38 years. Evidences of releases from these industrial operations
were widespread and included leaking and spilling. Below, we have listed
observed RECs that are considered part of the long-term industrial use.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable iii
REC/CREC/HREC Petroleum
Hazardous
Substances
Potentially
Combined
Historical use of the site as a plating shop (38 years)X
Historical solvent use X
RCRA hazardous waste storage and disposal X
Wastewater discharge / Sump system X
Exterior staining associated with drum storage X
Poor storage of hazardous materials and wastes X
Recommendations
Based on the scope of services, limitations, and conclusions of this assessment, Terracon
recommends the following additional actions.
n A subsurface investigation to determine if the identified REC has impacted the
soils or groundwater at the site.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 1
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Site Description
Site Name Schovaers Electronics
Site Location/Address 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, County, Utah
Land Area Approximately 0.34 acres
Site Improvements One approximately 6,000-square-foot warehouse building and one
approximately 200-square-foot lean to shed.
The site location is depicted on Exhibit 1 of Appendix A, which was reproduced from a portion of
the USGS 7.5-minute series topographic map. A Site Diagram of the site and adjoining
properties is included as Exhibit 2 of Appendix A. Acronyms and terms used in this report are
described in Appendix F.
1.2 Scope of Services
This Phase I ESA was performed in accordance with our Terracon Proposal No. APL150187,
dated April 17, 2015, and was conducted consistent with the procedures included in ASTM
E1527-13,Standard Practice for Environmental Site Assessments: Phase I Environmental Site
Assessment Process. The purpose of this ESA was to assist the client in developing information
to identify RECs in connection with the site as reflected by the scope of this report. This purpose
was undertaken through user-provided information, a regulatory database review, historical and
physical records review, interviews, including local government inquiries, as applicable, user-
provided information, and a visual noninvasive reconnaissance of the site and adjoining
properties. Limitations, ASTM deviations, and significant data gaps (if identified) are noted in the
applicable sections of the report.
Services in support of client Brownfields revitalization are provided considering client’s
previously EPA-approved Brownfield Cooperative Agreement and Cooperative Agreement Work
Plan. ESA services also consider EPA’s All Appropriate Inquiries Rule: Reporting Requirements
Checklist for Assessment Grant Recipients (EPA 560-R-11-030, February 2014).
1.3 Standard of Care
This ESA was performed in accordance with generally accepted practices of this profession,
undertaken in similar studies at the same time and in the same geographical area. We have
endeavored to meet this standard of care, but may be limited by conditions encountered during
performance, a client-driven scope of work, or inability to review information not received by the
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 2
report date. Where appropriate, these limitations are discussed in the text of the report, and an
evaluation of their significance with respect to our findings has been conducted.
Phase I ESAs, such as the one performed at this site, are of limited scope, are noninvasive, and
cannot eliminate the potential that hazardous, toxic, or petroleum substances are present or
have been released at the site beyond what is identified by the limited scope of this ESA. In
conducting the limited scope of services described herein, certain sources of information and
public records were not reviewed. It should be recognized that environmental concerns may be
documented in public records that were not reviewed. No ESA can wholly eliminate uncertainty
regarding the potential for RECs in connection with a property. Performance of this practice is
intended to reduce, but not eliminate, uncertainty regarding the potential for RECs. No
warranties, express or implied, are intended or made. The limitations herein must be considered
when the user of this report formulates opinions as to risks associated with the site or otherwise
uses the report for any other purpose. These risks may be further evaluated – but not eliminated
– through additional research or assessment. We will, upon request, advise you of additional
research or assessment options that may be available and associated costs.
1.4 Additional Scope Limitations, ASTM Deviations and Data Gaps
Based upon the agreed-on scope of services, this ESA did not include subsurface or other
invasive assessments, vapor intrusion assessments or indoor air quality assessments (i.e.
evaluation of the presence of vapors within a building structure), business environmental risk
evaluations, or other services not particularly identified and discussed herein. Credentials of the
company (Statement of Qualifications) have not been included in this report but are available
upon request. Pertinent documents are referred to in the text of this report, and a separate
reference section has not been included. Reasonable attempts were made to obtain information
within the scope and time constraints set forth by the client; however, in some instances,
information requested is not, or was not, received by the issuance date of the report. Information
obtained for this ESA was received from several sources that we believe to be reliable;
nonetheless, the authenticity or reliability of these sources cannot and is not warranted
hereunder. This ESA was further limited by:
n The historical use of the site was not identified back to when the site was
undeveloped, as the earliest ascertainable standard historical source identified
the site as developed with residences in 1898. Based on the original non-
suspect residential development of the site, this data gap is not deemed to be
significant.
An evaluation of the significance of limitations and missing information with respect to our
findings has been conducted, and where appropriate, significant data gaps are identified and
discussed in the text of the report. However, it should be recognized that an evaluation of
significant data gaps is based on the information available at the time of report issuance, and an
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 3
evaluation of information received after the report issuance date may result in an alteration of
our conclusions, recommendations, or opinions. We have no obligation to provide information
obtained or discovered by us after the issuance date of the report, or to perform any additional
services, regardless of whether the information would affect any conclusions, recommendations,
or opinions in the report. This disclaimer specifically applies to any information that has not been
provided by the client.
This report represents our service to you as of the report date and constitutes our final
document; its text may not be altered after final issuance. Findings in this report are based upon
the site’s current utilization, information derived from the most recent reconnaissance and from
other activities described herein; such information is subject to change. Certain indicators of the
presence of hazardous substances or petroleum products may have been latent, inaccessible,
unobservable, or not present during the most recent reconnaissance and may subsequently
become observable (such as after site renovation or development). Further, these services are
not to be construed as legal interpretation or advice.
1.5 Reliance
This ESA report is prepared for the exclusive use and reliance of Redevelopment Agency of
Salt Lake City (RDA). General public use of the document or its information is at the user’s risk.
Reliance by any other party is prohibited without the written authorization of Redevelopment
Agency of Salt Lake City and Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon).
Reliance on the ESA by the client and all authorized parties will be subject to the terms,
conditions and limitations stated in the proposal, ESA report, and Terracon’s Agreement. The
limitation of liability defined in the Agreement is the aggregate limit of Terracon’s liability to the
client and all relying parties.
Continued viability of this report is subject to ASTM E1527-13 Sections 4.6 and 4.8. If the ESA
will be used by a different user (third party) than the user for whom the ESA was originally
prepared, the third party must also satisfy the user’s responsibilities in Section 6 of ASTM
E1527-13.
1.6 Client Provided Information
Prior to the site visit, Ms. Ashlie Easterling, RDA’s representative, was asked to provide the
following user questionnaire information as described in ASTM E1527-13 Section 6.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 4
Client Questionnaire Responses
Client Questionnaire Item
Client
Did Not
Respond
Client’s Response
Yes No
Specialized Knowledge or Experience that is material to a REC in
connection with the site.
X
Actual Knowledge of Environmental Liens or Activity Use Limitations
(AULs) that may encumber the site.
X
Actual Knowledge of a Lower Purchase Price because contamination
is known or believed to be present at the site.
N/A*
Commonly Known or Reasonably Ascertainable Information that is
material to a REC in connection with the site.
X
Obvious Indicators of Contamination at the site.X
* The client is not currently purchasing the property, but providing assessment as recipient of an EPA Brownfield
Assessment Cooperative Agreement. This is consistent with eligible use of funding by cooperative agreement
recipients to provide assessment services on eligible properties to promote Brownfields revitalization where real
property, the expansion, redevelopment, or reuse of which may be complicated by the presence or potential presence
of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant.
Ms. Easterling stated that prior to a foundation liner being installed in the 1980s, possible
leaking of acids into cracked concrete may have occurred. She also stated that the site is a
small quantity generator due to the generation of filter cakes. A copy of the completed User
Questionnaire is attached in Appendix C.
2.0 PHYSICAL SETTING
Physical Setting
Physical Setting Information Source
Topography (Refer to Appendix A for an excerpt of the Topographic Map)
Site Elevation Approximately 4,230 feet (NGVD)
USGS Topographic Map, Salt Lake
City, North, Utah Quadrangle, 1963,
photo-revised in 1969 and 1975
Surface Runoff/
Topographic
Gradient
Surface runoff and topographic gradient at
the site is relatively flat.
Closest Surface
Water
The Jordan River is approximately 0.53
miles west of the site.
Soil Characteristics
Soil Type UL – Urban Land Web Soil Survey
http://websoilsurvey.nrcs.usda.gov/app/H
omePage.htmDescriptionFill
Geology/Hydrogeology
Formation Qtg – Terrace Gravels Utah Geological Survey
http://geology.utah.gov/apps/intgeomap/i
ndex.htmlDescription
Pebble and cobble gravel, sand and silt
occurring a few to several tens of meters
above modern flood plains.
Estimated Depth to Approximately 8 to 10 feet below ground DERR Interactive Map
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 5
Physical Setting Information Source
First Occurrence of
Groundwater
surface http://enviro.deq.utah.gov/
Bullough LUST (Facility ID
#4001968) and Calder LUST (Facility
ID #4000119)
*Hydrogeologic
Gradient
Based on Terracon’s knowledge of the area, groundwater is generally less than 10
feet below the surface, and flows to the west if it is not influence by anthropological
sources.
* The groundwater flow direction and the depth to shallow, unconfined groundwater, if present, would likely vary depending upon
seasonal variations in rainfall and other hydrogeological features. Without the benefit of on-site groundwater monitoring wells
surveyed to a datum, groundwater depth and flow direction beneath the site cannot be directly ascertained.
3.0 HISTORICAL USE INFORMATION
Terracon reviewed the following historical sources to develop a history of the previous uses of
the site and surrounding area, in order to help identify past uses for indications of RECs. Copies
of selected historical documents are included in Appendix C.
3.1 Historical Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, Sanborn Maps
Readily available historical USGS topographic maps, selected historical aerial photographs (at
approximately 10 to 15 year intervals) and historical fire insurance maps produced by the
Sanborn Map Company were reviewed to evaluate land development and obtain information
concerning the history of development on and near the site. Reviewed historical topographic
maps, aerial photographs and Sanborn Maps are summarized below.
Historical fire insurance maps produced by the Sanborn Map Company were requested from
EDR to evaluate past uses and relevant characteristics of the site and surrounding properties.
EDR provided Sanborn maps as summarized below.
n Topographic map:Salt Lake City North, Utah, published in 1963 from 1962 aerial
photographs; photo-revised in 1969 and 1975 from 1969 and 1975 aerial
photographs (1:24,000)
n Topographic map: Salt Lake City North, Utah, published in 1998 from 1997 aerial
photographs
n Aerial photograph: GeoSearch,1937, 1946, 1950, 1962, 1977, 1981, 1993,
1997, 2003, and 2014; all photographs were scaled to 1”=500’. / Google Earth
Historical Aerials, 2006, interactive scale
n Sanborn Fire Insurance Map(s):1898, 1911, 1949, 1950, 1986
n Previous Phase I ESA, Wasatch Environmental, June 2010
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 6
Historical Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs and Sanborn Maps
Direction Description
Site
Residential development is visible (1898-1911). The site is vacant (1949-1950). The
current warehouse building occupies the site (1962-1977). A rail spur is visible along the
southern section of the site, which terminates at the west boundary area of the site (1986-
2009). The site is visible with the current warehouse and removed rail spur (2014).
North
The property appears undeveloped (1898). The property appears residential (1911-
1962). The south section of the warehouse is present (1977). The warehouse is
expanded northward, comprising the current building configuration (1986-2014).
East
Jeremy Street and undeveloped property is visible (1898-1962). Due east of the site,
undeveloped property is visible. Northeast of the site, the current stone facility building is
visible (1962-1981). Some small exterior storage is visible in the undeveloped area of the
property. The current commercial building is still present (1993-2003). The property
appears to be used as an exterior storage yard of stone and other products associated
with the building north of the yard (2006-2014).
South
Residential property occupies the south-adjoining property (1898). A railroad line is
present. Residential property is visible south of the rail line (1911). Vacant property is
visible south of the rail line (1949-1950). The rail line and residential property are visible
(1962). The rail line and commercial buildings are visible (1977-2006). The rail line
appears removed, and a vacant strip of property is visible, with commercial buildings
present to the south (2014).
West Residential property is present to the west (1898-1911). The property appears vacant
(1949-1962). A commercial building occupies the property (1977-2014).
3.2 Historical City Directories
The R. L. Polk City Directories used in this study were made available through the Salt Lake
City Public Library (selected years reviewed: 1946, 1952, 1957, 1962, 1967, 1972, 1977, 1982,
1987, 1993, 1999, 2005, 2009, and 2015) and were reviewed at approximate five-year intervals,
if readily available. Since these references are copyright protected, reproductions are not
provided in this report. The current street address for the site was identified as 22 South Jeremy
Street.
Historical City Directories
Direction Description
Site
No listing (1946-1952). General Cable Corporation, electrical supplies (1962-1972).
Keyston Brothers, wholesale upholstery (1977). Bob Schovaers Tactile Signs 7
Engraving (1999). Schovaers Electronics Corporation (1982, 1993, 2005-2015).
North 8 and 14 South Jeremy Street – No listing (1946-1962). Crown Plating Inc. (1967-1982,
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 7
Direction Description
1993-2015).
East
15 South Jeremy Street – No listing (1946-1957). Greater Mountain Chemical Company of
Utah (1962-1972). The Soap Company (1977). Creed Laboratories (1982). Chembrite,
chemical products (1993-1999). No listing (2005). Alexander Clark Enterprises,
ornamental metal work (2009-2015).
South
42 South Jeremy Street – Residential, sheet metal worker (1946-1952). Residential
(1957). Rainbow Sales Company, janitorial supplies (1962). Western Broom Company
(1967-1972). Laundry Equipment Parts, electrical repair (1977-1982, 1993-1999).
Residential (2009). No listing (2005, 2015).
West
25 South 900 West – No listing (1946-1967). Continental Industries of Utah carpet (1972).
Indico Distributing, floor coverings (1977). Utah Paperbox Company (1993). Uinta
Urethane Recyclers (2005). EPC International/Uinta Urethane Recyclers (2009). No
listing (1999, 2015).
3.3 Site Ownership
Based on a review of information obtained from the Salt Lake County Assessor’s records, the
current site owner is Schovaers Electronics Corporation.
3.4 Title Search
At the direction of the client, a title search was not included as part of the scope of services.
Unless notified otherwise, we assume that the client is evaluating this information outside the
scope of this report.
3.5 Environmental Liens and Activity and Use Limitations
Environmental lien and activity and use limitation records recorded against the site were not
provided by the client. At the direction of the client, performance of a review of these records
was not included as part of the scope of services and unless notified otherwise, we assume that
the client is evaluating this information outside the scope of this report.
The client provided a copy of the Commitment for Title Insurance (CTI). A copy of the CTI is
provided in Appendix C. No environmental liens or Activity and Use Limitations were noted.
3.6 Interviews Regarding Current and Historical Site Uses
The following individuals were interviewed regarding the current and historical use of the site.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 8
Interviewees
Interviewer Interviewee/Phone #Title Date/Time
Ashley Scothern Mr. Bob Schovaers
[phone]
Owner/Owner
Representative April 30 and May 1, 2015
Mr. Schovaers informed Terracon of the following details that occur at the site during daily work
activities:
n Daily operations are the manufacturing of electronic circuit boards
n Hazardous materials in quantities greater than 5 gallons are stored and used at
the site (such as caustic soda, flux, copper etchant, nitric acid, etc.)
n There are floor drains and a sump system that discharges to an on-site
wastewater treatment facility before discharging into the municipal waste system.
n Mr. Schovaers stated the site has a Spill Prevention Plan; however, upon review
of Mr. Schovaers’ files, the plan is internal and not a required SPPC Plan.
n During the interview process, Mr. Schovaers stated that toluene was historically
used at the site for approximately 10 years, starting in 1977.
Mr. Schovaer was not aware of any pending, threatened or past environmental litigation,
proceedings or notices of possible violations of environmental laws or liability or potential
environmental concerns in connection with the site.
3.7 Prior Report Review
Terracon requested the client provide any previous environmental reports they are aware of for
the site. Previous reports were provided by the client to Terracon for review.
n Phase I Environmental Site Assessment, Salt Lake Redevelopment Agency
Blight Study, North Temple Street Corridor, Blight Study Area N4
South Temple to 100 South and 800 West to 900 West, Salt Lake City, Utah
Dated: June 21, 2010
Prepared by: Wasatch Environmental, Inc.
For: Lewis Young Robertson & Burningham, Inc.
The Wasatch Environmental Phase I ESA was conducted on an area known as N4 that
included, but was not limited to, the site. Information pertaining to the site has been
incorporated into relevant sections of this report; however, as the report was for a much larger
area, details specific to the subject property are limited. An abridged copy of the Phase I ESA is
provided in Appendix C.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 9
4.0 RECORDS REVIEW
Regulatory database information was provided by EDR, a contract information services
company. The purpose of the records review was to identify RECs in connection with the site.
Information in this section is subject to the accuracy of the data provided by the information
services company and the date at which the information is updated, and the scope herein did
not include confirmation of facilities listed as "unmappable" by regulatory databases.
In some of the following subsections, the words up-gradient, cross-gradient and down-gradient
refer to the topographic gradient in relation to the site. As stated previously, the groundwater
flow direction and the depth to shallow groundwater, if present, would likely vary depending
upon seasonal variations in rainfall and the depth to the soil/bedrock interface. Without the
benefit of on-site groundwater monitoring wells surveyed to a datum, groundwater depth and
flow direction beneath the site cannot be directly ascertained.
4.1 Federal and State/Tribal Databases
Listed below are the facility listings identified on federal and state/tribal databases within the
ASTM-required search distances from the approximate site boundaries. Database definition,
descriptions, and the database search report are included in Appendix D.
Federal Databases
Database Description Radius
(miles)Listings
CERCLIS The CERCLIS database is a compilation of facilities which the
EPA has investigated or is currently investigating for a release
or threatened release of hazardous substances pursuant to
the CERCLA of 1980.
0.5 1
CERCLIS /
NFRAP
CERCLIS/NFRAP refers to facilities that have been removed
and archived from EPA's inventory of CERCLA sites.
0.5 2
ERNS The Emergency Response Notification System (ERNS) is a
listing compiled by the EPA on reported releases of petroleum
and hazardous substances to the air, soil and/or water.
Site
IC / EC A listing of sites with institutional and/or engineering controls
in place. IC include administrative measures, such as
groundwater use restrictions, construction restrictions,
property use restrictions, and post remediation care
requirements intended to prevent exposure to contaminants
remaining on site. Deed restrictions are generally required as
part of the institutional controls. EC include various forms of
caps, building foundations, liners, and treatment methods to
create pathway elimination for regulated substances to enter
environmental media or effect human health.
Site 1
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 10
Database Description Radius
(miles)Listings
NPL The NPL is the EPA’s database of uncontrolled or abandoned
hazardous waste facilities that have been listed for priority
remedial actions under the Superfund Program.
1 1
NPL
(Delisted)
The NPL (Delisted) refers to facilities that have been removed
from the NPL.
0.5 0
RCRA
CORRACTS/
TSD
The EPA maintains a database of RCRA facilities associated
with treatment, storage, and disposal (TSD) of hazardous
waste that are undergoing “corrective action.” A “corrective
action” order is issued when there has been a release of
hazardous waste or constituents into the environment from a
RCRA facility.
1 2
RCRA
Generators
The RCRA Generators database, maintained by the EPA,
lists facilities that generate hazardous waste as part of their
normal business practices. Generators are listed as either
large (LQG),small (SQG), or conditionally exempt (CESQG).
LQG produce at least 1000 kg/month of non-acutely
hazardous waste or 1 kg/month of acutely hazardous waste.
SQG produce 100-1000 kg/month of non-acutely hazardous
waste. CESQG are those that generate less than 100
kg/month of non-acutely hazardous waste.
Site and
adjoining
properties
2
RCRA Non-
CORRACTS/
TSD
The RCRA Non-CORRACTS/TSD Database is a compilation
by the EPA of facilities which report storage, transportation,
treatment, or disposal of hazardous waste. Unlike the RCRA
CORRACTS/TSD database, the RCRA Non-
CORRACTS/TSD database does not include RCRA facilities
where corrective action is required.
0.5 0
State/Tribal Databases
Database Description Radius
(miles)Listings
Brownfields State and/or Tribal listing of Brownfield properties addressed
by Cooperative Agreement Recipients or Targeted
Brownfields Assessments.
0.5 0
IC Sites included on the Brownfields Sites listing that have
institutional controls in place.
Site 0
LUST State and/or Tribal database of leaking underground storage
tanks in the state of Utah.
0.5 24
SHWS The State of Utah does not maintain a SHWS list. See the
Federal CERCLIS list and Federal NPL list.
0.5 N/A
SWF/LF State and/or Tribal database of solid waste facilities located
within Utah. The database information may include the facility
name, class, operation type, area, estimated operational life,
and owner.
0.5 0
UST State and/or Tribal database of registered storage tanks in the
State of Utah which may include the owner and location of the
tanks.
Site and
adjoining
properties
1
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 11
Database Description Radius
(miles)Listings
VCP State and/or Tribal facilities included as Voluntary Cleanup
Program sites.
0.5 1
In addition to the above ASTM-required listings, Terracon reviewed other federal, state, local,
and proprietary databases provided by the database firm. A list of the additional reviewed
databases is included in the regulatory database report included in Appendix D.
The following table summarizes the site-specific information provided by the database and/or
gathered by this office for identified facilities.Facilities are listed in order of proximity to the site.
Additional discussion for selected facilities follows the summary table.
Listed Facilities
Facility Name And
Location
Estimated Distance /
Direction/Gradient Database Listings REC, CREC, or
HREC
Schovaers Electronic
22 Jeremy Street Site
CA HAZNET,
RCRA-SQG,
FINDS
No, file review
discussed below
Crown Plating Company.
14 Jeremy Street
South-adjoining / cross- to
down-gradient
RCRA-SQG,
INFDS, US AIR,
FTTS, UT NPDES
REC discussed
below
Creed Laboratories
15 South Jeremy Street
East-adjoining / 100 feet / Up-
gradient UST No, file review
discussed below
Bullough Insulation
50 South 800 West
Southeast-adjoining / 100 feet
/ cross-gradient LUST No, file review
discussed below
Bullough Asbestos (former)
50 South 800 West
Southeast-adjoining / 100 feet
/ cross-gradient CERCLA NFRAP No, file review
discussed below
The site was identified as the Schovaers Electronics RCRA-SQG facility (Facility ID
#UTD088325769). According to the regulatory database, this facility is a small quantity
generator that generates fewer than 1,000 kg but more than 100 kg monthly of D000 class
(unspecified), corrosive waste and lead. Files reviewed at the Division of Solid and Hazardous
Waste indicated a compliance evaluation inspection was conducted on the facility in 1996.
Based on the inspection by the Division of Solid and Hazardous Waste, the facility was found to
be in violation of their hazardous waste storage. Drums were observed without “hazardous
waste” or container content labels, without accumulation dates, and the drums were left open.
The remaining violations consisted of records keeping in the facility. The facility was lacking a
Contingency Plan, Personnel Training Plan, and Preparedness and Prevention Documentation.
Compliance inspections were conducted at the facility again in 2009 and 2014 (Appendix D).
No violations were noted. Based on lack of violations in the 2009 and 2014 inspection, this
RCRA-SQG listing does not represent a REC.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 12
The site was also listed as a CA HAZNET facility. This listing is derived from the California EPA
agency and Terracon does not know the correlation between the listing and the site. The site
was also identified as a FINDS listings, which is an EPA database for tracking regulated sites.
These two listings for the facility do not represent a REC.
The Crown Plating Company, Inc. RCRA-SQG facility (Facility ID #UTD009086372), FTTS and
FINDS facility, as well as a UT NPDES facility (Permit #UTR000378) adjoins the site to the
north. Terracon reviewed the facility’s regulatory files on record with the Division of Solid and
Hazardous Waste. In the mid-1980s to the early 1990s, the facility was inspected and found to
be in violation of improper storage of materials, drums and containers lacking labels, corroding
drums, unsealed drums and disposal of hazardous waste from the facility without hazardous
waste manifests to verify proper disposal occurred. Inspections conducted during this time
frame also documented the cluttered nature of the storage at the facility. Of particular concern,
was the storage and disposal of sludge produced from the rinse baths at the facility and the use,
storage, and disposal of spent 1,1,1-trichloroethane (TCA) and methylene chloride. The TCA
and methylene chloride were used at the facility for degreasing purposes. The hazardous waste
inspections conducted during this time frame indicated the TCA was being disposed of through
evaporation and by pouring the spent degreaser on the ground on the southeast section of the
property, immediately adjacent to the site.
Currently, the facility is classified as a small quantity generator. According to the most recent
Compliance Evaluation Inspection conducted in December 2013, this facility produces
approximately 600 to 700 pounds of sludge monthly. The sludge is classified as a hazardous
waste due to the amount of chrome (hexavalent chromium) it contains. Approximately 20
gallons of methylene chloride, used as a paint stripper, is also produced monthly. No violations
were noted in the most recent compliance evaluation.
Based on the violations noted in the inspections that occurred in the mid-1980s to the early
1990s, documented poor housekeeping practices, improper to absent drum labeling, and the
improper disposal of hazardous waste onto the ground at the facility within 5 to 25 feet of the
site’s northern boundary line, this RCRA SQG facility represents a REC to the site.
The Creed Laboratories UST facility (Facility ID #4001520) formerly adjoined the site to the
east. DERR records were limited; however, closure notice and closure plan documents for the
facility indicated two 2,000-gallon diesel underground storage tanks were removed from the
facility in September 1989. The closure plan noted one tank to contain diesel and the second
tank to contain butyl CELLOSOLVE™, a glycol ether-based solvent. Two soil samples were
collected at a depth during the closure and analyzed for total petroleum hydrocarbons and
BTEX. Analytical results indicated constituents were not present above laboratory detection
limits. Based on the clean closure and length of time since the UST closure, in Terracon’s
opinion, this site does not represent a REC to the site.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 13
The Bullough Insulation LUST facility (Facility ID #4001968) had two underground storage
tanks, one 4,000-gallon unleaded gasoline and one 3,000-gallon gasoline, and a dispenser
removed from the facility in 1993. Two water samples were collected at approximately 10 feet
below ground surface (bgs) and analyzed for TPH constituents and BTEX. Two water samples
were collected from the east and west end of the tank pit area, at 10 to 12 feet bgs. Soils were
screened in the field with a PID that indicated contamination was not present in soils and,
therefore, soil samples were not collected or analyzed by the laboratory. Analysis of the water
collected from the tank pit area indicated TPH and BTEX concentrations were well below
current ISL levels. The site maps in the UST closure notice indicated the former tank pit area
was located approximately 335 feet cross-gradient of the site. The site was closed by DERR In
May 1995 through an internal memo. Based on the regulatory status, the minimal impacts
present, the distance of the tank pit to the site and cross-gradient position of the facility with
respect to the site, this former LUST facility does not represent a REC to the site.
This facility was also identified as the Bullough Asbestos CERCLA NFRAP facility (Facility ID #
UTN000802419). According to the regulatory database and DERR records, a removal
assessment was conducted by the EPA in August 2004. There were two structures located on
the property: one long white building and one metal storage structure. Observations along the
north side of the metal structure found several patches of asbestos insulation residue. Removal
of the substance was completed in October 2004, and facility records were archived in April
2006. Based on remedial efforts and type of contaminant, this former CERCLA NFRAP facility
does not represent a REC to the site.
The remaining facilities listed in the database report do not appear to represent RECs to the site
at this time based upon regulatory status, apparent topographic gradient, and/or distance from
the site.
Unmapped facilities are those that do not contain sufficient address or location information to
evaluate the facility listing locations relative to the site. The report listed six facilities in the
unmapped section. Determining the location of unmapped facilities is beyond the scope of this
assessment; however, Terracon identified one listing that was within close proximity of the site,
the former Bullough Asbestos CERCLA NFRAP facility, which is discussed above. No other
orphan listings in the database were identified as the site or adjacent properties. These facilities
are listed in the database report in Appendix D.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 14
4.2 Local Agency Inquiries
Agency Contacted Response
Salt Lake County Health
Department, Environmental
Division / Email
According to Ms. Ashley Hall of the Salt Lake County Health
Department, no records were found for the site.
Salt Lake City Fire Department /
Salt Lake City GRAMA portal
The Salt Lake City Fire Department does not have any records
associated with the site.
Utah Department of
Environmental Quality (DEQ) EZ
Records Search
The site was not identified in the databases reviewed, which included
information regarding releases to soil, groundwater and air.
5.0 SITE RECONNAISSANCE
5.1 General Site Information
Information contained in this section is based on a visual reconnaissance conducted while
walking through the site and the accessible interior areas of structures, if any, located on the
site. Exhibit 2 in Appendix A is a Site Diagram of the site. Photo documentation of the site at the
time of the visual reconnaissance is provided in Appendix E. Credentials of the individuals
planning and conducting the site visit are included in Appendix F.
General Site Information
Site Reconnaissance
Field Personnel Ashley A. Scothern
Reconnaissance Date May 1, 2015
Weather Conditions High 60s, sunny and partly cloudy
Site Contact/Title Mr. Robert Schovaer / Property Owner Representative
Building Description
Building Identification Building Use Construction
Date Stories Approx.
Size (ft²)
East Section Office, film tooling, and photo
room 1962 1 2,500
Center Section General and chemical storage 1962 1 500
West Section Rout, drill and plating room 1962 1 2,500
Garage Personal storage 1962 1 400
Site Utilities
Drinking Water Salt Lake City Corporation
Wastewater Salt Lake City Corporation
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 15
5.2 Overview of Current Site Occupants
The site is an approximately 0.34-acre parcel (Parcel ID #15-02-204-007) owned by Schovaers
Electronics. An approximately 6,000-square-foot industrial building occupies the site. An
approximately 400-square-foot garage is located on the northwest side of the site. Paved
parking areas are located to the east and north of the building. A small weedy area is present
on the western boundary area. Schovaers Electronics currently occupies the site.
5.3 Overview of Current Site Operations
The facility consists of a photo room, film tooling room, rout room, drill room and plating room
storage areas and small office areas. Daily operations at the site include taking copper
encapsulated circuit boards and imprinting specific client specification for components to the
boards. Once the boards have been drilled, a photo-resist material is added to the circuit board.
The boards are then dipped into various baths, according to the metal desired on the board.
During the plating process, thin layers of metal are either adhered to or stripped away from the
circuit boards. After this, the photo print is stripped from the boards.
The plating tanks are mixed and drained in this area of the site building. Overflow water from the
plating tanks and spent solutions drain directly on the wooden pallet flooring in the room, which
is collected by the sump in the room. The sump is located next to the wastewater treatment
system in the southeast corner of the plating room. The wastewater is treated then discharged
into the sanitary sewer system. Historically, etchant from the plating room was observed to
have leaked out of the building through the building’s seams and concrete flooring. Because of
this, a liner was installed above the concrete slab in the plating room for more efficient
discharge of overflow water into the sump.
5.4 Site Observations
The following table summarizes site observations and interviews. Affirmative responses
(designated by an “X”) are discussed in more detail following the table.
Site Characteristics
Category Item or Feature Observed
Site Operations,
Processes, and
Equipment
Emergency generators
Air compressors X
Hydraulic lifts
Dry cleaning
Photo processing X
Ventilation hoods and/or incinerators
Waste treatment systems and/or water treatment systems X
Heating and/or cooling systems
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 16
Category Item or Feature Observed
Paint booths X
Sub-grade mechanic pits
Vehicle repair or maintenance
Pesticide/herbicide production or storage
Printing operations
Electroplating, chrome plating or galvanizing X
Salvage operations
Aboveground
Chemical or Waste
Storage
Aboveground storage tanks
Drums, barrels and/or containers ³ 5 gallons X
MSDS
Underground
Chemical or Waste
Storage, Drainage
or Collection
Systems
Underground storage tanks or ancillary UST equipment
Sumps, cisterns, French drains, catch basins and/or dry wells X
Grease traps
Septic tanks and/or leach fields
Oil/water separators, clarifiers, sand traps, interceptors X
Pipeline markers
Interior floor drains
Electrical
Transformers/ PCBs
Transformers and/or capacitors X
Other equipment
Releases or
Potential Releases
Stressed vegetation
Stained soil
Stained pavement or similar surface X
Leachate and/or waste seeps
Trash, debris and/or other waste materials
Dumping or disposal areas X
Water discoloration, odor, sheen, and/or free floating product
Strong, pungent or noxious odors
Exterior pipe discharges and/or other effluent discharges
Other Notable Site
Features
Surface water bodies
Quarries or pits
Wastewater lagoons
Wells
Site Operations, Processes, and Equipment
Air compressors
One air compressor was observed in a small lean-to building on the northern exterior wall of the
site building (Photograph 1). The air compressor was stored on asphalt-paved surfaces.
Staining was noted on the compressor and on the asphalt paving. Due to the limited source
and generally non-hazardous nature of compressor oil, this staining represents a de minimis
condition to the site.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 17
Photo processing
After the circuit boards have been drilled, to place the components on the boards, a photo print
is placed on the boards, prior to being plated. The facility developed film for the photo print prior
to overlaying the film on the circuit boards. Silver by-product waste from this process is
captured in 5-gallon containers and stored, prior to removal from the site, in the plating room.
As the silver is captured and disposed of off site, photo processing at the site does not
represent a REC to the site.
Waste treatment systems and/or water treatment systems
A wastewater treatment facility was observed in the southeast corner of the plating room, which
is located in the southwest section of the site building (Photograph 2). The system consists of
neutralization, clarification, settling and filtering of water used in the electroplating process
before the water is discharged into the municipal sewer system. The wastewater treatment
system is located on concrete flooring. Because the site has a long history of wastewater
discharge and the system has been used for approximately 38 years, allowing for compromises
in the discharge lines, the wastewater treatment facility is part of the long-term industrial use
REC noted for this property.
Paint booth
One small paint booth was present in the photo room in the northeast section of the site
(Photograph 3). Mr. Schovaer stated the paint booth is used for cleaning out silk screens by
applying high pressure air to the silk screens for cleaning purposes. Minor staining was
observed in the booth. Based on the minimal amount of staining and not using the booth as a
paint booth, this paint booth does not represent a REC to the site.
Electroplating
The site is an electroplating facility. Once the circuit boards have been imprinted with the board
design, the boards are then transferred to the plating room. Numerous baths are used in the
electroplating process, such as gold, nickel, copper, solder ether (etchant), an acid cleaning line
bath and an electrolysis copper line bath (Photographs 4 and 5). The solution in the plating
facility either overflows the plating tanks or evaporates from the tanks. When the solutions in
the tanks are low, the accumulated sludge is then removed and run through the wastewater
treatment system and recycled or labeled as hazardous waste and removed. Based on the
length of time the site has operated as an electroplating facility (~38 years), the use of the site
as an electroplating facility represents a REC to the site.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 18
Aboveground Chemical or Waste Storage
Drums, barrels and/or containers ³ 5 gallons
Eight 55-gallons of etchant, one 55-gallon sulfuric acid, one 55-gallon Resolve 211 developer,
and one 55-gallon flux were stored in the general warehouse area, west of the photo room
(Photograph 6). Two 55-gallon drums of hazardous waste sludge were observed in the loading
dock area of the facility (Photograph 7). Stored in the plating room were one 55-gallon drum of
surfactant, one 55-gallon drum metal precipitate (hazardous waste accumulation at the site),
one 55-gallon drum solder conditioner, one 55-gallon drum of nitric acid, one 55-gallon drum of
caustic soda, one 25-gallon surfactant, and one 5-gallon container of nickel sulfate (Photograph
8). Numerous five gallon containers of spent enchant and spent silver from the photo process
at the facility were observed along the northern wall of the plating room (Photographs 9 and 10).
Also stored with the spent silver were numerous 5-gallon containers of copper sulfate,
brightener, hydrochloric acid, solder stripper, and fluoric acid (Photograph 11). The drums and
containers were stored on intact concrete flooring and wooden pallet flooring in the plating
room. Staining was not observed under the drums. However, the very poor storage is
indicative of potential releases. Generally, these releases would be contained and treated in the
sump wastewater treatment system. However, the poor storage of the hazardous materials is
part of the long-term industrial use REC noted for this property.
Sumps, cisterns, French drains, catch basins and/or dry wells
A sump is located in southeast section of the plating room, next to the wastewater treatment
system (Photograph 12). The sump is used to capture the spilled solution from the plating
tanks, which is then pumped to the waste water treatment system. The sump pumps the water
into the wastewater treatment facility where the metals are filtered out of the water. Treated
water is then discharged into the sanitary sewer system. Based on the age of the sump (~38
years) compromises to the system are most likely; therefore, the presence of the sump and
wastewater treatment system is part of the long-term industrial use REC noted for this property.
Releases or Potential Releases
Stained pavement or similar surface
Staining was observed on the northern section of the exterior area of the site. Although drums in
the area were empty, noticeable drum imprints on the asphalt were present, indicating long-term
storage of drums in the area (Photograph 13). Furthermore, staining was observed to have
migrated north on the site from the drum storage area (Photograph 14). Staining was observed
on asphalt surfaces that were cracked, allowing for staining to migrate vertically into the soils at
the site. Based on the long-term staining, migration of the staining northward, and the cracked
asphalt surfaces, the observed staining represents a REC to the site.
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 19
Dumping or disposal areas
During site inspection, Mr. Schovaer mentioned to Terracon that in the early 1980s etchant was
visibly seeping out of the building’s southern exterior wall. Historically, a loading platform for the
rail spur that entered the property was present along the southern wall. Due to this, the
concrete slab for the building is elevated approximately three feet from ground surface
(Photograph 15). Due to the visible seepage in the early 1980s, Mr. Schovaers installed a floor
lining in the plating room. The extent of the release is unknown. The known release of the
etchant with its associated metals is part of the long-term industrial use REC noted for this
property.
6.0 ADJOINING PROPERTY RECONNAISSANCE
Visual observations of adjoining properties (from site boundaries) are summarized below.
Adjoining Properties
Direction Description
North Crown Plating (8 and 14 South Jeremy Street) adjoins the site to the north
(Photograph 16).
East Jeremy Street and Heritage Forge Inc. (15 South Jeremy Street) adjoins the site to
the east (Photograph 17).
South Liberty Auto Work (42 South Jeremy Street) adjoins the site to the south
(Photograph 18).
West EPC International Warehouse (25 South 900 West) adjoins the site to the west
(Photograph 19).
Indications of RECs were not observed with the adjoining properties.
7.0 ADDITIONAL SERVICES
Per the agreed scope of services specified in the proposal, additional services (e.g. asbestos
sampling, lead-based paint sampling, wetlands evaluation, lead in drinking water testing, radon
testing, vapor encroachment screening, etc.) were not conducted.
8.0 DECLARATION
I, Ashley A. Scothern, declare that, to the best of my professional knowledge and belief, I meet
the definition of Environmental Professional as defined in Section 312.10 of 40 CFR 312; and I
have the specific qualifications based on education, training, and experience to assess a
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics ■ Salt Lake City, Utah
August 31, 2015 ■ Terracon Project No. AL157312
EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601, Hazardous Substance Grant
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 20
property of the nature, history, and setting of the site. I have developed and performed the All
Appropriate Inquiries in conformance with the standards and practices set forth in 40 CFR Part
312.
__________________________
Ashley A. Scothern, E.P.
Staff Environmental Scientist
.
APPENDIX A
EXHIBIT 1 – TOPOGRAPHIC MAP
EXHIBIT 2 – SITE DIAGRAM
TOPOGRAPHIC MAP
Schovaers Electronics
22 South Jeremy Street
Salt Lake City, Utah
TOPOGRAPHIC MAP IMAGE COURTESY OF THE U.S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
QUADRANGLES INCLUDE: SALT LAKE CITY NORTH, UT (1/1/1998) and SALT LAKE CITY SOUTH, UT (1/1/1999).
640 E. Wilmington Ave.
Salt Lake City, UT 84106
AL157312
Project Manager:
Drawn by:
Checked by:
Approved by:
AS
AS
KW
1”=24,000 SF
Ex.2
5-15
Project No.
Scale:
File Name:
Date:
1
ExhibitAS
APPROXIMATE
SITE BOUNDARY
SITE DIAGRAM
640 E. Wilmington Ave.
Salt Lake City, UT 84106
AL157312AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY PROVIDED BY
MICROSOFT BING MAPS
SLC RDA - Schovaers 22 S Jeremy PI, SLC
22 South Jeremy Street
Salt Lake City, UTDIAGRAM IS FOR GENERAL LOCATION ONLY,
AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION
PURPOSES
Project Manager:
Drawn by:
Checked by:
Approved by:
?
?
?
?
?
?
Scale:
Project No.
File Name:
Date:
AS SHOWN 2
Exhibit
APPROXIMATE
SITE BOUNDARY
Crown Plating
Liberty Auto
Works
Union Auto
Heritage Forge Inc.
EPC
International
Warehouse
APPENDIX B
SITE PHOTOGRAPHS
Schovaers Electronics
Terracon Project No. AL157312
Date Photos Taken: May 1, 2015
Photo #1 Air compressor observed in a small
lean-to building on the north exterior of the
site building.
Photo #2 Wastewater treatment system,
located in the southeast corner of the
plating room.
Photo #3 Paint booth observed in the photo
room of the site building.
Photo #4 Various rinse baths observed in the
plating room of the site building.
Photo #5 Etchant bath present in the
southwest corner of the plating room.
Photo #6 Observed 55-gallon drums of etchant
stored to the west of the photo room.
Schovaers Electronics
Terracon Project No. AL157312
Date Photos Taken: May 1, 2015
Photo #7 Observed spent enchant, stored in
the loading dock area of the site.
Photo #8 Drum storage of surfactant, caustic
soda, etc,. observed in the plating room.
Photo #9 Observed spent silver storage in the
plating room.
Photo #10 Representative photograph of
spent enchant at the site.
Photo #11 Product storage observed in the
plating room.
Photo #12 Sump location is underneath the
wooden panel flooring. Pipe is showing the
connection between sump and WWTS.
Schovaers Electronics
Terracon Project No. AL157312
Date Photos Taken: May 1, 2015
Photo #13 Observed staining migrating
northward from the drum storage area.
Photo #14 Drum storage (empty); however,
note the drum imprints from long term
storage and staining in the area.
Photo #15 Red line shows approximate area
where spent enchant was seeping from the
plating room to the exterior of the building.
Photo #16 North-adjoining Crown Plating
facility, looking northwest from the east side
of Jeremy Street.
Photo #17 East-adjoining Jeremy Street and
stone facility, looking northeast from the
west side of Jeremy Street.
Photo #18 South-adjoining vehicle service
shop, looking south from the southeast
boundary area of the site.
Schovaers Electronics
Terracon Project No. AL157312
Date Photos Taken: May 1, 2015
Photo #19 West-adjoining warehouse,
looking southeast from the east side of
900 West.
APPENDIX C
HISTORICAL DOCUMENTATION AND USER QUESTIONNAIRE
CONDITIONS
DEFINITIONS
(a) "Mortgage" means mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument.
(b) "Public Records" means title records that give constructive notice of matters affecting
the title according to the state law where the land is located.
LATER DEFECTS
The Exceptions in Schedule B may be amended to show any defects, liens or encumbrances that
appear for the first time in the public records or are created or attached between the Commitment
Date and the date on which all of the Requirements are met. We shall have no liability to you
because of this amendment.
EXISTING DEFECTS
If any defects, liens or encumbrances existing at Commitment Date are not shown in Schedule B,
we may amend Schedule B to show them. If we do amend Schedule B to show these defects,
liens or encumbrances, we shall be liable to you according to Paragraph 4 below unless you
knew of this information and did not tell us about it in writing.
LIMITATION OF OUR LIABILITY
Our only obligation is to issue to you the Policy referred to in this Commitment, when you have
met its Requirements. If we have any liability to you for any loss you incur because of an error
in this Commitment, our liability will be limited to your actual loss caused by your relying this
Commimtent when you acted in good faith to:
comply with the Requirements
or
eliminate with our written consent any Exceptions shown in Schedule B
We shall not be liable for more than the Amount shown in Schedule A of this Commitment
and our liability is subject to the terms of the Policy form to be issued to you.
CLAIMS MUST BE BASED ON THIS COMMITMENT
Any claims, whether or not based on negligence, which you may have against us concerning the
title to the land must be based on this Commitment and is subject to its terms
Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Salt Lake City Redevelopment Blight Study Area N4
Wasatch Environmental, Inc. 1
PHASE I ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ASSESSMENT
SALT LAKE REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY BLIGHT STUDY
NORTH TEMPLE STREET CORRIDOR
BLIGHT STUDY AREA N4
SOUTH TEMPLE TO 100 SOUTH AND
800 WEST TO 900 WEST
SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH

1. SUMMARY

Wasatch has been contracted by Lewis Young Robertson & Burningham (Lewis Young) to conduct
Phase I Environmental Site Assessments (ESAs) on behalf of the Salt Lake Redevelopment Agency
(RDA) that address each parcel within the North Temple Street Corridor Blight Study Area. As required
by RDA and subject to the limitations presented in Section 2, the purpose of this Phase I ESA is to
identify, to the extent feasible pursuant to the processes described in ASTM E 1527-05, recognized
environmental conditions in connection with the property. The term “recognized environmental
conditions” is defined by ASTM E1527-05 as:

The presence or likely presence of any hazardous substances or petroleum products on a
property under conditions that indicate an existing release, a past release, or a material threat of
a release of any hazardous substances or petroleum products into structures on the property or
into the ground, ground water, or surface water of the property. The term includes hazardous
substances or petroleum products even under conditions in compliance with laws. The term is
not intended to include de minimus conditions that generally do not present a threat to human
health or the environment and that generally would not be the subject of an enforcement action if
brought to the attention of appropriate governmental agencies.

According to information provided by Lewis Young, the blight study survey area consists of 514 parcels.
For the purposes of conducting Phase I ESAs, the blight survey area has been divided into 20 areas as
outlined on Figure 1 in Appendix A. This Phase I ESA report addresses “Area N4” (target property)
located between South Temple and 100 South, and 800 West and 900 West as depicted on Figure 2.

Area N4 is located within a mixed commercial and residential area bounded by South Temple to the
north, 100 South to the south, 800 West to the east, and 900 West to the west. Jeremy Street extends
north to south through the central portion of the target property. Our research, to the extent available,
indicates that Area N4 was historically residential from the 1890s to the 1940s when commercial
development began. Historical commercial uses are consistent with current activities.

Several recognized environmental conditions have been identified associated with current and past uses
within Area N4. Detailed discussion is presented in the following sections of this report. A summary of
findings and opinions regarding potential impacts to the target property are presented in Section 8.

Detailed discussion is presented in the following sections of this report.

2. INTRODUCTION

2.1 Detailed Scope of Work

This Phase I ESA has been conducted in general accordance with ASTM E 1527-05 and consists of four
components: 1) Records Review, 2) Site Reconnaissance, 3) Interviews, and 4) Report.

There may be environmental issues or conditions at a property that parties may wish to assess in
connection with commercial real estate that are outside the scope of the ASTM E 1527-05 practice.
APPENDIX D
ENVIRONMENTAL DATABASE INFORMATION
FORM-LBF-KXG
tropeR ™paM suidaR RDE ehT
6 Armstrong Road, 4th floor
Shelton, CT 06484
Toll Free: 800.352.0050
www.edrnet.com
Crown Plating and Schovaers Electronics
8, 14, and 22 South Jeremy Street
Salt Lake City, UT 84104
Inquiry Number: 4281472.2s
May 01, 2015
SECTION PAGE
Executive Summary ES1
Overview Map 2
Detail Map 3
Map Findings Summary 4
Map Findings 8
Orphan Summary 119
Government Records Searched/Data Currency Tracking GR-1
GEOCHECK ADDENDUM
GeoCheck - Not Requested
TC4281472.2s Page 1
Thank you for your business.
Please contact EDR at 1-800-352-0050
with any questions or comments.
Disclaimer - Copyright and Trademark Notice
This Report contains certain information obtained from a variety of public and other sources reasonably available to Environmental Data
Resources, Inc. It cannot be concluded from this Report that coverage information for the target and surrounding properties does not exist from
other sources. NO WARRANTY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, IS MADE WHATSOEVER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS REPORT. ENVIRONMENTAL
DATA RESOURCES, INC. SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE MAKING OF ANY SUCH WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE. ALL RISK IS ASSUMED BY THE USER. IN NO EVENT SHALL
ENVIRONMENTAL DATA RESOURCES, INC. BE LIABLE TO ANYONE, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF ERRORS OR OMISSIONS, NEGLIGENCE,
ACCIDENT OR ANY OTHER CAUSE, FOR ANY LOSS OF DAMAGE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES. ANY LIABILITY ON THE PART OF ENVIRONMENTAL DATA RESOURCES, INC. IS STRICTLY
LIMITED TO A REFUND OF THE AMOUNT PAID FOR THIS REPORT. Purchaser accepts this Report "AS IS". Any analyses, estimates, ratings,
environmental risk levels or risk codes provided in this Report are provided for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to provide, nor
should they be interpreted as providing any facts regarding, or prediction or forecast of, any environmental risk for any property. Only a Phase I
Environmental Site Assessment performed by an environmental professional can provide information regarding the environmental risk for any
property. Additionally, the information provided in this Report is not to be construed as legal advice.
Copyright 2015 by Environmental Data Resources, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in any media or format, in whole
or in part, of any report or map of Environmental Data Resources, Inc., or its affiliates, is prohibited without prior written permission.
EDR and its logos (including Sanborn and Sanborn Map) are trademarks of Environmental Data Resources, Inc. or its affiliates. All other
trademarks used herein are the property of their respective owners.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 1
A search of available environmental records was conducted by Environmental Data Resources, Inc (EDR).
The report was designed to assist parties seeking to meet the search requirements of EPA’s Standards
and Practices for All Appropriate Inquiries (40 CFR Part 312), the ASTM Standard Practice for
Environmental Site Assessments (E 1527-13) or custom requirements developed for the evaluation of
environmental risk associated with a parcel of real estate.
TARGET PROPERTY INFORMATION
ADDRESS
8, 14, AND 22 SOUTH JEREMY STREET
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
COORDINATES
40.7688000 - 40˚ 46’ 7.68’’Latitude (North):
111.9158000 - 111˚ 54’ 56.88’’Longitude (West):
Zone 12Universal Tranverse Mercator:
422708.8UTM X (Meters):
4513284.0UTM Y (Meters):
4233 ft. above sea levelElevation:
USGS TOPOGRAPHIC MAP ASSOCIATED WITH TARGET PROPERTY
40111-G8 SALT LAKE CITY NORTH, UTTarget Property Map:
2001Most Recent Revision:
AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY IN THIS REPORT
20110720Portions of Photo from:
USDASource:
4281472.2s Page 2
E38 PROGRESSIVE PLATING 777 WEST SOUTH TEMPL RCRA-CESQG Lower 619, 0.117, ENE
H37 ALOHA CLEANERS 802 W 1ST SOUTH ST EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 612, 0.116, SE
D36 HANSEN HOME CLEANING 911 S 1ST W EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 609, 0.115, SSW
D35 ALLEN CLEANERS 909 S 1ST W EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 609, 0.115, SSW
G34 SMETHURST LEONARD S 947 FOLSOM AVE EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 604, 0.114, WSW
F33 BRUCE HUSKEY 79 S 8TH WEST ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Higher 580, 0.110, SE
F32 SUGDEN W L AUTO REPR 47 S 8TH WEST ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Higher 548, 0.104, ESE
E31 MADSEN BOYD GARAGE A 10 N 8TH WEST ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 524, 0.099, ENE
D30 PARAMOUNT CLNRS & DY 902 S 1ST WEST ST EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 522, 0.099, SSW
D29 CHICAGO CLNG CO 902 S 1ST W EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 522, 0.099, SSW
D28 VOGUE CLQ & SHIRT LN 906 S 1ST W EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 522, 0.099, SSW
D27 VOGUE COMMERCIAL & I 906 S 1ST WEST ST EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 522, 0.099, SSW
D26 EXCELLENT CLEANEIS 880 W 1ST NORTH ST EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 477, 0.090, SSW
D25 EXCELLENT CLNS 880 W 1ST N EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 477, 0.090, SSW
F24 MELS LAUNDROMAT 56 S 8TH WEST ST EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 461, 0.087, SE
F23 BULLOUGH INSULATION 50 S 800 W UT LUST, UT UST Higher 444, 0.084, ESE
22 920 W SOUTH TEMPLE EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 431, 0.082, WNW
E21 FLASH GORDON TRANSMI 1 N 8TH WEST ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 423, 0.080, ENE
D20 CALDER BROS. CO, INC 79 S 900 W UT LUST, UT UST Higher 415, 0.079, SSW
D19 79 S 900 W EDR US Hist Auto Stat Higher 415, 0.079, SSW
C18 867 EMERIL AVE EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 380, 0.072, North
C17 15 N 900 W EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 374, 0.071, NW
B16 FAMILY DOLLAR 50 N 900 W UT LUST, UT UST Higher 277, 0.052, SW
C15 1 N 900 W EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 276, 0.052, NW
C14 TONYS AUTOMOTIVE GEN 872 SOUTH TEMPLE ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 250, 0.047, NNW
B13 35 S 900 W EDR US Hist Auto Stat Higher 223, 0.042, WSW
12 51 JEREMY ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Higher 177, 0.034, SSE
11 SPRINT P.O.P. 840 W SOUTH TEMPLE UT UST, UT TIER 2, UT Financial Assurance Lower 134, 0.025, NNE
A10 SERVICE SALES CO WHO 15 S 9TH WEST ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 119, 0.023, WNW
A9 LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PA 42 JEREMY ST EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 115, 0.022, SSE
A8 CREED LABORATORIES & 15 JEREMY RCRA NonGen / NLR Lower 67, 0.013, NE
A7 CREED LABORATORIES 15 JERMEY STREET ICIS, FINDS, UT UST Lower 67, 0.013, NE
Reg UTAH POWER & LIGHT/A 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE NPL, CERCLIS, US ENG CONTROLS, US INST CONTROL,... Same 2063, 0.391, East
A6 CROWN PLATING CO, IN 14 JEREMY ST. UT NPDES TP
A5 SCHOVAERS ELECTRONIC 22 JEREMY FINDS TP
A4 CROWN PLATING CO., I 14 JEREMY ST. FTTS, HIST FTTS TP
A3 SCHOVAERS ELECTRONIC 22 JEREMY STREET RCRA-SQG TP
A2 CROWN PLATING CO. IN 14 JEREMY STREET RCRA-SQG, FINDS, US AIRS TP
A1 SCHOVAERS ELECTRONIC 22 JEREMY CA HAZNET TP
MAPPED SITES SUMMARY
Target Property Address:
8, 14, AND 22 SOUTH JEREMY STREET
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
Click on Map ID to see full detail.
MAP RELATIVE DIST (ft. & mi.)
ID DATABASE ACRONYMS ELEVATION DIRECTIONSITE NAME ADDRESS
4281472.2s Page 3
M77 7-ELEVEN 1851-24573 960 W NORTH TEMPLE UT LUST, UT UST, UT Financial Assurance Lower 1198, 0.227, NW
M76 955 W NORTH TEMPLE EDR US Hist Cleaners Lower 1180, 0.223, NW
M75 RED HANGER INC # 12 955 WEST NORTH TEMPL RCRA NonGen / NLR, FINDS Lower 1180, 0.223, NW
N74 757 W NORTH TEMPLE EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 1148, 0.217, NE
N73 MINIT-LUBE #1020 757 WEST NORTH TEMPL RCRA NonGen / NLR, FINDS Lower 1148, 0.217, NE
N72 MINIT-LUBE #1020 757 W NORTH TEMPLE UT LUST, UT UST Lower 1148, 0.217, NE
M71 BROWN LEE CLEANERS 963 N TEMPLE WEST EDR US Hist Cleaners Lower 1134, 0.215, NW
K70 QUALITY OIL CO SER S 980 NORTH TEMPLE ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 1122, 0.213, NNW
M69 STAR SERVICE PETROLE 955 N TEMPLE WEST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 1092, 0.207, NW
K68 M. KENT FOOTE 935 W NORTH TEMPLE UT LUST, UT UST Lower 1088, 0.206, NW
67 25 S 1000 W EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 991, 0.188, West
K66 NENOWS HERB SERVICE 935 N TEMPLE WEST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 961, 0.182, NW
K65 CENTURY LAUNDRY 910 WEST NORTH TEMPL UT DRYCLEANERS Lower 952, 0.180, NNW
K64 910 W NORTH TEMPLE EDR US Hist Cleaners Lower 952, 0.180, NNW
63 STAR LAUNDRY 151 W 9TH SOUTH ST EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 941, 0.178, South
L62 CLIFFS AMERICAN OIL 180 S 8TH WEST ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Higher 925, 0.175, SSE
L61 NENOW HERB SERV STA 180 S 8TH W EDR US Hist Auto Stat Higher 925, 0.175, SSE
I60 905 W NORTH TEMPLE EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 920, 0.174, NNW
I59 SMITH’S GAS & VIDEO 905 WEST NORTH TEMPL UT LUST, UT UST Lower 920, 0.174, NNW
J58 CLEARWATER TRUCKING 738 W S TEMPLE RCRA NonGen / NLR Lower 898, 0.170, ENE
J57 CARTOW 738 W SOUTH TEMPLE UT LUST, UT UST Lower 898, 0.170, ENE
K56 CHIPMAN FILLING STA 905 N TEMPLE WEST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 893, 0.169, NNW
I55 CHEVRON USA 72184 RO 880 WEST NORTH TEMPL RCRA NonGen / NLR, FINDS Lower 883, 0.167, North
I54 875 W NORTH TEMPLE EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 864, 0.164, North
I53 DAVID EARLY TIRE 875 WEST NORTH TEMPL RCRA NonGen / NLR, FINDS Lower 864, 0.164, North
I52 DAVID EARLY #5 875 W NORTH TEMPLE UT LUST, UT UST Lower 864, 0.164, North
J51 741 W SOUTH TEMPLE EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 798, 0.151, ENE
H50 CITY CAB CO. 710 W 100 S UT LUST, UT UST Higher 786, 0.149, SE
J49 OPOULOS AUTOMOTIVE & 741 SOUTH TEMPLE ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 781, 0.148, East
I48 SANITARY CLEANERS 71 N 9TH W EDR US Hist Cleaners Lower 735, 0.139, NNW
47 TABCO 940 WEST 100 SOUTH RCRA NonGen / NLR Higher 730, 0.138, SW
I46 WILFS CONOCO SERV GA 875 N TEMPLE WEST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 730, 0.138, North
H45 MARSHON LAUNDRY SUPP 132 S 800 WEST ST EDR US Hist Cleaners Higher 708, 0.134, SSE
F44 PETERSEN REED B FILL 774 E 1ST SOUTH ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Higher 697, 0.132, SE
F43 EAST SIDE GARAGE 774 E 1ST S EDR US Hist Auto Stat Higher 697, 0.132, SE
42 JEREMY STREET LLC 123 S JEREMY ST ( 84 UT LUST, UT UST Higher 683, 0.129, South
F41 TEXAS CO SER STA 776 E 1ST SOUTH ST EDR US Hist Auto Stat Higher 680, 0.129, SE
F40 HICKEYS PHILLIPS 66 776 E 1ST S EDR US Hist Auto Stat Higher 680, 0.129, SE
G39 955 FOLSOM AVE EDR US Hist Auto Stat Lower 664, 0.126, WSW
MAPPED SITES SUMMARY
Target Property Address:
8, 14, AND 22 SOUTH JEREMY STREET
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
Click on Map ID to see full detail.
MAP RELATIVE DIST (ft. & mi.)
ID DATABASE ACRONYMS ELEVATION DIRECTIONSITE NAME ADDRESS
4281472.2s Page 4
102 S.L.C. FIRE DEPT. ST 273 N 1000 W UT LUST, UT UST Lower 2477, 0.469, NNW
101 AMERICAN BARREL COMP 600 WEST NORTH TEMPL CORRACTS, RCRA-CESQG, ICIS, FINDS Higher 2433, 0.461, ENE
S100 SALT LAKE CITY INTER 600 WEST 200 SOUTH UT VCP Higher 2351, 0.445, ESE
T99 NOYCE TRANSFER CO 736 W 300 S UT LUST, UT UST Lower 2336, 0.442, SSE
T98 GENEVA ROCK PRODUCTS 748 W 300 S UT LUST, UT UST, UT Financial Assurance Lower 2330, 0.441, SSE
T97 MARK STEEL 751 W 300 S UT LUST, UT UST Lower 2323, 0.440, SSE
S96 UTA - CENTRAL DIVISI 610 W 200 S UT LUST, UT UST, UT Financial Assurance Higher 2246, 0.425, SE
95 QUESTAR REGULATED SE 1175 W 130 S UT LUST, UT UST Lower 2171, 0.411, WSW
R94 DESERET PAINT 14 N. 600 W. CERC-NFRAP Higher 2061, 0.390, ENE
93 MYERS CONTAINER CORP 49 SOUTH 600 WEST CORRACTS, RCRA NonGen / NLR Higher 2033, 0.385, East
R92 UTAH POWER AND LIGHT 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE EDR MGP Higher 2001, 0.379, East
R91 UTAH POWER AND LIGHT 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE UT INST CONTROL Higher 2001, 0.379, East
Q90 FORMER RANCHO LANES 641 WEST NORTH TEMPL UT LAST Higher 1981, 0.375, ENE
Q89 AIRPORT TRAX 650 WES 650 W NORTH TEMPLE UT LUST, UT UST Higher 1895, 0.359, ENE
88 EIMCO PROCESS EQUIPM 669 W 200 S UT LUST, UT UST, UT NPDES Lower 1883, 0.357, SE
P87 MOUNTAIN FUELS SUPPL 1078 W 100 SOUTH EDR MGP Lower 1691, 0.320, WSW
86 GRANITE MILL IND. CO 1055 W NORTH TEMPLE UT LUST, UT UST Lower 1681, 0.318, WNW
P85 MOUNTAIN FUELS SUPPL 100 SOUTH 1078 WEST CERC-NFRAP Lower 1680, 0.318, WSW
P84 S.L. NORTH SERVICE S 1070 W 100 S UT LUST, UT UST Lower 1620, 0.307, WSW
83 OLD GAS STATION 180 S 1000 W UT LUST, UT UST Lower 1540, 0.292, SW
82 WONDER HOSTESS BAKER 708 W NORTH TEMPLE UT LUST, UT UST Higher 1395, 0.264, NE
81 VOGUE CLEANING & SHI 906 WEST 2ND SOUTH UT DRYCLEANERS Higher 1319, 0.250, SSW
O80 RITE AID #6137 150 NORTH 900 WEST RCRA-SQG Lower 1292, 0.245, NNW
79 VIA WEST 118 S 1000 W UT UST, UT Financial Assurance Lower 1230, 0.233, SW
O78 FRESH MARKET 2383 140 NORTH 900 WEST UT LUST, UT UST, UT Financial Assurance Lower 1218, 0.231, NNW
MAPPED SITES SUMMARY
Target Property Address:
8, 14, AND 22 SOUTH JEREMY STREET
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
Click on Map ID to see full detail.
MAP RELATIVE DIST (ft. & mi.)
ID DATABASE ACRONYMS ELEVATION DIRECTIONSITE NAME ADDRESS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 5
TARGET PROPERTY SEARCH RESULTS
The target property was identified in the following records. For more information on this
property see page 8 of the attached EDR Radius Map report:
EPA IDDatabase(s)Site
SCHOVAERS ELECTRONIC
22 JEREMY
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
N/ACA HAZNET
GEPAID: UTD085325769
CROWN PLATING CO. IN
14 JEREMY STREET
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
UTD009086372RCRA-SQG
EPA ID:: UTD009086372
FINDS
Registry ID:: 110002159789
US AIRS
EPA plant ID:: 110002159789
SCHOVAERS ELECTRONIC
22 JEREMY STREET
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
UTD085325769RCRA-SQG
EPA ID:: UTD085325769
CROWN PLATING CO., I
14 JEREMY ST.
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
N/AFTTS
HIST FTTS
SCHOVAERS ELECTRONIC
22 JEREMY
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
N/AFINDS
Registry ID:: 110010918999
CROWN PLATING CO, IN
14 JEREMY ST.
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
N/AUT NPDES
Permit: UTR000378
DATABASES WITH NO MAPPED SITES
No mapped sites were found in EDR’s search of available ("reasonably ascertainable ") government
records either on the target property or within the search radius around the target property for the
following databases:
STANDARD ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS
Federal NPL site list
Proposed NPL Proposed National Priority List Sites
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 6
NPL LIENS Federal Superfund Liens
Federal Delisted NPL site list
Delisted NPL National Priority List Deletions
Federal CERCLIS list
FEDERAL FACILITY Federal Facility Site Information listing
Federal RCRA non-CORRACTS TSD facilities list
RCRA-TSDF RCRA - Treatment, Storage and Disposal
Federal RCRA generators list
RCRA-LQG RCRA - Large Quantity Generators
Federal institutional controls / engineering controls registries
LUCIS Land Use Control Information System
Federal ERNS list
ERNS Emergency Response Notification System
State- and tribal - equivalent CERCLIS
UT SHWS This state does not maintain a SHWS list. See the Federal CERCLIS list and Federal
NPL list.
State and tribal landfill and/or solid waste disposal site lists
UT SWF/LF List of Landfills
State and tribal leaking storage tank lists
INDIAN LUST Leaking Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
State and tribal registered storage tank lists
UT AST Listing of Aboveground Storage Tanks
INDIAN UST Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
FEMA UST Underground Storage Tank Listing
State and tribal voluntary cleanup sites
INDIAN VCP Voluntary Cleanup Priority Listing
State and tribal Brownfields sites
UT BROWNFIELDS Brownfields Assessment Sites Listing
ADDITIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS
Local Brownfield lists
US BROWNFIELDS A Listing of Brownfields Sites
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 7
Local Lists of Landfill / Solid Waste Disposal Sites
DEBRIS REGION 9 Torres Martinez Reservation Illegal Dump Site Locations
ODI Open Dump Inventory
INDIAN ODI Report on the Status of Open Dumps on Indian Lands
Local Lists of Hazardous waste / Contaminated Sites
US CDL Clandestine Drug Labs
UT CDL Methamphetamine Contaminated Properties Listing
US HIST CDL National Clandestine Laboratory Register
Local Land Records
LIENS 2 CERCLA Lien Information
Records of Emergency Release Reports
HMIRS Hazardous Materials Information Reporting System
UT SPILLS Spills Data
UT SPILLS 90 SPILLS 90 data from FirstSearch
Other Ascertainable Records
DOT OPS Incident and Accident Data
DOD Department of Defense Sites
FUDS Formerly Used Defense Sites
UMTRA Uranium Mill Tailings Sites
US MINES Mines Master Index File
TRIS Toxic Chemical Release Inventory System
TSCA Toxic Substances Control Act
SSTS Section 7 Tracking Systems
PADS PCB Activity Database System
MLTS Material Licensing Tracking System
RADINFO Radiation Information Database
RAATS RCRA Administrative Action Tracking System
RMP Risk Management Plans
UT UIC UIC Site Location Listing
INDIAN RESERV Indian Reservations
SCRD DRYCLEANERS State Coalition for Remediation of Drycleaners Listing
UT FUDS Formerly Used Defense Sites
UT UOPF Used Oil Permitted Facilities
UT EWA Enforceable Written Assurances
UT MMRP Military Munitions Response Program
US FIN ASSUR Financial Assurance Information
LEAD SMELTERS Lead Smelter Sites
EPA WATCH LIST EPA WATCH LIST
2020 COR ACTION 2020 Corrective Action Program List
COAL ASH EPA Coal Combustion Residues Surface Impoundments List
COAL ASH DOE Steam-Electric Plant Operation Data
PCB TRANSFORMER PCB Transformer Registration Database
EDR RECOVERED GOVERNMENT ARCHIVES
Exclusive Recovered Govt. Archives
UT RGA LUST Recovered Government Archive Leaking Underground Storage Tank
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 8
UT RGA LF Recovered Government Archive Solid Waste Facilities List
SURROUNDING SITES: SEARCH RESULTS
Surrounding sites were identified in the following databases.
Elevations have been determined from the USGS Digital Elevation Model and should be evaluated on
a relative (not an absolute) basis. Relative elevation information between sites of close proximity
should be field verified. Sites with an elevation equal to or higher than the target property have been
differentiated below from sites with an elevation lower than the target property.
Page numbers and map identification numbers refer to the EDR Radius Map report where detailed
data on individual sites can be reviewed.
Sites listed in bold italics are in multiple databases.
Unmappable (orphan) sites are not considered in the foregoing analysis.
STANDARD ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS
Federal NPL site list
NPL: Also known as Superfund, the National Priority List database is a subset of CERCLIS and
identifies over 1,200 sites for priority cleanup under the Superfund program. The source of this database is
the U.S. EPA.
A review of the NPL list, as provided by EDR, and dated 12/16/2014 has revealed that there is 1 NPL
site within approximately 1 mile of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/A 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE E 1/4 - 1/2 (0.391 mi.) 0 23
Federal CERCLIS list
CERCLIS: The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System
contains data on potentially hazardous waste sites that have been reported to the USEPA by states,
municipalities, private companies and private persons, pursuant to Section 103 of the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA). CERCLIS contains sites which are either
proposed to or on the National Priorities List (NPL) and sites which are in the screening and assessment phase
for possible inclusion on the NPL.
A review of the CERCLIS list, as provided by EDR, and dated 10/25/2013 has revealed that there is 1
CERCLIS site within approximately 0.5 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/A 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE E 1/4 - 1/2 (0.391 mi.) 0 23
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 9
Federal CERCLIS NFRAP site List
CERC-NFRAP: Archived sites are sites that have been removed and archived from the inventory of CERCLIS
sites. Archived status indicates that, to the best of EPA’s knowledge, assessment at a site has been completed
and that EPA has determined no further steps will be taken to list this site on the National Priorities List
(NPL), unless information indicates this decision was not appropriate or other considerations require a
recommendation for listing at a later time. This decision does not necessarily mean that there is no hazard
associated with a given site; it only means that, based upon available information, the location is not judged
to be a potential NPL site.
A review of the CERC-NFRAP list, as provided by EDR, and dated 10/25/2013 has revealed that there are
2 CERC-NFRAP sites within approximately 0.5 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
DESERET PAINT 14 N. 600 W. ENE 1/4 - 1/2 (0.390 mi.) R94 105
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Lower Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
MOUNTAIN FUELS SUPPL 100 SOUTH 1078 WEST WSW 1/4 - 1/2 (0.318 mi.) P85 94
Federal RCRA CORRACTS facilities list
CORRACTS: CORRACTS is a list of handlers with RCRA Corrective Action Activity. This report shows
which nationally-defined corrective action core events have occurred for every handler that has had corrective
action activity.
A review of the CORRACTS list, as provided by EDR, and dated 12/09/2014 has revealed that there are 2
CORRACTS sites within approximately 1 mile of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
MYERS CONTAINER CORP 49 SOUTH 600 WEST E 1/4 - 1/2 (0.385 mi.) 93 98
AMERICAN BARREL COMP 600 WEST NORTH TEMPL ENE 1/4 - 1/2 (0.461 mi.) 101 109
Federal RCRA generators list
RCRA-SQG: RCRAInfo is EPA’s comprehensive information system, providing access to data supporting
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA)
of 1984. The database includes selective information on sites which generate, transport, store, treat and/or
dispose of hazardous waste as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Small quantity
generators (SQGs) generate between 100 kg and 1,000 kg of hazardous waste per month.
A review of the RCRA-SQG list, as provided by EDR, and dated 12/09/2014 has revealed that there is 1
RCRA-SQG site within approximately 0.25 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Lower Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
RITE AID #6137 150 NORTH 900 WEST NNW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.245 mi.) O80 90
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 10
RCRA-CESQG: RCRAInfo is EPA’s comprehensive information system, providing access to data supporting
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA)
of 1984. The database includes selective information on sites which generate, transport, store, treat and/or
dispose of hazardous waste as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Conditionally
exempt small quantity generators (CESQGs) generate less than 100 kg of hazardous waste, or less than 1 kg of
acutely hazardous waste per month.
A review of the RCRA-CESQG list, as provided by EDR, and dated 12/09/2014 has revealed that there is
1 RCRA-CESQG site within approximately 0.25 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Lower Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
PROGRESSIVE PLATING 777 WEST SOUTH TEMPL ENE 0 - 1/8 (0.117 mi.) E38 63
Federal institutional controls / engineering controls registries
US ENG CONTROLS: A listing of sites with engineering controls in place.
A review of the US ENG CONTROLS list, as provided by EDR, and dated 09/18/2014 has revealed that
there is 1 US ENG CONTROLS site within approximately 0.5 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/A 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE E 1/4 - 1/2 (0.391 mi.) 0 23
US INST CONTROL: A listing of sites with institutional controls in place. Institutional controls include
administrative measures, such as groundwater use restrictions, construction restrictions, property use
restrictions, and post remediation care requirements intended to prevent exposure to contaminants remaining on
site. Deed restrictions are generally required as part of the institutional controls.
A review of the US INST CONTROL list, as provided by EDR, and dated 09/18/2014 has revealed that
there is 1 US INST CONTROL site within approximately 0.5 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/A 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE E 1/4 - 1/2 (0.391 mi.) 0 23
State and tribal leaking storage tank lists
UT LUST: The Leaking Underground Storage Tank Incident Reports contain an inventory of reported
leaking underground storage tank incidents. The data come from the Department of Environmental Quality’s
Potential Leaking UST Sites.
A review of the UT LUST list, as provided by EDR, and dated 01/20/2015 has revealed that there are 24
UT LUST sites within approximately 0.5 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
FAMILY DOLLAR 50 N 900 W SW 0 - 1/8 (0.052 mi.) B16 55
Date Closed: 11/04/2013
Facility ID: 4002469
CALDER BROS. CO, INC 79 S 900 W SSW 0 - 1/8 (0.079 mi.) D20 58
Date Closed: 01/12/2011
Facility ID: 4000119
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 11
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
BULLOUGH INSULATION 50 S 800 W ESE 0 - 1/8 (0.084 mi.) F23 59
Date Closed: 05/09/1995
Facility ID: 4001968
JEREMY STREET LLC 123 S JEREMY ST ( 84 S 1/8 - 1/4 (0.129 mi.) 42 66
Date Closed: 04/10/2013
Facility ID: 4001850
CITY CAB CO. 710 W 100 S SE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.149 mi.) H50 69
Date Closed: 08/30/2007
Facility ID: 4001593
WONDER HOSTESS BAKER 708 W NORTH TEMPLE NE 1/4 - 1/2 (0.264 mi.) 82 92
Date Closed: 06/19/2006
Facility ID: 4000190
AIRPORT TRAX 650 WES 650 W NORTH TEMPLE ENE 1/4 - 1/2 (0.359 mi.) Q89 97
Date Closed: 03/14/2011
Facility ID: 4002453
UTA - CENTRAL DIVISI 610 W 200 S SE 1/4 - 1/2 (0.425 mi.) S96 106
Date Closed: 01/03/1996
Date Closed: 02/04/2002
Date Closed: 04/05/2010
Facility ID: 4001132
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Lower Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
DAVID EARLY #5 875 W NORTH TEMPLE N 1/8 - 1/4 (0.164 mi.) I52 69
Date Closed: 11/20/2013
Facility ID: 4001899
CARTOW 738 W SOUTH TEMPLE ENE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.170 mi.) J57 75
Date Closed: 07/17/2002
Facility ID: 4000179
SMITH’S GAS & VIDEO 905 WEST NORTH TEMPL NNW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.174 mi.) I59 77
Facility ID: 4000251
M. KENT FOOTE 935 W NORTH TEMPLE NW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.206 mi.) K68 80
Date Closed: 03/27/1991
Facility ID: 4001483
MINIT-LUBE #1020 757 W NORTH TEMPLE NE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.217 mi.) N72 82
Date Closed: 05/05/1995
Date Closed: 02/16/1994
Facility ID: 4000304
Facility ID: 4000575
7-ELEVEN 1851-24573 960 W NORTH TEMPLE NW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.227 mi.) M77 88
Date Closed: 12/18/1990
Date Closed: 03/26/2012
Facility ID: 4001026
FRESH MARKET 2383 140 NORTH 900 WEST NNW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.231 mi.) O78 88
Date Closed: 03/17/1997
Date Closed: 08/30/2006
Facility ID: 4000211
OLD GAS STATION 180 S 1000 W SW 1/4 - 1/2 (0.292 mi.) 83 93
Date Closed: 07/28/2003
Facility ID: 4002113
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 12
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Lower Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
S.L. NORTH SERVICE S 1070 W 100 S WSW 1/4 - 1/2 (0.307 mi.) P84 93
Date Closed: 04/18/1994
Facility ID: 4000627
GRANITE MILL IND. CO 1055 W NORTH TEMPLE WNW 1/4 - 1/2 (0.318 mi.) 86 94
Date Closed: 06/19/1995
Facility ID: 4001638
EIMCO PROCESS EQUIPM 669 W 200 S SE 1/4 - 1/2 (0.357 mi.) 88 95
Date Closed: 07/03/1995
Date Closed: 05/11/1995
Facility ID: 4001428
QUESTAR REGULATED SE 1175 W 130 S WSW 1/4 - 1/2 (0.411 mi.) 95 106
Date Closed: 09/28/2011
Date Closed: 07/06/2005
Facility ID: 4000625
MARK STEEL 751 W 300 S SSE 1/4 - 1/2 (0.440 mi.) T97 107
Date Closed: 04/26/1995
Facility ID: 4001878
GENEVA ROCK PRODUCTS 748 W 300 S SSE 1/4 - 1/2 (0.441 mi.) T98 108
Date Closed: 12/11/1997
Date Closed: 05/19/2003
Facility ID: 4000412
NOYCE TRANSFER CO 736 W 300 S SSE 1/4 - 1/2 (0.442 mi.) T99 109
Date Closed: 06/05/1995
Facility ID: 4000661
S.L.C. FIRE DEPT. ST 273 N 1000 W NNW 1/4 - 1/2 (0.469 mi.) 102 117
Date Closed: 12/27/1995
Facility ID: 4000856
UT LAST: The Leaking Aboveground Storage Tanks database
A review of the UT LAST list, as provided by EDR, and dated 03/11/2015 has revealed that there is 1
UT LAST site within approximately 0.5 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
FORMER RANCHO LANES 641 WEST NORTH TEMPL ENE 1/4 - 1/2 (0.375 mi.) Q90 97
Date Closed: 4/10/2002
Facility ID: 4002292
State and tribal registered storage tank lists
UT UST: The Underground Storage Tank database contains a listing of Facility, Owner, Location &
Tanks not Closed or Removed. USTs are regulated under Subtitle I of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA). The data come from the Department of Environmental Quality’s Facilities with at Least One Non-exempt
Tank.
A review of the UT UST list, as provided by EDR, and dated 01/20/2015 has revealed that there are 15
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 13
UT UST sites within approximately 0.25 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
FAMILY DOLLAR 50 N 900 W SW 0 - 1/8 (0.052 mi.) B16 55
Facility ID: 4002469
CALDER BROS. CO, INC 79 S 900 W SSW 0 - 1/8 (0.079 mi.) D20 58
Facility ID: 4000119
BULLOUGH INSULATION 50 S 800 W ESE 0 - 1/8 (0.084 mi.) F23 59
Facility ID: 4001968
JEREMY STREET LLC 123 S JEREMY ST ( 84 S 1/8 - 1/4 (0.129 mi.) 42 66
Facility ID: 4001850
CITY CAB CO. 710 W 100 S SE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.149 mi.) H50 69
Facility ID: 4001593
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Lower Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
CREED LABORATORIES 15 JERMEY STREET NE 0 - 1/8 (0.013 mi.) A7 46
Facility ID: 4001520
SPRINT P.O.P. 840 W SOUTH TEMPLE NNE 0 - 1/8 (0.025 mi.) 11 53
Facility ID: 4002172
DAVID EARLY #5 875 W NORTH TEMPLE N 1/8 - 1/4 (0.164 mi.) I52 69
Facility ID: 4001899
CARTOW 738 W SOUTH TEMPLE ENE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.170 mi.) J57 75
Facility ID: 4000179
SMITH’S GAS & VIDEO 905 WEST NORTH TEMPL NNW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.174 mi.) I59 77
Facility ID: 4000251
M. KENT FOOTE 935 W NORTH TEMPLE NW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.206 mi.) K68 80
Facility ID: 4001483
MINIT-LUBE #1020 757 W NORTH TEMPLE NE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.217 mi.) N72 82
Facility ID: 4000304
Facility ID: 4000575
7-ELEVEN 1851-24573 960 W NORTH TEMPLE NW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.227 mi.) M77 88
Facility ID: 4001026
FRESH MARKET 2383 140 NORTH 900 WEST NNW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.231 mi.) O78 88
Facility ID: 4000211
VIA WEST 118 S 1000 W SW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.233 mi.) 79 89
Facility ID: 4002142
State and tribal institutional control / engineering control registries
Sites included on the Brownfields Sites listing that have institutional controls in place.
A review of the UT INST CONTROL list, as provided by EDR, and dated 02/02/2015 has revealed that
there is 1 UT INST CONTROL site within approximately 0.5 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
UTAH POWER AND LIGHT 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE E 1/4 - 1/2 (0.379 mi.) R91 97
Doc #: DERR-2011-008409
Facility Id: UTD980667240
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 14
State and tribal voluntary cleanup sites
UT VCP: Sites involved in the Voluntary Cleanup Program.
A review of the UT VCP list, as provided by EDR, and dated 02/20/2015 has revealed that there is 1 UT
VCP site within approximately 0.5 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
SALT LAKE CITY INTER 600 WEST 200 SOUTH ESE 1/4 - 1/2 (0.445 mi.) S100 109
VCP Number: VCP-C016
ADDITIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS
Other Ascertainable Records
RCRA NonGen / NLR: RCRAInfo is EPA’s comprehensive information system, providing access to data supporting
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA)
of 1984. The database includes selective information on sites which generate, transport, store, treat and/or
dispose of hazardous waste as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Non-Generators do
not presently generate hazardous waste.
A review of the RCRA NonGen / NLR list, as provided by EDR, and dated 12/09/2014 has revealed that
there are 7 RCRA NonGen / NLR sites within approximately 0.25 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
TABCO 940 WEST 100 SOUTH SW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.138 mi.) 47 67
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Lower Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
CREED LABORATORIES & 15 JEREMY NE 0 - 1/8 (0.013 mi.) A8 51
DAVID EARLY TIRE 875 WEST NORTH TEMPL N 1/8 - 1/4 (0.164 mi.) I53 70
CHEVRON USA 72184 RO 880 WEST NORTH TEMPL N 1/8 - 1/4 (0.167 mi.) I55 73
CLEARWATER TRUCKING 738 W S TEMPLE ENE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.170 mi.) J58 76
MINIT-LUBE #1020 757 WEST NORTH TEMPL NE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.217 mi.) N73 82
RED HANGER INC # 12 955 WEST NORTH TEMPL NW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.223 mi.) M75 85
CONSENT: Major Legal settlements that establish responsibility and standards for cleanup at NPL
(superfund) sites. Released periodically by U.S. District Courts after settlement by parties to litigation
matters.
A review of the CONSENT list, as provided by EDR, and dated 01/23/2015 has revealed that there is 1
CONSENT site within approximately 1 mile of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/A 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE E 1/4 - 1/2 (0.391 mi.) 0 23
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 15
ROD: Record of Decision. ROD documents mandate a permanent remedy at an NPL (Superfund) site
containing technical and health information to aid the cleanup.
A review of the ROD list, as provided by EDR, and dated 11/25/2013 has revealed that there is 1 ROD
site within approximately 1 mile of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/A 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE E 1/4 - 1/2 (0.391 mi.) 0 23
UT DRYCLEANERS: A listing of registered drycleaners.
A review of the UT DRYCLEANERS list, as provided by EDR, and dated 01/20/2015 has revealed that there
are 2 UT DRYCLEANERS sites within approximately 0.25 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
VOGUE CLEANING & SHI 906 WEST 2ND SOUTH SSW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.250 mi.) 81 92
Facility ID: UT0801054
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Lower Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
CENTURY LAUNDRY 910 WEST NORTH TEMPL NNW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.180 mi.) K65 79
Facility ID: UT0801106
EDR HIGH RISK HISTORICAL RECORDS
EDR Exclusive Records
EDR MGP: The EDR Proprietary Manufactured Gas Plant Database includes records of coal gas plants
(manufactured gas plants) compiled by EDR’s researchers. Manufactured gas sites were used in the United States
from the 1800’s to 1950’s to produce a gas that could be distributed and used as fuel. These plants used
whale oil, rosin, coal, or a mixture of coal, oil, and water that also produced a significant amount of waste.
Many of the byproducts of the gas production, such as coal tar (oily waste containing volatile and
non-volatile chemicals), sludges, oils and other compounds are potentially hazardous to human health and the
environment. The byproduct from this process was frequently disposed of directly at the plant site and can
remain or spread slowly, serving as a continuous source of soil and groundwater contamination.
A review of the EDR MGP list, as provided by EDR, has revealed that there are 2 EDR MGP sites within
approximately 1 mile of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
UTAH POWER AND LIGHT 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE E 1/4 - 1/2 (0.379 mi.) R92 98
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Lower Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
MOUNTAIN FUELS SUPPL 1078 W 100 SOUTH WSW 1/4 - 1/2 (0.320 mi.) P87 95
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 16
EDR US Hist Auto Stat: EDR has searched selected national collections of business directories and has collected
listings of potential gas station/filling station/service station sites that were available to EDR
researchers. EDR’s review was limited to those categories of sources that might, in EDR’s opinion, include
gas station/filling station/service station establishments. The categories reviewed included, but were not
limited to gas, gas station, gasoline station, filling station, auto, automobile repair, auto service station,
service station, etc. This database falls within a category of information EDR classifies as "High Risk
Historical Records", or HRHR. EDR’s HRHR effort presents unique and sometimes proprietary data about past
sites and operations that typically create environmental concerns, but may not show up in current government
records searches.
A review of the EDR US Hist Auto Stat list, as provided by EDR, has revealed that there are 32 EDR US
Hist Auto Stat sites within approximately 0.25 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
Not reported 51 JEREMY ST SSE 0 - 1/8 (0.034 mi.) 12 53
Not reported 35 S 900 W WSW 0 - 1/8 (0.042 mi.) B13 54
Not reported 79 S 900 W SSW 0 - 1/8 (0.079 mi.) D19 57
SUGDEN W L AUTO REPR 47 S 8TH WEST ST ESE 0 - 1/8 (0.104 mi.) F32 61
BRUCE HUSKEY 79 S 8TH WEST ST SE 0 - 1/8 (0.110 mi.) F33 62
HICKEYS PHILLIPS 66 776 E 1ST S SE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.129 mi.) F40 65
TEXAS CO SER STA 776 E 1ST SOUTH ST SE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.129 mi.) F41 65
EAST SIDE GARAGE 774 E 1ST S SE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.132 mi.) F43 66
PETERSEN REED B FILL 774 E 1ST SOUTH ST SE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.132 mi.) F44 66
NENOW HERB SERV STA 180 S 8TH W SSE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.175 mi.) L61 78
CLIFFS AMERICAN OIL 180 S 8TH WEST ST SSE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.175 mi.) L62 78
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Lower Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
SERVICE SALES CO WHO 15 S 9TH WEST ST WNW 0 - 1/8 (0.023 mi.) A10 53
TONYS AUTOMOTIVE GEN 872 SOUTH TEMPLE ST NNW 0 - 1/8 (0.047 mi.) C14 54
Not reported 1 N 900 W NW 0 - 1/8 (0.052 mi.) C15 55
Not reported 15 N 900 W NW 0 - 1/8 (0.071 mi.) C17 56
Not reported 867 EMERIL AVE N 0 - 1/8 (0.072 mi.) C18 56
FLASH GORDON TRANSMI 1 N 8TH WEST ST ENE 0 - 1/8 (0.080 mi.) E21 58
Not reported 920 W SOUTH TEMPLE WNW 0 - 1/8 (0.082 mi.) 22 58
MADSEN BOYD GARAGE A 10 N 8TH WEST ST ENE 0 - 1/8 (0.099 mi.) E31 61
SMETHURST LEONARD S 947 FOLSOM AVE WSW 0 - 1/8 (0.114 mi.) G34 62
Not reported 955 FOLSOM AVE WSW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.126 mi.) G39 65
WILFS CONOCO SERV GA 875 N TEMPLE WEST N 1/8 - 1/4 (0.138 mi.) I46 67
OPOULOS AUTOMOTIVE & 741 SOUTH TEMPLE ST E 1/8 - 1/4 (0.148 mi.) J49 68
Not reported 741 W SOUTH TEMPLE ENE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.151 mi.) J51 69
Not reported 875 W NORTH TEMPLE N 1/8 - 1/4 (0.164 mi.) I54 72
CHIPMAN FILLING STA 905 N TEMPLE WEST NNW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.169 mi.) K56 75
Not reported 905 W NORTH TEMPLE NNW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.174 mi.) I60 77
NENOWS HERB SERVICE 935 N TEMPLE WEST NW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.182 mi.) K66 79
Not reported 25 S 1000 W W 1/8 - 1/4 (0.188 mi.) 67 80
STAR SERVICE PETROLE 955 N TEMPLE WEST NW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.207 mi.) M69 81
QUALITY OIL CO SER S 980 NORTH TEMPLE ST NNW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.213 mi.) K70 81
Not reported 757 W NORTH TEMPLE NE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.217 mi.) N74 84
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 17
EDR US Hist Cleaners: EDR has searched selected national collections of business directories and has collected
listings of potential dry cleaner sites that were available to EDR researchers. EDR’s review was limited to
those categories of sources that might, in EDR’s opinion, include dry cleaning establishments. The categories
reviewed included, but were not limited to dry cleaners, cleaners, laundry, laundromat, cleaning/laundry, wash
& dry etc. This database falls within a category of information EDR classifies as "High Risk Historical
Records", or HRHR. EDR’s HRHR effort presents unique and sometimes proprietary data about past sites and
operations that typically create environmental concerns, but may not show up in current government records
searches.
A review of the EDR US Hist Cleaners list, as provided by EDR, has revealed that there are 17 EDR US
Hist Cleaners sites within approximately 0.25 miles of the target property.
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Equal/Higher Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PA 42 JEREMY ST SSE 0 - 1/8 (0.022 mi.) A9 52
MELS LAUNDROMAT 56 S 8TH WEST ST SE 0 - 1/8 (0.087 mi.) F24 60
EXCELLENT CLNS 880 W 1ST N SSW 0 - 1/8 (0.090 mi.) D25 60
EXCELLENT CLEANEIS 880 W 1ST NORTH ST SSW 0 - 1/8 (0.090 mi.) D26 60
VOGUE COMMERCIAL & I 906 S 1ST WEST ST SSW 0 - 1/8 (0.099 mi.) D27 60
VOGUE CLQ & SHIRT LN 906 S 1ST W SSW 0 - 1/8 (0.099 mi.) D28 61
CHICAGO CLNG CO 902 S 1ST W SSW 0 - 1/8 (0.099 mi.) D29 61
PARAMOUNT CLNRS & DY 902 S 1ST WEST ST SSW 0 - 1/8 (0.099 mi.) D30 61
ALLEN CLEANERS 909 S 1ST W SSW 0 - 1/8 (0.115 mi.) D35 63
HANSEN HOME CLEANING 911 S 1ST W SSW 0 - 1/8 (0.115 mi.) D36 63
ALOHA CLEANERS 802 W 1ST SOUTH ST SE 0 - 1/8 (0.116 mi.) H37 63
MARSHON LAUNDRY SUPP 132 S 800 WEST ST SSE 1/8 - 1/4 (0.134 mi.) H45 67
STAR LAUNDRY 151 W 9TH SOUTH ST S 1/8 - 1/4 (0.178 mi.) 63 78
PageMap IDDirection / Distance Address Lower Elevation ____________________ ________ ___________________ _____ _____
SANITARY CLEANERS 71 N 9TH W NNW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.139 mi.) I48 68
Not reported 910 W NORTH TEMPLE NNW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.180 mi.) K64 78
BROWN LEE CLEANERS 963 N TEMPLE WEST NW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.215 mi.) M71 81
Not reported 955 W NORTH TEMPLE NW 1/8 - 1/4 (0.223 mi.) M76 87
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TC4281472.2s EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 18
Due to poor or inadequate address information, the following sites were not mapped. Count: 6 records.
Site Name Database(s)____________ ____________
BP PRODUCTS NO. AMERICA INC. SLC, RCRA-TSDF, CERC-NFRAP, CORRACTS,
RCRA NonGen / NLR, FINDS, US FIN
ASSUR, 2020 COR ACTION
JENNINGS AND PASCOE SMELTER CERC-NFRAP, LEAD SMELTERS
OLD SALT LAKE CITY FIRE STATION CERC-NFRAP
BULLOUGH ASBESTOS CERC-NFRAP
AMOCO REFINERY LEADED SLUDGE STORA CERC-NFRAP
STANDARD SMELTING AND REFINING COM CERC-NFRAP
EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.
4
2
4
0
0
4
2
4
0
4
3
4
2
4
0
4
2
4
0
4
2
8
0
4 280
4
2
4
0
4
0
4
2
4
0
EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.EDR Inc.
424
0
MAP FINDINGS SUMMARY
Search
TargetDistance Total
Database Property(Miles) < 1/8 1/8 - 1/4 1/4 - 1/2 1/2 - 1 > 1 Plotted
STANDARD ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS
Federal NPL site list
1 NR 0 1 0 0 1.000NPL
0 NR 0 0 0 0 1.000Proposed NPL
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPNPL LIENS
Federal Delisted NPL site list
0 NR 0 0 0 0 1.000Delisted NPL
Federal CERCLIS list
1 NR NR 1 0 0 0.500CERCLIS
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500FEDERAL FACILITY
Federal CERCLIS NFRAP site List
2 NR NR 2 0 0 0.500CERC-NFRAP
Federal RCRA CORRACTS facilities list
2 NR 0 2 0 0 1.000CORRACTS
Federal RCRA non-CORRACTS TSD facilities list
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500RCRA-TSDF
Federal RCRA generators list
0 NR NR NR 0 0 0.250RCRA-LQG
3 NR NR NR 1 0 0.250 2RCRA-SQG
1 NR NR NR 0 1 0.250RCRA-CESQG
Federal institutional controls /
engineering controls registries
1 NR NR 1 0 0 0.500US ENG CONTROLS
1 NR NR 1 0 0 0.500US INST CONTROL
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500LUCIS
Federal ERNS list
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPERNS
State- and tribal - equivalent CERCLIS
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/AUT SHWS
State and tribal landfill and/or
solid waste disposal site lists
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500UT SWF/LF
State and tribal leaking storage tank lists
24 NR NR 12 9 3 0.500UT LUST
1 NR NR 1 0 0 0.500UT LAST
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500INDIAN LUST
State and tribal registered storage tank lists
15 NR NR NR 10 5 0.250UT UST
TC4281472.2s Page 4
MAP FINDINGS SUMMARY
Search
TargetDistance Total
Database Property(Miles) < 1/8 1/8 - 1/4 1/4 - 1/2 1/2 - 1 > 1 Plotted
0 NR NR NR 0 0 0.250UT AST
0 NR NR NR 0 0 0.250INDIAN UST
0 NR NR NR 0 0 0.250FEMA UST
State and tribal institutional
control / engineering control registries
1 NR NR 1 0 0 0.500UT INST CONTROL
State and tribal voluntary cleanup sites
1 NR NR 1 0 0 0.500UT VCP
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500INDIAN VCP
State and tribal Brownfields sites
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500UT BROWNFIELDS
ADDITIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS
Local Brownfield lists
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500US BROWNFIELDS
Local Lists of Landfill / Solid
Waste Disposal Sites
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500DEBRIS REGION 9
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500ODI
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500INDIAN ODI
Local Lists of Hazardous waste /
Contaminated Sites
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUS CDL
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT CDL
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUS HIST CDL
Local Land Records
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPLIENS 2
Records of Emergency Release Reports
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPHMIRS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT SPILLS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT SPILLS 90
Other Ascertainable Records
7 NR NR NR 6 1 0.250RCRA NonGen / NLR
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPDOT OPS
0 NR 0 0 0 0 1.000DOD
0 NR 0 0 0 0 1.000FUDS
1 NR 0 1 0 0 1.000CONSENT
1 NR 0 1 0 0 1.000ROD
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500UMTRA
0 NR NR NR 0 0 0.250US MINES
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPTRIS
TC4281472.2s Page 5
MAP FINDINGS SUMMARY
Search
TargetDistance Total
Database Property(Miles) < 1/8 1/8 - 1/4 1/4 - 1/2 1/2 - 1 > 1 Plotted
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPTSCA
1 NR NR NR NR NR TP 1FTTS
1 NR NR NR NR NR TP 1HIST FTTS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPSSTS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPICIS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPPADS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPMLTS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPRADINFO
2 NR NR NR NR NR TP 2FINDS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPRAATS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPRMP
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT UIC
2 NR NR NR 2 0 0.250UT DRYCLEANERS
1 NR NR NR NR NR TP 1CA HAZNET
1 NR NR NR NR NR TP 1UT NPDES
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT TIER 2
0 NR 0 0 0 0 1.000INDIAN RESERV
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500SCRD DRYCLEANERS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT FUDS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT Financial Assurance
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT UOPF
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT EWA
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT MMRP
1 NR NR NR NR NR TP 1US AIRS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUS FIN ASSUR
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPLEAD SMELTERS
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPEPA WATCH LIST
0 NR NR NR 0 0 0.2502020 COR ACTION
0 NR NR 0 0 0 0.500COAL ASH EPA
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPPRP
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPCOAL ASH DOE
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPPCB TRANSFORMER
EDR HIGH RISK HISTORICAL RECORDS
EDR Exclusive Records
2 NR 0 2 0 0 1.000EDR MGP
32 NR NR NR 18 14 0.250EDR US Hist Auto Stat
17 NR NR NR 6 11 0.250EDR US Hist Cleaners
EDR RECOVERED GOVERNMENT ARCHIVES
Exclusive Recovered Govt. Archives
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT RGA LUST
0 NR NR NR NR NR TPUT RGA LF
123 0 0 29 52 35 9- Totals --
TC4281472.2s Page 6
MAP FINDINGS SUMMARY
Search
TargetDistance Total
Database Property(Miles) < 1/8 1/8 - 1/4 1/4 - 1/2 1/2 - 1 > 1 Plotted
NOTES:
TP = Target Property
NR = Not Requested at this Search Distance
Sites may be listed in more than one database
N/A = This State does not maintain a SHWS list. See the Federal CERCLIS list.
TC4281472.2s Page 7
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
STOCKHOLDERSContact:
UTD085325769GEPAID:
1999Year:
S113185717envid:
99Facility County:
.7500Tons:
Disposal, Land FillDisposal Method:
Liquids with pH <= 2 with metalsWaste Category:
Not reportedTSD County:
CAT080033681TSD EPA ID:
Not reportedGen County:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 841041131Mailing City,St,Zip:
22 JEREMY STMailing Address:
Not reportedMailing Name:
8015212668Telephone:
STOCKHOLDERSContact:
UTD085325769GEPAID:
1999Year:
S113185717envid:
99Facility County:
1Tons:
Disposal, Land FillDisposal Method:
Liquids with pH <= 2 with metalsWaste Category:
Not reportedTSD County:
CAT080033681TSD EPA ID:
Not reportedGen County:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 841041131Mailing City,St,Zip:
22 JEREMY STMailing Address:
Not reportedMailing Name:
8015212668Telephone:
STOCKHOLDERSContact:
UTD085325769GEPAID:
2000Year:
S113185717envid:
99Facility County:
0.75Tons:
Disposal, Land FillDisposal Method:
Liquids with pH <= 2 with metalsWaste Category:
Not reportedTSD County:
CAT080033691TSD EPA ID:
Not reportedGen County:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 841041131Mailing City,St,Zip:
22 JEREMY STMailing Address:
Not reportedMailing Name:
8015212668Telephone:
STOCKHOLDERSContact:
UTD085325769GEPAID:
2000Year:
S113185717envid:
HAZNET:
Site 1 of 10 in cluster A
Actual:
4233 ft.
Property SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
Target 22 JEREMY N/A
A1 CA HAZNETSCHOVAERS ELECTRONICS CORP S113185717
TC4281472.2s Page 8
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
19 additional CA_HAZNET: record(s) in the EDR Site Report.
Click this hyperlink while viewing on your computer to access
99Facility County:
.9000Tons:
Disposal, OtherDisposal Method:
Not reportedWaste Category:
Not reportedTSD County:
CAT080033681TSD EPA ID:
Not reportedGen County:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 841041131Mailing City,St,Zip:
22 JEREMY STMailing Address:
Not reportedMailing Name:
8015212668Telephone:
STOCKHOLDERSContact:
UTD085325769GEPAID:
1998Year:
S113185717envid:
99Facility County:
1.0000Tons:
Disposal, Land FillDisposal Method:
Liquids with pH <= 2 with metalsWaste Category:
Not reportedTSD County:
CAT080033691TSD EPA ID:
Not reportedGen County:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 841041131Mailing City,St,Zip:
22 JEREMY STMailing Address:
Not reportedMailing Name:
8015212668Telephone:
SCHOVAERS ELECTRONICS CORP (Continued) S113185717
hazardous waste at any time
waste during any calendar month, and accumulates more than 1000 kg of
hazardous waste at any time; or generates 100 kg or less of hazardous
waste during any calendar month and accumulates less than 6000 kg of
Handler: generates more than 100 and less than 1000 kg of hazardousDescription:
Small Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
PrivateLand type:
08EPA Region:
[e-mail] email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
Not reported
Not reportedContact address:
JOSEPH L BROSCHINSKYContact:
UTD009086372EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
14 JEREMY STREETFacility address:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC.Facility name:
06/11/2013Date form received by agency:
RCRA-SQG:
Site 2 of 10 in cluster A
Actual:
4233 ft.
Property US AIRSSALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
Target FINDS14 JEREMY STREET UTD009086372
A2 RCRA-SQGCROWN PLATING CO. INC.1000437674
TC4281472.2s Page 9
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
01/01/1981Owner/Op start date:
OperatorOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
Not reportedOwner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
Not reported
Not reportedOwner/operator address:
JOSEPH BROSCHINSKYOwner/operator name:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
01/01/1981Owner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
Not reportedLegal status:
Not reportedOwner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
Not reported
Not reportedOwner/operator address:
JOSEPH BROSCHINSKYOwner/operator name:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
05/01/1984Owner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
Not reportedOwner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
14 JEREMY STREETOwner/operator address:
JOSEPH L. BROSCHINSKYOwner/operator name:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
Not reportedOwner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
Not reportedOwner/operator country:
DATA NOT REQUESTED, UT 99999
DATA NOT REQUESTEDOwner/operator address:
CHARLES E & CLYED BROSCHINSKYOwner/operator name:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
01/02/1981Owner/Op start date:
OperatorOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
Not reportedOwner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
Not reported
Not reportedOwner/operator address:
JOSEPH BROSCHINSKYOwner/operator name:
Owner/Operator Summary:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC. (Continued) 1000437674
TC4281472.2s Page 10
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
WASTEWATER TREATMENT SLUDGES FROM ELECTROPLATING OPERATIONS, EXCEPT. Waste name:
F006. Waste code:
CHROMIUM. Waste name:
D007. Waste code:
CORROSIVE WASTE. Waste name:
D002. Waste code:
Large Quantity GeneratorClassification:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC.Site name:
03/03/2004Date form received by agency:
HN-3, HT, L, T, and VX.
military, and chemical agents CX, GA, GB, GD, H, HD, HL, HN-1, HN-2,
Residues from demilitarization, treatment, and testing of nerve,. Waste name:
F999. Waste code:
ALUMINUM.
PLATING ON CARBON STEEL; AND (6) CHEMICAL ETCHING AND MILLING OF
STEEL; (5) CLEANING/STRIPPING ASSOCIATED WITH TIN, ZINC, AND ALUMINUM
ON CARBON STEEL; (4) ALUMINUM OR ZINC-ALUMINUM PLATING ON CARBON
(2) TIN PLATING ON CARBON STEEL; (3) ZINC PLATING (SEGREGATED BASIS)
FROM THE FOLLOWING PROCESSES: (1) SULFURIC ACID ANODIZING OF ALUMINUM;
WASTEWATER TREATMENT SLUDGES FROM ELECTROPLATING OPERATIONS, EXCEPT. Waste name:
F006. Waste code:
Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC.Site name:
03/02/2006Date form received by agency:
Historical Generators:
HN-3, HT, L, T, and VX.
military, and chemical agents CX, GA, GB, GD, H, HD, HL, HN-1, HN-2,
Residues from demilitarization, treatment, and testing of nerve,. Waste name:
F999. Waste code:
ALUMINUM.
PLATING ON CARBON STEEL; AND (6) CHEMICAL ETCHING AND MILLING OF
STEEL; (5) CLEANING/STRIPPING ASSOCIATED WITH TIN, ZINC, AND ALUMINUM
ON CARBON STEEL; (4) ALUMINUM OR ZINC-ALUMINUM PLATING ON CARBON
(2) TIN PLATING ON CARBON STEEL; (3) ZINC PLATING (SEGREGATED BASIS)
FROM THE FOLLOWING PROCESSES: (1) SULFURIC ACID ANODIZING OF ALUMINUM;
WASTEWATER TREATMENT SLUDGES FROM ELECTROPLATING OPERATIONS, EXCEPT. Waste name:
F006. Waste code:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
YesTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC. (Continued) 1000437674
TC4281472.2s Page 11
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
06/21/2007 Enforcement action date:
WRITTEN INFORMAL Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
03/20/2007Date achieved compliance:
03/08/2007Date violation determined:
TSD IS-Preparedness and PreventionArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
State Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
06/21/2007 Enforcement action date:
WRITTEN INFORMAL Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
03/20/2007Date achieved compliance:
03/08/2007Date violation determined:
TSD IS-Container Use and ManagementArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Facility Has Received Notices of Violations:
OPERATIONS IN WHICH CYANIDES ARE USED IN THE PROCESS.
SPENT STRIPPING AND CLEANING BATH SOLUTIONS FROM ELECTROPLATING. Waste name:
F009. Waste code:
ELECTROPLATING OPERATIONS IN WHICH CYANIDES ARE USED IN THE PROCESS.
PLATING BATH RESIDUES FROM THE BOTTOM OF PLATING BATHS FROM. Waste name:
F008. Waste code:
ALUMINUM.
PLATING ON CARBON STEEL; AND (6) CHEMICAL ETCHING AND MILLING OF
STEEL; (5) CLEANING/STRIPPING ASSOCIATED WITH TIN, ZINC, AND ALUMINUM
ON CARBON STEEL; (4) ALUMINUM OR ZINC-ALUMINUM PLATING ON CARBON
(2) TIN PLATING ON CARBON STEEL; (3) ZINC PLATING (SEGREGATED BASIS)
FROM THE FOLLOWING PROCESSES: (1) SULFURIC ACID ANODIZING OF ALUMINUM;
WASTEWATER TREATMENT SLUDGES FROM ELECTROPLATING OPERATIONS, EXCEPT. Waste name:
F006. Waste code:
Large Quantity GeneratorClassification:
CROWN PLATING COMPANYSite name:
10/20/1980Date form received by agency:
CADMIUM. Waste name:
D006. Waste code:
Large Quantity GeneratorClassification:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC.Site name:
05/13/2002Date form received by agency:
ALUMINUM.
PLATING ON CARBON STEEL; AND (6) CHEMICAL ETCHING AND MILLING OF
STEEL; (5) CLEANING/STRIPPING ASSOCIATED WITH TIN, ZINC, AND ALUMINUM
ON CARBON STEEL; (4) ALUMINUM OR ZINC-ALUMINUM PLATING ON CARBON
(2) TIN PLATING ON CARBON STEEL; (3) ZINC PLATING (SEGREGATED BASIS)
FROM THE FOLLOWING PROCESSES: (1) SULFURIC ACID ANODIZING OF ALUMINUM;
CROWN PLATING CO. INC. (Continued) 1000437674
TC4281472.2s Page 12
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
02/29/1988 Enforcement action date:
WRITTEN INFORMAL Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
02/29/1988Date achieved compliance:
02/17/1988Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
Not reported Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
Not reported Enforcement action date:
Not reported Enforcement action:
EPAViolation lead agency:
09/11/2001Date achieved compliance:
02/17/1988Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
Not reported Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
Not reported Enforcement action date:
Not reported Enforcement action:
EPAViolation lead agency:
09/11/2001Date achieved compliance:
06/11/1990Date violation determined:
LDR - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
Not reported Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
Not reported Enforcement action date:
Not reported Enforcement action:
EPAViolation lead agency:
09/11/2001Date achieved compliance:
06/11/1990Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
State Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC. (Continued) 1000437674
TC4281472.2s Page 13
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
EPAEvaluation lead agency:
09/11/2001Date achieved compliance:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
06/11/1990Evaluation date:
EPAEvaluation lead agency:
09/11/2001Date achieved compliance:
LDR - GeneralArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
06/11/1990Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
09/11/2001Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
03/20/2007Date achieved compliance:
TSD IS-Preparedness and PreventionArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
03/08/2007Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
03/20/2007Date achieved compliance:
TSD IS-Container Use and ManagementArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
03/08/2007Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
11/18/2013Evaluation date:
Evaluation Action Summary:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
State Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
03/17/1986 Enforcement action date:
WRITTEN INFORMAL Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
04/25/1986Date achieved compliance:
03/12/1986Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
State Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC. (Continued) 1000437674
TC4281472.2s Page 14
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
States are required to obtain a permit. The permit will likely contain
discharge pollutants from any point source into waters of the United
issued under the Clean Water Act. Under NPDES, all facilities that
the Compliance Information System (ICIS) tracks surface water permits
US National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) module of
and settlements.
regions and states with cooperative agreements, enforcement actions,
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). The system tracks inspections in
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) and the
NCDB (National Compliance Data Base) supports implementation of the
of the Clean Air Act.
redesign to support facility operating permits required under Title V
estimation of total national emissions. AFS is undergoing a major
to comply with regulatory programs and by EPA as an input for the
AFS data are utilized by states to prepare State Implementation Plans
used to track emissions and compliance data from industrial plants.
information concerning airborne pollution in the United States. AFS is
Aerometric Data (SAROAD). AIRS is the national repository for
National Emission Data System (NEDS), and the Storage and Retrieval of
Subsystem) replaces the former Compliance Data System (CDS), the
AFS (Aerometric Information Retrieval System (AIRS) Facility
Environmental Interest/Information System
110002159789Registry ID:
FINDS:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
06/05/1985Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
04/25/1986Date achieved compliance:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONEvaluation:
03/12/1986Evaluation date:
EPA-Initiated Oversight/Observation/Training ActionsEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONEvaluation:
02/17/1988Evaluation date:
EPAEvaluation lead agency:
09/11/2001Date achieved compliance:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
02/17/1988Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
02/29/1988Date achieved compliance:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
02/17/1988Evaluation date:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC. (Continued) 1000437674
TC4281472.2s Page 15
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedCurrent HPV:
LOCAL GOVERNMENT
ALL OTHER FACILITIES NOT OWNED OR OPERATED BY A FEDERAL, STATE, ORGovt facility:
POTENTIAL UNCONTROLLED EMISSIONS < 100 TONS/YEARDefault classification:
IN COMPLIANCE - INSPECTIONDefault compliance status:
Electroplating, Plating, Polishing, Anodizing, and ColoringNAIC code description:
332813North Am. industrial classf:
PLATING AND POLISHINGSic code desc:
3471Sic code:
220Air quality cntrl region:
Not reportedDunn & Bradst #:
08Region code:
SALT LAKECounty:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
14 JEREMY STREETPlant address:
CROWN PLATING COMPANYPlant name:
110002159789EPA plant ID:
Airs Minor Details:
AIRS (AFS):
Incident Tracking, Compliance Assistance, and Compliance Monitoring.
that support Compliance and Enforcement programs. These include;
has the capability to track other activities occurring in the Region
that information with Federal actions already in the system. ICIS also
Compliance System (PCS) which supports the NPDES and will integrate
it Headquarters. A future release of ICIS will replace the Permit
information is maintained in ICIS by EPA in the Regional offices and
Federal Administrative and Judicial enforcement actions. This
a single repository for that information. Currently, ICIS contains all
replace EPA’s independent databases that contain Enforcement data with
information across most of EPA’s programs. The vision for ICIS is to
complete, will contain integrated Enforcement and Compliance
Compliance Information System and provides a database that, when
ICIS (Integrated Compliance Information System) is the Integrated
CRITERIA AND HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANT INVENTORY
HAZARDOUS WASTE BIENNIAL REPORTER
operations.
Environmental Quality (UDEQ) mechanism for compliance and permitting
The CIM (Utah - Common Identifier Mechanism) is Utah’s Department of
corrective action activities required under RCRA.
program staff to track the notification, permit, compliance, and
and treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste. RCRAInfo allows RCRA
events and activities related to facilities that generate, transport,
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) program through the tracking of
RCRAInfo is a national information system that supports the Resource
discharge does not adversely affect water quality.
requirements, and include other provisions to ensure that the
limits on what can be discharged, impose monitoring and reporting
CROWN PLATING CO. INC. (Continued) 1000437674
TC4281472.2s Page 16
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1302Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1304Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1403Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1104Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1202Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1204Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1301Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1303Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1401Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1402Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
Historical Compliance Minor Sources:
Not reportedPenalty amount:
Not reportedDate achieved:
Not reportedNational action type:
Not reportedAir program:
Not reportedPenalty amount:
Not reportedDate achieved:
Not reportedNational action type:
Not reportedAir program:
Not reportedPenalty amount:
00000Date achieved:
Not reportedNational action type:
SIP SOURCEAir program:
Compliance and Enforcement Major Issues:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC. (Continued) 1000437674
TC4281472.2s Page 17
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedTurnover compliance:
Not reportedRepeat violator date:
ATTAINMENT AREA FOR GIVEN POLLUTANTDef. attainment/non attnmnt:
IN COMPLIANCE - INSPECTIONDef. poll. compliance status:
POTENTIAL UNCONTROLLED EMISSIONS < 100 TONS/YEARDefault pollutant classification:
Not reportedPlant air program pollutant:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air program code:
Compliance & Violation Data by Minor Sources:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1201Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
MACT (SECTION 63 NESHAPS)Air prog code hist file:
1203Hist compliance date:
NO APPLICABLE STATE REGULATIONState compliance status:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC. (Continued) 1000437674
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
hazardous waste at any time
waste during any calendar month, and accumulates more than 1000 kg of
hazardous waste at any time; or generates 100 kg or less of hazardous
waste during any calendar month and accumulates less than 6000 kg of
Handler: generates more than 100 and less than 1000 kg of hazardousDescription:
Small Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
Facility is not located on Indian land. Additional information is not known.Land type:
08EPA Region:
Not reportedContact email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
Not reported
Not reportedContact address:
BOB SCHOVAERSContact:
UTD085325769EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 841040000
22 JEREMY STREETFacility address:
SCHOVAERS ELECTRONICSSite name:
SCHOVAERS ELECTRONICS CORP.Facility name:
02/16/1994Date form received by agency:
RCRA-SQG:
Site 3 of 10 in cluster A
Actual:
4233 ft.
Property SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
Target 22 JEREMY STREET UTD085325769
A3 RCRA-SQGSCHOVAERS ELECTRONICS CORP.1000343583
TC4281472.2s Page 18
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
12/10/2009Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
08/27/2014Evaluation date:
Evaluation Action Summary:
No violations foundViolation Status:
LEAD. Waste name:
D008. Waste code:
CORROSIVE WASTE. Waste name:
D002. Waste code:
Not Defined. Waste name:
D000. Waste code:
Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
SCHOVAERS ELECTRONICS CORP.Site name:
03/24/1986Date form received by agency:
Large Quantity GeneratorClassification:
SCHOVAERS ELECTRONICS CORP.Site name:
03/03/1990Date form received by agency:
Large Quantity GeneratorClassification:
SCHOVAERS ELECTRONICS CORP.Site name:
03/31/1992Date form received by agency:
Historical Generators:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
SCHOVAERS ELECTRONICS CORP. (Continued) 1000343583
ManufacturerFacility Function:
EPCRALegislation Code:
Neutral Scheme, RegionInvestigation Reason:
EPCRA, Enforcement, SEE ConductedInvestigation Type:
NoViolation occurred:
MOORE, WM.Inspector:
07/01/04Inspection Date:
08Region:
2004070113582 1Inspection Number:
FTTS INSP:
Site 4 of 10 in cluster A
Actual:
4233 ft.
Property SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
Target HIST FTTS14 JEREMY ST. N/A
A4 FTTSCROWN PLATING CO., INC.1008178265
TC4281472.2s Page 19
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
ManufacturerFacility Function:
EPCRALegislation Code:
Neutral Scheme, RegionInvestigation Reason:
EPCRA, Enforcement, SEE ConductedInvestigation Type:
NoViolation occurred:
MOORE, WM.Inspector:
Not reportedInspection Date:
08Region:
2004070113582 1Inspection Number:
HIST FTTS INSP:
CROWN PLATING CO., INC. (Continued) 1008178265
corrective action activities required under RCRA.
program staff to track the notification, permit, compliance, and
and treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste. RCRAInfo allows RCRA
events and activities related to facilities that generate, transport,
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) program through the tracking of
RCRAInfo is a national information system that supports the Resource
Environmental Interest/Information System
110010918999Registry ID:
FINDS:
Site 5 of 10 in cluster A
Actual:
4233 ft.
Property SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
Target 22 JEREMY N/A
A5 FINDSSCHOVAERS ELECTRONICS CORP.1005529597
PRESIDENTFacility Site Contact Tile:
JOE BROSCHINSKYFacility Site Contact Person:
8013640201Facility Oper Contact Phone:
PRESIDENTFacility Oper Contact Title:
JOE BROSCHINSKYFacility Oper Contact Person:
PStatus Of Owner/Oper:
8013640201Facility Oper Phone #:
84104Facility Oper Zip:
UTFacility Oper State:
SALT LAKEFacility Oper City:
14 JEREMY STFacility Oper Address:
CROWN PLATING CO INCFacility Oper Name:
NON CONSTRUCTIONNonConstruction Storm Water:
GROUND WATERState Water Body Name:
12/31/2015Expiration Date:
01/01/2012Issue Date:
JOE BROSCHINSKYFacility Contact Name:
UTR000378Permit:
NPDES:
Site 6 of 10 in cluster A
Actual:
4233 ft.
Property SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
Target 14 JEREMY ST. N/A
A6 UT NPDESCROWN PLATING CO, INC S107869206
TC4281472.2s Page 20
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedGroup 4:
AAGroup 3:
Not reportedGroup 2:
Not reportedGroup 1:
3471Primary SIC Code:
GROUND WATERReceiving Water Body:
SALT LAKE CITY CORPMuni Operating Storm Sewer System:
801-364-0201Facility Site Contact Phone:
PRESIDENTFacility Site Contact Tile:
JOE BROSCHINSKYFacility Site Contact Person:
801-364-0201Facility Oper Contact Phone:
PRESIDENTFacility Oper Contact Title:
JOE BROSCHINSKYFacility Oper Contact Person:
MAINStatus Of Owner/Oper:
801-364-0201Facility Oper Phone #:
84104Facility Oper Zip:
UTFacility Oper State:
OTHERFacility Oper City:
14 JEREMY STFacility Oper Address:
CROWN PLATING CO INCFacility Oper Name:
STORMWATERNonConstruction Storm Water:
GROUND WATERState Water Body Name:
12/31/2015Expiration Date:
Not reportedIssue Date:
JOE BROSCHINSKYFacility Contact Name:
UTR000378Permit:
111 54 55 41Facility Site Long:
40 46 08 27Facility Site Lat:
Not reportedDMR Cognizant Official Tele:
Not reportedDMR Cognizant Official:
Not reportedPermit Name:
Not reportedPermit Type:
Not reportedNot Received:
Not reportedNo Exposure:
Not reportedInactivated:
12/31/2015Date Coverage Expires:
01/01/2012Date Coverage Effective:
01/01/2012Date Coverage Issued/Renewed:
01/01/2012Date Noi Complete:
01/01/2012Date Noi Received:
$550.00Amount Paid:
01/01/2012Date Signed:
JOSEPH BROSCHINSKYCertification Name:
Not reportedFourth Sector:
Not reportedThird Sector:
Not reportedSecondary Sector:
AAPrimary Sector:
Not reportedGroup 5:
Not reportedGroup 4:
AAGroup 3:
Not reportedGroup 2:
Not reportedGroup 1:
3471Primary SIC Code:
GROUND WATERReceiving Water Body:
SALT LAKE CITY CORPMuni Operating Storm Sewer System:
[phone]Facility Site Contact Phone:
CROWN PLATING CO, INC (Continued) S107869206
TC4281472.2s Page 21
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedAmount Paid:
Not reportedDate Signed:
Not reportedCertification Name:
Not reportedFourth Sector:
Not reportedThird Sector:
Not reportedSecondary Sector:
Not reportedPrimary Sector:
Not reportedGroup 5:
Not reportedGroup 4:
Not reportedGroup 3:
Not reportedGroup 2:
Not reportedGroup 1:
Not reportedPrimary SIC Code:
GROUND WATERReceiving Water Body:
Not reportedMuni Operating Storm Sewer System:
Not reportedFacility Site Contact Phone:
Not reportedFacility Site Contact Tile:
Not reportedFacility Site Contact Person:
Not reportedFacility Oper Contact Phone:
Not reportedFacility Oper Contact Title:
Not reportedFacility Oper Contact Person:
Not reportedStatus Of Owner/Oper:
Not reportedFacility Oper Phone #:
Not reportedFacility Oper Zip:
Not reportedFacility Oper State:
Not reportedFacility Oper City:
Not reportedFacility Oper Address:
Not reportedFacility Oper Name:
GRAMANonConstruction Storm Water:
GROUND WATERState Water Body Name:
12/31/2016Expiration Date:
01/01/2012Issue Date:
Not reportedFacility Contact Name:
UTR000378Permit:
111 54 55 41Facility Site Long:
40 46 08 27Facility Site Lat:
Not reportedDMR Cognizant Official Tele:
Not reportedDMR Cognizant Official:
Not reportedPermit Name:
INDUSTRIALPermit Type:
Not reportedNot Received:
0No Exposure:
Not reportedInactivated:
12/31/2015Date Coverage Expires:
01/01/2012Date Coverage Effective:
Not reportedDate Coverage Issued/Renewed:
Not reportedDate Noi Complete:
07/28/2005Date Noi Received:
$41.00Amount Paid:
07/28/2005Date Signed:
JOSEPH BROSCHINSKYCertification Name:
Not reportedFourth Sector:
Not reportedThird Sector:
Not reportedSecondary Sector:
3471Primary Sector:
Not reportedGroup 5:
CROWN PLATING CO, INC (Continued) S107869206
TC4281472.2s Page 22
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
-111.915389Facility Site Long:
+40.768944Facility Site Lat:
801-364-0201DMR Cognizant Official Tele:
JOE BROSCHINSKYDMR Cognizant Official:
CROWN PLATING CO. INC.Permit Name:
General Multi-Sector PermitPermit Type:
Not reportedNot Received:
Not reportedNo Exposure:
Not reportedInactivated:
12/31/2016Date Coverage Expires:
01/01/2012Date Coverage Effective:
01/01/2012Date Coverage Issued/Renewed:
Not reportedDate Noi Complete:
Not reportedDate Noi Received:
CROWN PLATING CO, INC (Continued) S107869206
Not reportedSubstance:
Not reportedSubstance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
Substance Details:
10/04/89Date Finalized:
Not reportedDate Deleted:
05/05/89Date Proposed:
08EPA Region:
SALT LAKESite County:
NoFederal Site:
UTSite State:
SALT LAKE CITYSite City:
84104Site Zip:
FinalSite Status:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Site Name:
Site Details:
225Category Value:
Distance To Nearest Population-> 0 And <= 1/4 MileCategory Description:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
14Category Value:
Depth To Aquifer-> 10 And <= 25 FeetCategory Description:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
Category Details:
1989-10-04 00:00:00Final Date:
NFederal:
08EPA Region:
UTD980667240EPA ID:
NPL:
PRP
ICIS
ROD
2063 ft.CONSENT
1/4-1/2 US INST CONTROL
East US ENG CONTROLSSALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
Region CERCLIS600 W SOUTH TEMPLE UTD980667240
NPL NPLUTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 23
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
71-43-2CAS #:
BENZENESubstance:
U019Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
2Scoring:
GROUND WATER PATHWAYPathway:
95-48-7CAS #:
METHYL PHENOL, 2-Substance:
C643Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
2Scoring:
GROUND WATER PATHWAYPathway:
91-57-6CAS #:
METHYLNAPHTHALENE, 2-Substance:
C636Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
2Scoring:
GROUND WATER PATHWAYPathway:
106-44-5CAS #:
METHYL PHENOL, 4-Substance:
C613Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
1Scoring:
NO PATHWAY INDICATEDPathway:
129-00-0CAS #:
PYRENESubstance:
C385Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
2Scoring:
GROUND WATER PATHWAYPathway:
208-96-8CAS #:
ACENAPHTHYLENESubstance:
C352Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
1Scoring:
NO PATHWAY INDICATEDPathway:
85-01-8CAS #:
PHENANTHRENESubstance:
C332Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
2Scoring:
GROUND WATER PATHWAYPathway:
100-42-5CAS #:
STYRENESubstance:
C113Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
Not reportedScoring:
Not reportedPathway:
Not reportedCAS #:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 24
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
in an industriali ed area, with Union Pacific Railroad property to the west
South Temple Street in Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County, Utah. The site is
Barrel Co. Site covers about 2 acres east of 600 West Street and north of
Conditions at proposal May 5, 1989): The Utah Power Light/American
Summary Details:
1Scoring:
NO PATHWAY INDICATEDPathway:
Not reportedCAS #:
MORE THAN 15 SUBSTANCES LISTEDSubstance:
Z999Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
2Scoring:
GROUND WATER PATHWAYPathway:
1330-20-7CAS #:
XYLENESubstance:
U239Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
2Scoring:
GROUND WATER PATHWAYPathway:
108-88-3CAS #:
TOLUENESubstance:
U220Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
1Scoring:
NO PATHWAY INDICATEDPathway:
206-44-0CAS #:
BENZO(J,K)FLUORENESubstance:
U120Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
2Scoring:
GROUND WATER PATHWAYPathway:
105-67-9CAS #:
DIMETHYLPHENOL, 2,4-Substance:
U101Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
1Scoring:
NO PATHWAY INDICATEDPathway:
218-01-9CAS #:
CHRYSENESubstance:
U050Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
3Scoring:
GROUND WATER PATHWAYPathway:
50-32-8CAS #:
BENZO(A)PYRENESubstance:
U022Substance ID:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
2Scoring:
GROUND WATER PATHWAYPathway:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 25
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedParent ID:
Not reportedNFRAP Flag:
Not reportedSite Init By Prog:
Not reportedUSGS Quadrangle:
Not reportedRCRA ID:
NSite Orphan Flag:
4.00000DMNSN Number:
Not a Federal FacilityFederal Facility:
16020204USGC Hydro Unit:
7160SMSA Number:
08B4IFMS ID:
01Congressional District:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICShort Name:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
UTD980667240EPA ID:
0800680Site ID:
CERCLIS:
UTState:
SALT LAKE CITYCity:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.NPL Name:
Narratives Details:
Not reportedDeleted Date:
10/04/1989Final Date:
05/05/1989Proposed Date:
FinalNPL Status:
Site Status Details:
1989): EPA is considering various alternatives for the site.
served by privatewells within the 3-mile radius. Status October 4,
which serves an estimated 377,000 people. An additional 4,000 people are
miles of the site provides drinking water to the Salt Lake City Water System,
early1900s). Shallow ground water is connected to deeper water that within 3
phenolic compounds attributable to the creosote operations of the
attributable to the barrel yard activities) and polyaromatic hydrocarbons and
are contaminated. Among the compounds in shallow ground water are styrene
conducted in 1987, soil 16 feet beneath the site and on-site monitoring wells
site is now fenced, locked, and posted. According to EPA tests
CERCLA Section 106 Administrative Order on Consent to secure the site. The
under the Resource Conservation andRecovery Act. In July 1988, EPA issued a
into drums, and transported the materials to disposal facilities regulated
During 1987-88, American Barrel removed the barrels, emptied the contents
contained wastes, and soil staining suggested that they may have leaked.
heights up to 20 feet and supported by stones on the ground. Some drums still
mostly empty 55-gallon barrels remained on-site, stacked on their sides to
recycling plant from American Barrel. In mid-1987, an estimated 50,000
recycling plant a block south of the site. Meyers also purchased the
American Barrel all drums fit for reconditioning and removed them to a
the land for storing drums. In 1986, Meyers Container Corp. purchased from
Solid and Ha ardous Waste. From the 1950s to 1988, American Barrel Co. leased
the land during the early 1900s, according to records of the Utah Bureau of
Light UP L), which operated a pole and tie creosote treating facility on
Salt Lake City within 0.5 mile to the east.The property is owned by Utah Power
southeast. A residential area is within 400 feet to the west, and downtown
and Denver and Rio Grande Western Railroad property to the immediate
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 26
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
01/01/81Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
DISCOVERYAction:
001Action Code:
CERCLIS Assessment History:
OPERATION ON UNKNOWN DATE AS BARREL STORAGE, RECYCLING, RECONDITIONING FACILITY.
SODIUM CHROMATE, TRICHLOROETHANE, VARIOUS DEGREASERS & SOLVENTS. BEGAN
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL STORED: EMPTY BARRELS THAT AT ONE TIME CONTAINED MALATHION,Site Description:
POWER & LIGHT(UTD9806667240) ALSO WAS ARCHIVED IN FINDS DATA BASE
AMERICAN BARREL (UTD982584146) WAS DELETED AND COMBINED WITH UTAHAlias Comments:
201Alias ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEAlias Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Alias Name:
203Alias ID:
Not reported
Not reportedAlias Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL COAlias Name:
202Alias ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101
600 WEST SOUTH TEMPLEAlias Address:
AMERICAN BARRELAlias Name:
201Alias ID:
CERCLIS Site Alias Name(s):
[e-mail] Email:
Community Involvement CoordinatorContact Title:
[phone]Contact Tel:
John DaltonContact Name:
13000438.00000Contact ID:
[e-mail] Email:
Remedial Project Manager (RPM)Contact Title:
[phone]Contact Tel:
Armando SaenzContact Name:
8000099.00000Contact ID:
CERCLIS Site Contact Name(s):
Not reportedSite FUDS Flag:
Not reportedAlias EPA ID:
1996CC Concurrence FY:
09/30/96CC Concurrence Date:
49035Site Fips Code:
/ /Non NPL Status Date:
Not reportedNon NPL Status:
Not reportedRResp Fed Agency Code:
Not reportedRBRAC Code:
ACREDMNSN Unit Code:
Currently on the Final NPLNPL Status:
URSite Settings Code:
OtherClassification:
08EPA Region:
ORST Code:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 27
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Higher priority for further assessmentPriority Level:
03/15/88Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
SITE INSPECTIONAction:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
State, Fund FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Higher priority for further assessmentPriority Level:
04/09/87Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENTAction:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Higher priority for further assessmentPriority Level:
05/10/82Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
SITE INSPECTIONAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Higher priority for further assessmentPriority Level:
04/01/81Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENTAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 28
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Time CriticalUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Responsible PartyPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
StabilizedPriority Level:
08/10/88Date Completed:
04/14/88Date Started:
POTENTIALLY RESPONSIBLE PARTY REMOVALAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Admin Record Compiled for a Removal EventPriority Level:
07/10/88Date Completed:
07/10/88Date Started:
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDSAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
07/08/88Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER ON CONSENTAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Higher priority for further assessmentPriority Level:
06/01/88Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
SITE INSPECTIONAction:
003Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 29
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
/ /Date Started:
Notice Letters IssuedAction:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
10/04/89Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
FINAL LISTING ON NATIONAL PRIORITIES LISTAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
09/21/89Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ISSUE REQUEST LETTERS (104E)Action:
005Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
06/28/89Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ISSUE REQUEST LETTERS (104E)Action:
006Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
05/05/89Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
PROPOSAL TO NATIONAL PRIORITIES LISTAction:
001Action Code:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 30
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
03/23/90Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ISSUE REQUEST LETTERS (104E)Action:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
03/23/90Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
Notice Letters IssuedAction:
004Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
03/14/90Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ISSUE REQUEST LETTERS (104E)Action:
003Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
03/14/90Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
Notice Letters IssuedAction:
005Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
03/14/90Date Completed:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 31
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
08/10/90Date Completed:
04/19/90Date Started:
REMEDIAL INVESTIGATION/FEASIBILITY STUDY NEGOTIATIONSAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
04/19/90Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
Special Notice IssuedAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
04/19/90Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
Special Notice IssuedAction:
003Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
03/23/90Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
Notice Letters IssuedAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 32
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
06/17/91Date Completed:
01/01/91Date Started:
REMOVAL ASSESSMENTAction:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
01/03/91Date Completed:
10/23/89Date Started:
NATIONAL PRIORITIES LIST RESPONSIBLE PARTY SEARCHAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
08/30/90Date Completed:
08/30/90Date Started:
REMOVAL ASSESSMENTAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
08/10/90Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER ON CONSENTAction:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 33
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
05/19/93Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ISSUE REQUEST LETTERS (104E)Action:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
05/18/93Date Completed:
08/14/92Date Started:
TREATABILITY STUDYAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
05/01/93Date Completed:
08/05/92Date Started:
AERIAL SURVEYAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
05/08/92Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ECOLOGICAL RISK ASSESSMENTAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
05/08/92Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
RISK/HEALTH ASSESSMENTAction:
001Action Code:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 34
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
07/16/93Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
Special Notice IssuedAction:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Final Remedy Selected at SitePriority Level:
07/07/93Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Admin Record Compiled for a Remedial EventPriority Level:
07/07/93Date Completed:
01/02/92Date Started:
ADMINISTRATIVE RECORDSAction:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Responsible PartyPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
07/07/93Date Completed:
08/10/90Date Started:
STUDY
POTENTIALLY RESPONSIBLE PARTY REMEDIAL INVESTIGATION/FEASIBILITYAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 35
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
07/23/94Date Completed:
07/16/93Date Started:
REMEDIAL DESIGN/REMEDIAL ACTION NEGOTIATIONSAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
09/02/93Date Completed:
02/18/93Date Started:
REMOVAL ASSESSMENTAction:
003Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
07/16/93Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
Notice Letters IssuedAction:
003Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
07/16/93Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
Special Notice IssuedAction:
004Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 36
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Responsible PartyPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
04/01/96Date Completed:
09/18/95Date Started:
POTENTIALLY RESPONSIBLE PARTY REMEDIAL DESIGNAction:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
04/26/95Date Completed:
07/23/94Date Started:
CONSENT DECREEAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Responsible PartyPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Higher priority for further assessmentPriority Level:
04/25/95Date Completed:
09/30/93Date Started:
POTENTIALLY RESPONSIBLE PARTY REMEDIAL DESIGNAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
12/02/94Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
Lodged By DOJAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 37
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
02/27/97Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ISSUE REQUEST LETTERS (104E)Action:
004Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
09/30/96Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
PRELIMINARY CLOSE-OUT REPORT PREPAREDAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Responsible PartyPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
09/30/96Date Completed:
09/18/95Date Started:
POTENTIALLY RESPONSIBLE PARTY REMEDIAL ACTIONAction:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Responsible PartyPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
09/30/96Date Completed:
07/23/94Date Started:
POTENTIALLY RESPONSIBLE PARTY REMEDIAL ACTIONAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
07/30/96Date Completed:
09/04/90Date Started:
COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENTAction:
001Action Code:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 38
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
Responsible PartyPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
09/26/01Date Completed:
06/01/01Date Started:
FIVE-YEAR REVIEWAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
03/27/00Date Completed:
10/21/99Date Started:
PREPARATION OF COST DOCUMENT PACKAGEAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
09/30/99Date Completed:
03/10/92Date Started:
STATE SUPPORT AGENCY COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTAction:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
09/30/99Date Completed:
05/17/90Date Started:
STATE SUPPORT AGENCY COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 39
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
EPA In-HousePrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
07/26/11Date Completed:
12/01/10Date Started:
FIVE-YEAR REVIEWAction:
003Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
06/12/09Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER ON CONSENTAction:
003Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Federal EnforcementPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDEOperable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
06/12/09Date Completed:
07/06/07Date Started:
PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER AGREEMENT ASSESSMENTAction:
001Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
PrimaryPlanning Status:
EPA Fund-FinancedPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
09/27/06Date Completed:
07/03/06Date Started:
FIVE-YEAR REVIEWAction:
002Action Code:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 40
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Air StrippingEngineering Control:
GroundwaterContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
07/07/1993Actual Date:
Not reportedEvent Code:
SALT LAKECounty:
08EPA Region:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Name:
0800680Site ID:
UTD980667240EPA ID:
07/07/1993Actual Date:
Not reportedEvent Code:
SALT LAKECounty:
08EPA Region:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Name:
0800680Site ID:
UTD980667240EPA ID:
US ENG CONTROLS:
208 additional US CERCLIS Financial: record(s) in the EDR Site Report.
Click this hyperlink while viewing on your computer to access
19526Page Number:
54Fed Register Volume:
05/05/89Fed Register Date:
41015Page Number:
54Fed Register Volume:
10/04/89Fed Register Date:
Federal Register Details:
For detailed financial records, contact EDR for a Site Report.:
Not reportedAction Anomaly:
Not reportedUrgency Indicator:
Not reportedPlanning Status:
Responsible PartyPrimary Responsibility:
SITEWIDE-1Operable Unit:
Not reportedPriority Level:
/ /Date Completed:
09/30/96Date Started:
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCEAction:
001Action Code:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 41
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
DisposalEngineering Control:
SoilContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Pump And TreatEngineering Control:
GroundwaterContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW)Engineering Control:
GroundwaterContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Other, (N.O.S.)Engineering Control:
GroundwaterContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Operations & Maintenance (O&M)Engineering Control:
GroundwaterContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Natural AttenuationEngineering Control:
GroundwaterContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
DischargeEngineering Control:
GroundwaterContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Carbon AdsorptionEngineering Control:
GroundwaterContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 42
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Name:
0800680Site ID:
UTD980667240EPA ID:
US INST CONTROL:
Solidification/Stabilization (Ex-Situ)Engineering Control:
SoilContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Soil Vapor Extraction (in-situ)Engineering Control:
SoilContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Residuals Storage (Temporary)Engineering Control:
SoilContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Residuals DisposalEngineering Control:
SoilContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Physical SeparationEngineering Control:
SoilContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
Other, (N.O.S.)Engineering Control:
SoilContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
IncinerationEngineering Control:
SoilContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Action Completion date:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
001Action ID:
ExcavationEngineering Control:
SoilContaminated Media :
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 43
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
FRS 110002262015Program ID:
110002262015FRS ID:
08-2009-0153Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
CERCLA 122G1B Agrmt For Innocent LandownerEnforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEFacility Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Facility Name:
UtahState:
600 W SOUTH TEMPLE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104Full Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL SITEAction Name:
RE-POWERING UTD980667240-64022Program ID:
110002262015FRS ID:
08-2009-0153Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
CERCLA 122G1B Agrmt For Innocent LandownerEnforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEFacility Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Facility Name:
UtahState:
600 W SOUTH TEMPLE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104Full Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL SITEAction Name:
CERCLIS UTD980667240Program ID:
110002262015FRS ID:
08-2009-0153Enforcement Action ID:
ICIS:
Full-text of USEPA Record of Decision(s) is available from EDR.
ROD:
Executive.
States District Court is available from EDR. Contact your EDR Account
Full-text of the consent decree for this site issued by the United
19950426Entered Date:
UtahDistrict:
94-1162Court Num:
U.S. V. PACIFICORP D/B/A UTAH POWER AND LIGHT COMPANYCase Title:
Not reportedSite ID:
UTD980667240EPA ID:
CONSENT:
GroundwaterContaminated Media :
01Operable Unit:
07/07/1993Complet. Date:
07/07/1993Actual Date:
Water Supply Use RestrictionInst. Control:
Not reportedEvent Code:
SALT LAKECounty:
08EPA Region:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
RECORD OF DECISIONAction Name:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 44
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedSIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
NoFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Facility Name:
RE-POWERING UTD980667240-64022Program ID:
Not reportedSIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
NoFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Facility Name:
FRS 110002262015Program ID:
Not reportedSIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
NoFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Facility Name:
CIM 490000015369Program ID:
Not reportedSIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
NoFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Facility Name:
CERCLIS UTD980667240Program ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
CERCLA 122G1B Agrmt For Innocent LandownerEnforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEFacility Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Facility Name:
UtahState:
600 W SOUTH TEMPLE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104Full Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL SITEAction Name:
CIM 490000015369Program ID:
110002262015FRS ID:
08-2009-0153Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
CERCLA 122G1B Agrmt For Innocent LandownerEnforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
600 W SOUTH TEMPLEFacility Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO.Facility Name:
UtahState:
600 W SOUTH TEMPLE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104Full Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL SITEAction Name:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
TC4281472.2s Page 45
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
UTAH POWER AND LIGHT
UTAH POWER AND LIGHT
UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD CO
UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD
UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD
UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD
SALT LAKE CITY CORP
PACIFICORP
PACIFICORP
PACIFICORP
PACIFICORP
PACIFICORP
PACIFICORP
PACIFICORP
PACIFICORP
PACIFICORP
MOUNTAIN FUEL RESOURCES
MOUNTAIN FUEL RESOURCES
IMACC CORP VARIAN
IMACC CORP VARIAN
IMACC CORP VARIAN
EBASCO SERVICES INC
EBASCO SERVICES INC
EBASCO SERVICES INC
DENVER AND RIO GRANDE WESTERN RAILROAD
DENVER AND RIO GRANDE WESTERN RAILROAD
DENVER AND RIO GRANDE WESTERN RAILROAD
DENVER AND RIO GRANDE WESTERN RAILROAD
BOISE CASCADE CORP
AMERICAN BARREL AND COOPERAGE CO INC
AMERICAN BARREL AND COOPERAGE CO INC
AMERICAN BARREL AND COOPERAGE CO
AMERICAN BARREL AND COOPERAGE COPRP name:
PRP:
UTAH POWER & LIGHT/AMERICAN BARREL CO. (Continued) 1000238438
110011678755FRS ID:
08-1985-0031Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
FIFRA 14 AO For Comp And Penalties (Old)Enforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104-1132
15 JERMEY STREETFacility Address:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
UtahState:
15 JERMEY STREET SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104-1132Full Address:
CREED LABORATORIES & CHEMBRITE, INC.Action Name:
CIM 490000002998Program ID:
110011678755FRS ID:
08-1985-0031Enforcement Action ID:
ICIS:
67 ft. Site 7 of 10 in cluster A
0.013 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4232 ft.
< 1/8 UT USTSALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
NE FINDS15 JERMEY STREET N/A
A7 ICISCREED LABORATORIES 1000201238
TC4281472.2s Page 46
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
UtahState:
15 JERMEY STREET SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104-1132Full Address:
CREED LABORATORIES & CHEMBRITE, INC.Action Name:
NCDB I08#198509201691 3Program ID:
110011678755FRS ID:
08-1985-0031Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
FIFRA 14 AO For Comp And Penalties (Old)Enforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104-1132
15 JERMEY STREETFacility Address:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
UtahState:
15 JERMEY STREET SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104-1132Full Address:
CREED LABORATORIES & CHEMBRITE, INC.Action Name:
RCRAINFO UTD089326235Program ID:
110011678755FRS ID:
08-1985-0031Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
FIFRA 14 AO For Comp And Penalties (Old)Enforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104-1132
15 JERMEY STREETFacility Address:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
UtahState:
15 JERMEY STREET SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104-1132Full Address:
CREED LABORATORIES & CHEMBRITE, INC.Action Name:
NCDB D08#F-VIII-165CProgram ID:
110011678755FRS ID:
08-1985-0031Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
FIFRA 14 AO For Comp And Penalties (Old)Enforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104-1132
15 JERMEY STREETFacility Address:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
UtahState:
15 JERMEY STREET SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104-1132Full Address:
CREED LABORATORIES & CHEMBRITE, INC.Action Name:
NCDB C08#WLS716Program ID:
110011678755FRS ID:
08-1985-0031Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
FIFRA 14 AO For Comp And Penalties (Old)Enforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104-1132
15 JERMEY STREETFacility Address:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
UtahState:
15 JERMEY STREET SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104-1132Full Address:
CREED LABORATORIES & CHEMBRITE, INC.Action Name:
FRS 110011678755Program ID:
CREED LABORATORIES (Continued) 1000201238
TC4281472.2s Page 47
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
15 JERMEY STREETAddress:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
FRS 110011678755Program ID:
2842SIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
Not reportedFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
15 JERMEY STREETAddress:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
CIM 490000002998Program ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
FIFRA 14 AO For Comp And Penalties (Old)Enforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104-1132
15 JERMEY STREETFacility Address:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
UtahState:
15 JERMEY STREET SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104-1132Full Address:
CREED LABORATORIES & CHEMBRITE, INC.Action Name:
NCDB D08#F-VIII-326Program ID:
110011678755FRS ID:
08-1985-0031Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
FIFRA 14 AO For Comp And Penalties (Old)Enforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104-1132
15 JERMEY STREETFacility Address:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
UtahState:
15 JERMEY STREET SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104-1132Full Address:
CREED LABORATORIES & CHEMBRITE, INC.Action Name:
NCDB I08#199204141691 1Program ID:
110011678755FRS ID:
08-1985-0031Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
FIFRA 14 AO For Comp And Penalties (Old)Enforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104-1132
15 JERMEY STREETFacility Address:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
UtahState:
15 JERMEY STREET SALT LAKE CITY UT 84104-1132Full Address:
CREED LABORATORIES & CHEMBRITE, INC.Action Name:
NCDB I08#199111261691 2Program ID:
110011678755FRS ID:
08-1985-0031Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
FIFRA 14 AO For Comp And Penalties (Old)Enforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104-1132
15 JERMEY STREETFacility Address:
CREED LABORATORIES (Continued) 1000201238
TC4281472.2s Page 48
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
NTribal Indicator:
15 JERMEY STREETAddress:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
RCRAINFO UTD089326235Program ID:
2842SIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
Not reportedFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
15 JERMEY STREETAddress:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
NCDB I08#199204141691 1Program ID:
2842SIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
Not reportedFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
15 JERMEY STREETAddress:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
NCDB I08#199111261691 2Program ID:
2842SIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
Not reportedFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
15 JERMEY STREETAddress:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
NCDB I08#198509201691 3Program ID:
2842SIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
Not reportedFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
15 JERMEY STREETAddress:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
NCDB D08#F-VIII-326Program ID:
2842SIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
Not reportedFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
15 JERMEY STREETAddress:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
NCDB D08#F-VIII-165CProgram ID:
2842SIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
Not reportedFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
15 JERMEY STREETAddress:
CREED LABORATORIESFacility Name:
NCDB C08#WLS716Program ID:
2842SIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
Not reportedFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
CREED LABORATORIES (Continued) 1000201238
TC4281472.2s Page 49
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
2Closed Tanks:
2Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104Owner City,St,Zip:
P O BOX 2983Owner Address:
CREED LABORATORIESOwner Name:
4001520Facility ID:
UST:
Incident Tracking, Compliance Assistance, and Compliance Monitoring.
that support Compliance and Enforcement programs. These include;
has the capability to track other activities occurring in the Region
that information with Federal actions already in the system. ICIS also
Compliance System (PCS) which supports the NPDES and will integrate
it Headquarters. A future release of ICIS will replace the Permit
information is maintained in ICIS by EPA in the Regional offices and
Federal Administrative and Judicial enforcement actions. This
a single repository for that information. Currently, ICIS contains all
replace EPA’s independent databases that contain Enforcement data with
information across most of EPA’s programs. The vision for ICIS is to
complete, will contain integrated Enforcement and Compliance
Compliance Information System and provides a database that, when
ICIS (Integrated Compliance Information System) is the Integrated
operations.
Environmental Quality (UDEQ) mechanism for compliance and permitting
The CIM (Utah - Common Identifier Mechanism) is Utah’s Department of
corrective action activities required under RCRA.
program staff to track the notification, permit, compliance, and
and treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste. RCRAInfo allows RCRA
events and activities related to facilities that generate, transport,
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) program through the tracking of
RCRAInfo is a national information system that supports the Resource
and settlements.
regions and states with cooperative agreements, enforcement actions,
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). The system tracks inspections in
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) and the
NCDB (National Compliance Data Base) supports implementation of the
Environmental Interest/Information System
110011678755Registry ID:
FINDS:
2842SIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
Not reportedFed Facility:
CREED LABORATORIES (Continued) 1000201238
TC4281472.2s Page 50
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not a generator, verifiedClassification:
CREED LABORATORIES & MFGSite name:
03/28/2001Date form received by agency:
Historical Generators:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
Not reportedOwner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
Not reportedOwner/operator country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
15 JEREMYOwner/operator address:
CREED LABORATORIES & MFG.Owner/operator name:
Owner/Operator Summary:
Handler: Non-Generators do not presently generate hazardous wasteDescription:
Non-GeneratorClassification:
PrivateLand type:
08EPA Region:
Not reportedContact email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
15 JEREMYContact address:
JOHN DOEContact:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
JEREMYMailing address:
UTD089326235EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
15 JEREMYFacility address:
CREED LABORATORIES & MFGFacility name:
02/22/2007Date form received by agency:
RCRA NonGen / NLR:
67 ft. Site 8 of 10 in cluster A
0.013 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4232 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
NE 15 JEREMY UTD089326235
A8 RCRA NonGen / NLRCREED LABORATORIES & MFG 1010335555
TC4281472.2s Page 51
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONEvaluation:
11/21/1985Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
03/26/1986Date achieved compliance:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
11/21/1985Evaluation date:
Evaluation Action Summary:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
State Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
03/26/1986 Enforcement action date:
WRITTEN INFORMAL Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
03/26/1986Date achieved compliance:
11/21/1985Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Facility Has Received Notices of Violations:
Not a generator, verifiedClassification:
CREED LABORATORIES & MFGSite name:
01/01/1980Date form received by agency:
CREED LABORATORIES & MFG (Continued) 1010335555
LAUNDRY SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT DEALERSType:
1985Year:
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PARTS PARTS DISTRIBName:
LAUNDRY SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT DEALERSType:
1976Year:
LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PARTS PARTS DISTRIBName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
115 ft. Site 9 of 10 in cluster A
0.022 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SSE 42 JEREMY ST N/A
A9 EDR US Hist CleanersLAUNDRY EQUIPMENT PARTS PARTS DISTRIB 1014147524
TC4281472.2s Page 52
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
REPAIR SHOPSType:
1971Year:
SERVICE SALES CO WHOL REPRName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
119 ft. Site 10 of 10 in cluster A
0.023 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4232 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
WNW 15 S 9TH WEST ST N/A
A10 EDR US Hist Auto StatSERVICE SALES CO WHOL REPR 1014173191
PST FundMechanism:
4002172Facility ID:
2Region:
UT Financial Assurance 2:
Tier2 Facilities - 2127Map Label:
7096State Key:
4512042.5078199999UTM Easting Zone 12:
425354.77025100001UTM Northing Zone 12:
Tier2 FacilitiesSite Program Description:
Pending411Department Id #:
2127Site Program Id #:
TIER 2:
0Closed Tanks:
1Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SHAWNEE MISSION, KS 66207Owner City,St,Zip:
PO BOX 7994Owner Address:
SPRINTOwner Name:
4002172Facility ID:
UST:
134 ft.
0.025 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4231 ft.
< 1/8 UT Financial AssuranceSALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
NNE UT TIER 2840 W SOUTH TEMPLE N/A
11 UT USTSPRINT P.O.P.U003194529
2001Year:
LEES AUTO SERVICEName:
51 JEREMY STAddress:
2000Year:
LEES AUTO SERVICEName:
51 JEREMY STAddress:
1999Year:
LEES AUTO SERVICEName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
177 ft.
0.034 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4236 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SSE 51 JEREMY ST N/A
12 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015530173
TC4281472.2s Page 53
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
51 JEREMY STAddress:
2009Year:
EL COMPADRE AUTO REPAIRName:
51 JEREMY STAddress:
2008Year:
EL COMPADRE AUTO REPAIRName:
51 JEREMY STAddress:
2007Year:
EL COMPADRE AUTO REPAIRName:
51 JEREMY STAddress:
2004Year:
UNION AUTOName:
51 JEREMY STAddress:
2003Year:
LEES AUTO SERVICEName:
51 JEREMY STAddress:
2002Year:
LEES AUTO SERVICEName:
51 JEREMY STAddress:
(Continued)1015530173
35 S 900 WAddress:
2012Year:
EL COMPADRE AUTO REPAIRName:
35 S 900 WAddress:
2011Year:
EL COMPADRE AUTO REPAIRName:
35 S 900 WAddress:
2010Year:
EL COMPADRE AUTO REPAIRName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
223 ft. Site 1 of 2 in cluster B
0.042 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4233 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
WSW 35 S 900 W N/A
B13 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015442045
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRINGType:
1985Year:
TONYS AUTOMOTIVE GENL REPAIR & BODYName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
250 ft. Site 1 of 4 in cluster C
0.047 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4230 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
NNW 872 SOUTH TEMPLE ST W N/A
C14 EDR US Hist Auto StatTONYS AUTOMOTIVE GENL REPAIR & BODY 1014197068
TC4281472.2s Page 54
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
1 N 900 WAddress:
2012Year:
FLASH GORDON TRANSMISSION & CLName:
1 N 900 WAddress:
2011Year:
GORDON TRANSMISSION & TUNE UPName:
1 N 900 WAddress:
2009Year:
GORDON TRANSMISSION & TUNE UPName:
1 N 900 WAddress:
2003Year:
FLASH GORDON TRANSMISSIONName:
1 N 900 WAddress:
2000Year:
FLASH GORDON TRANSMISSIONName:
1 N 900 WAddress:
1999Year:
GORDON TRANSMISSION & TUNEName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
276 ft. Site 2 of 4 in cluster C
0.052 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4230 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NW 1 N 900 W N/A
C15 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015116212
2Closed Tanks:
2Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104Owner City,St,Zip:
50 N 900 WOwner Address:
FAMILY DOLLAROwner Name:
4002469Facility ID:
UST:
Morgan AtkinsonProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104Owner City,St,Zip:
84104Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
50 N 900 WOwner Address:
FAMILY DOLLAROwner Name:
05/29/2012Notification Date:
11/04/2013Closed Date:
MXTRelease Id:
4002469Facility ID:
LUST:
277 ft. Site 2 of 2 in cluster B
0.052 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4233 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SW UT UST50 N 900 W N/A
B16 UT LUSTFAMILY DOLLAR U004191028
TC4281472.2s Page 55
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
15 N 900 WAddress:
2012Year:
JUADARRANA AUTO REPAIRName:
15 N 900 WAddress:
2011Year:
JUADARRANA AUTO REPAIRName:
15 N 900 WAddress:
2010Year:
WGW AUTO PERFORMANCEName:
15 N 900 WAddress:
2007Year:
W G W AUTO PERFORMANCEName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
374 ft. Site 3 of 4 in cluster C
0.071 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4229 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NW 15 N 900 W N/A
C17 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015236341
2008Year:
SANTA FE AUTO SERVICEName:
867 EMERIL AVEAddress:
2007Year:
SANTA FE AUTO SERVICEName:
867 EMERIL AVEAddress:
2006Year:
SANTA FE AUTO SERVICEName:
867 EMERIL AVEAddress:
2005Year:
SANTA FE AUTO SERVICEName:
867 EMERIL AVEAddress:
2004Year:
SANTA FE AUTO SERVICEName:
867 EMERIL AVEAddress:
2003Year:
SANTA FE AUTO SERVICEName:
867 EMERIL AVEAddress:
2000Year:
SANTA FE AUTO SERVICEName:
867 EMERIL AVEAddress:
1999Year:
SANTA FE AUTO SERVICEName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
380 ft. Site 4 of 4 in cluster C
0.072 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4229 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
North 867 EMERIL AVE N/A
C18 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015659365
TC4281472.2s Page 56
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
867 EMERIL AVEAddress:
2009Year:
SANTA FE AUTO SERVICEName:
867 EMERIL AVEAddress:
(Continued)1015659365
79 S 900 WAddress:
2012Year:
AZTECA AUTO REPAIRName:
79 S 900 WAddress:
2011Year:
AZTECA AUTO REPAIRName:
79 S 900 WAddress:
2010Year:
AZTEC AUTO REPAIRName:
79 S 900 WAddress:
2005Year:
AZTECA AUTO REPAIRName:
79 S 900 WAddress:
2004Year:
AZTEC AUTO REPAIRName:
79 S 900 WAddress:
2002Year:
AZTEC AUTO REPAIRName:
79 S 900 WAddress:
2001Year:
AZTEC AUTO REPAIRName:
79 S 900 WAddress:
2000Year:
AZTEC AUTO REPAIRName:
79 S 900 WAddress:
1999Year:
AZTEC AUTO REPAIRName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
415 ft. Site 1 of 10 in cluster D
0.079 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SSW 79 S 900 W N/A
D19 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015634162
TC4281472.2s Page 57
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
3Closed Tanks:
3Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
PROVO, UT 84605Owner City,St,Zip:
PO BOX 50344Owner Address:
CALDER BROS CO INCOwner Name:
4000119Facility ID:
UST:
Hong Lei TaoProject Manager:
PROVO, UT 84605Owner City,St,Zip:
84605Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
PROVOOwner City:
PO BOX 50344Owner Address:
CALDER BROS CO INCOwner Name:
03/24/1992Notification Date:
01/12/2011Closed Date:
HLLRelease Id:
4000119Facility ID:
LUST:
415 ft. Site 2 of 10 in cluster D
0.079 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84124
SSW UT UST79 S 900 W N/A
D20 UT LUSTCALDER BROS. CO, INC.U003150674
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRINGType:
1971Year:
FLASH GORDON TRANSMISSION AUTO REPAIRSName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
423 ft. Site 1 of 3 in cluster E
0.080 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4230 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
ENE 1 N 8TH WEST ST N/A
E21 EDR US Hist Auto StatFLASH GORDON TRANSMISSION AUTO REPAIRS 1014171522
920 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2003Year:
AUTO COName:
920 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2002Year:
AUTOCOName:
920 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2001Year:
AUTOCOName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
431 ft.
0.082 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4229 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
WNW 920 W SOUTH TEMPLE N/A
22 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015675348
TC4281472.2s Page 58
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
920 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2012Year:
AUTOCOName:
920 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2011Year:
AUTOCOName:
920 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2010Year:
AUTO COName:
920 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2009Year:
AUTOCOName:
920 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2008Year:
AUTOCOName:
920 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2007Year:
AUTOCOName:
920 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2006Year:
AUTOCOName:
(Continued)1015675348
2Closed Tanks:
2Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SANDY, UT 84070Owner City,St,Zip:
171 E SHELLEY LOUISE DRIVEOwner Address:
TIGER INVESTMENT LCOwner Name:
4001968Facility ID:
UST:
[Robin Jenkins]Project Manager:
SANDY, UT 84070Owner City,St,Zip:
84070Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SANDYOwner City:
171 E SHELLEY LOUISE DRIVEOwner Address:
TIGER INVESTMENT LCOwner Name:
12/01/1993Notification Date:
05/09/1995Closed Date:
IJLRelease Id:
4001968Facility ID:
LUST:
444 ft. Site 1 of 8 in cluster F
0.084 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4239 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
ESE UT UST50 S 800 W N/A
F23 UT LUSTBULLOUGH INSULATION (FORMER)U003149931
TC4281472.2s Page 59
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
LAUNDRIES-SELF SERVEType:
1971Year:
MELS LAUNDROMATName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
461 ft. Site 2 of 8 in cluster F
0.087 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4239 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SE 56 S 8TH WEST ST N/A
F24 EDR US Hist CleanersMELS LAUNDROMAT 1014143160
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1965Year:
EXCELLENT CLNSName:
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1961Year:
EXCELLENT CLEANERSName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
477 ft. Site 3 of 10 in cluster D
0.090 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SSW 880 W 1ST N N/A
D25 EDR US Hist CleanersEXCELLENT CLNS 1014158167
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1971Year:
EXCELLENT CLEANEISName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
477 ft. Site 4 of 10 in cluster D
0.090 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
SSW 880 W 1ST NORTH ST N/A
D26 EDR US Hist CleanersEXCELLENT CLEANEIS 1014146896
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1971Year:
VOGUE COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL SUPPLY INCName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
522 ft. Site 5 of 10 in cluster D
0.099 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101
SSW 906 S 1ST WEST ST N/A
D27 EDR US Hist CleanersVOGUE COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL SUPPLY INC 1014152821
TC4281472.2s Page 60
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
LAUNDRIESType:
1961Year:
VOGUE CLQ & SHIRT LNDRYName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
522 ft. Site 6 of 10 in cluster D
0.099 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SSW 906 S 1ST W N/A
D28 EDR US Hist CleanersVOGUE CLQ & SHIRT LNDRY 1014159534
CLEANERS, DYERS AND PRESSERSType:
1926Year:
CHICAGO CLNG COName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
522 ft. Site 7 of 10 in cluster D
0.099 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SSW 902 S 1ST W N/A
D29 EDR US Hist CleanersCHICAGO CLNG CO 1014144532
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1946Year:
PARAMOUNT CLNRS & DYERSName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
522 ft. Site 8 of 10 in cluster D
0.099 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SSW 902 S 1ST WEST ST N/A
D30 EDR US Hist CleanersPARAMOUNT CLNRS & DYERS 1014156622
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRINGType:
1971Year:
MADSEN BOYD GARAGE AUTO REPAIRName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
524 ft. Site 2 of 3 in cluster E
0.099 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4229 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
ENE 10 N 8TH WEST ST N/A
E31 EDR US Hist Auto StatMADSEN BOYD GARAGE AUTO REPAIR 1014181700
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRERSType:
1931Year:
REAR SUGDEN WILLARD L AUTO REPRName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
548 ft. Site 3 of 8 in cluster F
0.104 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4240 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
ESE 47 S 8TH WEST ST N/A
F32 EDR US Hist Auto StatSUGDEN W L AUTO REPR 1014173046
TC4281472.2s Page 61
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRINGType:
1936Year:
SUGDEN W L AUTO REPRName:
SUGDEN W L AUTO REPR (Continued) 1014173046
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1971Year:
BRUCE HUSKEYName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
580 ft. Site 4 of 8 in cluster F
0.110 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4241 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SE 79 S 8TH WEST ST N/A
F33 EDR US Hist Auto StatBRUCE HUSKEY 1014160764
2006Year:
ALEX AUTO SHOPName:
947 FOLSOM AVEAddress:
2004Year:
ALEX AUTO SHOPName:
947 FOLSOM AVEAddress:
2003Year:
ALEX AUTO SHOPName:
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRINGType:
1985Year:
FLOYDS AUTOMOTIVE AUTO REPRName:
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRINGType:
1976Year:
FLOYDS AUTOMOTIVE AUTO REPRName:
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRINGType:
1971Year:
FLOYDS AUTOMOTIVE AUTO REPRName:
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRINGType:
1965Year:
FLOYDS AUTOMOTIVE REPRName:
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRINGType:
1961Year:
FLOYDS ANTOMOTIVE REPAIRINGName:
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRINGType:
1951Year:
SMETHURST LEONARD S AUTO REPRName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
604 ft. Site 1 of 2 in cluster G
0.114 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4231 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
WSW 947 FOLSOM AVE N/A
G34 EDR US Hist Auto StatSMETHURST LEONARD S AUTO REPR 1014180845
TC4281472.2s Page 62
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
947 FOLSOM AVEAddress:
SMETHURST LEONARD S AUTO REPR (Continued) 1014180845
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1961Year:
ALLEN CINSName:
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1956Year:
ALLEN CLEANERSName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
609 ft. Site 9 of 10 in cluster D
0.115 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SSW 909 S 1ST W N/A
D35 EDR US Hist CleanersALLEN CLEANERS 1014146335
CARPET AND RUG CLEANERSType:
1956Year:
HANSEN HOME CLEANING RUGName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
609 ft. Site 10 of 10 in cluster D
0.115 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SSW 911 S 1ST W N/A
D36 EDR US Hist CleanersHANSEN HOME CLEANING RUG 1014149520
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1976Year:
ALOHA CLEANERSName:
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1971Year:
ALOHA CLEANERSName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
612 ft. Site 1 of 3 in cluster H
0.116 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4241 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SE 802 W 1ST SOUTH ST N/A
H37 EDR US Hist CleanersALOHA CLEANERS 1014150861
777 WEST SOUTH TEMPLEFacility address:
PROGRESSIVE PLATING INC.Facility name:
04/28/1999Date form received by agency:
RCRA-CESQG:
619 ft. Site 3 of 3 in cluster E
0.117 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4229 ft.
< 1/8 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
ENE 777 WEST SOUTH TEMPLE UTR000004937
E38 RCRA-CESQGPROGRESSIVE PLATING INC.1004789024
TC4281472.2s Page 63
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
F006. Waste code:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
Not reportedOwner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
Not reportedOwner/operator country:
WEST VALLEY CITY, UT 84119
2113 THERESA COVEOwner/operator address:
JASON BROSCHINSKYOwner/operator name:
Owner/Operator Summary:
hazardous waste
the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, of acutely
any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from
time: 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste; or 100 kg or less of
hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulates at any
from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, of acutely
of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting
land or water, of acutely hazardous waste; or generates 100 kg or less
other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any
waste; or 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or
month, and accumulates at any time: 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous
or generates 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste per calendar
month, and accumulates 1000 kg or less of hazardous waste at any time;
Handler: generates 100 kg or less of hazardous waste per calendarDescription:
Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
08EPA Region:
Not reportedContact email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
777 WEST SOUTH TEMPLEContact address:
JASON BROSCHINSKYContact:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
WEST SOUTH TEMPLEMailing address:
UTR000004937EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
PROGRESSIVE PLATING INC. (Continued) 1004789024
TC4281472.2s Page 64
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
No violations foundViolation Status:
ALUMINUM.
PLATING ON CARBON STEEL; AND (6) CHEMICAL ETCHING AND MILLING OF
STEEL; (5) CLEANING/STRIPPING ASSOCIATED WITH TIN, ZINC, AND ALUMINUM
ON CARBON STEEL; (4) ALUMINUM OR ZINC-ALUMINUM PLATING ON CARBON
(2) TIN PLATING ON CARBON STEEL; (3) ZINC PLATING (SEGREGATED BASIS)
FROM THE FOLLOWING PROCESSES: (1) SULFURIC ACID ANODIZING OF ALUMINUM;
WASTEWATER TREATMENT SLUDGES FROM ELECTROPLATING OPERATIONS, EXCEPT. Waste name:
PROGRESSIVE PLATING INC. (Continued) 1004789024
955 FOLSOM AVEAddress:
2009Year:
JA FAMILY AUTO SERVICEName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
664 ft. Site 2 of 2 in cluster G
0.126 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4230 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
WSW 955 FOLSOM AVE N/A
G39 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015683702
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1965Year:
HICKEYS PHILLIPS 66 SERVICE STATION GAS STAName:
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1961Year:
PALMER PHILLIPS 66 SERV STAName:
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1956Year:
PALMER PHILLIPPS 66 SERVICE STATIONName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
680 ft. Site 5 of 8 in cluster F
0.129 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4242 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SE 776 E 1ST S N/A
F40 EDR US Hist Auto StatHICKEYS PHILLIPS 66 SERVICE STATION GAS STA 1014176498
GASOLINE AND OIL SERVICE STATIONSType:
1941Year:
TEXAS CO SER STAName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
680 ft. Site 6 of 8 in cluster F
0.129 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4242 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SE 776 E 1ST SOUTH ST N/A
F41 EDR US Hist Auto StatTEXAS CO SER STA 1014187548
TC4281472.2s Page 65
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
2Closed Tanks:
2Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101Owner City,St,Zip:
663 S 600 WOwner Address:
JEREMY STREET LLCOwner Name:
4001850Facility ID:
UST:
USTProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101Owner City,St,Zip:
84101Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
663 S 600 WOwner Address:
JEREMY STREET LLCOwner Name:
04/09/2013Notification Date:
04/10/2013Closed Date:
NAKRelease Id:
4001850Facility ID:
LUST:
683 ft.
0.129 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4239 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
South UT UST123 S JEREMY ST ( 840 W ) N/A
42 UT LUSTJEREMY STREET LLC U000813267
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1951Year:
UNITED OIL CO GAS STAName:
AUTOMOBILE GARAGESType:
1926Year:
EAST SIDE GARAGEName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
697 ft. Site 7 of 8 in cluster F
0.132 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4242 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SE 774 E 1ST S N/A
F43 EDR US Hist Auto StatEAST SIDE GARAGE 1014175931
GASOLINE AND OIL SERVICE STATIONSType:
1946Year:
PETERSEN REED B FILL STAName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
697 ft. Site 8 of 8 in cluster F
0.132 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4242 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SE 774 E 1ST SOUTH ST N/A
F44 EDR US Hist Auto StatPETERSEN REED B FILL STA 1014182188
TC4281472.2s Page 66
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
LAUNDRY SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT DEALERSType:
1985Year:
MARSHON LAUNDRY SUPPLIESName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
708 ft. Site 2 of 3 in cluster H
0.134 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4241 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SSE 132 S 800 WEST ST N/A
H45 EDR US Hist CleanersMARSHON LAUNDRY SUPPLIES 1014143009
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1965Year:
FAIRWAY CONOCO GAS SERVICE GAS STAName:
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1961Year:
GARYS CONOCO SERV GAS STAName:
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1956Year:
WILFS CONOCO SERV GAS STAName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
730 ft. Site 1 of 8 in cluster I
0.138 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
North 875 N TEMPLE WEST N/A
I46 EDR US Hist Auto StatWILFS CONOCO SERV GAS STA 1014175923
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Handler: Non-Generators do not presently generate hazardous wasteDescription:
Non-GeneratorClassification:
Facility is not located on Indian land. Additional information is not known.Land type:
08EPA Region:
Not reportedContact email:
Not reportedContact telephone:
USContact country:
Not reported
Not reportedContact address:
Not reportedContact:
UTD117512152EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
940 WEST 100 SOUTHFacility address:
TABCOFacility name:
01/01/1980Date form received by agency:
RCRA NonGen / NLR:
730 ft.
0.138 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4234 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SW 940 WEST 100 SOUTH UTD117512152
47 RCRA NonGen / NLRTABCO 1010335630
TC4281472.2s Page 67
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
01/14/1988Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONEvaluation:
01/14/1988Evaluation date:
Evaluation Action Summary:
No violations foundViolation Status:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
TABCO (Continued)1010335630
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1956Year:
SANITARY CLEANERSName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
735 ft. Site 2 of 8 in cluster I
0.139 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4227 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
NNW 71 N 9TH W N/A
I48 EDR US Hist CleanersSANITARY CLEANERS 1014152457
AUTOMOBILE REPAIRINGType:
1985Year:
OPOULOS AUTOMOTIVE & TOWINGName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
781 ft. Site 1 of 4 in cluster J
0.148 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4229 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
East 741 SOUTH TEMPLE ST W N/A
J49 EDR US Hist Auto StatOPOULOS AUTOMOTIVE & TOWING 1014191365
TC4281472.2s Page 68
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
1Closed Tanks:
1Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84119Owner City,St,Zip:
480 N 2200 W BLDG BOwner Address:
UTAH DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATIONOwner Name:
4001593Facility ID:
UST:
Hong Lei TaoProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84119Owner City,St,Zip:
84119Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
480 N 2200 W BLDG BOwner Address:
UTAH DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATIONOwner Name:
11/21/1997Notification Date:
08/30/2007Closed Date:
KHIRelease Id:
4001593Facility ID:
LUST:
786 ft. Site 3 of 3 in cluster H
0.149 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4242 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SE UT UST710 W 100 S N/A
H50 UT LUSTCITY CAB CO.U003149941
741 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2007Year:
A 1 AUTO REPAIRName:
741 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
2000Year:
A 1 AUTO REPAIRName:
741 W SOUTH TEMPLEAddress:
1999Year:
A 1 AUTO REPAIRName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
798 ft. Site 2 of 4 in cluster J
0.151 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
ENE 741 W SOUTH TEMPLE N/A
J51 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015622468
01/24/1995Notification Date:
11/20/2013Closed Date:
IUTRelease Id:
4001899Facility ID:
LUST:
864 ft. Site 3 of 8 in cluster I
0.164 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
North UT UST875 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
I52 UT LUSTDAVID EARLY #5 U003150371
TC4281472.2s Page 69
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
4Closed Tanks:
4Total Tanks:
Not reportedOwner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84145Owner City,St,Zip:
P O BOX 45340Owner Address:
DAVID EARLY TIRE INCOwner Name:
4001899Facility ID:
UST:
Melissa TurchiProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84145Owner City,St,Zip:
84145Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
P O BOX 45340Owner Address:
DAVID EARLY TIRE INCOwner Name:
DAVID EARLY #5 (Continued)U003150371
BLOOMINGDALE, IL 60108
LAKE STREETOwner/operator address:
BFS RETAIL & COMMERCIAL OPERATIONSOwner/operator name:
04/14/2008Owner/Op end date:
01/01/1985Owner/Op start date:
OperatorOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
Not reportedOwner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84106
1612 EAST 3300 SOUTHOwner/operator address:
DAVID EARLYOwner/operator name:
Owner/Operator Summary:
Handler: Non-Generators do not presently generate hazardous wasteDescription:
Non-GeneratorClassification:
Facility is not located on Indian land. Additional information is not known.Land type:
08EPA Region:
Not reportedContact email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NORTH TEMPLEContact address:
JAMES BROADHEADContact:
BLOOMINGDALE, IL 60108
LAKE STEETMailing address:
UTD988070140EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
875 WEST NORTH TEMPLEFacility address:
FIRESTONE COMPLETE AUTO CARESite name:
DAVID EARLY TIREFacility name:
02/18/2010Date form received by agency:
RCRA NonGen / NLR:
864 ft. Site 4 of 8 in cluster I
0.164 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
North FINDS875 WEST NORTH TEMPLE UTD988070140
I53 RCRA NonGen / NLRDAVID EARLY TIRE 1000472450
TC4281472.2s Page 70
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
DAVID EARLY TIRESite name:
04/14/2008Date form received by agency:
Historical Generators:
BENZENE. Waste name:
D018. Waste code:
LEAD. Waste name:
D008. Waste code:
IGNITABLE WASTE. Waste name:
D001. Waste code:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
08/04/2008Owner/Op start date:
OperatorOwner/Operator Type:
StateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NORTH TEMPLEOwner/operator address:
FIRESTONE COMPLETE AUTO CAREOwner/operator name:
04/14/2008Owner/Op end date:
01/01/1985Owner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
Not reportedOwner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84106
1612 EAST 3300 SOUTHOwner/operator address:
DAVID EARLYOwner/operator name:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
08/04/2008Owner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
DAVID EARLY TIRE (Continued)1000472450
TC4281472.2s Page 71
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
corrective action activities required under RCRA.
program staff to track the notification, permit, compliance, and
and treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste. RCRAInfo allows RCRA
events and activities related to facilities that generate, transport,
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) program through the tracking of
RCRAInfo is a national information system that supports the Resource
Environmental Interest/Information System
110009507961Registry ID:
FINDS:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE ASSISTANCE VISITEvaluation:
04/14/2008Evaluation date:
Evaluation Action Summary:
No violations foundViolation Status:
BENZENE. Waste name:
D018. Waste code:
LEAD. Waste name:
D008. Waste code:
IGNITABLE WASTE. Waste name:
D001. Waste code:
Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
DAVID EARLY TIRESite name:
11/12/1992Date form received by agency:
Not a generator, verifiedClassification:
DAVID EARLY TIRE (Continued)1000472450
875 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2004Year:
DAVID EARLY TIRE & SERVICE CTRName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
864 ft. Site 5 of 8 in cluster I
0.164 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
North 875 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
I54 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015661053
TC4281472.2s Page 72
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
CHEVRON USA 72184 RONALD KINYON CHEVRONSite name:
04/30/1991Date form received by agency:
Historical Generators:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
Not reportedOwner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
Not reportedOwner/operator country:
SEATTLE, WA 98111
PO BOX 220Owner/operator address:
CHEVRON USAOwner/operator name:
Owner/Operator Summary:
Handler: Non-Generators do not presently generate hazardous wasteDescription:
Non-GeneratorClassification:
PrivateLand type:
08EPA Region:
Not reportedContact email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
880 WEST NORTH TEMPLEContact address:
RONALD KINYONContact:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
WEST NORTH TEMPLEMailing address:
UTD988071205EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
880 WEST NORTH TEMPLEFacility address:
CHEVRON USA 72184 RONALD KINYON CHEVRONFacility name:
08/18/2009Date form received by agency:
RCRA NonGen / NLR:
883 ft. Site 6 of 8 in cluster I
0.167 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
North FINDS880 WEST NORTH TEMPLE UTD988071205
I55 RCRA NonGen / NLRCHEVRON USA 72184 RONALD KINYON CHEVRON 1000657257
TC4281472.2s Page 73
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
corrective action activities required under RCRA.
program staff to track the notification, permit, compliance, and
and treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste. RCRAInfo allows RCRA
events and activities related to facilities that generate, transport,
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) program through the tracking of
RCRAInfo is a national information system that supports the Resource
of the Clean Air Act.
redesign to support facility operating permits required under Title V
estimation of total national emissions. AFS is undergoing a major
to comply with regulatory programs and by EPA as an input for the
AFS data are utilized by states to prepare State Implementation Plans
used to track emissions and compliance data from industrial plants.
information concerning airborne pollution in the United States. AFS is
Aerometric Data (SAROAD). AIRS is the national repository for
National Emission Data System (NEDS), and the Storage and Retrieval of
Subsystem) replaces the former Compliance Data System (CDS), the
AFS (Aerometric Information Retrieval System (AIRS) Facility
Environmental Interest/Information System
110009508050Registry ID:
FINDS:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE ASSISTANCE VISITEvaluation:
07/29/2009Evaluation date:
Evaluation Action Summary:
No violations foundViolation Status:
BENZENE. Waste name:
D018. Waste code:
LEAD. Waste name:
D008. Waste code:
CORROSIVE WASTE. Waste name:
D002. Waste code:
IGNITABLE WASTE. Waste name:
D001. Waste code:
Not Defined. Waste name:
D000. Waste code:
CHEVRON USA 72184 RONALD KINYON CHEVRON (Continued) 1000657257
TC4281472.2s Page 74
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1965Year:
JACKS SERV GAS STAName:
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1961Year:
JACKS SERVICE GAS STAName:
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1956Year:
CHIPMAN SERV GAS STAName:
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1951Year:
CHIPMAN FILLING STAName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
893 ft. Site 1 of 6 in cluster K
0.169 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4227 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
NNW 905 N TEMPLE WEST N/A
K56 EDR US Hist Auto StatCHIPMAN FILLING STA 1014165742
5Closed Tanks:
5Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115Owner City,St,Zip:
1800 S 300 WOwner Address:
CLEARWATER CARTAGE INCOwner Name:
4000179Facility ID:
UST:
[Dale Urban]Project Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115Owner City,St,Zip:
84115Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
1800 S 300 WOwner Address:
CLEARWATER CARTAGE INCOwner Name:
10/18/1993Notification Date:
07/17/2002Closed Date:
IHVRelease Id:
4000179Facility ID:
LUST:
898 ft. Site 3 of 4 in cluster J
0.170 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
ENE UT UST738 W SOUTH TEMPLE N/A
J57 UT LUSTCARTOW U003149868
TC4281472.2s Page 75
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not a generator, verifiedClassification:
CLEARWATER TRUCKINGSite name:
03/17/1983Date form received by agency:
Historical Generators:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
Not reportedOwner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
Not reportedOwner/operator country:
DATA NOT REQUESTED, UT 99999
DATA NOT REQUESTEDOwner/operator address:
STEVE LINDSEY AND OTHERSOwner/operator name:
Owner/Operator Summary:
Handler: Non-Generators do not presently generate hazardous wasteDescription:
Non-GeneratorClassification:
Facility is not located on Indian land. Additional information is not known.Land type:
08EPA Region:
Not reportedContact email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84110
P O BOX 87Contact address:
STEPHEN LINDSEYContact:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84110
P O BOX 87Mailing address:
UTD980804454EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
738 W S TEMPLEFacility address:
CLEARWATER TRUCKINGFacility name:
02/22/2007Date form received by agency:
RCRA NonGen / NLR:
898 ft. Site 4 of 4 in cluster J
0.170 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
ENE 738 W S TEMPLE UTD980804454
J58 RCRA NonGen / NLRCLEARWATER TRUCKING 1010335763
TC4281472.2s Page 76
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
02/01/1985Evaluation date:
Evaluation Action Summary:
No violations foundViolation Status:
CORROSIVE WASTE. Waste name:
D002. Waste code:
CLEARWATER TRUCKING (Continued) 1010335763
4Closed Tanks:
4Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84117Owner City,St,Zip:
4968 S SPRING RUN DROwner Address:
RASSOUL & BAHMAN BEN DADGARIOwner Name:
4000251Facility ID:
UST:
Melissa TurchiProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84117Owner City,St,Zip:
84117Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
4968 S SPRING RUN DROwner Address:
RASSOUL & BAHMAN BEN DADGARIOwner Name:
01/03/1995Notification Date:
Not reportedClosed Date:
IUQRelease Id:
4000251Facility ID:
LUST:
920 ft. Site 7 of 8 in cluster I
0.174 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4227 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NNW UT UST905 WEST NORTH TEMPLE N/A
I59 UT LUSTSMITH’S GAS & VIDEO U003150453
905 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2008Year:
MOTIS AUTO PERFORMANCE INCName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
920 ft. Site 8 of 8 in cluster I
0.174 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4227 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NNW 905 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
I60 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015669832
TC4281472.2s Page 77
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1965Year:
STARK GLENN AM SERV GAS STAName:
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1961Year:
NENOW HERB SERV STA GAS STAName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
925 ft. Site 1 of 2 in cluster L
0.175 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4242 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
SSE 180 S 8TH W N/A
L61 EDR US Hist Auto StatNENOW HERB SERV STA GAS STA 1014163110
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1971Year:
CLIFFS AMERICAN OIL GAS STATIONName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
925 ft. Site 2 of 2 in cluster L
0.175 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4242 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SSE 180 S 8TH WEST ST N/A
L62 EDR US Hist Auto StatCLIFFS AMERICAN OIL GAS STATION 1014165798
LAUNDRIESType:
1941Year:
STAR LAUNDRYName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
941 ft.
0.178 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4240 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
South 151 W 9TH SOUTH ST N/A
63 EDR US Hist CleanersSTAR LAUNDRY 1014148123
CENTURY LAUNDRYName:
910 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2006Year:
CENTURY LAUNDRYName:
910 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2005Year:
CENTURY CLEANING BARNName:
910 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2003Year:
CENTURY LAUNDRYName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
952 ft. Site 2 of 6 in cluster K
0.180 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4227 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NNW 910 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
K64 EDR US Hist Cleaners 1015105261
TC4281472.2s Page 78
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
910 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2012Year:
CENTURY CLEANING BARNName:
910 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2011Year:
CENTURY CLEANING BARNName:
910 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2010Year:
CENTURY LAUNDRYName:
910 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2009Year:
CENTURY LAUNDRYName:
910 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2009Year:
CENTURY CLEANING BARNName:
910 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2007Year:
(Continued)1015105261
Not reportedComments:
Not reportedMailing City/State/Zip:
Not reportedMailing Address:
Not reportedCoResidential?:
0# Machines:
Not reportedDate of Last Inspection:
TrueNot Regulated:
FalseOut of Business:
Not reportedDate Installed:
UT0801106Facility ID:
DRYCLEANERS:
952 ft. Site 3 of 6 in cluster K
0.180 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4227 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NNW 910 WEST NORTH TEMPLE N/A
K65 UT DRYCLEANERSCENTURY LAUNDRY S106515194
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1965Year:
NENOWS HERB SERVICE GAS STAName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
961 ft. Site 4 of 6 in cluster K
0.182 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4226 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
NW 935 N TEMPLE WEST N/A
K66 EDR US Hist Auto StatNENOWS HERB SERVICE GAS STA 1014163111
TC4281472.2s Page 79
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
25 S 1000 WAddress:
2008Year:
R Z AUTO SERVICESName:
25 S 1000 WAddress:
2007Year:
R Z AUTO SERVICESName:
25 S 1000 WAddress:
2006Year:
R Z AUTO SERVICESName:
25 S 1000 WAddress:
2005Year:
SUPREME AUTO BODY AND REPAIRName:
25 S 1000 WAddress:
2004Year:
R Z AUTO SERVICESName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
991 ft.
0.188 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4227 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
West 25 S 1000 W N/A
67 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015362282
4Closed Tanks:
4Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115Owner City,St,Zip:
2160 S STATE STOwner Address:
M KENT FOOTEOwner Name:
4001483Facility ID:
UST:
[Robin Jenkins]Project Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115Owner City,St,Zip:
84115Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
2160 S STATE STOwner Address:
M KENT FOOTEOwner Name:
08/11/1989Notification Date:
03/27/1991Closed Date:
FGLRelease Id:
4001483Facility ID:
LUST:
1088 ft. Site 5 of 6 in cluster K
0.206 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4226 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NW UT UST935 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
K68 UT LUSTM. KENT FOOTE U003150413
TC4281472.2s Page 80
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1965Year:
STAR SERVICE PETROLEUM GAS STAName:
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1961Year:
FAIRGROUND SERVICE GAS STAName:
GASOLINE STATIONSType:
1956Year:
FAIRGROUNDS FLYING A SERVICE GAS STAName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
1092 ft. Site 1 of 5 in cluster M
0.207 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4225 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
NW 955 N TEMPLE WEST N/A
M69 EDR US Hist Auto StatSTAR SERVICE PETROLEUM GAS STA 1014175922
GASOLINE AND OIL SERVICE STATIONSType:
1941Year:
QUALITY OIL CO SER STAName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
1122 ft. Site 6 of 6 in cluster K
0.213 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4226 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
NNW 980 NORTH TEMPLE ST W N/A
K70 EDR US Hist Auto StatQUALITY OIL CO SER STA 1014168247
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1965Year:
GLOBE CLNSName:
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1961Year:
GLOBE CLNSName:
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1956Year:
GLOBE CLEANERSName:
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1951Year:
SANITARY CLNS & DYERSName:
CLEANERS AND DYERSType:
1946Year:
BROWN LEE CLEANERSName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
1134 ft. Site 2 of 5 in cluster M
0.215 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4225 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
NW 963 N TEMPLE WEST N/A
M71 EDR US Hist CleanersBROWN LEE CLEANERS 1014144419
TC4281472.2s Page 81
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
5Closed Tanks:
5Total Tanks:
4Closed Tanks:
4Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
NORTH SALT LAKE, UT 84054Owner City,St,Zip:
333 W CENTER STOwner Address:
FLYING J INCOwner Name:
4000304Facility ID:
UST:
[Jim Martin]Project Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84119Owner City,St,Zip:
84119Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
1385 W 2200 SOwner Address:
Q LUBE INCOwner Name:
02/10/1994Notification Date:
02/16/1994Closed Date:
ILWRelease Id:
4000575Facility ID:
[Dale Urban]Project Manager:
NORTH SALT LAKE, UT 84054Owner City,St,Zip:
84054Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
NORTH SALT LAKEOwner City:
333 W CENTER STOwner Address:
FLYING J INCOwner Name:
07/26/1991Notification Date:
05/05/1995Closed Date:
GZORelease Id:
4000304Facility ID:
LUST:
1148 ft. Site 1 of 3 in cluster N
0.217 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NE UT UST757 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
N72 UT LUSTMINIT-LUBE #1020 U003544846
757 WEST NORTH TEMPLEContact address:
JOE MONTOYAContact:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
WEST NORTH TEMPLEMailing address:
UTD988069233EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
757 WEST NORTH TEMPLEFacility address:
MINIT-LUBE #1020Facility name:
08/06/2007Date form received by agency:
RCRA NonGen / NLR:
1148 ft. Site 2 of 3 in cluster N
0.217 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NE FINDS757 WEST NORTH TEMPLE UTD988069233
N73 RCRA NonGen / NLRMINIT-LUBE #1020 1000472385
TC4281472.2s Page 82
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
08/02/2007Evaluation date:
Evaluation Action Summary:
No violations foundViolation Status:
BENZENE. Waste name:
D018. Waste code:
LEAD. Waste name:
D008. Waste code:
Not Defined. Waste name:
D000. Waste code:
Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
MINIT-LUBE #1020Site name:
10/25/1990Date form received by agency:
Historical Generators:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
Not reportedOwner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
Not reportedOwner/operator country:
DATA NOT REQUESTED, UT 99999
DATA NOT REQUESTEDOwner/operator address:
QUAKER STATE MINIT-LUBE INCOwner/operator name:
Owner/Operator Summary:
Handler: Non-Generators do not presently generate hazardous wasteDescription:
Non-GeneratorClassification:
Facility is not located on Indian land. Additional information is not known.Land type:
08EPA Region:
Not reportedContact email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
MINIT-LUBE #1020 (Continued)1000472385
TC4281472.2s Page 83
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
corrective action activities required under RCRA.
program staff to track the notification, permit, compliance, and
and treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste. RCRAInfo allows RCRA
events and activities related to facilities that generate, transport,
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) program through the tracking of
RCRAInfo is a national information system that supports the Resource
Environmental Interest/Information System
110009507881Registry ID:
FINDS:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE ASSISTANCE VISITEvaluation:
MINIT-LUBE #1020 (Continued)1000472385
JIFFY LUBEName:
757 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2010Year:
JIFFY LUBEName:
757 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2009Year:
JIFFY LUBE INTERNATIONAL INCName:
757 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2008Year:
JIFFY LUBE INTERNATIONAL INCName:
757 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2007Year:
JIFFY LUBE INTERNATIONAL INCName:
757 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2006Year:
JIFFY LUBEName:
757 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2005Year:
JIFFY LUBEName:
757 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2003Year:
Q LUBEName:
757 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2000Year:
Q LUBEName:
EDR Historical Auto Stations:
1148 ft. Site 3 of 3 in cluster N
0.217 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NE 757 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
N74 EDR US Hist Auto Stat 1015626915
TC4281472.2s Page 84
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
757 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2012Year:
JIFFY LUBEName:
757 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2011Year:
(Continued)1015626915
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
Not reportedOwner/operator country:
DATA NOT REQUESTED, UT 99999
DATA NOT REQUESTEDOwner/operator address:
TERRY OVERMOEOwner/operator name:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
01/01/1980Owner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84110
P.O. BOX 1114Owner/operator address:
TERRY OVERMOEOwner/operator name:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
01/01/1980Owner/Op start date:
OperatorOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
955 WEST NORTH TEMPLEOwner/operator address:
RED HANGEROwner/operator name:
Owner/Operator Summary:
Handler: Non-Generators do not presently generate hazardous wasteDescription:
Non-GeneratorClassification:
08EPA Region:
[e-mail] email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84110
P.O. BOX 1114Contact address:
BRAD OVERMOEContact:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84110
P.O. BOX 1114Mailing address:
UTD056917370EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
955 WEST NORTH TEMPLEFacility address:
RED HANGER INC # 12Facility name:
06/26/2014Date form received by agency:
RCRA NonGen / NLR:
1180 ft. Site 3 of 5 in cluster M
0.223 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4226 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NW FINDS955 WEST NORTH TEMPLE UTD056917370
M75 RCRA NonGen / NLRRED HANGER INC # 12 1000116751
TC4281472.2s Page 85
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
FINDS:
No violations foundViolation Status:
SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES.
F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND
ABOVE HALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001, F004, AND
USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE
TRICHLOROETHANE; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE
ORTHO-DICHLOROBENZENE, TRICHLOROFLUOROMETHANE, AND 1,1,2,
CHLOROBENZENE, 1,1,2-TRICHLORO-1,2,2-TRIFLUOROETHANE,
METHYLENE CHLORIDE, TRICHLOROETHYLENE, 1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE,
THE FOLLOWING SPENT HALOGENATED SOLVENTS: TETRACHLOROETHYLENE,. Waste name:
F002. Waste code:
Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
RED HANGER INC # 12Site name:
10/14/1986Date form received by agency:
SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES.
F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND
ABOVE HALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001, F004, AND
USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE
TRICHLOROETHANE; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE
ORTHO-DICHLOROBENZENE, TRICHLOROFLUOROMETHANE, AND 1,1,2,
CHLOROBENZENE, 1,1,2-TRICHLORO-1,2,2-TRIFLUOROETHANE,
METHYLENE CHLORIDE, TRICHLOROETHYLENE, 1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE,
THE FOLLOWING SPENT HALOGENATED SOLVENTS: TETRACHLOROETHYLENE,. Waste name:
F002. Waste code:
Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
RED HANGER INC # 12Site name:
05/14/2009Date form received by agency:
Historical Generators:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
Not reportedOwner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
RED HANGER INC # 12 (Continued)1000116751
TC4281472.2s Page 86
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
corrective action activities required under RCRA.
program staff to track the notification, permit, compliance, and
and treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste. RCRAInfo allows RCRA
events and activities related to facilities that generate, transport,
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) program through the tracking of
RCRAInfo is a national information system that supports the Resource
Environmental Interest/Information System
110005197599Registry ID:
RED HANGER INC # 12 (Continued)1000116751
955 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2012Year:
RED HANGER CLEANERSName:
955 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2011Year:
RED HANGER CLEANERSName:
955 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2010Year:
RED HANGER CLEANERSName:
955 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2008Year:
RED HANGER CLEANERSName:
955 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2007Year:
RED HANGER CLEANERSName:
955 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2006Year:
RED HANGER CLEANERSName:
955 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2005Year:
RED HANGER CLEANERSName:
955 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2003Year:
RED HANGER CLEANERSName:
955 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2002Year:
RED HANGER CLEANERSName:
955 W NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
2001Year:
RED HANGER CLEANERS STORESName:
EDR Historical Cleaners:
1180 ft. Site 4 of 5 in cluster M
0.223 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4226 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NW 955 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
M76 EDR US Hist Cleaners 1015108483
TC4281472.2s Page 87
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Self-insuranceMechanism:
4001026Facility ID:
2Region:
UT Financial Assurance 2:
1Closed Tanks:
3Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
DALLAS, TX 75221Owner City,St,Zip:
PO BOX 711Owner Address:
7-ELEVEN INCOwner Name:
4001026Facility ID:
UST:
Mike PecorelliProject Manager:
DALLAS, TX 75221Owner City,St,Zip:
75221Owner Zip:
TXOwner State:
DALLASOwner City:
PO BOX 711Owner Address:
7-ELEVEN INCOwner Name:
07/28/1999Notification Date:
03/26/2012Closed Date:
KZRRelease Id:
4001026Facility ID:
[Shelly Quick]Project Manager:
DALLAS, TX 75221Owner City,St,Zip:
75221Owner Zip:
TXOwner State:
DALLASOwner City:
PO BOX 711Owner Address:
7-ELEVEN INCOwner Name:
02/13/1989Notification Date:
12/18/1990Closed Date:
FCSRelease Id:
4001026Facility ID:
LUST:
1198 ft. Site 5 of 5 in cluster M
0.227 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4226 ft.
1/8-1/4 UT Financial AssuranceSALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NW UT UST960 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
M77 UT LUST7-ELEVEN 1851-24573 U003150448
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
1850 W 2100 SOwner Address:
ASSOCIATED FRESH MARKETS, INC.Owner Name:
09/18/1991Notification Date:
03/17/1997Closed Date:
HCERelease Id:
4000211Facility ID:
LUST:
1218 ft. Site 1 of 2 in cluster O
0.231 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 UT Financial AssuranceSALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NNW UT UST140 NORTH 900 WEST N/A
O78 UT LUSTFRESH MARKET 2383 U003150373
TC4281472.2s Page 88
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
InsuranceMechanism:
4000211Facility ID:
2Region:
UT Financial Assurance 2:
4Closed Tanks:
6Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84119Owner City,St,Zip:
1850 W 2100 SOwner Address:
ASSOCIATED FRESH MARKETS, INC.Owner Name:
4000211Facility ID:
UST:
Mike PecorelliProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84119Owner City,St,Zip:
84119Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
1850 W 2100 SOwner Address:
ASSOCIATED FRESH MARKETS, INC.Owner Name:
05/31/2002Notification Date:
08/30/2006Closed Date:
LOIRelease Id:
4000211Facility ID:
[Dale Urban]Project Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84119Owner City,St,Zip:
84119Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
FRESH MARKET 2383 (Continued)U003150373
Self-insuranceMechanism:
4002142Facility ID:
2Region:
UT Financial Assurance 2:
0Closed Tanks:
1Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104Owner City,St,Zip:
118 S 1000 WOwner Address:
VIAWESTOwner Name:
4002142Facility ID:
UST:
1230 ft.
0.233 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4231 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SW UT Financial Assurance118 S 1000 W N/A
79 UT USTVIA WEST U003167791
TC4281472.2s Page 89
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
05/08/1997Owner/Op start date:
OperatorOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
900 WESTOwner/operator address:
RITE AID CORPORATIONOwner/operator name:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
05/08/1997Owner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
CAMP HILL, PA 17011
30 HUNTER LANEOwner/operator address:
RITE AID CORPORATIONOwner/operator name:
Owner/Operator Summary:
hazardous waste at any time
waste during any calendar month, and accumulates more than 1000 kg of
hazardous waste at any time; or generates 100 kg or less of hazardous
waste during any calendar month and accumulates less than 6000 kg of
Handler: generates more than 100 and less than 1000 kg of hazardousDescription:
Small Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
08EPA Region:
[e-mail] email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
CAMP HILL, PA 17011
30 HUNTER LANEContact address:
STEPHANIE A CAIATIContact:
CAMP HILL, PA 17011
30 HUNTER LANEMailing address:
UTR000011866EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
150 NORTH 900 WESTFacility address:
RITE AID #6137Facility name:
09/15/2014Date form received by agency:
RCRA-SQG:
1292 ft. Site 2 of 2 in cluster O
0.245 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4228 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NNW 150 NORTH 900 WEST UTR000011866
O80 RCRA-SQGRITE AID #6137 1014927833
TC4281472.2s Page 90
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
M-CRESOL. Waste name:
D024. Waste code:
SELENIUM. Waste name:
D010. Waste code:
MERCURY. Waste name:
D009. Waste code:
CHROMIUM. Waste name:
D007. Waste code:
CORROSIVE WASTE. Waste name:
D002. Waste code:
IGNITABLE WASTE. Waste name:
D001. Waste code:
Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
RITE AID #6137Site name:
11/15/2011Date form received by agency:
Historical Generators:
SALTS
NICOTINE, & SALTS (OR) PYRIDINE, 3-(1-METHYL-2-PYRROLIDINYL)-,(S)-, &. Waste name:
P075. Waste code:
SALTS, WHEN PRESENT AT CONCENTRATIONS GREATER THAN 0.3%
WHEN PRESENT AT CONCENTRATIONS GREATER THAN 0.3% (OR) WARFARIN, &
2H-1-BENZOPYRAN-2-ONE, 4-HYDROXY-3-(3-OXO-1-PHENYLBUTYL)-, & SALTS,. Waste name:
P001. Waste code:
M-CRESOL. Waste name:
D024. Waste code:
SELENIUM. Waste name:
D010. Waste code:
MERCURY. Waste name:
D009. Waste code:
CHROMIUM. Waste name:
D007. Waste code:
CORROSIVE WASTE. Waste name:
D002. Waste code:
IGNITABLE WASTE. Waste name:
D001. Waste code:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
RITE AID #6137 (Continued)1014927833
TC4281472.2s Page 91
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
No violations foundViolation Status:
SALTS
NICOTINE, & SALTS (OR) PYRIDINE, 3-(1-METHYL-2-PYRROLIDINYL)-,(S)-, &. Waste name:
P075. Waste code:
SALTS, WHEN PRESENT AT CONCENTRATIONS GREATER THAN 0.3%
WHEN PRESENT AT CONCENTRATIONS GREATER THAN 0.3% (OR) WARFARIN, &
2H-1-BENZOPYRAN-2-ONE, 4-HYDROXY-3-(3-OXO-1-PHENYLBUTYL)-, & SALTS,. Waste name:
P001. Waste code:
RITE AID #6137 (Continued)1014927833
Not reportedComments:
Not reportedMailing City/State/Zip:
Not reportedMailing Address:
Not reportedCoResidential?:
0# Machines:
Not reportedDate of Last Inspection:
TrueNot Regulated:
FalseOut of Business:
Not reportedDate Installed:
UT0801054Facility ID:
DRYCLEANERS:
1319 ft.
0.250 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4242 ft.
1/8-1/4 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SSW 906 WEST 2ND SOUTH N/A
81 UT DRYCLEANERSVOGUE CLEANING & SHIRT LAUNDRY S106515151
2Closed Tanks:
2Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
OGDEN, UT 84402Owner City,St,Zip:
P O BOX 108Owner Address:
INTERSTATE BRANDS CORPORATIONOwner Name:
4000190Facility ID:
UST:
Melissa TurchiProject Manager:
OGDEN, UT 84402Owner City,St,Zip:
84402Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
OGDENOwner City:
P O BOX 108Owner Address:
INTERSTATE BRANDS CORPORATIONOwner Name:
07/11/2005Notification Date:
06/19/2006Closed Date:
LZHRelease Id:
4000190Facility ID:
LUST:
1395 ft.
0.264 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4236 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NE UT UST708 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
82 UT LUSTWONDER HOSTESS BAKERY THRIFT SHOP U003150386
TC4281472.2s Page 92
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
2Closed Tanks:
2Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116Owner City,St,Zip:
622 W 500 NOwner Address:
SALT LAKE NEIGHBORHOOD HOUSING SERVICESOwner Name:
4002113Facility ID:
UST:
[Dale Urban]Project Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116Owner City,St,Zip:
84116Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
622 W 500 NOwner Address:
SALT LAKE NEIGHBORHOOD HOUSING SERVICESOwner Name:
04/10/2001Notification Date:
07/28/2003Closed Date:
LJJRelease Id:
4002113Facility ID:
LUST:
1540 ft.
0.292 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4232 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SW UT UST180 S 1000 W N/A
83 UT LUSTOLD GAS STATION U003150682
3Closed Tanks:
3Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84145Owner City,St,Zip:
P O BOX 45360 M/S DNR 206Owner Address:
QUESTAR REGULATED SERVICESOwner Name:
4000627Facility ID:
UST:
[Rocky Stonestreet]Project Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84145Owner City,St,Zip:
84145Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
P O BOX 45360 M/S DNR 206Owner Address:
QUESTAR REGULATED SERVICESOwner Name:
12/03/1990Notification Date:
04/18/1994Closed Date:
GKBRelease Id:
4000627Facility ID:
LUST:
1620 ft. Site 1 of 3 in cluster P
0.307 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4227 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
WSW UT UST1070 W 100 S N/A
P84 UT LUSTS.L. NORTH SERVICE STATION U003149851
TC4281472.2s Page 93
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
NFRAP-Site does not qualify for the NPL based on existing informationPriority Level:
10/02/90Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
SITE INSPECTIONAction:
Not reportedPriority Level:
10/02/90Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ARCHIVE SITEAction:
Not reportedPriority Level:
10/01/83Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
DISCOVERYAction:
Low priority for further assessmentPriority Level:
12/01/84Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENTAction:
CERCLIS-NFRAP Assessment History:
13002897.00000Person ID:
13385448.00000Contact Sequence ID:
CERCLIS-NFRAP Site Contact Details:
NFRAP-Site does not qualify for the NPL based on existing informationNon NPL Status:
Not on the NPLNPL Status:
Not a Federal FacilityFederal Facility:
0800693Site ID:
CERC-NFRAP:
1680 ft. Site 2 of 3 in cluster P
0.318 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4227 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
WSW 100 SOUTH 1078 WEST UTD980807234
P85 CERC-NFRAPMOUNTAIN FUELS SUPPLY CO.-OPERATIONS CTR 1003026130
4001638Facility ID:
UST:
[Rocky Stonestreet]Project Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101Owner City,St,Zip:
84101Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
90 SOUTH 400 WEST STE 200Owner Address:
THE BOYER COMPANYOwner Name:
11/26/1990Notification Date:
06/19/1995Closed Date:
GIXRelease Id:
4001638Facility ID:
LUST:
1681 ft.
0.318 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4224 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
WNW UT UST1055 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
86 UT LUSTGRANITE MILL IND. COMPLEX U003150418
TC4281472.2s Page 94
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
2Closed Tanks:
2Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101Owner City,St,Zip:
90 SOUTH 400 WEST STE 200Owner Address:
THE BOYER COMPANYOwner Name:
GRANITE MILL IND. COMPLEX (Continued) U003150418
Alternate Name:UTAH GAS AND COKE CO. Years of Operation: 1906-1929
Manufactured Gas Plants:
1691 ft. Site 3 of 3 in cluster P
0.320 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4227 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101
WSW 1078 W 100 SOUTH N/A
P87 EDR MGPMOUNTAIN FUELS SUPPLY CO 1008409003
2Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84140Owner City,St,Zip:
669 W 2ND SOwner Address:
EIMCO PROCESS EQUIPMENT COOwner Name:
4001428Facility ID:
UST:
[Shelly Quick]Project Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84140Owner City,St,Zip:
84140Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
669 W 2ND SOwner Address:
EIMCO PROCESS EQUIPMENT COOwner Name:
10/12/1990Notification Date:
05/11/1995Closed Date:
GHTRelease Id:
4001428Facility ID:
[Shelly Quick]Project Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84140Owner City,St,Zip:
84140Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
669 W 2ND SOwner Address:
EIMCO PROCESS EQUIPMENT COOwner Name:
09/21/1989Notification Date:
07/03/1995Closed Date:
FHIRelease Id:
4001428Facility ID:
LUST:
1883 ft.
0.357 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4231 ft.
1/4-1/2 UT NPDESSALT LAKE CITY, UT 84140
SE UT UST669 W 200 S N/A
88 UT LUSTEIMCO PROCESS EQUIPMENT CO.U003150660
TC4281472.2s Page 95
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
-111.91073Facility Site Long:
40.763483Facility Site Lat:
Not reportedDMR Cognizant Official Tele:
Not reportedDMR Cognizant Official:
Not reportedPermit Name:
CONSTRUCTIONPermit Type:
Not reportedNot Received:
0No Exposure:
Not reportedInactivated:
08/22/2015Date Coverage Expires:
08/22/2014Date Coverage Effective:
Not reportedDate Coverage Issued/Renewed:
Not reportedDate Noi Complete:
08/22/2014Date Noi Received:
$150.00Amount Paid:
08/22/2014Date Signed:
Lonnie KimbellCertification Name:
Not reportedFourth Sector:
Not reportedThird Sector:
Not reportedSecondary Sector:
Not reportedPrimary Sector:
Not reportedGroup 5:
Not reportedGroup 4:
Not reportedGroup 3:
Not reportedGroup 2:
Not reportedGroup 1:
Not reportedPrimary SIC Code:
Jordan RiverReceiving Water Body:
Salt Lake CityMuni Operating Storm Sewer System:
Not reportedFacility Site Contact Phone:
Not reportedFacility Site Contact Tile:
Not reportedFacility Site Contact Person:
801-509-1801Facility Oper Contact Phone:
Not reportedFacility Oper Contact Title:
Lonnie KimbellFacility Oper Contact Person:
MAINStatus Of Owner/Oper:
801-509-1801Facility Oper Phone #:
84119Facility Oper Zip:
UTFacility Oper State:
SALT LAKE CITYFacility Oper City:
3441 S. 2200 W. #103Facility Oper Address:
Arnell-West, Inc.Facility Oper Name:
STORMWATERNonConstruction Storm Water:
Jordan RiverState Water Body Name:
08/22/2015Expiration Date:
Not reportedIssue Date:
Not reportedFacility Contact Name:
UTR368515Permit:
NPDES:
2Closed Tanks:
EIMCO PROCESS EQUIPMENT CO. (Continued) U003150660
TC4281472.2s Page 96
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
2Closed Tanks:
2Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84130Owner City,St,Zip:
PO BOX 30810Owner Address:
UTAH TRANSIT AUTHORITYOwner Name:
4002453Facility ID:
UST:
USTProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84130Owner City,St,Zip:
84130Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
PO BOX 30810Owner Address:
UTAH TRANSIT AUTHORITYOwner Name:
02/24/2011Notification Date:
03/14/2011Closed Date:
MTHRelease Id:
4002453Facility ID:
LUST:
1895 ft. Site 1 of 2 in cluster Q
0.359 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4234 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101
ENE UT UST650 W NORTH TEMPLE N/A
Q89 UT LUSTAIRPORT TRAX 650 WEST U004179164
4/10/2002Date Closed:
FalseFederal Registered:
AST w/RP LeadSite Type:
LKERelease ID:
4002292Facility ID:
LAST:
1981 ft. Site 2 of 2 in cluster Q
0.375 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4234 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
ENE 641 WEST NORTH TEMPLE N/A
Q90 UT LASTFORMER RANCHO LANES S106560674
DERRDivision:
SuperfundPGM:
CERCLA BranchBranch:
Chad GilgenPM:
LUR Final - Environmental CovenantTitle:
03/21/2011Doc Date:
Final ReportsSub Program:
DERR-2011-008409Doc #:
UTD980667240Facility Id:
INST CONTROL:
2001 ft. Site 1 of 3 in cluster R
0.379 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
East 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE N/A
R91 UT INST CONTROLUTAH POWER AND LIGHT AMERICAN BARREL CO. S117449560
TC4281472.2s Page 97
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
POWER CO. Years of Operation: 1871-1908
Alternate Name:SALT LAKE CITY GAS CO; UTAH LIGHT AND RAILWAY CO;UNION LIGHT AND
Manufactured Gas Plants:
2001 ft. Site 2 of 3 in cluster R
0.379 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
East 600 W SOUTH TEMPLE N/A
R92 EDR MGPUTAH POWER AND LIGHT 1008409002
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Not reportedNAICS Code(s):
corrective action priority
CA075LO - CA Prioritization, Facility or area was assigned a lowAction:
19970904Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD035348325EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Not reportedNAICS Code(s):
CA077LOAction:
19970904Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD035348325EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Not reportedNAICS Code(s):
CA076LOAction:
19970904Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD035348325EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Not reportedNAICS Code(s):
considerations
corrective action work at the facility, or other, administrative
facility, the degree of risk, timing considerations, the status of
(IN). Reasons for this conclusion may be the status of, closure at the
inappropriate (NF) or (2) there is a lack of technical, information
other than (1) it appears to be technically, infeasible or
amenable to stabilization activity at the, present time for reasons
CA225NR - Stabilization Measures Evaluation, This facility is, notAction:
20000901Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD035348325EPA ID:
CORRACTS:
2033 ft.
0.385 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101
East RCRA NonGen / NLR49 SOUTH 600 WEST UTD035348325
93 CORRACTSMYERS CONTAINER CORP 1000369022
TC4281472.2s Page 98
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Not reportedNAICS Code(s):
CA006OUAction:
19990824Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD035348325EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Not reportedNAICS Code(s):
CA070NO - RFA Determination Of Need For An RFI, RFI is Not NecessaryAction:
19960916Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD035348325EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Not reportedNAICS Code(s):
Exposures Under Control has been verified
CA725YE - Current Human Exposures Under Control, Yes, Current HumanAction:
19960916Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD035348325EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Not reportedNAICS Code(s):
Migration of Contaminated Groundwater Under Control has been verified
CA750YE - Migration of Contaminated Groundwater under Control, Yes,Action:
19960916Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD035348325EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Not reportedNAICS Code(s):
CA050 - RFA CompletedAction:
19850515Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD035348325EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Not reportedNAICS Code(s):
CA100 - RFI ImpositionAction:
19850315Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD035348325EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
MYERS CONTAINER CORP (Continued) 1000369022
TC4281472.2s Page 99
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Large Quantity GeneratorClassification:
MYERS CONTAINER CORP.Site name:
02/28/1992Date form received by agency:
Large Quantity GeneratorClassification:
MYERS CONTAINER CORP. #1Site name:
02/25/1994Date form received by agency:
Historical Generators:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
Not reportedOwner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
Not reportedOwner/operator country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101
51 SOUTH 600 WESTOwner/operator address:
MR. ED EISEMOwner/operator name:
Owner/Operator Summary:
Handler: Non-Generators do not presently generate hazardous wasteDescription:
Non-GeneratorClassification:
PrivateLand type:
08EPA Region:
Not reportedContact email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101
49 SOUTH 600 WESTContact address:
JOHN MAUSSHARDTContact:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101
SOUTH 600 WESTMailing address:
UTD035348325EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101
49 SOUTH 600 WESTFacility address:
MYERS CONTAINER CORPFacility name:
02/22/2007Date form received by agency:
RCRA NonGen / NLR:
MYERS CONTAINER CORP (Continued) 1000369022
TC4281472.2s Page 100
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Igration of Contaminated Groundwater under Control, Yes, Migration ofEvent:
09/16/1996Event date:
RFA CompletedEvent:
05/15/1985Event date:
RFI ImpositionEvent:
03/15/1985Event date:
Corrective Action Summary:
THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES.
LISTED IN F001, F002, OR F004; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF
ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS
CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE(BY VOLUME) OF
2-ETHOXYETHANOL, AND 2-NITROPROPANE; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS
KETONE, CARBON DISULFIDE, ISOBUTANOL, PYRIDINE, BENZENE,
THE FOLLOWING SPENT NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS: TOLUENE, METHYL ETHYL. Waste name:
F005. Waste code:
MIXTURES.
BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT
MORE OF THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001, F002, F004, AND F005; AND STILL
SOLVENTS, AND A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR
CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE NONHALOGENATED
NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS; AND ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS
MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, ONLY THE ABOVE SPENT
ALCOHOL, CYCLOHEXANONE, AND METHANOL; ALL SPENT SOLVENT
ACETATE, ETHYL BENZENE, ETHYL ETHER, METHYL ISOBUTYL KETONE, N-BUTYL
THE FOLLOWING SPENT NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS: XYLENE, ACETONE, ETHYL. Waste name:
F003. Waste code:
SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES.
F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND
ABOVE HALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001, F004, AND
USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE
TRICHLOROETHANE; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE
ORTHO-DICHLOROBENZENE, TRICHLOROFLUOROMETHANE, AND 1,1,2,
CHLOROBENZENE, 1,1,2-TRICHLORO-1,2,2-TRIFLUOROETHANE,
METHYLENE CHLORIDE, TRICHLOROETHYLENE, 1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE,
THE FOLLOWING SPENT HALOGENATED SOLVENTS: TETRACHLOROETHYLENE,. Waste name:
F002. Waste code:
LEAD. Waste name:
D008. Waste code:
CHROMIUM. Waste name:
D007. Waste code:
CORROSIVE WASTE. Waste name:
D002. Waste code:
IGNITABLE WASTE. Waste name:
D001. Waste code:
Not a generator, verifiedClassification:
MYERS CONTAINER CORPSite name:
08/18/1980Date form received by agency:
MYERS CONTAINER CORP (Continued) 1000369022
TC4281472.2s Page 101
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
18000 Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
State Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
02/05/1992 Enforcement action date:
FINAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE ORDER Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
02/05/1993Date achieved compliance:
11/05/1991Date violation determined:
LDR - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Facility Has Received Notices of Violations:
the facility, or other administrative considerations.
risk, timing considerations, the status of corrective action work at
conclusion may be the status of closure at the facility, the degree of
there is a lack of technical information (IN). Reasons for this
it appears to be technically infeasible or inappropriate (NF) or 2-
stabilization activity at the present time for reasons other than 1-
Stabilization Measures Evaluation,This facility is not amenable toEvent:
09/01/2000Event date:
CA006OUEvent:
08/24/1999Event date:
CA077LOEvent:
09/04/1997Event date:
action priority.
CA Prioritization, Facility or area was assigned a low correctiveEvent:
09/04/1997Event date:
CA076LOEvent:
09/04/1997Event date:
RFA Determination Of Need For An RFI, RFI is Not Necessary;Event:
09/16/1996Event date:
changes at the facility.
re-evaluated when the Agency/State becomes aware of significant
reasonably expected conditions. This determination will be
expected to be under control at the facility under current and
contained in the EI determination, current human exposures are
Under Control has been verified. Based on a review of information
Current Human Exposures under Control, Yes, Current Human ExposuresEvent:
09/16/1996Event date:
significant changes at the facility.
determination will be re-evaluated when the Agency becomes aware of
remains within the existing area of contaminated groundwater. This
monitoring will be conducted to confirm that contaminated groundwater
migration of contaminated groundwater is under control, and that
at the facility. Specifically, this determination indicates that the
determined that migration of contaminated groundwater is under control
review of information contained in the EI determination, it has been
Contaminated Groundwater Under Control has been verified. Based on a
MYERS CONTAINER CORP (Continued) 1000369022
TC4281472.2s Page 102
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
State Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
09/07/1984 Enforcement action date:
WRITTEN INFORMAL Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
03/15/1985Date achieved compliance:
06/12/1984Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
State Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
09/07/1984 Enforcement action date:
INITIAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
03/15/1985Date achieved compliance:
06/12/1984Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
State Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
08/03/1990 Enforcement action date:
INITIAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
08/13/1990Date achieved compliance:
08/03/1990Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
18000 Paid penalty amount:
18000 Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
State Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
02/05/1992 Enforcement action date:
FINAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE ORDER Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
02/05/1993Date achieved compliance:
11/05/1991Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
18000 Paid penalty amount:
MYERS CONTAINER CORP (Continued) 1000369022
TC4281472.2s Page 103
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
07/03/1985Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONEvaluation:
08/28/1985Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONEvaluation:
09/20/1985Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONEvaluation:
06/01/1990Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
08/13/1990Date achieved compliance:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONEvaluation:
08/03/1990Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
02/05/1993Date achieved compliance:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
11/05/1991Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
02/05/1993Date achieved compliance:
LDR - GeneralArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
11/05/1991Evaluation date:
Evaluation Action Summary:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
3500 Final penalty amount:
3500 Proposed penalty amount:
State Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
03/15/1985 Enforcement action date:
FINAL 3008(A) COMPLIANCE ORDER Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
03/15/1985Date achieved compliance:
06/12/1984Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
MYERS CONTAINER CORP (Continued) 1000369022
TC4281472.2s Page 104
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
StateEvaluation lead agency:
03/15/1985Date achieved compliance:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
06/12/1984Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONEvaluation:
04/04/1985Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
FOCUSED COMPLIANCE INSPECTIONEvaluation:
05/06/1985Evaluation date:
MYERS CONTAINER CORP (Continued) 1000369022
Not reportedPriority Level:
06/24/88Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
DISCOVERYAction:
NFRAP-Site does not qualify for the NPL based on existing informationPriority Level:
09/23/92Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
SITE INSPECTIONAction:
Not reportedPriority Level:
09/23/92Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
ARCHIVE SITEAction:
Higher priority for further assessmentPriority Level:
04/14/89Date Completed:
/ /Date Started:
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENTAction:
CERCLIS-NFRAP Assessment History:
13002897.00000Person ID:
13385214.00000Contact Sequence ID:
CERCLIS-NFRAP Site Contact Details:
NFRAP-Site does not qualify for the NPL based on existing informationNon NPL Status:
Not on the NPLNPL Status:
Not a Federal FacilityFederal Facility:
0800005Site ID:
CERC-NFRAP:
2061 ft. Site 3 of 3 in cluster R
0.390 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4235 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
ENE 14 N. 600 W.UTD988066023
R94 CERC-NFRAPDESERET PAINT 1003877301
TC4281472.2s Page 105
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
3Closed Tanks:
3Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84145Owner City,St,Zip:
P O BOX 45360 M/S DNR 206Owner Address:
QUESTAR REGULATED SERVICESOwner Name:
4000625Facility ID:
UST:
USTProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84145Owner City,St,Zip:
84145Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
P O BOX 45360 M/S DNR 206Owner Address:
QUESTAR REGULATED SERVICESOwner Name:
07/06/2005Notification Date:
07/06/2005Closed Date:
LZDRelease Id:
4000625Facility ID:
USTProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84145Owner City,St,Zip:
84145Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
P O BOX 45360 M/S DNR 206Owner Address:
QUESTAR REGULATED SERVICESOwner Name:
09/21/2011Notification Date:
09/28/2011Closed Date:
MVORelease Id:
4000625Facility ID:
LUST:
2171 ft.
0.411 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4226 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84139
WSW UT UST1175 W 130 S N/A
95 UT LUSTQUESTAR REGULATED SERVICES - SALT LAKE OPERATIONS U000559047
Mark CrimProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84130Owner City,St,Zip:
84130Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
PO BOX 30810Owner Address:
UTAH TRANSIT AUTHORITYOwner Name:
03/21/1990Notification Date:
01/03/1996Closed Date:
FPDRelease Id:
4001132Facility ID:
LUST:
2246 ft. Site 1 of 2 in cluster S
0.425 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4233 ft.
1/4-1/2 UT Financial AssuranceSALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SE UT UST610 W 200 S N/A
S96 UT LUSTUTA - CENTRAL DIVISION U003149964
TC4281472.2s Page 106
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Self-insuranceMechanism:
4001132Facility ID:
2Region:
UT Financial Assurance 2:
8Closed Tanks:
15Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84130Owner City,St,Zip:
PO BOX 30810Owner Address:
UTAH TRANSIT AUTHORITYOwner Name:
4001132Facility ID:
UST:
Morgan AtkinsonProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84130Owner City,St,Zip:
84130Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
PO BOX 30810Owner Address:
UTAH TRANSIT AUTHORITYOwner Name:
04/04/2001Notification Date:
04/05/2010Closed Date:
LJPRelease Id:
4001132Facility ID:
Morgan AtkinsonProject Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84130Owner City,St,Zip:
84130Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
PO BOX 30810Owner Address:
UTAH TRANSIT AUTHORITYOwner Name:
12/06/2000Notification Date:
02/04/2002Closed Date:
LIERelease Id:
4001132Facility ID:
UTA - CENTRAL DIVISION (Continued) U003149964
[Evan Sullivan]Project Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104Owner City,St,Zip:
84104Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
751 W 300 SOwner Address:
MARK STEELOwner Name:
01/05/1993Notification Date:
04/26/1995Closed Date:
HYMRelease Id:
4001878Facility ID:
LUST:
2323 ft. Site 1 of 3 in cluster T
0.440 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4229 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SSE UT UST751 W 300 S N/A
T97 UT LUSTMARK STEEL U000813286
TC4281472.2s Page 107
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
3Closed Tanks:
3Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104Owner City,St,Zip:
751 W 300 SOwner Address:
MARK STEELOwner Name:
4001878Facility ID:
UST:
MARK STEEL (Continued)U000813286
Self-insuranceMechanism:
4000412Facility ID:
2Region:
UT Financial Assurance 2:
4Closed Tanks:
5Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
OREM, UT 84057Owner City,St,Zip:
730 N 1500 WOwner Address:
GENEVA ROCK PRODUCTS INCOwner Name:
4000412Facility ID:
UST:
[DeAnn Rasmussen]Project Manager:
OREM, UT 84057Owner City,St,Zip:
84057Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
OREMOwner City:
730 N 1500 WOwner Address:
GENEVA ROCK PRODUCTS INCOwner Name:
11/16/2001Notification Date:
05/19/2003Closed Date:
LLXRelease Id:
4000412Facility ID:
[Evan Sullivan]Project Manager:
OREM, UT 84057Owner City,St,Zip:
84057Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
OREMOwner City:
730 N 1500 WOwner Address:
GENEVA ROCK PRODUCTS INCOwner Name:
11/26/1990Notification Date:
12/11/1997Closed Date:
GHQRelease Id:
4000412Facility ID:
LUST:
2330 ft. Site 2 of 3 in cluster T
0.441 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4229 ft.
1/4-1/2 UT Financial AssuranceSALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SSE UT UST748 W 300 S N/A
T98 UT LUSTGENEVA ROCK PRODUCTS,INC.U003150663
TC4281472.2s Page 108
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
1Closed Tanks:
1Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84106Owner City,St,Zip:
1217 BRICKYARD RD #102Owner Address:
WILLIAM L EMMELOwner Name:
4000661Facility ID:
UST:
[Shelly Quick]Project Manager:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84106Owner City,St,Zip:
84106Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
1217 BRICKYARD RD #102Owner Address:
WILLIAM L EMMELOwner Name:
08/01/1990Notification Date:
06/05/1995Closed Date:
FYYRelease Id:
4000661Facility ID:
LUST:
2336 ft. Site 3 of 3 in cluster T
0.442 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4229 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104
SSE UT UST736 W 300 S N/A
T99 UT LUSTNOYCE TRANSFER CO U003149889
Not reportedEPA Cerclis Archive Date:
Not reportedDate Of Termination:
02/02/2007Date Of Completion:
04/29/1999Date Of Agreement:
03/22/1999Date Of Application:
COC/SMPStatus:
KRISTEN (LEIGH) ANDERSONProject Manager:
17.00Site Acreage:
VCP-C016VCP Number:
VCP:
2351 ft. Site 2 of 2 in cluster S
0.445 mi.
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4233 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT
ESE 600 WEST 200 SOUTH N/A
S100 UT VCPSALT LAKE CITY INTERMODAL HUB S105429897
19971003Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD000818211EPA ID:
CORRACTS:
2433 ft.
0.461 mi.FINDS
Relative:
Higher
Actual:
4239 ft.
1/4-1/2 ICISSALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
ENE RCRA-CESQG600 WEST NORTH TEMPLE UTD000818211
101 CORRACTSAMERICAN BARREL COMPANY 1000360561
TC4281472.2s Page 109
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
UTD000818211EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Fossil Fuel Electric Power Generation
221112NAICS Code(s):
Corrective Action at the facility or area referred to CERCLA
CA210SF - CA Responsibility Referred To A Non-RCRA Federal Authority,Action:
19960916Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD000818211EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Fossil Fuel Electric Power Generation
221112NAICS Code(s):
Migration of Contaminated Groundwater Under Control has been verified
CA750YE - Migration of Contaminated Groundwater under Control, Yes,Action:
19960916Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD000818211EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Fossil Fuel Electric Power Generation
221112NAICS Code(s):
CA076LOAction:
19960916Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD000818211EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Fossil Fuel Electric Power Generation
221112NAICS Code(s):
corrective action priority
CA075LO - CA Prioritization, Facility or area was assigned a lowAction:
19970904Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD000818211EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Fossil Fuel Electric Power Generation
221112NAICS Code(s):
considerations
corrective action work at the facility, or other, administrative
facility, the degree of risk, timing considerations, the status of
(IN). Reasons for this conclusion may be the status of, closure at the
inappropriate (NF) or (2) there is a lack of technical, information
other than (1) it appears to be technically, infeasible or
amenable to stabilization activity at the, present time for reasons
CA225NR - Stabilization Measures Evaluation, This facility is, notAction:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANY (Continued) 1000360561
TC4281472.2s Page 110
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity GeneratorClassification:
PrivateLand type:
08EPA Region:
[e-mail] email:
[phone]Contact telephone:
USContact country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84101
WEST NORTH TEMPLEContact address:
JEFF TUCKERContact:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NORTH TEMPLEMailing address:
UTD000818211EPA ID:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
600 WEST NORTH TEMPLEFacility address:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANYFacility name:
02/18/2010Date form received by agency:
RCRA-CESQG:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Fossil Fuel Electric Power Generation
221112NAICS Code(s):
CA077LOAction:
19960916Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD000818211EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
19960916Original schedule date:
Fossil Fuel Electric Power Generation
221112NAICS Code(s):
CA050 - RFA CompletedAction:
19960916Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD000818211EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Fossil Fuel Electric Power Generation
221112NAICS Code(s):
CA070NO - RFA Determination Of Need For An RFI, RFI is Not NecessaryAction:
19960916Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
UTD000818211EPA ID:
Not reportedSchedule end date:
Not reportedOriginal schedule date:
Fossil Fuel Electric Power Generation
221112NAICS Code(s):
Exposures Under Control has been verified
CA725YE - Current Human Exposures Under Control, Yes, Current HumanAction:
19960916Actual Date:
ENTIRE FACILITYArea Name:
08EPA Region:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANY (Continued) 1000360561
TC4281472.2s Page 111
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
NoUsed oil fuel burner:
NoFurnace exemption:
NoOn-site burner exemption:
NoUnderground injection activity:
NoTreater, storer or disposer of HW:
NoTransporter of hazardous waste:
NoRecycler of hazardous waste:
NoMixed waste (haz. and radioactive):
NoU.S. importer of hazardous waste:
Handler Activities Summary:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
Not reportedOwner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
Not reportedLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
Not reportedOwner/operator country:
DATA NOT REQUESTED, UT 99999
DATA NOT REQUESTEDOwner/operator address:
EISEN EDWARDOwner/operator name:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
02/15/1987Owner/Op start date:
OwnerOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NORTH TEMPLEOwner/operator address:
PACIFICORPOwner/operator name:
Not reportedOwner/Op end date:
02/15/1988Owner/Op start date:
OperatorOwner/Operator Type:
PrivateLegal status:
[phone]Owner/operator telephone:
USOwner/operator country:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NORTH TEMPLEOwner/operator address:
PACIFICORPOwner/operator name:
Owner/Operator Summary:
hazardous waste
the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, of acutely
any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting from
time: 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste; or 100 kg or less of
hazardous waste during any calendar month, and accumulates at any
from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, of acutely
of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or other debris resulting
land or water, of acutely hazardous waste; or generates 100 kg or less
other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any
waste; or 100 kg or less of any residue or contaminated soil, waste or
month, and accumulates at any time: 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous
or generates 1 kg or less of acutely hazardous waste per calendar
month, and accumulates 1000 kg or less of hazardous waste at any time;
Handler: generates 100 kg or less of hazardous waste per calendarDescription:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANY (Continued) 1000360561
TC4281472.2s Page 112
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES.
LISTED IN F001, F002, OR F004; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF
ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS
CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE(BY VOLUME) OF
2-ETHOXYETHANOL, AND 2-NITROPROPANE; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS
KETONE, CARBON DISULFIDE, ISOBUTANOL, PYRIDINE, BENZENE,
THE FOLLOWING SPENT NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS: TOLUENE, METHYL ETHYL. Waste name:
F005. Waste code:
SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES.
F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND
NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001, F002, AND
TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OFONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE
SOLVENTS; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, A
AND NITROBENZENE; AND THE STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE
THE FOLLOWING SPENT NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS: CRESOLS, CRESYLIC ACID,. Waste name:
F004. Waste code:
MIXTURES.
BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND SPENT SOLVENT
MORE OF THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001, F002, F004, AND F005; AND STILL
SOLVENTS, AND A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR
CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, ONE OR MORE OF THE ABOVE NONHALOGENATED
NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS; AND ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS
MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE USE, ONLY THE ABOVE SPENT
ALCOHOL, CYCLOHEXANONE, AND METHANOL; ALL SPENT SOLVENT
ACETATE, ETHYL BENZENE, ETHYL ETHER, METHYL ISOBUTYL KETONE, N-BUTYL
THE FOLLOWING SPENT NONHALOGENATED SOLVENTS: XYLENE, ACETONE, ETHYL. Waste name:
F003. Waste code:
SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES.
F005; AND STILL BOTTOMS FROM THE RECOVERY OF THESE SPENT SOLVENTS AND
ABOVE HALOGENATED SOLVENTS OR THOSE SOLVENTS LISTED IN F001, F004, AND
USE, A TOTAL OF TEN PERCENT OR MORE (BY VOLUME) OF ONE OR MORE OF THE
TRICHLOROETHANE; ALL SPENT SOLVENT MIXTURES/BLENDS CONTAINING, BEFORE
ORTHO-DICHLOROBENZENE, TRICHLOROFLUOROMETHANE, AND 1,1,2,
CHLOROBENZENE, 1,1,2-TRICHLORO-1,2,2-TRIFLUOROETHANE,
METHYLENE CHLORIDE, TRICHLOROETHYLENE, 1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE,
THE FOLLOWING SPENT HALOGENATED SOLVENTS: TETRACHLOROETHYLENE,. Waste name:
F002. Waste code:
Not a generator, verifiedClassification:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANYSite name:
08/18/1980Date form received by agency:
Not a generator, verifiedClassification:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANYSite name:
05/21/2007Date form received by agency:
Historical Generators:
NoUsed oil transporter:
NoUsed oil transfer facility:
NoUsed oil Specification marketer:
NoUsed oil fuel marketer to burner:
NoUser oil refiner:
NoUsed oil processor:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANY (Continued) 1000360561
TC4281472.2s Page 113
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
09/04/1997Event date:
CA076LOEvent:
09/16/1996Event date:
significant changes at the facility.
determination will be re-evaluated when the Agency becomes aware of
remains within the existing area of contaminated groundwater. This
monitoring will be conducted to confirm that contaminated groundwater
migration of contaminated groundwater is under control, and that
at the facility. Specifically, this determination indicates that the
determined that migration of contaminated groundwater is under control
review of information contained in the EI determination, it has been
Contaminated Groundwater Under Control has been verified. Based on a
Igration of Contaminated Groundwater under Control, Yes, Migration ofEvent:
09/16/1996Event date:
changes at the facility.
re-evaluated when the Agency/State becomes aware of significant
reasonably expected conditions. This determination will be
expected to be under control at the facility under current and
contained in the EI determination, current human exposures are
Under Control has been verified. Based on a review of information
Current Human Exposures under Control, Yes, Current Human ExposuresEvent:
09/16/1996Event date:
CA077LOEvent:
09/16/1996Event date:
Action at the facility or area referred to CERCLA.
CA Responsibility Referred To A Non-RCRA Federal Authority, CorrectiveEvent:
09/16/1996Event date:
RFA Determination Of Need For An RFI, RFI is Not Necessary;Event:
09/16/1996Event date:
RFA CompletedEvent:
09/16/1996Event date:
Corrective Action Summary:
BENZENE, METHYL- (OR) TOLUENE. Waste name:
U220. Waste code:
2-BUTANONE (I,T) (OR) METHYL ETHYL KETONE (MEK) (I,T). Waste name:
U159. Waste code:
ACETIC ACID, ETHYL ESTER (I) (OR) ETHYL ACETATE (I). Waste name:
U112. Waste code:
BENZENE (I,T). Waste name:
U019. Waste code:
2-PROPANONE (I) (OR) ACETONE (I). Waste name:
U002. Waste code:
SLOP OIL EMULSION SOLIDS FROM THE PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY.. Waste name:
K049. Waste code:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANY (Continued) 1000360561
TC4281472.2s Page 114
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
NON-FINANCIAL RECORD REVIEWEvaluation:
04/09/1990Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
01/08/2004Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE ASSISTANCE VISITEvaluation:
05/17/2007Evaluation date:
Evaluation Action Summary:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
Not reported Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
Not reported Enforcement action date:
Not reported Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
05/27/1987Date achieved compliance:
05/27/1986Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Not reported Paid penalty amount:
Not reported Final penalty amount:
Not reported Proposed penalty amount:
Not reported Enforcement lead agency:
Not reported Enf. disp. status date:
Not reported Enf. disposition status:
Not reported Enforcement action date:
Not reported Enforcement action:
StateViolation lead agency:
08/01/1987Date achieved compliance:
08/01/1986Date violation determined:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
Not reportedRegulation violated:
Facility Has Received Notices of Violations:
the facility, or other administrative considerations.
risk, timing considerations, the status of corrective action work at
conclusion may be the status of closure at the facility, the degree of
there is a lack of technical information (IN). Reasons for this
it appears to be technically infeasible or inappropriate (NF) or 2-
stabilization activity at the present time for reasons other than 1-
Stabilization Measures Evaluation,This facility is not amenable toEvent:
10/03/1997Event date:
action priority.
CA Prioritization, Facility or area was assigned a low correctiveEvent:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANY (Continued) 1000360561
TC4281472.2s Page 115
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Not reportedNAIC Code:
NoFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
600 WEST NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANYFacility Name:
RCRAINFO UTD000818211Program ID:
Not reportedSIC Code:
Not reportedNAIC Code:
NoFed Facility:
NTribal Indicator:
600 WEST NORTH TEMPLEAddress:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANYFacility Name:
FRS 110000619947Program ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
CERCLA 106 AO For Resp Action/Imm HazEnforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
600 WEST NORTH TEMPLEFacility Address:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANYFacility Name:
UtahState:
600 WEST NORTH TEMPLE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84116Full Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHTAction Name:
FRS 110000619947Program ID:
110000619947FRS ID:
08-1988-0066Enforcement Action ID:
8EPA Region #:
SALT LAKEFacility County:
CERCLA 106 AO For Resp Action/Imm HazEnforcement Action Type:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
600 WEST NORTH TEMPLEFacility Address:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANYFacility Name:
UtahState:
600 WEST NORTH TEMPLE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84116Full Address:
UTAH POWER & LIGHTAction Name:
RCRAINFO UTD000818211Program ID:
110000619947FRS ID:
08-1988-0066Enforcement Action ID:
ICIS:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
05/27/1987Date achieved compliance:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
05/27/1986Evaluation date:
StateEvaluation lead agency:
08/01/1987Date achieved compliance:
Generators - GeneralArea of violation:
COMPLIANCE EVALUATION INSPECTION ON-SITEEvaluation:
08/01/1986Evaluation date:
EPAEvaluation lead agency:
Not reportedDate achieved compliance:
Not reportedArea of violation:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANY (Continued) 1000360561
TC4281472.2s Page 116
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
Incident Tracking, Compliance Assistance, and Compliance Monitoring.
that support Compliance and Enforcement programs. These include;
has the capability to track other activities occurring in the Region
that information with Federal actions already in the system. ICIS also
Compliance System (PCS) which supports the NPDES and will integrate
it Headquarters. A future release of ICIS will replace the Permit
information is maintained in ICIS by EPA in the Regional offices and
Federal Administrative and Judicial enforcement actions. This
a single repository for that information. Currently, ICIS contains all
replace EPA’s independent databases that contain Enforcement data with
information across most of EPA’s programs. The vision for ICIS is to
complete, will contain integrated Enforcement and Compliance
Compliance Information System and provides a database that, when
ICIS (Integrated Compliance Information System) is the Integrated
corrective action activities required under RCRA.
program staff to track the notification, permit, compliance, and
and treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste. RCRAInfo allows RCRA
events and activities related to facilities that generate, transport,
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) program through the tracking of
RCRAInfo is a national information system that supports the Resource
Environmental Interest/Information System
110000619947Registry ID:
corrective action activities required under RCRA.
program staff to track the notification, permit, compliance, and
and treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste. RCRAInfo allows RCRA
events and activities related to facilities that generate, transport,
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) program through the tracking of
RCRAInfo is a national information system that supports the Resource
Environmental Interest/Information System
110031319927Registry ID:
FINDS:
Not reportedSIC Code:
AMERICAN BARREL COMPANY (Continued) 1000360561
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104Owner City,St,Zip:
84104Owner Zip:
UTOwner State:
SALT LAKE CITYOwner City:
1990 W 500 SOwner Address:
SALT LAKE CITY FLEET MANAGEMENTOwner Name:
03/15/1990Notification Date:
12/27/1995Closed Date:
FOZRelease Id:
4000856Facility ID:
LUST:
2477 ft.
0.469 mi.
Relative:
Lower
Actual:
4224 ft.
1/4-1/2 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84116
NNW UT UST273 N 1000 W N/A
102 UT LUSTS.L.C. FIRE DEPT. STATION #7 U003150403
TC4281472.2s Page 117
MAP FINDINGSMap ID
Direction
EDR ID NumberDistance
EPA ID NumberDatabase(s)SiteElevation
3Closed Tanks:
3Total Tanks:
[phone]Owner Phone:
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84104Owner City,St,Zip:
1990 W 500 SOwner Address:
SALT LAKE CITY FLEET MANAGEMENTOwner Name:
4000856Facility ID:
UST:
[Mike Pfeiffer]Project Manager:
S.L.C. FIRE DEPT. STATION #7 (Continued) U003150403
TC4281472.2s Page 118
ORPHAN SUMMARY
City EDR ID Site Name Site Address Zip Database(s)
Count: 6 records.
SALT LAKE CITY 1015737026 BP PRODUCTS NO. AMERICA INC. SLC,1700 NORTH 1200 WEST 84103 RCRA-TSDF, CERC-NFRAP, CORRAC
RCRA NonGen / NLR, FINDS, US FIN
ASSUR, 2020 COR ACTION
SALT LAKE CITY 1003877403 OLD SALT LAKE CITY FIRE STATION 2ND WEST 7TH SOUTH 84101 CERC-NFRAP
SALT LAKE CITY 1009463065 BULLOUGH ASBESTOS 800 WEST 50 SOUTH 84104 CERC-NFRAP
SALT LAKE CITY 1003877567 AMOCO REFINERY LEADED SLUDGE STORA 1280 N 800 W 84103 CERC-NFRAP
SALT LAKE CITY 1003877829 STANDARD SMELTING AND REFINING COM CORNER OF DUPONT AVE. AND CARO 84116 CERC-NFRAP
SALT LAKE CITY 1003877825 JENNINGS AND PASCOE SMELTER STATE RD 89 (BECK STREET) & 80 84116 CERC-NFRAP, LEAD SMELTERS
TC4281472.2s Page 119
To maintain currency of the following federal and state databases, EDR contacts the appropriate governmental agency
on a monthly or quarterly basis, as required.
Number of Days to Update:Provides confirmation that EDR is reporting records that have been updated within 90 days
from the date the government agency made the information available to the public.
STANDARD ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS
Federal NPL site list
NPL: National Priority List
National Priorities List (Superfund). The NPL is a subset of CERCLIS and identifies over 1,200 sites for priority
cleanup under the Superfund Program. NPL sites may encompass relatively large areas. As such, EDR provides polygon
coverage for over 1,000 NPL site boundaries produced by EPA’s Environmental Photographic Interpretation Center
(EPIC) and regional EPA offices.
Date of Government Version: 12/16/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/08/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/09/2015
Number of Days to Update: 32
Source: EPA
Telephone: N/A
Last EDR Contact: 04/08/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/20/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
NPL Site Boundaries
Sources:
EPA’s Environmental Photographic Interpretation Center (EPIC)
Telephone: [phone]
EPA Region 1 EPA Region 6
Telephone [phone] Telephone: [phone]
EPA Region 3 EPA Region 7
Telephone [phone] Telephone: [phone]
EPA Region 4 EPA Region 8
Telephone [phone] Telephone: [phone]
EPA Region 5 EPA Region 9
Telephone [phone] Telephone: [phone]
EPA Region 10
Telephone [phone]
Proposed NPL: Proposed National Priority List Sites
A site that has been proposed for listing on the National Priorities List through the issuance of a proposed rule
in the Federal Register. EPA then accepts public comments on the site, responds to the comments, and places on
the NPL those sites that continue to meet the requirements for listing.
Date of Government Version: 12/16/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/08/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/09/2015
Number of Days to Update: 32
Source: EPA
Telephone: N/A
Last EDR Contact: 04/08/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/20/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
NPL LIENS: Federal Superfund Liens
Federal Superfund Liens. Under the authority granted the USEPA by CERCLA of 1980, the USEPA has the authority
to file liens against real property in order to recover remedial action expenditures or when the property owner
received notification of potential liability. USEPA compiles a listing of filed notices of Superfund Liens.
Date of Government Version: 10/15/1991
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/02/1994
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/30/1994
Number of Days to Update: 56
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 08/15/2011
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 11/28/2011
Data Release Frequency: No Update Planned
TC4281472.2s Page GR-1
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
Federal Delisted NPL site list
DELISTED NPL: National Priority List Deletions
The National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP) establishes the criteria that the
EPA uses to delete sites from the NPL. In accordance with 40 CFR 300.425.(e), sites may be deleted from the
NPL where no further response is appropriate.
Date of Government Version: 12/16/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/08/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/09/2015
Number of Days to Update: 32
Source: EPA
Telephone: N/A
Last EDR Contact: 04/08/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/20/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
Federal CERCLIS list
CERCLIS: Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System
CERCLIS contains data on potentially hazardous waste sites that have been reported to the USEPA by states, municipalities,
private companies and private persons, pursuant to Section 103 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act (CERCLA). CERCLIS contains sites which are either proposed to or on the National Priorities
List (NPL) and sites which are in the screening and assessment phase for possible inclusion on the NPL.
Date of Government Version: 10/25/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 11/11/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/13/2014
Number of Days to Update: 94
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/02/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/08/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
FEDERAL FACILITY: Federal Facility Site Information listing
A listing of National Priority List (NPL) and Base Realignment and Closure (BRAC) sites found in the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System (CERCLIS) Database where EPA Federal Facilities
Restoration and Reuse Office is involved in cleanup activities.
Date of Government Version: 07/21/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 10/07/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 10/20/2014
Number of Days to Update: 13
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/08/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/20/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
Federal CERCLIS NFRAP site List
CERCLIS-NFRAP: CERCLIS No Further Remedial Action Planned
Archived sites are sites that have been removed and archived from the inventory of CERCLIS sites. Archived status
indicates that, to the best of EPA’s knowledge, assessment at a site has been completed and that EPA has determined
no further steps will be taken to list this site on the National Priorities List (NPL), unless information indicates
this decision was not appropriate or other considerations require a recommendation for listing at a later time.
This decision does not necessarily mean that there is no hazard associated with a given site; it only means that,
based upon available information, the location is not judged to be a potential NPL site.
Date of Government Version: 10/25/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 11/11/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/13/2014
Number of Days to Update: 94
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/02/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/08/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
Federal RCRA CORRACTS facilities list
CORRACTS: Corrective Action Report
CORRACTS identifies hazardous waste handlers with RCRA corrective action activity.
TC4281472.2s Page GR-2
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
Date of Government Version: 12/09/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/29/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 31
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/31/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
Federal RCRA non-CORRACTS TSD facilities list
RCRA-TSDF: RCRA - Treatment, Storage and Disposal
RCRAInfo is EPA’s comprehensive information system, providing access to data supporting the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984. The database
includes selective information on sites which generate, transport, store, treat and/or dispose of hazardous waste
as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Transporters are individuals or entities that
move hazardous waste from the generator offsite to a facility that can recycle, treat, store, or dispose of the
waste. TSDFs treat, store, or dispose of the waste.
Date of Government Version: 12/09/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/29/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 31
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/31/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
Federal RCRA generators list
RCRA-LQG: RCRA - Large Quantity Generators
RCRAInfo is EPA’s comprehensive information system, providing access to data supporting the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984. The database
includes selective information on sites which generate, transport, store, treat and/or dispose of hazardous waste
as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Large quantity generators (LQGs) generate
over 1,000 kilograms (kg) of hazardous waste, or over 1 kg of acutely hazardous waste per month.
Date of Government Version: 12/09/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/29/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 31
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/31/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
RCRA-SQG: RCRA - Small Quantity Generators
RCRAInfo is EPA’s comprehensive information system, providing access to data supporting the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984. The database
includes selective information on sites which generate, transport, store, treat and/or dispose of hazardous waste
as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Small quantity generators (SQGs) generate
between 100 kg and 1,000 kg of hazardous waste per month.
Date of Government Version: 12/09/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/29/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 31
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/31/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
RCRA-CESQG: RCRA - Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity Generators
RCRAInfo is EPA’s comprehensive information system, providing access to data supporting the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984. The database
includes selective information on sites which generate, transport, store, treat and/or dispose of hazardous waste
as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Conditionally exempt small quantity generators
(CESQGs) generate less than 100 kg of hazardous waste, or less than 1 kg of acutely hazardous waste per month.
Date of Government Version: 12/09/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/29/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 31
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/31/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
TC4281472.2s Page GR-3
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
Federal institutional controls / engineering controls registries
US ENG CONTROLS: Engineering Controls Sites List
A listing of sites with engineering controls in place. Engineering controls include various forms of caps, building
foundations, liners, and treatment methods to create pathway elimination for regulated substances to enter environmental
media or effect human health.
Date of Government Version: 09/18/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 09/19/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 10/20/2014
Number of Days to Update: 31
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/26/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/15/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
US INST CONTROL: Sites with Institutional Controls
A listing of sites with institutional controls in place. Institutional controls include administrative measures,
such as groundwater use restrictions, construction restrictions, property use restrictions, and post remediation
care requirements intended to prevent exposure to contaminants remaining on site. Deed restrictions are generally
required as part of the institutional controls.
Date of Government Version: 09/18/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 09/19/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 10/20/2014
Number of Days to Update: 31
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/26/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/15/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
LUCIS: Land Use Control Information System
LUCIS contains records of land use control information pertaining to the former Navy Base Realignment and Closure
properties.
Date of Government Version: 12/03/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/12/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 48
Source: Department of the Navy
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/16/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/01/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
Federal ERNS list
ERNS: Emergency Response Notification System
Emergency Response Notification System. ERNS records and stores information on reported releases of oil and hazardous
substances.
Date of Government Version: 09/29/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 09/30/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 11/06/2014
Number of Days to Update: 37
Source: National Response Center, United States Coast Guard
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/31/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Annually
State- and tribal - equivalent CERCLIS
SHWS: This state does not maintain a SHWS list. See the Federal CERCLIS list and Federal NPL list.
State Hazardous Waste Sites. State hazardous waste site records are the states’ equivalent to CERCLIS. These sites
may or may not already be listed on the federal CERCLIS list. Priority sites planned for cleanup using state funds
(state equivalent of Superfund) are identified along with sites where cleanup will be paid for by potentially
responsible parties. Available information varies by state.
Date of Government Version: N/A
Date Data Arrived at EDR: N/A
Date Made Active in Reports: N/A
Number of Days to Update: N/A
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/02/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/18/2015
Data Release Frequency: N/A
TC4281472.2s Page GR-4
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
State and tribal landfill and/or solid waste disposal site lists
SWF/LF: List of Landfills
Solid Waste Facilities/Landfill Sites. SWF/LF type records typically contain an inventory of solid waste disposal
facilities or landfills in a particular state. Depending on the state, these may be active or inactive facilities
or open dumps that failed to meet RCRA Subtitle D Section 4004 criteria for solid waste landfills or disposal
sites.
Date of Government Version: 06/01/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 07/16/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 08/08/2014
Number of Days to Update: 23
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/13/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/27/2015
Data Release Frequency: Semi-Annually
State and tribal leaking storage tank lists
LUST: Sites with Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
Leaking Underground Storage Tank Incident Reports. LUST records contain an inventory of reported leaking underground
storage tank incidents. Not all states maintain these records, and the information stored varies by state.
Date of Government Version: 01/20/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/20/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/24/2015
Number of Days to Update: 35
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/21/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/03/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
LAST: Leaking Aboveground Storage Tank Sites
A listing of leaking aboveground storage tank locations.
Date of Government Version: 03/11/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/12/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/20/2015
Number of Days to Update: 8
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/09/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/22/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
INDIAN LUST R10: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
LUSTs on Indian land in Alaska, Idaho, Oregon and Washington.
Date of Government Version: 02/03/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/12/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 29
Source: EPA Region 10
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
INDIAN LUST R7: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
LUSTs on Indian land in Iowa, Kansas, and Nebraska
Date of Government Version: 09/23/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 11/25/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 65
Source: EPA Region 7
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
INDIAN LUST R9: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
LUSTs on Indian land in Arizona, California, New Mexico and Nevada
Date of Government Version: 01/08/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/08/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/09/2015
Number of Days to Update: 32
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 01/08/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/11/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
TC4281472.2s Page GR-5
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
INDIAN LUST R8: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
LUSTs on Indian land in Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah and Wyoming.
Date of Government Version: 01/28/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/30/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 42
Source: EPA Region 8
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
INDIAN LUST R1: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
A listing of leaking underground storage tank locations on Indian Land.
Date of Government Version: 02/01/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 05/01/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 11/01/2013
Number of Days to Update: 184
Source: EPA Region 1
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/03/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
INDIAN LUST R4: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
LUSTs on Indian land in Florida, Mississippi and North Carolina.
Date of Government Version: 09/30/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/03/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 10
Source: EPA Region 4
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Semi-Annually
INDIAN LUST R6: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
LUSTs on Indian land in New Mexico and Oklahoma.
Date of Government Version: 01/23/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/10/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 31
Source: EPA Region 6
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 01/26/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/11/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
INDIAN LUST R5: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
Leaking underground storage tanks located on Indian Land in Michigan, Minnesota and Wisconsin.
Date of Government Version: 01/30/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/05/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/09/2015
Number of Days to Update: 32
Source: EPA, Region 5
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
State and tribal registered storage tank lists
UST: List of Sites with Underground Storage Tanks
Registered Underground Storage Tanks. UST’s are regulated under Subtitle I of the Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act (RCRA) and must be registered with the state department responsible for administering the UST program. Available
information varies by state program.
Date of Government Version: 01/20/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/20/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/24/2015
Number of Days to Update: 35
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/21/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/03/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
AST: Listing of Aboveground Storage Tanks
Aboveground storage tank site locations.
TC4281472.2s Page GR-6
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
Date of Government Version: 03/11/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/12/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/20/2015
Number of Days to Update: 8
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/06/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/22/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
INDIAN UST R1: Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
The Indian Underground Storage Tank (UST) database provides information about underground storage tanks on Indian
land in EPA Region 1 (Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont and ten Tribal
Nations).
Date of Government Version: 02/01/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 05/01/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/27/2014
Number of Days to Update: 271
Source: EPA, Region 1
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/28/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
INDIAN UST R4: Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
The Indian Underground Storage Tank (UST) database provides information about underground storage tanks on Indian
land in EPA Region 4 (Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee
and Tribal Nations)
Date of Government Version: 09/30/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/03/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 10
Source: EPA Region 4
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Semi-Annually
INDIAN UST R5: Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
The Indian Underground Storage Tank (UST) database provides information about underground storage tanks on Indian
land in EPA Region 5 (Michigan, Minnesota and Wisconsin and Tribal Nations).
Date of Government Version: 01/30/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/05/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 36
Source: EPA Region 5
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
INDIAN UST R6: Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
The Indian Underground Storage Tank (UST) database provides information about underground storage tanks on Indian
land in EPA Region 6 (Louisiana, Arkansas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Texas and 65 Tribes).
Date of Government Version: 01/23/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/13/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 28
Source: EPA Region 6
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 01/26/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/11/2015
Data Release Frequency: Semi-Annually
INDIAN UST R7: Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
The Indian Underground Storage Tank (UST) database provides information about underground storage tanks on Indian
land in EPA Region 7 (Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, and 9 Tribal Nations).
Date of Government Version: 09/23/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 11/25/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 65
Source: EPA Region 7
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
INDIAN UST R9: Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
The Indian Underground Storage Tank (UST) database provides information about underground storage tanks on Indian
land in EPA Region 9 (Arizona, California, Hawaii, Nevada, the Pacific Islands, and Tribal Nations).
TC4281472.2s Page GR-7
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
Date of Government Version: 12/14/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/13/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 28
Source: EPA Region 9
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 01/26/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/11/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
INDIAN UST R10: Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
The Indian Underground Storage Tank (UST) database provides information about underground storage tanks on Indian
land in EPA Region 10 (Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, Washington, and Tribal Nations).
Date of Government Version: 02/03/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/12/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 29
Source: EPA Region 10
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
INDIAN UST R8: Underground Storage Tanks on Indian Land
The Indian Underground Storage Tank (UST) database provides information about underground storage tanks on Indian
land in EPA Region 8 (Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, Wyoming and 27 Tribal Nations).
Date of Government Version: 01/29/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/30/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 42
Source: EPA Region 8
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
FEMA UST: Underground Storage Tank Listing
A listing of all FEMA owned underground storage tanks.
Date of Government Version: 01/01/2010
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/16/2010
Date Made Active in Reports: 04/12/2010
Number of Days to Update: 55
Source: FEMA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/13/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/27/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
State and tribal institutional control / engineering control registries
INST CONTROL: Sites with Institutional Controls
Sites included on the Brownfields Sites listing that have institutional controls in place.
Date of Government Version: 02/02/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/04/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/24/2015
Number of Days to Update: 20
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/04/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/18/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
State and tribal voluntary cleanup sites
INDIAN VCP R1: Voluntary Cleanup Priority Listing
A listing of voluntary cleanup priority sites located on Indian Land located in Region 1.
Date of Government Version: 09/29/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 10/01/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 11/06/2014
Number of Days to Update: 36
Source: EPA, Region 1
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/02/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
VCP: Voluntary Cleanup Sites List
The purpose of the program is to encourage the voluntary cleanup of sites where there has been a contaminant release
threatening public health and the environment, thereby removing the stigma attached to these sites which blocks
economic redevelopment. Voluntary cleanup of these sites will hopefully result in clearing the pathway for returning
these properties to beneficial use.
TC4281472.2s Page GR-8
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
Date of Government Version: 02/20/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/24/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 17
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/16/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/01/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
INDIAN VCP R7: Voluntary Cleanup Priority Lisitng
A listing of voluntary cleanup priority sites located on Indian Land located in Region 7.
Date of Government Version: 03/20/2008
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 04/22/2008
Date Made Active in Reports: 05/19/2008
Number of Days to Update: 27
Source: EPA, Region 7
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/20/2009
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/20/2009
Data Release Frequency: Varies
State and tribal Brownfields sites
BROWNFIELDS: Brownfields Assessment Sites
A Brownfields site means real property, the expansion, redevelopment or reuse of which may be complicated by the
presence or potential presence of a hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant, controlled substance or petroleum
product.
Date of Government Version: 02/06/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/20/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 21
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/16/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/01/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
ADDITIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS
Local Brownfield lists
US BROWNFIELDS: A Listing of Brownfields Sites
Brownfields are real property, the expansion, redevelopment, or reuse of which may be complicated by the presence
or potential presence of a hazardous substance, pollutant, or contaminant. Cleaning up and reinvesting in these
properties takes development pressures off of undeveloped, open land, and both improves and protects the environment.
Assessment, Cleanup and Redevelopment Exchange System (ACRES) stores information reported by EPA Brownfields
grant recipients on brownfields properties assessed or cleaned up with grant funding as well as information on
Targeted Brownfields Assessments performed by EPA Regions. A listing of ACRES Brownfield sites is obtained from
Cleanups in My Community. Cleanups in My Community provides information on Brownfields properties for which information
is reported back to EPA, as well as areas served by Brownfields grant programs.
Date of Government Version: 12/22/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/22/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 38
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/24/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/06/2015
Data Release Frequency: Semi-Annually
Local Lists of Landfill / Solid Waste Disposal Sites
DEBRIS REGION 9: Torres Martinez Reservation Illegal Dump Site Locations
A listing of illegal dump sites location on the Torres Martinez Indian Reservation located in eastern Riverside
County and northern Imperial County, California.
Date of Government Version: 01/12/2009
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 05/07/2009
Date Made Active in Reports: 09/21/2009
Number of Days to Update: 137
Source: EPA, Region 9
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/23/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: No Update Planned
TC4281472.2s Page GR-9
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
ODI: Open Dump Inventory
An open dump is defined as a disposal facility that does not comply with one or more of the Part 257 or Part 258
Subtitle D Criteria.
Date of Government Version: 06/30/1985
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 08/09/2004
Date Made Active in Reports: 09/17/2004
Number of Days to Update: 39
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 06/09/2004
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A
Data Release Frequency: No Update Planned
INDIAN ODI: Report on the Status of Open Dumps on Indian Lands
Location of open dumps on Indian land.
Date of Government Version: 12/31/1998
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/03/2007
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/24/2008
Number of Days to Update: 52
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/02/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/18/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
Local Lists of Hazardous waste / Contaminated Sites
US CDL: Clandestine Drug Labs
A listing of clandestine drug lab locations. The U.S. Department of Justice ("the Department") provides this
web site as a public service. It contains addresses of some locations where law enforcement agencies reported
they found chemicals or other items that indicated the presence of either clandestine drug laboratories or dumpsites.
In most cases, the source of the entries is not the Department, and the Department has not verified the entry
and does not guarantee its accuracy. Members of the public must verify the accuracy of all entries by, for example,
contacting local law enforcement and local health departments.
Date of Government Version: 02/25/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/10/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/25/2015
Number of Days to Update: 15
Source: Drug Enforcement Administration
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/03/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/15/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
CDL: Methamphetamine Contaminated Properties Listing
Utah Administrative Rule 19-6-901 Illegal Drug Operations Site Reporting and Decontamination Act requires local
health departments to maintain a list of properties believed to be contaminated by the illegal manufacture of
drugs. The following properties were reported to the Salt Lake Valley Health Department by a complaint or report
from a law enforcement agency and the Department has determined that reasonable evidence exists that the property
is contaminated.
Date of Government Version: 02/23/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/25/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 16
Source: Salt Lake Valley Health Department
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/25/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/08/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
US HIST CDL: National Clandestine Laboratory Register
A listing of clandestine drug lab locations. The U.S. Department of Justice ("the Department") provides this
web site as a public service. It contains addresses of some locations where law enforcement agencies reported
they found chemicals or other items that indicated the presence of either clandestine drug laboratories or dumpsites.
In most cases, the source of the entries is not the Department, and the Department has not verified the entry
and does not guarantee its accuracy. Members of the public must verify the accuracy of all entries by, for example,
contacting local law enforcement and local health departments.
Date of Government Version: 02/25/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/10/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/25/2015
Number of Days to Update: 15
Source: Drug Enforcement Administration
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/03/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/15/2015
Data Release Frequency: No Update Planned
TC4281472.2s Page GR-10
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
Local Land Records
LIENS 2: CERCLA Lien Information
A Federal CERCLA (’Superfund’) lien can exist by operation of law at any site or property at which EPA has spent
Superfund monies. These monies are spent to investigate and address releases and threatened releases of contamination.
CERCLIS provides information as to the identity of these sites and properties.
Date of Government Version: 02/18/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/18/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 04/24/2014
Number of Days to Update: 37
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
Records of Emergency Release Reports
HMIRS: Hazardous Materials Information Reporting System
Hazardous Materials Incident Report System. HMIRS contains hazardous material spill incidents reported to DOT.
Date of Government Version: 12/29/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/30/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/09/2015
Number of Days to Update: 69
Source: U.S. Department of Transportation
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/31/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Annually
SPILLS: Spills Data
Incidents reported to the Division of Environmental Response and Remediation
Date of Government Version: 04/23/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 04/23/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 06/13/2013
Number of Days to Update: 51
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/17/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/03/2015
Data Release Frequency: Semi-Annually
SPILLS 90: SPILLS90 data from FirstSearch
Spills 90 includes those spill and release records available exclusively from FirstSearch databases. Typically,
they may include chemical, oil and/or hazardous substance spills recorded after 1990. Duplicate records that are
already included in EDR incident and release records are not included in Spills 90.
Date of Government Version: 07/31/2011
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/03/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/11/2013
Number of Days to Update: 39
Source: FirstSearch
Telephone: N/A
Last EDR Contact: 01/03/2013
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A
Data Release Frequency: No Update Planned
Other Ascertainable Records
RCRA NonGen / NLR: RCRA - Non Generators / No Longer Regulated
RCRAInfo is EPA’s comprehensive information system, providing access to data supporting the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) of 1976 and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984. The database
includes selective information on sites which generate, transport, store, treat and/or dispose of hazardous waste
as defined by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Non-Generators do not presently generate hazardous
waste.
Date of Government Version: 12/09/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/29/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 31
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/31/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
TC4281472.2s Page GR-11
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
DOT OPS: Incident and Accident Data
Department of Transporation, Office of Pipeline Safety Incident and Accident data.
Date of Government Version: 07/31/2012
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 08/07/2012
Date Made Active in Reports: 09/18/2012
Number of Days to Update: 42
Source: Department of Transporation, Office of Pipeline Safety
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/03/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/18/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
DOD: Department of Defense Sites
This data set consists of federally owned or administered lands, administered by the Department of Defense, that
have any area equal to or greater than 640 acres of the United States, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands.
Date of Government Version: 12/31/2005
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 11/10/2006
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/11/2007
Number of Days to Update: 62
Source: USGS
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/14/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/27/2015
Data Release Frequency: Semi-Annually
FUDS: Formerly Used Defense Sites
The listing includes locations of Formerly Used Defense Sites properties where the US Army Corps of Engineers
is actively working or will take necessary cleanup actions.
Date of Government Version: 06/06/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 09/10/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 09/18/2014
Number of Days to Update: 8
Source: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/13/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/22/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
CONSENT: Superfund (CERCLA) Consent Decrees
Major legal settlements that establish responsibility and standards for cleanup at NPL (Superfund) sites. Released
periodically by United States District Courts after settlement by parties to litigation matters.
Date of Government Version: 01/23/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/13/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/09/2015
Number of Days to Update: 24
Source: Department of Justice, Consent Decree Library
Telephone: Varies
Last EDR Contact: 03/30/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
ROD: Records Of Decision
Record of Decision. ROD documents mandate a permanent remedy at an NPL (Superfund) site containing technical
and health information to aid in the cleanup.
Date of Government Version: 11/25/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/12/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/24/2014
Number of Days to Update: 74
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/10/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/22/2015
Data Release Frequency: Annually
UMTRA: Uranium Mill Tailings Sites
Uranium ore was mined by private companies for federal government use in national defense programs. When the mills
shut down, large piles of the sand-like material (mill tailings) remain after uranium has been extracted from
the ore. Levels of human exposure to radioactive materials from the piles are low; however, in some cases tailings
were used as construction materials before the potential health hazards of the tailings were recognized.
Date of Government Version: 09/14/2010
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 10/07/2011
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/01/2012
Number of Days to Update: 146
Source: Department of Energy
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/08/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
TC4281472.2s Page GR-12
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
US MINES: Mines Master Index File
Contains all mine identification numbers issued for mines active or opened since 1971. The data also includes
violation information.
Date of Government Version: 12/30/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/31/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 29
Source: Department of Labor, Mine Safety and Health Administration
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/06/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/15/2015
Data Release Frequency: Semi-Annually
TRIS: Toxic Chemical Release Inventory System
Toxic Release Inventory System. TRIS identifies facilities which release toxic chemicals to the air, water and
land in reportable quantities under SARA Title III Section 313.
Date of Government Version: 12/31/2011
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 07/31/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 09/13/2013
Number of Days to Update: 44
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 01/29/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/08/2015
Data Release Frequency: Annually
TSCA: Toxic Substances Control Act
Toxic Substances Control Act. TSCA identifies manufacturers and importers of chemical substances included on the
TSCA Chemical Substance Inventory list. It includes data on the production volume of these substances by plant
site.
Date of Government Version: 12/31/2012
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/15/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 14
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/06/2015
Data Release Frequency: Every 4 Years
FTTS: FIFRA/ TSCA Tracking System - FIFRA (Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, & Rodenticide Act)/TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act)
FTTS tracks administrative cases and pesticide enforcement actions and compliance activities related to FIFRA,
TSCA and EPCRA (Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act). To maintain currency, EDR contacts the
Agency on a quarterly basis.
Date of Government Version: 04/09/2009
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 04/16/2009
Date Made Active in Reports: 05/11/2009
Number of Days to Update: 25
Source: EPA/Office of Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/23/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/08/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
FTTS INSP: FIFRA/ TSCA Tracking System - FIFRA (Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, & Rodenticide Act)/TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act)
A listing of FIFRA/TSCA Tracking System (FTTS) inspections and enforcements.
Date of Government Version: 04/09/2009
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 04/16/2009
Date Made Active in Reports: 05/11/2009
Number of Days to Update: 25
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/23/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/08/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
HIST FTTS: FIFRA/TSCA Tracking System Administrative Case Listing
A complete administrative case listing from the FIFRA/TSCA Tracking System (FTTS) for all ten EPA regions. The
information was obtained from the National Compliance Database (NCDB). NCDB supports the implementation of FIFRA
(Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act) and TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act). Some EPA regions
are now closing out records. Because of that, and the fact that some EPA regions are not providing EPA Headquarters
with updated records, it was decided to create a HIST FTTS database. It included records that may not be included
in the newer FTTS database updates. This database is no longer updated.
TC4281472.2s Page GR-13
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
Date of Government Version: 10/19/2006
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/01/2007
Date Made Active in Reports: 04/10/2007
Number of Days to Update: 40
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 12/17/2007
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 03/17/2008
Data Release Frequency: No Update Planned
HIST FTTS INSP: FIFRA/TSCA Tracking System Inspection & Enforcement Case Listing
A complete inspection and enforcement case listing from the FIFRA/TSCA Tracking System (FTTS) for all ten EPA
regions. The information was obtained from the National Compliance Database (NCDB). NCDB supports the implementation
of FIFRA (Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act) and TSCA (Toxic Substances Control Act). Some
EPA regions are now closing out records. Because of that, and the fact that some EPA regions are not providing
EPA Headquarters with updated records, it was decided to create a HIST FTTS database. It included records that
may not be included in the newer FTTS database updates. This database is no longer updated.
Date of Government Version: 10/19/2006
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/01/2007
Date Made Active in Reports: 04/10/2007
Number of Days to Update: 40
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 12/17/2008
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 03/17/2008
Data Release Frequency: No Update Planned
SSTS: Section 7 Tracking Systems
Section 7 of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, as amended (92 Stat. 829) requires all
registered pesticide-producing establishments to submit a report to the Environmental Protection Agency by March
1st each year. Each establishment must report the types and amounts of pesticides, active ingredients and devices
being produced, and those having been produced and sold or distributed in the past year.
Date of Government Version: 12/31/2009
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/10/2010
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/25/2011
Number of Days to Update: 77
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/10/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Annually
ICIS: Integrated Compliance Information System
The Integrated Compliance Information System (ICIS) supports the information needs of the national enforcement
and compliance program as well as the unique needs of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
program.
Date of Government Version: 01/23/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/06/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/09/2015
Number of Days to Update: 31
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/09/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/27/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
PADS: PCB Activity Database System
PCB Activity Database. PADS Identifies generators, transporters, commercial storers and/or brokers and disposers
of PCB’s who are required to notify the EPA of such activities.
Date of Government Version: 07/01/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 10/15/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 11/17/2014
Number of Days to Update: 33
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/17/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/27/2015
Data Release Frequency: Annually
MLTS: Material Licensing Tracking System
MLTS is maintained by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and contains a list of approximately 8,100 sites which
possess or use radioactive materials and which are subject to NRC licensing requirements. To maintain currency,
EDR contacts the Agency on a quarterly basis.
Date of Government Version: 12/29/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/08/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 21
Source: Nuclear Regulatory Commission
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/09/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/22/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
TC4281472.2s Page GR-14
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
RADINFO: Radiation Information Database
The Radiation Information Database (RADINFO) contains information about facilities that are regulated by U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations for radiation and radioactivity.
Date of Government Version: 02/27/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/27/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/25/2015
Number of Days to Update: 26
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/09/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/20/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
FINDS: Facility Index System/Facility Registry System
Facility Index System. FINDS contains both facility information and ’pointers’ to other sources that contain more
detail. EDR includes the following FINDS databases in this report: PCS (Permit Compliance System), AIRS (Aerometric
Information Retrieval System), DOCKET (Enforcement Docket used to manage and track information on civil judicial
enforcement cases for all environmental statutes), FURS (Federal Underground Injection Control), C-DOCKET (Criminal
Docket System used to track criminal enforcement actions for all environmental statutes), FFIS (Federal Facilities
Information System), STATE (State Environmental Laws and Statutes), and PADS (PCB Activity Data System).
Date of Government Version: 01/18/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/27/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/25/2015
Number of Days to Update: 26
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/09/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/22/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
RAATS: RCRA Administrative Action Tracking System
RCRA Administration Action Tracking System. RAATS contains records based on enforcement actions issued under RCRA
pertaining to major violators and includes administrative and civil actions brought by the EPA. For administration
actions after September 30, 1995, data entry in the RAATS database was discontinued. EPA will retain a copy of
the database for historical records. It was necessary to terminate RAATS because a decrease in agency resources
made it impossible to continue to update the information contained in the database.
Date of Government Version: 04/17/1995
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 07/03/1995
Date Made Active in Reports: 08/07/1995
Number of Days to Update: 35
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 06/02/2008
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 09/01/2008
Data Release Frequency: No Update Planned
RMP: Risk Management Plans
When Congress passed the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, it required EPA to publish regulations and guidance
for chemical accident prevention at facilities using extremely hazardous substances. The Risk Management Program
Rule (RMP Rule) was written to implement Section 112(r) of these amendments. The rule, which built upon existing
industry codes and standards, requires companies of all sizes that use certain flammable and toxic substances
to develop a Risk Management Program, which includes a(n): Hazard assessment that details the potential effects
of an accidental release, an accident history of the last five years, and an evaluation of worst-case and alternative
accidental releases; Prevention program that includes safety precautions and maintenance, monitoring, and employee
training measures; and Emergency response program that spells out emergency health care, employee training measures
and procedures for informing the public and response agencies (e.g the fire department) should an accident occur.
Date of Government Version: 02/01/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/13/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/25/2015
Number of Days to Update: 40
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/10/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
BRS: Biennial Reporting System
The Biennial Reporting System is a national system administered by the EPA that collects data on the generation
and management of hazardous waste. BRS captures detailed data from two groups: Large Quantity Generators (LQG)
and Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facilities.
TC4281472.2s Page GR-15
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
Date of Government Version: 12/31/2011
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/26/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 04/19/2013
Number of Days to Update: 52
Source: EPA/NTIS
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/24/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/08/2015
Data Release Frequency: Biennially
UIC: UIC Site Location Listing
A listing of underground injection control wells.
Date of Government Version: 03/03/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/05/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/13/2015
Number of Days to Update: 8
Source: Department of Natural Resources
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/05/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/15/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
DRYCLEANERS: Registered Drycleaners
A listing of registered drycleaners.
Date of Government Version: 01/20/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/21/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/24/2015
Number of Days to Update: 34
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/16/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/03/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
NPDES: Permitted Facilities Listing
A listing of Division of Water Quality permits.
Date of Government Version: 03/30/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 04/07/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 04/30/2015
Number of Days to Update: 23
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/13/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/29/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
TIER 2: Tier 2 Facility Listing
TIER 2 contains locations of Tier II facilities under the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA).
Qualifying facilities report on hazardous and toxic chemicals and are labeled either tier I or tier II. Locations
are based on coordinates derived from maps and GPS data. These locations represent sites, not contaminated areas.
Date of Government Version: 05/15/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/26/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/31/2014
Number of Days to Update: 36
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/06/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
INDIAN RESERV: Indian Reservations
This map layer portrays Indian administered lands of the United States that have any area equal to or greater
than 640 acres.
Date of Government Version: 12/31/2005
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/08/2006
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/11/2007
Number of Days to Update: 34
Source: USGS
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/14/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/27/2015
Data Release Frequency: Semi-Annually
SCRD DRYCLEANERS: State Coalition for Remediation of Drycleaners Listing
The State Coalition for Remediation of Drycleaners was established in 1998, with support from the U.S. EPA Office
of Superfund Remediation and Technology Innovation. It is comprised of representatives of states with established
drycleaner remediation programs. Currently the member states are Alabama, Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Kansas,
Minnesota, Missouri, North Carolina, Oregon, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, and Wisconsin.
TC4281472.2s Page GR-16
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
Date of Government Version: 03/07/2011
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/09/2011
Date Made Active in Reports: 05/02/2011
Number of Days to Update: 54
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/18/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/01/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
2020 COR ACTION: 2020 Corrective Action Program List
The EPA has set ambitious goals for the RCRA Corrective Action program by creating the 2020 Corrective Action
Universe. This RCRA cleanup baseline includes facilities expected to need corrective action. The 2020 universe
contains a wide variety of sites. Some properties are heavily contaminated while others were contaminated but
have since been cleaned up. Still others have not been fully investigated yet, and may require little or no remediation.
Inclusion in the 2020 Universe does not necessarily imply failure on the part of a facility to meet its RCRA obligations.
Date of Government Version: 04/22/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/03/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/09/2015
Number of Days to Update: 6
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/13/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/25/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
LEAD SMELTER 1: Lead Smelter Sites
A listing of former lead smelter site locations.
Date of Government Version: 11/25/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 11/26/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/29/2015
Number of Days to Update: 64
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/10/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/20/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
LEAD SMELTER 2: Lead Smelter Sites
A list of several hundred sites in the U.S. where secondary lead smelting was done from 1931and 1964. These sites
may pose a threat to public health through ingestion or inhalation of contaminated soil or dust
Date of Government Version: 04/05/2001
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 10/27/2010
Date Made Active in Reports: 12/02/2010
Number of Days to Update: 36
Source: American Journal of Public Health
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 12/02/2009
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A
Data Release Frequency: No Update Planned
PRP: Potentially Responsible Parties
A listing of verified Potentially Responsible Parties
Date of Government Version: 10/25/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 10/17/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 10/20/2014
Number of Days to Update: 3
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/13/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/25/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
FEDLAND: Federal and Indian Lands
Federally and Indian administrated lands of the United States. Lands included are administrated by: Army Corps
of Engineers, Bureau of Reclamation, National Wild and Scenic River, National Wildlife Refuge, Public Domain Land,
Wilderness, Wilderness Study Area, Wildlife Management Area, Bureau of Indian Affairs, Bureau of Land Management,
Department of Justice, Forest Service, Fish and Wildlife Service, National Park Service.
Date of Government Version: 12/31/2005
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/06/2006
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/11/2007
Number of Days to Update: 339
Source: U.S. Geological Survey
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/14/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/27/2015
Data Release Frequency: N/A
TC4281472.2s Page GR-17
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
US AIRS (AFS): Aerometric Information Retrieval System Facility Subsystem (AFS)
The database is a sub-system of Aerometric Information Retrieval System (AIRS). AFS contains compliance data
on air pollution point sources regulated by the U.S. EPA and/or state and local air regulatory agencies. This
information comes from source reports by various stationary sources of air pollution, such as electric power plants,
steel mills, factories, and universities, and provides information about the air pollutants they produce. Action,
air program, air program pollutant, and general level plant data. It is used to track emissions and compliance
data from industrial plants.
Date of Government Version: 10/16/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 10/31/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 11/17/2014
Number of Days to Update: 17
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/30/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Annually
US AIRS MINOR: Air Facility System Data
A listing of minor source facilities.
Date of Government Version: 10/16/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 10/31/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 11/17/2014
Number of Days to Update: 17
Source: EPA
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/30/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/13/2015
Data Release Frequency: Annually
US FIN ASSUR: Financial Assurance Information
All owners and operators of facilities that treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste are required to provide
proof that they will have sufficient funds to pay for the clean up, closure, and post-closure care of their facilities.
Date of Government Version: 03/09/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/10/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 03/25/2015
Number of Days to Update: 15
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/16/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/01/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
Financial Assurance 2: Financial Assurance Information Listing
Financial assurance information for underground storage tank facilities. Financial assurance is intended to ensure
that resources are available to pay for the cost of closure, post-closure care, and corrective measures if the
owner or operator of a regulated facility is unable or unwilling to pay
Date of Government Version: 12/10/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/11/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/21/2015
Number of Days to Update: 41
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/09/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/22/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
FUDS: Formerly Used Defense Sites
Formerly used defense sites.
Date of Government Version: 05/15/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 08/02/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 09/13/2013
Number of Days to Update: 42
Source: Utah AGRC
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 01/30/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/11/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
PCB TRANSFORMER: PCB Transformer Registration Database
The database of PCB transformer registrations that includes all PCB registration submittals.
Date of Government Version: 02/01/2011
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 10/19/2011
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/10/2012
Number of Days to Update: 83
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 01/30/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/11/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
TC4281472.2s Page GR-18
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
COAL ASH EPA: Coal Combustion Residues Surface Impoundments List
A listing of coal combustion residues surface impoundments with high hazard potential ratings.
Date of Government Version: 07/01/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 09/10/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 10/20/2014
Number of Days to Update: 40
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: N/A
Last EDR Contact: 03/13/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/22/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
COAL ASH DOE: Steam-Electric Plant Operation Data
A listing of power plants that store ash in surface ponds.
Date of Government Version: 12/31/2005
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 08/07/2009
Date Made Active in Reports: 10/22/2009
Number of Days to Update: 76
Source: Department of Energy
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/15/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/27/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
Financial Assurance 1: Financial Assurance Information Listing
Financial assurance is intended to ensure that resources are available to pay for the cost of closure, post-closure
care, and corrective measures if the owner or operator of a regulated facility is unable or unwilling to pay.
Date of Government Version: 01/27/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 01/28/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/24/2015
Number of Days to Update: 27
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/13/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/27/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
EWA: Enforceable Written Assurances
EWA contains locations of potential Enforceable Written Assurance sites. EWAs will generally ensure to property
owners or prospective property owners that there is no unacceptable risk to human health or the environment. EWA
locations are based on coordinates derived from maps and GPS data. These locations represent sites, not contaminated
areas.
Date of Government Version: 05/15/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/26/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/31/2014
Number of Days to Update: 36
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/06/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
UOPF: Used Oil Permitted Facilities
DSHW Permitted Used Oil Facilities contains locations in Utah of all Used Oil Facilities: Marketers, Porcessoors,
Transfer, Transport and Off-specification Permitted by UDEQ Division of Hazardous Waste (DSHW) ? Used Oil Section.
Date of Government Version: 05/15/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/26/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/31/2014
Number of Days to Update: 36
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/06/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
MMRP: Military Munitions Response Program
Environment.MMRP contains locations of Military Munitions Response Program sites. MMRP manages the environmental,
health and safety issues presented by unexploded ordnances (UXO), discarded military munitions (DMM) and munitions
constituents (MC). Locations are based on coordinates derived from maps and GPS data. These locations represent
sites, not contaminated areas.
Date of Government Version: 05/15/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 12/26/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/31/2014
Number of Days to Update: 36
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 03/27/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 07/06/2015
Data Release Frequency: Varies
TC4281472.2s Page GR-19
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
EPA WATCH LIST: EPA WATCH LIST
EPA maintains a "Watch List" to facilitate dialogue between EPA, state and local environmental agencies on enforcement
matters relating to facilities with alleged violations identified as either significant or high priority. Being
on the Watch List does not mean that the facility has actually violated the law only that an investigation by
EPA or a state or local environmental agency has led those organizations to allege that an unproven violation
has in fact occurred. Being on the Watch List does not represent a higher level of concern regarding the alleged
violations that were detected, but instead indicates cases requiring additional dialogue between EPA, state and
local agencies - primarily because of the length of time the alleged violation has gone unaddressed or unresolved.
Date of Government Version: 08/30/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/21/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 06/17/2014
Number of Days to Update: 88
Source: Environmental Protection Agency
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/09/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/25/2015
Data Release Frequency: Quarterly
EDR HIGH RISK HISTORICAL RECORDS
EDR Exclusive Records
EDR MGP: EDR Proprietary Manufactured Gas Plants
The EDR Proprietary Manufactured Gas Plant Database includes records of coal gas plants (manufactured gas plants)
compiled by EDR’s researchers. Manufactured gas sites were used in the United States from the 1800’s to 1950’s
to produce a gas that could be distributed and used as fuel. These plants used whale oil, rosin, coal, or a mixture
of coal, oil, and water that also produced a significant amount of waste. Many of the byproducts of the gas production,
such as coal tar (oily waste containing volatile and non-volatile chemicals), sludges, oils and other compounds
are potentially hazardous to human health and the environment. The byproduct from this process was frequently
disposed of directly at the plant site and can remain or spread slowly, serving as a continuous source of soil
and groundwater contamination.
Date of Government Version: N/A
Date Data Arrived at EDR: N/A
Date Made Active in Reports: N/A
Number of Days to Update: N/A
Source: EDR, Inc.
Telephone: N/A
Last EDR Contact: N/A
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A
Data Release Frequency: No Update Planned
EDR US Hist Auto Stat: EDR Exclusive Historic Gas Stations
EDR has searched selected national collections of business directories and has collected listings of potential
gas station/filling station/service station sites that were available to EDR researchers. EDR’s review was limited
to those categories of sources that might, in EDR’s opinion, include gas station/filling station/service station
establishments. The categories reviewed included, but were not limited to gas, gas station, gasoline station,
filling station, auto, automobile repair, auto service station, service station, etc. This database falls within
a category of information EDR classifies as "High Risk Historical Records", or HRHR. EDR’s HRHR effort presents
unique and sometimes proprietary data about past sites and operations that typically create environmental concerns,
but may not show up in current government records searches.
Date of Government Version: N/A
Date Data Arrived at EDR: N/A
Date Made Active in Reports: N/A
Number of Days to Update: N/A
Source: EDR, Inc.
Telephone: N/A
Last EDR Contact: N/A
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A
Data Release Frequency: Varies
EDR US Hist Cleaners: EDR Exclusive Historic Dry Cleaners
EDR has searched selected national collections of business directories and has collected listings of potential
dry cleaner sites that were available to EDR researchers. EDR’s review was limited to those categories of sources
that might, in EDR’s opinion, include dry cleaning establishments. The categories reviewed included, but were
not limited to dry cleaners, cleaners, laundry, laundromat, cleaning/laundry, wash & dry etc. This database falls
within a category of information EDR classifies as "High Risk Historical Records", or HRHR. EDR’s HRHR effort
presents unique and sometimes proprietary data about past sites and operations that typically create environmental
concerns, but may not show up in current government records searches.
TC4281472.2s Page GR-20
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
Date of Government Version: N/A
Date Data Arrived at EDR: N/A
Date Made Active in Reports: N/A
Number of Days to Update: N/A
Source: EDR, Inc.
Telephone: N/A
Last EDR Contact: N/A
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A
Data Release Frequency: Varies
EDR RECOVERED GOVERNMENT ARCHIVES
Exclusive Recovered Govt. Archives
RGA LF: Recovered Government Archive Solid Waste Facilities List
The EDR Recovered Government Archive Landfill database provides a list of landfills derived from historical databases
and includes many records that no longer appear in current government lists. Compiled from Records formerly available
from the Department of Environmental Quality in Utah.
Date of Government Version: N/A
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 07/01/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/16/2014
Number of Days to Update: 199
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: N/A
Last EDR Contact: 06/01/2012
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A
Data Release Frequency: Varies
RGA LUST: Recovered Government Archive Leaking Underground Storage Tank
The EDR Recovered Government Archive Leaking Underground Storage Tank database provides a list of LUST incidents
derived from historical databases and includes many records that no longer appear in current government lists.
Compiled from Records formerly available from the Department of Environmental Quality in Utah.
Date of Government Version: N/A
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 07/01/2013
Date Made Active in Reports: 01/03/2014
Number of Days to Update: 186
Source: Department of Environmental Quality
Telephone: N/A
Last EDR Contact: 06/01/2012
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: N/A
Data Release Frequency: Varies
OTHER DATABASE(S)
Depending on the geographic area covered by this report, the data provided in these specialty databases may or may not be
complete. For example, the existence of wetlands information data in a specific report does not mean that all wetlands in the
area covered by the report are included. Moreover, the absence of any reported wetlands information does not necessarily
mean that wetlands do not exist in the area covered by the report.
NY MANIFEST: Facility and Manifest Data
Manifest is a document that lists and tracks hazardous waste from the generator through transporters to a TSD
facility.
Date of Government Version: 01/01/2015
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 02/04/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 02/27/2015
Number of Days to Update: 23
Source: Department of Environmental Conservation
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 02/04/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 05/18/2015
Data Release Frequency: Annually
PA MANIFEST: Manifest Information
Hazardous waste manifest information.
Date of Government Version: 12/31/2013
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 07/21/2014
Date Made Active in Reports: 08/25/2014
Number of Days to Update: 35
Source: Department of Environmental Protection
Telephone: [phone]
Last EDR Contact: 04/16/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 08/03/2015
Data Release Frequency: Annually
TC4281472.2s Page GR-21
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
WI MANIFEST: Manifest Information
Hazardous waste manifest information.
Date of Government Version: 12/31/2014
Date Data Arrived at EDR: 03/19/2015
Date Made Active in Reports: 04/07/2015
Number of Days to Update: 19
Source: Department of Natural Resources
Telephone: N/A
Last EDR Contact: 03/13/2015
Next Scheduled EDR Contact: 06/29/2015
Data Release Frequency: Annually
Oil/Gas Pipelines: This data was obtained by EDR from the USGS in 1994. It is referred to by USGS as GeoData Digital Line Graphs
from 1:100,000-Scale Maps. It was extracted from the transportation category including some oil, but primarily
gas pipelines.
Sensitive Receptors: There are individuals deemed sensitive receptors due to their fragile immune systems and special sensitivity
to environmental discharges. These sensitive receptors typically include the elderly, the sick, and children. While the location of all
sensitive receptors cannot be determined, EDR indicates those buildings and facilities - schools, daycares, hospitals, medical centers,
and nursing homes - where individuals who are sensitive receptors are likely to be located.
AHA Hospitals:
Source: American Hospital Association, Inc.
Telephone: [phone]
The database includes a listing of hospitals based on the American Hospital Association’s annual survey of hospitals.
Medical Centers: Provider of Services Listing
Source: Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
Telephone: [phone]
A listing of hospitals with Medicare provider number, produced by Centers of Medicare & Medicaid Services,
a federal agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
Nursing Homes
Source: National Institutes of Health
Telephone: [phone]
Information on Medicare and Medicaid certified nursing homes in the United States.
Public Schools
Source: National Center for Education Statistics
Telephone: [phone]
The National Center for Education Statistics’ primary database on elementary
and secondary public education in the United States. It is a comprehensive, annual, national statistical
database of all public elementary and secondary schools and school districts, which contains data that are
comparable across all states.
Private Schools
Source: National Center for Education Statistics
Telephone: [phone]
The National Center for Education Statistics’ primary database on private school locations in the United States.
Daycare Centers: Child Care Provider List
Source: Department of Health
Telephone: [phone]
Flood Zone Data: This data, available in select counties across the country, was obtained by EDR in 2003 & 2011 from the Federal
Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). Data depicts 100-year and 500-year flood zones as defined by FEMA.
NWI: National Wetlands Inventory. This data, available in select counties across the country, was obtained by EDR
in 2002, 2005 and 2010 from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
State Wetlands Data: Wetlands in Utah
Source: Automated Geographic Reference Center
Telephone: [phone]
Scanned Digital USGS 7.5’ Topographic Map (DRG)
Source: United States Geologic Survey
A digital raster graphic (DRG) is a scanned image of a U.S. Geological Survey topographic map. The map images
are made by scanning published paper maps on high-resolution scanners. The raster image
is georeferenced and fit to the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) projection.
TC4281472.2s Page GR-22
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
STREET AND ADDRESS INFORMATION
© 2010 Tele Atlas North America, Inc. All rights reserved. This material is proprietary and the subject of copyright protection
and other intellectual property rights owned by or licensed to Tele Atlas North America, Inc. The use of this material is subject
to the terms of a license agreement. You will be held liable for any unauthorized copying or disclosure of this material.
TC4281472.2s Page GR-23
GOVERNMENT RECORDS SEARCHED / DATA CURRENCY TRACKING
APPENDIX E
CREDENTIALS
Environmental ■ Facilities ■ Geotechnical ■ Mat erials

ASHLEY SCOTHERN
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENTIST
PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE
Ms. Scothern has seven years of experience working exclusively in
conducting ASTM-compliant Phase I Environmental Site Assessment
(ESAs). She has completed well over 200 environmental assessments for
a variety of entities, including the transportation industry, municipal, state
and federal government agencies, and financial institutions. Ms. Scothern
has assessed a broad range of properties from large acreage summer
camps, agricultural field properties, and large tracts of undeveloped land
located along railroads to more complicated sites, such as salvage and
recycling yards; a former coal loading facility; a small municipal airport,
industrial facilities; multi-tenant strip mall properties, and investigations
conducted on and near former smelters and within rail yards in locations
throughout the western US.
PROJECT EXPERIENCE
JP Morgan Chase – Bloom Recyclers, Ogden, Utah
Ms. Scothern conducted an investigation on a large metal recycling f acility
in Ogden, Utah. The investigation focused on a facility that recycled iron,
metal, vehicles, and copper. Issues evaluated at the site included impacts
to soils at the site due to poor surface coverage of soils in the vehicle
crushing area, an unlined stormwater pond located next to the car
crushing area, poor chemical storage, and leaking hydraulic equipment,
such as bailers and other facility related equipment. As part of the
investigation process, several governmental entities were contacted;
aerial, city directory, and Sanborn maps were reviewed for historical
purposes; and a regulatory review was performed. A limited subsurface
investigation was recommended to sample soils in the area of the
stormwater pond, near the oil/water separator located in the vehicle
crushing area, in the area of a leaking hydraulic bailer, and leaking vehicle
parts storage area.
School Institutional Trust Lands Administration –
Undeveloped Parcels Totaling 2,550 Acres, Green River, Utah
Ms. Scothern was the environmental assessor for the investigation of
approximately 2,550 acres of undeveloped property located west of Green
River. The property was divided into eight large tracts of land, two of
which were accessible for inspection by vehicle. The remaining parce ls
had to be assessed by foot. Ms. Scothern worked closely with SITLA
during this inspection to properly identify the property during inspection.
Some areas were located down deep ravines and therefore were not
accessed by foot. Due to the vast amount of land, the scrutiny of historical
aerial coverage and topographic map coverage was essential. Ms.
Scothern also worked with the Utah Oil, Gas, and Mining Division to
identify any mining activities on the subject property.
Education
B.S., Environmental Studies,
University of Utah, 2006
Certifications
AHERA: Building Inspector
OSHA 40-hour Hazwoper
Supplemental Education
Environmental Due Diligence –
Principles & Practice; EPA Method 9
Visible Emissions Evaluation; OSHA
Lead & Construction
Work History
Terracon Consultants, Inc.,
Environmental Scientist, September
1, 2012-Present
IHI Environmental, Inc.,
Environmental Assessor, 2008-2012
Nova Environmental, Project
Manager, 2007
Environmental ■ Facilities ■ Geotechnical ■ Mat erials

Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation Commission – Hadden Property, Myton, Utah
Ms. Scothern was the environmental assessor for the investigation of 140 acres of undeveloped property.
Ms. Scothern contacted and inspected the property with a representative of the Ute Indian Tribe. The
property consisted of two non-contiguous parcels, which were transected by the Duchesne River. ATVs
were used to inspect a majority of the site, which also meant crossing the river to access the west parcel.
The majority of the east parcel was traversed by foot. The inspection focused on flood areas by the river and
those areas not easily viewable by historical aerial photography. As the subject property was tribal land, few
regulatory records were available from the tribe; however, historical i nformation gained through interviews
was invaluable. This project was a unique opportunity in which Ms. Scothern worked with the Utah
Commission on Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation and the Ute Indian Tribe. This Phase I ESA was
conducted to preserve the open space and wetlands of the area.
Emery Refining, LLC – Former Atlas Dirty Devil Mining and Coal-loading Facility and
Surrounding Undeveloped Property, Green River, Utah
Ms. Scothern was the environmental assessor for the investigation of a form er coal-loading facility in Green
River, Utah. This site included investigation of a 40-acre facility that stored and loaded coal onto rail cars.
The remainder of the project also evaluated 480 undeveloped acres. Coal was still present at the time of
inspection, as well as piles of coal ash from a combustion fire. The undeveloped portion of property was
traversed by vehicle, following unpaved roads and visually assessing areas of the property that was visible
from existing roads. Historical aerial photographs, railroad maps, the County’s historical department, and the
property owner’s knowledge were essential in identifying potential fueling areas for the trains. As specified by
the ASTM Standard E 2247-02 regarding large tracts of forestland or rural l and, all the areas of the property
need not be visually observed, emphasizing the special attention in gathering historical information on past
use.
Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation Commission – Hadden Property, Myton, Utah
Ms. Scothern was the environmental assessor for the investigation of 140 acres of undeveloped property.
Ms. Scothern contacted and inspected the property with a representative of the Ute Indian Tribe. The
property consisted of two non-contiguous parcels, which were transected by the Duchesne River. ATVs
were used to inspect a majority of the site, which also meant crossing the river to access the west parcel.
The majority of the east parcel was traversed by foot. The inspection focused on flood areas by the river and
those areas not easily viewable by historical aerial photography. As the subject property was tribal land, few
regulatory records were available from the tribe; however, historical information gained through interviews
was invaluable. This project was a unique opportunity in which Ms. Scothern worked with the Utah
Commission on Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation and the Ute Indian Tribe. This Phase I ESA was
conducted to preserve the open space and wetlands of the area.
Summit Land Conservancy – Osguthorpe Round Valley Ranch, Park City, Utah
Ms. Scothern conducted an investigation on an approximately 120-acre ranch. Approximately half of the
property, which was a cultivated agricultural farm, was inspected from boundary area s. A steep incline, snow
cover, and gated areas, limited inspection of the western area of the subject property. Historical aerials and
interviews with local and government agencies to verify past uses of the property were employed. Through
regulatory research of the surrounding area, it was concluded that three large NPL sites from historical mining
in the area adjoined or were in near proximity of the subject property. These sites are vast tracts of land,
which included impacted waterways , as well as surface and subsurface contamination. The subject property
was also determined to fall within Park City Soil Ordinance boundaries with land-use restrictions. Due to the
close proximity of these historical mining sites in relation to the subject property, subsurface sampling was
recommended to investigate if soils and groundwater at the site had been impacted. This assessment was
also completed for open space land designation.
Environmental ■ Facilities ■ Geotechnical ■ Mat erials

NAI Real Estate c/o the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints – Camp Gualala,
Annapolis, California
Ms. Scothern was the environmental assessor for a youth camp located in the redwood forest of California.
The subject property encompassed 440 acres, of which approximately 10 to 15 acres were developed with
the youth camp. The visual inspection focused on the developed camp area. Numerous environmental
features were located on the camp property, such as water tanks, septic systems, a maintenance shop , and
several non-suspect camp buildings. California regulations were researched in terms of water qualit y and
permit status. This project presented a unique opportunity to work with another state’s regulatory
requirements and state divisions. Again, a detailed review of historical aerial photographs and the
identification of other historical resources were essential for evaluating a large majority of the camp’s
undeveloped property.
Truman Arnold Companies – Million Air Properties, Provo Municipal Airport
Ms. Scothern was the environmental assessor for the investigation of Provo Municipal Airport, Utah. As the
environmental assessor, Ms. Scothern investigated the main terminal building, maintenance and storage
hangars, and an AST farm area. The site was also a closed LUST site and historically part of a trap and
shooting range. Issues identified at the sit e included lack of secondary containment in the AST farm area,
possible soil and groundwater impacts from the historical on -site LUST, possible soil impacts from the former
use of the area as a trap and shooting range, connection of a maintenance floor dra in to the city system, and
observed staining from stored fueling hoses and a compressor. Further investigations were recommended to
evaluate if soil and groundwater impacts were present in the AST farm area and in the former LUST area. A
scope to verify the maintenance floor drain connection to the city wastewater discharge system was
recommended, as well as investigations to determine if impacts were present at the property due to staining
in the hose storage area. Last, IHI recommended, due to the industrial use of the property since the 1940s, if
the property were redeveloped, the developer should be aware of the possibility that impacted soils may still
be present at the site, and to properly classify and dispose of any encountered impacts. As part of the
investigation process, several governmental entities were contacted; aerial, city directory, and Sanborn maps
were reviewed for historical purposes; and a regulatory review was performed.
Geotechnical Ŷ Environmental Ŷ Construction Materials Ŷ Facilities

KENT R.WHEELER, PG
REGIONAL MANAGER
PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE
Mr. Wheeler’s responsibilities include providing environmental-related
consulting services encompassing a wide range of projects, from
Superfund liability associated with property transactions and hazardous
waste cleanups to groundwater and soil-contaminant investigations. His
expertise lies in the compilation and evaluation of hydrogeologic data,
including subsurface soil and groundwater information, synthesizing the
data with potential release scenarios and developing integrated
management strategies. The development of innovative risk-based
remedial strategies have provided substantial savings to a diverse group
of clients, including prospective sellers and purchasers of real estate,
industrial, and commercial clients with CERCLA, RCRA, and LUST issues.
Mr. Wheeler has extensive experience interacting with regulatory
agencies, including EPA, Utah Voluntary Cleanup Program (VCP), Utah
DERR, Utah DSHW, and Utah DAQ. He interacts closely with clients,
lawyers, and regulatory personnel on a routine basis, acting as Senior
Project Manager on many large environmental projects. He has managed
CERCLA Investigations and Removal Actions, RCRA Facility
Investigations and Remedial Actions, SMCRA Mine Reclamation projects,
LUST Investigations and Corrective Actions, Air Quality Permitting actions
and provided review and consultation to legal counsel on numerous large-
scale property investigations. During his tenure, Mr. Wheeler has
provided expert witness services on a variety of cases, including mine
reclamation, groundwater contamination, snow hydrology, and geology.
PROJECT EXPERIENCE
RCRA Closure of Arsenic Release at Silicon Chip
Manufacturing Plant
As Assistant Project Manager, Mr. Wheeler oversaw the remedial
investigation at the Crystal Specialties facility and authored the feasibility
study for the cleanup of approximately 1,000 yds.3 of arsenic-
contaminated soils. Mr. Wheeler assisted in the development of an
innovative cleanup method and presented it to the regulatory agency
overseeing the cleanup. The approval of this method reduced the volume
of soils needing to be disposed by over 30 percent. Mr. Wheeler was
promoted to Project Manager for the implementation of the CAP, where
the arsenic-contaminated soils were excavated, screened and disposed of
at an approved facility. The entire CAP was completed within three
months. Mr. Wheeler designed a long-term monitoring program that met
RCRA requirements for statistical validation of contaminant trends.
Voluntary Closure of Oil Pipeline Pump Station
Mr. Wheeler was the Senior Project Manager of a subsurface investigation
and remediation effort of a former pumping station for an oil pipeline
outside Salinas, California. The facility had been a pumping station along
a crude oil pipeline in the early 1900s. The site investigation included
defining soil impacts and groundwater impacts, and determining the extent
Education
M.S., Watershed Sciences,
Colorado State University, 1987
B.S., Geology, Western State
College, 1983
Supplemental Education
USGS Finite Difference
Groundwater Modeling: OSMRE
Advanced Hydrology & Cumulative
Hydrologic Impacts; State of Utah
ASTM LUST Risk-Based Corrective
Action
Registrations
Professional Geologist, Utah,
#5274992-2250
Work History
Terracon Consultants, Inc.,
Regional Manager,
September 1, 2012-Present
IHI Environmental, Inc., Manager,
Environmental Services & Senior
Hydrogeologist, 1989-2012
EnviroSearch, Senior
Hydrogeologist, 1988-1989
State of Utah, Division of Oil, Gas &
Mining, Reclamation Hydrologist,
1987-1988
Geotechnical Ŷ Environmental Ŷ Construction Materials Ŷ Facilities

of a free product plume. Over two acres of land were impacted from the surface to over 25 feet below ground
surface (bgs). A Risk Assessment was used to establish Action Levels and a Corrective Action Plan (CAP)
was prepared which eliminated the exposure pathways and protected groundwater. Approximately 12,000
yds3 of the most highly impacted soils were excavated and mixed with less impacted soils; this material was
placed above groundwater and capped with low permeability soils to stop infiltration. This project was
performed for the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Costs for using traditional remediation
technologies ranged from $850,000 to $1,500,000. Mr. Wheeler’s innovative approach cost the client less
than $350,000.
Methane Extraction and Monitoring
During the development of a large regional mall in Provo, Utah, methane-bearing soils were encountered
underlying the footprint of the building. The site had to be investigated and the extent and source of the
methane plume determined. A soil vapor extraction system was then designed and installed, while allowing
construction activities to continue. Mr. Wheeler oversaw the engineering and construction plans and oversaw
the installation and operation of the system. Through the active extraction process, methane concentrations
were reduced to safe levels in all targeted areas of the development and a passive extraction system is now
in place.
Complex Property Transactions
As the Senior Environmental Professional and senior reviewer for all property transactions for the last 15
years, Mr. Wheeler has overseen the completion of thousands of Phase I ESAs and Limited Site
Investigations (Phase II SI). The property issues have included CERCLIS and RCRA sites, leaking
underground storage tanks, construction waste landfills, suspect lease operations, Brownfields, wetlands
issues, vapor intrusion, and groundwater impacts from on- and off-site sources. The sites were impacted by a
wide variety of contaminants, including PCE and TCE, PCBs and PNAs, lead, arsenic, mercury, and
petroleum hydrocarbons. Mr. Wheeler works closely with many attorneys, corporate managers and
regulatory personnel in evaluating risks associated with potential property acquisitions. Working in this
environment, Mr. Wheeler recognizes the need to identify and quantify risks quickly, and identify workable
solutions.
RCRA Hazardous Waste Identification and Disposal
Mr. Wheeler was the Project Manager for the cleanup of an aerospace manufacturing facility that had
declared bankruptcy. This cleanup involved characterizing and disposing of over 5,000 gallons of liquid
hazardous wastes and caustic chemicals and chlorinated solvents, as well as the characterization and
disposal of approximately 50 unmarked drums containing hazardous wastes. This project was performed for
Wells Fargo Bank.
Lead/Arsenic Remediation
Mr. Wheeler managed this CERCLA project from the initial identification of the site during a Phase II ESA
through the final closure of the site, using a Non-time Critical Removal Action overseen by EPA. This site
involved the identification, assessment, and remediation of a mile-long railroad yard that was impacted by
high levels of arsenic and lead. Because this rail yard was a key component in the Utah Transit Authority’s
light-rail project in Salt Lake City, it had to be completed within 18 months of the initial contact with EPA. By
using a Brownfields approach of “starting with the end in mind,” this project was designed and managed in a
manner that resulted in savings of over $6 million to the client. In addition the project was completed within
18 months, from the initial site investigation through the completion of the Removal Action. Mr. Wheeler
worked closely with EPA and Utah DERR personnel throughout the project to ensure the timely closure of the
property.
This expedited timeframe required almost weekly, if not, daily contacts with the client, legal counsel, EPA,
UDEQ-DERR, and several PRPs, including Union Pacific Railroad and ASARCO, as well as property owners
along the right-of-way. EPA cited this site as an example of how to expedite the investigation and restore
CERCLA sites.
Geotechnical Ŷ Environmental Ŷ Construction Materials Ŷ Facilities

PCE Plume Investigation and Remedial Action
Mr. Wheeler acted as the Senior Project Manager for the voluntary RCRA investigation of a large PCE plume
in Salt Lake City. The plume extended approximately one half mile from the facility under adjoining
properties. The investigation included designing a Sampling Plan that not only defined soil impacts in the
source area to a depth of over 50 feet, but a network of monitoring wells that were sufficient to define a ¼
mile-long groundwater plume. Additionally, because of the high concentrations, vapor monitoring was
required in residential houses to ensure de minimis exposures to homeowners.
This initial stage also included the design of a removal action of source material that extended over 30 feet
below the ground surface. Mr. Wheeler worked with the State to allow the majority of the soil to be disposed
of as non-hazardous wastes, resulting in significant savings.
VCP Cleanup
Mr. Wheeler acted as the Senior Project Manager for the remediation and closure of the former Utah Barrel
facility, through the Utah Voluntary Cleanup Program. This cleanup was negotiated and implemented on a
fast track, allowing the client to get tax credits and LEEDS credits for the development. The innovative design
of the remediation allowed the removal and disposal of PCB, lead- and arsenic-impacted soils, as well as the
remediation of a petroleum-contaminated groundwater plume, in less than 8 months. The ability to complete
this work from site investigation to remediation under the oversight of the VCP in this short time frame is what
allowed the project to be financially viable.
Key Bank Tower Building Implosion
During the redevelopment of the City Creek Center in downtown Salt Lake City, The Church of Jesus Christ of
Latter-day Saints recognized that imploding the Key Bank Building would result in huge cost and time
savings. However, at that time the State Division of Air Quality had an “unofficial” hold on issuing permits for
building implosions in the Salt Lake air shed. Mr. Wheeler was retained to write and obtain the permit, and
oversee the air quality monitoring, before, during and after the event. He was selected as the Senior PM by
the LDS Church because of his strong relationships with the regulatory agencies and his knowledge and
proven abilities to move projects through the regulatory system.

APPENDIX F
DESCRIPTION OF TERMS AND ACRONYMS
Description of Selected General Terms and Acronyms
Term/Acronym Description
ACM
Asbestos Containing Material. Asbestos is a naturally occurring mineral, three varieties of which (chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite) have
been commonly used as fireproofing or binding agents in construction materials. Exposure to asbestos, as well as ACM, has been
documented to cause lung diseases including asbestosis (scarring of the lung), lung cancer and mesothelioma (a cancer of the lung lining).
Regulatory agencies have generally defined ACM as a material containing greater that one (1) percent asbestos, however some states
(e.g. California) define ACM as materials having 0.1% asbestos. In order to define a homogenous material as non-ACM, a minimum
number of samples must be collected from the material dependent upon its type and quantity. Homogenous materials defined as non-ACM
must either have 1) no asbestos identified in all of its samples or 2) an identified asbestos concentration below the appropriate regulatory
threshold. Asbestos concentrations are generally determined using polarized light microscopy or transmission electron microscopy. Point
counting is an analytical method to statistically quantify the percentage of asbestos in a sample. The asbestos component of ACM may
either be friable or non-friable. Friable materials, when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure and have
a higher potential for a fiber release than non-friable ACM. Non-friable ACM are materials that are firmly bound in a matrix by plastic,
cement, etc. and, if handled carefully, will not become friable.
Federal and state regulations require that either all suspect building materials be presumed ACM or that an asbestos survey be performed
prior to renovation, dismantling, demolition, or other activities that may disturb potential ACM. Notifications are required prior to demolition
and/or renovation activities that may impact the condition of ACM in a building. ACM removal may be required if the ACM is likely to be
disturbed or damaged during the demolition or renovation. Abatement of friable or potentially friable ACM must be performed by a licensed
abatement contractor in accordance with state rules and NESHAP. Additionally, OSHA regulations for work classification, worker training
and worker protection will apply.
AHERA Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act
AST
Aboveground Storage Tanks. ASTs are generally described as storage tanks less than 10% of which are below ground (i.e., buried). Tanks
located in a basement, but not buried, are also considered ASTs. Whether, and the extent to which, an AST is regulated, is determined on
a case-by-case basis and depends upon tank size, its contents and the jurisdiction of its location.
BGS Below Ground Surface
Brownfields State and/or tribal listing of Brownfield properties addressed by Cooperative Agreement Recipients or Targeted Brownfields Assessments.
BTEX Benzene, Toluene, Ethylbenzene, and Xylenes. BTEX are VOC components found in gasoline and commonly used as analytical indicators
of a petroleum hydrocarbon release.
CERCLA
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (a.k.a. Superfund). CERCLA is the federal act that regulates
abandoned or uncontrolled hazardous waste sites. Under this Act, joint and several liability may be imposed on potentially responsible
parties for cleanup-related costs.
CERCLIS
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System. An EPA compilation of sites having suspected
or actual releases of hazardous substances to the environment. CERCLIS also contains information on site inspections, preliminary
assessments and remediation of hazardous waste sites. These sites are typically reported to EPA by states and municipalities or by third
parties pursuant to CERCLA Section 103.
CESQG Conditionally exempt small quantity generators.
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
Description of Selected General Terms and Acronyms (cont.)
Term/Acronym Description
CREC
Controlled Recognized Environmental Condition is defined in ASTM E1527-13 as “a recognized environmental condition resulting from a
past release of hazardous substances or petroleum products that has been addressed to the satisfaction of the applicable regulatory
authority (for example, as evidenced by the issuance of a no further action letter or equivalent, or meeting risk-based criteria established
by regulatory authority) , with hazardous substances or petroleum products allowed to remain in place subject to the implementation of
required controls (for example, property use restrictions, activity and use limitations, institutional controls, or engineering controls). A
condition considered by the environmental professional to be a controlled recognized environmental condition shall be listed in the findings
section of the Phase I Environmental Site Assessment report, and as a recognized environmental condition in the conclusions section of
the Phase I Environmental Site Assessment report.”
DOT U.S. Department of Transportation
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
ERNS
Emergency Response Notification System. An EPA-maintained federal database which stores information on notifications of oil discharges
and hazardous substance releases in quantities greater than the applicable reportable quantity under CERCLA. ERNS is a cooperative data-
sharing effort between EPA, DOT, and the National Response Center.
ESA Environmental Site Assessment
FRP Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic
Hazardous
Substance
As defined under CERCLA, this is (A) any substance designated pursuant to section 1321(b)(2)(A) of Title 33, (B) any element, compound,
mixture, solution, or substance designated pursuant to section 9602 of this title; (C) any hazardous waste having characteristics identified
under or listed pursuant to section 3001 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (with some exclusions); (D) any toxic pollutant listed under section
1317(a) of Title 33; (E) any hazardous air pollutant listed under section 112 of the Clean Air Act; and (F) any imminently hazardous chemical
substance or mixture with respect to which the EPA Administrator has taken action under section 2606 of Title 15. This term does not
include petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is not otherwise listed as a hazardous substance under subparagraphs
(A) through (F) above, and the term include natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas).
Hazardous Waste
This is defined as having characteristics identified or listed under section 3001 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (with some exceptions).
RCRA, as amended by the Solid Waste Disposal Act of 1980, defines this term as a “solid waste, or combination of solid wastes, which
because of its quantity, concentration, or physical, chemical, or infectious characteristics may (A) cause, or significantly contribute to an
increase in mortality or an increase in serious irreversible, or incapacitating reversible illness; or (B) pose a substantial present or potential
hazard to human health or the environment when improperly treated, stored, transported, or disposed of, or otherwise managed.”
HREC
Historical Recognized Environmental Condition is defined in ASTM E1527-13 as “a past release of any hazardous substances or petroleum
products that has occurred in connection with the property and has been addressed to the satisfaction of the applicable regulatory authority
or meeting unrestricted residential use criteria established by a regulatory authority, without subjecting the property to any required controls
(for example, property use restrictions, activity and use limitations, institutional controls, or engineering controls). Before calling the past
release a historical recognized environmental condition, the environmental professional must determine whether the past release is a
recognized environmental condition at the time of the Phase I Environmental Site Assessment is conducted (for example, if there has been
a change in the regulatory criteria). If the EP considers the past release to be a recognized environmental condition at the time the Phase I
ESA is conducted, the condition shall be included in the conclusions section of the report as a recognized environmental condition.”
IC/EC
A listing of sites with institutional and/or engineering controls in place. IC include administrative measures, such as groundwater use
restrictions, construction restrictions, property use restrictions, and post remediation care requirements intended to prevent exposure to
contaminants remaining on site. Deed restrictions are generally required as part of the institutional controls. EC include various forms of
caps, building foundations, liners, and treatment methods to create pathway elimination for regulated substances to enter environmental
media or effect human health.
ILP Innocent Landowner/Operator Program
LQG Large quantity generators.
LUST Leaking Underground Storage Tank. This is a federal term set forth under RCRA for leaking USTs. Some states also utilize this term.
MCL Maximum Contaminant Level. This Safe Drinking Water concept (and also used by many states as a ground water cleanup criteria) refers to
the limit on drinking water contamination that determines whether a supplier can deliver water from a specific source without treatment.
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets. Written/printed forms prepared by chemical manufacturers, importers and employers which identify the
physical and chemical traits of hazardous chemicals under OSHA’s Hazard Communication Standard.
NESHAP National Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (Federal Clean Air Act). This part of the Clean Air Act regulates emissions of
hazardous air pollutants.
NFRAP Facilities where there is “No Further Remedial Action Planned,” as more particularly described under the Records Review section of this
report.
NOV Notice of Violation. A notice of violation or similar citation issued to an entity, company or individual by a state or federal regulatory body
indicating a violation of applicable rule or regulations has been identified.
NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (Clean Water Act). The federal permit system for discharges of polluted water.
NPL The NPL is the EPA’s database of uncontrolled or abandoned hazardous waste facilities that have been listed for priority remedial actions
under the Superfund Program.
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration or Occupational Safety and Health Act
PACM Presumed Asbestos-Containing Material. A material that is suspected of containing or presumed to contain asbestos but which has not
been analyzed to confirm the presence or absence of asbestos.
Description of Selected General Terms and Acronyms (cont.)
Term/Acronym Description
PCB
Polychlorinated Biphenyl. A halogenated organic compound commonly in the form of a viscous liquid or resin, a flowing yellow oil, or a waxy
solid. This compound was historically used as dielectric fluid in electrical equipment (such as electrical transformers and capacitors,
electrical ballasts, hydraulic and heat transfer fluids), and for numerous heat and fire sensitive applications. PCB was preferred due to its
durability, stability (even at high temperatures), good chemical resistance, low volatility, flammability, and conductivity. PCBs, however, do
not break down in the environment and are classified by the EPA as a suspected carcinogen. 1978 regulations, under the Toxic Substances
Control Act, prohibit manufacturing of PCB-containing equipment; however, some of this equipment may still be in use today.
pCi/L Pico Curies per Liter of Air. Unit of measurement for Radon and similar radioactive materials.
PLM Polarized Light Microscopy (see ACM section of the report, if included in the scope of services)
PST Petroleum Storage Tank. An AST or UST that contains a petroleum product.
Radon
A radioactive gas resulting from radioactive decay of naturally-occurring radioactive materials in rocks and soils containing uranium, granite,
shale, phosphate, and pitchblende. Radon concentrations are measured in Pico Curies per Liter of Air. Exposure to elevated levels of radon
creates a risk of lung cancer; this risk generally increases as the level of radon and the duration of exposure increases. Outdoors, radon is
diluted to such low concentrations that it usually does not present a health concern. However, radon can accumulate in building basements
or similar enclosed spaces to levels that can pose a risk to human health. Indoor radon concentrations depend primarily upon the building's
construction, design and the concentration of radon in the underlying soil and ground water. The EPA recommended annual average indoor
“action level” concentration for residential structures is 4.0 pCi/l.
RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. Federal act regulating solid and hazardous wastes from point of generation to time of disposal
(‘cradle to grave”). 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.
RCRA
Generators
The RCRA Generators database, maintained by the EPA, lists facilities that generate hazardous waste as part of their normal business
practices. Generators are listed as either large (LQG), small (SQG), or conditionally exempt (CESQG). LQG produce at least 1000
kg/month of non-acutely hazardous waste or 1 kg/month of acutely hazardous waste. SQG produce 100-1000 kg/month of non-acutely
hazardous waste. CESQG are those that generate less than 100 kg/month of non-acutely hazardous waste.
RCRA
CORRACTS/TS
Ds
The USEPA maintains a database of RCRA facilities associated with treatment, storage, and disposal (TSD) of hazardous materials which
are undergoing “corrective action”. A “corrective action” order is issued when there is a release of hazardous waste or constituents into the
environment from a RCRA facility.
RCRA Non-
CORRACTS/TS
Ds
The RCRA Non-CORRACTS/TSD Database is a compilation by the USEPA of facilities which report storage, transportation, treatment, or
disposal of hazardous waste. Unlike the RCRA CORRACTS/TSD database, the RCRA Non-CORRACTS/TSD database does not include
RCRA facilities where corrective action is required.
RCRA
Violators List
RAATS. RCRA Administrative Actions Taken. RAATS information is now contained in the RCRIS database and includes records of
administrative enforcement actions against facilities for noncompliance.
RCRIS Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System, as defined in the Records Review section of this report.
REC
Recognized Environmental Conditions are defined by ASTM E1527-13 as “the presence or likely presence of any hazardous substances or
petroleum products in, on, or at a property: 1)due to any release to the environment; 2) under conditions indicative of a release to the
environment.De minimis conditions are not recognized environmental conditions.”
SCL State “CERCLIS” List (see SPL /State Priority List, below).
Description of Selected General Terms and Acronyms (cont.)
Term/Acronym Description
SPCC
Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures. SPCC plans are required under federal law (Clean Water Act and Oil Pollution Act) for any
facility storing petroleum in tanks and/or containers of 55-gallons or more that when taken in aggregate exceed 1,320 gallons. SPCC plans
are also required for facilities with underground petroleum storage tanks with capacities of over 42,000 gallons. Many states have similar
spill prevention programs, which may have additional requirements.
SPL State Priority List. State list of confirmed sites having contamination in which the state is actively involved in clean up activities or is actively
pursuing potentially responsible parties for clean up. Sometimes referred to as a State “CERCLIS” List.
SQG Small quantity generator.
SWF/LF State and/or Tribal database of solid waste/Landfill facilities. The database information may include the facility name, class, operation type,
area, estimated operational life, and owner.
TPH Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons
TRI Toxic Release Inventory. Routine EPA report on releases of toxic chemicals to the environment based upon information submitted by
entities subject to reporting under the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act.
TSCA Toxic Substances Control Act. A federal law regulating manufacture, import, processing and distribution of chemical substances not
specifically regulated by other federal laws (such as asbestos, PCBs, lead-based paint and radon). 15 U.S.C 2601 et seq.
USACE United States Army Corps of Engineers
USC United States Code
USGS United States Geological Survey
USNRCS United States Department of Agriculture-Natural Resource Conservation Service
UST
Underground Storage Tank. Most federal and state regulations, as well as ASTM E1527-13, define this as any tank, incl., underground
piping connected to the tank, that is or has been used to contain hazardous substances or petroleum products and the volume of which is
10% or more beneath the surface of the ground (i.e., buried).
VCP State and/or Tribal facilities included as Voluntary Cleanup Program sites.
VOC Volatile Organic Compound
Wetlands
Areas that are typically saturated with surface or ground water that creates an environment supportive of wetland vegetation (i.e., swamps,
marshes, bogs). The Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual (Technical Report Y-87-1) defines wetlands as areas inundated or
saturated by surface or ground water at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a
prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions. For an area to be considered a jurisdictional wetland, it must
meet the following criteria: more than 50 percent of the dominant plant species must be categorized as Obligate, Facultative Wetland, or
Facultative on lists of plant species that occur in wetlands; the soil must be hydric; and, wetland hydrology must be present.
The federal Clean Water Act which regulates “waters of the US,” also regulates wetlands, a program jointly administered by the USACE and
the EPA. Waters of the U.S. are defined as: (1) waters used in interstate or foreign commerce, including all waters subject to the ebb and
flow of tides; (2) all interstate waters including interstate wetlands; (3) all other waters such as intrastate lakes, rivers, streams (including
intermittent streams), mudflats, sandflats, wetlands, sloughs, prairie potholes, wet meadows, playa lakes, or natural ponds, etc., which the
use, degradation, or destruction could affect interstate/ foreign commerce; (4) all impoundments of waters otherwise defined as waters of
the U. S., (5) tributaries of waters identified in 1 through 4 above; (6) the territorial seas; and (7) wetlands adjacent to waters identified in 1
through 6 above. Only the USACE has the authority to make a final wetlands jurisdictional determination.
2016a Terracon Consultants, Inc., 2016.Phase II Environmental Site Assessment, North
Temple Brownfields Assessment, EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96809601,
Hazardous Substance Grant for Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City –
Schovaers Electronics Facility, 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah,
ACRES ID #199723, Terracon Project No. AL127481 . Dated February 8, 2016.
Phase II Environmental Site
Assessment
North Temple Brownfields Assessment
EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96809601
Hazardous Substance Grant for Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City
Schovaers Electronics Facility
22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID #199723
February 8, 2016
Terracon Project No. AL127481
Prepared for:
The Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City
Salt Lake City, Utah
Prepared by:
Terracon Consultants, Inc.
Salt Lake City, Utah
Terracon Consultants, Inc.6949 South High Tech Drive Midvale, Utah 84047
P [801] 466 2223 F [801] 466 9616 terracon.com
Terracon Consultants, Inc.6949 South High Tech Drive Midvale, Utah 84047
P [801] 466 2223 F [801] 466 9616 terracon.com
February 8, 2016
Salt Lake City Corporation
Division of Sustainability and the Environment
P.O. Box 145467
Salt Lake City, Utah 84114
Attn: Ms. Debbie Lyons
P: 801-535-7795
E:[e-mail]
Re: Phase II Environmental Site Assessment
North Temple Brownfields Assessment
EPA Cooperative Agreement No. 96809601
Hazardous Substance Grant for Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City
Schovaers Electronics Facility, 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID #199723
Terracon Project No. AL127481
Dear Ms. Lyons:
Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon) is pleased to submit our report for Phase II Site Investigation
activities completed at the above-referenced site. EPA approved this site for eligibility under a Site
Eligibility Determination Outline (EPA Region 8, February 6, 2015). The report presents data from
recent field activities that included completion of soil borings; installation of temporary piezometers;
and the collection of soil and groundwater samples for laboratory analyses. This investigation was
conducted under EPA Cooperative Agreement #96809601 for the Hazardous Substance Grant.
This Phase II Site Investigation was conducted as part of Task 4 of the Cooperative Agreement
Work Plan approved by EPA on July 30, 2012.
Terracon appreciates this opportunity to provide environmental support services to Salt Lake City
Corporation and The Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City. Should you have any questions or
require additional information, please do not hesitate to contact our office.
Sincerely,
Terracon Consultants, Inc.
W. Wynn John Andy R. King
Senior Project Manager – Environmental Senior Project Manager - Environmental
WWJ/ARK/dekAPR3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1.0 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................1
1.1 Brownfields Setting ..............................................................................................1
1.2 Site Description and Background .........................................................................2
1.3 Standard of Care..................................................................................................3
1.4 Additional Scope Limitations ................................................................................3
1.5 Reliance ...............................................................................................................4
2.0 PHASE II SITE INVESTIGATION ....................................................................................4
2.1 Scope ..................................................................................................................4
2.2 Sampling Process Design ....................................................................................4
2.3 Field Data Collection ............................................................................................6
2.4 Soil Sampling .......................................................................................................7
2.5 Groundwater Sampling ........................................................................................7
2.6 Field QA/QC Samples ..........................................................................................8
2.7 Equipment Decontamination ................................................................................8
2.8 Groundwater Gradient Evaluation ........................................................................8
2.9 Site Restoration ...................................................................................................9
2.10 Building Materials Survey .....................................................................................9
3.0 LABORATORY ANALYTICAL METHODS ...................................................................10
4.0 SUMMARY OF ANALYTICAL RESULTS .....................................................................10
4.1 Soil Data Summary ............................................................................................10
4.2 Groundwater Data Summary..............................................................................11
5.0 DATA QUALITY ASSESSMENT ..................................................................................12
6.0 DATA EVALUATION ....................................................................................................15
6.1 Soil.....................................................................................................................15
6.2 Groundwater ......................................................................................................15
7.0 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................16
8.0 REFERENCES ..............................................................................................................17
TABLE 1 – SAMPLE SUMMARY
TABLE 2 – ANALYTICAL METHOD SUMMARY
APPENDICES
Appendix A Exhibits
Exhibit 1 – Topographic Map
Exhibit 2 – Boring Location Diagram
Exhibit 3 – Piezometric Surface Map
Appendix B Soil Boring Logs
Appendix C Data Summary Tables
Table C1 Groundwater Elevation Measurements
Table C2 Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) in Soil and Residual Floor Drain Solids
Table C3 Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) in Groundwater
Table C4 Metals in Soil
Table C5 Dissolved Metals in Groundwater
Table C6 Duplicate Sample Comparisons - VOCs in Soil
Table C7 Duplicate Sample Comparisons - VOCs in Groundwater
Table C8 Duplicate Sample Comparisons - Metals in Soil
Table C9 Duplicate Sample Comparisons - Dissolved Metals in Groundwater
Appendix D Chain of Custody and Laboratory Data Sheets
Appendix E Building Materials Survey (Asbestos and Hazardous Materials Survey Report)
PHASE II ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ASSESSMENT
NORTH TEMPLE BROWNFIELDS ASSESSMENT
EPA COOPERATIVE AGREEMENT NO. 96809601
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE GRANT FOR
REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY OF SALT LAKE CITY
SCHOVAERS ELECTRONICS FACILITY
22 SOUTH JEREMY STREET, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH
ACRES ID #199723
Terracon Project No. AL127481
February 8, 2016
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Terracon Consultants, Inc. (Terracon) has completed a Phase II Site Investigation at the
Schovaers Electronics property located at 22 South Jeremy Street as described in the approved
Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP), dated October 16, 2015. This Phase II Site Investigation was
completed with funding from the North Temple Brownfields Assessment Grant for The
Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City.
1.1 Brownfields Setting
Salt Lake City Corporation received a Brownfields Assessment Grant to support long-term urban
renewal along the North Temple Corridor. The purpose of the Assessment Grant is to identify
environmentally compromised sites within the North Temple Project Area and develop a strategy
for assessing potential impacts, evaluating redevelopment potential, cleanup objectives, and
mitigation strategies. Twenty-four Phase I Environmental Site Assessments (ESAs) were
conducted throughout the North Temple Project Area in 2010; the results of the 2010 ESAs were
used to develop an inventory of potentially contaminated properties within the North Temple
Project Area.
The Schovaers Electronics property located at 22 South Jeremy Street in Salt Lake City is
identified in EPA’s online Assessment, Cleanup and Redevelopment Exchange System (ACRES)
as Number 199723. This property was previously approved for assessment by EPA under a Site
Eligibility Determination Outline (EPA Region 8, February 6, 2015). Historically, the property
operated subject to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), and documentation
indicates historical regulatory inspections without known violations. The property is not currently
subject to RCRA permit or RCRA corrective action order.
As part of the Brownfields Assessment Grant, a Phase I ESA was conducted on the Schovaers
Electronics site (Terracon, 2015a). Exhibit 1 (Appendix A) depicts the location of the site.
Phase II Environmental Site Assessment
Schovaers Electronics Facility ■ 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID#199723 ■ Terracon Project AL127481 ■February 8, 2016
Responsive ■Resourceful ■Reliable 2
1.2 Site Description and Background
Site Name Schovaers Electronics (the site)
Site Location/Address 22 South Jeremy Street, Salt Lake City, Utah
ACRES ID #199723
General Site Description
and Use
The site is an approximately 0.34-acre parcel (Parcel ID #15-02-
204-007) owned by Schovaers Electronics. An approximately
6,000-square-foot industrial building occupies the site. An
approximately 400-square-foot garage is present on the
northwest side of the site. Paved parking areas are located to
the east and north of the building. A small weedy area is present
on the western boundary area.
Schovaers Electronics currently occupies the site, and
manufactures circuit boards.
Terracon previously conducted a Phase I Environmental Site Assessment (ESA) on the site to
identify Recognized Environmental Conditions (RECs) in connection with the property (Terracon,
2015a). The Phase I ESA was compliant with All Appropriate Inquiry requirements for Brownfield
cooperative agreement recipients and was performed in conformance with the scope and
limitations of ASTM International (ASTM) E1527-13: Standard Practice for Environmental Site
Assessments: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Process for the property occupied by for
the parcel located at 22 South Jeremy Street in Salt Lake City, Salt Lake County, Utah. The
purpose of the Phase I ESA was to identify RECs in connection with the site, including the building
and other improvements located on the site at the time of the reconnaissance.
Electroplating operations are conducted at the facility which includes a photo room, film tooling
room, rout room, drill room and plating room storage areas and small office areas. Daily
operations at the site include taking copper encapsulated circuit boards and imprinting specific
client specification for components to the boards. Overflow water from the plating tanks and spent
solutions drain directly on the wooden pallet flooring in the room, which is collected by the sump
in the room. The sump is located next to the wastewater treatment system in the southeast corner
of the plating room. The wastewater is treated then discharged into the sanitary sewer system.
Historically, etchant from the plating room was observed to have leaked out of the building through
the building’s seams and concrete flooring. Because of this, a liner was installed above the
concrete slab in the plating room for more efficient discharge of overflow water into the sump.
According to the 2015 Phase I ESA conducted by Terracon, the site was residential from at least
1898 to the mid-1900s. The residences were demolished and the current commercial building
was constructed by 1962. The site building was originally occupied by an electrical supply
company and then a wholesale upholstery business before Schovaers occupied the building in